wy ate Tap
ee tem

wt
Lavent
os Be Oa ~ PY x.
haptic Ra Raper CCAS
ci

i

AP ERE ghia

be be he

pean Coc

ahaha eae ee re

a" Pree, >. de” “ * er

of ree a a oe ipl oinde

We acre | yeh se neem espn
Wek Tawcne ce

3

PRS tht

wel e

ha CBE.

Rh chew oy
OR ya
erm Vek genie
ene ae it,
?
pale
pel
Saha
MEA Wiee eh nee Te LN
Coe Oe q
Aha y i
allen
etree Te eee
ore

Pek ha kp
ree ath ma
. es

re were tt

eh
ae
ar

os

os rp
ty, el
dial cote

at
are
ey

+h irda reat ae Nee
Sagano
besa

oe

Ty
WT]

ew Pork
HState College of Agriculture

At Cornell University
Dthaca, N. V.

Library

ornell University Libra

The bulb book; or, Bulbous and tuberous

“TT

Cornell University

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu81924002805145

THE BULB BOOK

OR

BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS
FOR THE OPEN AIR, STOVE, AND
GREENHOUSE

CONTAINING PARTICULARS AS TO DESCRIPTIONS
CULTURE, PROPAGATION, ETC. OF PLANTS
FROM ALL PARTS OF THE WORLD HAVING
BULBS, CORMS, TUBERS, OR RHIZOMES

(ORCHIDS EXCLUDED)

BY JOHN WEATHERS

AUTHOR OF ‘fA PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GARDEN PLANTS,” ‘*PRENCH MARKET GARDENING,”
‘* BEAUTIFUL BULBOUS PLANTS,” '* BEAUTIFUL ROSES,” ‘* BEAUTIFUL TREES AND
SHRUBS,” ‘‘ BEAUTIFUL GARDEN FLOWERS,” ‘‘SCHOOL, COTTAGE, AND
ALLOTMENT GARDENING,” ETC.

ILLUSTRATED BY THE AUTHOR

LONDON
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.

1911
LL.

CONTENTS

ForREWoRDS F é : : * :
IntTRODUCTION A i i é ‘
Buips, Corms, Tupers, Ra1zomeEs . ‘ :
Functions or Burps, Corms, TUBERS, AND RHIZOMES
CoNTRACTILE Roots é .

CULTIVATION IN THE OpEN AIR

DEPTH oF PLANTING BULBS

CULTIVATION UNDER GLAss é ‘ - ‘
Lirtine anp Storine Burss . j :
PROPAGATION oF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS .
Forcine anD Retarpine Buisous Phants .
Buipous anp TuBERoUS Pants ror Cut FLOWERS.

Buigous Puants ror CoLD GREENHOUSES AND WINDOW-BoxEs
Naturauisinc Buitpous PLants IN GRASSLAND AND SHRUBBERIES
Harpy anp Hatr-Harpy BuLBous AND TuUBEROUS PLaNtTs

TENDER BuLBous AND TUBEROUS PLANTS ‘
Freaxs or Burpous AND TUBEROUS PLANTS . ‘
CLASSIFICATION oF BuLBous AND TuBEROUS PLANTS.

GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER

PUBLICATIONS QUOTED .AND CONSULTED
GLOSSARY . ‘ i i ‘ ; :
InpEx 2 : . : :

ix

FOREWORDS

There was a time when bulbous plants of all kinds received the
attention of a considerable section of horticulturists. Dean Herbert
was the high priest of the cult, among the most notable of his disciples
being Wilson Saunders, Joad, Michael Foster, Peter Barr, Sir Charles
Strickland, and Max Leichtlin. They collected and cultivated bulbous
plants in the same spirit as predominates among the leading fanciers
of orchids to-day, But with this difference, there wasn’t any gambling
in bulbs. There are, of course, certain kinds of bulbs which rank
among the most popular garden plants; but there are scarcely any
collectors of species outside botanical gardens. Bulbous plants of the.
Lily, Iris, and Amaryllis families are both numerous and varied.
Many of them are reputedly difficult to cultwate, yet not more so than
orchids used to be. The worst in this respect are the species which
grow naturally in intense sunshine and have a definite period of dry
rest. Such are many of the Crinums, Buphanes, and the Xiphiod
Irises. Years ago, bulb fanciers would meet and discuss the merits
and requirements of their favourites in the most enlightening and
stimulating manner. But how many of the present-day cultivators
show any inclination to do this? The plants are out of favour, pre-
sumably because they are not easy to manage, an objection that is
generally dissipated by a better knowledge of the essential requirements.
Gardening that is worthy of the name has higher avms than the
cultivation of the vulyar crowd of plants which anybody can manage.
The development of orchids as yarden plants may be taken as a proof
of what can be accomplished by persevering experiment.

Such genera as Lilium, Gladiolus, Tulipa, Narcissus, Hyacinthus,
Crocus, Iris, Galanthus, Hippeastrum, and Nerine have been to a large

extent conquered by the arts of cultivation and breeding; and there
xi F

FOREWORDS

are many more which by the application of the same arts would
yield equally successful results. For example, there is an almost
unworked mine of wealth in Crinum, Watsonia, Cyrtanthus,
Hemanthus, Hymenocallis, Phedranassa, Zephyranthes, Ornitho-
galum, and Oxalis, genera that are particularly rich in species of
horticultural merit. They and many others are practically unknown
only because they have never had their opportunity. It is only recently
that Freesia, Lachenalia, and Nerine have caught the popular eye ;
and the oldest of us can remember the advent of Narcissus as the
glory of the British garden in spring.

Mr Weathers’ book is, in my opinion, a praiseworthy attempt to
open up the bulb world to the horticultural explorer. During his
many years’ service at Kew, Mr Weathers had exceptional opportunities
to acquire a knowledge of the contents of the large collection there,
and the notes and drawings then and afterwards made he has now
turned to useful account. I take the liberty to recommend his book to
all cultivators who take an intelligent interest in plants that are
attractive, either in floral characters, habit, or peculiarities of form—
qualities which are prominent in the majority of the species which he

has described and figured.
W. WATSON.

xii

INTRODUCTION

THE cultivation of all kinds of plants having bulbs, corms, tubers,
or rhizomes is now so extended that a volume devoted entirely to
this important phase of Horticulture may be looked upon almost
as a necessity. Coming as these plants do from all parts of the
world, it requires no little skill on the part of the gardener—
professional as well as amateur—to succeed in their cultivation.
The inclusion of tuberous and rhizomatous plants in this volume
makes it more comprehensive than if it were confined to bulbous
plants proper, all of which belong to one of the two great groups
of flowering plants known as Monocotyledons. As almost any
plant with a swollen root-stock or thickish creeping roots is called
“bulbous” in popular parlance, plants with such peculiarities have
been considered in the present work. In this way about fifty
different natural orders of flowering plants alone have been
included; and these fifty orders include over four hundred
different genera, and some three thousand different species and
varieties. It will thus be seen that even in this age of specialities,
the bulbous and tuberous-rooted plants form quite a respectable, if
not indeed an extensive group by themselves.

Considering these plants from a geographical point of view,
it will be noticed by a reference to their native countries that they
not only come from every part of the globe—from the tropical,
subtropical, and temperate regions—but also from the highest
altitudes and the lowest plains. In such a range of bulbous vegeta-
tion, many temperatures, climatic differences, and soil variations
naturally exist. The gardener therefore has to make himself more
or less acquainted with the peculiar requirements of any particular
plant, if he wishes to achieve anything like success. He must
recognise that a plant from the tropics is not necessarily a subject
to be grown in.a hothouse or a greenhouse, unless if comes from

the plains, or is found only at low elevations. Many mistakes
xiii

INTRODUCTION

have been made in the past because the various altitudes at which
plants grow naturally were either unknown or were ignored. Thus
it happened that plants from the tops of the Andes of Ecuador,
Colombia, or Peru, although within the Tropic of Capricorn and
beneath an equatorial sun, were found to die with warm house
treatment, while they flourished under a temperate or almost hardy
regime. The proper temperature, etc., for a plant in cultivation
may be therefore more easily gauged if the gardener possesses
accurate information as to the condition in which it grows in a
state of nature. Owing to these variations of altitude and
temperature, it has become necessary to divide bulbous plants
into four main groups, namely: hardy, half-hardy, greenhouse, and
hothouse or stove. In the following pages under each genus such
particulars as to the native habitat of each species are given as
will enable the gardener to arrive at a decision as to the
temperature most likely to suit his plants.

While temperature of course plays an important part in plant
cultivation, the questions of soils, moisture, drought, etc., have
also to be considered. Here again a knowledge of the local natural
surroundings will give one a fairly good idea as to what compost
should be used, and whether much or little water is to be given. A
plant that grows naturally in a peaty or marshy soil would be likely
to flourish in a similar compost, but would in all probability die
in a very short time if planted in heavy clay or coarse sand,
although it might do fairly well in a moist loamy soil. On the
other hand, plants from desert regions where sandy wastes abound
will probably require a hot, dryish atmosphere, although they may
enjoy moisture at the root during the period of active growth.
Others again from the lower elevations of tropical regions can
scarcely be given too much heat and moisture in conjunction with
a rich and unctuous soil. To enable the gardener. to judge which
set of conditions is most likely to suit any particular group of
bulbous or tuberous plants, this volume has been specially written,
and the author hopes that it may prove itself worthy of frequent
reference on the part of the intelligent cultivators in all parts of
the British Islands.

A glance at the page of Contents will give the reader a kind of
bird’s-eye view of the scope of the work. In the descriptive portion
the various genera and species have been dealt with in alphabetical
order, as it is probably the most generally convenient. Those plant-

lovers, however, of a studious or analytical turn of mind, will find
xiv

IMSEULUCLLVYEe CHALAULEL,

It is also hoped that the numerous drawings (many of which
are reproduced from sketches made twenty-three and twenty-four
years ago) will serve a similar purpose, and help to make clear any
little obscurities in the text. With a view to encouraging still
further research, references to coloured plates and good figures in
standard botanical and horticultural works have also been added
after the descriptions of many species and varieties.

JOHN WEATHERS.

THE BULB BOOK

BULBS, CORMS, TUBERS, RHIZOMES

OvtsipE the ranks of botanists and skilled gardeners, much
uncertainty and no little confusion prevail as to what constitutes
a bulb, a corm, a tuber, or a rhizome. It may be well therefore to
say a few words about each, with a view to making things plainer in
regard to these matters.

BULBS.—A bulb is a special kind of bud bearing a number of
thickened fleshy or scaly leaves closely packed together and seated
upon a flattened compressed or disc-like woody stem, from the under-
surface and edges of which roots are produced during growth.—
Examples of true bulbs that will fit this description may be seen in the
Onion, Tulip, Hyacinth, Daffodil, Snowdrop, Squill, the Snowflakes, ’
and many others. In most cases the fleshy leaves are rolled round
each other; the bulbs are then said to be twnicated. In the case of
the Liliums, however, in which the thickened leaves are overlapping
each other in a spiral fashion round the main axis, the bulbs are said
to be scaly or imbricated. The drawings will give a good idea as to
the difference between “tunicated” and “imbricated” or “scaly
bulbs.” Figs. 1 to 3 represent the former; Fig. 4 represents the
latter.

CORMS. ae are often described as “solid” bulbs, owing to the
fact that in many cases they bear a superficial resemblance to bulbs
proper. In many cases, however (¢.7., the tuberous Begonia and the
Cyclamen), the term “corm” is very loosely and erroneously used
when speaking of the tubers of these plants. The one obvious
difference between a true bulb and a true corm is, that the latter is
yuite solid, and has neither tunicated, imbricated, nor scaly leaves
seated on a compressed disc-like stem, a section of which is shown
in Fig. 1. The corm is a rounded or flattish stem on which traces of

the leaf-stalks or bases may be seen. Another great difference
1 A

THE BULB BOOK

between the bulb and the corm consists in different methods of

growth. Many bulbs will grow for years and produce numerous
offsets. Corms, however, dwindle

away and shrivel up each year
after having yielded up their
store of nourishment for the pro-
duction of new flowers and
leaves; and their place is taken

Fic. 1.—Galtonia candicans, bulb section
ofsame. (4.)

Fic. 2.-Scilla stbtrica, eross and vertical
sections of bulb.

Fie. 4.—Imbricated or scaly bulb of Lilium
Fic. 3.—Nothoscordum, bulb and section. candidum. a

by quite new corms, which have been developed by the action of
the leaves in the daylight. Thus, the corms of Crocus (Fig. 5.:
and Gladiolus (Fig 6), etc. that are put into the soil are not ¢ e
same as those that are taken up after growth has ceased. Theil;
are quite new vegetative creations.

Although corms and bulbs differ from each other in structure an
2

BULBS, CORMS, TUBERS, RHIZOMES

vegetation, it is remarkable that both of them are confined to one
particular class of flowering plants—that known botanically as
Monocotyledons. These are plants
that are easily recognised by
having (1) leaves with parallel or
curvilinear veins; (2) the parts
of the flowers (ze, the petals,

Fic. 5.—Crocus, showing new corm on top Fia. émiiladisies, two new corms over old
of old one. one, with ‘‘ spawn” at base.

stamens, and carpels) arranged in three’s or six’s; and (3) when raised
from seed, by having only one seed-leaf.

If these characteristics are borne in mind there will be no
difficulty in distinguishing a true bulb or a true corm.

TUBERS.—A tuber may be described as a short and more or less
thickened or swollen shoot or stem furnished with “eyes” or buds.

Fic. 7.—Ozulis crenata. Fic. 8.—Tropeolum tuberosum. (4.)

EXAMPLES OF TUBERS.

Good examples are seen in the Potato and the Jerusalem Artichoke;
others are the tuberous Begonia, the Cyclamen, the Anemone, Ranun-
culus, Aconite, the Arum Lily, Caladium, some Tropeolums, etc. The
Dahlia and herbaceous Peony are examples in which the true roots
are swollen and of a tuberous nature, but they contain no vegetative
buds. These are borne at the base of the old flower-stems, portions
of which should be always retained when the plants are lifted and
stored away. Examples of oe shown in Figs. 7, 8, and 9.

THE BULB BOOK

It should be noted that while all true bulbs and corms are
confined to the Monocotyledons, tuberous plants have a much wider
range. They are to be found not only amongst Monocotyledons, but
also amongst the other great group of flowering plants known as
Dicotyledons. These are generally recognised
by having (1) net-veined leaves; (2) parts of
the flower (ze, the sepals, petals, stamens,
carpels) in four’s or five’s, or multiples of
them; (3) and when raised from seed, by
having two seed-leaves. An apparent con-

Fic. 10.—Seedling Cyclamen, showing aberration
Fic. 9.—Richardta ethiopica. (}.) from ordinary dicotyledonous type.
tradiction to this arrangement is seen in the seedlings of Cyclamen,
as shown in the sketch (Fig. 10). When the seeds first germinate,
only one seed-leaf is apparent; later, a second one much smaller than
the first appears, and with advance in age one leaf succeeds another
rapidly until the top of the tuber is furnished with a good supply.

RHIZOMES.—A rhizome is a shoot or stem that grows more or
less horizontally, and usually beneath the surface of the soil. Many
plants have rhizomes, some thickened and somewhat tuberous,
others slender. Good examples of plants with thick rhizomes are
the German and Florentine Irises or “ Flags” (Fig. 11), and Solomon’s
Seal (Fig. 12); while the Lily of the Valley (see Fig. 99, p. 149)
may be taken as an example of a plant with slender rhizomes.

In the Tritonia or Montbretia (Fig. 13) we have an example of
plant in which both corms and rhizomes are developed. It will be
seen from the sketch that the corms are not actually placed upon
each other as in the Crocus and Gladiolus, but are separated by a
kind of runner-like rhizome, some joints of which swell into a corm

if sufficient nourishment has heen elaborated by the leaves.
‘

BULBS, CORMS, 'TUBERS, RHIZOMES

While it is easy in many cases to distinguish the true bulbs,
corms, tubers, and rhizomes, there are instances in which the swollen

Fic. 11.—Rhizomes of German Iris. (4.)

portion of the plant seems
to be intermediate between
one or the other. The root-
stock of the Tigridias or Tiger
Flowers, for example, is called
a “corm,” but a reference to

Fic. 12.—Rhizomes of Solomon’s Seal. (4.)

Fig. 14 shows that it is more like an ordinary tunicated bulb.

Fic. 18.—Corms and rhizomes of Tritonta
(Montbretia) crocosemiflora. (4.)

The root-stocks of Erythro-

nium (Fig. 15), Colchicum (Fig.

16), and Bulbocodium (Figs. 17
and 18) are also known as corms.
It will be seen, however, that

Fia. 14.—Tigridia, bulb and section
of same. (%.)

the vegetation of these plants is not like that of the Crocus or
5

THE BULB BOOK

Gladiolus. The new corms, instead of developing on top of the old
ones, are produced at a lower depth from a downward growth.

Fia. 15.—Corm or bulb of Erythronium, showing Fra. 16.—Corm of Colchicum, showing new
new lower growth to right. growth to left.

In this way there is no likelihood of the new corms coming too
near the surface to be injured by frost, etc.

Fras. 17, 18.—Corm and section of Bulbocodium, showing new
lower growths at side.

This volume is devoted to those plants which have either bulbs,
corms, tubers or tuberous roots, and rhizomes, and therefore embraces
many families of flowering plants (both Monocotyledons and
Dicotyledons) from all parts of the world. Orchids—a large and
important family requiring a volume to themselves—are excluded.

FUNCTIONS OF BULBS, CORMS, TUBERS,
AND RHIZOMES

Apart from the plants described in this volume being characterised
by having either bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes, they all agree in
one important respect—they are all herbaceous plants and they are
all perennial. That is to say, oe aérial parts (flower-stems and

FUNCTIONS OF BULBS, CORMS, ETC.

leaves) are soft and herb-like in texture, and there is nothing woody
about them as seen in trees and shrubs, and their underground
organs may live for several years. The possible exceptions are
Beschorneria and Testudinaria, which have swollen woody bases.
It will prevent misunderstanding to state that perennial herbaceous
plants' may be divided into various groups. Thus they may be
either (1) hardy, (2) half-hardy, or (3) tender—each group requiring
different culture, treatment, and temperature. Again, herbaceous
perennials may be either (1) deciduous, in which the floral stems
and leaves die down every year, and the root-stock has a period of
rest (asin Tulips, Daffodils, Hyacinths, Begonias, Ponies, Solomon’s
Seal, Arum Lilies, etc., etc.); or they may be (2) evergreen, in which
the plants are always in a state of growth, and have foliage at all
periods of the year (as with Pancratiums, many Crinums, some
Irises, etc.).

It may be well to bear these distinctions in mind, as there is a
popular and consequently erroneous impression that a// herbaceous
plants are hardy and die down to the ground each year.

We may now consider why certain plants are provided with
bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes. We have already seen that the
normal stem has been reduced in the case of the bulb to a very
small compass—a mere disc-like mass with the thick fleshy leaves
densely arranged upon it. Ifa bulbofa Tulip, Hyacinth, or Daffodil
is cut through vertically and compared with a ripened bud of a
Horse-chestnut, Lilac, or Ash, it will be seen that they are all very
similar in structure. In the centre will be found the miniature
flower -stem with its incipient blossoms packed away into the
smallest possible compass, and carefully protected with the envelop-
ing scales — really leaves specially modified for this particular
purpose. In the case of bulbs, however, which are detached and
independent bodies (unlike the buds of the Horse-chestnut, etc.), the
scale leaves are not only protectors ; they are also storehouses in
which food and nourishment have been stored away by the green
aérial leaves before these withered and died. The corm or solid
“bulb,” and also the tuber and rhizome utilise the stem, and not
modified leaves, in which to store up their nourishment in the same
way for the development of future growth. Consequently, season
after season this work is going on, and as the older storehouses

1“ Annuals” and “Biennials” of all kinds are necessarily herbaceous in
character, but are not considered in this volume, as they have neither bulbs,
corms, tubers, nor rhizomes. '

THE BULB BOOK

(either as bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes) decay and die, they are
replaced by new ones. If it were not so, especially in our climate,
there would be great danger in many cases of the plants dying out
altogether—especially as many of them are difficult or impossible to
raise from seeds. When there seems to be any risk ofa plant being
unable to reproduce itself readily by means of seeds, Nature has
endowed it with the power of multiplying itself in other ways which
are considered under the Chapter on “ Propagation.”

The point to bear in mind, however, at present is that the new
bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes underground can only be produced
by the healthy assimilative action of the leaves, and the absorptive
powers of the roots.

CONTRACTILE ROOTS

In connection with the annual reproduction of new corms in
such plants as Crocus, Gladiolus, etc. it is interesting to notice
a very extraordinary action of the roots. During the period of
growth if a corm of a Gladiolus or Tritonia (Fig. 19) be taken out of
the ground carefully it will be noticed that there are two kinds of
roots present—(1) the fibrous
feeding or absorbing roots, and
(2) thicker ringed roots. The
latter play a very important
part in keeping the new corms
at a proper distance beneath the
surface of the soil. It is obvious
that by the superposition of the
new corms on top of the old ones
year after year, there would be
a danger eventually of them
coming through the surface of
the ground. They would thus be
exposed to the dangers of frost,
etc. It is well known, however,

Fic. 19.—fritonta Pottst, showing new corms that neither corms nor bulbs no
and contractile roots.
matter how many years they
have been in the soil, ever come through the ground. On the
contrary, they seem to bury themselves deeper and deeper, thus
keeping away from the frost, and in surroundings several degrees
warmer than the soil immediately at the surface.

CULTIVATION IN THE OPEN AIR

Corms and bulbs are kept down in the soil in this way by means
of special roots called “contractile.” These are the thickish ringed
roots referred to and shown in the sketches (sce Figs. 3, 6, 14, 19).
It appears that when the new corms or bulbs have developed fairly
well, these contractile roots have already pushed their way deeper
into the soil, lower than the older corms. In due course they begin
to contract, and in this way they exert sufficient force to pull down
the new corms to a lower level, perhaps even lower than the parents
were the previous season. The marvellous. power possessed by these
contractile roots is one of the most mysterious functions of bulbous
plants, and it is only another instance showing how carefully and
beautifully everything was thought of “at the beginning.”

CULTIVATION IN THE OPEN AIR

SOILS AND COMPOSTS

If this volume were confined to the consideration of hardy plants
alone, it would be a comparatively simple matter dealing with the
soil, But as we are dealing not only with hardy plants that may be
always grown in the open air, but also with those that must be
sheltered in a greenhouse and hothouse and are often grown in pots,
it becomes necessary to take a wider view of the subject, treating
the outdoor cultivation and the indoor separately.

Generally speaking, most of the hardy bulbous, tuberous, and
rhizomatous plants (of which a list is given at p. 32) will flourish
in any well-drained, deeply dug or trenched and well-manured
garden soil. Indeed, some like the tuberous Sunflowers, the
Bocconias, the Aconites, Doronicums, Hemerocallis, etc., will grow in
any but the very worst sour and swampy soil, so vigorous is the
action of their roots. Advantage may be taken of such coarse or
free-growing plants to improve soil that is generally regarded as
poor and infertile. They will find not only nourishment in it, but
owing to the action of their rapidly spreading roots, they bring
about a much better condition of the impoverished soil after a
season or two of growth.

No one, however, wishes to be saddled with poor and hungry or
swampy soil if better,can be had. The ideal garden soil is one
called loam—a fairly well-balanced mixture of clay and sand, with
a fair amount of humus (or ae organic material), and a certain

THE BULB BOOK

proportion of lime. Such a soil will be easy to dig or trench; will
retain a sufficient amount of the necessary moisture without
becoming water-logged with sour and stagnant liquid; and will give
generally good results. According to the different kinds of plants
grown, however, it may have to be modified in places to meet certain
peculiarities, Thus, the addition of more peat or leaf soil may be
necessary for some plants, while more sand, grit, loam, or clay may
be required for others.

For true bulbous plants, anything savouring of wet, heavy, clayey
soil is unsuitable. It is cold, wet, and stodgy, and very difficult to
turn over. But if bulbous plants are to be grown in such a soil,
turned over it must be, and that to a depth of 2 or 3 feet into
the bargain. To bring a heavy, wet, clayey soil into anything like a
proper tilth, it should be trenched about 3 feet deep, bringing the
soaked and soddened bottom soil to the surface, there to be relieved
of its sour and superfluous moisture, and to have its clods and
particles sweetened and broken down by exposure to the weather.
Very few people possess the courage to do this; and the great
majority—speaking with all the confidence of those who have never
done such a thing—will at once condemn the operation as being
unsound both in theory and in practice. Rather than do it once,
they prefer to be troubled for years with a cold, wet, and hungry
subsoil that robs the upper layer of all its heat and most of its
value for growing purposes. Bulbous or other plants on such a
miserable soil reflect its condition in their own wretched appearance.

Where, however, a wet or clayey soil has been deeply trenched,
and has had a good supply of manure, and grit or sand incorporated
with it, a wonderful improvement takes place even in a few months.
The superfluous water trickles downwards to the lower regions and
no longer steals the sun’s heat from the roots of the plants; the
temperature is consequently raised, and this in turn reacts upon the
tender living material (the protoplasm in the tips of the roots of the
plants). The grit will absorb the heat from the sun, and the clayey
particles and manure will hold it between them and prevent its rapid
radiation at night-time. The gases of the atmosphere—the oxygen,
nitrogen, and carbonic acid—will enter more readily into the soil, and
in conjunction with the rain and moisture will dissolve the mineral
and metallic food so necessary for the growth of plants. By day and
by night the temperature of a heavy soil treated in the way mentioned
will be more equable, being -neither too hot nor too cold, nor too wet

or too dry. Another advantage is that there will be comparatively
10

CULTIVATION IN THE OPEN AIR

few weeds, and if the hoe is kept fairly well in use, there will be
little or no trouble from insect pests.

An improvement in a wet, heavy soil may be accelerated by the
addition of quicklime to the surface after trenching and manuring
About a bushel of quicklime may be spread in small heaps over
every 30 square yards of ground. Each little heap should be
covered with some of the wet soil and left for about ten days.
During this time the moisture from the soil will be absorbed by
the lime, which thus becomes slaked and powdery. It is then easy
to spread the heaps of soil and slaked lime evenly over the surface,
but not dug in. As time goes on the lime gradually dissolves and
sinks into the soil, and, coming in contact with the buried manure,
liberates fresh food, and encourages the development of those
mysterious soil bacteria which are so essential to good cultivation.

Whenever a new garden is being started, or where it is intended
to renovate an old one and do things properly, it will be found best
to adopt the practice of deep cultivation. All surface weeds and
rubbish can be easily disposed of by burying them in the trenches
as the work proceeds—the rank, green, and undecayed refuse being
put at the very bottom, the best-rotted material being retained for
placing in the last trench near the top.

Once a garden soil has been treated somewhat in the way indicated,
there will be no necessity to disturb it so deeply again for some few
years. Indeed it would be impossible to do so when once it is
cropped with bulbous and other plants that are to remain for
years.

In the case of old gardens and old flower-borders, however, that
have become overgrown with plants, and in which the upper soil has
become more or less exhausted, the best thing to do is to have all
plants and bulbs taken out, preferably in early autumn, and then
have the ground deeply trenched and manured, bringing the under-
soil to the surface, and placing the top spit beneath to give it a rest
and time to recuperate its lost strength.

DEPTH FOR PLANTING BULBS

In the following pages it will be noticed that the usual sizes or
diameters of most of the bulbous plants are given, and that these
vary from } inch to 2, 3, 4, or more inches. So far as planting bulbs
that are to be grown under glass is concerned there is practically no

question of depth involved, as they are nearly all so placed in the
11

THE BULB BOOK

soil that the tops are either level with the surface, slightly below
it, or a little above it.

In the case of hardy bulbs, however, that are grown in the open
air and are planted in the autumn, the conditions are not identical.
There is no protection from frost on the surface of the soil, and rats
and mice and other marauders would more easily destroy bulbs on or
near the surface. The main point involved, however, is one of
protection from frost. As the bulbs vary so much in size, some
being very small and some very large, it becomes necessary to plant
them at various depths, according to their size. It would never do
to plant a Crocus corm or Snowdrop bulb so deeply as the large
bulb of a Lilium. But how is one to know the proper depth for
the many kinds of bulbs in cultivation? By the adoption of this
simple rule:—Plant a bulb, corm, or tuber in the open air at a
depth about equal to three times its own diameter; or, in other
words, cover the bulb, corm, or tuber with twice its own depth or
diameter of soil.

CULTIVATION UNDER GLASS

Although the preparation of the soil for the reception of outdoor
hardy bulbous and tuberous plants may entail a good deal of time
and labour at first, it is easy when compared with the trouble and
expense of cultivating plants in greenhouses and hothouses. Here
the soil has to be brought from a distance, and the wise gardener
will make arrangements to have stacks of good turfy loam (the top spit
from a piece of pasture land), peat, and leaf-mould always at hand;
in addition to which there should always be a good supply of sharp
silver or river sand available. Different sizes of pots and pans must
also be purchased ; and sieves or riddles of 4-inch, 4-inch, and 1-inch
mesh will also be handy for sifting and mixing the various composts
that will be required from time to time.

The operations of growing plants in pots or even in borders or
beds of soil under glass are much more intricate and detailed than
those in the open air. The pots or other receptacles used should be
quite clean to begin with, when any fresh potting is necessary.
Pots that have been in use for a year or two often become covered
with a greasy slime on the outside. This makes them not only
unsightly, but also difficult to handle; besides which the passage of
air through the pores of the burned clay is rendered difficult

or impossible, This means a certain amount of harm to the roots
, 12

CULTIVATION UNDER GLASS

of the plants, which require to have as much fresh air at their
disposal for breathing purposes as the stems and leaves. Karthen-
ware pots, etc., therefore, should be kept fairly clean, and this can
only be done by washing them. In a garden, boys are generally
utilised for the purposes of “ potwashing,” as well as other multifarious
duties unsuitable for men. The usual method is to soak the dirty
pots for a few hours or days in tubs or tanks of water. This loosens
the slime and dirt, and it is then more easily removed with a fair
amount of “elbow grease” and a scrubbing brush. In my young
days in the nursery even a scrubbing brush was not provided, and
the dirt had .to be removed with a piece of old matting and some
ashes from the ashpits. To wash 1000 3-in. pots (60’s) or 800 5-in.
pots was considered a fair day’s work from 9 A.M. to 6 P.M., and stand
them out to dry into the bargain. Potwashing is just as simple now
as then, but the same importance is not attached to it—especially in
market nurseries. In these a “rub round” with a wisp of hay or
old matting is often sufficient except for some of the choicer crops.
Potwashing-machines, however, are now in existence, and are used
in some establishments, private and otherwise.

Crocking Pots.—This is another more or less essential operation
when growing plants in pots. It consists in placing a layer of
broken pieces of pots in the bottom of the pots, over a larger and
flatter piece known technically as a “stopper.” This stopper
should be as flat as possible, but many gardeners like to have it
curved with the convex side uppermost. The object of a flat stopper
is to make it more difficult for worms to get into soil from the hole
in the bottom. The presence of worms is most undesirable, owing to
the runs or channels they make in the soil, and through which the
water passes freely without wetting the main body of compost.
Therefore a flat stopper is much more likely to keep them out than
a curved one; and this is a point worth considering when plants are
placed on earthen beds or stages, or in the open air for a time.

The main object of crocking pots is, of course, to secure
adequate drainage for the soil. Unless the water is allowed to
pass away freely, it would remain in the soil, and after a few
more waterings had taken place, the hole in the bottom of the
pot would become silted up and blocked. The result would be that
no more fresh air could enter the soil, and this would become
soured and 1 .isonous to the roots of the plants owing to the fetid
stagnant moisture and decaying organic material.

It is an easy matter to see rt the drainage of a pot is
13 7

THE BULB BOOK

imperfect. The water, instead of passing through the soil
readily, will remain for hours on the upper surface, waiting to be
evaporated by the heat of the atmosphere. Unless the bad
drainage is soon rectified, the plants show signs of suffering, and
if they could only speak, we should hear constant wailing from
many badly watered plant-houses in the Kingdom. The lower
leaves being the oldest, soon begin to assume a yellowish tint, and
later on they drop off one by one until the youngest leaves and
buds only are left. These too will soon give up the struggle if
the drainage is not put right.

Watering—The question of drainage is naturally bound up
with that of watering. In the open air, as a rule, plants have to be
satisfied with the moisture obtained from the clouds, and this may
vary according to the district from twenty-five hundred tons to
eighty hundred tons of water per acre in the course of the year, as
stated at p. 31.

With indoor plants, however, the case is different. The rain
cannot fall upon them or upon the soil; moisture must therefore
be supplied in other ways. Water-tanks are usually built in the
glass-houses, and the water is either laid on, or pumped from wells
by windmills, or gas or oil engines. The actual application of water
to the plants is usually by means of water-pots, although hose-
pipes are often used in large commercial establishments, and are
a great saving of time, labour, and money. Watering plants with
the hose has the drawback that individual plants may be over-
looked now and again, or if water-logged are apt to get more than
is good for them.

When water-pots, however, are used, it takes much longer to
get through with the work. The careful gardener looks at every
plant, and his experienced eye will enable him to judge at once
whether water is required or not. If he is not quite sure, he will
either feel the surface soil with his fingers, or ring the pot with
his knuckles. A more or less clear and hollow sound will indicate
a dry soil, while a dull and less audible sound will denote that
the soil is already moist enough for the time being. Generally
speaking, when the soil is inclined to be dry it is given a good
supply of water right up to the rim of the pot, pan, tub, or other
receptacle holding the plant. If the gardener judges the soil to
be wet enough to last until the next time the operation is due,
no water is given to the plant. Picking out the wet and dry

plants in this way necessitates care, attention, and keen observation
14

CULTIVATION UNDER GLASS

on the part of the gardener, and obviously occupies much more
of his time than watering all over the plants with a hose would.
The safe rule to follow when watering is—when dry, give a
plant plenty; when wet enough to last till next time, give
none. By following this rule, the plants will be kept in good
health and a steady rate of growth.

With bulbous and tuberous plants perhaps a little more care
and knowledge of their individual peculiarities are necessary than
with fibrous-rooted ones. Many bulbous and tuberous plants require
a period of rest at some particular period of the year. The
gardener knowing this period, watches its approach and regulates
his supplies of water accordingly. As the plants show signs of
going to rest by the yellowing of the leaves and their gradually
falling away, watering becomes less frequent, and more air and
light are given to the plants to hasten the ripening process.

Again, after the resting period is at an end, and the bulbs or
tubers show signs of new life, the plants will require more and more
water until they are in the full vigour of their growth. It is this
continual and gradual change from the active to the dormant state,
and vice versd, that requires to be taken into consideration when
giving water to the plants.

Syringing.—Besides supplying water properly to the roots of
plants it is often necessary to apply it also to the stems and foliage,
more especially perhaps with stove or hothouse plants, and in a
lesser degree to greenhouse plants. It is well known that the drier
the atmosphere the greater the amount of moisture evaporated from
the millions of pores or stomata on the leaves of plants. Conversely,
the more heavy laden the air is with moisture, the slower will be the
evaporation from the leaf surfaces. According, therefore, to the
humidity of the atmosphere surrounding stove and greenhouse
plants will the operation of syringing be regulated. In hot dry
weather it may be necessary to syringe three or four times a day, in
addition to damping down the pathways and stages of the house.
During the winter months, however, and during cold or dull spells
of weather, there will not be the same necessity for so much
syringing. The gardener, therefore, who wishes to grow his plants
well under glass must be a kind of meteorologist or weather-prophet,
and vary his work according to circumstances. What he does one
day, and would be perfectly correct in doing, may be altogether
wrong the next day, simply because the weather conditions were

totally different.
15

THE BULB BOOK

The main object of using the syringe is to counteract the process
of evaporation that is going on unseen to the naked eye from the
leaf stomata. “Unseen” is perhaps scarcely accurate, for it becomes
obvious on a hot day (even when the soil around the root is quite
moist) that unless the syringe is used to moisten the air, the leaves
soon begin to droop. Why is this? Simply because the cells are
being emptied by evaporation of the water that has been supplied
to them by the roots. It may therefore happen, and frequently
does happen, that the leaves of a plant will give off moisture much
more quickly than the roots can absorb it from the soil. In such
cases, therefore, it becomes not only necessary to syringe the foliage
freely, but also to lessen the amount of sunshine by shading the
glass with canvas, or smearing it with whitewash or other mixtures
used for the purpose.

There are now many syringes on the market, but it is advisable
to have those that give a fine mist-like spray, and are provided with
suitable nozzles and bends. The finer the spray, the more perfect
is the wetting of the foliage; and if insecticides or fungicides are
used under other conditions, the more economically and effectively
will they be distributed with a good syringe.

A secondary advantage of syringing plants is that the foliage is
kept clean from dusty or sooty deposits. These if allowed to remain
too long, block up the breathing pores (stomata) to a great extent,
and thus interfere with the absorption of carbonic acid gas from the
atmosphere during the daytime, as well as with the exhalation of
oxygen from the tissues. Dust, dirt, or any other foreign deposit
on the leaves and stems of plants, not only render breathing difficult,
but as the supply of light is also diminished by their presence, the
work of assimilating the food from the air and the soil is greatly
impeded. The result sooner or later is a yellowish, sickly, dirty
appearance of the whole plant.

Sponging.—This operation is often performed on the leaves and
stems of plants grown under glass, when they happen to be badly
affected by insect pests such as scale or mealy bug, or covered with
dirt that cannot be readily removed by syringing. It consists in
washing the leaf surfaces often with clean tepid water, but usually
with a solution of soft soap, quassia chip, or nicotine, or some of the
well-advertised insecticides and fungicides. The leaves are placed
on the outstretched fingers and palm of one hand, and carefully
washed with a sponge saturated in the solution. In this way pests

and dirt are removed, more light and fresh air are given to the
16

LIFTING AND STORING BULBS

tissues, and consequently the whole plant becomes happier and
healthier because cleaner and freed from its natural enemies, Asa
rule, there is not much difficulty in removing scaly pests, etc, from
the leaves or stems of plants; but sometimes in very neglected
cases if may be necessary to remove them first of all with a piece of
pointed bamboo stick, afterwards sponging and washing in the
usual way.

LIFTING AND STORING BULBS

Although these points are dealt with in special cases in this work,
it may be as well to touch upon the subject in a general way. Many
if not most bulbous plants are deciduous; that is, the leaves die away
each year, and the bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes, as the case may
be, remain dormant or quiescent for a certain period. Other bulbous
plants, however, present an evergreen appearance—many of the
Crinums and Pancratiums, for example—and are consequently in a
state of growth throughout the year, passing from weak to vigorous
stages according to their nature and the season.

So far as deciduous bulbous plants are concerned, if grown in the
open air, it matters little in many cases whether the bulbs or tubers
are lifted annually, or whether they are left in the ground undis-
turbed for a number of years. Some, such as Daffodils, Crocus,
Snowdrops, Bluebells, Scillas, Chionodoxas, Muscaris, some Liliums
(eg. L. candidum), Fritillarias, to mention only a few, are decidedly
best left in the soil for some years when they are doing well, and if
they have been planted in borders or shrubberies, or in grassland.
In this way they increase and multiply naturally, and give more
gorgeous displays of colour year after year, especially if they have
been fed by placing a layer of some well-decayed manure over them
after the leaves have died down.

Other bulbous plants like Hyacinths, Tulips, Gladiolus, and
Tigridia, and some of the rarer and more tender kinds, are perhaps
best lifted every year after the flowers are past their best. Unless it
is desired to save seeds, this is usually the best time to lift bulbous
plants. The foliage should show signs of yellowing, and this
indicates that the work of assimilating food is nearly at an end for
that particular season. When any of these bulbous plants are grown
in formal beds on the lawn, it is almost essential to get them up and

stored out of the way to make room for other plants to take their
17 B

THE BULB BOOK

place, and to admit of the beds being redug and manured if
necessary.

Having decided to take the bulbs out of the ground the operation
is perhaps best performed with a fork. There would be too much
danger of chopping the bulbs up if a spade were used. The tool
should be driven down straight, so as to get it well below the bulbs,
and the soil should be lifted and turned over or thrown forward very
much in the same way as when digging potatoes. The bulbs should
be picked out by hand into baskets or shallow boxes, in which they
can be afterwards taken away and spread out todry. In this way
the soil can be removed from them easily in due course, and the
process of grading the bulbs into the different sizes can be performed
more readily. Bulbs or tubers lifted in the autumn like Gladiolus,
Montbretias, Tigridias, Watsonias, etc., may be stored in dry soil,
sand, or fibre, and kept in a frost-proof cellar until the spring. The
bulbs of such plants as Tulips, Daffodils, Hyacinths, Crocuses, etc.,
that are taken up in spring or early summer, may be spread out in
layers on shelves made of slating battens, or they may be stored away
in shallow wooden trays that are now so much in use, and are very
convenient for storing large numbers of bulbs into a small space. It
will be necessary to keep bulbs of this character in cool, shady, and
well-ventilated sheds, and it will be better if only one, or at the most
two, layers of bulbs—certainly of the best bulbs—should be placed
on each shelf.

Bulbous or tuberous plants grown in pots may be allowed to
remain in the old soil during the dormant period. The pots, however,
should be placed on their side and stacked away on top of each other
as shown in the diagram. In this way, if placed under
the stage of a greenhouse, the dripping water from the soscd
plants on- the shelves will not touch the bulbs and cause 209°°°
them to rot. When the period of growth arrives, and this is
generally indicated by the new green growth appearing at the
tips of the bulbs, the bulbs may be shaken out of the old soil, and
repotted into a fresh compost according to the instructions given
under each genus.

By treating deciduous bulbous and tuberous plants as described
above, they can be kept for many years in excellent condition.

18

PROPAGATION

PROPAGATION OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS
PLANTS

Of the many methods of propagation known to gardeners, all
except three — budding, grafting, and layering—are practised in
connection with increasing the stock of bulbous, tuberous, and
rhizomatous plants. Being all herbaceous in character, such methods
as budding, grafting, and layering are not generally applicable, being
reserved for woody plants. Occasionally Dahlias may be grafted on
to the tuberous roots, and the tuberous roots of herbaceous Peeonies
are often used as stocks on which the fibrous-rooted Tree or Moutan
Peonies are grafted. With these exceptions, however, the great
bulk of bulbous and tuberous plants are increased by other methods.
The principal of these are:—(1) Offsets; (2) Spawn or Cloves; (3)
Scales; (4) Bulbils; (5) Division of the root-stock; (6) Cuttings;
and (7) Seeds. It may be well to say something about each of these
methods of propagation.

OFFSETS.—By far the greater number of plants having true
bulbs and corms, and also most tuberous-rooted plants, are propagated
by means of “ offsets,’ which are produced in greater or less
numbers from the old stocks. In such genera as Anemone, Aconitum,
Chionodoxa, Colchicum, Crocosma, Doronicum, Fritillaria, Galanthus,
Gladiolus, Hyacinthus, Leucojum, Lilium, Montbretia, Muscari,
Narcigsus, Qr ithogalum, Oxalis, Scilla, Tritonia, Tulipa, ete, the
parent bulbs or tubers produce offsets freely. When it becomes
necessary to increase the stock, the old plants are lifted, usually
in the dormant season, or just before growth recommences, and the
offsets are detached from them. In all cases the offsets may be
looked upon as vegetative growths or children representative of the
vigour of the parent plant. They arise from the. superabundance of
nourishment elaborated from the soil and air by the healthy leaf-
action of their parents. The original bulb, corm, or tuber being
unable by itself to retain all the food sent down by the leaves, is
necessarily compelled to build as it were separate annexes to
accommodate the surplus material. In this way “ offsets” arise, and
if not interfered with, will in due course carry outthe same
principles of growth as their parents. This explains the way in

which a few bulbs, corms, or tubers will in the course of a few years
19

THE BULB BOOK

give rise to a numerous progeny, and occupy far more space in the
garden than was originally allotted them.

As we shall see later on when discussing seeds, the production of
these offsets are of great value to the gardener. Many bulbous and
tuberous plants produce very little or no seed, consequently it would
take many years to raise a large stock of plants of these were it not
that they lent themselves readily to other methods of reproduction.

It may be taken as a general rule that bulbous and tuberous
plants are raised by the readiest means at hand, and this happens in
most cases to be “offsets.” Every offset, large or small, if taken off
at the right time and planted properly, has the makings of a new,
complete, and independent flowering plant in it. As a rule these
offsets are attached close to the parent bulb corm, or tuber; but
occasionally, as in Tulips and in Montbretias, and in some Liliums,
they are produced at the end of a creeping runner-like body, or along
a rhizome. This accounts for what is known as “dropping” in
Tulips, in some cases of which the offsets are several inches lower
down than the parent bulb.

As all offsets are not of equal size and value, they should be graded,
the largest and best being planted in beds by themselves, the medium
and smaller ones (which may take two or three years longer to reach -
the flowering stage) being also placed in special beds until they are
large enough to be again transplanted.

SPAWN or CLOVES.—Some plants, such as the Gladiolus, not
only produce a few new corms from the older shrivelled ones, but
also several much smaller bodies around the base. ‘These are
popularly called “spawn,” or individually “cloves” (see Fig. 6),
and are akin vegetatively to the bulbils borne in the axils of the
leaves of some Liliums. These cloves may be stored away till
spring-time in sandy soil, and then sown in special beds of gritty
mould and covered with about 1 inch of soil. At the end of two
or three years they will have attained the size of flowering corms
and may then be treated like those.

SCALES.—Apart from the offsets of the bulbs of Liliums, many
of the fleshy scale-leaves are broken away or detached in the process
of lifting and replanting; each one of these scales may be utilised to
produce a new bulb. If stuck more or lesg vertically into rich and
very gritty soil, a little bud is soon produced at the base. In due
course this little bud swells into a little bulb, and at the end of three
or four years it will attain the flowering stage, Very often the

scales are simply covered with an inch or two of sandy soil in a
20

PROPAGATION

special bed, and left to look after themselves until they throw up
flower-stems,

In the case of the florists’ Hyacinth, although these little bulbs
are not produced in the same way as on the Lilium scales, they
can be induced to develop on the base of the old bulb. This is
cut across in several places, and sometimes even the “disc” or
woody base plate is cut out altogether. The old bulbs are then

Fic. 20.—Hyacinth bulb, Fic. 21.—Hyacinth bulb, showing
back view. cuts.
spread out to dry, and by and by small buds or bulblets are
produced on the cut surfaces. When large enough to handle
easily these baby bulbs are detached and
planted an inch or two deep in rich
and very sandy soil. The sketches show
how the bulbs are cut across the base
with a sharp knife, and how the young
bulbs develop in the scars later on. Fig.
20 shows the base of a Hyacinth bulb
before cutting. Fig. 21 shows how the
bulb has four cuts made right across,
making eight slits altogether. The cut
surface soon heals up, and in due course Fis. 22.—Hyacinth bulb, showing
. . buds in cuts.
a number of vegetative buds appear in
the slits, as shown in Fig. 22. From these buds new Hyacinth
bulbs are eventually produced.

BULBILS.—These are roundish vegetative growths often seen in
the axils of the leaves on the aérial stems of some Liliums and
a few other plants. Why these bulbils should be produced is a
mystery, but it is thought that they appear in cases where the
conditions for reproduction by seeds or other methods are not
favourable. By the end of the Sane season these bulbils are

THE BULB BOOK

thoroughly ripe, and separate themselves from the parent plant
and are blown about and carried away by the wind until they
settle down in some sheltered crevice—there to grow and bring
forth new plants in due course. In cultivation when it is con-
sidered worth while, any bulbils may be sown in spring as if they
were seeds, covering them with about twice or three times their
own depth of soil. When taken from bulbous plants, they reach
the flowering stage much quicker than seeds, but not nearly so
quickly as offsets.

DIVISION OF THE ROOT-STOCK.—This is a simple and rapid
method of increasing many kinds of tuberous and rhizomatous
plants, as well as many fibrous-rooted herbaceous perennials. Such
plants as Aconite, Peony, Doronicum, Arum Lily, Caladium, and
many others, produce numerous offsets or young growths from
the parent root-stock, and these may be detached just before growth
recommences, or when the plants are lifted or disturbed in autumn
or spring, or other dormant period. Each detached portion
so long as it has at least one bud attached will develop into a
plant by itself in due course, treating it in the same way as
recommended for the parent or established plant. Even with
tufted plants like the Agapanthus, Hemerocallis, Schizostylis- and
others, if the main shoots are separated carefully so that each has
a supply of roots, there will be no difficulty in establishing the
separated | portions. In the case of the German, Florentine, and
other Irises, and in Solomon’s Seal, the rhizomes may be so hard
and thick that it may be necessary to cut them through with a
strong, sharp knife, although as a rule they are easily enough
broken, In dealing with such plants as Aspidistras, it is better to
sever the rhizomes with a sharp knife, each. portion having a bud
or two attached. With Lilies of the Valley the rhizomes are easily
separated, but it will be noticed that the thicker and fatter the
buds are the more likelihood there is of having flowering shoots
(see p. 149).

CUTTINGS.—With bulbous plants proper, 1.¢., those belonging
to the Monocotyledonous group, there is no opportunity of raising
them from cuttings, neither can they be budded or grafted, as diets
stems possess no cambium layer like the Dicotyledons. Such
tuberous-rooted plants, however, as Dahlia, Begonia, and Gloxinia
are readily raised from cuttings of the young stems, or by means of
the leaves, as described under each of those genera. Indeed, so far

as this volume is concerned, these are about the only plants which
22

PROPAGATION

can be propagated by stem or leaf cuttings, although they may also
be increased by division of the roots, by cutting the tubers into
pieces, or by seeds in the ordinary way.

SEEDS.—.Most bulbous, tuberous, and rhizomatous plants may
be raised from seed. There is, however, a wonderful difference in
the length of time between the sowing of the seeds and the
development of flowering plants. Thus, such dicotyledons as
Begonias, Dahlias, Gloxinias, Cyclamen, ete., having tuberous roots
or stems, may be easily brought to the flowering stage in the first
year of their growth from seed. Many other plants in this group
may take a year or two to accomplish their complete cycle of
growth—that is, from the time the seed is sown until the flowers
develop and ripen seed again ; but with true bulbous monocotyledonous
plants it may take from three to seven, eight, or ten years before a
good flowering bulb or corm can be produced. There are a few
exceptions to this rule, notably the Freesias and the Gladioli;
but, generally speaking, it takes several years to raise flowering plants
of such well-known bulbous plants as Daffodils, Tulips, Hyacinths,
Liliums, etc., from seeds. However, specialists do it, and wonderful
creations have rewarded their skill and patience with such plants
as Daffodils, Narcissi, Gladiolus, Lilium, Freesia, etc.

The difficulty of raising true bulbous plants from seed being
thus so great and occupying so much time and attention, it is
only natural that they should be propagated by the much easier
and more simple method of offsets. When plants are increased
by any other method than seed, there is one consolation, and that
is the fact that any particular species or variety may be kept
perfectly true and pure. When, however, plants are raised from
seeds; and especially when they are readily fertilised by insects,
there is always the chance of variation in colour, habit, and
constitution in the progeny raised from the seeds of such plants.

Cross-fertilisation and Hybridising.—This knowledge of course is
of the greatest value to the hybridist. Knowing how easily one
species will cross or breed with another, he selects and controls
the operation in the case of those species or varieties in which
he is particularly interested. In this way by transferring the
pollen from the stamens of a certain variety to the stigma of
another, he effects what is known as crossing or hybridising. When
the same species or variety is fertilised with the pollen from a
similar species or variety, the process is simply known as cross-
fertilisation, and roughly ce to the marriage of people

THE BULB BOOK

of the same race or nationality. When, however, two quite distinct
species or quite distinct varieties are fertilised with each other's
pollen (the operation may often be carried out both ways, so that
a “reverse” cross is produced) the plants are said to be hybridised,
and if any progeny result they are said to be “hybrids.” Hybridis-
ing is analogous to marriage between quite distinct races.

FORCING AND RETARDING BULBOUS
PLANTS

For many years gardeners have been well acquainted with the
effects of a high or a low temperature upon plant life, and advantage
has been taken of this knowledge to bring some plants into flower
before their natural period, or to prevent them from flowering until
that period is over. The process by which plants are brought into
early flower is known as “forcing,” while that by which they are kept
in check or suspended animation is-known as “retarding.” One pro-
cess is really the antithesis of the other. Thus in the winter months
when it is desired to have Tulips, Daffodils, Hyacinths, Crocuses,
Gladiolus, Liliums, etc., in flower, the plants are placed in a high
temperature and in an atmosphere more or less charged with
moisture. Before this stage is reached, however, the bulbs have
been placed in pots or boxes of soil with the tops just showing in
some cases, or the bulbs are only placed on the soil side by side in
others. Hardy kinds are then stood outside in a sheltered spot and
covered with about 6 inches of soil, ashes, or fibre, and left for a few
or several weeks. This protects them from frost, and root action and
top growth soon become established beneath the surface. This work is
generally done during October and November, so that the bulbs shall
be in different stages of development. When required for forcing
those first placed in pots or boxes are brought into the hothouses
first, as they will be most advanced in growth. For a few days but
very little light is allowed on them, but the temperature may be as
high as 70° to 80° F., and there will be also abundant moisture in the
atmosphere. At the end of a few days the yellowish tint of the
leaves or shoots begins to deepen into green. Then more light may
be given, and the flower-stems having been drawn up by the absence
of light now begin to swell the buds rapidly. In due course (accord-
ing to the kind of plant that is being forced) the flowers begin to

24

FORCING AND RETARDING BULBOUS PLANTS

open, and as soon as they are in fit condition they are either cut and
stood in water to be “ bunched” for market, or taken into the house;
or the entire plant or plants are transferred to cooler quarters
in the conservatory or dwelling-room, or to any place they may be
required.

Once plants have been forced in a high temperature they are
generally regarded as of no further use, and are thrown away.
Certainly they will not be of much value for flowering purposes for
at least two or three seasons. If, however, they are planted out in
some vacant piece of ground and left undisturbed for two or three
seasons, it is astonishing how many bulbs of such plants as Tulips and
Daffodils will recuperate, and reach the flowering stage in that time.
Commercially it would scarcely pay to wait for these old forced bulbs
to flower; and a new stock is purchased each season.

Retarding Bulbous Plants—-Many plants are now prevented
from flowering at their natural period simply by placing them in a
refrigerating chamber, in which the temperature is maintained a
degree or two lower than freezing point (32° F.). In this way the
protoplasm in the plant cells is kept in a state of suspended anima-
tion—or almost like hounds held in leash ; they are anxious to start
into growth but cannot do so until the temperature reaches the
normal point. How long it would be possible to keep bulbous or.
other plants alive or unimpaired in vitality there are no statistics
available; but it may be stated that many Liliums (chiefly L. longi-
florum) are kept for eighteen months and two years in a cold
chamber, and when taken out produce an excellent crop of flowers.
Some large growers have their own retarding or refrigerating plant,
while others prefer to pay a reasonable rent for the cold storage of
their bulbs to some of the refrigerating companies.

Amongst bulbous and tuberous plants that may be readily
“forced” or “retarded” are the following :—

Begonia. Freesia. Ixia. Polianthes tuberosa.
Convallaria. Gladiolus. Leucojum. Polygonatum multi-
Crocus. Gloxinia. Lilium. florum.

Dicentra. Hippeastrum. Montbretia. Richardia.

Eucharis. Hyacinthus, Narcissus. Tulipa.

25

THE BULB BOOK

BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS
FOR CUT FLOWERS

A very large number of bulbous and tuberous plants are cultivated
for their cut flowers alone, and in many cases an enormous business
is done in this way. One need only mention the millions of Daffodil
and Narcissus blossoms that are sent to the markets. every spring
from the Scilly Islands, and the various market gardens around London
and in the Provinces, to give an idea of what commerce is done.
Of course almost any flower of a bulbous or tuberous plant may be
used in a cut state, but there are many species the blooms of which
are not adapted for this purpose, or else they are so fleeting in
character that it is hardly worth while severing them from the
plant. In this place we are only considering those kinds that are
specially suitable for decorative purposes in the cut state, either
privately or commercially.

There is one feature about cutting the flowers of bulbous plants,

and that is, the benefit accruing to the plants themselves from the
operation. If the blossoms are allowed to remain upon the plants
until they wither, and seeds begin to form, a good deal of reserve
material is taken out of the bulbs, tubers, corms, or rhizomes to
enable the plants to ripen their seeds. It is obvious, therefore,
that by cutting off the blooms when fresh, there will be no extra
strain upon the plants. Consequently more reserve material will be
available for the production of fine blooms the following year. It
may therefore be said that cutting off the flowers really strengthens
the plant, and enables it to produce for many years a good supply
of blossom.
- When bulbous plants are grown for cut flowers, either in market
gardens or under glass, they are grown in hundreds, and hundreds
of thousands, so that a supply shall be always available during the
season. Sometimes the prices are very low, owing to an enormous
quantity appearing on the market at the same time; but at other
times fairly high prices are realised. Of late years efforts have
been made to avoid gluts by keeping back or retarding the blooms
until they were wanted, because experience shows that a steady
market at a reasonable figure is better than a jumpy market, in which
very high prices rule one day and very low ones the next.

In private gardens, of course, cut flowers are always a feature ;
and the gardener who is nee see to keep up a good and

BULBOUS PLANTS FOR COLD GREENHOUSES, ETC.

constant supply of blossom for the house, is a man worthy of a
higher wage than is usually considered sufficient.

The following is a list of bulbous, tuberous, or rhizomatous plants
that may be grown largely for the purposes of cut bloom:—

Alstroemeria. Tris, Spanish.
Arum Lily (Richardia). Iris, German.
Amaryllis Belladonna. Iris, Florentine.
Anemone. Ixia.
Brodiza. Lilium.
Brevoortia. Lily of the Valley (Convallaria).
Convallaria majalis (Lily of the | Montbretia.
Valley). Narcissus (Daffodils).
Crinum Moorei. Nerine.
Dahlia. Ornithogalum.
Daffodils (Narcissus). Peeonia.
Doronicum. Polianthes tuberosa.
Eucharis. Polygonatum multiflorum (Solomon’s
Freesia. Seal).
Fritillaria imperialis. Ranunculus.
Galanthus nivalis (Snowdrop). Richardia zthiopica.
Galtonia candicans. . Richardia Elliottiana.
Gladiolus. Snowdrops (Galanthus).
Gypsophila paniculata. Solomon’s Seal (Polygonatum).
Hemanthus. Star of Bethlehem (Ornithogalum).
Hyacinthus. Tritonia.
Hippeastrum. Tulipa.

When cutting the flowers of bulbous or other plants, it is always
well to cut either early in the morning, or late in the afternoon, or
an hour or so before twilight. The cells in the blossoms will then
be fairly well charged with moisture, and this will enable the flowers
to last for a much longer period. If cut in the middle of the day,
flowers do not retain their freshness nearly so long, the cells being
‘less turgid, and therefore more flaccid, owing to evaporation.

BULBOUS PLANTS FOR COLD GREENHOUSES
AND WINDOW-BOXES =

There are now hundreds of greenhouses or glass structures with-
out any heating apparatus, that are left in’ a cheerless condition
during the winter and early spring months, chiefly through lack of
knowledge as to how they might be utilised. By means of such
hardy bulbous plants as Bulbocodiums, Chionodoxas, Scillas, Spring
Crocuses, Dog’s Tooth Violets ene) Dwarf Fritillarias,

THE BULB BOOK

Hyacinths, Narcissi, Grape Hyacinths (Muscari), Sternbergias,
Bulbous Irises, Winter Aconites (Eranthis) (all of which the reader
should refer to in the body of the book), it is a comparatively simple
matter to have a good supply of blossom at least early in the year.
To secure this the bulbs of the various genera mentioned should be
placed in pots or shallow pans in the autumn, say during September,
October, and November. The pots or pans should be well drained
and the compost should be of a light, rich, and gritty nature.
Several bulbs according to size may be placed in each receptacle, and
should be just covered with soil. For a month or six weeks, or even
longer, they may be stood outside and covered with about 6 inches of
soil, ashes, or fibre, just as if they were to be forced. When the
roots have been well developed, and top growth is well established,
the plants may be brought into the cold house (after washing and
cleaning the outsides of the pots) and placed upon the stages. Here
they will naturally be exposed to the light, and growth will then be
slower and more sturdy than in the dark. Attention must be given
to watering, but during the cold winter months this will be a small
item. On all fine or genial days, the doors and ventilators of the
greenhouse may be left open, and should only be closed on very cold
or very windy days. Late in the afternoon the doors may be closed,
and not opened again till after breakfast; and the ventilators may
be shut right down on very cold nights, but left slightly open if the
weather is at all favourable. In the event of very severe frosts
setting in, it may be advisable to fill in the spaces on the stages
between the pots with clean moss, dry leaves, or fine wood-wool, to
prevent the frost getting to the roots; and a mat or two should be
placed over the glass at night. Even with what are perfectly hardy
plants when grown in the open air, these little precautions are
necessary when they are grown in pots or pans in the way indicated.

The bulbous plants mentioned may also be utilised for the
decoration of window-boxes during the winter months. They may
be put into small pots and then plunged or buried in fibre or soil
in the boxes, or they may be planted in the soil itself just as they
would be in the open air. And they can be used either by them-
selves, or in mixtures, or in conjunction with such shrubs as
Aucubas, Cupressus, Retinosporas, Golden Privet, Euonymus, etc. ;
or they may be top planted with Polyanthuses, Primroses, Wallflowers,
Double White Arabis, Yellow Alyssum, Violas, or Silenes, etc.—all of
which, if planted in September or October, will come into blossom

the following spring with the bulbous plants.
28

NATURALISING BULBOUS PLANTS

NATURALISING BULBOUS PLANTS IN GRASS-
LAND AND SHRUBBERIES

Perhaps there is no better or more artistic way of improving the
appearance of the landscape, especially during the early months of
the year, than by the judicious planting of certain kinds of bulbs in
the lawn or on grassland generally. Many kinds are admirably
adapted for this purpose, inasmuch as they produce their blossoms
from early January till the end of March, just the season when there
is little growth of the herbage, and when it will not be necessary to
use the lawn-mower. To secure an effect, it is necessary to plant
hundreds and thousands according to the area of the lawn or grass-
land, and in most cases the work of planting should be done in
autumn. By copying nature as closely as possible, far finer and more
picturesque effects will be secured. Anything in the way of planting
in straight lines or rows, or keeping one kind of bulbs away from
another, should be avoided.

Perhaps one of the best methods of securing a natural appear-
ance would be to mix the bulbs that are to be planted and then strew
them over the ground. Some will be naturally closer together than
others, but it is this very irregularity of distance that will produce
the ultimate charm when the bulbs are in blossom. There will be
masses of flowers in certain spots, while here and there between them
will be stray blooms or smaller clusters. The bulbs having been
strewn over the ground in the way indicated, they may be planted in
holes made with a dibber. This will take some little time according
to the number of bulbs used, but once the work is finished it will not
require doing again perhaps for many a year. The holes made by
the dibber can be filled in by brushing some fine soil over the grassy
surface or by dropping a handful in where necessary.

Where new lawns are being made in the autumn, or when it is
advisable to lift the turf to drain the soil beneath by deep digging or
trenching, advantage may be taken of such operations to spread the
bulbs over the ground before replacing the turf on top of it. In this
way time and labour will be saved, and the soil beneath the turf will
be all the better for the turning over it has received.

When it is intended to plant bulbous plants amongst trees in
shrubberies, it will be well to remember that some trees and shrubs
are evergreen whilst others are deciduous. Amongst such evergreen

plants as Rhododendrons, Kalmias, Ericas, Pernettyas, Cherry
29

THE BULB BOOK

and Portugal Laurels, the bulbous plants most suitable would be
the taller-growing Liliums like Awratum, Candidum, Eaxcelsum, Par-
dalinum, Giganteum, Hansoni, Humboldti, Monadelphum, Spectosum, .
Superbum, etc., together with Fritidlaria imperialis, Camassia
esculenta, Galtonia candicans, Solomon’s Seal, etc. In this way the
bulbous plants will find a foil in the evergreen foliage of the shrubs,
and the latter when not in blossom will be made to look more cheer-
ful by the flowers from the bulbs.

The following bulbous and tuberous plants may be regarded as
specially suitable for naturalising in grasslands and shrubberies, those
marked with an asterisk being better in woodlands, shrubberies, and
banks than on the formal lawn :—

Autumn Crocus (Colchicum). Milla.
Bulbocodium. Muscari.
Chionodoxa. *Narcissus.
Colchicum. Puschkinia.
Crocus (Spring and Autumn). Scilla sibirica.
Eranthis hyemalis (Winter Aconite). Scilla festalis (Bluebell).
Erythronium (Dog’s Tooth Violet). Snowdrop (Galanthus).
Fritillaria. Sternbergia.
Galanthus (Snowdrop). *Tulipa.
*Leucojum. Winter Aconite (Eranthis).
*Lilium.

With deciduous trees and shrubs, it is generally best to utilise the
dwarf early-flowering kinds of bulbous plants such as Scillas, Chiono-
doxas, Snowdrops, Crocuses, Winter Aconite (Hranthis hyemalis), to
form a carpet of colour beneath them in the spring. They are
particularly effective in beds or shrubberies beneath such trees and
shrubs as Forsythias, Almonds and Peaches, Thorns, Azaleas, Witch
Hazels (Hamamelis), Hazels, Laburnums, Magnolias, Mock Orange
(Philadelphus), Plums, Cherries, Lilacs, Pyrus, Flowering Currant
(Ribes), Spireas, Viburnums, Dogwoods (Cornus), and Weigelas (or
Diervillas). These plants having bare and leafless stems early in
the year do not interfere to any extent with the light that is
necessary for the bulbous plants beneath them; and by the time
many of them are in full leaf and blossom, the bulbous plants will
have gone to rest till the following season. It is thus seen how
easy it is to convert a dreary shrubbery into a place of beauty, with
the aid of bulbous plants that may be in flower almost throughout

the year if a proper selection is made,
30

HARDY AND HALF-HARDY PLANTS

HARDY AND HALF-HARDY BULBOUS AND
TUBEROUS PLANTS

Under this heading may be grouped all those plants having
bulbs, corms, tubers, or rhizomes that may be grown in the open air
in almost any part of the British Islands, that is between the 50th
and 61st northern parallels of latitude, and from the 2nd degree
of longitude east of Greenwich to the 11th west of Greenwich. Even
within this area there will be a good deal of difference in the climate,
due not only as to whether a place is north or south, but also to
altitude and other causes, such as that of the Gulf Stream on the
coast of Ireland and the west of Scotland. The mean annual
temperature of England is 49°-5 F., that of Scotland 47°-5, and of
Ireland 50°-0, so that the Emerald Isle is on the whole warmer and
more equable than either England or Scotland. In Great Britain
there is a difference of fully 6° between Falmouth in Cornwall and
the Shetland Islands—chiefly owing to the difference in latitude.
But in Ireland there is a difference of only 3° between the extreme
north and south.

As to the annual rainfall, there is of course also great variation
in different parts of the Kingdom. Where the country is flattish
and free from hills the average annual rainfall in England is about
25 inches, and in similar parts of Scotland about 28 inches. In
south-western districts, however, as much as 40 inches of rain fall
annually ; and in certain parts like the Western Highlands, the Isle of
Skye, the Lake District, and in Wales, there is a rainfall of 80
inches and more in the course of the year—each inch of rain
representing rather more than 100 tons of water to the acre.

In Ireland, as in Great Britain, there is also much variation in the
annual rainfall. About one-half of the country—the eastern portion
—has from 30 to 40 inches of rain yearly, the other or western half
having from 40 to 50 inches. Dublin in the east has an average of 28
to 48 inches, while Kylemore in Galway has as much as 89-40
inches.

These geographical and meteorological facts are given, so that the
reader may realise the varying conditions under which plants exist
in the open air. In one part of the Kingdom plants will flourish,
while in other parts the same species will be so tender or half-hardy
that protection may be needed ie the winter season. In the

THE BULB BOOK

following pages it is stated whether plants are hardy, half-hardy,
tender, or otherwise, so that the cultivator may have something to
guide him in his operations.

The following genera are amongst those containing the most
hardy bulbous and tuberous plants for open-air cultivation. The
genera marked with an asterisk (*) have species with true bulbs or
corms, and are all Monocotyledons. The other genera have tubers
or rhizomes, and are either Monocotyledons or Diocotyledons :—

Abobra. Caulophyllum. Helianthus.
*Acis, *Chionodoxa. Helonias.
Acorus, Chionographis. Heloniopsis.
Aconitum. *Chiono-Scilla. Hemerocallis.
Agapanthus. *Chlorogalum. Hesperocallis.
*Allium. Codonopsis. *Hyacinthus.
Alstroemeria, *Colchicum. Tncarvillea.
*Amaryllis. Commelina. *Tris.
Ampelopsis. Conanthera, *Txia.
Anemone. Convallaria. *Txiolirion.
*Anomatheca, *Cooperia. *Lapeyrousia.
Anthericum. Corydalis. Lathyrus.
*Antholyza, *Crocosma. Leontice.
Aphyllanthes. *Crocus. *Leucojum.
Apios, Cyclamen. Lewisia.
Arisarum. Dahlia. Liatris.
Arum. Dicentra. Libertia.
Asclepias. *Dierama. *Lilium.
Asphodeline. Disporum. *Lycoris.
Asphodelus, Doronicum. Lysichitum.
*Babiana. Dracunculus. Maianthemum.
Begonia. Eranthis. Medeola.
*Bessera, Eremostachys. Megarhiza.
Biarum. Eremurus. Melanthium.
*Bloomeria. *Erythronium. *Merendera,
*Bobartia. *Eucomis. *Milla.
Bocconia. *Ferraria. Mirabilis.
Bongardia. *Fritillaria. *Montbretia.
*Brodiza. Funkia. *Moreea,
*Bravoa. *Gagea. *Muscari.
*Brevoortia. . *Galanthus. *Narcisgus.
Bryonia. *Galtonia. ' *Nemastylis.
*Bulbine. Gentiana. Nothoscordum.
*Bulbocodium. Geranium. Nuphar.
Calla. *Gladiolus. Nympheea.
*Calochortus. Glyphosperma. *Ornithogalum.
*Camassia. Gypsophila. Ostrowskia.
Canarina, Hablitzia. Othonna.
Canna. Oxalis,

Haylockia.
32

TENDER BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANT'S

Pachyrhizus. Sanguinaria, Tricyrtis.
Peeonia. Saxifraga. Trillium.
Phlomis. Schizostylis. *Tritonia.
Phytolacea. *Scilla. Tropzolum.
Podophyllum. Sisyrinchium. *Tulbaghia.
Polygonatum. *Sparaxis. *Tulipa.
Polygonum. *Sprekelia. *Urginea.
Polymnia. *Sternbergia. Uvularia.

*Puschkinia. Symphytum. *Veltheimia.
Ranunculus. Tamus. Veratrum.
Reineckia. *Tecophilea. Wachendorfia.

*Rigidella. Thalictrum. *Watsonia.
Roscoéa, Thladiantha. *Zephyranthes.
Sagittaria. *Tigridia. Zygadenus.
Salvia.

TENDER BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS

The plants in this group are such that they cannot be grown in

the open air, even during the summer months, with any degree of
“success. They are natives of the tropical and subtropical parts of
the globe, and are mostly found at low elevations where the heat
and moisture are often great. It must be borne in mind that plants
from the same geographical region may be quite different in their
natures, and would consequently require different cultural treatment.
Thus, a species from the high mountain tops at altitudes of 10,000
or 12,000 feet, would be quite hardy in our climate, in comparison
with other species from the same latitude, but found at the base of
the mountains or on the plains. This accounts for many plants from
the mountain ranges of Central America being hardy or almost
hardy in the British Isles, while others at a lower elevation sega
to be grown in a stove or greenhouse.

As the terms “stove” and “greenhouse” are frequently used in
this work, it may be as well to explain to the amateur what is meant
by them. <A “stove” house is a very warm greenhouse—one with
a good supply of hot-water pipes, so that even in severe winters it may
be possible to maintain a night or minimum temperature of at least
60°-65°F. This can only be done by proper attention to stoking
the furnaces. Asa rule a “stove” house is also a moist one, that is,
the atmosphere is constantly kept in a state of humidity either by
throwing water on the floors (“damping down” as gardeners call it)
or by the frequent use of the syringe or hose-pipe. Water-tanks

are built in the houses, so that a liberal supply of water is always
33 c

THE BULB BOOK

available. Of course, the amount of moisture in the atmosphere will
be regulated largely according to the season, and the plants that are
grown. During the spring and summer months, for example, the
thermometer will often register over 90° and 100° F. in a stove
during the daytime, and the humidity of the atmosphere will be
palpable to anyone entering, especially when spectacles are worn, as
the vapour immediately condenses on the cooler glasses.

Notwithstanding the heat and moisture, it is essential to have
such hothouses properly ventilated, otherwise the air would become
so foul and stagnant that neither plants nor gardeners would be able
to live in it. The modern horticultural builder, in conjunction with
the gardener, knows exactly how to arrange the boilers, pipes, and
ventilators, so that a maximum amount of heat may be secured at
the least cost. At the same time, by proper ventilation, the air will
be purified, and but little heat will be allowed to escape.

The “greenhouse” is a glass-house also supplied with hot-water
pipes and boilers; but as plants requiring less heat and moisture are
grown in it, there is no necessity to maintain such high temperatures.
During the summer months, say from April till October, no fire-heat
whatever need be used, as the glass will retain during the night-time
much of the heat acquired during the day. During the winter montha,
from October till the end of March, a certain amount of artificial heat
must be infused so as to maintain a night temperature of 45°-55° F.
When some plants that are on the border line between hardy and half-
hardy, or somewhat tender, are grown, very little artificial heat is
required during the winter season, just sufficient to keep the frost out.
Plants of this character are often wintered in cold frames and given
plenty of air and light onall favourable occasions, the only protection
they require being a mat or two thrown over the glass at night when
the frost is likely to be severe.

The following genera embrace bulbous, tuberous, or rhizomatous
plants that are usually grown under glass either in a “stove” or
“greenhouse.” The genera marked with an asterisk (*) are all
monocotyledons, and have true bulbs or corms. The cultural details
are given under each genus in the body of the work :—

Achimenes. Androcymbium. *Blandfordia.
*Albuca. Anigozanthos, Boussingaultia.
Alocasia. *Anoiganthus. *Bowiea.
Alpinia. Ariseema. *Brunsvigia.
*Ammocharis. Aspidistra. *Buphane.
Amomum. Begonia. Burbidgea.

Amorphophallus. Beschorneria. Caladium.

FREAKS OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS

*Calliphruria. *Eurycles. *Melaspherula.
*Callipsyche. Eustephia. Monochilus.
*Calostemma. *Freesia. Nelumbium.
Canna. *Geissorhiza. *Nerine.
*Chlidanthus. Gesnera. Niphea.
Clivia. *Gethyllis. Nymphea.
Colocasia. Globba. Oxalis.
*Cooperia. Gloriosa. *Pancratium.
*Crinum. Gloxinera. *Pheedranassa.
Curculigo. Gloxinia. *Placea,
Curcuma. Gonioscypha. *Plagiolirion.
*Cyanella. *Griffinia. *Polianthes.
Cyclamen. *Hemanthus. Richardia.
Cypella. Hemodorum. *Rigidella.
Cyphia. Hedychium Sagittaria.
*Cyrtanthus. *Herbertia. Sandersonia.
Datura. *Herreria. Sauromatum.
Daubenya. Hesperantha. Sinningia.
Dichopogon. *Hessea. *Sprekelia,
Dioscorea. *Hippeastrum. *Stenomesson.
*Dipcadi. *Homeria. *Strumaria.
Dipladenia. *Hymenocallis, *Syringodea.
Dracontium. *Hypoxis. Testudinaria.
*Drimia. Icacina. *Tulbaghia.
*Drimiopsis. Ipomea. *Urceocharis.
Eichhornia. *Txiolirion. *Urceolina.
*Elisena. *Lachenalia. *Urginea.
Eranthemum. *Littonia. *Vallota.
Eriospermum. Maranta. Wurmbea.
*Eucharis. *Marica. Xanthosoma.
*Eucrosia. *Massonia. Zingiber.

FREAKS OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS
PLANTS

From time to time growers of bulbous and tuberous plants meet
with specimens in their collections that exhibit some abnormal
feature. The science of these departures from the normal has been
called “teratology,” and scientific men have been frequently puzzled
as to the causes that give rise to these peculiarities or monstrosities.
They are much more frequent probably than botanists are aware,
and there is scarcely a season passes that one may not see some
unusual development in nurseries and large establishments where
hundreds and thousands of a particular kind of plant are grown.
Of course, bulbous and tuberous oe are not the only ones that

THE BULB BOOK

produce freaks. All classes of plants vary in the same way at some
time or another, and are regarded as commonplace, though curious,
by those who grow them. Many instances of roots, stems, leaves,
sepals, petals, stamens, pistils, and ovaries having been distorted in
some way have been recorded, not only in the late Dr Masters’ work
on Vegetable Teratology, but also in the pages of the horticultural and
botanical press and journals. As might be expected, the flowers,
being usually the most conspicuous and ornamental parts of a plant,
have been noticed most frequently, but other parts, especially the
flower-stems, have also been noted from time to time. To give a
few instances :—

Flower-Stems.—In some instances, notably in Liliums especially
L. auratum), the ordinary roundish stem is frequently broadened out
into a thin, flattish body, an examination of which shows at once that
several stems have fused or united together, and as each one produces
its own blossoms, the result is
an enormous mass of bloom.
This fusion or union of several
stems into one is called fasci-
ation, and is quite a common
feature in the ordinary garden
Asparagus.

Instances of fasciation have
also been noted in the flower-
stems of Agapanthus wmbel-
latus,Oxalis crenata,and several
florists’ Tulips. In the case of
the Tulip, there is usually only
one flower on one stalk, but by
fusion or fasciation, examples
bearing as many as seven
flowers have been met with—
the stems being united part of
the way, and then branching
towards the top. Fig. 23
shows a Tulip having three

Fic. 28.—Tulip with three flowers on one stem. flower - stems, more or less

fused together.
In some Liliaceous and Iridaceous plants bulbils (see p. 21)
form naturally in the axils of the stem leaves. In many, however,
this character is undeveloped, ou probably only dormant, owing.

FREAKS OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS

to the necessary conditions or surroundings being absent. Occasion-
ally, however, we get underground growths like corms being
reproduced on the aérial stems. Examples of this have been met
with in some Watsonias, where it has been reported that “corms”
have been borne in the axils: of the leaves. ' :

In some orchids (e.g. Phalwnopsis Schilleriana and others), young
plants develop for some reason on the flower-stems after the blooms
have withered. Something similar has been recorded in the case of
the genus Marica, in which numerous small plants had developed on
the scapes. These plants when detached grew freely, but did not
come into blossom so quickly as those raised in the ordinary way.

It has been recorded by Mr. W. Hales, of Chelsea Physic Garden,
that in the case of Achimenes grandiflora numbers of greenish catkin-
like tubers were produced in the axils of the leaves. This case is
probably on all fours with what happens when these plants are
raised from leaf-cuttings. A reference to the drawing at p. 56 will
show that these catkin-like tubers develop as a matter of course
from the base of the leaves of Achimenes, when they are inserted as
cuttings in a suitable compost and temperature.

The “doubling” of flowers, it is now well known, is due to the
suppression or rather modification of the stamens and pistils. These
are morphologically only modified leaves, and it is therefore not
unnatural that under certain conditions, chiefly when there is no
great necessity to develop ripened seeds, some bulbous plants have
these organs broadened out into coloured petals. The double
Daffodils and Narcissi, double Tulips, double Liliums, double Snow-
drops, etc., are well-known examples. Fig. 24 shows a curious
development in the flower of Narcissus bicolor Horsfieldi, which
appeared a year or two ago in a market nursery at Isleworth. Not
only are the usual six segments of the perianth multiplied into
several narrow segments, but the number of stamens was also
increased. Another plant of N. Horsfieldi bore two almost perfect
flowers on one scape, as shown in Fig. 25.

In the case of the White Arum Lily (Richardia ethiopica) the
spathes or floral envelopes, which are usually single, become double,
as shown in the accompanying sketch (Fig. 26). The spathe is only a
leaf modified for the purpose of protecting the columnar spathe on
--which the true flowers are seated; and the gradual change from
green to white, or yellow, or other colour is easily seen during the
period of growth. Fig. 27 shows how even a green leaf is sometimes

modified into a pure white spathe.
3

THE BULB BOOK

Fia. 24.—Nareissus Horsfeldi, with numerous - Fia. 25.—Narctssus Horsfieldi, twin-flowered.
perianth segments.

Fic. 26.—Arum Lily (Richardta), with
double spathe. (4.) Fia. 27.—Arum Lily, with leaf-like spathe.
38

FREAKS OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS

Analogous to this case of the Arum Lily is that of a Tulip, shown
on Fig. 28, in which the leaf, instead of being a flat expansion
remained tubular, and formed a kind of extinguisher over the flower.
This case rather looks as if the flower was intended to be self-
fertilised by being imprisoned in the tubular leaf.

Fia. 28.—Tulip, showing flower encased in Fig. 29.—Gloxinia, with secondary corolla
green tubular extinguisher-like leaf. lobes.

Sometimes, as shown in the sketch of Gloxinia (Fig. 29), besides
the sepals and petals proper, an extra whorl of organs appear. This
is a case of proliferation somewhat resembling the duplication of
corollas seen in the well-known biennial Canterbury Bell (Campanula
Medium Calycanthema), and the perennial C. persicifolia, forms of the
Columbine (Aquileyia vulgaris), ete.

In this connection mention might also be made of the Persian
Cyclamen (C. latifoliwm), in the flowers of which “doubling” has
taken place, and also in some forms of which peculiar outgrowths
or crests have been developed on the surface of the petals. These
are ornamental in many cases, and the characters have become
fixed,

The tuberous Begonias have also exhibited this character during

recent years. Not only have the flowers become very “double”
39

THE BULB BOOK

by cultivation and selection, but in many instances “ cresting” has
become a fixed character, as in the Persian Cyclamen.

There is one unusual peculiarity about the tuberous Begonias
worth recording. The. flowers, as is well known, are monccious,
that is, the male (or staminate) and the female (or pistillate)
flowers are quite distinct from each other although borne on the
same plant. The stamens are borne in one flower; the pistils in
the other. It sometimes happens,
however, that both organs (sta-
mens and pistils) appear in the
same blossom, a8 shown in the
drawing (Fig. 30). It has also
been recorded that a staminate
or male flower has been observed
to possess an ovary. In the

Fia. 80.—Begonia flower with stamens and
pistils (hermaphrodite).

.-... plank Not.

Fic. 31.—Lilium, showing two divided and Fic. 32.—Funkia, showing three plants
one normal style. (3.) germinating from one seed.

species known as B. umbraculifera (see Bot. Mag. t. 7457), bisexua
flowers are recorded.
Coming to the gynecewm or female portion of the flower, aberra:

tions from the normal also occur. Fig. 31 shows the style anc
40

FREAKS OF BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS PLANTS

stigma of a Lilium. The left-hand sketch shows the style divided
into three portions to the base, clearly indicating the usual trimerous
character of the flowers. The central sketch shows the style
divided only about half-way down, each branch having a stigma
at the apex. The drawing to the right shows a normal, undivided
style and stigma of the same Lilium.

Still more curious is the state of affairs represented by Fig. 32.
This represents a Plantain Lily (Funkia) giving birth to three
young plants from one seed. As a rule, each seed contains but one
embryo, frorn which one plant only arises on germination. Some
plants, however, appear to develop seeds in which more than one
embryo is developed. I have been told that Mangolds are examples
of this. The sketch clearly shows how three different plants began
to grow, one after the other, each one springing from the same seed.

41

THE BULB BOOK

CLASSIFICATION OF BULBOUS AND
TUBEROUS PLANTS

Scientists have divided the Vegetable Kingdom into five main
groups, viz. :—

1. The Myxothallophytes.—These are organisms without green
colouring matter, consisting of naked masses of protoplasm or
plasmodia. They are reproduced by spores from which arise swarm-
spores or myxamebe. These again unite into plasmodia. The
best-known representative of this group is the Slime Fungus
(Plasmodiophora brassice), which causes so much damage to the
roots of the Cabbage, Wallflower, and Stock tribes, and other
members of the natural order Cruciferee, by giving rise to the
disease known as “Club Root” and “ Fingers and Toes.”

2. The Thallophytes.—These are plants which show no distinct
differentiation in tissue between roots, stems, shoots, and leaves.
They include the Blue-green Algae (Cyanophycee); the Bacteria
of various kinds; the Diatoms; the Green Alge (Chlorophycee) ;
the Conferve; the Seaweeds; and the Fungi. The last are im-
portant because of the numerous diseases which afflict the higher
plants; amongst them being the Potato disease, the mildew
of the Vine and Rose, the smut of Wheat, Oats, Barley, Rye, etc.

The Fungi also include the cultivated Mushroom (Agaricus
campestris), the various ‘“Toadstools” so-called, the Puff
Balls, etc., etc.

A kind of intermediate or hybrid group between the Alge and
the Fungi is known as “Lichens.” The Alge and Fungi live
together—the Fungus living upon the organic food which the
Alga obtains by means of its green colouring matter (chlorophyll);
and the Fungus in return secures moisture and the food dissolved
in it for its partner. This state of affairs is called “symbiosis,”
and it appears that in Lichens the Fungus and the Alga could not
live without one another.

3. The Bryophytes.—Here we have a distinct differentiation
into elementary stems and leaves. The best-known plants in this
group are the Mosses and Liverworts.

4, The Pteridophytes.—These show a greater advance in

development, and roots, stems, leaves, and fructification are clearly
42

CLASSIFICATION

marked off from each other. In this group are the Ferns, Club
Mosses, Horsetails.

5. The Phanerogams.—This group includes all the plants which
flower and produce seeds, and have also well-defined roots, stems,
and leaves. This group is divided into two distinct sections, viz. :—
(a) The Gymnosperms, or naked-seeded plants, in which the ovules
receive the pollen direct and are not enclosed in an ovary, as in
the Cycads and Conifers; and (6) The <Angiosperms, or hidden-
seeded plants, in which the ovules are enclosed in ovaries, and the
pollen can only reach them by means of a tube growing from
the pollen-grain through the tissues of the carpel or pistil in
the flower.

All the plants described in this work are “ Angiosperms.” They
fall naturally into two distinct and easily recognised groups :—

I. Monocotyledons.—These are plants in which the flowers
have their parts arranged in whorls or circles of three; in which
the embryo or baby plant in the seed has only one seed-leaf
or “cotyledon,” and in which the main veins in the leaves are
usually parallel with each other or curvilinear. There are a few
exceptions, such as the Aroids and Yams (Dioscorea), which have
net-veined leaves.

II. Dicotyledons.—These differ from the Monocotyledons in
having the parts of the flower arranged in whorls or circles of
four’s or five’s, the embryos have ¢wo seed-leaves or cotyledons, and
the leaves are net-veined.

Another great distinction between Monocotyledons and Dicoty-
ledons: in the former the perennial woody stems do not increase
in diameter, owing to what are called the vascular bundles being
scattered and not being thickened by the growth of a “cambium.”
In Dicotyledons the perennial woody stems have the vascular bundles
arranged in a ring, and by means of the circle of cambium layers
are enabled to increase in thickness year after year.

It should be pointed out that in this volume no plants with
woody perennial stems are dealt with. All the bulbous, tuberous
and rhizomatous plants described are “herbaceous” (7c. non-woody)
in character, and the aérial stems of a vast number, last only for
one season of growth—long enough to develop leaves, flowers,
and seeds—and then they die down naturally, leaving the basal
portion in a resting condition until the next season of growth.

The following synopsis of the natural orders will enable the reader
interested in classification of ore to determine into which group

THE BULB BOOK

any particular plant should be placed. This is the only convenient
method in cases where the name of a plant is unknown, or in cases
where a wrong name has been given. When the name of a plant
is already known, all that is necessary is to turn to the pages
where each genus is described in alphabetical order.

Crass I.—MONOCOTYLEDONS.*

Division 1. PETALOIDEZ.—Flowers quite regular (actinomor-
phic), parts arranged in whorls of 3—i.., 2 whorls making
the perianth of 6 segments; 2 (or 1) whorls of stamens; and a
whorl of 3 carpels united together. Ovary 3-celled, superior or
inferior ; seeds contain endosperm. Diagrammatically this may
be represented as follows :—Perianth (petals) 3+3; Andreecium
(stamens) 3+3; Gynecium (pistils or carpels) (3)—the latter
figure being enclosed in brackets indicating that the carpels are
united or “syncarpous.”

Nat. Ord. COMMELINACEAS. Characters.—Leaves linear or
lance-shaped, usually sheathing at the base. Flowers usually regular,
hermaphrodite, in spikes or umbels. -Perianth inferior. Stamens
usually 6, hypogynous, sometimes only 3 perfect. Ovary superior.

Genera described.—COMMELINA, WELDENIA.

Nat. Ord. NAIADACEAS. Characters.—Marsh or water plants
with floating or submerged leaves. Flowers hermaphrodite, dicecious,
or monecious. Perianth segments 0, or 2-4. Stamens usually 1-4.

Genus described.—APONOGETON.

Nat. Ord, ALISMACEA8, Characters.—Marsh or water’ plants
with simple radical leaves and leafless flower-stems. Flowers
hermaphrodite or unisexual, with an inferior perianth. Stamens 6,
or 9, or more.

Genera described.— ALISMA, ButTomus, LIMNOCHARIS, SAGITTARIA.

Nat. Ord. LILIACEAR. Characters.—Leaves cauline or radical.
Inflorescence mostly terminal, solitary, racemose, spiked, umbellate
or capitate. Flowers usually hermaphrodite and regular. Perianth
inferior. Segments equal, free, or very rarely united at the very
base. Stamens usually 6, hypogynous or attached to the perianth
lobes. Styles usually united at the top. Ovary superior, many-
seeded. Fruit berry-like.

1 The meanings of the technical terms used will be found in the Glossary

at the end of the work.
44

CLASSIFICATION

Genera described.— SMILAX, ASPARAGUS, POLYGONATUM, SMILACINA,
MAIANTHEMUM, CONVALLARIA, REINECKIA, ASPIDISTRA, ROHDEA,
HEMEROCALLIS, PHORMIUM, BLANDFORDIA, FUuNKIA, ASPHODELUS,
ASPHODELINE, PARADISEA, BULBINE, CHLOROGALUM, Bow1EA, ERE-
MURUS, ANTHERICUM, APHYLLANTHES, AGAPANTHUS, TULBAGHIA, MILLA,
BREVOORTIA, BRODIZA, BESSERA, BLOOMERIA, NOTHOSCORDUM, ALLIUM,
Massonia, GALTONIA, LacHENALIA, Drimia, DipcaDI, ALBUCA
UrRGINEA, VELTHEIMIA, Muscari, HyYAcINTHUSs, PUSCHKINIA,
CuHIoNopoxa, Drimiopsis, Eucomis, SCILLA, CAMASSIA, ORNITHO-
GALUM, LILIUM, FRITILLARIA, TULIPA, ERYTHRONIUM, GAGEA, LLOYDIA,
CALOCHORTUS, COLCHICUM, BULBOCODIUM, MERENDERA, NARTHECIUM,
CHAMALIRIUM, CHIONOGRAPHIS, XEROPHYLLUM, HELONIOPSIS, HELO-
NIAS, UVULARIA, GLORIOSA, TRICYRTIS, SANDERSONIA, TRILLIUM,
LitTonIA, VERATRUM, ZYGADENUs, DisporuM, MEpEOLA, ANDRO-
CYMBIUM, ARTHROPODIUM, ANDROSTEPHIUM, DAUBENYA, DICHOPOGON,
ERIOSPERMUM, GLYPHOSPERMA, GONIOSCYPHA, HERRERIA, HESPERO-
CALLIS, LEUCOCORYNE, MELANTHIUM, NotTHoscorDUM, TRITELEIA,
WURMBEA, TUPISTRA.

Nat. Ord. PONTEDERIACEAS. Characters—Aquatic herbs.
Flowers hermaphrodite, regular or irregular. Perianth inferior,
6-lobed. Stamens 6 or 3. Ovary superior.

Genus deseribed.—EICHHORNEA.

Nat. Ord. AMARYLLIDEZ. Characters.—Leaves linear or
strap-shaped. Flowers hermaphrodite, usually regular. Perianth
superior. Stamens usually 6, the filaments being sometimes united
to form acup. Ovary inferior.

Genera described. —HYPoxis, CURCULIGO, NARCISSUS, GALANTHUS,
Leucosum, HssEA, STERNBERGIA, ANOIGANTHUS, GETHYLLIs,
CooPERIA, CHLIDANTHUS, HAYLOCKIA, ZEPHYRANTHES, SPREKELIA,
HIpPPEASTRUM, PLACEA, GRIFFINIA, CRINUM, AMARYLLIS, AMMOCHARIS,
Lycoris, Brunsvicia, NERINE, STRUMARIA, VALLOTA, CykTANTHUS,
Cuivia, HamantHus, BuPHANE, Evcrosié, CALLipsycHE, KucHARIs,
CALLIPHRURIA, URCEOLINA, PHADRANASSA, STENOMESSON, PANCRA-
TIuM, HyMENOCALLIS, ELISENA, EURYCLES, CALOSTEMMA, IXIOLIRION,
BomarEA, ALSTR@MERIA, POLIANTHES, Bravoa, BESCHORNERIA,
EUSTEPHIA, PLAGIOLIRION.

Nat. Ord. HA3MODORACEZs. Characters. — Leaves tufted,
narrow, linear. Flowers hermaphrodite, usually regular in dense
panicles, clusters, spikes or racemes. Perianth downy, 6-lobed.
Stamens 6, usually all perfect. pea 3-celled.

THE BULB BOOK

Genera described. — CONANTHERA, CYANELLA, HMODORUM,
WACHENDORFIA, OPHIOPOGON, TECOPHILAZA, ANIGOZANTHOS.

Nat. Ord. IRIDEA. Characters——-Perennial herbs with usually
smooth, radical, equitant, flat, linear or sword-like leaves in 2 rows,
those of the stem alternate and sheathing. Flowers hermaphrodite,
usually regular, borne on terminal bracteate spikes, umbels, corymbs,
or panicles. Perianth superior; segments sometimes all nearly equal
and alike, sometimes the 3 inner ones larger or smaller and unlike the
3 outer ones. Stamens 3, opposite the outer lobes or segments of the
perianth. Ovary inferior. Stigmas often petal-like. Fruit a 3-lobed
capsule with few or many seeds.

Genera described.—IRI8, TIGRIDIA, FERRARIA, Crocus, LIBERTIA,
SISYRINCHIUM, SCHIZOSTYLIS, DIERAMA, [xIA, LAPEYROUSIA, WATSONIA,
BaBIANA, CROCOSMA, TRITONIA, SPARAXIS, GLADIOLUS, ANTHOLYZA,
ACIDANTHERA, CYPELLA, FREESIA, GALAXIA, GEISSORHIZA, HERBERTIA,
HESPERANTHA, HEXAGLOTTIS, Homerta, MELASPH&RULA, Mora,
NEMASTYLIS, RIGIDELLA, SYRINGODEA, BELEMCANDA, ANOMATHECA,
BoBaRTIA.

Nat. Ord. TACCACEAS. Characters.— Leaves large, radical,
stalked entire or divided. Flowers regular, 2-sexed, borne in umbels,
with large, leafy bracts. Perianth 6-lobed. Stamens 6, with very
short filaments. Ovary inferior.

Genus described.—T Acca.

Nat. Ord. DIOSCORHACEAS. Characters.—Stems climbing.
Leaves alternate, net-veined. Flowers usually 1-sexed in axillary
panicles or racemes. Perianth often bell-shaped. Stamens 6, free.

Genera described.—DioscorEA, TAMUS, TESTUDINARIA, TRICHOPUS.

Nat. Ord. SCITAMINEAl. Characters.— Leaves parallel or
curvilinear-veined, usually sheathing at the base. Flower usually
hermaphrodite, irregular, in spikes, racemes, or panicles. Perianth
superior, the outer portion calyx-like, the inner corolla-like.
Stamens 6, often only 1 perfect, the others being changed into
brightly-coloured staminodes. Ovary inferior, 3-celled.

Genera described.cCostus, AMomMuUM, BuRBIDGEA, CURCUMA,
GASTROCHILUS, GLOBBA, Kampreria, Lowia, Maranta, Myrosma,
ZINGIBER, Rosco#a, THALIA, CANNA, HEDYCHIUM, ALPINIA.

Division II. SPADICIFLORA.—Flowers small, 1-sexed, crowded
on spikes or “spadices,” enclosed in one or more conspicuous

sheaths or “spathes.” Ovaries superior.
46

CLASSIFICA'TION

Nat. Ord. AROIDEA. Characters.—Leaves large, radical,
usually net-veined. Flowers unisexual, borne on a spadix, enclosed
or protected by a spathe, and often very fetid smelling. Perianth
none, or composed of 4-8 hypogynous segments. Stamens few or
many. Fruit a 1- or more celled, and 1- or more seeded berry.

Genera described.—ARISARUM, ARIS@MA, BIARUM, SAUROMATUM,
ARUM, DRAcCUNCULUS, AMORPHOPHALLUS, CoLocasIA, ALOCASIA,
CaLabium, RicuaRpia, CALLA, DRAcontiumM, Acorus, CYRTOSPERMA,
CHLOROSPATHA, SYNANDROSPADIX, THOMSONIA, XANTHOSOMA, ARO-
DENDRON, TYPHONIUM, SyMPLOcARPUS, LysIcHITUM, ANCHOMANES.

Crass II.—DICOTYLEDONS.

Division I. POLYPETALA!.—Flowers with both calyx (sepals)
and corolla (petals). Petals free or distinct from each other.

Series 1. THALAMIFLORZ.—Sepals usually free. Petals often
numerous. Stamens inserted on a. torus or receptacle, hypo-
gynous, numerous. Carpels free or united.

Nat. Ord. RANUNCULACEAS, Characters—Flowers regular
or irregular, with 3-6 hypogynous deciduous sepals, usually imbricate
in bud. Petals 3-15, hypogynous, in one or more rows, sometimes
assuming very remarkable forms in Monkshood (Aconitum). Stamens
usually numerous, hypogynous. Carpels numerous, 1-celled, free,
or occasionally united into a many-celled pistil. Fruit consists of -
either dry, indehiscent achenes or follicles.

Genera described. ANEMONE, RANUNCULUS, ERANTHIS, ACONITUM,
PZONIA, DELPHINIUM, THALICTRUM.

Nat. Ord. BERBERIDEZ. Characters.—F lowers solitary, or in
racemes or panicles. Sepals 2-6, deciduous, in a double row,
surrounded with petal-like scales. Petals free, hypogynous, either
equal in number to the sepals and opposite to them, or twice as
many. Stamens 4-6 (rarely 8), in two whorls opposite the petals,
hypogynous, free or sometimes monadelphous. Carpel solitary,
free, 1-celled. Fruit a capsule or berry.

Genera described —BONGARDIA, LEONTICE, CAULOPHYLLUM, Popo-

PHYLLUM.

Nat. Ord. NYMPHASACE4S. Characters——Water plants with
large, long-stalked, heart-shaped or peltate leaves; and large,

beautiful, and often sweet-scented flowers. Sepals, usually 4, free,
47

THE BULB BOOK

or rarely adherent. Petals and stamens numerous, sometimes all
free and hypogynous, often passing gradually one into another. The
ovary is many-celled, with radiating stigmas, and numerous ovules,
and is more or less surrounded by a large fleshy disc.

Genera described.—NuPHAR, NYMPH2&A, NELUMBIUM.

Nat. Ord. PAPAVERACEZ. Characters—Leaves alternate,
entire, or lobed and cut without stipules. Flowers regular, usually
nodding in bud, and borne singly on long stalks. Sepals 2 or 3,
rarely 4, free, imbricate, caducous. Petals 4-6, rarely 8-12, hypo-
gynous, free, in 2 or 3 series, imbricated and often crumpled,
deciduous. Stamens numerous, hypogynous, with slender filaments
and erect anthers. Ovary 1-celled, or 2-4-celled by prolonged
placentas. Stigmas as many as placentas, radiating and sessile.
Fruit a pod, dehiscing by pores or valves.

Genera described. BOcconia, SANGUINARIA.

Nat. Ord. FUMARIACEAS. Characters.—Leaves usually alter-
nate, much divided, often with tendrils. Flowers irregular, purple,
white, or yellow. Sepals 2, small, scale-like, deciduous. Petals 4,
in two usually dissimilar pairs. Stamens 4, distinct, hypogynous,
in 2 bundles (diadelphous) opposite the 2 outer petals, one of which
is usually furnished with a spur; rarely all separate. Fruit either
an indehiscent 1- or 2-seeded nut, or a 2-valved or succulent
indehiscent many-seeded capsule.

The irregular flowers chiefly distinguish the Fumitory Order
from the Poppy Order.

Genera described.—DICENTRA, CORYDALIS.

Nat. Ord. CARYOPHYLLEAS. Characters.—Leaves always
opposite and entire, stipules usually none. Sepals 4-5, persistent,.
distinct or cohering in a tube. Petals 4-5, hypogynous or slightly
perigynous, entire, or frequently split into 2 parts. Stamens (8-10)
usually twice as many as the petals, in two circles, of which the
inner is often wanting. Fruit a 2-5-valved capsule with numerous
seeds.

Genus described.—GYPSOPHILA.

Nat. Ord. PORTULACEZ. Characters. — Succulent herbs.
Leaves usually alternate, entire, often fleshy. Stipules scarious,
sometimes changed into hairs, or absent. Flowers solitary, at the
ends of the branches, in racemes, cymes, or panicles. Sepals usually

2, rarely 5, free, or adnate to the base of the ovary. Petals usually
48

CLASSIFICATION

4-5, hypogynous, free, or united at the very base, imbricate, entire,
often fleeting. Stamensinserted with the petals, varying in numbers.
Carpels 3 or more; stigmas several, much divided.

Genera described.—LEWISIA, CLAYTONIA.

Nat. Ord. MALVACEAl. Characters.—Leaves alternate, usually
more or less palmately lobed or divided. Flowers regular, herma-
phrodite. Sepals usually 5, more or less united at base. Petals 5,
hypogynous, twisted in bud, free. Stamens numerous, usually with
filaments more or less united, hypogynous.

Genus described.—CALLIRHOK.

Nat. Ord. STHERCULIACEAS. Characters. — Leaves usually
alternate, often lobed. Flowers regular, 1- or 2-sexed. Calyx
gamosepalous, 5-lobed. Petals 5. Stamens with filaments often
united at the base into a cylindrical or urn-shaped tube.

Genus described.—HERMANNIA.

Series 2. DIScIFLOREZ.—Flowers regular, with parts, usually
in 5’s. Calyx usually free from the ovary. Stamens inserted below
or above or around a disc. Ovary usually superior. Carpels usually
united (syncarpous).

Nat. Ord. GERANIACEAS. Characters—Leaves opposite or
alternate, often 2-stipuled, toothed, lobed, dissected, very rarely
entire. Peduncles often axillary, 1-flowered or with many-
flowered umbels, rarely cymose or racemose. Flowers hermaphrodite,
regular or irregular. Sepals 5, rarely fewer, free or sometimes
united to the middle, imbricate, rarely valvate, the upper one spurred
in some genera; persistent or rarely deciduous. Petals 5, or fewer
by abortion, or absent; hypogynous or somewhat perigynous, vari-
ously imbricated, rarely twisted. Torus with 5 glands alternate
with the petals, or glandless. Stamens usually 10, rarely more
or less. Fruit either a 3-5-lobed capsule, or separating into cocci,
rarely a berry.

Genera described.—TROPHOLUM, OXALIS, GERANIUM.

Nat. Ord. AMPELIDEAs. Characters——Climbing plants with
alternate, stalked, digitately-lobed leaves. Flowers regular, small,
in cymes or panicles, usually opposite the leaves. Calyx 4-5-lobed
or toothed. Petals 4-5, free or united. Stamens +-5, opposite
the petals. Fruit a berry.

Genera described.—AMPELOPSIS, CISSUS,
49 -

THE BULB BOOK

Series. 3. CaLyCIFLOR&.—Flowers regular or irregular, herma-
phrodite or moneecious. Stamens united or free.

Nat. Ord. LEGUMINOSAR. Churacters.—Leaves with 2 large
stipules, simple or often digitately or pinnately compound.
Flowers irregular, usually hermaphrodite. Sepals usually 5, more
or less united. Petals 5, unequal; the upper one (known as the
“standard ”) free, larger than the 2 side ones (known as the “ wings”),
which latter enclose and sometimes adhere to the 2 more or less
united and upward curved lower ones (known as the “keel”). The
keel usually encloses the 10 perigynous stamens, united in a sheath,
or the upper one only free; rarely all free. Fruit a 1-celled, usually
dehiscent pod, with one or more seeds.

Genera described.—LaTUYRUS, AMICIA, APIOS, DOLICHOS.

Nat. Ord. SAXIFRAGACH4S. Characters.—Leaves very variable.
Flowers usually 2-sexed. Calyx usually 5-lobed. Petals usually 5.
Stamens in 4’s or 8’s, 5’s or 10’s, with free filaments. Ovary usually
of 2 distinct carpels more or less cohering or divergent.

Genus described.—SAXIFRAGA.

Nat. Ord. CUCURBITACEAS. Characters.—Mostly climbing
or prostrate herbs. The leaves alternate, simple, lobed or divided.
The tendrils, when present, are lateral, solitary, simple or branched,
and spirally twisted. Flowers moneecious or diccious, white or
yellow, rarely red or blue. Calyx-tube adnate to the ovary; lobes 5,
rarely 3 or 6. Petals 5, rarely 3 or 6, free, or rarely gamopetalous,
often confluent with the calyx. Stamens usually 3 (rarely 5, or 1,
2, or 4). Fruit inferior, usually fleshy, often large, berry-like,
variable in form, and sometimes highly coloured.

Genera described.—THLADIANTHA, Bryonra, ABOBRA, GERRARD-
ANTHUS, CEPHALANDRA, MEGARHIZA, WILBRANDIA.

Nat. Ord. BEGONIACEAS, Characters——Leaves alternate, .
more or less unequal-sided, entire or lobed, irregularly toothed.
Flowers moneecious (%.¢., male and female separate, but on same
plant). Male flowers with 2 large outer sepaloid, and 2 small inner
petaloid segments. Stamens numerous, free or united. Female
flowers with 2-10 segments. Ovary inferior, winged, usually
3-celled. Styles 2-4, with branched twisted stigmas.

Genus described.— BEGONIA.

Division II. GAMOPETALA.—Petals more or less united.

Series 1. Epicyn.—Ovary inferior. Herbs, often with milky juice.
50

CLASSIFICATION

Nat. Ord. COMPOSITAl. Characters.—Leaves alternate, or
sometimes opposite, without stipules. Flowers in heads surrounded
by a number of more or less leafy bracts forming an involucre, each
“head” being composed either of all ligulate florets or with ligulate
and dise florets. Calyx superior, limb none, or feathery, or scaly,
know as a “pappus.” Corolla tubular or ligulate. Stamens 4-5,
with anthers united (syngenesious).

Genera described. — LiaTRis, HELIANTHUS, DAHLIA, BIDENS,
Doronicum, OTHONNA, POLYMNIA.

Nat. Ord. CAMPANULACEHAR. Characters.— Leaves usually
alternate, without stipules, entire, toothed, or rarely lobed or toothed.
Flowers gamopetalous, usually regular, tubular or bell-shaped.
Stamens 5, epigynous or epipetalous. Ovary inferior or half-superior,
2-5-celled.

Genera described.—OSTROWSKYA, CODONOPSIS, CANARINA, CYPHIA

Series 2. Hypocyn©®.—Ovary usually superior.

Nat. Ord. PRIMULACEAS. Characters. — Leaves often all
radical. Flowers regular or irregular, axillary or solitary. Calyx
free, 4-9-lobed. Corolla hypogynous, usually gamopetalous, rotate,
salver-shaped, or funnel-, or bell-shaped, 4-6-lobed. Stamens as many
as corolla lobes. Ovary free, 1-celled.

Genus described.—CYCLAMEN.

Nat. Ord. OLEACEAS. Characters—Leaves usually opposite
Flowers regular, usually 2-sexed. Calyx usually 4-toothed or lobed.
Corolla gamopetalous, usually 4-lobed. Stamens usually 2. Ovary
superior.

Genus described.—ICACINA.

Nat. Ord. APOCYNACEAS. Characters.—Plants, often climbers,
with milky juice. Leaves opposite, entire. Stipulesnone. Flowers
regular, hermaphrodite, solitary or in cymes. Calyx 4-5-lobed.
Corolla gamopetalous, salver-shaped or funnel-shaped, lobes usually
oblique, twisted in bud. Stamens 5, rarely 4, anthers free or united
and adhering to the stigma. Style short, dilated, with a thickened
entire or 2-cleft stigma often constricted in the middle. Fruit of 2
many-seeded follicles, a berry, or drupe.

Genus descr .bed.—DIPLADENIA.

Nat. Ord. ASCLEPIADEA8. Characters.—Herbs, shrubs - ar
undershrubs of climbing or creeping habit, often with milky juice.
51

THE BULB BOOK

Leaves usually opposite, without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite,
regular. Calyx inferior, 5-lobed. Corolla gamopetalous, rotate, bell-
shaped, or funnel- or salver-shaped. Stamens 5, free, or often united
in a tube round the stigma. Pollen waxy.

Genera discribed.—ASCLEPIAS, BRACHYSTELMA, CEROPEGIA, FOCKEA.

Nat. Ord. GENTIANEAS, Characters.—Leaves usually opposite,
entire, without stalks or stipules, often strongly 3-5-nerved, and
sometimes connate. Flowers usually regular, hermaphrodite, or
very rarely polygamous by abortion, solitary, or in 2-3-forked cymes.
Calyx inferior, with a bell-shaped or very short tube, and having 4-5
(rarely 6-10) lobes or segments. Corolla gamopetalous, hypogynous,
funnel-, salver-, or bell-shaped, or rotate, with 4-5 (rarely 6-12)
lobes mostly twisted in bud. Stamens equal in number to the corolla
lobes, and inserted on the tube with free filaments. Ovary superior.

Genus described.—GENTIANA,

Nat. Ord. BORAGINEAS. Characters.—Roughly pubescent or
hairy plants, with leaves usually alternate, entire, toothed, or very
rarely lobed. Flowers in crozier-like racemes or panicles, usually
hermaphrodite. Calyx inferior, with a bell-shaped tube, usually with
5 teeth or lobes. Corolla gamopetalous, funnel-shaped, tubular,
salver-, or bell-shaped, or somewhat rotate, with 5 lobes. Stamens
equal in number to the corolla lobes and alternate with them.

Genus desertbed.—SYMPHYTUM.

Nat. Ord. CONVOLVULACEAS. Characters—Plants or shrubs -
with weak, trailing, twining, or high climbing stems. Leaves alternate,
often heart-shaped, entire, sinuate-toothed, palmately or rarely
pinnately lobed or dissected. Stipules none. Flowers in axillary
or terminal racemes, or solitary, regular, usually hermaphrodite.
Calyx inferior, in 5 divisions. Sepals often free or slightly united at
the base, much imbricated. Corolla gamopetalous, hypogynous,
funnel-shaped, tubular, salver-, or bell-shaped, 5-lobed or nearly
entire, plaited, convolute or twisted in bud. Stamens 5, inserted in
the base of the corolla tube, and alternate with its segments; fila-
ments often dilated at the base. Ovary superior. Style 1, usually
divided at the top. Capsule 1-4-celled, few-seeded.

Genus described.—IPOMA.

Nat. Ord. SOLANACEZH. Characters.—Herbs with alternate or
nearly opposite, undivided, dissected, or lobed leaves. Flowers
hermaphrodite, usually regular. Calyx inferior, gamosepalous,

52

CLASSIFICATION

parted or toothed. Corolla gamopetalous, tubular, funnel-, salver-, or
bell-shaped, or rotate, usually 5-lobed, often plaited. Stamens equal
in number to the corolla lobes and alternate with them, attached to
the tube.

Genus described.— DATURA.

Nat. Ord. GESNERACEAS. Characters. — Leaves usually
opposite, fleshy, wrinkled, without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite,
usually irregular, showy, in racemes, panicles, or solitary. Calyx
usually gamosepalous with 5 teeth or lobes. Corolla gamopetalous,
tubular, or broadly bell-shaped, usually 5-lobed. Stamens 4 or 2.
Ovary 1-celled.

Genera described.—ACHIMENES, GLOXINIA, SINNINGIA, GESNERA,
N4cELIA, IsoLoma, GLOXINERA, NIPHAA.

Nat. Ord. BIGNONIACEZS, Characters.—Leaves usually opposite,
without stipules. Flowers hermaphrodite, more or less irregular, in
terminal panicles. Calyx inferior, gamosepalous, entire, or lobed.
Corolla gamopetalous, more or less tubular or funnel-shaped, with 5
spreading lobes. Stamens 5 unequal, 1 always (3 sometimes) sterile.

Genera described.—INCARVILLEA, BIGNONIA.

Nat. Ord. ACANTHACEAl. Characters. — Leaves usually
opposite, entire, without stipules. Flowers in branching spikes,
usually irregular, hermaphrodite. Calyx usually 5-lobed. Corolla
gamopetalous, with cylindrical or inflated tube, and 5 spreading lobes.
Ovary 2-celled.

Genus described.—ERANTHEMUM.

Nat. Ord, VERBENACEAS. Characters.—Leaves usually opposite
or whorled, often toothed. Flowers usually 2-sexed, often irregular,
usually in corymbs. Calyx tubular, 5-lobed. Corolla gamopetalous,
4-5 cleft. Fertile stamens usually 4 (2 long, 2 short). Ovary
superior.

Genus described —MoNOCHILUS.

Nat. Ord. LABIATAs, Characters.—Leaves usually opposite
or in whorls. Flowers usually irregular, and borne in the leaf-axils.
Calyx gamosepalous, ribbed. Corolla gamopetalous, 4-5 lobed,
usually 2-lipped. Perfect stamens 4 (2 long, 2 short).

Genera described. —EREMOSTACHYS, PHLOMIS, SALVIA.

Division III. MONOCHLAMYDEZ.—Flowers often without
sepals or petals (calyx and corolla), usually hermaphrodite.
53

THE BULB BOOK

Nat. Ord. NYCTAGINEA®. Characters—Stems usually swollen
at the joints. Leaves opposite or alternate, without stipules.
Flowers usually hermaphrodite, regular, in panicles, corymbs, or
cymes. Perianth inferior, tubular, salver-shaped or funnel-shaped,
3-5-toothed or lobed. Stamens 1 or more, hypogynous. Fruit 1-celled,
1-seeded.

Genus described.—M IRABILIS.

Nat. Ord. CHENOPODIACEAS. Characters.—Leaves alternate,
or sometimes opposite, without stipules. Flowers small, herma-
phrodite, or 1-sexed. Calyx deeply divided, inferior. Stamens
hypogynous or perigynous. Ovary superior, 1-celled; style simple
or 2-3-lobed; or styles 2-5.

Genera described.—HaBLitTzIA, BOUSSINGAULTIA.

Nat. Ord. PHYTOLACCACHA. Characters.—Leaves alternate,
entire; stipules none or small. Flowers hermaphrodite or 1-sexed,
usually in racemes. Perianth inferior, 4-5 parted; petals usually

absent. Stamens 4-20. Ovary superior, becoming a dry or berry-
like fruit.

Genus described.—PHYTOLACCA.

Nat. Ord. POLYGONACEAR. Characters.—Leaves usually alter-
nate, variously shaped, lobed, or divided, often dilated at base and
furnished with ochreate stipules. Perianth inferior, with 4-6 coloured

lobes or segments. Stamens 6-9. Ovary superior, angled or
compressed,

Genera described._ANTIGONON, POLYGONUM.

Nat. Ord. ARISTOLOCHIACEAS, Charucters—Climbing plants,
more or less fetid smelling when bruised. Leaves alternate, stalked,
often heart-shaped or lobed. Stipules none. Perianth 3-lobed.
Stamens 6-12. Fruit capsular or berry-like.

Genera described. ASARUM, ARISTOLOCHIA.

Nat. Ord. URTICACEAl, Characters.—Leaves various. Flowers
small, usually l-sexed. Perianth 4-9 lobed. Stamens 4-9.
Genus described.— DORSTENIA.

54

DESCRIPTIONS, CULTURE, PROPAGATION, Erc.,
OF PLANTS WITH BULBS, CORMS, TUBERS,
TUBEROUS ROOTS, OR RHIZOMES

Arranged in Alphabetical Order.

ABOBRA (the native Brazilian
name), Nat. Ord. Cucurbitaccee.—
The best-known species is—

A. viridiflora.—A Brazilian climber
with fleshy tuberous roots, and dark
glossy green elegant leaves, sweet-
scented pale green flowers, the females
of which are succeeded by oval scarlet
fruits about the size of a filbert.

This plant may be grown in the
open air during the summer months,
and in the autumn the tuberous
roots may be lifted and stored in
dry earth or sand in the same way as
Dahlias. In warm sheltered spots in
the south and west, if the roots are
protected from cold rains, they may
be allowed to remain in the soil, but
this should be of a rich and gritty
nature. The plants grow rapidly
and soon trail over fences, arbours,
trellises, etc. To secure a good
display of the scarlet fruits, it is
advisable to grow male and female
plants together. Increased by divi-
sion, seeds, and cuttings of the young
shoots in spring.

ACHIMENES (cheimaino, to suffer
from cold). Nat. Ord. Gesneracez.
—A genus of hairy perennial herbs,
closely related to the Gloxinias, and
natives of Tropical America, chiefly
from Brazil to Mexico. There are

55

about twenty species, having under-
ground, scaly, catkin - like rhizomes,
opposite leaves, a five-lobed corolla
with a bent cylindrical tube, to the
base of which four stamens are
attached.

Achimenes were at one time more
extensively grown than they are at

Fia, 38.—Achimencs tubiflora.

present. The varieties in cultivation
have been raised by crossing and
inter-crossing a few of the best

ACHIMENES

species like A. longiflora, A. multi-
flora, A, tubiflora, and others. They
are all easily grown in a stove or
warm greenhouse, having a fairly
humid atmosphere. They are chiefly
valuable for flowering during the
summer months, but may be had by
forcing into growth, or by retarding,
at almost any period of the year.
The stems die down naturally in the
autumn, and the catkin-like rhizomes,
the individual scales of which remind
one of the granules of a hard-roed
herring, remain dormant during
the winter months. In this con-
dition they are kept dry by plac-
ing the pots on their sides, or by
shaking out the rhizomes and storing
in gritty soil in a cool place, at least
free from frost until required; but
about 45° to 50° is the safest tempera-
ture.

When starting them into growth a
mixture of sandy peat, and a little
turfy loam, leaf-mould, and well-
rotted manure is used for potting.
To keep up a succession of blossom,
batches of the scaly root-stocks should
be potted up at intervals of five or
six weeks, the first batch being
started about the end of January or
during February. Pots or pans of
various sizes may be used according
to taste. In all cases drainage with
clean crocks should be given at the
base ; over these a layer of moss or
fibre, and then fill up about two-
thirds with the prepared compost.
The roots are spaced out on this an
inch or more apart, and covered with
an inch of soil, which should be moist
but not sodden. The pots are then
placed in a temperature of 60° by
night, the soil being kept just moist
until growths appear. Water is then
given in increased quantities accord-
ing to the rapidity of growth, and
plenty of light must be allowed to get
to the plants to keep them sturdy.

THE BULB BOOK

ACHIMENES

According to the season, however,
shade must be given during the
hottest part of the day. The syringe
should also be used freely early in the
morning and late in the afternoons,
especially during the summer season,
to keep the foliage fresh and clean
and free from attacks of red spider
and mealy bug. The plants usually
grow from 12 to 18 ins. high, and
as the soft juicy stems are unable to
stand up well by themselves, a few -
thin sticks should be placed to give
them support. When grown in hang-
ing baskets lined with moss, the
shoots may be tied down horizontally
to sticks, and in this way they look
very effective.

Achimenes are easily increased by
splitting up the scaly rhizomes when

56

Fia. 34.—Achimenes, leaf-cutting.

repotting ; by cuttings of the young
shoots with two or three joints inserted
in light sandy peat and kept moist and
shaded till rooted ; by ripened leaves,
the stalks of which are inserted up
to the blade; and from seeds sown
ona finely prepared surface in spring,
in a temperature of 65° to 75° F., in
the same way as Gloxinias.

There are innumerable varieties

ACIDANTHERA

of Achimenes to many of which
names were at one time given. The
flowers exhibit numerous shades of
colour such as white, crimson, purple,
mauve, scarlet, rose, carmine, yellow,
blue, violet, and intermediate shades,
many being self-coloured, while others
again are beautifully blotched and
speckled. ~

Apart from the garden varieties,
the following are a few of the best
natural species :—

A. grandifiora.—i} ft. Leaves oval,
slightly toothed. Flowers violet-
purple, large. Mexico. (Bot. Mag. t.
4012.)

A. hirsuta.—2} ft. Leaves heart-
shaped, toothed. Flowers rose with
a yellow centre. Guatemala. (Bot.
Mag. t. 4144.)

A. longiflora.—l to 14 ft. Leavesin
circles of three or four, oval-oblong,
coarsely toothed. Flowers violet.
(Bot. Mag. t. 3980.)

A. multiflora.—12 to 18 ins. Leaves
opposite or whorled, oval, deeply
toothed. Flowers pale lilac. Brazil.
(Bot. Mag. t. 3993.)

A, tubiflora.—1}ft. Leaves oblong,
pointed, obscurely toothed. Flowers
pure white, with a tube about 4 ins.
long. Buenos Ayres, Once known as
Gloxinia tubiflora. (Bot. Mag. t.
3971.)

ACIDANTHERA (akis, a point;
anthera, an anther or pollen’ sac;
referring to the shape), Nat. Ord.
Tridez.—A genus containing a dozen
species or more of 8. African plants
having smoothor fibrous-coated corms,
usually erect, simple stems, bearing
a few flat, linear, veined leaves. The
plants are closely related to the
Babianas, and may be grown in the
same way in a cool greenhouse in
pots of sandy loam and leaf-soil.
They require a fair amount of water
during growth, but the soil should

THE BULB BOOK

57

ACIDANTHERA

be kept practically quite dry during
the resting season. Increased by off-
sets.

A. sequinoctialis—A remarkable
species from the mountains of Sierra
Leone. It has stems about 4 ft.
high, and sword-like leaves 20 ins.
long. The flowers are white, with
a triangular crimson blotch at the
base of each segment, and are about
3 ins. across, with a tube 6 ins. long.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7393; Gard. Chron.
1893, xiv. 682.)

A. bicolor.—A native of the Abys-
sinian Mountains and the Zambesi,
having corms about an inch thick,

Fia. 35.—Acidanthera bicolor.

and flower-stems 1 to 14 ft. high,
bearing white starry flowers, having a
triangular purple blotch at the base.
(Fig. 35.)

A, candida.—A fine species from
the woodless grassy steppes of the Altai
Plains in Eastern Tropical Africa.
It has roundish corms and slender
stems 1 to 14 ft. high, furnished with
narrow, pointed, stiffish, green leaves
with a prominent midrib on both

ACONITUM

sides. The sweet-scented flowers are
pure white, and have three large
4mbriated stigmatic arms spreading
from the mouth of the long cylindrical
tube. (Bot. Mag. t. 7879.)

A. Gunnisi—A native of Somali-
land, having white flowers faintly
tinged with rose-purple, the perianth-
tube being 4 to 5 ins. long.

ACONITUM (from <Acona in
Bithynia, where it is said to be

Fic. 36.—Aconitum Napellus,
tuberous root-stock.

plentiful). Nat. Ord. Ranuncul-
acese.—The popular names for this
genus are Aconite, Monkshood, and
Wolf’s Bane. There are many species
and varieties, some having tuberous
roots, others fibrous. The latter are
not considered in this work. They
are easily recognised by their leaves,
being more or less deeply divided
into five large lobes, these again being
irregularly cut into coarse teeth or
smaller lobes, and by the hooded

THE BULB BOOK

ACONITUM

flowers being borne in terminal
racemes. The sepals form the most
conspicuous part of the blossoms.
The upper one is usually shaped like
a helmet or cowl (hence the name
of Monkshood), inside which two
petals with long stalks and small
hooded heads are enclosed. (See
Fig. 37.)

The species mentioned below are
all quite hardy, and when grown in
bold clumps are ornamental in the
flower - border. It must be re
membered, however, that the roots,
stems, leaves, etc., possess poisonous
properties, and notwithstanding their
beauty, it may be safer to keep them
out of gardens to which young
children have free access. A. hetero-
phyllum, from the Himalayas, how-
ever, is said to be non-poisonous, and
is even used as a tonic called “ Atees.”
(Rot. Mag. t. 6092.)

Aconites flourish in any ordinary
garden soil, in sunny or partially
shaded places ; and also by the sides
of lakes, ponds, or streams, where
they can have plenty of sunshine.
When necessary to increase the stock,
the roots may be divided in spring ;
or seeds saved in late summer or
autumn may be sown at the same
period in prepared seed-beds in
sheltered and somewhat shady spots
in the open. Of the tuberous-rooted
species the common Monkshood—
A, Mapellus—is the best known, and
the most ornamental for gardens.
It is a virulently poisonous plant,
3 to 4 ft. high, with blackish, spindle-
shaped roots, and leaves deeply
divided into five or seven main lobes.
The erect racemes of blue, hooded
flowers, appear in June and July, and
often in autumn again if the first crop
has been cut early. There are several
varieties, of which album, white,
bicolor, blue and white, and grandi-
Jjlorum, deep blue, are amongst the

58

ACORUS

best. The varicty eminens, from
Rhenish Prussia, reaches a height of
9 ft. or more, and has more open
flowers than the type. (Bot. Mag. t.
8152.)

THE BULB BOOK

AGAPANTHUS

cinal properties). Nat. Ord. Aroi-
dez.—The only species of importance
is the Sweet Flag, 4. Calamus, an
evergreen British marsh or water
plant with thickish cylindrical sweet-

Fic. 37.—Aconitum Napellus.

G)

A. Wilsoni is a tall, erect-growing
species, 5 to 6 ft. high, with large
flowers of a pale blue or violet colour.
It commences to bloom the beginning
of September, and after the terminal
raceme is over, others are produced
from the branches lower down on the

stem, by which means the season of -

flowering is extended to the end of
October. (Bot. Mag. t. 7130, as A.
Fischeri; Flora and Sylva, Sept.
1903.)

There are many other tuberous-
rooted Aconites, natives of Central
and Southern Europe, but they are
of no great garden value.

ACORUS (a, privative ; kore, pupil
of the eye; in allusion to the medi-

59

Fia, 88.—Acorus Calamus.

(2)
scented rhizomes, from the terminal
buds of which arise sword-shaped
leaves 3 to 6 ft. long. The small
flowers are borne on a pointed club-
like spadix 3 to 6 ins. long, in June
and July. There is a variety, having
yellowish-striped leaves, rather at-
tractive. A more slender species,
A. gramineus, from China, has grassy
leaves, 4 to 6 ins. long; there is also
a white-striped form. All the plants
flourish in shallow water, or in
marshy or muddy places such as the
edges of ponds, lakes, ditches, etc.
Propagation is effected by dividing
the creeping root-stocks in spring.

AGAPANTHUS
anthos, a flower).

love ;
Ord.

(agape,
Nat.

AGAPANTHUS

Liliaceze—A small genus of half-
hardy plants from 8. Africa, having
shortish rhizomes with thick fleshy
roots, strap-shaped leaves, and um-
oels of funnel-shaped flowers on top
of a stoutish scape. Each flower
aas almost equal segments, and
six stamens attached to the base
of the tube. Seed-pods are usually
oroduced in our climate, but seeds
ure rarely ripened.

A. umbellatus.—This fine plant,
sopularly known as the African Lily,
S$ an evergreen with fine masses of
sathery strap-shaped leaves 14 to 2
‘t. long, and erect stout scapes 2 to 3
‘t. high, on top of which are borne
yumerous bright blue flowers during
che summer and autumn months,
n umbels 6 to 12 ins. in diameter
‘Bot. Mag. t. 500). There are several
varieties, the best being :—albedus
with white flowers, smaller than
che type ; Leichtlini, deep hyacinth-
dlue; maximus, large, bright blue ;
vureus, with yellow-striped leaves,
ind fore pleno, a double-flowered
‘orm, and argenteus, with silvery-
striped leaves, are rarely seen. Other
varieties are minor and Mooreanus,
soth with smaller flowers than the
sype, but decidedly compact and
yandsome in growth, and with deep
olue colour. A plant called inter-
medtus seems to be one of the larger
forms, with flower-stems about 5 ft.
righ, having large heads of bright
alue flowers. A variety with blue
wnd white flowers, called bzcolor, is
also attractive. Sé¢ Paul has pure
white flowers, and Wedllight has
lavender flowers, the petals of which
are centred and edged with indigo.
Globosus is a deciduous form with
zlobular heads of flower.

The plant known as A. insignis is
ao doubt a variety of A. umbellatus,
out is distinguished by the creamy
tint at the base of the leaves in the

THE BULB BOOK

60

ALBUCA

centre, by the longer flower-stems,
and the more numerous but paler
flowers, each with longer pedicels
than in the type (Gard. 1903, Ixiii.
67, f.).

A. caulescens is closely related to
A, umbellatus, but has dark violet-blue
flowers (Gartenjl. t. 1487).

A. umbellatus and its varieties are
easily grown plants, and are very use-
ful for the decoration of the cool green-
house or conservatory either as pot
plants or when planted in borders.
They are not quite hardy, but in the
most favoured parts of the Kingdom
often pass an ordinary winter in the
open unscathed. In such places they
are easily protected in severe winters
by covering the crowns with straw,
litter, etc., and if grown by the
margins of lakes, streams, ponds,
etc., in such localities, make very
attractive masses of colour during
the ‘summer months. They flourish
in any garden soil, but naturally do
best in a light one, having plenty
of well-decayed manure. When
grown in pots or tubs, as is often
the case, they like a compost of
sandy loam and leaf-soil made firm
round the fleshy roots. During
growth an abundance of water may
be given, and when danger from
frost is over the plants may be grown
in the open air till the approach of
winter. They may then be taken
into a cool greenhouse, or failing this
even into a cellar free from frost
until the following spring. The
easiest way to propagate the plants
is by dividing the clumps in spring
when repotting. It takes five or
six years to raise good flowering
plants from seed.

ALBUCA (albicans or albus, white).
Nat. Ord. Liliaceze—A_ genus closely
related to the Galtonias and Hya-
cinths, with about thirty species

ALISMA

natives of Tropical and South Africa.
They have tunicated bulbs, linear
leaves, and flowers borne in loose,
erect racemes. The three outer seg-
ments of the perianth are more or
less spreading, the three inner and
somewhat shorter segments being con-
nivent, and enclosing the six stamens.

A. Nelsoni is the best - known
species. It is a native of Natal, and
may be easily grown in a cool green-
house from which frost is excluded in
winter. The soft green leaves are 4
to 5 ft. long, and about 2 ins. broad in
the widest part. The flowers appear
during the early summer months, and
are pure white, sweet-scented, tinted
with red on the outside down the
centre of each segment. The bulbs
should be potted in a mixture of
sandy loam and a little peat, and
during growth require fair supplies
of water. In warm, sheltered parts
of the Kingdom the plants may be
grown in the open air, but care must
be taken to protect them during the
winter months. Fresh plants are
secured by detaching offsets from the
older bulbs, and growing them on.
(Bot Mag. t. 6649.)

A. Wakefieldi (or A. Elwesi) is a
native of East Tropical Africa, about
12 ins. high, with loose racemes of
pale green flowers. It requires to be
grown in a warm greenhouse or stove.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6429.)

Closely related to this is A.
Buchanani, from Nyassaland, having
small ovoid bulbs, linear leaves, and
long thin scapes bearing racemes of
yellow flowers (Gard. Chron. 1892,
xii. 488).

ALISMA (Celtic als, water). Nat.
Ord. Alismacez.—A small genus of
water or marsh plants having parallel-
veined leaves, and whorls or umbels
of flowers having three petals and six
stamens.

THE BULB BOOK

ALLIUM

A. Plantago.—This is the common
British Water Plantain found in
ditches and on the edges of streams
in various parts of the Kingdom. It
is an ornamental plant with stems
swollen and fleshy at the base, and
bearing stalked, broadly lance-shaped
leaves 6 to 8 ins. long, the young ones
being submerged or floating. The
pink or rosy flowers are borne from
June to August on scapes 1 to 3 ft.
high. The variety lanceolatum is
distinguished by its narrower lance-
shaped leaves.

This plant being indigenous is
easily grown on the edges of ponds,
lakes, or streams, and looks orna-
mental in bold clumps. It is in-
creased by division, or may be allowed
to reproduce itself naturally from
seeds.

ALLIUM (Celtic al/, hot or burning ;
in reference to the qualities of the
Onions). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze—A
large genus of plants with tunicated
bulbs, flattish or roundish leaves, and
dense umbels of flowers on top of a
stoutish scape. The perianth consists
of six segments, free or slightly united
at the base, more or less spreading
or bell-shaped, each with a stamen
attached at the base. There are
about 250 species altogether dis-
tributed over Europe, N. Africa,
and Abyssinia, subtropical Asia, N.
America, and Mexico. Such well-
known esculents as the Onion, Leek,
Garlic, Chive, and Shallot belong to
this genus. Alliums are easily grown
in ordinary garden soil, and although
somewhat pungent in odour as a
rule, they keep this peculiarity to
themselves if not bruised or handled
too much. When planting in the
open, the bulbs should be covered
with two or three times their own
diameter of soil, and from 12 to 18
ins. apart. They are! excellent for

ALLIUM

borders, shrubberies, rock-gardens, or
fornaturalising in grassland that isnot
to be cut or mown in summer. Pro-
pagation of any particular species is
effected by offsets from the older
bulbs; or by seeds sown in rich
gritty soil in spring.

4

Fic, 39,—Allium, seedling.

The following are amongst the
most ornamental kinds for the hardy
flower-border, viz.:—

A. acuminatum,.—12 to 18 ins, high,
with deep rose flowers in flattish
heads 3 to 4 ins. across, in July and
August. There are several forms,
chiefly differing in the deeper tint of
the blossoms. N. America.

A.albo-pilosum.—A fine new species
from the East, with violet flower-
heads about 8 ins. across, the in-
dividual blossoms being about 2 ins.
in diameter. The leaves, about 18
ins. long and 1 to 2 ins. broad, have
white hairs scattered on the margins

THE BULB BOOK

ALLIUM

Considered to be
(Gard,

and under-surface.
one of the finest species.
Chron 1908, xxxiv. 34, f.)

A. cabulicum.—This species from
Kabul has whitish flowers with red-
brown keels, borne in dense roundish
many-flowered umbels (Bot. Mag. t.
7294; Gard. Chron, 1893, xiii. 546.)

A. Ellisi—A Persian species related
to A karataviense, having leaves,
about 1 ft. long and 2 ins. broad, and
large umbels of rosy flowers on stems
about 1 ft. high (Bot. Mag. t. 7875).

A. Erdeli.—A fine species from
Palestine, with whitish flowers having
a rich crimson centre (Lot. Mag. t.
6426.)

A. karataviense, 9 to 12 ins. high,
has broad blue-green leaves, and large
round heads of whitish or lilac
flowers. Turkestan. (Bot. Mag. t.
6451.)

A. Moly.—A well-known species,
native of S. Europe, having compact
umbels of bright yellow starry flowers
in May, June, andJuly. Anexcellent
species about 12 to 15 ins. high for
naturalising in woodland places, and
also for forcing into early blossom in
spring in the greenhouse.

A. neapolitanum.—Another well-
known species from §. Europe. It
grows about 18 ins. high, and in
summer has loose umbels of white
flowers, the green stamens of which
are conspicuous. Useful for early
forcing.

A. nigrum grows 2 to 3 ft. high,
having broadly lance-shaped leaves,
toothed on the margins, and large
heads of deep violet flowers in
summer. S. Europe.

A, ursinum (Fig. 40), popularly
known as “Ramsons,” is a native of
the woods and hedgebanks of the
British Islands, but when cultivated
its masses of white starry flowers
make a fine display. Useful for

naturalising in the grass.

ALOCASIA

Other species of Allium worth
growing are A. ceruleum (or azureum)
12 ins. high, sky-blue; 4. favum, 1
ft., yellow; A. Iacnabianum, deep
magenta ; A. narcissijlorum (or pede-
montanum), with sweet-scented rosy-
purple bell-shaped flowers, in droop-
ing umbels; A. Ostrowskyanum, rose
or licac-purple; A. Schubertd, with
large spikes of lilac or rose-coloured
flowers; A. violacewm, violet; A
Suworowi, purple ; A orientale, 2 ft.,
creamy-white; A. stipitatum, 2 ft.,
violet-purple, etc.

Fic. 40 —Allium ursinum.

ALOCASIA (a, privative ; and colo-
casia, a closely allied genus). Nat
Ord. Aroidee.— A genus of orna-
mental leaved plants chiefly natives of
Tropical Asia and the Malayan Archi-
pelago. There are about twenty
natural species, and several garden
hybrids, recognised by thickish root-
stocks, from which arise large sagit-
tate-cordate leaves on long stalks

THE BULB BOOK

ALOCASIA

sheathing at the base. The flowers are
of no particular beauty from a garden
point of view, and both males and
femalesare borne together on a shortly
stalked spadix.

All the Alocasias require to be
grown in the stove house, that is in
a warm and humid atmosphere,
throughout the year. Their elegant
foliage, often beautifully veined and
marked, and their bold habit render
them attractive subjects. They are
by no means difficult to grow, provided
they can be given a winter - night
temperature of not less than 65° F.,
running up to 70°to 75° by day.
During the summer months the
temperature will naturally be from
5 to 10 degrees higher than this.

The compost most generally suit-
able for Alocasias seems to be a
mixture of sandy loam and fibrous
peat in about equal proportions, with

_ a little chopped sphagnum moss, and

63

pieces of charcoal added. The pots or
pans in which they are to be grown
should ‘be well drained, because
although the plants require an abun-
dance of water, they dislike anything
in the way of stagnant liquid round
the roots It is generally better to
repot annually early in the year to
keep the plants increasing in size
and beauty, and pots of various sizes
will be used in accordance with the
bulk of the plants. The old soil
should be removed with a pointed
stick, or the root-stocks may be
washed clean in tepid water to free
them from sour material. The com-
post should be worked in firmly and
finished off with a dressing of short
sphagnum. The plants are then
watered from time to time, and the
syringe is kept going freely in the
mornings and afternoons When
growth is well established, syringing
indeed is not only a necessity to
maintain the requisite moisture in

ALOCASIA

the atmosphere, but also to keep
such insect foes as red spider, thrips,
aphides, and mealy bug from spoiling
the leaves and young growths, and
thus destroying the appearance of the
plants. In addition to intelligent
watering and syringing, a little weak
liquid manure may be given about
twice a week to any specimens in which
particular interest may be taken.

Ventilation must be regulated
according to the season, and the
climatic conditions prevailing out-
side ; and although the plants require
plenty of light to develop their
colour, care must be taken not to
allow the sun to scorch the foliage
through the glass. On very hot
days, therefore, the blinds must be
let down for some time, if the glass
has not been shaded permanently for
the summer season.

Alocasias are propagated by means
of detaching suckers from the root-
stocks, and also by carefully dividing
the latter when necessary. This
work is best done in February or
March when the old plants are being
repotted. Each detached portion
should be placed in a pot by itself
in the compost used, and is encouraged
into growth by judicious watering,
syringing, and shading.

The following are amongst the
best species and varieties :—

A, zquiloba.—A native of New
Guinea, with pale green sagittate,
lobed leaves, 2 ft. long, and small
green spathes.

A. argyrea.—This species has very
large, dark green, hastate, lance-
shaped leaves with a silvery sheen,
and a prominent midrib.

A. Augustiana.—A Papuan species
1 to2 ft. high, with bright green wavy
leaves, the stout stalks of which
are coloured rose,and hieroglyphically
marbled with brown or purple (Zi.
Hort. 1886, 598).

THE BULB BOOK

64

ALOCASIA

A. Chantrieri.—A beautiful hybrid
between A. cuprea and A. Sanderiana.
The large, wavy, arrow-shaped leaves
are broadly toothed, olive green above,
with a narrow silvery edging to the
main veins. The under-surface is
deep wine-red in colour, while the
leaf-stalks are faintly striped with
greenish brown. (Rev. Hort. 1887,
465; Ill. Hort. 1888, t. 64.)

A. Chelsoni.—A nice hybrid be-
tween A. cuprea and A. longiloba.
The large leaves are shining metallic
green above, and purple beneath.

A. coriacea has dark green leathery
leaves with clear green ribs, the
petioles being rose-coloured when
young, afterwards rosy white marbled
with green (Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii.
475).

A, cuprea (A. metallica ; Xantho-
soma plumbea)—A tine Bornean
species, 6 to 7 ft. high, with large,
oval heart-shaped leaves, metallic or
coppery green above, and bronzy
purple beneath (Bot. Mag. t. 5190;
Ll. Hort. 1861, 283).

A. Curtisi—A -native of Penang,
about 2 ft. high, the leaf-blades being
18 ins, long, 12 ins. broad, with long
basal lobes, light and dark green
above, purple beneath. The spathes
are about 6 ins. long.

A. Desmetiana,—Leaves elongated,
heart-shaped, deeply sinuate, with
spotted petioles.

A. Dussi—This has large olive
green leaves with brownish-red nerves
and petioles (@artenjl. 1892, 412).

A, eminens.—A native of the East
Indies, with ovate-sagittate leaves,
deep green above, purple beneath,
the medium and main veins being
paler in colour.

A. grandis.—A fine species from
the Indian Archipelago, Leaves ovate-
sagittate, pale green above, deep
green beneath, and with blackish
stalks.

ALOCASIA

A. guttata.—A Bornean species with
elliptic-sagittate leaves, deep green
above, purple beneath, and regularly
spotted leaf-stalks. The variety
imperialis is a finer plant. (Jil. Hort.
1884, 541.)

A. hybrida.—A hybrid between A.
cuprea and A, Lowi. Leaves elliptic,
pointed, olive green above, edged
with ivory white, dull purple beneath.
The young leaves are of a bronzy
tint when unfolding.

A. illustris.—Leaves ovate-sagit-
tate, rich green, spotted with dark
green. East Indies.

A. Jenningsi—An East Indian
species of small growth, with ovate,
heart-shaped leaves blotched with
dark brown between the main veins ;
leaf-stalks spotted.

A. Lindeni.—Leaves ovate heart-
shaped, pointed, triangular at the
base, green above with yellowish-
white veins ; stalks whitish. Papua.
(Ill. Hort. 1886, 603.)

A. longiloba (A. amabilis; A.
gigantea).—Leaves large, sagittate,
green with white veins; grows 4 to
5 ft. high. Java.

A. Lowi.—Leaves heart-shaped,
olive green with white veins, purple
beneath. Borneo. (Bot. Mag. t. 5376.)

A. Luciani.—A fine hybrid between
A. Thibautiana and A. Putzeysi.
Leaves ovate, pointed, deep green
above with white leaves, purple be-
neath, the pale green stalks being
spotted with brown (Jil. Hort. ser.
v. 27).

A. macrorhiza.—A noble species
from Polynesia, 3 to 5 ft. high, with
large heart-shaped leaves of a pale
green. The variety variegata, which
has the leaves marbled and blotched
with creamy white over nearly half
the surface, is a far more ornamental
plant. It comes from Ceyion.

A. Margarit has large ‘obcordate
leaves, more or less wrinkled and

THE BULB BOOK

ALOCASIA

waved on the margins, with brownish-
purple stalks (1d. Hort. 1886, 64).

A. marginata.—A Brazilian species
with broadly ovate, heart-shaped
leaves about 18 ins. long, slightly
sinuate on the margins, and with
irregular, zigzag, blackish - brown
markings on the stalks.

A. Marshallii—An Indian species
somewhat resembling A. Jennings,
with broadly heart-shaped green
leaves, darkly blotched between the
side veins, and with a broad silvery
band down the centre, the stalks
being more or less marbled.

A. odora (Arum and Caladium
odorum ; Colocasia odorata).—A stem-
less Peruvian species, with heart-
shaped, roundish leaves about 3 ft.
long, with rounded lobes (Bot. Reg.
viii. t. 641).

A. plumbea.—This species has
large dark green crinkled leaves,
with purplish petioles.

A. princeps, from the Malayan
Archipelago, has sagittate leaves with
narrow, divergent lobes at the base,
forming a triangular opening; the
margins are deeply indented, and
the upper surface has a metallic,
olive green tint. The under-surface
is grey-green, veined, and edged
with dark chocolate brown, the
leaf-stalks being also marbled with
the same colour.

A. Pucciani.—A garden hybrid with
ovate-sagittate leaves about 18 ins,
long, green above with pure white
veins in the middle of a silvery band.
The under-surface is bright purple,
while the stalks are irregularly
blotched with dark rosy-carmine on
a pale purple ground.

A, Putzeysi.—A native of Sumatra,
with leaves like those of A. longiloba,
deep green in colour except for the
white bands along the veins and
margins, the under-surface being deep
purple (Zi2, Hort. 445).

E

ALOCASIA

A. Reginze.—An elegant species
from Borneo, with ovate, heart-
shaped leaves, wavy on the margins,
the under-surface being of a sombre
brownish-purple, while the stalks are
spotted with chestnut-purple (J/.
Hort. 1885, 544).

A. reversa, from the Philippine
Islands, has ovate-sagittate leaves
of a grey-green colour, relieved by
deep green bands along the main
veins. A pretty plant about a foot
high. (Bot. Mag. t. 7498.)

A. Sanderiana.—A very ornamental
species from the Malayan Archi-
pelago, having drooping sagittate
leaves, with three lobes on each side.
The ground colour is soft green with
a bluish metallic sheen, while the
main veins and margins are con-
spicuously banded with ivory white.
The stalks are brownish-green,
streaked and mottled with purple.
(Rev. Hort. Belg. 1884, 181.) The
variety gandavensts has purplish

THE BULB BOOK

young leaves with vermilion veins..

This colouring remains constant on
the under-surface, but gradually
changes to green on the upper. (JU.
Hort. 1896, t. 65.)

A. seabriuscula.—A_noble-looking
Bornean plant, 4 to 5 ft. high, with
spreading sagittate leaves of a deep
shining green above, pale green
beneath, and often as much as 2 ft.
to 24 ft. in length.

A. Sedeni.—A hybrid between 4.
cuprea and A. Lowt, and somewhat
resembling the latter. Leaves oval,
heart-shaped, deflexed, bronzy green
above, with distinct ivory-white veins,
the under-surface being purple.

A. sinuata.—A species from the
Philippine Islands with sagittate
leaves having sinuate margins, and
of a deep green colour above, and
whitish or grey-green beneath.

A. spectabilis.—This is similar to
A. Putzeysi, having large metallic

66

ALPINIA

green leaves veined and laced with
grey, the under-surface being dark
purple.

A. Thibautiana.—A magnificent
Bornean plant, with ovate, acute,
deeply heart-shaped leaves, greyish
olive green above, with whitish midrib
and grey veinings, the under-surface
being purple in colour (Rev. Hort.
Belg. 1884, 37).

A, Villeneuvei.—A Bornean species
closely related to A. longiloba, with
irregularly shaped leaves, the stalks
of which are heavily spotted with .
brown (Jil, Hort. 1887, t. 21).

A. Watsoniana.—A fine Sumatran 4+
species with cordately lobed leaves, -
wavy on the margins, and coloured
olive green and dark purple on the
upper surface, dark purple beneath
(Gard. Chron, 1898, xiii. 442, 569,
f, 88).

A. Wavriniana.—An ornamental
species 3 to 4 ft. high, the stem being
mottled with light and dark green
and suffused with bronze. The
lance-shaped, sinuate leaves are deep
green, beautifully feathered with
raised veins, which are still more
prominent beneath on a purple
ground.

A. zebrina.—A strong - growing
species 4 to 5 ft. high, from the
Philippine Islands, having erect,
broadly sagittate leaves of a rich
dark green, and pale green stalks
marbled with zigzag bands of dark
green (F77. d. Ser. xv, 1541-1542).

ALPINIA (after Prosper Alpini, an
Italian botanist), Nat. Ord. Scita-
minee.—A genus containing about
forty-five species of graceful peren-
nials, natives of Tropical and sub-
tropical Asia, Australia, and the
islands of the Pacific Ocean. They
have horizontal or creeping root-
stocks like the Ginger plant, erect
ornamental leaves, and flowers

ALPINIA

arranged in raceme - like clusters
at the end of the leafy stems. The
corolla has a short tube, the
outer limb being divided into equal
lobes, the inner one forming a large
flat lip, while the lateral segments are
reduced to small teeth or are absent
altogether.

Alpinias flourish in a rich compost
of fibrous loam, peat, and leaf-mould,
or old cow-manure, in about equal
proportions, with the addition of a
little sharp silver sand to secure
sufficient porosity. The minimum
temperature during the winter season
should not sink below 65° or 60° F.,
even if the plants are at rest and
quite leafless. During the spring and
summer months, when growth is
active, an abundance of water must
be given, and the syringe should be
freely used in the mornings and after-
noons to keep the foliage clean and

healthy, and free from attacks of red »

spider or mealy bug. After the
flowers have passed their best they
should be cut off, to save the plants
further exhaustion. Once the leaves
begin to assume a yellowish tint,
water should be given in smaller
quantities, until eventually it is with-
held almost entirely when the leaves
drop. Propagation is effected in
spring by carefully cutting the
rhizomes with a strong sharp knife
when the young shoots have fairly
started into growth.

The following are the only species
of garden value :—

A. albo-lineata.—A native of New
Guinea, 3 to 4 ft. high, with elliptic,
lance - shaped, soft green leaves
obliquely banded with white.

A. borneensis.—A distinct Bornean
species 4 to 6 ft. high, with leaves
2 ft. long, and purple-lipped flowers
in panicles a foot long.

A. fimbriata.—A Bornean plant 3
to 5 ft, high, with lance-shaped leaves

67

xy

THE BULB BOOK

ALPINIA

14 ft. long, and fine spikes of purple
flowers,

A. longipetiola.—A strong-growing
species from West Tropical Africa,
about 6 ft. high, with elliptic leaves,
the upper ones becoming narrower,
the petioles being long, roundish,
and winged at the top. The white
or rose flowers spotted with purple
are borne in terminal panicles,

A, mutica.—A handsome Bornean
plant about 6 ft. high, with narrow,
lance-shaped, almost stalkless leaves,
and white and yellow flowers veined

‘with crimson, borne in pairs on a

spike-like raceme about August (Belg.
fort. vii. 21; Bot. Mag. t. 6908).

A. nutans (Globba nutans).—A fine
Indian species, as much as 13 ft. high,
with smooth, lance-shaped leaves, 12
to 18 ins. long, covered with reddish
hairs. The pinkish, sweetly scented
flowers appear about May in drooping
racemes, the large orange-pink lip
being striped with red. Owing to its
size this species requires plenty of
space, and may be grown in bold
masses in corners of the hothouse,
where it may be seen to the best
advantage, either in pots, tubs, or
planted out in beds ofrich soil. (Bot.
May. t. 1903.)

A. pumila.—A native of Eastern
China, with tufts of elliptic, lance-
shaped, pointed leaves, having white
stripes on the green upper surface,
The pink and rosy flowers are borne
in short spikes about April, on short
stalks springing up from the roots.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6882.)

A. Sanderz.—A species from New
Guinea, with erect stems, shortly
stalked shining green leaves about
5 ins. long, regularly and closely
striped with broad white bands
(Gard. Chron. 1903, xxxiii. 245).

A. tricolor.—A native of the Solo-
mon Islands, with oblong pointed
leaves about 10 ins. long, green, with

ALSTRG@IMERIA

creamy yellow or white stripes
(Gard, Chron. 1908, xxxiii. 245).

A vittata.—A graceful species from
the South Sea Islands, with elliptic,
lance-shaped, tapering leaves 6 to 8
ins. long, having broad, oblique bands
of white on a dark green ground.

A zingiberina.—A Siamese plant,
4 to 6 ft. high, having smooth, oblong,
oblanceolate leaves 10 to 12 ins. long,
and ending abruptly in a sharp point.
The pale green flowers with a white,
pink-veined lip appear about July in
an almost erect panicle 10 to 12 ins,
long. (Bot. Mag. t. 6944.)

Other species not so well known
are—A. Allughas, 3 ft., red ; A. aurd-
culata, 10 to 12 ft., reddish-yellow ; A,
calcarata, 3 to 5 ft., white ; A. cerulea,
6 ft., reddish-purple; and A. mal-
accensis, 6 to 8 ft., white.

ALSTRGMERIA (in honourof Baron
Alstroemer, a Swedish botanist). Nat.
Ord. Amaryllidee.—A genus having
forty or fifty species, natives of tropical
and subtropical S. America, char-
acterised by having masses of thickish
or tuberous roots from which arise
leafy stems bearing clusters or umbels
of richly coloured and often spotted
flowers. The funnel-shaped perianth
is more or less irregular, with six
narrow segments in two circles. The
lower segment of the inner circle is
usually quite distinct from the others.

The Peruvian Lilies—as the Alstroe-
merias are popularly called — are
practically hardy south of the Thames,
and in the more favoured parts of the
United Kingdom. It is well, how-
ever, to afford the roots protection in
severe winters with a covering of
straw or litter. They are becoming
more popular every year now that
their culture is better understood
than formerly, and when planted in
bold groups or masses they are very
ornamental plants in the flower-

THE BULB BOOK

ALSTREMERIA

border. The soil in which they are
to be grown should have a southern
aspect, and should be trenched to a
depth of about 3 ft., so as to secure
perfect drainage. Sandy loam and
leaf-soil with some well-rotted cow-
manure added makes a good compost,
in which they flourish. The best time
for planting is in March or April,
when the weather is favourable. The
clumps of roots should be buried
from 6 to 9 ins, beneath the surface,
and should be about a foot apart. A
mulching of well- rotted manure or
leaf-mould on the surface will keep
the soil moist even during the hottest
summer, and when it can be con-
veniently given it is better than
watering too often. At the same
time, it would be fatal to neglect
giving sufficient moisture during the
period of active growth, and this
point must be attended to in hot, dry
seasons. When the blossoms are
beginning to appear, watering with
weak liquid manure two or three
times a week will be highly beneficial,
and help the flower-stems to carry
their blossoms more erect. Faded
flowers should always be picked off,
not only because of their unsightli-
ness, but because the ripening of seeds
helps to exhaust the reserve materials
in the plants. Once the plants are
established and doing well, it is best
to leave them undisturbed for a few
years until they become too crowded
and show a falling-off in their growth. *
Each season, however, when grown in .
this way, they will be benefited by a
good mulching of well-decayed manure
over the surface about September. »
It will supply fresh food and also
protect from frost, at the same time
preventing the heat absorbed during ©
the summer months from being |
radiated too rapidly. {
Alstroemerias are easily increased |
by carefully separating the fleshy roots

ALSTRGMERIA

into as many clumps as there are
crowns showing. This is best done
as a rule in spring-time, when growth
recommences after the winter rest.
Ripened seeds may also be sown
either in autumn or in spring, in pots
or pans of rich gritty soil, and kept
in a cold frame or greenhouse. The
seedlings when large enough to handle
easily should be pricked out into a
compost of sandy loam, with a little
peat and leaf-soil, in pots or pans.
They may be grown on in this way
for about a year, attention being
given to watering, etc. They will
then be large enough to transplant,
without much danger to the brittle
roots, to the open air where they are
to bloom. Instead of sowing the
seeds in the way described, they may
be sown when thoroughly ripe in
patches where it is intended the
plants are to remain eventually. By
covering the seeds with 2 or 3 ins.
of rich gritty mould, they pass the
winter safely and germinate freely the
following spring. When this method
is adopted one must not forget to
mark the spot where the seeds have
been sown.

The following are amongst the
most useful garden kinds :—

A. aurantiaca (A. aurea).—A splen-
did strong-growing species 2 to 4
ft. high, native of Chili, having thin,
lance-shaped leaves, and masses of
large orange flowers, the two upper
inner petals being brightly streaked
with red or carmine. One of the
best kinds for the open border. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3350.)

A. brasiliensis.—A Brazilian species
3 to 4 ft. high, with oblong, lance-
shaped leaves about 2 ins. long, and
reddish-yellow flowers, the inner
segments being spotted with deep
brown. This species is too tender
for outdoor cultivation.

A. caryophyllea, — A Brazilian

THE BULB BOOK

69

ALSTRG@:MERIA

species about 8 or 9 ins. high, with
narrow, lance-shaped leaves, and
sweet-scented scarlet flowers pro-
duced in February. This species was
erroneously figured as A. Ligtu in the
Bot. Mag. t. 125. It is not a hardy
plant, and can only be brought to

Fic. 41.—Alstremeria aurantiaca., (%.)

perfection in a stove or warm green-
house. During the winter season
the roots are at rest, and consequently
require no water during that period.

A. chilensis.—A beautiful Chilian
species 2 to 8 ft. high, with more or
less obovate, spoon-shaped, rather
glaucous, twisted leaves minutely
fringed at the edges. The blood-red
or pink flowers appear during the
summer and autumn months, and
have the two upper inner segments
lined with yellow. There are many
seedling forms of this plant in
gardens, having a. great variety of
colour from blush-white to deep
orange or red.

ALSTRGIMERIA

A, densifiora.—-A Peruvian species
with somewhat climbing stems, oval-
pointed leaves, and dense umbels of
scarlet flowers spotted with black at
the base of the segments (Bot. Mag.
t. 5531).

Being a tender species, this plant
should be grown in a greenhouse.

A. hemantha.—This is a plant
figured in the Bot. Mag. t. 2354 as
A, pulchella, and as A. Simsi in Sw.
Brit, Fl. Gard, t. 267. It is a native
of Chili and grows 2 to 3 ft. high,
and has crowded, thin, lance-shaped
leaves 3 to 4 ins. long, glaucous
beneath, the upper ones being linear.
Numerous flowers are borne during
the summer in compound umbels, and
have the outer segments of a bright
red tipped with green, the narrower
inner ones having red-purple spots
on an orange ground, The variety
albida has whitish flowers, while
one called Barclayana has crimson
ones.

A. Ligtu.—This is according to Mr
Baker’s Monograph of the Amaryl-
lideze the correct name for the plant
more popularly known as A. pulchra.
It grows 14 to 2 ft. high, and has
narrow leaves 2 to 8 ins. long. The
flowers are whitish or pale lilac, or
red, obliquely streaked with purple.
The variety pulchra proper, as figured
in the Bot. Mag. t. 2421, has longer
and narrower leaves, and flowers of
various colours. There seems to
have been much confusion of names
in connection with this plant, the
following having been described
formerly as being distinct: A.
angustifolia, A. Presliana, A. pallida
(Bot. Mag. t. 3040), A. Hookeriana
(A. rosea, A. Hookeri), A. bicolor (Lodd.
Bot, Cab. t. 1497), and Flos-martini
(Bot. Reg. t. 731).

All these forms are natives of
Chili, and are somewhat tender.
When grown in the open air, there-

THE BULB BOOK

AMARYLLIS

fore, they should be planted in the
warmest spots, and protected with
litter or other material in winter.

A. pelegrina or peregrina (Lily of
the Incas)—A beautiful Chilian
species about 1 ft. high, cultivated
at Hammersmith as long ago as 1774,
in Messrs Lee’s nursery. The leaves
are thin, lance-shaped, and about 2
ins. long, and the outer segments of
the lilac flowers are 1 in. broad,
while the inner ones are heavily
spotted with reddish-purple. The
variety alba is a beautiful form with
white unspotted flowers. It is, how-
ever, rather tender, and requires the
protection of a cold frame or cool
greenhouse, where it makes a fine
subject in pots. (Bot. Mag. t. 139.)

A, pulchella (A. Banksiana; A.
psittacona).—A Brazilian species 2 to
3 ft. high, with scattered more or less
lance-shaped leaves and clusters of
dark red flowers tipped with green,
all the segments, which are very
unequal, being spotted inside with
brown. The variety Hrembowdti has
white flowers spotted with crimson.
Rather tender. (Bot. Mag. t. 3033 ;
Bot, Reg. t. 1540.)

A. revoluta.—A Chilian species,
1 to 13 ft. high, with wavy, twisted
lance-shaped leaves and bright orange
flowers tipped with purple, the upper
segments being striped with crimson.

A. versicolor (4. peruviana).—A
pretty plant about 1 ft. high, from
Chili and Peru, with obliquely linear
leaves, and yellow flowers spotted
and striped with purple or maroon.
This is a strong-growing species with
several beautiful garden forms.

AMARYLLIs (after Virgil’s Ama-
ryllis), Belladonna Lily. Nat. Ord..
Amaryllidee.—This genus is re-
stricted to the one species described
below, although the name Amaryllis
is generally used in gardens for the

70

od

AMARYLLIS

species and varieties of Hippeastrum
—which see.

A. Belladonna (A. pudica ; A.rosea ;
Coburgia Belladonna). —This is a
native of Cape Colony, and not of
the West Indies as stated in some
works, and was introduced to cultiva-
tion as long ago as the year 1712, In
spring the ovoid bulbs, which are 3
to 4 ins. through, produce seven to nine
strap-shaped, distichous, dull green

Fia. 42.—Amaryllis Belladonna. (}.)

leaves 12 to 18 ins. long and about
1 in. broad. From six to twelve
funnel-shaped flowers, consisting of
six nearly equal, oblong acute, con-
nivent segments, are borne on the
top of a solid scape 12 to 18 ins.
high, about August and September.
They are of a beautiful soft rose
colour and sweetly fragrant. (Bot.
Mag. t. 733; Red. Lil, t. 180.)
There are several forms of the

THE BULB BOOK

71

AMARYLLIS

Belladonna Lily, including blanda
(Coburgia blanda) (Bot. Mag. t. 1450),
which has longer and broader leaves,
2 to 3 ft. long, and larger and paler
coloured flowers ; and pallida, which
differs from the type only in having
paler coloured flowers. Other forms
have been called rosea perfecta,
speciosa purpurea, and spectabilis
bicolor or mutabilis in gardens. The
“Kew” variety, however, is far supe-
rior to them all. It originated in the
Royal Gardens, Kew, and is much
more vigorous and free flowering than
the type, from which it differs chiefly
in having a stouter scape twice as
long, and bearing about four times as
many flowers of a rich rosy-crimson
colour. It is said to be the result of
crossing A. Belladonna with Bruns-
vigia Josephine.

The Belladonna Lily and _ its
varieties flourish in warm sunny
spots sheltered from bleak cold winds.
The bulbs should be planted about
9 ins. deep in a rich compost of sandy
loam and leaf-mould. Good drainage
is essential, and may be secured by
placing a thickish layer of brickbats,
clinkers, etc., about 3 ft. below the
surface of the border. If the bulbs
are planted in autumn, it will be
wise to cover them with a layer or
heap of leaves, Jitter, etc.,in bleak
localities, as a protection against
frost and also to throw off heavy
rains. Once planted in a suitable
position, the bulbs need not be dis-
turbed for four or five years. Trans-
planting is best done after the
withering of the foliage. When
fresh plants are required the bulbs
are lifted and all offsets separated
and replanted, allowing a distance of
about 1 ft. between each one. During
the hot summer months copious
waterings should be given, and an
annual mulching of well-rotted
manure will also be beneficial.

AMICIA

AMICIA (after J. B. Amici, a
celebrated French physician). Nat.
Ord. Leguminose.—There are only
a few species in this genus, the best
known being—

A. Zygomeris.—A Mexican shrubby
plant 4 to 6 ft. high, having thick,
fleshy root-stocks, and fleshy, downy
stems furnished with paripinnate
leaves divided into two pairs of wedge-
shaped obcordate or truncate leaflets.
The pea-like flowers, which appear in
September, are yellow, streaked with
purple on the keel, and are enclosed
before expansion in conspicuous and
ornamental leafy stipules of a purplish
colour. (Bot. Mag. t. 4008.)

This species is perfectly hardy in
the milder parts of the United King-
dom, and will grow well in any good
and well-drained garden soil in warm,
sunny positions. It may be increased
by seeds or cuttings of the young
shoots under glass early in the
season.

AMMOCHARIS (ammos, sand ;
charis, loving; in reference to wild
conditions). Nat. Ord. Amaryllides.
—This genus contains only the follow-
ing species—

A. faleata.-A native of Cape
Colony and Natal, where it is found
at an elevation of 5000 feet. It has
ovoid bulbs, 6 to 9 ins, in diameter,
covered with numerous brown tunics.
The narrow, strap-shaped leaves
appear before the flowers in summer
or autumn, and attain a length of
1 to 2 feet. During the winter
months the sweet-scented bright red
flowers are borne twenty to forty
in an umbel on stout two-edged scapes
6 to 12 ins long, springing up from
the side of the bulbs. This species
was formerly known under the
generic names of Crinum, Amaryllis,
and Hemanthus. (Bot. Mag. t. 1443.)

This species is not quite hardy

THE BULB

BOOK AMOMUM
except in very favoured spots, and
is therefore best grown in a cool
greenhouse in a well-drained com-
post of sandy loam and peat in
about equal proportions. It is in-
creased by offsets from the older
bulbs.

AMOMUM (a, not; momos, impurity ;
referring to the quality of counteract-
ing poison). Nat. Ord. Scitaminez.
—A genus of deciduous herbaceous
perennials closely related to the
Gingers (Zingiber), the Alpinias,
Curcumas, and Hedychiums, having
thickish or creeping rhizomes, entire
lance-shaped leaves distichously
arranged, and spikes or clusters of
bracteate flowers springing up close
to the ground from the rhizomes.
Calyx tubular or spreading at the
mouth, three-lobed. Corolla-tube
sometimes as long as the calyx,
sometimes very slender and much
longer, with three equal spreading
lobes, or with the posterior one
broader and more erect.

There are about fifty species known,
natives of Tropical Asia and Africa,
some species being also found in
Tropical Australia and the Pacific
Islands. Owing to their aromatic
flavouring they were formerly used
in embalming, and the word “mummy”
is said to be derived from the generic
name. All the kinds in cultivation
may be grown in the same way as
the Alpinias in a stove house with
plenty of atmospheric moisture dur-
ing the growing season. They
flourish in rich sandy loam, with
a little leaf-soil or old manure added.
Propagation is effected by dividing
the rhizomes in the spring, when
repotting may be necessary.

Amongst the species met with
are :—

A. angustifolium, 8 ft. high, with
narrow, lance-shaped leaves, and

72

AMORPHOPHALLUS

chrome-yellow flowers, sometimes
crimson and yellow, and sometimes
all crimson, produced in June, July,
and August. Madagascar.

A, Cardamomum. — 8 ft, high.
Flowers brownish. August. East
Indies. This species yields the
round Cardamoms of commerce, the
true Cardamoms being obtained from
Eletiaria Cardamomum-—which see.

A. Granum-paradisi. — Popularly
known as “Grains of Paradise” or
“Guinea Pepper,” is a native of W.
Africa. It grows about 3 ft. high;
has elliptic, lance-shaped leaves, red
stems, and white flowers tinged with
yellow and rose, in March or April.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4603.)

Otherspecies are—A.Daniellz,24{t.,
red ; A. hemisphericum, 12 ft. high,
with leaves 14 ft. long, green above,
claret-red beneath; flowers red and
yellow, surrounded by large dull red
bracts (Bot. Mag. +t. 7592); A.
Melegueta, 1 to 2 ft., pale pink; A.
platyandrum, 6 to 8 ft., dark red with
a yellow lip; A. érilobum, 2 to 3 ft.,
deep red and yellow ; and A. sceptrum,
5 to 6 ft., bright rose-purple—all from

AMORPHOPHALLUS (amorphos,
deformed ; phallos, a mace ; referring
to the misshapen barren appendix
of the spadix). Nat Ord. Aroidez.
—Extraordinary looking herbaceous
plants, sometimes of great size, with
large, roundish, flattened tubers, from
2 to 5 ft. in circumference in some
species, and natives of Tropical Asia,
‘Tropical Africa, the Malayan Archi-
pelago, and the Pacific Islands.
From each tuber a solitary leaf with
a stalk from 2 to 10 ft. high usually
arises, and in some species this is
large enough to cover an area 465 ft.
in circumference, or roughly 15 ft.
across. The leaves are divided into
three main lobes, the latter being

THE BULB BOOK

73

AMORPHOPHALLUS

again divided and subdivided into
smaller segments. The inflorescence
consists of an aggregation of minute
flowers borne on a thickish, irregular,
club-like spadix, which sticks up
boldly to a height of 6 ft, in some
species (eg., A. Titanum), in the
centre of a large surrounding cup-
shaped envelope called a spathe. The
latter varies from 8 or 9 ins. in
diameter to as much as 3 ft.

From the dimensions of some of the
species, it is obvious they can only
be grown in establishments having
plenty of accommodation under glass.
On the whole they are scarcely plants
for the ordinary stove or warm green-
house, and can only be regarded as
remarkable vegetable curiosities,
quite appropriate in such places as
the National Garden at Kew, where
even the putrid odour that arises
from the inflorescence of many can be
tolerated during the period the plants
condescend to bloom.

To grow the plants successfully,
a stove or warm greenhouse tempera-
ture (60° to 65° F. minimum in
winter), is necessary, accompanied
with plenty of moisture during active
growth in spring and summer. The
tubers should be potted in rich turfy
loam, leaf-soil, and a fair sprinkling
of coarse silver sand. In addition
to liberal supplies of water when
growing, the syringe should be freely
used in the mornings and late in
the afternoons. As the leaves die
down the supply of water should
be gradually lessened, and when the
tubers are dormant, they may be
left in the soil without further
moisture until growth recommences,
Propagation is practically out
of the question with many, if
not most, species; and the plants
can only be secured by importing
the tubers or seeds direct from their
native habitats.

AMORPHOPHALLUS

The following species may be
briefly noted :—

A, Afzeli (Corynophallus Afzelt).—
A dwarf species, 1 to 2 ft. high, from
Tropical Africa, having finely divided
leaf -lobes, and tubular spathes
marbled and striped with purple.
The variety elegans has _ the
leaves cut into finer segments ;
latifolia has broader lobes; and
spectabilis has pale-coloured stalks
with darker blotches. (Gard. Chron.
1872, 1619.)

A, campanulatus (Zacca phallifera ;
‘Arum campanulatum).— A native of
the East Indies, about 2 ft. high,
with large tubers, and leaves about
a yard wide divided into three large
lobes, each again cut into smaller
divisions. The spathe appears before
the leaf, and is about a foot long,
bell-shaped, greenish - yellow, out-
side spotted with brown; the inner
surface being purplish or violet,
while the large, swollen, irregular
spadix sticks up in the centre. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2812; Gard. Chron. 1889, i.
755, 804.)

Fic. 43.—Amorphophallus campanulatus. (4.)

A. SBichlerii—A native of W.
Tropical Africa, with solitary, green,
much-divided leaves, and small purple
and white spathes about 4 ins, across,

74

THE BULB BOOK

AMORPHOPHALLUS

having a brown, club-shaped spadix
about 6 ins. long in the centre (Bot.
Mag. t. 7091).

Fic. 44,—Amorphophallus Eichlert. (4.)

A. ElliottiitA species from Sierra
Leone, having fleshy tubers, and leaf-
stalksabout 1 ft.high with athree-lobed
pinnatifid blade. The scapes are
about 1 ft. high, bearing a short,
broad-hooded spathe, coloured pink
and green with blotches and zones
of brown purple. (Bot. Mag. t. 7349.)

A. glabra, from Queensland, re-
sembles A. varzabilis, but has shorter
spathes, and the flowers emit a
fragrance like pineapples (Gard.
Chron. 1895, xvii. 484).

A. grandis.—A Javan species about
a yard high, with a purple spadix in
the centre of a spathe which is green
outside and white within.

A. Leopoldianus (Hydrosme Leo-
poldiana).—A native of the Congo,
2to3 ft. high, with palmate leaves cut
into fine segments. The reddish- ’
violet spathes are ovate, lance-shaped,
and pointed, enclosing a cylindrical

AMORPHOPHALLUS

spadix 2 to 23 ft. long. (Ill. Hort,
ser. Vv. 23.)

A. oncophyllus.—A native of the
Andaman Islands, with a tuberous
root-stock about 10 ins. in diameter,
and a leaf-stalk 3 ft. high, blotched
with pale green. The leaf-blade is
about 3% ft. across, divided into
numerous lance - shaped segments.
The bell-shaped spathe is nearly a
foot long, coloured inside deep brown-
purple with yellow blotches. The
erect spadix is creamy yellow, and
the whole inflorescence emits a very
disagreeable odour. (Bot. Mag. t.
7327.)

A. Rivieri (Proteinophallus Rivieri).
—This is probably the best-known
species of the genus. It is a native
of Cochin-China, and has finely
divided leaves a yard or more across,
and borne on stalks about 3 ft. high,
marbled and blotched. The dark
brown cylindrical spadix is much
longer than the irregularly bell-
shaped rosy-green spathe, and is
generally produced from March to
May, before the leaves appear.

A. Teutzi (Hydrosme Teutzi).—A
native of W. Tropical Africa, with
solitary three-partite leaves cut into
branching finely cut segments. The
trifid spathe is green outside, purple-
brown inside, enclosing a shorter
spadix with a greenish cylindrical
appendix. (Gartenf. t. 1142.)

A, Titanum (Conophallus Titanum).
—A gigantic species from Sumatra,
having huge tubers (said to be
edible), and enormous leaves which
cover an area of 45 ft. in circumfer-
ence when fully developed. The
blackish- purple or green marbled
spadix attains a height of 5 ft., stand-
ing up in the centre of a bell-shaped
spathe nearly 3 ft. across. This is
pale green near the base within, but
otherwise bright blackish-purple ; the
outer surface being pale green, smooth

75

THE BULB BOOK

AMORPHOPHALLUS

below, but irregularly corrugated
above.

This extraordinary plant flowered
for the first time in Europe in the
Royal Gardens, Kew, in June 1889,
ten years after it had been received
as a small seedling from the Botanic
Gardens at Florence, whither seeds
were sent by Dr Beccari. The Kew

Fic. 45.—Amorphophallus Titanum. (qy.)
plant had a‘ spadix 3 ft. 3 ins. high,
and 6 ins. in diameter ; the leaf-stalk
8 ft. high, and 9 ins. in diameter at
the base ; the spread of the leaf was
12 ft.; and the tuber weighed in
March 1889, 57 lbs., and was 18 ins. in
diameter and 12 ins. deep. To show
the short duration of the inflorescence,
it may be mentioned that the spathe
began to unfold at 5 p.m., was fully
open by 6.80 P.m., began to shut at
8 pM., and by 11 p.m. had closed
entirely. The stench was overpower-
ing, and was said to resemble that of.

‘

AMPELOPSIS
rotten fish and burnt sugar. (Bot.
Mag. tt. '7153-4-5.)

A.wvariabilis (Brachyspatha varia-
bilis). An East Indian fetid-smelling
species about 3 ft. high, with solitary,
much-divided leaves about 18 ins.
across, borne on spotted stalks. The
greenish-purple spathe encloses a
whitish spadix. (Gard. Chron. 1876,
120.)

A. virosus——A Siamese species
resembling A. campanulatus, but
smaller. The spathes are pale green
spotted with white and edged outside
with purple. The inner surface is
purple and corrugated at the base,
creamy white in the centre, and
purple again towards the top, the
whole being about 8 ins. long, and 6
ins. across. The brownish or purple
spadix is about 7 ins, high, with a
roundish corrugated top or appendix.
(Bot, Mag. t. 6978.)

A, zeylanicus.—This has a whitish
spathe spotted with green, and a
yellow spadix ; is also known as Arwin
sylvaticum, and Synantherias sylva-
tica, the latter being now the accepted
name. (Bot. Mag. t. 7190.)

AMPELOPSIS (Ampelos, a vine;
opsts, resemblance ; in reference to the
vine-like appearance). Nat. Ord. Am-
pelidese.—There are only a couple of
species of garden note with tuberous
roots belonging to this genus, namely,
A, napyformis, with roundish corru-
gated roots, and five-lobed leaves, and
A, serjanicefolia (or A. tuberosa), hav-
ing dahlia-like roots, and palmately
lobed leaves. Both are climbers, the
first-named being a native of China,
the other from Japan. They are both
hardy, and ornamental in foliage,
like their relatives the Virginian
creeper (A. quinquefolia) and the
well-known A. Vevtcht, They flourish
in ordinary soil, and may be increased
by division of the roots, or by cut-

‘THE BULB BOOK

ANDROCYMBIUM

tings of the ripened wood in autumn.
They are generally referred to the
genus Vitis,

ANCHOMANES (derivation un-
known). Nat. Ord. Aroidese.—A
small genus of hothouse tuberous
perennials closely related to Amorpho-
phallus, and requiring the same
cultural treatment. Outside botanical
collections the plants are practically
unknown.

A. dubius.—A fine species, having
thick, fleshy tubers, from which a
much-divided elegant leaf is’ thrown
up. The spathe is very large and
recurved, about 12 in. long, the outer
surface being a pale olive purple, the
interior glossy, cream-coloured. The
spadix is over 6 in. long, and # in.
thick, the upper five-sixths being
densely packed with creamy male
flowers, while the basal portion having
the female flowers is a dull purple col-
our (Gard. Chron., May 1885, 668, f.).

A. Hookeri (Caladium petiolatum).
—A remarkable plant from the Island
of Fernando Po, having poisonous
potato-like tubers marked with rings
and scars. The leaf-stalk is 3 ft. high
rounded, green blotched with purple,
especially below, where it is muricated.
The blade is divided into three
spreading branches, each being again
divided into smaller segments. The
flower-stem is about a foot high, and
bears a boat-shaped tapering spathe,
6 to 8 in. long, deep velvety purple
within, but greenish-purple outside
at the base. (Bot. Mag. t. 3728.)

The variety pallida is larger, with
prickly leaf and flower-stems, and a
wider and paler purple and green
spathe enclosing a white spadix,
having a deep purple base (Bot. Mag.
t. 5394),

ANDROCYMBIUM (aner or andros,
aman ; cymbos, a cavity ; in reference

76

ANDROSTEPHIUM

to the stamens or male organs being
enclosed in a hollow formed by the
folding of the petals). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze—A genus containing about
thirteen species of greenhouse bulbs or
corms, more curious perhaps than
ornamental, chiefly natives of South
Africa and the Mediterranean region.
They like sandy soil, plenty of sun-
shine, and a dry atmosphere, and
-when at rest no water. The tufts
of leaves spread out on the soil, and
the flowers, more or less stalk-
less, appear in the centre. The
species sometimes met with in
botanical collections are—A. melan-
thium eucomoides, green (Bot. Mag.
t. 641) ; A. lewcanthum, white (figured
in Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard. as A.
eucomoides) ; A. melanthoides, white ;
A, punctatum, whitish; and A.
volutare, white—all natives of South
Africa.

ANDROSTEPHIUM (aner, anther ;
stephanos, a crown; in reference to
the dilated filaments forming a cor-
ona). Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A small
genus having only two or three species
of bulbous plants intermediate be-
tween Brodiza and Bessera, and
distinguished by having six-lobed
funnel-shaped flowers in clusters or
terminal umbels.

A. violaceum.—A native of Texas,
grows 6 to 9 ins. high, has few narrow
leaves, and about April or May pro-
duces its umbels of bluish - violet
flowers.

It is a fairly hardy species in the
milder parts of the Kingdom, and
flourishes in a rich sandy loam. In
severe winters, and especially in
bleak spots, it is necessary to protect
the bulbs from frost by covering
with litter or ashes, or by taking
them up in autumn and _ storing
until spring Propagated by offsets
or seeds. .

THE BULB BOOK

17

ANEMONE

ANEMONE (Windflower ; anemos,
the wind), Nat. Ord. Ranunculacee.
—There are about seventy species of
Windflower, all hardy herbaceous per-
ennials, with radical leaves more or
less divided and lobed, some with
fibrous roots, others with tuberous
ones. The latter are the only ones
considered in this work, but the
reader will find ample information
regarding the others in the author’s
Practical Guide to Garden Plants.

The tuberous - rooted Anemones
flourish in the ‘open border in rich
sandy loam that has been deeply dug
to secure perfect drainage. Indeed
they succeed in ordinary good garden
soil that has a good depth and is
enriched with well-decayed manure
every year or two. They soon estab-
lish themselves, and are not only
valuable for the ordinary flower-
border, but also for grassy slopes
and banks, rock-gardens, terraces,
ete.

A.apennina (Apennine Windflower).
—A tuberous blackish-rooted species
from 8. Europe, growing about 6 ins.
high. The stem leaves are in whorls of
three, with long blunt lobes, all some-
what pubescent. Flowers about 2 ins.
across, bright sky blue, appear on
single stalks in March. There is a
white (alba) and also a rose-coloured
(rosea) variety.

This species prefers sandy loam or
peat, and thrives under the partial
shade of trees, It makes a beautiful
carpet of blue, and should be grown
for this purpose in large patches,
beneath deciduous trees and shrubs,
or mixed with Tulips, Daffodils, ete,
Easily increased by division.

A. baldensis.—A rare tuberous-
rooted Swiss species about 6 ins, high.
The leaves are twice ternate, with
many-parted narrow segments. The
solitary flowers appear in May, and
have eight to ten oblong oval white

ANEMONE

sepals, hairy outside, and reddish
tinged with blue. Grows best in
shady parts of the rockery.

A. blanda (Blue Winter Wind-
flower).—A lovely tuberous - rooted
species from the mountains of Greece.
It grows about 6 ins. high, and closely
resembles A. apennina. Leaves three-
partite or cut with stalked or sessile
three-partite, cut segments ; those of
the involucre deeply cut and stalked,
The deep blue flowers, each nearly 2
ins. across, appear in winter or early
spring, having nine to fourteen oblong
linear sepals. The variety scythinica

Fic. 46.—Anemone blanda seythinica.

from N. Kurdistan has pale blue and
white flowers; and the one known
as Cypriane is charming. The buds
are bright blue outside, but when
they open in the sunlight, they show
a pure white interior.

This species likes a rich, light, and
well-drained loam, and a warm

THE BULB BOOK

ANEMONE

sheltered place in rockeries, sunny
banks, or warm grassy slopes. In-
creased by seed or division.

A. coronaria (Poppy Anemone).—
This important species from S&S.
Europe has given rise to the many
single and double florists’ varieties,
which appear in such abundance in
the early spring and summer. It
grows about 6 to 9 ins. high, and has
ternate deeply cut leaves, with numer-
ous narrow-pointed segments. The

» flowers have six to eight oval rounded
‘sepals varying from red to white,

78

purple,and pink. (Bot. Mag. t. 841.)

Fic, 47.—Anemone Coronaria.

Several distinct varieties or groups
of varieties having single and double
flowers have arisen from this species,
having a great range of colour, be-
tween pure white and deep purple,
passing through salmon-pink, scarlet,
etc. The single-flowered and double-
flowered varieties known as the Caen
Anemones, with which may be

ANEMONE

mentioned the Double Nice, and the
Cardinal’s Hat varieties, are particu-
larly fine, having large flowers in
many exquisite shades. The strain
known as “St Brigid ” Anemones have
mostly semi-double blossoms, and are
great improvements on the ordinary
single forms, owing to their greater
vigour and freedom of flower. The
colours may be white, crimson, cobalt-
blue, rose, pink, salmon, scarlet,
lavender, heliotrope, etc. One single-
flowered variety, called the “ King of
Scarlets,” has brilliant scarlet flowers
and forms a fiery picture in the
spring border or rockery. The
double - flowered “ Chrysanthemum ”
Anemones are a fine race, with flowers
resembling those of small incurved
Chrysanthemums, or China Asters,
displaying such colours as violet,
crimson, rose, carmine, lilac, etc.
‘Tubers of both single and double
varieties may now be obtained from
nurserymen at a very reasonable
rate, either in separate colours or
mixed. It is generally better, how-
ever, to keep the varieties distinct
from each other. Planting may be
done either in spring from January
to March in cold soils, or early in the
autumn from September to October
in warm light soils. The soil if
possible should be a rich, deep, and
sandy loam, so that the tubers if left
in the ground during the winter shall
not be so likely to rot with the com-
bination of cold and moisture. In-
stead of planting tubers, seeds of the
best varieties may be obtained, and
from these it is possible to raise a
large number of plants in the course
of a year. The seeds should be sown
in June, or when fully ripe in a warm
sheltered bed in the open. The soil,
of course, should be broken up first
of all, and the surface should then be
trodden down firmly, and properly
levelled with the rake. Having

79

THE BULB BOOK

ANEMONE

sown the seeds thinly and evenly
over the surface, cover them with
about a + in. of rich sandy com-
post, and tread in with the feet,
or beat down with the back of the
spade or piece of board, afterwards
finishing off with the back of the
rake, and giving a gentle watering
from a fine-rosed can, especially if
the soil is inclined to dryness. Until
the seeds germinate, which is gener-
ally about three weeks after sowing, the
seed-bed should be kept shaded with
a piece of canvas or mat, and always
kept in a moist but not sodden con-
dition. When the young plants
appear, they must have plenty of .
sunshine, and should never be allowed
to get toodry ; otherwise their growth
is likely to be checked. If necessary
the young plants may be left to
flower in the seed-bed, or they may
be lifted in September and trans-
planted. In cold bleak localities,
however, transplanting is best done
in spring rather than in autumn.

Enormous quantities of Poppy Ane-
mones find their way into the English
markets from the Riviera every
spring.

A. fulgens (A. hortensis; A.
pavonina ; A, stellata), Scarlet Wind-
flower.—This is a native of 8. Europe,
about 1 ft. high, with bright green
three-lobed cut and toothed leaves.
The large, solitary flowers appear in
May,2ins. or more across, of a brilliant
scarlet-crimson colour, sometimes with
a paler zone at the base around the jet-
black bunch of stamens in the centre.
A, fulgens major is a fine form, and
A, pavonina (the Peacock Anemone)
isa double form. If cut early in the
morning or in the evening, the
blossoms last well in water for room
decoration.

The Scarlet Windflower likes a rich,
deeply dug, loamy soil with a dash of
lime in it, and is suitable for the

ANEMONE

partially shaded spots in the rockery
or flower-border. Stagnant moisture
at the roots is fatal to it, hence the
necessity for good drainage. The
roots may be planted almost at any
time, but during early autumn is the
best time, say in August or early
September. For the decoration of
the greenhouse early in the year the

Fia. 48.—Anemone fulgens, var.

(3)

Scarlet Windflower is very useful.
The tubers may be potted up in
autumn and kept in a cold frame,
or under ashes, until after Christmas,
when they may be brought in from
time to time to keep up a succession.
They must not, however, be placed in
too high a temperature. Increased
by dividing the roots, or from seeds
in the same way as the Poppy
Anemone.

A. nemorosa (Wood Anemone).—A
charming British plant found in woods
and copses all over the Kingdom, as
well as in Europe and N. America,
It grows from 4 to 8 ins. high, and
has silky-haired leaves twice or thrice
divided into narrow segments. The
white, or sometimes purple, flowers,

THE BULB BOOK

80

ANEMONE

1 to 2 ins. across, having six oval,
veined sepals, appearin Apriland May.
The variety Robinsoniana, which
seems to be identical with one called
coerulea, has lovely sky-blue flowers ;
the variety Allent is similar, but
larger in every way ; the variety flore
pleno has double white flowers ; rosea,
rose-coloured ; and cornubiensis, blue,

ns,

Fic. 49.—Anemone nemorosa.

are other forms. They areall charm-
ing when grown in bold masses in the
rock-garden or flower-border in some-
what shaded positions. Increased
by division of the root-stocks in
autumn, or by seeds,

A. palmata.—A distinct tuberous-
rooted plant about 6 to 8 ins. high,
from the Mediterranean region. The
roundish, heart-shaped leathery leaves
are bluntly three to five-lobed, slightly
toothed and hairy. The large, glossy,
golden-yellow flowers with ten to
twelve oblong, obtuse sepals appear in
May and June, and open in the sun-
shine only. The double variety, flore
pleno, and the white one, albida, are
both pretty but very scarce, (Bot.
Mag. t. 2079.)

A. palmata grows best in dampish

ANIGOZANTEHOS

places in deep, turfy peat, or loam
andleaf-soil, into which it roots deeply
and forms strong clumps. It is
increased by dividing the root-stocks
or from seeds.

A, ranunculoides (Yellow Wood
Anemone). — A S. European plant,
growing 4 to 6 ins. high, with three-
to five-parted leaves having deeply
toothed trifid segments. The clear,
golden-yellow flowers, with five or six
elliptic sepals, appear in March either
singly orin pairs. Thereisa Pyrenean
variety with purple flowers, and one
named pallida with sulphur-coloured
ones.

This charming little plant is occa-
sionally found naturalised in English
woods, and likes a rich, sandy soil
with a little chalk orlime. Increased
by division or seed,

ANIGOZANTHOS (anoigo, to open ;
anthos, flower; in reference to the
branching expansion of the flower-
stalks), Nat. Ord. Heemodoracese.—
A genus having eight species of
herbaceous plants, natives of S.W.
Australia, with thickish, horizontal
rhizomes, radical leaves usually
narrow and sword-shaped, but some-
times terete or distichous. Flowers
large, borne on simple or branched
dichotomous stalks, with an elongated,
woolly perianth.

These plants are not particularly
well known, and are never likely to
become popular, except in botanical
collections. They require to be grown
in a cool greenhouse with a winter
temperature about 45° to 50°F. They
may be potted in a compost of
three parts peat and one part sandy
loam. During growth water is given
when required, but during the
dormant winter season practically
no water need be given. The plants
are easily increased by dividing the
root-stocks in spring when growth

81

THE BULB BOOK

ANOIGANTHUS

begins. The following species may
be noted :—

A. bicolor.—3 ft. Scarlet and green.
May.

A. coccineus.—5 ft. high. Flowers
crimson in June.

A. flavidus.—3 ft. Yellowish green.
May. (Bot. Mag.t. 1151; Red. Lil. t.
176.) This species has been con-
fused with cuccinea, grandiflora, and
Manglesi.

A. Manglesi.—3 ft. Green. May,
(Bot. Mag. t. 3875.) Green and red
in the variety angustifolia, figured in
the Bot. Reg. t. 2012.

A, pulcherrimus.—3 ft. Yellow.
May. (Bot. Mag. t. 4180.)
A tyrianthinus.— 3 ft. Purple and

white. May. (Bot. Mag. t. 4507.)
All the species mentioned above are
natives of the Swan River region.

ANOIGANTHUS (anorgo, to open;
anthos, a flower). Nat Ord. Amaryl-
lidese.—There is only one species in
this genus, namely :—

A. breviflorus (Cyrtanthus brevi-

Fic. 50.—Anoiganthus breviflorus.

(b)

florus).—A native of the mountains
of Natal, the Transvaal, and Cape
F

ANOMATHECA

Colony, with short-necked, ovoid bulbs
about 1 in. in diameter, and three or
four strap-shaped leaves 1 ft. or more
long. The bright, yellow flowers
appear from October to February in
a wild state, but during the spring
(April and May) in British gardens.
From two to ten are borne in an umbel
on top of the fleshy peduncle 6 to 12
ins. high. The variety minor is a
dwarfer plant, with narrow perianth
segments. (Bot. Mag. t. 7072 ; Gard.
Chron. 1889, i. 557; Gard. 1891, t. 814.)

This species flourishes in a mix-
ture of sandy loam and leaf-mould,
and may be grown in a cool green-
house ; or even in the open air with
protection in winter in the warmest
parts of the Kingdom. It may be
increased by offsets from the older
bulbs.

ANOMATHECA (anomos, singular ;
theca, a capsule; in reference to the

Fic. 51.—Anomatheca cruenta. (3.)

seed-pod), Nat. Ord. Iridez.—This
genus is now referred to Lapeyrousia

THE BULB BOOK

ANTHERICUM

by botanists; but is still better known
as Anomatheca.

A. cruenta.—An attractive South
African species 6 to 12 ins. high, with
rather large, roundish corms or bulbs,
and sword-shaped, linear leaves. The
flowers, which are of a beautiful deep
crimson with a deeper coloured blotch
on the base of each of the three larger
and lower segments, appear in summer
and autumn in loose clusters at the
ends of the slender stems, and are
very effective when the plants are
grown in bold masses. This species
is only hardy on warm soils in the
mildest parts of the Kindgom. It
should as a rule be treated in the
same way as the Ixias (see p. 319), to
which it is closely related.

ANTHERICUM (anthos, flower;
kerkos, a hedge; in reference to the tall
flower-stems). Nat. Ord. Liliacew.—
A genus containing about fifty species
of tufted, herbaceous perennials having
short root-stocks, more or less fleshy
roots, and radical, linear leaves. The
slenderly stalked flowers are borne
on tall, leafless, simple, or branched
scapes furnished with linear, scarious
bracts. The perianth, which is some-
times slightly twisted, has distinct
rotate-spreading, almost equal three to
five-nerved segments, and six stamens
hypogynous or slightly adnate to the
base of the segments. Most of the
Anthericums are natives of 8. Africa,
but few of them are appreciated as
garden plants. Those mentioned
below are hardy and make effective
border plants, especially A. Liliago.
They like a compost of rich sandy
loam and a little leaf-soil, with good
drainage. To secure the best effects,
bold groups should be planted instead
of isolated specimens, and once
established, need not be disturbed for
four or five years. The soil, however,
in such cases should be given a good

82

ANTHERICUM

top-dressing of well-rotted manure
in the autumn to keep sufficient
nourishment near the roots. The
plants are easily increased by divid-
ing the root-stocks in autumn, or
in spring. Plants may also be raised
from seeds sown when fully ripe in a
frame, but it is scarcely worth while.

A. Bicheti—An elegant species
from W. Tropical Africa, having
flexible leaves variegated with white,
This species is too tender for the
open air, and should be grown in a
warm greenhouse.

A. echeandioides. —A somewhat
tender species, supposed to be a native
of Mexico, having lance-shaped leaves
about 1 ft. long, and orange-yellow
flowers borne in pairs about November
(Bot. Mag. t. 6809). This species is
scarcely known, and is probably not
hardy. It should therefore be grown
in a greenhouse.

A. Hoffmanni.—An East African
free-flowering species, with shining
green leaves about a foot long and
nearly 2 ins. broad. The longer
flower-stems bear dense panicles of
delicate white star-shaped flowers.
Tender.

A. Hookeri (Bulbinella and Chryso-
bactron Hookeri).—A beautiful New
Zealand plant 1 to 3 ft. high, with
linear sheathing leaves 9 to 12 ins.
long, and bright yellow flowers about
4 in. across, freely produced in erect
racemes in early summer. This
species likes a rich, deep, moist soil.
A. Rossi, probably not in cultivation,
is a much finer plant and remarkable
for having yellow unisexual flowers.

A. Liliago (Phalangium and Wat-
sonia Liliago), St Bernard’s Lily.—
A very free-flowering species from 8,
Europe cultivated for more than three
hundred years. It has tufts of narrow
channelled leaves 12 to 18 ins, long,
gracefully recurving, and erect loose
spikes of pure white flowers 1 to 1}

THE BULB BOOK

83

ANTHOLYZA

ins. across, borne well above the
foliage from May to August. The
variety major is a more robust form
with larger flowers, A. Liliastrum,
known as St Bruno’s Lily, is now
referred to the genus Paradisea
(which see).

Fia. 52.—Anthericum Liliago, root-stock. (4.)

A, ramosum (A. graminifolium).—
AS. European plant of rapid growth,
with flat, narrow grass-like leaves,
and trusses of white starry flowers
borne from June to August on stout
erect stems about 2 ft. high (Bot. Mag.
t. 1055, as Phalangiuwm ramosum).

A. yedoénsis, now called Alectorurus
yedoénsis, is an interesting species
from Japan, 1 to 2 ft. high, with
branching, pyramidal panicles of
pale rose-purple flowers with protrud-
ing stamens. The flowers are remark-
able for being dicecious.

ANTHOLYZA (anthos, flower ; lyssa,
rage; in reference to theopening flower
resembling the mouth of an enraged
animal), Nat. Ord. Iridee.—A genus
of §. African plants with Gladiolus-
like corms and leaves, and spikes of
bright-coloured flowers overtopping
the foliage. Perianth tubular, with six

ANTHOLYZA

unequal segments, the upper arching
ones being much longer than the others.

Antholyzas are rarely met with
except in botanical collections. They
flourish in warm sunny spots out of
doors in stiffish, well-drained loamy
soil with a little peat and leaf-mould.
They may be treated the same as
Gladiolus, and increased in the same
way by offsets from the older corms,
or by seeds.

In cold localities it is better to
grow the plants in a cool greenhouse.
The best kinds for gardens are :—

A, xthiopica (A. floribunda; A.
prealta), which grows about 3 ft.
high, and produces spikes of scarlet
and green flowers in June. The
variety ringens (A. vittigera) has
orange-red flowers, smaller than those
of the type, borne on plum-purple
stems with a “bloom” (Bot. Mag.
tt. 561, 1172).

A. caffra (Anisanthus splendens).—
A showy species about 2 ft. high,
with spikes of rich scarlet flowers
appearing in June.

A. carolina, bright’ orange; A.
fulgens, rich coppery rose; and A.
paniculata, with panicles of red,
brown, and yellow flowers, and its
variety major, are other members of
the genus,

A. Cunonia (A. bicolor ; Anisanthus
Cunonia), with scarlet and black
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 348; Red. Lil.
t. 12),

A. Schweinfurthi, from Abyssinia,
has bright red and yellow flowers

THE BULB BOOK

ANTIGONON

borne on loose simple spikes (Bot.
Mag. t. 7709). ;

ANTIGONON (anti, against,
opposite; gonia, an angle). Nat.
Ord. Polygonacese.—A genus contain-
ing a few species of decorative
hothouse climbing plants bearing
their flowers in clusters at the
ends of the young shoots or in
the axils of the upper leaves. The
flowers have five segments, of which
the three outer are broadly heart-
shaped and most conspicuous, the two
inneronesbeing oblong. They remind
one forcibly of the Bougainvilleas,

The species mentioned below have
a reputation for being very difficult
to flower. One, however, sees one or
other of them occasionally in the
finest perfection. They require to
be planted out in a well-drained
border in a warm house, the compost
being rich sandy loam and leaf-soil.
The shoots should be trained up wire
trellises near the glass, but not too
close, so that the leaves may obtain
as much light as possible. Plenty of
water should be given during active
growth, but the roots should be kept
almost dry during the resting period
in winter. The best way to increase
the stock is by cuttings of the shoots
in spring in a hotbed or in a close
frame in the greenhouse.

A. amabile—A Mexican plant
with tuberous roots, angular climbing
stems, bearing oval heart-shaped
leaves, and clusters of bright pink
flowers from August to October.

A. insigne, from Colombia, has
broadly oval oblong leaves with
cordate rounded lobes, and bright
rosy pink flowers (Gard. Chron. 1877,
vii. 789).

A. leptopus.—This is the best-
known and perhaps the most orna-
mental species. It is a native of
Mexico, and has stalked, heart-shaped

84

APHYLLANTHES

leaves, and about August and
September produces its bright rose-
purple blossoms in great abundance.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5816.) There is a
white-flowered variety called addi-

flora.

Fic, 54.—Antigonon leptopus. (4.)

APHYLLANTHES (aphyjllos, leaf-
less ; anthos, a flower). Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—This genus contains only
the following species :—

A. monspeliensis.— A beautiful
hardy herbaceous perennial with
short rush-like branches springing
up from a short thickish root-stock,
It is remarkable for having no leaves,
as indicated by the generic name.
The small heads of deep blue funnel-
shaped flowers appear in June and
July, and are borne on slender leaf-

like scapes having membranous
sheaths at the base. (Bot. Mag. t.
1132.)

This plant comes from the south of
France. It flourishes in rich sandy

85

THE BULB BOOK

APIOS

peat in warm, sunny parts of the
rock - garden, and is hardy in the
mildest parts of the Kingdom. It
requires protection of a hand-light or
a heap of litter in cold localities, and
may be increased by division of the
root-stocks in spring. Seeds may also
be sown when fully ripe, the young
plants being grown in pots in cold
frames for the first year to establish
them.

APIOS (apion, a pea ; in reference to
the shape of the roots), Grounp Nut.
Nat. Ord. Leguminose.— A small
genus of climbing perennials, having
pinnate three- to seven-foliolate leaves,
and pea-shaped flowers in panicles or
clusters at the ends of the shoots.
Standard petal reflexed, ovate, or
roundish, longer than the obliquely
ovate wings ; keel elongated, much in-
curved, involute, or spirally twisted.
Stamens ten, upper one free. Pod
linear, more or less sickle-shaped,
flattish.

A. tuberosa (Glycine Apios).—An
elegant light and graceful twining
perennial, native of Pennsylvania,
with eatable floury tubers, and pin-
nate leaves composed of five oblong
lance-shaped leaflets. Flowers from
July to September, deep orange, dull
brownish - purple or pink, sweet-
scented, in dense axillary racemes
(Bot. Mag. t. 1198).

An effective twiner for warm,
sheltered spots. It likes rich sandy
soil, and may be increased by dividing
the tuberous roots in spring; but this
must be done with great care, other-
wise the roots may die after separa-
tion. To avoid this, seeds may be
sown when fully ripe in rich sandy
soil in cold frames, the seedlings after-
wards being planted out the following
spring if large enough. The tuberous
roots are eaten by the N. American
Indians. It was once thought they

APONOGETON

would make a good substitute for the
potato in Europe.

APONOGETON (Celtic apon, water ;
gevton, neighbour; in reference to place
of growth). Nat. Ord. Naiadaceze.—A
genus containing about twentyspecies,
of which the best known are :—

A. Bernieriana is closely related to
A, fenestrale. It has pinkish flowers,
but narrower and longer leaves, with
closer netted veins.

A. capensis (or A. angustifolium)
is like a small A. distachyon, having
small long-stalked leaves and small
white flowers (Gard. Chron. 1906,
XXxlx, 306; xl. 341).

A. distachyon, the Cape Pondweed
or Winter Hawthorn.—A very orna-
mental 8. African water plant, having
flattish brown tuberous root-stocks,

Fic. 55.—Aponogeton distachyon. (4.)

from which arise masses of stalked
oblong lance-shaped distinctly veined
leaves, which float on the surface of
the water. The forked spikes of
white sweet-scented flowers appear
from September to Christmas, each
blossom having six stamens with
conspicuous brown anthers, and many
carpels. (Bot. Mag. t. 1293.)

The “Winter Hawthorn” is quite
hardy in the milder parts of the
Kingdom, and may be grown in
ponds, lakes, or streams of fresh
water. The plants are best placed

THE BULB BOOK

APONOGETON

in pots or pans, and these are sunk
about a foot below the surface of the
water. In this way they will be safely
secured from frost. To increase the
plants, the root-stocks should be
carefully divided in spring, after
the leaves and flowers have withered.
Seeds may also be sown when ripe
in sandy soil in pots that can be
submerged in water. This plant can
also be grown easily in large bell-
glasses or water-tanks in cool rooms,
or in cold greenhouses.

A. fenestrale.—This is the wonder-
ful Lace-leaf or Lattice-leaf plant of
Madagascar, for years well known as
Ouvirandra. It is a singular aquatic
plant with tuberous rhizomes, and
broadly elliptic lance-shaped leaves
6 to 18 ins. long, floating horizontally
beneath the water surface, and being
remarkable for having no soft tissue
between the nerves or veins, the
latter forming a beautiful netted
lacework. The flowers are greenish-
white, borne on forked spikes. (Bot.
Mag. t. 4894.)

A. fenestrale and its relatives
require to be grown in hothouses,
in water-tanks or tubs, the tempera-
ture most suitable being about 75°
to 80° F. The rhizomes should be
planted in a compost of turfy loam,
and well-matured cow-manure and
leaf-mould in about equal proportions,
and should not be deeper than 6 to
9 ins. from the surface of the water.
The plants may be grown in an
ordinary washing-tub beneath the
stages, in a stove house, or tropical
fernery. Propagation is effected
chiefly by dividing the root-stocks,
but new plants may also be obtained
from seeds.

A. Henkelianum differs from A.
Jenestrale in having a larger rhizome,
erect instead of creeping, and the
leaves are a paler green (Gard. Chron.
1906, x1. 270, ff. 108, 109).

86

ARISZMA

ARISZEMA (aron, Arum; sana,
type ; in reference to resembling the
Arums). Nat. Ord. Aroideze.—A genus
containing about fifty species of tuber-
ous-rooted Arum-like herbaceous
plants, chiefly natives of temperate and
subtropical Asia, a few being natives
of N. America, and one in Abyssinia.
The leaves are usually cut into three
main lobes, but in some cases more,
The oblong or inflated spathe, often
beautifully striped and marked, is
rolled round the lower portion of the
spadix. The latter usually bears
either male or female flowers, and is
often produced a great length beyond
the spathe, and in some species
furnished with long hairs.

Ariseemas are not difficult plants
to grow. They require greenhouse
treatment; that is to say, if the
temperature does not sink below 45°
to 50° at night during the winter
months, the plants will then require
only proper treatment as to soil,
water, and cleanliness. A mixture of
loam and a little peat or leaf-soil,
with good drainage, suits them
perfectly. During active growth
attention must be given to watering,
increasing or decreasing the supply
according to circumstances. When
dormant in winter the tubers may be
left in the old soil till growth re-
commences in spring. Then they
should be repotted, and if necessary
to increase the stock, the offsets may
be detached and potted up separately.
The following species are worth
growing in large collections of plants.
Most of them flower between May,
June, and July :—

A. concinnum.—A native of the
Sikkim Himalayas, about 2 ft. high,
with solitary leaves composed of ten to
twelve lance-shaped entire pale green
leaflets radiating from the top of the
stalk. Spathe of the female plant
longitudinally striped with green and

87

THE BULB BOOK

ARIS EMA

white, and white and purple in the
male. (Bot. Mag. t. 5914.)

A. curvatum (A. helleborifolium).—
A Himalayan plant 2 to 4 ft. high, with
pedately divided leaves, and large
basal bracts beautifully marbled with
dark olive green, light green, and red.
Spathe green, with a cylindrical tube
obscurely striped with white, the
elliptic blade arching forward being
green on the inner surface and
brownish-red on the outer. The
spadix is about 1 ft. long, produced
into a purplish tail. (Bot. Mag. t.
5931.)

A. Dracontium (Arum Dracontium),
Dragon Root.—A hardy N. American
species about 2 ft. high, with leaves
pedately divided into nine to four-
teen oblong lance-shaped segments.
Spathes green, oblong, erect, with a
much longer awl-shaped spadix.
(Bot. Reg. t. 668.)

A. fimbriatum.—A native of the
Philippine Islands, about 18 ins. high,
having two leaves each deeply divided
into three smooth oval-pointed seg-
ments, and having stalks of a pale
purple rose spotted with purple. The
spathe is tubularat the base, spreading
into a broad ovate-pointed limb,
beautifully striped and veined with
white on a brownish-purple ground
colour. The long slender cylindrical
spadix is furnished with numerous
purple hairs. (Bot. Mag. t. 7150;
Gard. Chron. 1884, xxii. 680;
Gartenfl. 1886, t. 357.) Fig. 56.

A. flavum.—A dwarf Arabian
species, having the leaves divided into
five to seven leaflets. The spathe is
yellow-hooded, and encloses a short
club-like spadix. (Gartenjl. 1891,
578, f. 103, as A. enneaphyllum ; Bot.
May. t. 7700.)

A. galeatum.—A native of the
Sikkim Himalayas, about 1 ft. high,
with solitary trilobed leaves,green and
purple-tinted spathes longitudinally

ARIS AMA

striped with white outside, and
purple within.

A. Griffithi (A. Hookertanum).—A
handsome species from Sikkim, 1 to
13 ft. high, with leaves divided into
large roundish leaflets. Spathe large,
hooded, brownish-violet, veined with
green. The spadix is also brownish-
violet, with a disc-like projection at
the base, the free end being produced
into a long thread-like appendage.
This species is probably quite hardy
in the mildest parts of the United
Kingdom.

Fia. 5¢,—Arisema fimbriatum. (4.)

A, japonicum.—A dicecious species
from China and Japan, having a
roundish tuber, and two-leaved stems
lto 2 ft. high. The leaves are long
stalked and deeply lobed. The
spathe is green, striped with white.
(Bot, Mag. t. 7910.)

A. Lacknerl.—_A Burmese species

THE BULB BOOK

88

ARISAMA

related to A. speciosum, but differing
in having long-tailed spathes.

A. nepenthoides.—A Himalayan
species, 2 ft. high, with leaves ped-
ately divided into five more or less
lance-shaped leaflets. Spathe ochre-
brown and green, with two auricles
above the tubular portion; spadix
yellow. (Bot. Mag. t. 6446.)

A. Murrayi—A native of Bombay,
about 14 ft. high (Bot. Mag. t. 4388).

A. ringens(A. pracox ; A. Steboldt),
—A remarkable hardy Japanese
species about 6 ins. high, with leaves
divided into three ovate-oblong long-
pointed segments. Spathe striped
with green and white, cylindrical
below, suddenly arching over, and
then contracting into a rather small
deep purple orifice with broad re-
flexed margins. (Bot. Mag. t. 5267.)

A. speciosum.—A native of the
moist forests of the temperate Hima-

Fic. 57.—Arisceema speciosum. (%.)

layas, about 2 ft. high, with solitary
leaves divided into three dark green

ARIS AMA

leaflets, conspicuously edged with
red, and having stalks mottled with
white. Spadix deep glossy purple,
greenish and white, with a flexuose
appendage or tail about 20 ins. long.
The spathe is deep purple, broadly
striped with creamy yellow. (Gard
Chron. 1879, xii. 585; Gard. 1890,
758.)

A. triphyllum (Arum triphyllum ;
A. zebrinum).—A North American
species 9 to 12 ins. high, with leaves cut
into three equal, oblong, lance-shaped
pointed segments. Spathe 4 to 6 ins.
long, striped with broad lines of
purple brown, with about 1 in. of
green in the middle. Spadix 3 ins.

long, spotted brown. (Bot. Mag. t.
950.)

A. utile.—A Sikkim species 12 to 18
ins. high, with pairs of three-foliolate
leaves. The flowers appear in May
and June, having brownish-red
spathes veined with green, and a
purple spadix. (Bot. Mag. t. 6474.)

A. Wrayi—A native of Perak,

$l

Fic. 58.—Arisema Wrayt. (%.)

about 18 ins. high, with green leaf-
stalks marbled with reddish-brown.

89

THE BULB BOOK

ARISTOLOCHIA

The spathes are white and green,
and somewhat resemble those of
A. nepenthoides in shape. (Bot. Mag.
t. 7105.)

This species should be grown in
the stove or a warm greenhouse.

ARISARUM (aris, and aron, Greek
names for Arum), Nat. Ord. Aroi-
dew.—A small genus of curious,
hardy, herbaceous perennials with
tuberous root-stocks and long-stalked
rounded hastate or sagittate leaves.
The only species of any note are
A. proboscideum (Bot. Mag. t. 6634),
which is a native of 8. Italy, and has
greenish spathes; and A. vulgare
(Arum Arisarum) from 8. Europe,
with livid-purple spathes (Bot. Mag.
t. 6023). They both grow in well-
drained peaty soil, and may be in-

creased by division or seeds: Only
fit for botanical collections.
ARISTOLOCHIA (aristos, best;

locheia, parturition; in reference to
its supposed medicinal characters)
Brrtuwort, Nat. Ord. Aristoloch-
jacee.— This genus consists of
several species, some of which have
tuberous root-stocks, The flowers
are remarkable for their peculiar,
more or less triangular cup-shaped
forms and strange colourings—some
blossoms being a foot and more
across, and 18 to 24 ins. long, while
others like those in the Dutchman’s
Pipe (A. Stpho) are comparatively
very small. Some species like the
British A. Clematitis, and the N.
American A. Sipho, and A. tomentosa
are quite hardy; but most of them
require the protection of a warm
greenhouse or stove. The stems
are climbing, and in some kinds
attain great lengths. The leaves
are usually heart-shaped or lobed.
Most of them flourish in a compost
of sandy loam and peat, and may be

ARODENDRON

increased by cuttings of the half-
ripened shoots, or by layering the
ripened stems. The species figured
here, A. Goldieana, is a remarkable
native of old Calabar, West Africa.
It has a swollen woody root-stock,
from which the stems shoot up
annually, The large leaves are
heart - shaped, and the enormous
flowers (over a foot across) are of
brownish - red colour, mottled with
yellow, while the distended throat
is streaked with red and creamy
white. (Bot. Mag. t. 5672.)

Fig. 59.—Aristolochia Goldieana.

(&)

This plant rarely flowers, but when
it does it excites attention. It must
be kept dry when in a dormant
condition, but water must be given
freely as growth commences and
increases, The atmosphere also
should be humid, and the night
temperature should not fall below
65° to 70° F.

ARODENDRON (aron, arum; den-
dron, a tree). Nat. Ord. Aroider,

THE BULB BOOK

ARUI

A. Engleri, — This is a handsom
plant about 6 ft. high, native
Zanzibar. It grows partly submergec
and has stems about 2 in. thick a
the base. The leaf-stalks are abou
2 ft. long, with sheaths copious!
striped with black. The leaf-blad
is 13 ft. long and about 74 in. broad
while the spathe is 2 ft. long and |
in. broad. The fruit-bearing spadi:
becomes as large as a child’s head
(Rev, Hort. 1904, 350.)

ARTHROPODIUM (arthron, a joint
pous, a foot; the flower-stems bein;
joimted). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—é
genus containing about a dozer
species of plants with thickenec
rhizomes or bulbous root-stocks
and resembling the Anthertcums it
appearance. They are easily gtowr
in a cool greenhouse in a compost o/
sandy loam and peat or leaf -soil
and may be increased by division
offsets, and seeds.

In the following species the leaves
are all radical, narrow or linear, and
the flowers, mostly white, are borne
in loose spikes during the summe1
months. They are nearly all natives
of Australia or New Zealand, viz. :—
A. cirrhatum (Bot. Mag. t. 2350);
A, fimbriatum ; A. neo-caledonicum ,
A. paniculatum (Bot. Mag. t. 1421);
and A. pendulum (Red. Lil. t. 360).

ARUM (aron, the Greek name for
the common species) Nat. Ord.
Aroides.—A genus of herbaceous
perennials with thick or tuberous
root-stocks, and pedate or hastate
leaves. Flowers moncecious, female
ones below, and separated from the
males by barren or rudimentary ones
on the more or less club-shaped
spadix. Berries fleshy.

The Arums are a curious race of
plants, often with unpleasant odours
when in blossom, but nevertheless or-

90

ARUM

namental in appearance, and worthy
of a place in gardens. The hardy
species flourish in moist, shady, or
sunny spots, and may be grown in
rougher parts of the garden. The
common British Arum—A. maculatum
—grows under these conditions, and
is by no means a plant to be despised

Fic. 60.—Aruwm maculatum,
tuberous root-stock. (4.)

when planted in bold groups. The
more tender species flourish in sandy
loam, with a little peat or leaf-soil,
but few of them are grown outside
botanical collections. In all cases
the plants are propagated by detaching
the offsets or suckers from the older
tubers, or from seeds sown in light
, sandy soil, after they have been freed
from the sticky pulp in which they
are enclosed. As the name Arum
has been loosely employed for many
plants, the reader will find it mixed
up with such genera as Arisema,

THE BULB BOOK

ARUM

Colocasia, TRichardia, etc. The
following kinds are worth growing :—

Fic. 61.—Arum, showing spadix (s), with
male flowers (m), neutral flowers (n),
and female flowers (f).

A. crinitum (Helicodiceros crint-
tus).—A highly curious plant from

Fia. 62.—Arum crinitum. (4.)

Corsica, commonly called the
“Dragon’s Mouth,” owing to the
91

ARUM

large open ovate brownish spathe
heavily blotched with purple, and
covered with hairs. The drooping
dark purple spadix is also covered
with long blackish hairs. The plant
grows 12 to 18 ins. high, has lobed
leaves, and when in blossom emits
a strong stench. It requires to be
grown in sheltered sunny spots in
rich sandy soil. (Bot. Reg. t. 831.)
A. Dracunculus (Dracunculus
vulgaris), Dragon Plant.—A native
of §. Europe, 2 to 3 ft. high, with

Fic, 68.—Arum Dracunculus.

@)

large blackish tubers, pedately lobed
leaves, and fleshy stalks and stems,
mottled with black. The flowers
appear in June and July on an erect
brownish-red tapering spadix, issuing
from a large ovate lance-shaped
spathe contracted at the base, and of
a rich deep purple or claret colour
on the inner surface,

This plant also has a very disagree-
able odour when in bloom.

THE BULB BOOK

92

ARU}

A. Eggeri.—This is closely relate:
to A. spectabile, and is probably onl,
a form of it.

A. italicum—A native of th
Channel Islands, 8. England, and £
Europe. It grows 9 to 24 ins. high
with triangular-hastate leaves ap
pearing before winter. The flower
appear in spring on a creamy whit
or yellowish spadix, enclosed in :
hooded greenish-yellow or whitisl
spathe. In autumn when the leave
have withered, the clusters of scarle
berries on the stems are ver}
beautiful and attractive. Thi:
species may be naturalised i
grassy places or shrubberies, anc
increased by seeds or offsets. Thi
variety marmoratum has thi
leaves blotched or marbled witl
yellow. (Bot. Mag. t. 2432.)

A. maculatum. —This is ow
common “Lords and Ladies” o:
“Cuckoo Pint” found in woods
hedges, and dry ditches in mos
parts of the country. It hai
hastate-cordate leaves often spot
ted with black, and yellowish
green spathes, edged and ofter
spotted with purple, enclosing ¢
dull purple or rarely yellow
club-shaped spathe. In autumr
the bright scarlet berries lool
very handsome. Useful fo:
naturalising in waste places.

A, Magdalenz.—This is closel}
related to A. palestinum, bu
has a yellow spathe marbled anc
spotted with purple.

A. palestinum (A. sanctwm).—tL
very attractive species, native o
Palestine, resembling the well-know)
Arum Lily in foliage and appearance
The large bright shining green leave
are hastate in shape, and the flower
stems are thrown well above th
foliage in early summer. The spath
is 6 to 8 ins. long, greenish-yelloy
washed with red outside, but dee

ARUM

almost blackish velvety purple on
the inner surface. From the centre
springs a blackish spadix about 6 to
8 ins. long. There is a form with
variegated leaves.

A. pictum (A. corsicum).—A native
of the Balearic Isles. It grows about
2 ft. high, and has long-stalked heart-
shaped lobed leaves, and deep dull
purple spathes.

Fic. 64.—Arum maculatum, var.

Q)

A. spectabile—A native of Asia
Minor, about 1 ft. high, having
broadly hastate sagittate leaves, and
deep purple oval oblong spathes.

A. spirale—A somewhat tender
species from China, about 1 ft. high,
having linear lance-shaped leaves and
brown spathes in May and June.

ASARUM (asaron, the Greek name),
Nat. Ord. Aristolochiacee.—-A genus
containing over a dozen species of
peculiar-looking plants, having creep-

THE BULB BOOK

93

ASARUM

ing, more or less knotty rhizomes,
solitary hermaphrodite, bell-shaped,
or urn-shaped flowers with three lobes;
stamens twelve, of which six are
longer than the others, ‘he style
has six stigmatic lobes.

A. canadense (A. carolinianum ;
A. latifolium),— A curious look-
ing N. American plant known as
the Canadian Asarabacca or Wild

Fic. 65.—Arum palestinum. (4.)

Ginger, and also Snake Root. It has
roundish, more or less fleshy, creeping
root-stocks, from which spring round-
ish heart-shaped, hairy-stalked leaves.
The purple, three-lobed, tubular
flowers with stalks a little over 1 in.
long appear in April and May. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2769.) This peculiar little
plant is perfectly hardy.

A. caudigerum.—A pretty little
species from 8. China, having heart-
shaped hairy leaves and brownish-red
speckled flowers, the three triangular

ASARUM

lobes of which are produced into tails
(Bot. Mag. t. 7126).

A. europeeum (Asarabacca).—This
is a British and European plant
with a stoutish root-stock, evergreen
kidney-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ins. long,
and greenish-purple flowers in May.

A, geophilum,— A native of S.
China, having red-brown creeping and
branching rhizomes about as thick as
a lead pencil ; softly hairy, roundish,
heart-shaped leaves 3 to 4 ins. long, and
purple three-lobed flowers margined
with yellow and dotted with white,
which appear in November (Bot. Mag.
t. 7168). This species should be
grown in a cool greenhouse.

A. japonicum (Heterotropa asa-
roides)—A smooth Japanese species
with knotty rhizomes, oval, heart-
shaped spotted leaves, and dark
greenish-purple flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
4983).

A. macranthum, — A remarkable
species from the Island of Formosa,
having long-stalked deltoid ovate,
acute leaves, 4 to 5 ins. long and
broad, and numerous short-stemmed
flowers having three wavy, triangular,
purple and speckled lobes spreading
from a deep purple cup-like centre
rimmed with white (Bot. Mag. t.
7022). Requires a warm greenhouse.

A. maximum,—A Chinese plant
with creeping rhizomes, heart-shaped
leaves about 18 ins. high, 8 ins. broad,
dark green, mottled with grey as
in Cyclamen. The fleshy three-lobed
flowers are borne on short stalks, and
are of a maroon-purple colour with
a conspicuous white eye-like blotch.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7456.)

A. parviflorum, — This Japanese
species grows 3 to 4 ins. high, and
has heart-shaped white spotted leaves,
with deep basal lobes, and green and
purple flowers about April (Bot. Mag.
t. 5380).

A. virginicum.— A native of

THE BULB BOOK

94

ASPARAGU!

Virginia, about 9 ins. high, havin,
bluntly, heart-shaped, leathery leave
mottled with white above. The dar]
purple-brown flowers appear in Apri
and May. (Bot. Mag. t. 3746.)

These curious plants being native
of moist and somewhat shady place
will flourish in such spots in th
garden or rockery if hardy, or ma;
be grown in pots in a cold frame o
greenhouse when tender. They ar
interesting perhaps more from :
botanical than a garden standpoint
They flourish in a moist, sandy, anc
peaty soil,and may be increased by
dividing the roots early in autumr
or in spring.

ASCLEPIAS (Greek name 0
Aisculapius, the god of medicine)
Nat. Ord. Asclepiadee.—A genu:
containing about sixty species o:
perennial herbs few of which are o:
garden value. The only one wortl
noting with tuberous roots is A
tuberosa, known as the “ Butterfly
Weed,” or “Pleurisy Root.” It is ¢
handsome N. American plant, 1
2 ft. high, having purplish hairy
stems, and oval or oblong lance
shaped leaves 2 to 8 ins. long
narrowed at each end, and arrangec
oppositely, alternately, or in whorl:
of three. The bright orange showy
flowers appear from July to Sep
tember, and are borne in dense umbel:
at the tips of the shoots and in thi
axils of the leaves.

It flourishes in rich sandy soil, t
which peat or leaf-mould should bi
added, and may be grown in border
or shrubberies, where they may b
left for a few years without disturb
ance. Increased by division of th
tuberous roots, or may be raised fron
seeds when they ripen.

ASPARAGUS (a,intensive; sparassc
to tear; in reference to the stron,

ASPARAGUS

prickles of some species), Nat. Ord.
Liliacez.—A genus containing over
100 species of plants, some of which
have tuberous root-stocks. The stems
are climbing or decumbent, and
furnished with narrow leaf-like bodies
called “cladodes.” The flowers are
small, and are succeeded by berry-like
fruits.

All kinds of Asparagus, including
A, officinalis of the kitchen garden,
are ornamental foliage plants, and
are much used in floral decorations.
Although the roots are in most cases
fleshy or fibrous, few have anything
of a tuberous nature except those
mentioned here.

A. Balansee.—A native of Palestine,
with stiffish, more or less erect leaves,
and white flowers borne on naked
stems (Gard. Chron. 1898, xxiii. 111,
f, 43).

A. isthmocarpa.— This species,
from Palestine, is closely related to
A. Balansz, but has larger flowers.
It grows about 5 ft. high.

A. medeoloides (Myrsiphyllum
asparagoides). — This is the well-
known “Smilax” of florists. It is a

Fia. 66.— Asparagus medeoloides, root-stock. (}.)

S. African plant, with tufts of narrow,
spindle-shaped, tuberous roots radiat-
ing from a common centre. The
slender, thread-like stalks attain a
length of 10 to 15 ft., and are furnished
with glossy green, ovate, pointed
leaves (“cladodes”). The small

95

THE BULB BOOK

ASPARAGUS

white flowers appear in summer.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5584.) The variety
myrtifolius is recognised by its smaller
‘myrtle-like “leaves.” (Gard. Chron
1904, xxxvi. 323, f. 146.)

This species is also grown in
thousands in market nurseries in a
warm greenhouse. The plants are
generally grown in pots, and strong
but slender twine is stretched
upwards to wires to enable the
shoots to climb, and to prevent them
from becoming entangled. When
long enough the shoots and twine
together are cut, and in this way are
sent to market to be sold for
decorative purposes, and_ several
cuttings may be made from one
plant. The compost most frequently
used is a mixture of sandy loam and
leaf-soil, or a little peat, and pots of
various sizes from 5 ins. to 8 ins.
are used, according to the object
in view. During growth, plenty of
water is essential, and frequent
syringing also, to keep the foliage -
bright and glossy. From time to
time the slender stems must be
placed round the vertical strings, to
give them a start in twining round
them upwards.

Fia. 67.— Asparagus Sprengert. tuberous roots.

A. Sprengeri.— An ornamental
species from Natal, having ovoid or

ASPHODELINE

spindle-shaped tuberous and fibrous
roots as shown in the sketch. The
stems are more or less decumbent, 3
to 4 ft. long, and furnished with

clusters of narrow sickle-shaped
bright glossy green leaves or
“ cladodes.”

This species is now extensively
grown in hanging pots or baskets, for
its ornamental appearance. It is
scarcely hardy even in the mildest
parts of the Kingdom, and yet will
stand much rough usage. To secure
nice plants the temperature of a
greenhouse is necessary, and a com-
post of sandy loam and leaf-soil will
give good results. The stems are cut
in large quantities for floral decora-
tions. Propagation is effected by
dividing the root-stocks, or by raising
the plants from seeds.

ASPHODELINE (from Asphodelus).
Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A genus closely
related to Asphodelus, with fourteen
species of herbaceous plants, having
short rhizomes or clusters of fleshy
roots.

A. lutea (Asphodelus luteus) is the
best-known and most ornamental
species. It is a native of S. Europe,
and grows 3 to 4 ft. high, its erect
stems being covered with deep green,
awl-shaped, three-sided, furrowed
leaves, with distinct paler veins. The
beautiful, sweet-scented, yellow
flowers are borne in summer ina long,
dense, straight raceme, each blossom
springing from the axils of a buff-
coloured bract. The double-flowered
variety (flore pleno) is a pretty plant,
like the type in habit, but having
double flowers. (Bot. Mag. t. 778;
Red. Lil. t. 223; Bot. Reg. t. 1507.)
It flourishes in ordinary good garden
soil, and is easily increased by divid-
ing the root-stocks in spring.

ASPHODELUS (a, not; sphello,
to supplant; in allusion to the

THE BULB BOOK

96

ASPIDISTR.

beauty of the flowers), ASPHODEI
Nat. Ord. Liliaceee.—A small genu
of herbaceous plants, natives of th
Mediterranean region, E. Indies, an
Mascarene Islands. They have smal
rhizomes or clusters of thick, fleshy
subtuberous roots, and narrow, strap
shaped leaves, more or less three
sided, or roundish-hollow.

The species mentioned belov
flourish in sandy soil that has beer
deeply dug and well manured. Growr
in bold clumps they are fairly effec
tive as border plants, and may be
increased by division of the roots ir
spring. It is scarcely worth while
trying to raise plants from seeds
as it takes a few years to do so.

A. ramosus.—This seems to be the
best of the Asphodels, It is a native
of S. Europe, and grows from 4 te
5 ft. high, having stiffish sword-
shaped leaves, channelled above and
strongly keeled beneath. The large
white flowers, with a reddish-brown
line down the centre of each petal,
appear during the summer on long,
dense racemes. The variety albus is
pure white. Closely related to itis A.
comosus, a Himalayan species, 1 to 24
ft. high, the white flowers of which
have greenish keels to the petals.
A. fistulosus is another white-flowered
species from §. Europe, recognised
by its hollow, awl-shaped leaves ; and
A. creticus, from Crete, has yellow
blossoms on stalks about 2 ft. high.

ASPIDISTRA (aspidiseon, a little
round shield ; in allusion probably to
the stigma), Partour Pazm. Nat.
Ord. Liliaceee—A genus with three
species of herbaceous plants, natives
of India, China, and Japan; having
short, thickish, creeping rhizomes,
large ornamental leaves, and dull
purple or greenish-yellow, bell-shaped
tlowers springing up from the root-
stocks just above the surface of the

ASPIDISTRA

ground. Theperianth has eightspread-
ing lobes, and eight stamens—rather
unusual characters in the Liliacez.

The best-known species is ~ un-
doubtedly A. lurida (Bot. Mag. t.
2499) and its variety variegata. The
first-named has beautiful, glossy
green, perfectly smooth leaves, 1 to 2
ft. long, broadly oblong lance-shaped,
with long stalks. The variety is
similar in every way, except that
broad streaks of silver run from base
to apex of the leaves, and render
them effective in appearance.

Notwithstanding their Eastern
origin, Aspidistras are so easily
grown that a specimen or two is
often to be found in the most
humble cottage, very often in the
best of health. Indeed, there is no
plant to equal the Aspidistra for
room decoration, and this has
probably given rise to the popular
name of Parlour Palm—although the
plants are in no way related to the
Palms proper. They appear to thrive
in darkish places, and amidst dry
and dusty surroundings—provided
they are kept judiciously moist at
the root, and are not placed too near
the fire, or gas. Indeed, during all
but the coldest weather, Aspidistras
may be grown in the open air; and
so long as the temperature does not
sink much below 35°F. in winter,
the plants will live and increase in
bulk for many years.

To secure handsome specimens, the
thickened root-stocks and fleshy roots
should be arranged first of all so as
to bring the leaves springing from
them into a regular position—and
not too widely or irregularly separated
from each other. They should then
be placed into well-drained pots.
These should not be too large, as the
plants appear to thrive best when
the roots are fairly well confined.
The most suitable compost is a

97

THE BULB BOOK

ASPIDISTRA

mixture of sandy loam, to which a
a little leaf-mould, peat, or old
manure should be added. This
should be worked in well between
the rhizomes and roots with the
fingers, using a flat potting-stick to
get the compost down at the sides of
the pot, and to make it sufficiently
firm. A good soaking should then
be given, and the plants stood in the
shade for a few days until thoroughly
recovered from the disturbance. As
a rule the best time to pot Aspidistras
is in the spring, when the new leaves
are spearing up from the roots. In
the case of old or well-established
plants that have become too large,
and show signs of deterioration
owing to an impoverished soil, they
should be taken out of the pots, and
these have to be broken sometimes
to avoid injury to the roots. The
old soil should then be pricked out
with a pointed stick, and the root-
stocks should be thoroughly rinsed
in tepid water until every particle
of the old soil has been washed away.
This will prevent injury to the root-
stocks. If it is desired to increase
the plants, the rhizomes may then
be cut with a sharp, strong-bladed
knife into suitable portions containing
a few leaves and new growths. One
or more portions may then be put
into a pot of convenient size in the
way described above, and in due
course the portions will become
established into fine specimens.
Amateurs frequently fail with
Aspidistras. The leaves turn yellow
and shrivel at the tips and gradually
waste away, and a few weak growths
try to develop. This state of affairs
is generally the result of keeping the
plants in a room too hot and too dry,
and very often too dusty, and also
through over-watering—especially in
winter, The natural remedy is:
alter these conditions, taking care to
G

BABIANA

give water only when the soil is
getting dry. This should be particu-
larly noted in the winter season,
when the plants absorb water very
slowly. At this period of the year
also, only tepid or lukewarm water
should be given, and not ice-cold
water from the tap. Should the
leaves become infested with scale,
thrips, or red spider, they should be
sponged with soapy water or some
well-known insecticide, taking care
first of all to scrape the scale insects
off with a piece of pointed stick.

When grown in cool greenhouses
in shade, Aspidistras naturally grow
much more quickly than in ordinary
dwelling-rooms ; and gardeners who
make a speciality of them can produce
some magnificent specimens in a year
or two. During active growth, weak
liquid manure is given once or twice
a week, and copious supplies of water
are given according to the state of
the weather and the rapidity of
growth. A nice syringing early in
the morning, and late in the after-
noon, is highly beneficial to the
plants, especially during the warmer
months of the year. To secure the
finest long-leaved specimens, Aspidis-
tras are grown in a high temperature,
in deep shade, and in a very humid
atmosphere. They are afterwards
hardened off in cooler and less humid
houses for sale.

Besides A. /urzda, the other species
are A. punctata (or A. elatior), from
Japan, 2 to 3 ft. high (Bot. Mag. t.
5386), and its variegated forms,
with white or yellow bands or
blotches.

BABIANA (babianer, the Dutch for
baboon ; in reference to the bulbs being
eaten by baboons). Nat. Ord. Iridee.
—A genus of herbaceous plants with
fibrous-coated’corms or bulbs, stiffish,
plaited, narrow, hairy leaves, and

THE BULB BOOK

BABIANA
funnel - shaped flowers in dense
spikes,

With one exception, viz., 2B. soco-
trana, all the species are natives of
8. Africa, They are all similar in
appearance so far as height and
foliage are concerned, and they rarely
exceed a foot in height. They are
usually grown in pots in a compost
of sandy loam and leaf-soil, for the
decoration of the cool greenhouse
during the summer months, from
May to September. During this
period of growth and development,
water must be given freely when
needed; but in winter, when the
bulbs are at rest, they may be kept
almost quite dry in the old soil.

Where a warm or even hot sunny
border is available, Babianas may be
grown out of doors fairly well, especi-
ally in the most favoured parts of the
Kingdom. The soil should be deeply
dug, well manured, and should con-
sist of loam with plenty of coarse
sand or grit in it. The bulbs should
be planted in spring when starting
into growth, and after growth in the
autumn should be protected from
cold rains with a sloping roof of litter,
Indeed, they may be treated exactly
like their relatives the Ixias (which
see). They are propagated by offsets
from the older bulbs in spring.

The following are some of the best
kinds, remarkable for their colours,
and often for their fragrance :—

B, disticha,—6 ins, Blue. June.
(Bot. Mag. t. 626.)

B. plicata.—6 ins. Purple. May.
(Bot. Mag. t. 576.)

B. ringens.—3 to 6 ins. Scarlet.
May. (Lot. Mag. t. 6667.)

B. sambucina,—6 ins. Purple.
April. (Bot. Mag. t. 1019.)

B. socotrana.—4 to 6 ins. Violet,

blue. Sept. (Bot. Mag. t. 6585.)
B. spathacea.—6 ins. Light blue,
June. (Bot. Mag. t. 638.)

98

BEGONIA

B. stricta.—1% ins. Blue, white.
May. (Bot. Jag. tt. 621, 638.) The
variety angustifolia has bright blue
flowers tinged with pink at the
base ; rubro-cyanea (Bot. Mag. t. 410)
has blossoms 2 ins. or more across,
brilliant blue with a deep crimson
zone at the base; sulphwurea (Bot.
fag. t. 1053), creamy or pale yellow ;
and wllosa (Bot. Mag. t. 588), bril-
liant crimson.

B, tenuiflora.—6 ins. Purple. May.

B. Thunbergi.—12ins. White and
red.
B. tubifiora.—6 ins. Deep red.

(Bot. Mag. tt. 847, 1019.)

BEGONTIA (after J/, Begon, a French
patron of botany). Nat. Ord. Be-
goniacee,—A genus containing up-
wards of 350 species of juicy herbs or
undershrubs, many having perennial,
tuberous root-stocks, Leaves more or
less unequal-sided, entire, lobed or
parted, irregularly toothed. Flowers
often showy, monecious. Male
flowers consisting of two large outer
(sepaloid), and two small inner (petal-
oid), segments. Stamens numerous,
free, or united in one bundle. Peri-
anth of the female flowers has two
to ten segments, of which the two
outer ones are larger and sepaloid.
Ovary inferior, often three-, rarely
two-, or four- to five-celled. Styles
two to four, free, or united at the
base, with branched, twisted stigmas.
Fruit a capsule, usually three-angled
and unequally three-winged. Seeds
numerous, minute.

The fibrous-rooted Begonias, which
constitute an important group by
themselves, are not considered in this
volume dealing with bulbous and
tuberous plants.

The tuberous Begonia may now be
looked upon as one of the most
popular of garden flowers, both for
the decoration of the conservatory or

99

THE BULB BOOK

BEGONIA

greenhouse and for the flower-border
during the summer months. Indeed,
many prefer them for bedding-out
purposes to the Zonal Pelargoniums,
considering them more ornamental in
foliage, more durable in blossom,
more pleasing incolour,and moreeasily
preserved during the winter months,
With the exception perhaps of the
Cactus Dahlia, the tuberous Begonia
has responded more readily than any
other plant in cultivation to the art
of the hybridist. Thirty years ago
the plants were just beginning to
attract popular attention, as a certain
number of hybrid forms had been put
into commerce ; and since that time
marvellous strides have been made in
the evolution and development of
varieties with blossoms of great size
and substance, and as double as the
finest hollyhock or rose.

These results have not been
achieved from one species only, but
from about half a dozen. The first
natural species concerned in the
parentage of the florists’ Begonia was
introduced from Bolivia in 1857, and
was named B. boliviensis (Bot. Mug. t.
5657). It had scarlet flowers. Eight
years later, in 1865, a yellow-flowered
species (B. Pearcet) came from the
same country, and was followed in
1867 with the introduction of B. rose-

flora (Bot. Mag. t. 5680), with bright

rose-coloured flowers, from the Andes
of Peru. The fourth parent, B. Clarke:
(Bot. Mag. t. 5675), also with rose
blossoms, came from the Bolivian
Andes in 1867. In the same year 2.
Veitcht (Bot. Mag. t. 5663), with scarlet
or orange flowers, arrived from the
Peruvian highlands ; while the sixth
and last parent, B. Davisi (Bot. Mag.
t. 6252), with crimson-scarlet blossoms,
was not introduced to cultivation till
1876, nearly twenty years after the
first parent, B. boliviensis. In their
native habitats the species mentioned

BEGONIA

grow at an altitude of 11,000 to
13,000 feet, so that they may be
regarded almost as hardy plants,
well adapted for cultivation in our
temperate and fickle climate. It will
be noticed that with the exception of
the yellow-flowered B. Pearce?, the
other species have red, scarlet, or
crimson flowers; and yet the result
of hybridising, crossing, or inter-
marrying one species with another
has been the production of progeny
showing many other shades of colour
such as pure white, crimson, scarlet,
pink, rose, yellow, orange, and in-
numerable intermediate shades. The
one colour lacking is blue, and it is
doubtful if ever such a colour will be
seen on a tuberous Begonia until
some purple- or blue-flowered parent
is discovered. Of the species men-
tioned, B. bolzviensis (scarlet), B.
Pearcet (yellow), and B. Vettche
(orange - scarlet) have been more
frequently used as parents than the
others, and it is obvious that the
beautiful yellow - flowered varieties
now in cultivation all show the
influence of the B. Pearcet blood. in
their veins. When one compares the
small, drooping, four-petalled flowers
of the original parents with the huge
blossoms (both single and double)
now so well known, it seems scarcely
credible that such magnificent results
could have been achieved by the
gardener in a little over thirty years.

CuLturE.—Tuberous Begonias are
plants that almost anyone can grow
to perfection, either in the open air or
under glass. Indeed, for the decora-
tion of the outdoor garden the tuber-
ous Begonia is in many places ousting
the ever-popular Zonal Pelargonium
from the flower-beds, and it is now to
be found during the summer months
in many cottage gardens. It is not
particular as to soil so long as this
has been deeply dug and liberally

THE BULB BOOK

BEGONIA

dressed with well-rotted manure.
For pot plants a compost of well- ,
matured loam, leaf-soil, and a little
silver sand will be found to give
excellent results — especially if a
little basic slag or some of the
proprietary manures have been
mixed with it.

STARTING THE TuUBERS.—Any time
during February or March these
may be taken from their winter
quarters and placed in shallow boxes
on the surface of either coco-nut fibre,
leaf-soil, or indeed any good garden
compost, in a temperature of 60° to
65° F. The tubers should not be
placed too closely together, otherwise
when the fibrous roots develop they
are likely to become matted together.
It is then difficult to separate one
tuber from the other without great
injury to 'the delicate roots. There
is no necessity to cover up the tubers
when starting them into growth, but
care should be taken to keep the
rounded surface underneath, as it
is from the hollow surface that the
new shoots sprout. Each day the
tubers and compost in which they
are placed should be sprinkled with
tepid water, to encourage growth;
and on no account should they be
allowed to dry up or shrivel.

Pottinc.—As soon as the new
shoots are about 2 ins. long, the
plants are ready to be potted. The
size of the pots will depend upon the
size of the tubers. A safe general
rule to follow is to allow about 14 ins.
all round between the outside of the
tuber and the inside of the pot. It
may therefore happen that pots 5, 6,
or 8 ins. in diameter may be used.
If they should become full of roots
in a short time, owing to vigorous
growth, it may be necessary to pot a
second time, using slightly larger pots.
The compost may consist of well-
matured loam, leaf-mould, and silver

100

BEGONIA

sand, as stated above, with a sprink-
ling of fine bone-meal or basic slag.

SHapinc.—This is only necessary

for a short time after the plants have
been disturbed, merely to check
evaporation from the fleshy leaves,
and to enable the injured roots to
heal, and throw out new fibres,
When well established again, plenty
of light and air should be given,
taking care in the early part of the
season not to allow the temperature
in the greenhouse to fall below 60° F.
by means of cold draughts from the
ventilators or open doors.
_ WatERInG.—This should always be
done early in the morning or late in
the afternoon, so as to avoid wetting
the foliage in the middle of the day
when the sun-heat is likely to be
powerful, and cause brown blotches
where drops of water have rested. If
the soil contains a fair amount of
humus in the form of leaf-soil—say
about one-third of the whole compost
—the soi] will keep moist and cool
for a much longer period than if only
a small quantity be present. At each
time of watering any plants that are
actually dry, or nearly dry, should
have a thorough soaking. If, how-
ever, the soil is sufficiently moist to
go from one period to another, it is
better to wait, rather than to give
water to a soil already fairly wet.
The amount of water supplied will
vary according to the weather and
the growth of the plants. Thus,
during warm weather, when the
plants are growing freely, more water
will be required than later on in the
season, when growth is ceasing, the
flowers withering, and the stems and
leaves begin to turn yellow and drop
off one by one.

Pivcoinc and Dissuppine.—To
make fine bushy plants, any early
flower-buds that appear after the
plants have been finally potted

THE BULB BOOK

BEGONTIA

should be pinched out, so that the
plants may first of all develop greater
strength. The leading shoots may
also have just the points nipped out,
to encourage side shoots from lower
down the stems. In this way, strong,
sturdy, bushy plants may be formed
that will throw large quantities of
blossom during the summer season.

Manvrine.—Once the plants are
really well-established, and more than
ordinary results are required, it will
be found necessary to give weak
liquid-manure water two or three
times a week. This may be made by
placing a little guano, soot, and well-
rotted cow-manure into a bag, and
dropping it into a tank or tub of
water. The liquid should be stirred
up well with a stout stick before use.
About half a pint toa pint of liquid
manure—according to its strength—
will be sufficient to dilute a gallon of
clear water. Whenever rain-water is
available it is always to be preferred
to tap-water.

PLanting out. — Tuberous Be-
gonias are not grown in the open air
nearly so much as they ought to be.
The single - flowered varieties are
particularly useful, and need staking
but little to keep the blossoms off the
ground. The beds in which Begonias
are to be planted out for summer
decoration should be deeply dug, and
as the plants are gross and rapid
feeders, plenty of well - decayed
manure should be incorporated with
the soil, as well as some leaf-mould
and grit, if the land is inclined to be
at all heavy. The plants may be
started in a greenhouse, as advised
above, but excellent results may be
obtained without the aid of any heat
whatever. Tubers may be started in
coco-nut fibre in a cold frame in
March, and by the first week in June
will have growths 2 or 3 ins.
high. They may be then planted

101

BEGONIA

out, and although naturally more
backward than plants raised in heat,
they last much better during the
season. Indeed, they continue to
bloom well into October until they
are cut down by the frost.

Lirtine anp Storrne.—Once the
plants begin to turn yellow, or are
cut down by the early frosts, the
tubers should be taken up, cleaned
after the growths are decayed, and
stored in dry soil or sand in an airy,
frost-proof cellar with a temperature
of 45° to 50° F. until the following
spring. They may then be started
into growth again in the way
described.

PropaGation.—Tuberous Begonias
are easily raised from seeds, division

of large tubers, or from cuttings of ©

the side shoots. Unless one has the
convenience for propagating, it will
be found much more satisfactory to
purchase tubers from areliable source.
When plants are to be raised from
seeds, the latter should be sown in
January or February on the prepared
surface of arich gritty soil. Pots or
shallow pans may be used, and should
be well drained for about half their
depth with clean “crocks.” A layer
of rough fibre or moss should be
placed over these, and then the
rougher particles of soil. The
surface may be flat or slightly
domed, but should be pressed fairly
firm with a piece of flat board, so as
to prevent the tiny brown seeds from
dropping down too far. It is safer to
dip the pots or pans in water rather
than use the water-pot. In this way
the soil will be moistened without
running any risk of washing the seeds
into patches, as is likely to be done
with the water-pot. The temperature
at which seeds should be sown should
be about 70° to 75° F., and the tender
seedlings should be protected from
cold draughts and chills.

THE BULB BOOK

BEGONI

Prickinc out.—When the youn;
plants are about j-in. high, eacl
one may be lifted up with a pointec
stick cleft at the apex, and trans
ferred to other pots or pans in a ric]
gritty compost, about an inch or tw
apart. In due course, after shadin;
and sprinkling, the young plants be
gin to grow vigorously, and may bi
transferred singly to small pots anc
grown on. Young plants raised is
this way will flower freely during th
summer months, either in the green
house or in partially shaded places in
the openair. Where large numbers o
plants are required, seeds may also bi
sown about July or August, and wil
produce plants that will continue t
grow during the winter season anc
blossom the following spring anc
summer.

Currines.—If there is a desire ti
retain and increase the stock of any
specially fine variety, this may bi
done by taking cuttings of the shoot:
about 2 to 3 ins. long during th
summer months, and inserting then
in a compost of sandy loam and leaf
soil, or in leaf-soil or even coco-nu
fibre alone, in a temperature of 60° t
65° F. The cuttings should be kep
close and shaded for some days, anc
should also be sprinkled overhea
two or three times a day to keep th
surrounding atmosphere and compos
sufficiently humid. Cuttings soo
root in this way, and may be the!
potted up and grown on.

Another method of increasing th
stock of any desired variety is to cu
large tubers into two or more parts
each with a sprouting bud, in th
spring, dipping the cut surface 1
charcoal, soot, or slaked lime to hea
it over quickly.

Pzsts.—Tuberous Begonias are a!
most immune from insect pest
Thrips, however, occasionally infes
them when grown in an atmospher

102

BEGONIA

too hotand arid. They are easily kept
at bay by syringing the plants freely
when not in blossom, and afterwards
keeping the stages sufficiently damped
with water each day.

It is needless to give alist of names,
as these are only of fleeting interest,
and the very finest forms may be
obtained from a packet of good seeds
saved from choice strains. The
main groups into which tuberous
Begonias may be divided are (1)
single-flowered and (2) double-
flowered. In both sections the petals
are broad,of good shape and substance,
and in many varieties the edges are
beautifully denticulate; in others
they are beautifully frilled and
serrated. What are called “ Butter-
fly” Begonias have the flowers with
a lighter shade in the centre, the
petals being splashed and marbled
with adeeper colour. The “crested”
Begonias have excrescences or crested
outgrowths raised on the centre of
the petals, which present a peculiarly
distinct appearance in consequence.

WINTER-FLOWERING BEGONIAS.

There are now many charming
varieties of florists’ Begonias that
flower during the winter months—
from October till the end of January.
These have been raised by crossing
some of the best tuberous varieties
with Begonia socotrana, This is a
fibrous-rooted species from the Island
of Socotra, having roundish peltate
leaves and bright pink flowers in
winter. (Bot. Mag. t. 6555.) In using
this fibrous-rooted species with the
tuberous-rooted varieties, the object
aimed at was to secure a sturdy
winter-flowering race.
has been accomplished in this respect
by Mr John Heal, and varieties with
single, semi-double, and double
flowers have been produced. The
plants have mostly sterile flowers, and

THE BULB BOOK

A good deal,

BESCNORNERIA

consequently have to be raised by
means of cuttings, and they are semi-
tuberous in character. They must
be grown in warm greenhouses to be
brought to perfection. Some of the
best forms at present are: Jdeala,
Adonis, John Heal, Mrs Heal, Ensign,
Winter Cheer, Julius, Venus, and
Winter Perfection. The flowers vary
in colour from bright pink to deep
purple pink, rose, and cerise. Besides
the parents of the modern tuberous
Begonia there are several other
tuberous-rooted species, but they are
chiefly of botanical interest at present.

BELEMCANDA or BELAMCANDA,
(The Malabar name of the plant.)
Nat. Ord. Iridez,—The only species
of the genus is—

B. chinensis, formerly known as
Ixia and Pardanthus chinensis, intro-
duced from China and Japan in
1759. It has a short stolon-bearing
rhizome, and loose tufts of sword-like
leaves, 1 to 14 ft. long and an inch
broad. From three to twelve shortly
tubular flowers are borne in a loose
cluster, the fleeting segments being
red and spotted with purple brown.
(Red, Lnl, t. 121; Bot. Mag. t. 171;
Ll. d. Serr. t. 1632.)

This species being only half hardy,
requires to be grown like the Ixias
in sheltered spots, or in frames or
greenhouses. It likes a rich sandy
soil, and may be increased by division.
of the root-stocks, or by means of its
black pea-like seeds.

BESCHORNERIA (after H. Besch-
orner,a German botanist), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidez.—A small genus of ever-
green Yucca-like plants, all natives
of Mexico, having short, thickened
rhizomes or tuberous root-stocks, tufts
of fleshy, lance-shaped leaves, and
clusters of drooping, funnel-shaped
flowers deeply cut into narrow seg-

103

BESCHORNERIA

ments, and borne in simple or
panicled racemes on stalks 2 to 8 ft.
high, springing out of the centre of
the plants.

The Beschornerias are not well-
known outside botanic gardens.
They require to be grown in a warm
greenhouse, and flourish in a compost
of rich sandy loam and leaf-soil or
a little peat, and may be grown in
pots or tubs, or planted in beds or
borders, where the evergreen appear-
ance of the ornamental foliage would
be more likely appreciated. The
best-known species are :—

B. bracteata, with leaves 14 to 2 ft.
long. Flowers reddish, on stalks 4
to 5 ft. high. (Bot. Mag. t. 6641.)

B. Decosteriana has leaves 2 to 24
ft. long, and green flowers tinged with
red, on stems 7 to 8 ft. high (Bot.
Mag. t. 6768.)

B. Toneliana.—Leaves 14 to 2 ft.
long. Flowers greenish, on stems
about 4 ft. high. (Bot. Mag. t. 6091.)

B. tubiflora.—Leaves about 1 ft.
long, and 4 to 1 in. broad. Flowers
reddish-green, on stems 2 to 8 ft.
high. (Bot. Mag. t. 4642.)

B. Wrighti.— This species has
masses of spreading recurved sword-
like leaves 4 to 5 ft. long and about
2 in. wide in the middle. The green,
downy flowers are borne on pyra-
midal panicles about 8 ft. high.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7779.)

B. yuccoides.—Leaves 13 to 2 ft.
long. Flowers entirely green, on
reddish stems 4 to 6 ft. high, with
rosy red bracts.

This species flourishes in the open
air in warm sheltered spots, but must
be protected in winter. (Bot. Mag.
t. 5208.)

BESSERA (after Dr Besser, pro-
fessor of botany). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceee.—The only representative
of this genus is—

THE BULB BOOK

BESSER.

B. elegans,.a charming littl
Mexican plant about 2 ft. high, havin;
tunicated corms, narrow, channelle
leaves, and umbels of beautifu
drooping bell-shaped blossoms fron

Fic. 68.—Bessera elegans, corm and section.

July to September. These ari
scarlet in the type, but there is s
much variation in the colour tha

Fia. 69.—Bessera elegans. (4.)

specific names have been given t
forms, such as istwosa, purple
Herberti, purple and white; an
miniata, scarlet and white. (Boi
Reg. tt. 34, 1546 ; Fl. d. Serr. t. 424.)

104

BIARUM

The bulbs are best planted in a
compost of sandy peat and loam in
about equal proportions, and may be
grown in a greenhouse in the coldest
parts of the Kingdom, or in the
warmest places in sunny spots against
a south wall. During the growing
season—that is, during the spring and
summer months—the soil should be
kept fairly moist when grown in
pots, afterwards withholding water
as the plants show signs of going to
rest. Propagation is effected by
means of offsets from the older bulbs
in spring.

BIARUM (bis, twice ; Arwm, Arum),
Nat. Ord. Aroidez.—A small genus
of tuberous-rooted herbaceous plants
closely related to the Arums, and
having linear oblong, or lance-shaped
leaves with long slender stalks, all
natives of Palestine and the Medi-
terranean region. The flower-stalks
are short or almost absent: the
spathes soon wither. The plants are
all hardy, but like warm, sunny spots
in any good and well-drained garden
soil, They are more curious than
beautiful, and consequently more
appropriate in botanical collections
than in the ordinary flower-border.
They are increased by separation of
the offsets from the older tubers in
spring. The best-known species is
B. tenuifolium (also known as B.
gramineum, B. constrictum, and Arum
tenutfolium), with dark brownish-
purple spathes (Bot. Keg. t. 512).
Other kinds, all with blackish-purple
spathes, are B. angustatum, B. car-
duchorum, B. crispulum, B. Kotschyt,
and B. Pyramt.

B. eximium, is a native of W.
Cilicia, with broad, simple leaves, and
spathes dark purple on the upper
side, and green spotted with red on
the under side (Gard. Chron. 1898,
XXili, 126, f. 49, as Ischarum).

THE BULB BOOK

BIGNONIA

BIDENS (dvs, twice ; dens, a tooth ;
in allusion to the seeds). Nat. Ord.
Composite.—This is a large genus,
having over one hundred species of
more or less weedy plants with
opposite leaves, once, twice, or thrice
pinnately cut, and solitary flower-
heads.

B, dahlioides is a native of Mexico,
where it is found at an elevation of
over 8000 ft. It is a perennial about
2 ft. high, with Dahlia-like, tuberous
roots, pinnate leaves having three to
seven leaflets, and solitary flower-
heads about 3 ins. across, the ray
florets varying in colour from white to
pink, purple, and rose.

This little-known plant flourishes
in milder parts of the Kingdom in
ordinary good garden soil, and may
be easily propagated by division of
the tuberous roots and by means of
seeds, which are freely ripened in
favourable parts. In cold or bleak
places the plants may be treated
exactly like Dahlias, the tubers
being lifted and stored in frost-proof
places in winter.

BIGNONIA (after the Abbé Bignon,
librarian of Louis XIV.). Nat. Ord.
Bignoniaceee.—This genus contains
about 120 species of shrubby plants
with more or less climbing stems.
The one mentioned here is remark-
able for its long, irregularly shaped,
tuberous roots, viz. :—

B. equinoctialis (B. Unguis)—A
native of Guiana, with climbing stems,
smooth, opposite leaves in pairs, and
during the summer months bearing
clusters of irregularly bell-shaped
yellow flowers on the ends of the
young shoots.

This species requires stove or warm
greenhouse treatment, and flourishes
in rich, light soil, and plenty of
moisture during active growth. Its
shoots may be trained up pillars or

105

BLANDFORDIA

trellises. It may be increased by
cuttings of the young shoots in
spring in sandy soil under a bell-
glass, but care must be taken not to
keep the cuttings too wet.

BLANDFORDIA (after George,
Marquis of Blandford), CHRISTMAS
Betts. Nat. Ord. Liliaceze. — A
genus of Australian plants closely
related botanically to the Day Lilies
(Hemerocallis), Funkias, and Kni-
phofias. They have very short,
thickened root-stocks, not bulbs, with
masses of thickish, fleshy roots, and
tufts of long, narrow, stiffish, and
prominently veined leaves sheathing
at the base. The beautiful tubular or
bell-shaped flowers droop from an
erect stem.

Blandfordias are charming plants
for the greenhouse, which they render
brilliant from May to July with their
showy flowers. In Australia they
are known as “Christmas Bells,” the
flowers appearing in the depth of
the Antipodean winter. The plants
flourish in a compost of turfy loam,
peat, and coarse silver sand in
about equal proportions. The pots
should be well drained, and not too
large for the plants. During the
winter season a temperature of 45°
to 50° F. will be sufficient for the
plants, and during the summer
months it will be unnecessary to
place them in artificial heat. The
easiest way to increase a stock is by
means of suckers. These are produced
fairly freely by strong plants. Each
sucker should be detached carefully
and placed in a small pot by itself
in spring, when the older plants are
to be repotted. The young sucker
plants should be kept close and
moist for a few weeks until well
established. Afterwards plenty of
air and light may be given, combined
with judicious watering. Care must

THE BULB BOOK

BLANDFORDI.

be taken to shade during very stron
sunshine, otherwise the leaves begi
to turn yellowish.

Blandfordias may also be raise
from seeds. These should be sow.
when fully ripe in well-drained pot
or pans on a compost of loam, peat
and sand, the upper surface of whic!
has been made fine for the receptio:
of the seeds. Germination is ofte:
slow and irregular, but there will b
a good many young plants by th
following spring. These should b
pricked out about 2 ins. apart in ;
similar compost, and placed ina warn
corner of the greenhouse where the:
can be kept moist, and shaded fron
strong sunshine. The followin:
spring the young plants will requir
more space, and may be moved int
3-in. or 4-in. pots according to thei
size. They are grown on thus fo.
another season, and the following
spring will be large enough for 5-in
or 6-in. pots, using the composi
already mentioned, and making i
firm round the roots.

Plants once established need noi
be repotted every year, unless the
soil has become sour or exhausted
In addition to the ordinary waterings
a little weak liquid manure shoulc
be given once or twice a week wher
the flower-stems begin to show.

Insects are not very troublesome.
greenfly perhaps being the most
common pest. This is easily checked
by syringing with quassia and tobacec
solutions, or by vaporising the green-
house. The following are the species
and varieties known :—

B. flammea.—A fine species 2 to 3
ft. high, with grass-like leaves and
flowers about 14 ins. long, broad at
the throat, narrower towards the
base. The colour is rich brownish-
red at the base, shading upwards into
orange and yellow. There are several
varieties, which have been considered

106

BLANDFORDIA

as species by some, the best being
splendens, with larger and brighter
coloured flowers than the type;
elegans, with large crimson flowers
edged with yellow; and aurea, a
pure golden-yellow flowered form.
Figures to be found in Bot. Mag. t.
5809; Bot. Reg. t. 924; Fl. d. Serr.
6585 ; Gard. 1883, t. 411.

B. grandiflora (B. Cunninghamt).—
Another fine plant 2 to 3 ft. high,
with sheathing, distichous leaves
about a foot long and a } in. broad,
and ending in a needle-like point.
The flower-stem is topped with a
cluster of about half a dozen drooping
flowers, each about 2 ins. long, and
of a glowing red and yellow colour.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5734; Bot. Reg. t. 924.)

B. marginata.—This is a Tasmanian
species about 2 ft. high, with rough-
edged leaves, and rich dark red
flowers about 14 ins. long, margined
with yellow, and borne on a deep

G-)

Fia. 70.—Blandfordia princeps.

purple-coloured stalk. The variety
intermedia has yellow flowers.
B. nobilis.—A noble species about

THE BULB BOOK

BOBARTIA

2 ft. high, with grassy leaves, and
drooping clusters of orange or
brownish-red and yellow flowers, each
about 14 ins. long (Bot. Mag. t. 2003).

B. princeps.—This is a fine species,
or, as it has been called, a variety of
jlammea. It has longer and larger
flowers, 24 to3 ins. long, of a beautiful
orange-red passing into soft golden-
yellow, and borne on stalks about a
foot high. (Bot. Mag. t. 6209.)

The Blandfordias, or “ Australian
Christmas Bells” as they might be
called popularly, deserve greater
attention than they receive at present.
They are easy to grow, and are unique
as ornamental flowering plants during
the summer. There is no necessity
to grow them in pots. They would
do well planted out in a peaty border
in a cool greenhouse. All the species
mentioned above, except B. mar-
ginata, are natives of New South
Wales.

BLOOMERIA (after H. G. Bloomer,
Curator of the Academy of Nat.
Science, California, 1863). Nat. Ord.
Liliacezee. — A small genus closely
related to Brodiwa, Bessera, and
Nothoscordum, having fibrous-coated
corms, long linear radical leaves, and
simple scapes ending in an umbel of
many rotate flowers, with six distinct
spreading segments. Stamens six,
hypogynous, or very slightly adhering
to the base of the segments.

B. aurea (Allium croceum ; Nothos-
cordum aureum),—A handsome Cali-
fornian plant, with dense umbels of
bright yellow flowers on stems about
1 ft. high. B. Clevelandi is another
yellow-flowered species, but smaller.
Both kinds flourish in rich sandy
loam, and should be placed in warm,
sunny corners in the rock-garden or
border. Increased by offsets.

BOBARTIA (after Jacob Bobart,.
a professor of botany at Oxford in

107

BOCCONIA

the seventeenth century). Nat. Ord.
Trideee.—This genus contains about
a dozen species, all natives of South
Africa, and of little garden value.
They have a short rhizome, which
becomes thickened into a corm in
R. filuformis. The flowers are borne
in clusters, and are usually yellow in
colour, The species have been con-
fused a good deal with members of
such genera as Ixta, Manica, Monza,
and SisyRINcHium, to all of which
they are closely related, and require
the same cultural treatments. The
plants grow from 1 to 3 ft. high, and
have stiff, roundish, or narrow sword-
shaped leaves. &B. anceps, B. aphiylla,
B. Burchellt, B. filyformis, B. gladiata,
B. macrospatha, B. robusta, and B.
spathacea are the species known.
B. aurantiaca is Mow known as
HoMERIA.

BOCCONIA (after Paolo Bocconi,
a Sicilian botanist), Nat. Ord.
Papaveracee.—A genus containing
three species of bold and ornamental
plants with thickish, creeping root-
stocks, large, deeply lobed leaves, and
erect panicles of numerous small
flowers.

They are all easily grown in any
good garden soil, and flourish in shade
or sunshine, but make much finer
plants in the latter. They seed freely,
and each year hundreds of young
self-sown plants may be found
around the old ones. They are also
easily increased by division of the
thickish yellow rhizomes. Indeed,
once they are in a garden, the chief
difficulty will consist in preventing
them from crowding out other plants
of less vigorous growth.

B. cordata (B. japonica ; Macleaya
yedoénsts), — A stately Chinese per-
ennial, 6 to 10 ft. or more high, with
large, deeply lobed, fig-like leaves,
soft green above, whitish beneath.

THE BULB BOOK

BOMAREA

Flowers small, creamy buff, produced
in large feathery or plume-like
panicles during the summer months,
(Bot. Mag. t. 1905.)

Fia. 71.—LBocconta cordata, root-stock
and buds. (4.)

B, frutescens.—A Mexican species
3 to 6 ft. high, with large sea-green
lobed leaves and feathery panicles of
greenish flowers. This is not quite
hardy, and therefore not often seen.

B, microcarpa.—This species from
N. China is very similar in appearance
to B. cordata, but does not grow so
tall. Its leaves are also somewhat
smaller and more deeply lobed and
ornamental, and the flowers are of a
more bronzy brown tint.

BOMAREA (after Valmont de
Bomare). Nat. Ord. Amaryllideze.—
This genus contains about eighty
species of plants with slender roots,
often thickened towards the tip into
large tubers ; more or less climbing or
creeping stems; leaves sometimes
linear, but usually oblong, pointed,

108

BOMAREA

and tubular or funnel-shaped flowers
in drooping umbels.

Notwithstanding their habit, the
Bomareas are closely related to the
Alstroemerias, and may be grown
quite as easily, but not in the open
air. They require the protection of
a cool or slightly warm greenhouse,
and flourish in a well-drained com-
post of sandy loam, to which a little
peat or leaf-mould may be added,
and also a few nodules of charcoal.
Young plants are best grown in pots
until they are well established. They
may then be planted out in the green-
house in a nice border, whence the
stems can be trained up the rafters
near the glass or at the ends of the
house, where they will have still more
light, and at the same time the
requisite warmth. During growth,
from spring till autumn a certain
amount of moisture is needed at
the roots, and on warm genial days,
especially during vigorous growth,
the plants will benefit by occasional
syringings in the morning and after-
noon; but these should cease when
the plants are bearing their large
clusters of beautiful flowers. The
winter temperature for Bomareas
should not be lower than 50° F. at
night, with a rise of 5° during the
daytime.

To increase the stock, the roots
may be separated in spring as growth
is commencing, each portion being
placed in a small pot, according to
size, and grown on in genial warmth
and moisture. Seeds may also be
sown when thoroughly ripe, in a
mixture of fine sandy loam and peat
or leaf-soil in equal proportions, and
kept in a temperature of 60° to 65° F.
When large enough to handle easily,
the seedlings should be transferred
singly to small pots in a similar com-
post, and kept in a warm, fairly close
and moist atmosphere until they

THE BULB BOOK

BOMAREA

become established. Then a place
slightly cooler and more airy will
suit them very well. Syringing and
watering must be attended to with
regularity ; and as the plants increase
in size, they will require moving into
larger pots, when the same treatment
will be required. When the new
growths appear, a little soot or slaked
lime should be sprinkled round
them to protect them from slugs, if
any.

The following are some of the best-
known Bomareas in cultivation :—

B. acutifolia Ehrenbergiana. — A
Mexican species with deep orange-
yellow flowers, the inner segments
being paler and spotted (Bot. Mag.
t. 6444).

B.Caldasiana(Alstrameria Caldast).
—This species grows at an elevation
of 8000 to 11,000 ft., on the Andes of
Ecuador and New Granada. The
leaves are distinctly stalked, 3 to 6
ins. long, and from six to thirty
reddish-brown and bright yellow
flowers are borne in an umbel. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5442.)

B. Carderi.—A fine species from the
Andes of Colombia, with leaves 4 to
6 ins. long, and compound umbels of
large pale pink flowers, spotted with
claret-brown towards the tip, the
inner segments being greenish-white
and much spotted (Jl. Mag. ns. t.
239; Gard. Chron. 1876, i. 795, f.).
Fig. 72.

B. edulis (A. Salsilla).—This is a
very variable species, and is found
wild throughout Tropical America
from Cuba and Mexico to Peru and
8. Brazil. It has edible, tuberous
roots. The leaves are 3 to 4 ins.
long, and the flowers are pink, tipped
with green, the inner segments being
greenish and heavily spotted with
claret-brown. (Bot. Mag. t. 1613.)
The variety Hlwest has pink outer
segments, the inner ones being

109

BOMAREA

pencilled with red (Gard. Chron. 1905,
XXXVIl. 350).

There are several varieties, such as
chontalensis, with pale yellowish-
green inner segments (Bot. Mag. t.
5927) ; ovata, with broader leaves and
larger flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 2846);
and ecornuta, which has the outer

Fic. 72.—Bomarea Cardert. (4.)

floral segments furnished with a
distinct spur at the apex. There are
many other forms which Mr Baker in
his Handbook of the Amaryllidece says
he cannot distinguish specifically..

B. frondea.—This is closely related
to B. Caldasiana, and is found at
altitudes of 8000 to 10,000 ft. on the
Andes of Colombia. The leaves are
4 to 5 ins. long, and the flowers, borne
in dense umbels, are reddish-brown,
with bright yellow, heavily spotted
inner segments. (Gard. Chron. xvii.
n.s. 699, f.)

B. Kalbreyeri.— This also comes
from the Andes of Colombia (9000 to
10,000 ft.), and is close to B. Calda-
siana. The flowers are reddish-
brown outside, the inner segments

THE BULB BOOK

BONGARDIA

being bright yellow, spotted with
claret-brown. (Rev. Hort. 1883, 516, f.)

B. oligantha. — A native of the
Peruvian Andes, having flowers dull
red outside, the inner segments bright
yellow, spotted with claret-brown.
(Gard. Chron. 1877, ii. 648).

B. patacocensis (LB. conferta).—A
native of the Andes of Ecuador and
Colombia, with huge clusters of bright
red flowers, the inner segments having
a yellow keel and a few spots (Bot.
Mag., t. 6692; Gard. Chron. 1882,
186, f. 31).

Fis. 73.—Bomarea patococensts. (4.)

B, Shuttleworthi—A fine species
from the Andes of Colombia, with
oblong acute leaves 5 to 6 ins. long,
and flowers red outside, yellow tinged
with green within, and copiously
spotted with red brown (Gard. Chron.
1882, i. 76, 77, 85).

B. vitellina.—A Colombian species
with ovate oblong leaves 3 to 4 ins.
long, and bright orange-yellow flowers.

BONGARDIA (after Heinrich Gustav
Bongard, a German botanist). Nat.
Ord. Berberidew.—The only species,

110

BOUSSINGAULTIA

. B. Rauwolfi (or Leontice altaica, or L.
chrysogonum, as it used to be called),
is a pretty little tuberous - rooted
perennial about 6 ins. high, having
pinnately cut, glaucous leaves, with
thickish segments again twice or
thrice divided or toothed, and having
a purple blotch at the base of each
leaflet. The golden-yellow flowers
appear in May on branched pyramidal
panicles, each blossom being about 1
in. across, and drooping from aslender
stalklet or pedicel. Sepals three to
six, petaloid. Petals six, almost
similar. Stamens six, free. It is a
native of Syria and Persia, where it
is used as a pot herb. (Bot. Jlag. t.
6244.)

This plant flourishes in light sandy
soil with a little peat or leaf-mould
in warm, open positions in the rock-
garden or border. In winter the
plants should be protected from cold,
heavy rains by a flower-pot, bell-glass,
etc., otherwise the tuberous root-
stocks are apt to perish. The plants
may be increased by seeds sown in
cold frames when ripe, or by offsets in
spring, or in early autumn and
wintered in a cold frame.

BOUSSINGAULTIA (after a cele-
brated French chemist, Boussingauwt).
Nat. Ord. Chenopodiacee.—A small
and little-known genus belonging to
the Beetroot and Spinach family,
containing about ten species of herb-
aceous plants having fleshy rhizomes
emitting climbing stems furnished
with smooth, thickish leaves, and
having the small flowers in branching
sprays. The best-known species is—

B. baselloides.— A native of 8.
America. Itisa quick-growing plant
with reddish twining stems, on which
arise tubercules (Fig. 74). The wavy
leaves are heart-shaped, fleshy, and
shining green, and the small, white,
sweet -scented flowers appear in

THE BULB BOOK

BOUSSINGAULTIA

branched sprays about September
and October.

This plant is not quite hardy, but
might grow fairly well with winter
protection in the warmest parts of
the Kingdom. In other places it
should be grown in a greenhouse, and
as the stems often attain a length of

Fic. 74.—Boussingaullia baselloides, showing
tubers on stem. (.)

about 20 ft. in the course of a year,
the plants should be either trained
over walls, trellises, pillars, or rafters,
or on wire balloo grown in pots.
They flourish in a compost of sandy
peat and loam, and may be increased
by seeds, division of the tuberous
roots, and by the tubercules pro-
duced on the stems. (Bot. Mag. t.
3620.)

111

BOWIEA

B. cordata, from Peru, is a nearly
allied species,

BOWIEA (after J. Bowie, a Kew
collector), Nat. Ord. Liliacez.—The
only species is—

B. volubilis, a native of S. Africa.
It has large, globular, greenish bulbs,
and is remarkable for its slender
climbing stems, which branch into
slender, staghorn-like segments, and
bear greenish, fleeting flowers with
reflexed segments. The true leaves
are grass-like, but they soon wither.

This plant is simply a vegetable
curiosity. It grows freely in a cool
greenhouse, and has been known to
flourish in the open air in very warm,
sheltered spots in ordinary light
garden soil. (Bot. Mag. t. 5619.)

BRACHYSTELMA (brachys, short ;
stelma, a crown; referring to the
coronal processes of the flowers).
Nat. Ord. Asclepiadee.—A small
genus of tuberous-rooted perennials
with climbing stems, opposite leaves ;
fleshy, bell-shaped or starry flowers.

The plants of this genus are very
little known. They. are all natives of
S. Africa, and require to be grown in
a greenhouse. A compost of sandy
loam and leaf-soil suits them best, and
they may be increased by basal
cuttings in spring. The species best
known are B, Arnoti (Ref. Bot. t. 9);
B. Barbere (Bot. Mag. t. 5607);
B. Caffrum (Gard. Chron. 1894, xvi.
62); B. ovatum (Ref. Bot. t. 226);
B. spatulatum (Bot. Reg. t. 1118);
and B. tuberosum (Bot. Mag. t. 2343).
The flowers of these are greenish,
yellowish, or purple.

BRAVOA (after Bravo, a Mexican
botanist), Nat. Ord. Amaryllideze.-—
A small genus of Mexican plants
having tuberous root-stocks, narrow
leaves, and red or whitish flowers,

THE BULB BOOK

BRAVOA

usually in distant pairs. The perianth
has a long, subcylindrical tube, and
short, ovate oblong, almost equal
segments.

The Bravoas are pretty little plants,
almost hardy in the mildest parts of
the Kingdom, with protection in
winter; otherwise best treated as
greenhouse plants. They like a com-
post of rich sandy loam and leaf-soil,
and several should be grown together
in well-drained pots to make a display.
They may be increased by offsets, or
more slowly from seeds.

B. Bulliana has ovoid tubers about
1 in. through, the outer tunics split
into fibres at the top. The bright
leaves are about 6 ins. long, and 1 to
1$ ins. broad. From five to six pairs
of whitish and almost stalkless flowers
are borne on a flexuose stem 2 to 3 ft.
long. This species and the next have
produced a hybrid called B. kewensis.
(Gard. Chron, 1899, xxvi. 112.)

B. geminifiora (The Twin Flower).
—This is the best-known member of
the genus, having been introduced
from Mexico in 1838. The globose
tubers are 1 to 1} ins. through, with
fibrous tunics. The leaves are 12 to
18 ins. long, $ to $ in. broad, and the
bright coral-red tubular blossoms,
twenty to thirty in number, hang in
pairs on a stalk 12 to 18 ins. high.

This species grows wild at an
altitude of 7000 ft. on the mountains
of Central Mexico, and is practically
hardy in warm and sheltered spots
facing south in the neighbourhood of
London. (Bot. Mag. t. 4741; Fl. d.
Serr. v. 520.)

B. sessilifiora.—This species grows
at an altitude of 6000 to 8000 ft. in
Mexico, and is probably as hardy as
B. geminiflora. It has an oblong
tuber, narrow, pointed leaves, and
stalkless, whitish flowers in distant
pairs, on stems 14 to 2 ft. high.

B, singulifiora.—The tubers of this

112

BREVOORTIA

species are about 13 ins, through, and
the leaves are about a foot long, and
not more than 4-in. broad. The
greenish-white flowers are usually
or nearly always solitary, instead of
being in pairs, and have the tube
tinged with purple.

BREVOORTIA (after Brevoort).
Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—The only
species is—

B. Ida-maia, much better known
still under the name of Brodica
coccinea in catalogues. Popularly it
is called the “Crimson Satin Flower,”
and the “Californian Fire Cracker.”
It is a pretty Californian plant with
tunicated corms, narrow leaves, and
during June and July bears loose
umbels of bright red or scarlet flowers
tipped with green, and drooping from
the top of a scape 2 to 3 ft. high.

Fie. 75.—Brevoortia Ida-Mata, corm and
section. (3.)

It flourishes under identical con-
ditions with the Brodizeas in rich and
well-drained, deeply-dug, sandy soil
in the border or rock-garden. When
it grows freely in warm, sheltered
spots, it is decidedly handsome.

The genus Brevoortia differs from
Brodiza botanically in having three
stamens only instead of six, and a
slightly stalked instead of a sessile
ovary.

BRODIa@&A (after J. J. Brodie, a
Scottish cryptogamist). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—A genus closely related to
BREVOORTIA, consisting of a pretty
and interesting number of herbaceous
plants, having tunicated corms or
bulbs, narrow leaves, and flowers

THE BULB BOOK

BRODLEA

borne in umbels on top of a simple
scape. The perianth is funnel-shaped
or bell-shaped, narrowed at the base,
dilated above, and having six more
or less equal lobes. Stamens six,
perfect, or with three alternate ones
reduced to staminodia,

The genera TRITELEIA, HESPERO-
CORDUM, and CaLLIPRORA are now
merged in this.

The Brodizas are nearly all natives
of California, but a few exist in
Brazil and Argentina. Consequently
they require to be grown in warm,
sunny borders in sheltered positions
in British gardens. They are not
difficult to cultivate, provided the
soil is well drained by deep cultiva-
tion, and well enriched with decayed
manure. A fair quantity of sand or
grit should also be incorporated not
only to keep the soil open, but to
absorb the heat from the sun and
thus keep the soil warm. The best
time to plant the corms or bulbs is
either early in September, or about
February or March when the weather
is mild and open. Once planted
properly, the plants may be left to
take care of themselves, and should
not be disturbed for a few years, until
they become so thick that separation
and replanting become absolutely
necessary. The surface should be
kept free from weeds, and in the
autumn a top-dressing of well-rotted
manure will be beneficial, Increase
is easily effected by separating
the offsets from the older corms,
Seeds may also be sown when
ripe, but will not produce flowering
bulbs for three or four years or
more.

There are many species known, but
the following is a selection of the
best garden plants. They nearly all
flower during the summer months,
some being earlier than others, ex-
tending the flowering period from

113 H

BRODIAA

March and April, and from May to
July :—

B. Bridgesi (Triteleia Bridgesi).—A
species closely related to B. laxa, but
easily distinguished by its longer
and broader blue flowers, with a
decided red tinge, as many as ten
to twenty blossoms being in an
umbel,

B. californica (B. Austinw).—A very
fine species, 15 to 18 ins. high, bear-
ing loose umbels of ten to twenty-five
flowers of a beautiful rose-purple,
each spreading funnel-shaped blossom
being 13 to 2 ins. long, and the same
in width. Perfect stamens three.

B. candida.—This is like B. laxa,
but is finer, with large heads of white
flowers tinted with pale blue, or in
some cases pink, on stout stems.

B. capitata (Milla capitata)—A
beautiful species, with narrow linear
leaves and fragile stalks 1 to 2 ft.
high, bearing umbels of numerous
bright lilac or deep violet blooms
about April. The variety alba has
white flowers.

B. congesta.— A free-flowering
species, with roundish slender leaves
and deep violet flowers, six to twelve
in an umbel, borne in summer on
flexuous scapes 3 to5 ft. long. There
are three fertile stamens alternating
with three purple cleft staminodia in
the throat of the tube. There is a
rare white-flowered form.

B, crocea,—A small species with
very narrow leaves and umbels of
yellow flowers borne on slender leaf-
less stalks a foot high (Gard. Chron.
1901, 126, f. 39).

B. Douglasi (A/dla and Triteleta
grandiflora).—This fine species seems
to be intermediate between B. Howell:
and B.laxa. It has narrow leaves, and
dense umbels of six to twenty beauti-
ful bright blue flowers about 1 in.
long on the top of a scape 14 to 2 ft.
high. Perfect stamens six, three of

THE BULB BOOK

BRODLAA,

which are seated on the throat of
the tube, the other three reaching
nearly half-way up the segments,
(Bot. Mag. t. 6907.)

B. gracilis (Triteleia gractlis).—A
rare and pretty species, with slender
leaves, and about a dozen bright
yellow flowers, about 4 in. long, in an
umbel on the top of a scape less than
6 ins. high. The oblong segments '
are keeled with brown, and there are
six perfect stamens.

B. grandiflora (Hookera coronaria),
—This is the original species upon
which the genus Brodiza was founded
by Smith in 1808. It has linear leaves
and bright violet-blue flowers, three
to ten in an umbel, on top of a scape
about 18 ins. long. The perianth
tube is over 1 in. long, with rather
longer, oblong, spreading segments
and three fertile stamens. B. minor
comes near this species, but has fewer
flowers and shorter scapes. The
variety Ware has lilac-rose flowers
about 3 ins. long on stems 2 to 24
ft. high. (Bot. Reg. t. 1183.)

B. Hendersoni.—This very rare
species comes near B. Bridgest and
B. laxa. The flowers, however, are
salmon-yellow striped with purple,
and are 3 to 1 in. long, with bluish
anthers to the stamens in the centre.

B. Howelli (Triteleita Howellt).—
This is closely related to B. Douglasi. ,
It has, however, smaller flowers of a
beautiful porcelain-white, delicately
streaked with blue. The variety
lilacina is a far superior plant, having
twenty or more funnel-shaped flowers
each 1 in, across in an umbel, and of
a soft lavender-blue with white seg-
ments. (Bot. Mag. t. 6989.)

B, hyacinthina (Hesperocordum
hyacinthinum ; H, Lewist).—A pretty
species having linear leaves and ten
to thirty purple flowers in an umbel
on top of a scape 1 to 2 ft. long.
The variety lactea (better known in

114 ;

BRODIAA

gardens as Hesperocordum lacteum),
has umbels of white flowers striped
with green behind. The form known
as dilacina has larger white flowers
than lactea, suffused with lilac.

Fic. 76.—Brodiea Howelli lilacina. (4.)

B. ixioides (Ornithogalum txioides ;
Calliprora lutea).—A beautiful and
distinct species popularly called
“ Pretty Face,” having narrow, linear,
fleshy leaves, and scapes 1 to 2 ft.
long, bearing umbels of ten to twenty
bright yellow flowers. The variety
erecta is a fine form with large clear
yellow flowers of great substance.
Splendens is another fine variety,
rather earlier in blossoming.

B. laxa (Milla and Triteleia laxa).
—A pretty and showy species with
narrow linear leaves, and scapes 1 to
2 ft. long, having umbels of twenty to
fifty or more pale or dark violet flowers
about 14 ins. long, with segments
shorter than the funnel-shaped tube.
The variety splendens is an improve-
ment on the type, with stouter scapes
and larger heads of blossom of a soft

THE BULB BOOK

BRODIAA

pale blue or pinkish-purple. Other
forms have deep purple-blue flowers.
B. Leichtlini (A/tlla Letchtlint),—A
pretty species from the Chilian Andes,
It has narrow linear leaves, and in

Fic. 77.—Brodiaa laxa. (}.)

March produces its: large, slightly
scented, pure white flowers with a
greenish band down the centre of the
segments. Only afew large blossoms
are borne on each umbel.

B. multiflora (B. parviflora).—A
pretty species with six to twenty
rather small pale blue flowers in
umbels on long scapes. There are
three perfect stamens and three
staminodia. (Bot. Mag. t. 5989.)

B. Orcutti.—This distinct species
has linear flattish leaves and stout
scapes 1 ft. or more in length, and
umbels of five to fifteen or more
bright lilac flowers, each over 1 in.
in diameter, with three fertile stamens
and three staminodia (Gard. Chron.
1896, xx. 214, f. 40).

B, Palmeri.—A species not yet well
known, with narrow lance-shaped
leaves, and bright purple flowers on
stems 1 to 2 ft. high (Gartenji. 1889,
f. 107).

115 i

BRODIAA

B. peduncularis (Milla and
Triteleia peduncularis).—This is simi-
lar to B. laxa, but has finer long-
stalked flowers of a beautiful porce-
lain-white varying to rosy-purple, in
large loose umbels. This is a very
free and vigorous species, and makes
a fine show when grown in large
masses.

B. Purdyi.—This is a very distinct
dwarf species, having beautiful rosy-
purple or lilac flowers, with spreading
and recurved segments, each of
which has a central line of violet.

B. rosea.—A pretty dwarf species
with roundish leaves and scapes 3 to
6 ins. long, carrying five to eight rosy-
red or pinkish-purple flowers, less
than 1 in. long, in an umbel. Fertile
stamens three, with dilated filaments ;
staminodia three, white, strap-shaped.

B.Sellowiana,—A handsome species

Fic. 78.—Brodiea Sellowtana. (3.)

about 6 ins. high, native of Uruguay.
It has narrow, deeply channelled,

THE BULB BOOK

BRODIAA

grass-like, tapering leaves, very
much recurving. The solitary sweet-
scented flowers are about 1} ins,
across, of a uniform bright golden
yellow, with the exception of a more
or less distinct green central keel on
the outer surface of the ovate acute
segments.

This species does not appear to
have become very common, owing
probably to being rather more tender
in character. It grows well in an
ordinary greenhouse, and flowers in
January and February. (Fig. 78.)

B. stellaris.—A fine but rather rare
species, having roundish leaves and
reddish-purple flowers, varying to
deep blue, in an umbel, borne on
scapes 2 to 6 ins. high,

B. uniflora (Spring Starflower).—
This plant is still much better known

Fic. 79.—Brodta@a uniflora. (4.)

either as Milla uniflora or Triteleia

uniflora. It is one of the most
charming of spring or early summer
flowers, the pale lilac-blue starry
flowers, each about 2 ins. across,
being borne on purple-tinted scapes
about 6 ins. high in April and May,

116

BRUNSVIGIA

and nestling amongst the narrow
leaves. There is a beautiful white-
flowered variety, alba, and another
called violacea, with poreelain-blue
flowers.

Although a native of Buenos Ayres,
it is quite hardy in the British
Islands, and is an excellent plant
for massing boldly along the edges of
grass walks or borders, in the grass
itself, or for planting beneath trees
and shrubs.

B. volubilis (Stropholirion cali-
fornicum).—A remarkable species,
with slender twining stems 6 to 12
ft. long, bearing umbels of beautiful
rose-coloured blossoms (Bot. Mag. t.
6123).

BRUNSVIGIA (after the House of
Brunswick). Nat. Ord. Amaryllidez.
—A genus containing about ten
species of 8. African plants, having
large tunicated bulbs, strap-shaped
leaves (produced after the flowers),
and umbels of funnel-shaped flowers
on stout scapes, and usually red or
rose-red in colour. Botanically the
Brunsvigias are closely related to
Amaryllis, Nerine, Lycoris, Crinum,
Vallota, and Cyrtanthus.

From a garden point of view these
bulbous plants are not well known,
at least not so well as some of them
deserve to be. They cannot be
called hardy, except perhaps in the
most favoured and hottest parts of
the Kingdom, and are therefore
generally treated as half-hardy plants
in a cool greenhouse. They flourish
in a mixture of rich sandy loam and
fibrous peat, and may be grown in
well-drained pots, or planted in the
greenhouse beds or borders. If
grown in the open air, the warmest
and sunniest spots should be chosen
for them, and the large bulbs should
be planted deeply so that the crowns
may be 6 ins. or more beneath the

THE BULB BOOK

BRUNSVIGIA

surface. In this way they will be
secure from frost, and may be still
further protected from cold winter
rains by covering by heaps of litter,
bracken, etc., or by placing a hand-
light or bell-glass over them. It
should be noted that the leaves and
flowers do not appear together: the
latter appear during the summer
months, generally during July; and
after withering, the leaves develop
and carry on the work of assimilation
till the winter. When they wither,
water is withheld until growth starts
again, The simplest method of in-
creasing the stock is by means of
offsets from the older bulbs. Seeds
may take from ten to sixteen years
before they produce a flowering bulb.

The species known include—

B. Cooperi.—Bulbs ovoid, 3 to 4 ins,
through ; leaves 3 to 4 ins. broad;
flowers bright red, 2 to 23 ins. long,
twelve to sixteen in an umbel (Ref.
Bot. t. 380).

B. gigantea (B. multiflora; Am-
aryllis ortentalis.)—Bulbs very large ;
leaves 3 to 5 ins. broad, about a foot
long; flowers bright red, 2 to 24 ins.
long, twenty to thirty in an umbel on
top of a red or green stalk 8 to 12
ins. long, and as thick as a man’s finger
(Bot. Mag. t. 1619).

B. grandiflora.—Bulbs large, ovoid ;
leaves strap-shaped ; flowers pale red,
2 ins. long, about thirty in an umbel,
on a compressed scape about 14 ft.
high (Bot. Reg. t. 1335).

B. Josephine (Amaryllis Josephine;
A. Grifiniana).— This is the best
known and perhaps finest species. It
has bulbs 5 to 6 ins, in diameter ; grey-
green strap-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ft.
long, and 14 to 2 ins. broad. The
bright red flowers, 24 to 3 ins. long,
are borne in large umbels of twenty
to thirty, and sometimes as many as
fifty to sixty, on top of a scape about
1 in. thick and 18 ins, high.

117

BRUNSVIGIA

It was at one time thought that the
Kew variety of Amaryllis Belladonna
(see p. 71) was a hybrid between that
species and Brunsvigia Josephine,
Mr C. G. van Tubergen, of Haarlem,
however, is of another opinion.
Writing in the Gard. Chron. in
January 1909, p. 57, he says :—
“Principally with a view of ascertain-
ing the parentage of the Kew variety
of Amaryllis Belladonna (see Gard.,
November 19, 1898, and notes in the
Gard. Chron., February 9, 1901, etc.),
in the autumn of 1892, I artificially
impregnated Brunsvigia Josephine
with pollen of Amaryllis Belladonna.
Seeds formed freely, as the two
genera, Brunsvigia and Amaryllis,
are very nearly related. As could be
foreseen, with the slow-growing B.
Josephine as the female plant, a long
time had to elapse before the seedling
plants would be strong enough to
reach flowering size. After sixteen
years of patient waiting, two of the
strongest bulbs produced flower-spikes
in September of last year (1908).
When the hybrid plants had been
growing for a few seasons it became
evident that they differed in habit
fromthe Kewvariety of Amaryllis Bel-
ladonna, which produces a leaf-stem
about 4 ins. high, whereas my hybrids
all bear the character of Brunsvigia
Josephine in the foliage, leaves being
formed directly above the neck of the
bulbs. The infusion of the Belladonna
blood is clearly shown in the bulbs, as
these resemble those of the Bella-
donna and produce offsets freely,
whilst Brunsvigia never produces
offsets. A comparison of the supple-
mentary illustration in the Gard.
Chron., January 23, 1909, with that
of The Garden, November 1898, leads
to the conclusion that the Kew plant
can no longer be regarded as a hybrid
between these species, unless it was a
cross effected in the reverse way,

THE BULB BOOK

BRYONIA

taking Amaryllis Belladonna as the
female parent. In that case the
variety blanda must have been used,
it being the only variety of A. Bella-
donna known which produces a leaf-
stem. The colour of the flowers of
my hybrid was a clear deep rose,
suffused with carmine. A single spike
produced twenty-two flowers.” The
parentage of the Kew variety of A.
Belladonna is therefore still in doubt.
It is a pity Mr van Tubergen did not
make the reverse cross eighteen years
ago, making A. Belladonna the seed
parent.

B. minor (B. humilis).—Bulbs ovoid,
2 to 3 ins. through; leaves strap-
shaped, 6 ins. long, 1 in. broad;
flowers pale red, 1 to 1$ ins, long,
twelve to forty in an umbel, on stout
scapes 6 to 9 ins. high (Bot. Reg. t.
954).

B. Radula (Amaryllis Radula ; Co-
burgia Radula).—Bulb globose, larger
than a hazel-nut; leaves 2 to 3 ins,
long, 1 to 1} ins. broad, covered all
over with rough papille; flowers
red, three to five in an umbel, on
scapes 2 to 3 ins. high.

B. Slateriana (Ammocharis Slater-
tana; Amaryllis Banksiana).—Bulb
globose, 4 to 5 ins. through ; leaves
grey-green ; flowers bright rose-red,
14 ins. long, fifteen to twenty in an
umbel, on stout compressed stalks 6
ins. high.

BRYONIA (bryo, to sprout; in
allusion to the annual shoots from
the tubers). Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacee.
—A. genus of slender climbing herbs
with three- to five-lobed leaves ; small
whitish or yellow-green flowers, the
males and females of which are
usually borne on separate plants.

B, dioica,—This is a native peren-
nial plant having large, fleshy, tuber-
ous roots, often 2 to 3 ft. long, five-
lobed leaves, and clusters.of greenish

118

BULBINE

flowers from May to September, The
female blossoms are succeeded by red
berries, about } in. in diameter, in
autumn,

This species flourishes in any garden
soil, and may be used in rough places
for covering trellises, arches, old
hedges, etc, up which it climbs by
means of slender. stems and spiral
tendrils. There is no need to pro-
pagate, especially as it looks after
itself once in a garden. Indeed it
may be desirable to get rid of it very
often.

This plant must not be confused
with the Black Bryony (Zamus com-
munis), (which see).

BULBINE (bolbos, a bulb),
Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A genus
containing about twenty-three
species, mostly natives of S,
Africa, with two in W. Aus-
tralia. Notwithstanding the
generic name indicating « bul-
bous nature, many of the species
are really fibrous or fleshy
rooted plants, and have been
much confused with the An-
thericums. The leaves are
lance -shaped or linear, and
often fleshy ; and the small sweet-
scented yellow, or rarely white, flowers
are borne in dense racemes,

The plants are easily cultivated
in any ordinary rich and sandy
garden soil, but require warm and
sheltered spots. All kinds are
increased by offsets in autumn or
in spring.

B. Mackeni.—A handsome plant
from Natal, 9 to 12 ins. high, having
fleshy, fibrous root-stocks, ovate-
oblong, rather fleshy leaves, and erect
spikes of golden-yellow starry llowers
in summer (Dot, Mag. t. 5955).
Other species are :—B. australis from
New South Wales (Bot. Mag. t.
3017); B. caulescens (Bot, Mag. t.

THE BULB BOOK

BULBOCODIUM

816); and B. semibarbata from Tas-
mania (Bot, Mag, t. 3129), all formerly
known as Anthericums,

BULBOCODIUM (bolbos, a bulb;
kodion, wool; in reference to the
woolly coatings of the bulbs). Nat.
Ord. Liliaceaw.—This genus consists
of one species, resembling a Crocus in
habit and appearance, but differing
in having a superior instead of
inferior ovary, and six stamens in-
stead of three. It is closely related
to Merendera (which see).

B. vernum.—aA pretty plant 4 to 6
ins, high, with a black corm, from the
European Alps. The violet or rosy-

Fria. 80.—Bulbocodium vernum, corm; and section
showing new shoot, with miniature flower-spike. (3.)

purple, funnel-shaped flowers, nearly
4 ins. long, are produced often as
early as January in mild seasons,
and before the broad, strap-shaped,
channelled leaves appear. (Bot.
Mag. t. 153 ; Red. Lil. iv. t. 197; Fl.
d. Serr, xi. 1149.) There is a form
with variegated leaves, and also one
from the Caucasus called versicolor
(Bot. Reg. t. 571).

This species is suitable for growing
with Snowdrops, Leucojums, Winter
Aconites, and some of the Colchicums,
etc., in the rockery or warm parts of
the flower-border. A light, rich, sandy
loam suits it well, and the bulbs are
best left alone for three or four years
after planting. To increase the stock,

119

BUPHANE

the bulbs may be lifted from July to
September, and the offsets detached
and replanted at once 4 to 6 ins. apart
and 8 to 4 ins. deep.

BUPHANE (bous, an ox; hone,
slaughter ; the bulbs are said to be
fatal to cattle), Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidee.—A small genus of no great
garden value, closely related to
Hemanthus, having large tunicated
bulbs, leathery leaves, and numerous
red funnel-shaped flowers in umbels.
There are only two species, both
natives of Cape Colony. They are
not quite hardy enough for open-air
culture, but grow easily in a !green-
house in a compost of sandy loam
and peat, in the same way as the
Brunsvigias.

B, ciliaris (Amaryllis ciliaris ; He-
manthus ciliaris; Brunsvigia ciliaris;
Coburgia ciliaris ; Crossyne ciliare).
—This species has roundish bulbs 3
to 4 ins. in diameter, stiff leathery
leaves, 6 to 12 ins. long, thickly
ciliated with brown or straw-coloured
bristles. From fifty to one hundred
dull purple flowers are borne in a
dense umbel on a stout scape 4 to 6
ins. high. The variety guttata has
narrower leaves and longer bristles.
(Bot. Reg. t. 1153.)

B, disticha (B. toxicaria ; Haeman-
thus toxicaria; Amaryllis disticha ;
Brunsvigia toxtcaria), The Bush-
men’s Poison Plant.—A species with
huge roundish bulbs 6 to 9 ins. in
diameter, with many hundreds of thin
brown tunics. Leaves 1 to 14 ft.
long, distichous, not ciliated, but
often wavy. The deep scarlet sweet-
scented flowers are borne in dense
umbels 6 to 12 ins. across, on stout
compressed stalks 6 to 12 ins. high.
(Bot. Mag. t. 1217; Bot. Reg. t.
567.)

From the bulbs of this species the
Bushmen of 8. Africa express a

THE BULB BOOK

BURBIDGEA

poisonous juice, in which they dip
their arrows when bent on killing-
raids.

BURBIDGEA (after F. W. Bur-
bedge, late curator of Trinity College
Botanic Gardens, Dublin). Nat. Ord.
Scitaminee.—The only representive
of this genus is—

B. nitida.—An ornamental-looking
plant, closely related to Alpinia, 3 to
4 ft. high, with tufts of erect, roundish
stems, furnished with elliptic, lance-
shaped pointed leaves 4 to 6 in. long.
The bright orange-scarlet flowers are
borne in terminal racemes, sometimes
as often as three times in one year.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6403.)

Fic. 81.—Burbidgea nitida. (3.)

This plant is rarely seen outside
botanic gardens. Being a native of
N.W. Borneo, it naturally requires
plenty of heat and moisture. It must
therefore be grown in the stove, with
a mininum winter temperature of 65°
F., and may be treated as a pot plant
or placed in a border. It flourishes
in loamy soil enriched with a little
old cow-manure, and during the

120

BUTOMUS

period of growth in the spring and
summer months likes plenty of water
and free syringings. Grown in bold
masses, B. nitida is effective when
in blossom. It requires a rest in
winter, and may be increased by
division of the creeping root-stocks in
spring.

BUTOMUS (bous, an ox; temno, to
cut; in reference to the acrid juice
causing the mouth to bleed). Nat.
Ord. Alismacese.—This genus is re-
presented by—

B. umbellatus, the “Flowering
Rush.”—A beautiful marsh plant,
having creeping root-stocks and
three-sided leaves 3 to 4 ft. long,
sheathing at the base. The um-
bels of rosy-lilac blossoms about
1 in. across appear in June and
July, and consist of six oblong
segments, nine stamens, and six
beaked reddish carpels in the
centre.

The Flowering Rush flourishes
on the margins of lakes, streams,
or rivers in muddy soil, but re-
quires open, sunny places to come
to perfection. It may be increased
by division of the root-stocks in
spring; or may be raised from
seed.

CALADIUM (perhaps from kala-
dion, a cup, in reference to the
spathes ; or halos, beautiful, referring
to the leaves). Nat. Ord. Aroidez.—
A genus of popular garden plants, all
natives of Tropical America north
of the Equator. Gustav Wallis, the
great plant collector, has reported that
the forests along the lower Amazon
are covered for miles and miles with
Caladiums during the rainy season.
They have tuberous root-stocks, and
long-stalked, peltate, oblong, or sagit-
tate or arrow-shaped leaves of a
more or less membranous texture,

THE BULB BOOK

CALADIUM

and often beautifully coloured and
veined, The flowers are borne on
spadices within spathes, but are of
no particular beauty.

Caladiums are still highly valued
as decorative plants wherever an
interest is taken in hothouse subjects.
There is a general resemblance in
the appearance and shape of the
leaves of the numerous varieties in
cultivation (said to be about two
thousand), but there is great varia-
tion in size and colouring. The
leaf-blades of some varieties are only
a few inches long, but in others they

Fia. 82.—Caladium, root-stock and roots.

are as much as 18 ins. or more, The
colouring also ranges from almost a
pure white and pellucid tissue to
deep crimson, purple, bronze, etc.,
while many forms are beautifully
mottled, or blotched with colours
quite distinct from the ground
colour.

Provided plenty of heat and
moisture are available, there is no
great difficulty in growing Caladiums ;
and yet to produce really fine speci-
mens is an act that can only be
acquired by experience and intelligent

121

CALADIUM

attention to cultural details. The
plants are mostly grown in pots, the
sizes of which vary according to
the size of the tubers. The drainage
must be perfect in all cases. An
excellent compost is made by mixing
turfy loam, leaf-mould or turfy peat,
old cow-manure, and coarse silver
sand in equal proportions, the whole
being turned over three times to
secure an equable distribution of the
various ingredients.

The tubers are started into growth
at intervals between January and
March. They are shaken out of the
old soil in which they have rested
during the winter, and any dead
or decaying portions are carefully
scraped away. After potting up
in the compost above mentioned,
the tubers are placed in a temperature
of not less than 65° to 70° F., the
pots being often plunged in a coco-nut
fibre bed with a moist bottom heat,
to encourage more rapid growth.
Gentle sprinklings are at first given
to keep the surroundings moist, but
as the growths push up with increasing
vigour, so must the supply of water
be increased accordingly. Once the
leaves are fully expanded, and the
pots have become full, a somewhat
cooler atmosphere may be provided
if it is intended to keep the plants a
long time in leaf, or if they are required
for exhibition. As a rule, however,
the heat and moisture are kept up
during active growth when plants are
not required for other situations,
and weak liquid manure is given
three or four times a week, or even
oftener, to bring out all the gorgeous
beauty of the leaf coloration, The
plants are kept clean by frequent
syringings ; and owing to the delicate
tissues of the leaves, they must not
be subjected to strong sunshine at
any time.

Towards the autumn the leaves

THE BULB BOOK

CALADIUM

begin to lose their beauty, and flop
over the sides of the pots. This
indicates the approach of the resting
period ; consequently water is given
less frequently, until at length the
withered leaves drop off and the
tubers are once more allowed to rest
in a dryish state until early spring in
a temperature not below 60° F. during
the winter.

Caladiums are easily increased by
detaching the suckers which spring
from the fleshy tubers in spring, or
by carefully cutting tubers with
several crowns into pieces. When
the sucker-like shoots have grown
5or 6 ins. long, they should be cut
off at the base with as many fibrous
roots attached as possible. They are
then put into small pots in the
compost recommended, and plunged
in bottom heat 65° to 75° F. in a
propagating frame. They are kept
close and moist for a time until they
recover, after which they may be
taken out and placed in a more light-
some and airy position. When fully
established they may be placed in
larger pots, either singly or several
together, to make large specimens.
Very few of the natural species are
grown, having been displaced by the
more beautiful garden varieties that
have been raised principally from C.
bicolor. The following, however, may
be mentioned :—

Cc. adamantinum.—An ornamental
plant with deflexed, sagittate leaves,
dark green veined with white, and
covered with numerous white dots
along the borders of the veins (Jil.
fort, xxxviii. t. 132).

Cc. argyrites.—This is one of the
smallest and at the same time one of
the most popular members of the
genus, being frequently used for the
decoration of tables, edges of stages
in the greenhouse, and even in dry
and draughty exhibition places, The

122

we

CALADIUM

small sagittate leaves have a light
green ground colour, irregularly
blotched with white, the borders and
main veins being also white. (JJ. d.
Serr. xiii. 1345 ; Ill, Hort. 1858, 158.)
C. lilliputianum seems to be merely
a variety of this (Zid. Hort. 1892, 186).

C. Baraquini.—Leaves 20 to 30 ins.
long, with deep red centre and dark
green margins (JiJ. Hort. 1850, 257 ;
Fl. d. Serr. xiii. 1377).

C. bicolor (Arum bicolor).—Leaves
peltate cordate, sagittate, coloured
bright red in the centre. Grows
about 1 ft. high. (Bot. Mag. tt. 820,
2543.) As already stated, many forms

Fic. 83.—Caladium bicolor. (4.)

have arisen from this species, and in
past days many names were given to
the most striking. The ginger-like
roots of this species are eaten by the
natives in the Tropics.

©. Cannartii—Leaves green, with
paler blotches and deep red veins.

THE BULB BOOK

CALADIUM

C, Chantini.—Leaves bright crimson
irregularly blotched with white, and
bordered with dark green.

C. Devosianum.—Leaves angular,
blotched with white and pink.

C. Hardyi.—Leaves reddish, slightly
spotted with white.

C. Kochi.—Leaves green, spotted
with white.

Cc. Lemaireanum.—Leaves green,
veined with white (J//. Hort. 1862,
t. 311).

C. Leopoldi,—Leaves green, marbled
with red and blotched with pink.

C. macrophyllum.—Leaves large,
pale green, blotched greenish-white.

C. maculatum.—Leaves oblong,
pointed, cordate at the base, clearly
spotted with white.

C. marmoratum (Alocasia Roezli).—
Leaves broad, peltate, over 1 ft. long,
sagittate-ovate acute, dark bottle-
green dotted and blotched with
white. The variety costata is dis-
tinguished by having the midrib
marked out with a tapering band of
silvery grey.

Cc. medioradiatum.—An orna-
mental species with peltate, ovate-
acute leaves notched at the base,
dark green, with midrib and branches
silvery white, the stalk being mottled
with brown (Jil. Hort, xxxviii. t.
128),

C. Rougieri.—Leaves green, spotted
white ; centre paler green, veined red.

C. rubescens.—This species has a
leaf-blade 6 ins, long by 2 ins. wide,
ovate lance-shaped, wavy, with short
basal lobes, crimson, edged with
white. The spathe is 3} ins, long,
green with a blackish stripe. (Gard.
Chron. 1893, xiv. 86.)

C. sagittatum.—A distinct species,
having narrow sagittate leaves, deeply
bilobed behind, dark green in colour,
the midrib and main veins being
feathered with red (lll. Hort,
XXxviii. t, 138).

123

CALLA

C. sanguinolentum.—Leaves green,
with a white midrib blotched with red.

C. Schomburgki (C. Scheellert ; Alo-
casia argyroneura). — Leaves green,
veined with white (Jil. Hort. t.
997, fig. 2). The variety Schmite
(Alocasia erythrea) has leaves with a
whitish centre, the midrib and main
veins being red and surrounded
with a green network.

C. sub-rotundum.—Leaves round-
ish, spotted with red and white.

C. venosum.—The leaves of this
species are about 10 ins. long by
4 ins. broad, green, veined with yellow
and margined with red, The green
spathe is about 3 ins. long. (Gard.
Chron. 1893, xiv. 87.)

C. VerschaffeltiLeaves some-
what heart-shaped, bright green,
irregularly spotted with vivid red
(Bot. Mag. t. 5263).

C. Wallisi—Leaves dark olive
green, irregularly spotted and blotched
with pure white, and veined with
yellowish-white. é

The genus Caladium has been much
confused with other genera like
Alocasia, Colocasia, etc., to which
the reader is referred. For garden
varieties it is better to consult the
current catalogues of specialists,

CALLA (hallos, beautiful). Nat.
Ord. Aroideze.—The only species of
the genus—C. palustris—is a pretty
little water plant found wild in parts
of Central and Northern Europe and
North America. It is popularly
known as the “ Bog Arum.” It grows
about 6 ins. high, and has smooth,
deep green, heart-shaped leaves
springing up above the water surface
from creeping root-stocks. The male
and female flowers on the same
spadix appear in May and June, and
are protected by a pure white spathe,
the outer surface of which is tinged
with yellow. (Bot. Mag. t. 1831.)

THE BULB BOOK

CALLIPSYCHE

This pretty little plant is natural-
ised in parts of Britain. It grows
freely on the sides of rivers, lakes,
ponds, etc, or in marshy places, and
is easily increased by division of the
root-stocks,

Several other plants, popularly
known as “Catza,” belong to the
genus Richardia (which see).

CALLIPHRURIA (kallos, beauti-
ful ; phroura, prison ; in reference to
the beauty of the spathe enveloping
the flowers), Nat.Ord. Amaryllidez.
—A small genus closely related to
Eucharis, and containing only the two
species here mentioned.

C. Hartwegiana.—A pretty bulbous
plant from the Andes of Bogota,
The ovoid bulbs, with brown mem-
branous tunics, are about an inch in
diameter, and produce stolons freely.
The bright green oblong-acute leaves
are about 4 to 5 ins. long, and about
2 ins. broad. The white funnel-
shaped flowers are borne in umbels
of six to eight on slender peduncles
about a foot long, about May and
June. (Bot. Mag. t. 6259.)

C. tenera,—A native of the Andes
of New Granada, with round bulbs
about 3 in. through. The white
flowers are smaller than those of B.
Hartwegiana, and are borne on shorter
peduncles. This species is not in
cultivation.

CALLIPSYCHE (hallos, beautiful ;
psyche, a butterfly), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidee. — A genus closely
related to Eucharis and Eucrosia,
having only three species of bulbous
perennials, natives of the Andes of
Ecuador and Peru. The bulbs are
tunicated, and furnished with oblong-
stalked leaves which appear after the
blossoms. These are funnel-shaped,
with a short tube, and the stamens
are remarkable for the great length
of their filaments.

124

CALLIPSYCHE

These little-known bulbous plants
are not difficult to grow in an
ordinary greenhouse or conservatory.
They like a compost of sandy loam
and leaf-mould, and may be grown
in well-drained pots or planted out
in the greenhouse border. They
require proper attention in regard to
watering when growing and flowering,
the periods of which are erratic.
Propagation by offsets from older
bulbs.

C. aurantiaca.—Bulbs ovoid, about
1 in. through. Leaves oblong, heart-
shaped, about 6 ins. long and 4 ins.
broad. Flowers bright yellow, with
a short green tube, six to eight in an
umbel on top of a stalk 14 to 2 ft.

Fic. 84.—Callipsyche mirabilis. (4.)

long, and having the stamens” pro-
truding 23 to 3 ins. beyond the
perianth segments. Recorded as
flowering in February. (Ref. Bot. t.
167; Bot, Mag. t. 6841.)

C. eucrosioides, — Bulbs round, 2
ins. in diameter. Leaves oblong,
about a foot long and 4 ins. broad.
Flowers greenish-yellow, eight to
ten in an umbel on top of a

THE BULB BOOK

CALLIRHOE

slender scape about 2 ft. high, and
having the stamens protruding about
3 ins. beyond the tip of the perianth
segments. Recorded as flowering in
May. (Bot, Reg. 1845, t. 45.)

C. mirabilis (Fig. 84)—A very
remarkable plant, with oblong brown-
coated bulbs 2 ins, in diameter, and
thin oblong-acute leaves about 1 ft.
long, and 6 ins. or more across in
the widest part, The greenish-yellow
flowers, often thirty in number, form
a dense umbel 8 to 9 ins. across,
on top of a grey-green peduncle about
3 ft. high, and are remarkable for
having the white filaments of the
stamens protruding about 4 or 5 ins.
beyond the tips of the perianth
segments. (Ref. Bot. t. 168; Gard.
Chron. March 31, 1900, 202, f.) Re-
corded as flowering in July, August,
and December.

CALLIRHOB (the name of the
daughter of the river-god Achelous).
Nat. Ord, Malvaceee.—A small genus
of N. American herbs, similar in
appearance to the Mallows. The fol-
lowing have tuberous root-stocks :—

C. involucrata.—A_hairy-stemmed
perennial with whitish, turnip-shaped
roots, and climbing stems 2 to 3 ft.
long, furnished with three- to five-
lobed leaves. The flowers, about 2
ins. across, appear in summer, and
are crimson, shading to white at the
base, with a cluster of yellow stamens
in the centre.

Cc. macrorhiza.—This species has
purple-carmine flowers; but there
are forms with pale rose and white
flowers.

These plants are easily grown in
the open air in ordinary garden soil,
but like warm, sunny positions. The
stems may be allowed to ramble over
the ground, or be trained up stakes
or trellises. Seeds are produced
freely, and fresh plants may be

125

CALOCHORTUS

obtained from them in spring; or
the roots may be divided. In bleak
spots it would be advisable to pro-
tect the root-stocks in winter.

CALOCHORTUS (kallos, beautiful ;
chortus, grass; in reference to the
slender leaves). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze
(Mariposa Lily; Star Tulip) —A
genus containing twenty to thirty
species of beautiful plants, with tuni-
cated bulbs, narrow leaves, and
somewhat branched, few-flowered
stems, bearing long-stalked, showy,
erect or drooping flowers, yellow,
bluish-purple, or white in colour.
The perianth consists of six distinct
segments, the three outer ones of
which are sepal-like, and much
narrower than the three larger and
broader inner ones, which are bearded
on the inside. In the Cyclobothras,
or “Star Tulips,” which are now
included with this genus, all the
perianth segments are bearded within
and furnished with a honey-pit in
the centre. Stamens six, hypogynous,
or slightly adhering to the base of
the segments.

Quoting mainly from the Practical
Guide to Garden Plants, the Mariposa
Lilies and Star Tulips should be
planted not later than from September
to the end of November, 3 ins. deep
and about 3 ins. apart, in a raised
sunny border with a slight slope to
the south, in a soil composed of sharp
sand, leaf-soil, and road grit. Great
importance is attached to having the
bed in which they are planted raised
above the surrounding soil, as
thorough drainage is thus secured,
and it is essential to keep the bulbs
as dry as possible in winter. It is
safer, especially in unfavourable parts
of the Kingdom, to cover the beds
with reeds, bracken, straw, etc., so as
to keep off heavy rains, and at the
same time afford protection from

THE BULB BOOK

CALOCHORTUS

frost. This covering, whatever it is,
should be removed in February and
March, according to the season and
the growth of the plants. After
flowering, and when the stems have
withered, the bulbs may either be
lifted and carefully stored until
planting time, or a light may be
placed over them to keep them dry,
and allow them to thoroughly ripen.
The latter is the better plan if it can
be adopted, and there is no necessity
to lift the bulbs for about three years,
unless for the purposes of increasing
the plants by means of the offsets
from them. —

The main points to remember in
growing Mariposa Lilies are—early
planting, a light porous soil, sunny
position, thorough drainage, protec-
tion from winter rains, plenty of
water during active growth, and
thorough ripening of the bulbs by
lifting, or placing lights over them.

Mariposa Lilies may also be
increased by seeds, or the small
bulbils often produced on the upper
portion of the stems, as in the case
of some Liliums. The seeds may be
sown as soon as ripe, or early in
spring in cold frames, or under glass,
but so thinly as to allow the seedlings
plenty of space to develop without
disturbing for one or two years.
They may then be planted in light
soil either in frames or singly in pots,
and grown on until they reach the
flowering stage, which is in three to
six years after the seed is sown.

The following are some of the best
species in cultivation. They are
mostly natives of California, but one
or two, as noted, come from Oregon,
Arizona, and other parts of the
States. A reference to the general
hairiness of all the species is omitted
from the following short descriptions.

Cc. albus (Cyclobothra alba)—A
vigorous species 12 to 18 ins. high,

126

CALOCHORTUS

bearing eight to twelve roundish,
drooping flowers of pearly white,
having a deep blotch at the base of
the segments. The variety known as
the “ Pearl” is larger, taller, and later
than the type.

C. amabilis.—This is the name now
given to the plant usually known as
C. pulchellus (Gard. Chron. 1903,
xxxiv. 133),

C. apiculatus.— A vigorous Star
Tulip, with stout stems 9 to 18 ins.
high, bearing pale lemon-yellow
flowers, which become more creamy
in colour in the smaller flowered form
known as minor.

C. Bentharai (C’. elegans lutea).—A
beautiful species 4 to 8 ins. high, with
long linear leaves, and bright canary
yellow flowers in July and August
(Bot. Mag. t. 6475).

C. clavatus.—A fine vigorous Mari-

Fia. 85.—Calochortus clavatus.

posa Lily, having a much-branched
stem bearing large wide-open flowers

THE BULB BOOK

CALOCHORTUS

of a brilliant golden yellow during
June and July (Bot. Mag. t. 7606).

C. ceruleus.—A dwarf Star Tulip
from Sierra Nevada, growing 3 to 6
ins. high. The pretty flowers appear
in July, three to five in an umbel, and
are of a bright lilac or creamy white,
densely bearded with bluish hairs,
the outer segments being lined and
dotted with dark blue. The variety
major is a very large-flowered form,
and roseus has a distinct rosy hue.

C. collinus.—A very rare species,
with clear pale lilac flowers.

C. elegans. — An elegant species
about 8 ins. high, producing in June
three to five greenish-white flowers
tinged with purple at the base. The
variety amonus is a beautiful free-
flowering form with nodding flowers
of a rich pink colour, the three broad
inner segments having a deep zone
near the base, the whole surface being
covered with silky hairs. (Lot. Mag.
t. 5976.)

C. flavus.—A Mexican species, hav-
ing lance-shaped leaves and drooping
yellow flowers, the three inner seg-
ments of which curve outwards and
are covered with hairs except near
the tips.

C. Goldyi.—A pretty species, inter-
mediate between the two main sec-
tions of the genus, and having brown-
ish-yellow flowers.

C. Greeni.— A vigorous species
1 ft. or more high, having broad
glaucous-green leaves, and three clear
lilac flowers in June, the inner seg-
ments being zoned with yellow and
purple at the base, and often covered
with long curly hairs.

C. Gunnisoni.— A native of the
Rocky Mountains, with large bright
lilac flowers 2 to 3 ins. across, tinged
with yellowish-green below the
middle of the segments, at the base
of which is a deep purple zone.

C. Howelli—A strong-growing

127

CALOCHORTUS

species 9 to 18 ins, high, with a long
glossy leaf, and large creamy-white
flowers.

Cc. Kennedyi—tThis is a striking
and beautiful species about 18 ins.
high, freely producing in early summer
its large bright orange-red or
scarlet flowers, the black spots near
the base being surrounded with
bristles (Bot. Mag. t. 7264).

C. lilacinus (C. umbellatus ; C. uni-
florus).—A fine species with four to
ten flowers of a pale pink, purple, or
lilac, borne on a stem 6 to 8 ins. high.
One bulb often ‘throws up a dozen
spikes of blossom. (Bot. Mag. t.
5804.)

C. longibarbatus.—A native of
Oregon and Washington Territory ;
about 1 ft. high, with pale purple-lilac
flowers, having a darker purple band
across the base of each inner seg-
ment.

C. luteus.—A fine species 1 to 2 ft.
high, having cup-shaped flowers about
3 ins. across, appearing in July, and
varying in colour from light to deep
yellow and orange; the inner seg-
ments being usually bordered with
purple hairs, and tinged with reddish-
brown at the base (Bot. Reg. t.
1567). The variety oculatus has
bright yellow flowers with a con-
spicuous dark purple eye-like blotch
at the base of the inner segments ;
concolor, clear, buttercup - yellow,
tinged with brown at the base
(Gard. 1895, t. 1043).

C. Lyoni.—Flowers in June, pure
white to rose, with a blackish spot
at the base of the inner segments
(Gard, 1895, xvii. 426).

C. macrocarpus.—Flowers in July,
about 4 ins. across, usually one on
a stem about 18 ins. high, and deli-
cately tinted with purple-lilac, with
a greenish line down the centre of
the segments (Bot. Reg. t. 1152).

C. madrensis.—A Mexican plant

THE BULB BOOK

CALOCHORTUS

12 to 18 ins. high, having bright
orange-yellow flowers as late as
August and September.

Fic. 87.—Calochortus nitidus. (4.)

C. Maweanus.—Flowers in June
and July, on stems 6 to 10 ins. high;

128

CALOCHORTUS

the outer segments purplish in colour,
the inner ones pure white with a
purple base (Bot. Mag. t. 5976).

Cc. nitidus.—A strong - growing
species, the stems of which bear five
to ten large white flowers in an
umbel in August. The three inner
segments have a large indigo blotch
in the centre. (Gard. 1896, ii.)

C. Nuttalli (C. Letchtlint)—The
large flowers, about 3 ins. across, ap-
pear in June, two to three on a stem ;
the narrow outer segments are green
striped with red, the larger inner
segments being pure or creamy-
white blotched with blackish purple
at the base (Bot. Mag. t. 5862).

C. obispoénsis.—A rare and distinct
species with branched stems 1 to 2 ft.
high, having orange and purple outer
segments, and lemon-yellow inner
ones tipped with reddish-brown.

C. Plummerz,—aA fine species with
broad leaves nearly 2 ft. long, and
branching spikes of soft lilac flowers
about 4 ins. across, in July ; the lower
half of the broader, inner segments
being covered with golden - yellow
hairs, and blotched with purple
(Gard. Feb. 2, 1895).

Cc. pulchellus (Cyclobothra pul-
chella).—_A. charming species 9 to
12 ins. high, with glaucous stems and
leaves, producing in June and July
much-branched stems, each one end-
ing in a cluster of three to four
sweet-scented, bright orange-yellow,
drooping flowers (Bot. Reg. t. 1662;
Bot. Mag. t. 6527).

This is one of the hardiest species,
the proper name of which appears
to be C. amabilis,

C. Purdyi.—A graceful species 9 to
18 ins, high, bearing in June white
flowers 14 to 2 ins. across. The
narrow-pointed outer segments are
spotted with purple, the much larger
and roundish inner segments being
densely covered with long white hairs,

THE BULB BOOK

CALOCHORTUS

and blotched and spotted with purple
near the base. (Gard. Chron. 1898,
xxiii, 394, f. 147.)

Fic. 88.—Calochortus Purdyi. (4.)

C. splendens.—A very old garden
plant, and still one of the best, It
produces its large pale lilac flowers
‘in August, the inner segments being
blotched with deep purple at the
base. The variety atroviolacea has
smaller purple flowers with a dark
red blotch at the base of each inner
segment; rubra is a fine new form.
(Bot. Reg. 1676; Fl. de Serr. ii. 104,
f.2; Gard. 1884, 137.)

Cc. venustus.—A beautiful plant
about 18 ins. high, with large, white,
cup-shaped flowers nearly 3 ins.
across. The three outer segments
are small, narrow and _ tapering,
and reflexed, the three large inner
ones being yellow at the hairy base,
deeply stained with crimson, and
having a blotch of the same colour
near the centre.

129

CALOCHORTUS

This is a very variable species, with
numerous varieties such as albus, pure
white ; brachysepalus, having shorter
outer segments or sepals than the
type; Leichtlini, white with a purple
blotch near base (Bot. Mag. t. 5862) ;
lilacinus, deep lilac; purpurascens,
deep lilac-purple ; roseus, rosy purple

Fic. 89.—Calochortus venustus. (%.)

with deep purple spots; Emperor,
flowers suffused with rose, white,
maroon, and purple on a yellow
ground ; cztrinus, lemon-yellow (Bot.
Mag. t. 6200) ; oculatus, with brilliant
purple-rose buds expanding into
white, with a deep blackish-purple
centre surrounded with yellow;
pictus, flowers white, with rosy spots
at the base, and a brown blotch
on each segment (Gard. 1895, xlvii.
465); sanguineus, flowers varying
from light to deep red; vesta, with
flowers 4 ins. across, white flushed
with rose, marked with brown and
yellow at the base. This variety will
grow in any soil, from heavy wet

THE BULB BOOK

CALOSTEMMA

clay to light loam, and_ increases
rapidly. The varieties belonging to
the Eldorado group have large flowers
of great substance, and vary from
pure white to pink, salmon, and deep
purple.

C. Weedi.—A beautiful and re-
markable species, with large, flattish,
rich yellow flowers 3 ins. across, in
July. The three outer segments of
the perianth are narrow, lance-shaped,
and tapering, while the three broad
inner wedge-shaped segments are
spotted with purple in the central
portion and covered with long hairs.
The short filaments, with long anthers,
are a striking feature of the centre
of the flowers.

CALOSTEMMA (kallos, beautiful ;
stemma,a crown). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidese—A small genus of Australian
plants with tunicated bulbs and
funnel-shaped flowers in umbels.
Closely related to Eurycles.

These plants are easily grown in
a greenhouse, and may be even fairly
hardy in the warmest parts of the
Kingdom. A compost of sandy loam
and leaf-soil in well-drained pots
suits them well.

C, album.—A pretty species from
the Gulf of Carpentaria, frequently
confused with Eurycles Cunning-
hamt. It has long-stalked oblong-
acute leaves, and white flowers 4 in.
long, borne in umbels of. twelve to
twenty on top of a slender peduncle
1 to 14 ft. high.

C. luteum (C. candidum), Similar
to C. purpureum, except that the
flower is larger and bright yellow in
colour. Native of Queensland and
N.S. Wales. (Bot. Mag. t. 2101;
Bot. Reg. t. 421; Bot. Reg. 1840,
t.19; £. d. Serr. t. 1135.)

Cc. purpureum.—A native of S.
Australia and N.S. Wales, having
round bulbs about 2 ins. in diameter.

130

CAMASSIA

Leaves linear, produced after the
flowers. These are dark purple, about
3 in. long, as many as ten to twenty
in an umbel on top of a slender com-
pressed stalk 1 to 2 ft. long. The
variety carneum (Bot. Reg. 1840,
t. 26) has rather larger flowers, pale
purple or white in colour. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2100; Bot. Reg. t. 422;
Fil. d. Serr. t. 1135.)

COROWA H

Fic. 90.—Calostemma album.

CAMASSIA (from Quamash, the
name given by the N. American
Indians, who eat the bulbs). Nat.
Ord. Liliacee.—A small genus of
N. American plants closely related
botanically to the Scillas and Ornitho-
galums, having tunicated bulbs, linear
or strap-shaped leaves, and blue,
purplish, or whitish flowers in loose
racemes. The perianth consists of
six nearly equal, distinct, spreading
segments, finely veined.

Camassias. are excellent plants for
massing in the ordinary flower-border,

THE BULB BOOK

CAMASSIA

which they embellish from May to
July with their slender erect spikes
of graceful blossoms. They flourish
in any well-drained garden soil, but
prefer a good sandy loam and leaf-
soil in warm and sheltered spots.
Heavy soil saturated with water is
fatal to the bulbs during the winter.
Increase in the stock is effected by
detaching the offsets from the older
bulbs late in the summer or early
autumn, when the plants have finished
their growth. The offsets and old
bulbs should be replanted immedi-
ately, or stored in sand or dry soil
till September. In any case they
should be replanted not later than
October, to secure a good display the
following season. It is generally un-
necessary to put stakes to the flower
stems, although this may be necessary
in very windy localities.

C. Cusicki.—A native of the Blue
Mountains of Oregon and California,
having large rosettes of broad grey-
green leaves and stems 8 to 4 ft. high,
with racemes of large delicate blue
flowers.

C. Engelmanni, from the Rocky
Mountains, has very much larger
bulbs. The leaves are 9 to 12 ins.
long, and about 14 ins. broad, and
grey-green above, while the bright
blue flowers are borne in _ loose
racemes. This fine plant is not yet
well known.

C. esculenta (Quamash).—A native
of British Columbia, with white ovoid
or roundish brown-coated bulbs.
The linear, channelled leaves are
about 1 ft. long. The scapes, 14 to
3 ft. high, appear from May to July,
bearing ten to twenty blue flowers
about 2 ins. across in loose racemes.
The sixth segment is separated
distinctly from the other five, and
each one has about five distinct
deeper blue nerves. There is a white-
flowered variety, flore-albo (formerly

131

CANARINA

known as Scilla); and also one with
deeper blue flowers than the type,
known in gardens as atrocerulea ;
atroviolacea is similar, and preecox is
an early-flowering form. (Bot. Reg.
t. 1486; Bot. Mag. t. 2774.)

In its native country the inhabit-
ants eat the bulbs of this species,
which are floury and of a good flavour
when baked or roasted like potatoes.

Cc. Fraseri (Scilla esculenta).—A
native of the eastern United States,
with sharp - pointed, narrow leaves,
and flower-stems about 14 ft. high,
bearing ten to thirty pale blue flowers,
each about 1 in. across, in loose
racemes in summer, often later than
C. esculenta (Bot. Mag. t. 1574).

C. Leichtlini (Chlorogalum Leicht-
lint).—This is a handsome species
from British Columbia and Cali-
fornia, and is a taller and more
vigorous grower than C. esculenta, of
which it is considered by some to be
only a variety. The flower-stems are
3 to 4 ft. high, and bear large racemes
of beautiful creamy -white flowers.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6287.) The variety
atroviolacea has long spikes of deep
purple flowers.

CANARINA (from the Canary
Islands, its native habitat). Nat. Ord.
Campanulacee.—There is only one
species in this genus, viz.—

C. Campanula (Campanula canar-
zensts) (Fig. 91).—A very old but still
practically unknown garden plant
closely related to Codonopsis, having
been introduced from the Canary
Islands in 1696. It is a perennial
herb, having milky tuberculous roots
or rhizomes from which arise juicy,
succulent stems, 3 to 4 ft. high, on
which are borne opposite, triangularly
heart - shaped leaves, irregularly
toothed on the margins. The large
and beautiful bell-shaped blossoms
appear during the autumn and winter

THE BULB BOOK

CANARINA

season, sometimes as early as October,
and sometimes as late as February
and March, They are drooping or
horizontal, fleshy in texture, red,
yellowish-purple, or orange in colour,
conspicuously veined with purple or
deep red. The calyx and the corolla
are both remarkable for having six
divisions, thus differing from most of
the Campanulaceze, which have five
divisions as a rule. There are also
six stamens free from the corolla, a
stigma with six linear lobes, and an
inferior ovary having six cells and
numerous ovules ; the fruit eventually
being a large, fleshy, roundish berry.
(Bot. Mag. t. 444 ; Fl. d. Serr. t. 1094.)

Fic. 91.—Canarina Campanula. (}.)

This charming plant is rarely
seen outside botanical collections,
the reason probably being that its
cultural requirements are not yet
quite understood. It is treated as
a greenhouse plant, but being de-
ciduous in character, is somewhat

132

CANNA

difficult to manage. Growth usually
appears in spring, and from then
onwards should be encouraged with
a fair amount of water, according to
the rapidity or otherwise of vegeta-
tion. A mixture of loam, a little
leaf-soil, and a fair sprinkling of
coarse silver sand seems to be the
most suitable compost, and quite
nice bushy specimens may be ob-
tained in pots 5 ins. to 8 ins. in
diameter. When the shoots and
leaves begin to turn yellow, less
water should be given, and eventu-
ally withheld altogether during the
time the tuberous root-stocks are
resting. The plant may be propa-
gated by division when repotting in
spring, and also by taking short,
half-ripened cuttings of the non-
flowering side-shoots during the
summer and inserting them in a
very sandy soil in a close and shaded
frame. This plant deserves to be
more widely known and grown.

CANNA (cane, a reed), INDIAN SHOT.
Nat. Ord. Scitaminee.—A genus
of erect and often tall-growing peren-
nial herbs with thickish root-stocks,
ornamental leaves, and often gorgeous
flowers in erect simple or branched
racemes. Sepals and petals three.
Stamens petal-like, shortly tubular
at the base, with narrow or wedge-
shaped, oblong lobes, the outer ones
nearly equal, imbricate, sometimes
two more or less united, the third
one free, sometimes all absent; the
two inner ones narrower, one being
sterile, the other bearing a linear one-
celled anther with a petal-like lobe,
adnate at the side. Fruit a spiny,
three-celled capsule with numerous
hard, roundish, shot-likeseeds, whence
the popular name “Indian Shot.”

In regard to this genus one cannot
do better than repeat the Practical
Guide to Garden Plants, p. 885 :—

THE BULB BOOK

CANNA

“Although nearly one hundred
species shave been described, Mr. J.
G. Baker, who has studied these
plants closely, is of opinion that they
can all be reduced to about a dozen
distinct species. These are of little

-use from an ornamental point of

view, and are confined chiefly to
botanical collections; but the mag-
nificent hybrids which have been
taised from them, and for which we
are indebted in the first place to
continental nurserymen, ‘are among
the most showy and ornamental of
plants for the summer garden. One
of the first to obtain Canna hybrids
was a M. Année of Paris, who in 1848
raised C. Annai from seeds of C.
nepalensts, which had probably been
fertilised with the pollen of some
other unknown sort. This strain
became so popular that in 1861 over
20,000 tufts of it were raised for the
parks and squares of Paris, and from
it has been derived a large number of
the tall garden forms, having hand-
some foliage varying in colour from
soft green to reddish-purple.

“Tn 1863 another fine strain was
raised from the Peruvian C’. tridiflora,
and the Costa Rican C’. Warscewitczt,
and although believed to have been
obtained first in Paris, was distributed
by M. Kolb, inspector of the Botanic
Gardens, Munich, being called at first
twridifora hybrida, but afterwards
Ehemanni.

“Within the last quarter of a
century several other species have
been taken in hand by such French
nurserymen as Crozy, Sisley, Vil-
morin, and Lemoine, and now we
have beautiful forms which are
variously known as ‘Gladiolus -
flowered,’ ‘Orchid-flowered,’ besides
numerous others simply called ‘large-
flowered’ varieties. Besides the
species mentioned above, descolor,
flaccida, glauca, liliifora, and zebrina

133

CANNA

have played a part, and as the
original types are no longer used,
their progeny has become thoroughly
mixed and blended in garden forms.
The result has been a new race with
flowers of every shade of colour,
among them being red, scarlet,
yellow, orange, bronze, and inter-
mediate shades, many of them
distinctly washed and blotched with
other colours.”

Fia. 92.—Canna, hybrid. (}.)

The Cannas—that is, the natural
species — are chiefly natives of
Tropical and subtropical America
as well as the East Indies. Notwith-
standing this fact, there are probably
no other plants from the same regions
that can be grown so easily in our
climate as the numerous forms that
have been raised by the gardener
during the past sixty years.

Cannas are highly ornamental,
whether grown as pot plants in the
greenhouse or conservatory, or for
massing in beds and borders in the
open air during the summer months.

THE BULB BOOK

CANNA

Indeed, they are as easily grown as
Dahlias ; and they possess the great
advantage of having fine leaves, not
only graceful and decorative in them-
selves, but also in having curiously
shaped blossoms that are brilliantly
coloured and marked, and somewhat
puzzling in structure to the amateur
botanist.

Although so free and vigorous in
growth, Cannas will not stand the
frost. Consequently they can only
be grown in the open air in the
British Islands from the early
summer till about the end of autumn,
during just that period of the year
when we may hope to be fairly free
from frost.

There are many ways in which
Cannas can be made effective in the
open garden. It must be remembered
first of all that there are tall, dwarf,
and medium growing kinds. These
groups may be again divided into
two classes according to the colour of
the foliage—some varieties having
soft green leaves, others having
beautiful bronzy and purple shades.
The point to bear in mind, therefore,
when planting Cannas for effect is to
make a judicious selection of varieties
that will harmonise with each other
either in height, colour of the foliage,
or blossoms. Certainly tall-growing
and dwarf-growing varieties should
not be mixed up indiscriminately in
what are known as “formal” beds.
Whether the shape of these be
circular, rectangular, elliptic, or
square, it is generally advisable to
keep the taller-growing varieties in
the centre, and the dwarfer ones
nearer the margins. The distance
apart is largely a matter of taste,
the main thing to bear in mind being
not to overcrowd the plants too much
on the one hand, or to plant them so
far apart that great unfurnished gaps
appear between them. The taller and

134

CANNA

stronger growing plants that are likely
to produce much foliage during the
season should be about 2 to 3 ft.
apart in the centre of the beds, while
the shorter varieties may be “angled ”
with these in the rows, and placed
from 1$ to 2 ft. apart, according to
size and vigour. It is an excellent
plan to fill in the larger spaces
between the plants with corms of
such showy things as Gladiolus
brenchleyensis, G. Lemoinet, G.
Chaldst, etc., the foliage and blooms
of which harmonise so well with the
Cannas in the early autumn.

The soil in which Cannas are to be
grown in the open air should be
deeply dug and well manured some-
time previous to planting, say in
April or May, so as to be thoroughly
sweet, and well drained. A rich
sandy loam is considered best, but any
good garden soil will give excellent
results with cultivation.

The positions for Cannas should
always be open and sunny, and
sheltered from strong winds as much
as possible. The sunshine brings out
all the beautiful colour of the foliage
and flowers, while the shelter from
winds prevents the leaves from being
torn into shreds.

For indoor decoration Cannas may
be grown in pots or ornamental tubs,
or planted out in bold beds, using a
compost of sandy loam, leaf-mould,
or a little old cow-manure. The
plants may be started into growth in
January or February, keeping the
soil fairly moist, and syringe freely
as growth increases in vigour. A
temperature of 65° to 70° F. early in
the year will bring the plants along
rapidly, and if any are required for
the open air, care should be taken to
harden them off in cooler and more
airy quarters about April and May.
By this means they will be fit for
the open air at the end of May

THE BULB BOOK

CANNA

or early in June, according to the
state of the weather.

Whether grown in the open air or
in pots, Cannas like plenty of moisture
during the summer months. In ad-
dition to the ordinary waterings,
liquid manure may be given two or
three times a week when particularly
good results are desired. In the
autumn when the foliage begins to
die down, the stout root-stocks should
be lifted from the open, and if stored
in dry, airy cellars or lofts free from
frost, they will be perfectly safe till
wanted again in spring. The root-
stocks should be stored in sand or dry
soil, to prevent shrivelling too much,

The propagation of Cannas is
effected either by dividing the root-
stocks in spring when starting them
into growth, or by means of seeds.
Each shoot of the root-stock, if severed
with a strong, sharp knife, will pro-
duce a good plant in the course of
the season, and this method of increase
is the one adopted to keep special
varieties quite true.

When seeds are used, the outer
coats being exceedingly hard and
horny, are often carefully filed to
allow the enclosed radicle to emerge
more quickly, It is perhaps a better
and safer plan to soak the hard seeds
(which are about the size of those of
Sweet Peas) in water having a
temperature of 80° to 85° F. for about
twenty-four hours, the only difficulty
in this being to maintain the water
at the temperature mentioned. The
seeds should be sown in rich sandy
soil about half an inch deep, and
placed in a temperature of 70° F.
The soil must be kept moist, as any-
thing like dryness is fatal to the
“sprouting” seeds. When the seed-
lings are 2 or 3 ins. high, they will be
well established, and may be then
transferred carefully to little pots by
themselves,

139

CANNA

The following are some of the most
distinct natural species, with heights,
colours, country, etc., added :—

C. Achiras.—5ft. Darkred. Men-
doza.

C. aurantiaca.—4 to 6 ft.
Brazil.

C. discolor.—6 to 10 ft. Scarlet.
Trinidad. (Bot. Reg. t. 1231.)

C, edulis—3 to 6 ft. Red. Peru.
(Bot. Reg. t. 775; Bot. Mag. t. 2498.)

C. flaccida.—3 to 5 ft. Red. S.
America. (Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 562.)

C. gigantea.—4 to5ft. Red, yellow.
Brazil. (Bot. Reg. t. 206; Bot. Mag.
t. 2316; Red. Lil. vi. 331.)

Cc. glauca.—2 ft. Yellow. S.
America. The variety rufa (Bot.
Mag. t. 2802), from Mexico, has
reddish-brown flowers.

C. indica.—Indian Reed. 2 to 3 ft.
Scarlet. India. (Bot. Reg. t. 776;
Bot. Mag. t. 454.)

C. iridiflora.—é to8ft. Red. Peru.
(Bot. Reg. t. 609; Fl. d. Serr. 1360;
Belg. Hort. vii. 31; Rev. Hort. 1860,
iii.; Bot. Mag. t. 1968.)

C. liliiflora.—8 to 10 ft. Yellow,
rose. Veraguas. (fev. Hort. 1884,
1382; Fl. d. Serr. 1055-6.)

C. limbata.—2 ft. Red. Brazil.
(Bot. Reg. t. 771.)

C. lutea.—2ft. Yellow. E. Indies.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2085.)

C. occidentalis—3 ft. Reddish-
yellow. W. Indies. (Bot. Reg. t.
772.)

C. speciosa.—3 ft. Red. Nepaul.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2317.)

C. Warscewiczi.—3 to4ft. Scarlet.
Costa Rica. (Bot. Mag. t. 4854;
Belg. Hort. ii. 48.) There are many
forms of this fine species.

Many other species or so-called
species besides those given above have
been described from time to time,
but no interest is now taken in them
except from a purely botanical stand-
point. So far as the magnificent

Orange.

THE BULB BOOK

CEPHALANDRA

garden varieties are concerned it
would be useless to occupy a space in
a work of this kind with a mere list
of names, as these would probably be
out of date in a very short time,
owing to the appearance of newer and
perhaps greatly improved forms. The
reader is therefore advised to consult
the current catalogues of various
growers, if a modern collection of
garden Cannas is desired.

CAULOPHYLLUM (kawilon, a stem;
phyllon, a leaf; in reference to the
stem appearing to be the leaf-stalk),
Nat. Ord. Berberideze.—This genus
contains only one species—C. thalic-
troides —an attractive, tuberous-
rooted N. American perennial, about 1
ft. high, resembling the allied genera
Bongardia and Leontice (which see).
The fern-like leaves are twice or thrice
pinnately cut into narrow - pointed
segments. The yellow flowers appear
in loose racemes or clusters in April,
and are succeeded by roundish, deep
blue berries, contracted at the base
toalong stalk. Sepals (or bracteoles)
nine, the outer ones much smaller,
the inner ones petaloid. Petals six,
much smaller, nectary-bearing, dil-
ated, and hooded. Stamens six, free.

This species prefers a compost of
peat or leaf-mould with the light
sandy soil, and also a partially shaded
place in the rockery or garden. It
may be increased by separating the
offsets from the tubers in early autumn
and winter in a cold frame; or in
spring ; and also by sowing seeds in
cold frames when ripe. The root-
stocks should be protected from heavy
rains in winter with a sheet of glass
or a hand-light.

CEPHALANDRA (kephale, a head ;
andra, a man), Nat. Ord. Cucur-
bitaceze.—A genus containing a dozen
or more species of smooth or scabrous

136

CEROPEGIA

climbing herbs, often having thick or
tuberous roots, deltoid-angled leaves,
and dicecious, bell-shaped flowers.
Stamens three, in the male flowers,

C. palmata.—This seems to be the
only species of any note. It is a
native of §. Africa, and has a very
large tuberous root-stock ; climbing
stems with ivy-like leaves ; the female
plants bearing small scarlet fruits
marbled with white.

The species is no doubt easily raised
from seeds, and may be grown in a
greenhouse or in the open air during
the summer months, in sunny, shel-
tered spots,

CEROPEGIA (keros, wax; pege, a
fountain ; in allusion to the form and
waxy appearance of the peculiar
flowers). Nat. Ord. Asclepiadese.—
A large genus of tuberous plants,
mostly with twining stems, opposite
leaves, and flowers with a funnel-
shaped corolla more or less dilated at
the base and often conspicuously
streaked or blotched, and with the
segments often cohering at the apex.
The corona is fixed to the staminal
tube, and is composed of five to ten
lobes.

The Ceropegias or Wax Fountain
Flowers are found largely in the East
Indies and Tropical Asia generally,
and also in South Africa, and are
also indigenous to Tropical Africa
and Madagascar. While capable of
affording amusement and interest to
botanists for quite a long time, but
very few species attract even passing
attention from the gardener. The
plants although highly interesting are
by no means conspicuous for form or
colour, and are looked upon purely as
floral curiosities fit only for botanical
collections. Some of the species (e.g.,
C. nana, C. pusilla, C. spiralis, C.
attenuata, C.esculenta,and C.pygmcea)
are dwarf erect-growing plants vary-

THE BULB BOOK

CEROPEGIA

ing from 3 to 6 ins. high, having
narrow linear leaves and small flowers,
but comparatively large tubers.
Other species like C. Thwaitesi, C.
Sandersoni, C. hirsuta (or C. vinew-
folia, C’. Decatsneana), have slender
twining stems, and large ovate or
lance-shaped leaves. Perhaps the
species best known are C. Barklyi
(Bot. Mag. t. 6315), C. Bowkert (Bot.
Mag. t. 5407), C. elegans (Bot. Mag.
t. 8015); C. Gardneri (Bot. Mag. t.
5306), C. Monteiroe (Bot. Mag. t.
6927), and C. Thwaitest (Bot. Mag.
t. 4758). To these must be added C.
Wood, an interesting species from

Fia, 93.—Ceropegia Woodi. (4.)

Natal, having slender drooping stems
opposite broadly heart-shaped leaves
marbled with pale green and silver,
and small flowers. The stems fre-
quently bear roundish tubers with a
spiny surface, as shown in sketch
(Fig. 93). This species is frequently
grown in hanging pots or baskets for
its curious appearance (Gard. Chron.

137

CHAM ALIRIUM

1897, xxii. 357, f.). C. gemmifera is
another extremely interesting little
species. C. hybrida is a natural
hybrid between C’. Sandersoni (Bot.
Mag. t. 5792) fertilised with the pollen
of C. similis, and is interesting owing
to the fact that there is considerable
difficulty in placing the waxy pollen
masses of one flower on to the stigmas
in another (see Gard. Chron. 1906,
xl. 383, ff.).

In a natural state it would appear
that the tubers of these plants are
eaten by the natives and wild animals,
and it is certainly so recorded of one
species, C’. esculenta, from the Indian
Hills.

These plants, if grown at all, require
the warmth and protection of a stove
or greenhouse, and may be suspended
in pots or baskets from the roof. A
compost of gritty loam and leaf-mould
suits them well, and they may be
increased by cuttings of the young
shoots placed in sandy soil, and by

means of the tubercules that are’

borne on stems of some species like
C. Woodi. It would probably be
worth while to make garden plants
of C. Thwaitesi, C. Gardner, C.
Decaisneana, C. pygmea, and C.
elegans, all of which have rather large
and ornamental flowers, more or less
beautifully striped and blotched with
distinct colours. ,

CHAMASLIRIUM (chamaz, dwarf ;
lirion, a lily; in reference to the
height), Nat. Ord. Liliacew,—The
only species is C. Carolinianum, an
attractive N. American herb, 9 to 12
ins, high, having thickish knotty
rhizomes and tufts of bright green
oblong - elliptic leaves. The small
pure white flowers are borne in dense
cylindrical racemes in June—the
females being borne on one plant,
the males on another.

This charming little plant flourishes

THE BULB BOOK

CHIONODOXA

in cool moist spots in the rock-
garden in sandy peat, and may be
raised from seeds sown in frames,
or by division of the root-stocks
in early autumn or spring.

CHIONODOXA (chion, snow ; doxa,
glory; in their native habitats the
flowers appear amidst the melting
snow). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A small
genus of charming bulbous plants
closely related to the Squills (Scilla)
and Hyacinths. They are natives of
the mountains of Crete and Asia
Minor, where in the early spring the
beautiful starry blossoms appear in
profusion as the snows begins to melt.
This fact so impressed the French
botanist Boissier, who discovered C.
Luctlie at an elevation of 7000 ft. in
1842 in Asia Minor, that he coined
the above generic name, the literal
translation of which—Glory of the
Snow—has now become so well known
in British gardens.

Chionodoxas are perfectly hardy in
our climate, and as they are amongst
the earliest and loveliest of early
spring flowers, the bulbs should be
planted in the autumn in hundreds
and thousands if possible. They are
suitable for almost any part of the
flower - garden, but are particularly
charming when used for naturalising
in the grass, for massing in the
rockery, and for planting beneath
such early flowering deciduous shrubs
as the Golden Bells (Yorsythias),
the Witch Hazels (Hamamelis), the
Almonds, the Magnolias, Ghent
Azaleas, Cherries, Plums, etc., etc,
that are now such a feature of every
large garden. With other suitable
bulbous plants, such as Warcissus
minimus and the various Snowdrops,
the Chionodoxas form an excellent
contrast, and produce a delightful
effect during the dullest season of the
year. They are not difficult to grow,

138

CHIONODOXA

and only require the soil to be well
drained, and of a rich and somewhat
gritty nature. When planted in the
autumn, say in September or October,
the bulbs may be left to take care of
themselves, and they will rapidly
increase and, multiply by offsets in
the course of a few years. To keep
them in good condition a mulching or
top-dressing of old, short, and well-
rotted manure should be given every
autumn. This will help to keep up
the vigour and beauty of the flower-
spikes year after year.

Apart from open air-cultivation,
Chionodoxas are also excellent plants
for forcing into early blossom during
the winter months. ‘By potting up
in September and October, and keep-
ing the plants covered with a fow
inches of goil or coco-nut fibre, or in a
cold frame, until the end of November
or December, they may then be
brought into the greenhouse or con-
servatory in a well-rooted condition.
~~JIn this way the blossoms can be had
early in January. The following are
the best-known kinds :—

C. cretica.—A pretty species from
the mountains of Crete, having slender
scapes 6 to 10 ins. high, which bear as
a rule only one or two white or pale
blue blossoms over 3 in. across. The
variety albiflora has white flowers.

C. Luciliz (C. Forbest).—A beauti-
ful species having small white pear-
shaped bulbs, and beautiful flowers
about 2 in. across, of a brilliant blue,
shading to a zone of pure white in the
centre.

There are several fine forms of C.
Lucilie. That known as giyantea or
grandiflora is particularly fine and
free, having flowers about twice as
large as those of the type. The
variety sardensis derives its name
from the ancient town of Sardis, near
which it grows at an elevation of
4000 to 5000 ft. It has Gentian-blue

THE BULB BOOK

CHIONODOXA

flowers, borne on nodding scapes,
without a distinct white zone at the
base of the segments. The variety
Tmolusi has flowers of a deeper blue
and with a larger white zone than in
Lucilice, and is valuable on account of
its later flowering. The variety alba
has flowers wholly white ; Bovsseré,
flowers large, soft lavender - blue,
snowy white in centre; and Allens
is a large-flowered form with blue,
white, and pink flowers. A hybrid
between this species (C’. Luciliw) and
Scilla bifolia has received the name
of Chiono-Scilla.

Fic. 94.—Chionodoxa Luctlie. (3.)

Cc. nana.—A pretty little Cretan
species with linear leaves 2 to 4 ins.
long, and umbels of white- or lilac-
tinted ‘blossoms about 4 in, across,
produced in March and April on stems
3 or 4 ins. high.

The plant known as C. amabilis

- Leichtlint produces its large creamy-

white flowers shaded with rose-purple
a fortnight or so earlier than others.

139

CHIONOGRAPHIS

CHIONOGRAPHIS (chion, snow ;
graphis, a pencil ; in reference to the
slender flower-spikes), Nat. Ord.
Liliacez. — The only species — c.
japonica—is a remarkable and pretty
herbaceous perennial 6 to 12 ins. high,
native of Japan. It has a short thick
root-stock and tufts of narrow lance-
shaped leaves, which are smaller on
the stem. The small pure white
flowers are borne in spring in a
spiked raceme 4 to 5 ins. long, and
consist of two rows of two, three, and
four, or six, linear segments, the lower
ones being very small or absent alto-
gether.

This plant is very little known, but
is cultivated at Kew. It succeeds in
a compost of sandy loam and peat,
and is effective when planted in bold
masses in warm corners of the rock-
garden. It may be increased in
September by dividing the root-
stocks, or sowing the seeds in cold
frames as soon as ripe.

CHLIDANTHUS (clideios, delicate ;
anthos, a flower). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lide. —A genus closely related to
the Sternbergias, Hippeastrums,
Sprekelias, and Zephyranthes.

C. Ehrenbergi.— This Mexican
species differs from C. fragrans in
being taller, in having horizontal
flowers, each with a distinct stalklet,
and in having the three outer seg-
ments distinctly wider than the
inner ones (Gard. Chron, 1901, xxix.
312).

C. fragrans (Pancratium luteum).
—This is a native of the Andes of
Peru, and is recognised by its large
ovoid bulbs, grey-green linear leaves,
which are contemporary with the
bright yellow, erect, funnel-shaped
flowers. These appear in May and
June, one to four in an umbel on top
of a stoutish two-edged peduncle, and
are from 3 to 5 ins. long, with a

THE BULB BOOK

CHLOROGALUM

fragrant odour. (Bot. Mag. t. 640;
Fi. d. Serr. t. 326.)

These species are not quite hardy,
but might be grown in the open air
with a fair degree of success in the
mildest parts of the Kingdom. If
grown in the open, the soil should be
a rich sandy loam with a little peat
or leaf-mould, and the warmest and
most sheltered spots in the border or
rockery should be chosen for them. In
the autumn the bulbs may be either
taken up and stored in sand or dry
soil until the spring ; or they may be
covered with a dome of sand or ashes
to keep the wet and frost from injur-
ing them during the winter. Late in
March or early in April the bulbs
start into growth again, and at that
time the offsets should be detached
from the parent bulbs to increase the
stock.

CHLOROGALUM (chiloros, green ;
gala, milk ; in reference to the green
sap). Nat. Ord. Liliacese.—A small
genus of Californian bulbous plants
not of great garden value,

Cc. divaricatum (Ornithogalum
divaricatum), known as the “Strag-
gling Star of Bethlehem,” is very
similar, but has white flowers veined
with green (Bot. Reg. 1842, t. 28).

C. pomeridianum (Anthericum and
Phalangium pomeridianum).—This,
the best-known species, is known as
the ‘Soap plant ” of California, owing
to the soapy matter contained in the
bulbs. It is a distinct-looking plant
with flaccid grey-green leaves having
roughish margins. The white flowers
veined with purple are borne in June
and July on loosely branched stems,
about 2 ft. high, but they expand
only in the afternoon, a fact alluded
to in the specific name. (Bot. Reg.
t. 564.)

These bulbs are easily grown in
ordinary good garden soil that has

140

CHLOROSPATHA

been deeply dug and is well-drained
in consequence. They are quite
hardy in most places, and are easily
increased by offsets from the older
bulbs.

CHLOROSPATHA (chloros, green ;
spathe, spathe; in reference to the
colour of the spathe). Nat. Ord.
Aroidee.—A genus with only one
species—

C. Kolbi.—A native of Colombia,
having a tuberous root-stock, large
green leaves with spotted stalks, and
cylindrical greenish spathes (Gartenji.
t. 933).

This species requires to be grown
in plenty of heat and moisture in the
same way as Alocasias and other
tropical Aroids. It is not of much
ornamental value, however.

CISSUS (issos, Greek name for the
Ivy, in reference to the habit). Nat.
Ord. Ampelidee.—A genus closely
related to Ampelopsis, and containing
several ornamental-leaved plants, the
best known being the fibrous-rooted
C.. discolor. A little-known species
with tuberous roots is—

C. adenopodus, a native of Uganda,
with climbing stems and tendrils, and
leaves consisting of three ovate,
pointed and coarsely toothed leaflets
of a bright red, like the young shoots.
The small flowers are borne in flat
panicles. (Kew Bulletin, 1906, 247.)
This species may be grown in a stove
house in the same way as C’. discolor,
in a mixture of turfy loam, with a
little peat or leaf-soil, and some coarse
sand added.

CLAYTONIA (after John Clayton,
who collected plants in Virginia).
Nat. Ord. Portulacez.—A genus con-
taining about twenty species of plants,
some of which referred to below have
tuberous root-stocks.

THE BULB BOOK

CLIVIA

C. sibirica.—A Siberian perennial
with spindle-shaped root-stocks, ovate
leaves, and rosy flowers with lobed
petals (Bot. Mag. t. 2248).

C. virginica (C’. grandiflora).—A
dwarf-growing native of N. America,
with linear lance-shaped leaves, and
white flowers with notched petals
(Bot. Mag. t. 941).

These species flower early in the
year, and should be grown in warm
sunny spots in the rockery or border.
They are quite hardy, and may be
increased by division of the root-
stocks in early autumn, or from seeds.

CLIVIA (after a member of the
Clivefamily). Nat.Ord. Amaryllidex.
—A small genus of herbaceous plants
having imperfect bulbs consisting
only of leaf-bases, but having very
stout root fibres. The strap-shaped
leaves are arranged in two rows
(distichously), and are deep green
and ornamental in appearance, and
leathery in texture. The scentless,
more or less erect, funnel-shaped
flowers are borne in umbels on top
of a stout peduncle. The following
are the only kinds known, often under
the name of IMANTOPHYLLUM :—

Cc. eyrtanthiflora. — This is con-
sidered to be a hybrid between C.
nobilis and C. miniata. The droop-
ing tubular flowers of a beautiful
salmon-red are borne in large clusters
during the winter and early spring
months (J. d. Serr. t. 1877).

C. Gardeni.—This species from the
Transvaal and Natal is often called
C. Gardnert. It was named after
Capt. Garden, who introduced it in
1855. The bright green leaves are
14 to 2 ft. long, and the orange-red
or yellow flowers with green tips are
borne in umbels of twelve to twenty
on stalks as long as the leaves, during
the winter months from December to
February. (Bot. Mag. t. 4895.)

141

CLIVIA

C. miniata.—A fine species from
Natal with bright green leaves, and
stout two-edged stalks 1 to 14 ft. high,
bearing an umbel of twelve to twenty
bright scarlet funnel-shaped flowers
with a yellow throat, in spring and
early summer. There are many
lovely forms of this species in cultiva-
tion, among them being atrosangucnea,
aurantiaca, cruenta, Coopert, grandt-
fora, Lindeni, splendens, sulphurea,
ete. (see Gartenjl. 1864, t. 484; Bot.
Mag. t. 4783; Rev. Hort. 1859, tt.
29, 30; Fl. d. Serr. tt. 949-950,
2373-2374 ; Ill. Hort. n.s. t. 343). The

Fic. 96.—Clivia miniata. (4.)

variety striata has the. leaves freely
striped ; and cztrina has pale creamy
flowers tinged with orange at the
base (Gard, 1899, t. 1246).

C. nobilis (Imantophyllum Aittonz).
—The genus Clivia and the genus
Imantophyllum were both founded at
the same time and on the same plant,
but by two different authorities.

THE BULB BOOK

CLIVIA

Lindley called the plant Clivia nobilis
—in the Bot. Reg. t. 1182; and Hooker
called it Imantophyllum Attond, in
the Bot. Mag. t. 2856. Curiously,
the longer name Imantophyllum—
which is derived from mas, a leather
thong, and phylion, a leaf, in allusion
to the shape and texture of the
leaves—is even now more popular
amongst gardeners than the shorter
name of Clivia; and some use both
names indiscriminately. The species
under notice, C. nobilis, is a native
of Cape Colony whence it was intro-
duced by Bowie in 1828. It has
tufts of bright green strap-shaped
leaves 1 to 14 ft. long, with roughish
margins. The bright red and yellow
funnel-shaped flowers, tipped with
green, are borne in umbels of forty
to sixty on top of a stalk about a foot
long, between May and July.
Amongst greenhouse plants the
Clivias have always held a high rank
as decorative objects, not only on
account of their beautiful foliage,
but also for their trusses of brilliant
blossoms. They are easily grown in
a winter temperature of 50° to 60° F.,
and during the summer months might
almost be grown in the open air, if
well supplied with water and syringed
regularly every day. The plants
may be grown much in the same
way as the Agapanthuses, in ordinary
pots or ornamental tubs, and are
effective in the greenhouse, conserva-
tory, or. dwelling-house when in
blossom. They flourish in a compost
of rich sandy loam and leaf-soil, and
although the roots are thick and
fleshy, and absorb food freely, the
plants should not be over-potted,
that is, put into receptacles much too
large for the accommodation of the
roots. There is no necessity to repot
the plants every year. Indeed, when
left undisturbed for a few years,
after properly potting in the first

142

CLIVIA

place, they seem to thrive and flower
better year after year; and it is
possible to develop specimen plants
in the course of time to a diameter of
5 or 6 ft. in pots not more than 15
or 16° ins, in diameter. During
growth in spring and summer
plenty of water must be supplied, but
when resting only sufficient should be
given to keep the plants from shrivel-
ling. Clivias may be forced into
early blossom by placing them in a
temperature of 65° to 70°, about
January, but when in flower it is
well to remove to a cooler place so
as to keep the blossoms fresh for a
longer period.

Clivias are easily propagated by
carefully dividing the tufts in spring
just as the plants are about to start
into growth. The plants should be
taken out of the pots, and have all
the old soil shaken away, or washed
away in a bucket of tepid water.
One can then see more easily where
it is possible to divide the root-stocks
with a strong, sharp knife. Each
portion—large or small according to
requirements—should be potted up
singly in pots varying in size accord-
ing to the portions, using good loamy
soil and a little sharp sand and leaf-
mould. If placed in a temperature
of 65°F., the divided portions soon
become established, if kept nicely
syringed or sprinkled, and with a
fairly humid atmosphere surrounding
them. Clivias may be also raised
from seeds. These are large, round,
and white, and produced in bright
red berry-like fruits. They should be
sown in sandy loam and _ leaf-soil
when thoroughly ripe, and should
be kept warm and moist. When
the seedlings are a few inches high,
they should be potted up singly in
small pots, and grown on until large
enough to be moved into a larger
size. Unless one is engaged com-

THE BULB BOOK

cobonoesis

mercially in the production of new
varieties, it is scarcely worth while
raising Clivias from secds.

CODONOPSIS (kodon, a bell ; opsis,
like ; in reference to the shape of the
flowers). Nat. Ord. Campanulacese.—
A genus containing about a dozen
species of annual or perennial herbs,
the latter having tuberous root-stocks,
climbing, erect, or decumbent stems,
and alternate or irregularly opposite-
stalked leaves. Calyx tube adnate,
hemispherical, five - parted, leafy ;
corolla broadly tubular or bell-shaped,
five-cleft. Stamens free. Ovary
inferior, or half superior, three- to
five-celled. The genus Glossocomia
is now included in Codonopsis.

These plants are not very well
known, although they are well worth a
place in the flower-border. They
thrive in ordinary good garden soil
of a gritty nature, and are probably
better raised from seeds than by
dividing the roots. They are not
quite hardy except in the most
favoured parts of the Kingdom,
hence it becomes necessary either to
protect the root-stocks in winter with
hand-lights, bell-glasses, or a covering
of litter, etc. Grown in pots, they
are handsome for the decoration of
the cool greenhouse. The following
kinds may be grown :—

Cc. clematidea.—A Himalayan
perennial 2 to 3 ft. high, with ovate-
pointed leaves, and white bell-shaped
flowers tinged with blue.

Cc. ovata.—Another Himalayan
species, 12 to 18 ins. high, having
opposite and alternate ovate leaves,
and pretty, drooping, bell-shaped
flowers about 14 ins. long, borne in
June and July. They are pale blue
with deeper coloured veins, a purple
basal zone outside, and two zones of
yellow and one of black inside.
(Gard. Chron, 1886, 468.) Fig. 96.

143

COLCHICUM

C. Tangshen.—A native of Central
China, having long thickened roots
much used by the natives as a tonic
medicine. The slender stems are
2 ft. or more long, with ovate or
ovate lance-shaped leaves 1} to 24 ins.
long, slightly toothed on the margins.
The greenish bell-shaped flowers are
spotted with purple, and striped
inside. (Bot. Mag. t. 8090.)

Fo. 96.—Codonopsis ovata. (3.)

COLCHICUM (after Colchis, one
native habitat in Asia Minor),
Mrapow.Sarrron. Nat. Ord. Lilia-
ceze.—A genus containing about thirty
species of beautiful herbs, closely
related to the Bulbocodiums and
Merenderas, and recognised by having
tunicated corms, oblong strap-shaped
or linear leaves, and short scapes
bearing from one to three or more
showy flowers, usually lilac in colour,
but sometimes yellow. The blossoms
are funnel-shaped, with a long slender
tube, and six oblong segments, erect

THE BULB BOOK

COLCHICUM

or somewhat spreading, and with six
stamens attached at the base. The
ovary or seed-pod is unstalked, and
three-celled, three-ribbed, and many
seeded, and although at first under-
ground is eventually pushed above
the surface.

The Colchicums are often popularly
described as Autumn Crocuses, owing
to the fact that they bloom in autumn,
They have nothing, however, to do
with the Crocuses proper — either
spring- or autumn-flowering varieties
—as it will be seen that the true
Crocuses belong to the same natural
family as the Iris and Gladiolus, to the
Irideze and not to the Liliacex. It
is therefore better when using popular
names to apply the accepted term
“ Meadow Saffron ” to the Colchicums,
to avoid confusion with the Autumn
Crocuses proper.

Colchicums flourish in any rich
and well-drained garden soil, contain-
ing, however, a certain amount of
natural moisture. The corms should
be planted not later than August, if an
effect is desired the following autumn,
and also to avoid loss of vitality by
being kept out of ground. When
planted in bold masses in the flower-
border, the margins of shrubberies
in the rock-garden, or in grassland,
lawns, banks, etc. Colchicums are
wonderfully effective in the autumn,
when they carpet the ground devoid
of any foliage. The leaves appear
after the flowers have died away, and
during the spring and summer months
are elaborating food from the air for
the benefit of the corms in the soil.
Once planted, Colchicums may be
left to themselves to increase and
multiply, and to encourage this a
top-dressing of short, well-rotted
manure should be given after the
flowers have vanished. When the
plants have become overcrowded at
the end of a few years, they should

144

COLCHICUM

be lifted when the leaves have died
down in summer—about July—and
replanted, separating the smaller
corms from the larger.

Colchicums may also be raised
from seed, but it takes from three to
four years to produce flowering corms
in this way. The seeds should be
sown when ripe in a specially pre-
pared bed, and covered with about
3 in. of fine gritty mould. Each year
after the leaves have withered, a
little more soil should be placed on
top of the young plants, and at the
end of the third or fourth year the
corms may be lifted and transplanted.

The following are amongst the best
Colchicums grown.

C. agrippinum (C’. tessellatum).—
A very old species or variety of C.
variegatum, native of S. Europe,
having purple flowers in August.

Cc. alpinum (C’. montanum).—This
Apennine species produces its purple
or deep rose flowers in September
and October.

C. autumnale.—This is a common
Meadow Saffron often met with ina
wild state in various parts of the
Kingdom. It has large egg-shaped
corms and lance-shaped leaves, 6 to
10 ins. long, produced in spring. The
bright purple cup-shaped flowers
appear from August to October and
November. There are many varieties,
such as album, white; album flore
pleno, white, double; crociflorum
(Bot. Mag. +. 2673) maximum,
purple; purpureum, purple - rose ;
striatum, striped red or lilac on
white ; there is also a double form,
roseum plenum, with rose-coloured
flowers ; amabile, rose-coloured, some-
times faintly chequered.

C. Bivonez—A _ strong-growing
native of S. Europe, with linear
grooved leaves produced in spring,
and flowers in autumn prettily
chequered with white and purple.

THE BULB BOOK

COLCHICUM

C. Bornmilleri—A fine species
from Eastern Europe, closely related
to C. speciosum, having beautiful,
cup-shaped, long-tubed flowers of
rosy-lilac.

Fic. 97.—Colchicum autumnale. (4.)

C. byzantium.—A vigorous species
from the Levant, having large, round-
ish, depressed corms, often producing
in autumn clusters of twelve to fifteen
pale rose flowers larger than those of
C. autumnale. The leaves appear in
spring, and are broad, wavy, and
plaited. The variety cilecicum has
flowers as large as those of C.
speciosum. There is a form with
finely variegated foliage, and another
one called veratrifoliwm, having
longer floral segments and leaves.

145 K

COLCHICUM

(See Gartenfl. t. 755; Red. Lil.
t. 468.)

C. Decaisnei.—A fine species from
Mount Lebanon, with a profusion of
handsome pale rose blossoms in
September and October, sometimes
striped with white ; the lance-shaped
leaves appearing in spring like other
species.

C. fascicularis.—A native of Greece,
remarkable for producing its leaves
and flowers at the same time, the
blossoms being pink and white in
colour.

C. giganteum.—A fine species of the
speciosum group from the Zigana
Dagh, or Gipsy Mountain, bearing
very large and handsome blossoms
of a delicate soft rose shading to
white at the base (Mora and Sylva,
June 1905).

C. Hausknechti—A rare species,
with short leaves and pretty globular
flowers of a pink or bright rose
colour, sometimes striped with white.

C. hydrophyllum.—A native of the
Taurus Mountains, producing clear
bright rose flowers in early spring
(Gard. Chron. 1901, xxix. 102, f. 43).

C. libanoticum.—F rom the Lebanon

Fic. 98.—Colchicum libanoticum.

Mountains ; resembles C’. montanum,
but has broader and shorter leaves,
and flowers ranging from white to
pale rose during the winter season.

C. luteum.—A_ rare species, with
large corms, from Kashmir and

THE BULB BOOK

COLCHICUM

Afghanistan, at an elevation of
7000 ft., is remarkable for being the
only yellow-flowered species in culti-
vation. The blooms are 3 to 4 ins,
high, appear in spring, and are
attended by two narrow strap-shaped
leaves. (Bot. Mag. t. 6153.)

C. montanum (C’. bulbocodioides),—
A native of the Mediterranean region,
with short, narrow, lance-shaped or
linear sickle-like leaves appearing
almost with the lilac-purple or whitish
flowers in February and March.
This species must not be confounded
with another, sometimes called mon-
tanum but properly alpinum, which
flowers in autumn. Closely related
to the true montanum is C. brachy-
phyllum.

Cc. neapolitanum.— A _ variable
species, with rosy bright purple or
bright rose blossoms late in the
season,

C. Parkinsoni.—A_ strikingly dis-
tinct plant from Asia Minor and
the Greek Archipelago, having ovate,
iance-shaped, wavy leaves in spring,
and large white starry flowers in
autumn, chequered with violet-purple.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6090).

C. Sibthorpi (C’. /atifoliwm).—A fine
form of the C. vartegatum type, native.
of the Levant. The beautiful lilac
flowers, more or less clearly chequered
with deep purple, appear in Sep-
tember and October, standing erect
on stout tubes about 8 ins. high.

C. Sieheanum,— From Mersina ; re-
sembles C. arenarium, but produces
its reddish-purple flowers and leaves
together about the end of November.
C. arenarium flowers in autumn, but
does not produce its leaves till
spring. (Gard. 1903, lxiv. 408.)

C. speciosum.—A very distinct and
handsome Caucasian species remark-
able for its broad, elliptic, sheathing
leaves about a foot long and 2 to 4
ins. broad. These appear in spring,

146

COLOCASIA

throwing the seed-capsule nearly a
foot above the ground. The flowers
appear in September and October,
and vary from a clear red or rosy-
purple to deep crimson-purple with
a white throat, at the top of a very
long tube. (Bot. Jag. t. 6078.) The
variety album is a very rare white-
flowered form, and maximum has deep
rosy-mauve flowers with a white base.

Cc. Steveni—A beautiful species
from Syria and Arabia, with linear
leaves appearing at the same time as
the clusters of pale rosy-lilac flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 8025).

C. Troodi.—A rare species from

Cyprus, with white flowers in autumn.

Not yet well known.
6901.)

C. umbrosum,—A Crimean species,
with fleshy, lance-shaped leaves in
spring, and rather small, violet-purple,
long-tubed flowers in autumn (Bot.
Reg. t. 541.) C. arenarium and C.
tauricum are closely related. This
group is best for the rockery.

C. variegatum (C’. chionense).—A
fine species from Eastern Europe and
Asia Minor, having large egg-shaped
corms and long, narrow, wavy leaves
in spring. From August to October
the rose-coloured blossoms,beautifully
chequered with- purple-violet, appear
in great profusion. (Bot. Jag. t.
1028; Red. Lil. 238.)

(Bot. Mag. t.

COLOCASIA (kolokasia, the Greek
name for the root of an Egyptian
plant), Nat. Ord. Aroideze.—A small
genus closely related to Alocasia,
having five or six species of tall-
growing, tuberous-rooted, milky herbs,
mostly natives of Tropical Asia.
They have long-stalked, peltate-
ovate, heart-shaped or sagittate leaves,
which constitute the chief feature of
the plants from a garden point of
view.

The Colocasias require almost pre-

THE BULB BOOK

COLOCASIA

cisely the same cultural treatment as
the Alocasias and Caladiums, that
is, plenty of heat and moisture during
growth, and sufficient shade from the
scorching rays of the sun, although
some, like C. antiguorum, require
less warmth. Considerable space is
required to enable one to produce
fine specimens, and for this reason the
culture of this class of plants is some-
what restricted. They are easily
propagated by separating the offsets
from the older tubers.

C. antiquorum.—An East Indian
plant about 2 ft. high, with more or
less oval, heart-shaped leaves, about a
foot long, and about as wide in the.
centre.

This species and C’. esculenta are
cultivated in the Tropics for the pro-
duction of ‘‘Taro,” a nourishing food
obtained by roasting or boiling the
tuberous root-stocks. From an orna-
mental point of view, this species is
also much used on parts of the
Continent for giving subtropical
effects to the outdoor garden during
the summer months. The tubers are
started into growth early in spring
in a hot-bed, and are hardened off by
the end of May or early in June.
They are then planted in warm
sheltered spots in light rich sandy
soil and leaf-mould. To secure the
finest foliage effects, the side-shoots
are suppressed at an early stage, and
during growth plenty of water is
given, with occasional doses of liquid
manure. In autumn the old leaves
are cut down within a couple of inches
of the soil, the tubers are lifted,
cleaned, and stored away in sand or
dry soil, in a place safe from frost,
for the winter.

C. Devansayana.—A native of New
Guinea, with large, erect, oval
peltate leaves, very smooth and
green, and with a large triangular
notch at the base. The brownish

147

COMMELINA

main veins are very prominent on the
under-surface, and the long sheathing
stalks are of a coppery brown. (ZIl.
Hort. 1886, 601.)

C. esculenta (Arum and Caladium
esculentum).—A native of the Sand-
wich Islands, with peltate heart-
shaped leaves, about 2 ft. long, and
18 ins. broad, borne on stalks a yard
or more in length.

C. indica (Arum indicum).—Also a
native of the Sandwich Islands, about
6 ft. high, with oval heart-shaped
leaves, divided at the base into two
roundish lobes, and ending in a sharp
point at the apex. ;

C. neo-guineensis, — This comes
from New Guinea, and is remarkable
for having the leaves blotched with
white (Z1. Hort. t. 380).

C. nymphzefolia —An East Indian
species about 4 ft. high, with peltate
heart-shaped sagittate leaves, remind-
ing one of those of the Water-lily.

COMMELINA (named after J. and G.
Commelin, Dutch botanists), SPIDER-
wort. Nat. Ord. Commelinacez.—
Although there are ninety species of
herbaceous plants, annuals, deciduous
perennials, and evergreen climbers
belonging to this genus, the only one
worthy of note in this work is—

C. tuberosa (C’. undulata).—This is
a tuberous-rooted perennial plant,
about 18 ins. high, from Mexico. It
has oblong lance-shaped, pointed
leaves, sheathing at the base, and
there fringed with hairs. The bright
blue flowers, borne on downy stalks
issuing from heart-shaped, pointed
spathes, appear in June and July.
There is a fine white-flowered form
called alba, and another blue one
called elegans. The tuberous roots
of this species are edible when
cooked. (And. Bot. Rep. t. 399;
Lodd, Bot. Cab. t. 1553.)

THE BULB BOOK

CONANTHERA

This species flourishes in warm
sheltered spots in the open air in the
milder parts of the Kingdom, but
in severe winters it is wise to cover
the roots with litter, etc. Propaga-
tion is effected by division of the
tuberous roots in spring, and by
sowing seeds.

CONANTHERA (konos, a cone;
anthera, an anther; in reference to
the six anthers forming a cone in the
early stage of blossom). Nat. Ord.
Hemodoracee.—A small genus of
plants closely related to Tecophilea,
They have corms with netted fibrous
coats, narrow leaves, and _ loose
panicles of blue flowers. They are not
well-known plants, and are probably
only to be found occasionally in
botanical collections. Being natives
of Chili, they are regarded as only
half-hardy, and somewhat difficult
to grow successfully. They appear
to prefer a rich and very sandy soil
that is well drained, and they should
be planted in the hottest and most
sheltered part of the garden. If
treated in the same way as recom-
mended for the Mariposa Lilies
(Calochortus), or for some of the rarer
Bulbous Irises(see p.294), it is possible
they would be able to go through the
winter. It is, however, safer to lift
the bulbs in autumn, and store them
in dry soil in a frost-proof place
during the winter. When replanting,
the offsets, if any, may be detached
from the older bulbs to increase the
stock.

c. bifolia (C’. Simsz).—This species
with grassy leaves grows 6 to 18 ins.
high, and produces its blue flowers in
April.

C. campanulata (Cumingia cam-
panulata) is very similar, and pro-
duces its blue flowers at the same
period (Bot. Reg. t. 1193; Bot. Mag.
t. 2496).

148

CONVALLARIA

CONVALLARIA (convallis, a
valley ; rica, a mantle; in allusion
to the dense covering of leaves). Nat.
Ord. Liliaceze.—In a book devoted to
bulbous and tuberous plants it is
rather difficult to squeeze in a plant
like Lily of the Valley, which really
has neither bulbs nor tubers. It is,
however, so generally associated with
plants of this character, and it also
has creeping root-stocks and fleshy
crowns,. that it may appropriately
find a place in this volume.

C. majalis (Lily of the Valley).—
Notwithstanding the fact that the

Fic. 99.—Convallaria majalis. (4.)

Lily of the Valley is a native—
although a rare one—of England, it
is one of the most popular of garden
plants. It has a creeping under-
ground rhizome, from which arise

THE BULB BOOK

CONVALLARIA

shoots usually bearing two, but
sometimes three, ovate lance-shaped
leaves, 6 to 8 ins. long, deep green,
smooth, and leathery in texture. In
the open air the beautiful, drooping,
broad, and flatly bell-shaped blossoms
are borne in May or June on angular
stalks 6 to 12 ins. high, springing up
at the side of the leaves. The flowers
are pure white, with six short recurved
lobes, and from ten to twenty are
borne on each stalk, emitting a
delightful perfume. If allowed to
wither, they are succeeded by round,
fleshy, red berries containing the
seeds in autumn.

There are now many varieties of
Lily of the Valley in cultivation,
differing chiefly in the size, purity of
colour, and number of the blossoms
or “bells” borne on the stalks, There
are Dutch and German varieties, the
latter being considered best for forc-
ing purposes. Such varieties as
Fortin’s, Giant-flowered, and Victoria
are perhaps the most popular; but
others such as prolificans (which has
large white flowers flushed with pink),
rosea (rose-tinted), and flore pleno (a
poor fori with “double” flowers) are
also known.

OPEN - AIR CULTURE. — Provided
Lilies of the Valley are planted in
a rich loamy soil, well drained and
containing a certain amount of sand
or grit, and in a moist, partially
shaded position, there is practically
no difficulty in growing them to
perfection. A position facing north
or west is generally a good one. The
best time for planting the “crowns”
or growths from the creeping root-
stocks is in September or October.
The fattest and plumpest crewns are
those most likely to flower the follow-
ing year, as they have already been
in existence for a couple of seasons.
The thin-pointed crowns, although
perfectly sound and healthy, represent

149

CONVALLARIA

the first year’s growth only, and
therefore require at least another
year’s nourishment before they reach
the flowering stage.

When planting, the crowns should
be placed from 3 to 4 ins. apart, and
it is best to put them in in straight
rows. Fine rich sandy loam and
leaf- mould, if possible, should be
worked in between the crowns, the
tops of which should be about 2 ins.
beneath the surface. Once properly
planted, a Lily of the Valley bed may
be left undisturbed for several years
—until the plants are so obviously
overcrowded that replanting becomes
a necessity. To secure a good display
of blossom, it is advisable to give a
good mulching or top-dressing of
well-decayed manure every autumn—
about September or October, when
the foliage has died down and is ina
rotting condition. When the plants
are coming into flower, a great
improvement in the purity of the
blossoms may be easily secured by
placing an old light or two over the
plants, to ward off the rains and
wind. <A piece of thin canvas
stretched over them will answer the
same purpose.

Many amateurs completely ruin
their stocks of Lily of the Valley by
the injudicious way they pick the
flowers. When picking these, the
stalks should be given a sharp up-
ward jerk. If leaves are also wanted,
it should be borne in mind that as
each plant usually has only two
leaves, at least one of these should
be left to carry on the work of assimi-
lation from the atmosphere. If both
leaves are cut from each plant, it is
impossible for a fresh store of atmo-
spheric food (carbonic acid gas) to
be secured—hence the root-stocks
languish for nourishment, and are
unable to throw up any flower-stems
the following season.

THE BULB BOOK

CONVALLARIA

Forcinc.—Millions of crowns of
Lily of the Valley are forced into
early growth during the winter
months, to supply the constant
demands of the florist in the big
markets. The “crowns” are planted
almost side by side in boxes, pots, or
pans, in a finely sifted sandy compost,
the points being about level with the
top of the soil. They are plunged in
coco-nut fibre, ashes, or soil for a few
weeks until root action begins. They
are then brought into a'dark chamber »
with a moist atmosphere, and a
temperature of 80° to 100° F. during
the day and night. Abundance of
water is given, and in a short time
the leaves shoot up thin in texture
and yellowy in colour, and after them
the flower-stems. The plants are then
given a little more light each day to
develop the beautiful soft green eau
de Nil colour in the leaves, and in
from fourteen to twenty-five days
the pure white blossoms will be
developed under these conditions.
Both flower-stems and leaves, which
are much longer grown in this way,
are cut, and the forced and exhausted
root-stocks are thrown away, being
of no further value. This work of
forcing is carried on from November
till March and April, batches of
plants being placed in the forcing
chambers at different intervals, to
secure a proper succession.

RETARDING.—Just as great heat
and moisture start Lilies of the
Valley into premature growth in
winter, so the converse conditions—
cold and dryness—prevent the plants
from starting into growth. By means
of refrigerating apparatus, millions of
crowns of Lily of the Valley are kept
by trade growers at a temperature of
about 30° F. for as long as necessary
during the summer months, The
plants that would thus have natur-
ally bloomed in May and June are

150

COOPERIA

prevented from doing so by the low
temperature. This process is known
as “retarding” the crowns. When,
however, the plants are taken from
the refrigerator and placed in fine
gritty mould, and given a good water-
ing, their pent-up energies soon start
into growth during the summer
months, even in an ordinary well-
lighted dwelling-room. Water is
given as often as necessary, and in
this way “retarded” Lilies of the
Valley can be had in bloom from
the time those in the open air
fade until the “forced” crowns in
November and December again come
into season.

COOPERIA (after Mr Cooper,
formerly gardener at Wentworth
House, Yorks). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidee.—A small genus of bulbous
plants closely related to Anoiganthus
and Sternbergia, and with the habit
of the Zephyranthes, from which it
may be distinguished by its stamens
and long, cylindrical tube. Flowers
solitary, funnel-shaped, with spreading
segments. Leaves linear, appearing
at same time as flowers.

Cc. Drummondi.—A pretty species
about 1 ft. high, native of Mexico and
Texas. It has roundish, short-necked
bulbs about 1 in. through, and narrow
linear leaves about 1 ft. long. The
white, sweet-scented, starry flowers,
tinged with red on the outside, appear
during the summer months on slender
stalks 6 to 12 ins. high, but only
expand fully in the cool of the evening.
(Bot. Reg. t. 1835.) The variety
chlorosolen has stouter flower-stems,
flowers tinged with green, and having
less spreading segments (Bot. Mag. t.
3482).

C. pedunculata (Sceptranthus and
Zephyranthes Drummond). — A
stronger-growing plant than C. Drum-
mondi, with long-necked bulbs, and

THE BULB BOOK

CORYDALIS

leaves about 1 ft. long and 3 in. broad.
The flowers are about 14 ins. long,
white tinged with red or orange out-
side. (Herb. Amaryll. 179, t. 42;
Bot. Mag. t. 3727.)

Being natives of Mexico and Texas,
the Cooperias are probably only hardy
in the mildest parts of the Kingdom.
In other places it is safer to treat
them as cool greenhouse plants.
They may be grown in the open air
during the summer months if the
bulbs are planted in rich gritty soil
under a south or west wall about
March or April. To secure a fine
effect during the summer months
several bulbs should be planted within
a couple of inches of each other, and
about 3 ins. deep. In the autumn
they may be taken up and stored in
dry soil or sand in a frost-proof place
during the winter. Increased by
offsets from the older bulbs.

CORYDALIS (korydalos, a lark ; the
spur of the flowers resembling that of
a lark), Fumitory. Nat. Ord. Fuma-
riaceew,— A genus containing about
seventy species of smooth grey-green
herbs with tuberous or tufted root-
stocks, slender stems, much-divided
leaves, and irregular flowers in
terminal or leaf-opposed racemes.
Sepals two, often scale-like. Petals
four, the two outer ones larger than
the others. Stamens six, in two
bundles opposite the outer petals.

C. Alleni—This appears to be a
hybrid between C. cava and another
species. It produces its yellowish-
white flowers tinged with purple early
in the year. (Gard. 1908, 294, f.)

C. angustifolia,— A tuberous-rooted
Fumitory from the Caucasus and
Persia, about 8 ins. high, with leaves
twice ternately divided into long
linear segments. The flowers are
flesh or cream-coloured, and are borne
in loose racemes, (Gard. Chron, 1904,

151

CORYDALIS

xxxv. 306, f. 181; Gard. 1904, lxv.
110.) Quite hardy.

C. bracteata.—-A Siberian perennial
about 9 ins. high, with twice ternate
leaves cut into linear-lobed segments.
The sulphur-yellow flowers appear in
May and June.

C. cava (C. tuberosa).—A European
perennial about 6 ins. high, with
twice ternate leaves cut into wedge-
shaped segments. The purple flowers
appear from February to May, in
loose racemes at the ends of the shoots.
The variety albzflora has white flowers.
(Bot. Mag. tt. 232, 2340.)

C. cheilanthifolia.— A Chinese
species, with elegant fern-like leaves
and erect racemes of yellow flowers.
Hardy in favoured spots.

C.Gortschakowi.—A glaucous green -

perennial 1 to 14 ft. high, native of
Turkestan. The leaves are twice
pinnately divided or cut, the lower
ones being 5 to 6 ins. long. The
golden - yellow flowers appear in
summer in close racemes. (Cartenfl.
t. 1183.)

C. Kolpakowskiana.—A._ tuberous-
rooted perennial from Turkestan, 6
ins. high, with smooth deeply divided
leaves, and long-spurred pink or
purple flowers borne in summer in
loose racemes (Garten/i. t. 948).

C. Ledebouriana.—A pretty herba-
ceous perennial about 1 ft. high,
native of the Altai Mountains. It
has tuberous root-stocks and leaves
twice ternately cut into obovate
glaucous segments. The purple
flowers appear in summer, and have
rather a thick pale purple spur.

C. Marschalliana. — A perennial
about 9 ins. high, native of Tauria.
Leaves twice ternate, with oval entire
or bifid lobes, and sulphur - yellow
flowers produced in April and May.
(Gartenjl. t. 501.)

C. nobilis (Fumaria nobilis).—A
lovely Siberian perennial about 9 ins.

THE BULB BOOK

COSTUS

high. Leaves twice pinnate, with
wedge-shaped segments cut at apex.
Flowers in May, pale yellow, tipped
with green, and having a long blunt
spur. (Bot. Reg. t. 395; Bot. Mag.
t. 1983.)

C. pallida.—A juicy herb 1 to 14 ft.
high, native of China and Japan.
The pale green leaves are thrice
pinnately cut or divided, and the
bright yellow flowers tipped with
brown appearinsummer. (Bot. Mag.
t. 6826.)

C. Seworowii.—A pretty species 12
to 18 ins. high, native of Turkestan,
with finely divided grey-green leaves,
and deep yellow flowers in April and
May. Spur short, saccate. (Gartenjl.
t. 1077.)

C. solida (C. bulbosa).—A tuberous
perennial, 6 ins. high, native of Europe,
and naturalised in woods and dampish
places in Britain. The twice ternate
leaves are cut into oblong or wedge-
shaped segments, and the large
purplish flowers about 1 in. long are
produced in April and May. (Bot.
Mag. t. 231.)

The above Fumitories are amongst
the best of the tuberous-rooted kinds
for garden purposes. They are easily
grown in ordinary well-drained garden
soil, and prefer partial shade and
moist places either in the ordinary
border or in nooks in the rock-garden.
They are easily increased in spring or
early autumn by separating the offsets
from the older tuberous roots. Seeds
may also be sown, but some species
do not ripen them freely.

COSTUS (ancient name of an Indian
perfume). Nat. Ord. Scitaminez.—
A genus containing about thirty
species of hothouse plants, from
America, Africa, Asia, and Australia.
They have tuberous root-stocks, fleshy
leaves, and flowers borne in spikes
furnished with imbricating bracts.

152

COSTUS

The calyx is tubular and three-lobed,
the corolla having a funnel-shaped
tube, the spreading limb being com-
posed of three equal divisions.

These plants flourish in a rich sandy
loam and leaf-soil or a little peat, and
like plenty of heat and moisture
during the period of active growth.
They may be grown in pots or pans,
or planted out in rockeries in the
stovehouse. Propagation is effected
easily by dividing the root-stocks or
tufts.

Cc. Afer.—A native of Sierra Leone,
about 2 ft. high, with oval-elliptic
pointed leaves, and white flowers
tinted with yellow.

C. cylindricus.—This species from
the Trinity Islands grows about 6 ft.
high, and has oboval pointed leaves
and yellow flowers with red bracts.

C. discolor.—A Brazilian species
about 3 ft. high, with broadly lance-
shaped pointed leaves, green above,
purple beneath. The large white
flowers appear in spring and summer
in pairs, and have red bracts at the
base.

C. Englerianus (C. wnifolius).—A
dwarf plant from Tropical Africa,
having bluntly elliptic, fleshy; deep
green leaves, and small white and
yellow flowers.

C. Friedrichseni.—This species, long
cultivated as C. comosus, is 6 ft. or
more high, and has stalkless lance-
shaped pointed leaves 9 to 18 ins.
long, and 2 to 5 ins. broad, and large
bright yellow flowers in thick ellipsoid
or ovoid spikes (Gartenjl. 1903, t.
1521).

C. igneus.—A fine Costa Rican
plant 1 to 3 ft. high, having smooth
elliptic, pointed leaves, and bright
orange-scarlet flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
6821). ;

C. Lucanusianus.—A fine species
from the Cameroons,with lance-shaped
pointed leaves, white on the under-

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

surface. Flowers purple witha yellow
lip.

C. Malortieanus.—A native of Costa
Rica, 1 to 3 ft. high, having large
oboval pointed leaves with short
stalks. Flowers golden - yellow, ir-
regularly streaked with orange-red.

C. micranthus.—This species, sup-
posed to be a native of Martinique,
grows 5 to 6 ft. high, the lance-shaped
leaves being spirally arranged on the
stems, and the orange-red and yellow
flowers being in cone-like spikes. The
narrow tubular lip is purple.

C. musaicus.—A distinct and pretty
species from the Congo. The leaves
are obliquely lance-shaped, 3 to 5 ins.
long, deep green in the centre, the
remaining portion of the surface being
beautifully chequered or barred with
silvery grey lines.

C. pictus.—A Mexican species about
134 ft. high, having lance-shaped,
pointed, shortly stalked leaves, downy
above, smooth beneath. Flowers in
summer and autumn, yellow, with a
golden-yellow and purple, oblong,
wedge-shaped lip. (Bot. Reg. t. 1594.)

C. speciosus.—A fine East Indian
species, 14 to 3 ft. high, with cylindri-
cal stems, lance-shaped pointed leaves,
velvety on the under-surface. Flowers
large white, pink on the outer seg-
ments, and having red bracts. (Bot.
Reg. t. 665 B.)

C. spiralis.—A Brazilian plant 2 to
3 ft. high, with fleshy, oblong elliptic,
lance-shaped leaves, smooth and glossy
green on both surfaces, but with a
downy midrib. Flowers in summer
and autumn, pink, with deep scarlet
bracts.

CRINUM (krinon, the Greek name
for Lily). Nat. Ord. Amaryllidez.—
A genus containing about eighty
species of evergreen herbaceous plants,
having large short or long - necked
bulbs, broad or narrow strap-shaped

153

CRINUM

leaves, more or less funnel-shaped
flowers in umbels on a stout, fleshy
stalk or peduncle. They are found in
widely different parts of the world,
being distributed over Tropical Asia,
Tropical America, Tropical Africa,
Australia, Polynesia, and South
Africa.

CuLturE.— With few exceptions,
most of the Crinums require to be
grown in warmth and moisture
throughout the year. They are all
noble plants. Even when not in
blossom the foliage alone is orna-
mental, and wherever space is avail-
able, it is worth while to mass a few
plants in borders in the stove or warm
greenhouse. Coming from all parts
of the tropical and subtropical world,
and from various altitudes and situa-
tions, a little judgment must be
exercised in regard to the cultural
treatment given to the different
species. Generally speaking, all
Crinums like to grow in a mixture of
rich loam, peat, and leaf-soil, and a
fair sprinkling of coarse sand or grit.
During rapid growth, readily recog-
nised by the appearance of new leaves,
they like plenty of water at the roots,
and a syringing with tepid water two
or three times a day during the
summer months is also highly bene-
ficial. It freshens up the foliage, and
at the same time keeps it free from
disease and dirt. Although the great
majority are evergreen, there is a
period of rest when no growth is
made. Then the plants require but
little water at the root, and it will
generally be sufficient to syringe
the plants occasionally, the water
thus running down the channelled
faces of the leaves to the bulbs and
roots.

The plants may be grown either in

pots or planted out in borders under.

glass. The pots should never be much
larger than the bulbs, and they should

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

be well-drained in all cases by putting
plenty of broken ‘“‘crocks” or pot-
sherds in the bottom, afterwards
covering these with a layer of moss
or fibre before filling in with soil.
Crinums are easily propagated,
either by detaching the offsets, which
in some species are produced freely
around the old bulbs, or by means of
the large, irregular, fleshy fruit or seed
that often follows the flowers. The
offsets are simply potted up or planted

Fia. 100.—Crinum, seedling.

@)

out and grown on until they reach
the flowering stage, after which they
in turn produce other offsets and
seeds. When seeds are sown, the
large fleshy fruits are placed on the
moist sandy soil, or slightly buried.
A short fleshy radicle is soon thrown
out, and then ceases to grow, as in
other monocotyledons. Fleshy roots
soon develop into the soil, and the
first leafy growth shoots upwards—
as shown in the sketch. The second
or third season the plants are quite

154

CRINUM

large, and have reached the flowering
stage. By pollinating the stigmas
there is an excellent chance of pro-
ducing seeds in due course, and from
these it would be possible to raise an
acclimatised race of ‘Crinums in a
comparatively short time.

The following is a fairly good list
of Crinums to be met with in
cultivation :—

C. abyssinicum.—A native of the
Abyssinian mountains, with ovoid
short-necked bulbs 8 ins. in diameter ;
leaves about 1 ft. long, } to 1 in.
broad, and rough on the edges. From
four to six flowers in an umbel on a
stoutish stalk 1 to 2 ft. high. The
perianth-tube is short, slender, and
curved, 14 to 2 ins. long, while the
limb is 2 to 3 ins. long, with oblong
acute segments.

Cc. amabile (C’. superbum).—This
species is a native of Sumatra. It
has small bulbs with necks a foot or
more long, and clusters of bright
green, strap-shaped, tapering leaves,
3 to 4 ft. long and 8 to 4 ins. broad.
The two-edged peduncle, 2 to 3 ft.
long, bears from twenty to thirty
sweetly scented flowers during the
winter months, The erect cylindrical
perianth-tube is bright red, 3 to 4 ins.
long, and the segments are 4 to 5 ins.
long. (Bot. Mag. t. 1605.)

C, americanum.—A native of the
S. United States, having short-necked
ovoid bulbs 2 to 4 ins. in diameter,
and strap-shaped arching leaves 2 to
3 ft. long, 14 to 2 ins. broad. The
stoutish peduncles carry three to six
flowers, having straight tubes 4 to 5
ins. long, and narrow pure white
segments 3 to 4 ins. long. (Bot. Mag.
t. 1034.)

C. amcenum.—This species grows
wild in the Eastern Himalayas and
the Khasia hills, and is found at an
elevation of 6000 ft. in Sikkim. The
short-necked roundish bulbs are 2 to

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

3 ins. in diameter, the bright green
rough-edged leaves being 14 to 2 ft.
long and 1 to 2 ins. broad. From
six to twelve flowers are borne on a
roundish peduncle 1 to 2 ft. high.
The greenish perianth-tube is 3 to 4
ins. long, the lance-shaped spreading
segments being 2 to 3 ins. long. The
variety caudiceum from Ceylon has a
bulb with a cylindrical neck ; and the
variety verecundum has blunter, more
spreading and lacunose leaves than
the type. The variety Mearsi, from
Upper Burma, has white salver-
shaped flowers smaller than the type
(Gard, Chron. 1907, xlii. 62, f.).

C. angustifolium (C’. australasicum ;
C. arenarium).— A native of N.
Australia, with roundish short-necked
bulbs 3 ins. in diameter, and rough-
edged leaves 14 to 2 ft. long, 1 to 14
ins. broad. The peduncle is about a
foot long, with few flowers, having
slender tubes 3 to 4 ins. long, and
lance-shaped segments 2% to 3 ins.
long and 4 in. broad (Bot. May. t.
2355). The variety confertum (Bot.
Mag. t. 2522) is distinguished by its
stalkless flowers and longer perianth
segments ; while the variety blandum
(Bot. Mag. t. 2531) has broader leaves
and perianth segments than in the
type, the filaments also being whitish
instead of bright red.

C. asiaticum (C’. toxicarium).—This
is known as the “Asiatic Poison
Bulb.” It is widely distributed
throughout Tropical Asia, and was
introduced nearly 180 years ago.
The bulbs are 4 to 5 ins. through,
with necks 6 to 9 ins. long, bearing
masses of thin, bright green, tapering
leaves 3 to 4 ft. long and 8 to 4 ins.
broad. The thick two-edged peduncle,
13 to 2 ft. high, carries from twenty
to fifty flowers, the tube of which is
tinted green, and 3 to 4 ins. long, the
linear segments being 24 to 3 ins.
long. (Bot. Mag. t. 1073.)

155

CRINUM

There are several geographical
varieties of this species, the most
distinct being :—declinatum, from
Silhet, having a longer perianth-tube
and limb, the latter tinted with red
(Bot. Mag. t. 2231). C. sinicum,
from China, with wavy leaves about
5 ins. broad, peduncles 3 ft. long, and
longer tube and segments. C’. pro-
cerum, from Rangoon, has leaves 5
ft. long and 6 ins. broad, the perianth-
tube and limb each 5 ins. long, the
latter tinted with red (Bot. Mag. t.
2684). C. anomalum (C. plicatum),
from China, has the “leaves expanded
suddenly at some distance above the
base into a broad, membranous, pli-
cate, variegated wing” (Bot. Mag.
t. 2908). C. japonicum, from Japan,
has leaves firmer in texture, 2 to 24
ins. broad, with longer pedicels, and
perianth-tube 2 to 24 ins. long.

Cc. augustum.— This species in-
habits the marshes and stream-sides
in Mauritius and the Seychelles, and
was once considered to be a variety
of C. amabile. It has a regular
conical bulb 6 ins. in diameter, and
sometimes a foot long. The numerous
bright green strap-shaped leaves are
2 to 3 ft. long and 38 to 4 ins. broad,
The lateral and much compressed ped-
uncle is 2 to 3 ft. high, of a deep
claret red upwards, and bears an
umbel of twelve to thirty flowers.
The stout perianth-tube is bright
red, 3 to 4 ins. long, while the lance-
shaped segments are 4 to 5 ins. long,
% to 2 in. broad, and bright red out-
side. (Bot. Mag. t. 2397; Bot. Reg.
t. 679.)

C. Balfouri.—This species from the
Island of Socotra is named after its
discoverer, Prof. Isaac Bayley Balfour,
of Edinburgh. It has round short-
necked bulbs 3 ins. in diameter;
strap-shaped leaves under a foot
long and 2 to 24 ins. broad; and
about a dozen sweet-scented flowers

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

on top of a compressed peduncle a,
foot or more high. The greenish
perianth-tube is about 2 ins. long,
and the pure white segments as long
as the tube, about $in. broad. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6570.)

C. brachynema,—A native of Bom-
bay, with ovoid, practically neckless
bulbs 24 to 3 ins. in diameter, and
bright green strap-shaped leaves 14
to 2 ft. long, 3 to 3} ins. broad,
developed after the flowers. The
roundish peduncle bears fifteen to
twenty flowers, of which the greenish
perianth-tube is 14 to 2 ins. long, the
pure white segments being 2 ins. long
and about ? in. broad. This species
is readily distinguished by its short
stamens and style. (Bot. Mag. t.
5937; Fl. d. Serr. t. 2303.)

C. bracteatum (C’. brevifoliwm).—A
native of the Seychelles, with short-
necked ovoid bulbs 3 to 4 ins. in
diameter, bluntish — strap - shaped
leaves 1 to 14 ft. long, 3 to 4 ins.
broad, and crisped on the margins,
The stoutish, much compressed ped-
uncle is about a foot long, bearing
ten to twenty flowers. The slender,
erect tube is 24 to 3 ins. long, and
greenish-white ; the linear segments
are pure white. (Bot. Reg. t. 179.)

C. campanulatum (C. aquaticum ;
C.cafrum ; Hemanthus hydrophilus).
—A very distinct species, native of
the ponds and marshes of S. Africa.
It has small ovoid bulbs, deeply
channelled linear leaves 3 to 4 ft.
long, $ to 1 in. broad ; and slender
peduncles a foot or more high, carry-
ing six to eight bell-shaped flowers,
the cylindrical perianth-tube of which
is 1} to 2 ins. long, while the bluntly
oblong connivent segments are rose-
red or purple. (Bot. Mag. t. 2352.)

C. Careyanum.—A native of the
marshy places in Mauritius and the
Seychelles, and considered by Mr
Baker to be scarcely more than a

156

CRINUM

variety of C. latifolium. It has
short-necked roundish bulbs 3 to 4
ins. through, with reddish - brown
tunics. The thin, bright green, wavy
leaves are 1 to 2 ft. long and 2 to 3
ins. broad. The roundish peduncle
is about a foot high, and bears about
half a dozen flowers about November.
The curved greenish perianth-tube is
3 to 4 ins. long, the oblong acute
segments, about 1 in. broad, being
washed with rose-red near the centre.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2466.)

A hybrid between this species and
C. capense has been called C. grand:-
Jjlorum.

Cc. Commelyni (C. atienuatum ; C.
Lindleyanum; C. revolutum; C.
veridifolium).— A native of the
Amazon Valley closely related to
C. erubescens. The short-necked
ovoid bulbs, 14 to 2 ins. thick, are
remarkable for producing copious
stolons. The leaves are 2 to 3 ft.
long and about an inch broad. The
slender compressed peduncle, 1 to 2
ft. high, bears about half a dozen
flowers in summer. The slender
perianth-tube is 4 to 6 ins. long, the
reflexed lance-shaped segments being
2 to 3 ins. long.

C. crassipes.—Probably a native of
Tropical Africa. It has very large
conical bulbs, dark green strap-shaped
leaves about 4 ins. broad, and stout
compressed peduncles under a foot
high, with fifteen to twenty flowers
in summer. The nearly straight
green perianth-tube is about 3 ins.
long, the lance - shaped segments
being white with a red centre.

C. cruentum,—A Mexican species
with large, short-necked, stolon-bear-
ing bulbs, and dark glossy green leaves
3 to 4 ft. long and 2 to 3 ins. broad.
The stout compressed peduncle, about
3 ft. high, bears six to eight almost
stalkless flowers in summer. The
erect perianth-tube is 7 to 8 ins. long,

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

the bright pink linear segments being
about 3 ins. long. The variety Loddi-
gestanum has dark purple segments.
(Bot. Reg. t. 171; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 346.)

C. defixum (C’. Roxburght ; Amar-
yllis vivipara).—A species found wild
in the muddy and swampy banks of
rivers about Calcutta and throughout
India. The long, cylindrical-necked,
ovoid bulbs are 2 to 3 ins, through,
bearing deeply channelled leaves 2
to 3 ft. long and about 1 in. broad,
tapering to a point. The stoutish
peduncle, 14 to 2 ft. high, carries from
six to fifteen flowersin autumn. The
slender perianth-tube is 24 to 3 ins.
long, with linear segments (Bot. Mag.
t. 2208). The variety ensifolium has
a longer perianth-tube, and leaves
more acute. (Bot. Mag. t. 2301.)

C. distichum (Amaryllis ornata).—
A species from Sierra Leone, closely
related to C. yucceeflorum, from which
it may be distinguished by its linear,
channelled leaves, being arranged
distichously from the small round
bulbs. The white stalkless flowers,
keeled with bright red, are usually
borne singly on a scape about a foot
high, during the summer months.
(Bot. Mag. t. 1253.)

C. Doriz.—An Abyssinian species
with broad wavy leaves and short
scapes, surmounted by a many-
flowered umbel of scented white,
red-striped flowers.

C. erubescens.— This variable
species is widely distributed over
Tropical America, and has been in
cultivation since about 1784. The
short-necked ovoid bulbs are 3 to 4
ins. in diameter, and give rise to
numerous thin, strap-shaped, arching
leaves 2 to 3 ft. long and 2 to 3 ins.
broad. From four to twelve flowers
are borne on top of a peduncle 2 ft.
or more in height. The erect peri-
anth-tube is 5 to 6 ins. long, the

157

CRINUM

whitish lance-shaped segments being
reflexed and washed with claret-
purple on the outside, while the
filaments are bright red and about
2 ins. long. There is a smaller-

flowered form called minus or
Roozenianum. (Red. Lil. t. 27;
Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 31; Bot. Mag.
t. 1232.)

C. fimbriatulum.—This species
grows wild in the low-lying marshy
meadows of Angola, in the province
of Loanda, where it flowers in March.
The thin, strap-shaped, grey-green
leaves are 2 to 8 ft. long, and about
3 ins. broad, gradually tapering to
a point. From three to seven flowers
are borne on a peduncle about 2 ft.
long, having a greenish perianth-
tube 4 to 5 ins. long, and whitish,
oblong lance-shaped segments
streaked with red down the centre.

C. flaccidum (Amaryllis austra-
lasica ; C. Weinmann ?).—A native of
New South Wales and Southern
Australia, having very short-necked
ovoid bulbs, 3 to 4 ins. in diameter.
The rough-edged leaves are 13 to 2
ft. long and 1 to 1} ins. broad, and
umbels of six to eight pure white
flowers are borne on a much com-
pressed peduncle 13 to 2 ft. high.
The perianth-tube is usually curved,
3 to 4 ins. long, the segments being
oblong lance-shaped. (Bot. Mag. t.
2133: Bot. Reg. t. 426.)

C.Forbesianum (Amaryllis Forbest).
—A native of Delagoa Bay, with
large roundish bulbs 6 to 8 ins. in
diameter, and grey-green, strap-
shaped leaves 3 to 4 ft. long and 3
to 4 ins. broad, the edges being
conspicuously fringed with hairs.
From thirty to forty funnel-shaped
flowers are borne on a stout com-

pressed peduncle about 1 ft. high, .

the spathe-valves being tinted with
red. The white oblong-acute seg-
ments, over 4 ins. long, are distinctly

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

keeled with red, while the bright
red filaments are almost as long as
the segments. (Bot. Mag. t. 6545.)

C. giganteum (C’. vanillodorum ;
C. nobile; Amaryllis gigantea; A.
latifolia ; A. ornata; A. candida).—
A native of Central and Western
Tropical Africa, whence it was intro-
duced to cultivation about 1780.
The short-necked bulbs are 5 to 6
ins. in diameter, and are furnished
with thin green leaves 2 to 3 ft. long,
3 to 4 ins. broad about the middle,
but much narrower towards the base,
and distinctly cross-veined. The
stout, green, compressed peduncle is
2 to 3 ft. high, and bears from four
to twelve flowers, almost or quite
stalkless. The pure white bell-shaped
flowers, 7 to 8 ins. deep, have oblong
obtuse segments and a slender curved
perianth-tube. The filaments are
pure white, and about an inch shorter
than the segments.

C. Hildebrandti—A native of
Johanna Island (Comoro Islands),
where it grows on the mountains
at an altitude of 3000 ft.
The ovoid bulbs are 2 to 3 ins,
in diameter, with a neck 4 to 5 ins,
long. The strap-shaped leaves are
bright green, 14 to 2 ft. long and 1}
to 2 ins. broad, while the slender
compressed peduncle, about 1 ft. high,
carries four to eight or more flowers
8 to 12 ins. deep, and pure white.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6709; Jil. Hort. 1886,
t. 615.)

C. humile.—This species was intro-
duced. about 1826 from Tropical Asia,
but appears to have disappeared
from cultivation. The small roundish
aud greenish bulbs have very short
necks, and the linear leaves are about
afoot long. The white flowers, about
5 ins. deep, are borne in umbels of
six to nine on a slender roundish
peduncle, and have bright red fila-
ments. (Bot. Mag. t. 2636.)

158

a ae

CRINUM

C. Johnstoni.i—A native of British
Central Africa, having large white
flowers tinted with pink, like those
of C’, latefolcum, and leaves 5 to 6 ft.
long, and 2 to 24 ins. broad in the
middle (Bot. fag. t. 7812), This fine
species has proved to be quite hardy
in Sir Trevor Lawrence’s garden at
Dorking, Surrey. It is therefore a
great acquisition to the hardy flower-
border, and ought to become very
popular.

Cc. Kirki—A native of Zanzibar,
with roundish bulbs 6 to 8 ins. in
diameter, and neck about 6 ins. long.
The bright green strap-shaped leaves
are 3} to 4 ft. long, 4 ins. or more
broad, and with roughish edges. The
stout compressed peduncles are 1 to
1% ft. high, two or three sometimes
springing from one bulb, and bearing
a dozen or more white flowers, broadly
keeled with bright red. (Bot. Mag.
t. 6512.) Brunsvigia Massaiana,
figured in the Jilustration Horticole,
1887, t. 55, seems to be identical with
C. Kirki, but has a longer flower-
tube.

Cc. Lasti.—A native of the Kongone
Mountains, about 100 miles inland
from Zanzibar, whence it was intro-
duced in 1887, The short-necked
bulbs are 4 to 5 ins. in diameter, the
distichous, sword-shaped leaves being
about 1 ft. long. Several pinkish
flowers, 4 to 6 ins deep, and with
narrow segments, are borne on the
stout and much compressed peduncle.

C. latifolium (C. Linnei).—A
species widely distributed in Tropical
Asia, having short-necked, roundish
bulbs 6 to 8 ins. in diameter, and
numerous thin, bright-green, strap-
shaped leaves 2 to 3 ft. long, 3 to 4
ins. broad, and somewhat roughish
on the margins. From ten to twenty
flowers are borne on a peduncle 1 to
2 ft. high. The curved perianth-
tube is greenish, 3 to 4 ins. long,

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

while the oblong lance-shaped seg-
ments are washed with pink. (Bot.
Reg. t. 1297; Wight, Ic. tt. 2019-
2020.)

Forms of C. latifoliwm are C.
longistylum, C. moluccanum (Bot.
Mag. t. 2292), C. speciosum, (Bot.
Mag. t. 2217), and C. insigne or
Amaryllis insignis (Bot. Reg. t. 597),
according to Mr Baker.

C. leucophyllum.—A native of
Damaraland, with ovoid bulbs 5 to 6
ins. in diameter, and thick, fleshy,
whitish-green, strap-shaped leaves
1% to 2 ft. long, 5 to 6 ins. broad,
arranged in two rows, and with
denticulate margins. From thirty
to forty pale pink flowers about 6 ins.
deep, and with linear spreading
segments, are produced in a dense
umbel on a stout, much compressed
peduncle a foot high. (Bot. Mag. t.
6783.)

Cc. lineare (C. revolutum; C.
algoense ; Amaryllis revoluta; A. 7.
gracilior).—This species was culti-
vated at Kew in 1779, having been
introduced from 8. Africa. It has
small ovoid bulbs, and grey-green
leaves 1$ to 2 ft. long, about 4 in.
broad, and channelled down the face.
About half a dozen flowers are borne
on a slender roundish scape about 1 ft.
high. The white oblanceolate-acute
segments are tinted with red on the
outside, the filaments being bright
red. (Bot. Mag. tt. 623, 915.)

C. longifolium (C. capense; C.
riparium ; Amaryllis longifolia; A.
capensis ; A. bullisperma),—This fine
species is spread throughout the
whole of 8. Africa, and has been in
cultivation since 1752. It has ovoid
bulbs 3 to 4 ins, in diameter, and
gradually narrowed into a long
cylindrical neck. The grey-green
strap-shaped leaves are 2 to 3 ft.
long, 2 to 3 ins. broad, and roughish
on the margins; from six to twelve

159

CRINUM

large white flowers, usually flushed
with red down the back, are borne
on a roundish peduncle about 1 ft.
high. (Bot. Mag. t. 661; Red. Lvl.
t. 347.)

There are several forms of this
species, including albwm, with pure
white flowers ; striatum, white striped
with pink; and Farintanum, from
the Kalahari Desert, with narrow,
funnel-shaped, pink flowers, very long
leaves, and a very long-necked bulb.

CULTURE AND Propacation.—C.
longifolium is quite hardy in the
most favoured parts of the British
Islands, and often flowers well during
the summer months in the open air.
Even in some of the less favoured
spots it may be grown in the open
air, but it is then essential to protect
it with straw, litter, bracken, etc.,
during the winter months, It
flourishes in a deep rich loamy soil,
and enjoys an abundance of moisture
during the summer season. When
planted boldly in clumps, C. longz-
folium produces a luxuriant effect
rarely seen in British gardens. New
plants are readily obtained by
detaching the offsets from the base
of the old bulbs about April and
May, or in the early autumn. If
placed in pots in rich loamy soil, and
grown on in a greenhouse or cold
frame, with proper attention to
watering, and sprinkling overhead
occasionally, the young plants soon
become established. Another method
of propagation is by means of the
large fleshy and peculiar bulb-like
seeds, which are often freely produced
in irregular, roundish capsules. When
ripe, these fleshy seeds should be
placed on the surface of moist soil
in a greenhouse, and they will soon
germinate.

C. longifolium, in conjunction with
C. Mooret, has produced the charming
hybrid named C’. Powellé—which see.

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

The variety album, crossed with C,
yemense, has produced a hybrid called
Alexandre. A form called riparium,
crossed with C’. pratense, has produced
C. Belladonna. C. longifolium itself
and C. lineare has produced a hybrid
known as Vectorie. Many other
garden hybrids have been raised from
C. longifolium and others.

Cc. Lugardze.—A distinct species
from the Kwebe Hills, 8. Central
Africa, having small bulbs, long,
narrow, rough-edged leaves, and white
flowers with a light pink median
stripe, borne on scapes 4 to 12 ins.
high (Gard. Chron. 1903, xxxiv. 49).

Fic. 101.—Crinum Mooret. (qy-)

C. Macowani.—A species from
Natal, closely related to C’. latifoliwm,
with large, roundish bulbs 9 to 10 ins.
in diameter, and a neck 6 to 9 ins.
long. The leaves are thin, bright
green, strap-shaped, 2 to 3 ft. long
and 3 to 4 ins. broad, while from ten
to fifteen funnel - shaped, pinkish
flowers are borne on a stout green
peduncle 2 to 3 ft. high. (Bot. Mag.
t. 6381.)

C. Moorei (C. Makoyanum; C.

160

CRINUM

Colensoi ; C. Mackenz ; C. natalense).
—A fine species, native of Natal and
Kaffraria, with very large ovoid and
long-necked bulbs, remarkable for
producing stolons or runners. The
thin, bright green, strap-shaped
leaves are 2 to 3 ft. long and
3 to 4 ins. broad, with entire
margins. The large bell-shaped
flowers, 6 ins. or more across,
are soft pink in colour, from six
to ten being borne on a green,
stoutish peduncle 2 to 3 ft. high.
(Bot. Mag.t. 6113; Gard. Chron.
1887, ii. fig. 101.)

There is a good deal of varia-
tion in this species, and there
is one form called album (or
Schmidtt), with pure white
flowers (Gartenjl. t. 1072); and
another called variegatum, having
the leaves striped with yellow.
C. Worsleyt is a hybrid between
C. scabrum and C'. Mooret.

CULTURE, ETC.—This is prac-
tically the same as recommended
for C. longtfolium, the only dif-
ference being that C. Moorei is
somewhat more tender in its
nature. The bulbs should there-
fore be planted in rich, well-drained
loamy soil in warm, sunny and
sheltered borders, and only in the
most favoured part of the British
Islands. Plenty of water is necessary
in hot summers, and protection must
be given in winter if necessary.

C. natans,—An aquatic species from
Guinea, having submerged strap-
shaped leaves 4 to 5 ft. long and 14 to 2
ins. broad, and strongly waved. The
gtalkless flowers are borne on top of
a scape about 1 ft. high, and are white,
with a pale green cylindric tube 6 ins.
long. (Bot. Mag. t. 7862.)

C. nobile.—A fine species, having
stout short-necked bulbs, wavy olive-
green leaves, and flowers measuring
about 7 ins. across. They are creamy

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

white suffused with purple-rose on
the outer halves of the petals, the
same colour being more conspicuous
on the outer surface of the seg-
ments.

Fia. 102.—Crinum nobile. (}.)

C. pedunculatum (C’. taztense; C.
canaliculatum ; C. australe; C. ex-
altatum).—A fine Australian species,
having long-necked bulbs 4 ins. in
diameter, and thin, bright green,
strap-shaped leaves 3 to 4 ft. long
and 4 to 5 ins. broad. From twenty
to thirty greenish-white flowers are
borne on a two-edged peduncle 2 to
3 ft. high, the segments being linear
and spreading, and the filaments
bright red. This is a somewhat
variable and apparently widely
distributed species, which would
account for its several synonyms.
(Bot. Reg. t. 52; Red. Lil. t. 408.)
Fig. 108.

C. podophyllum.—A native of Old
Calabar, closely related to C’. gigan-

161 L

CRINUM

tewm, having roundish bulbs 14 to
2 ins. in diameter, and thinnish,
oblanceolate-acute leaves about 1 ft.
long, and 14 ‘to 2 ins. broad at the
middle. The green, slender, com-
pressed peduncle is usually about
1 ft. high, but is occasionally absent
or much shorter, and only carries
two or three pure white flowers
having a slender curved tube and
oblong spoon-shaped segments (Bot.
Mag. t. 6483). There is a finer
form called magnijficum.

Fig. 103.—Crinum pendunculatum. (4.)

C. Powelli (C. Lesemanni).—This
isa fine hybrid between C’.longifoliwm
and C. Moorei, both natives of 8.
Africa. It has roundish, short-necked
bulbs, and bright green, pointed,
sword-shaped leaves 3 to 4 ft. long
and 3 to 4 ins. broad. About eight
large flowers are borne on a flattened
grey-green peduncle about 2 ft. high,
the oblong, lance-shaped, acute seg-
ments being tinted with red down

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

the centre. There is a pure white
flowered variety called album, and a
deeper coloured red one called
rubrum.

C. Powelli and its varieties require
the same treatment as C’. longifoliwm.

C. pratense.—A native of the East
Indian plains, with ovoid bulbs 4 to
5 ins. through, and narrow leaves 1}
to 2 ft, long. Flowers white, with
greenish tube 3 to 4 ins. long, and
bright red filaments. The variety
lorifoliwm has weak decumbent leaves
4 to 5 ft. long; elegans has long-
necked bulbs (Bot. Mag. t. 2592);
and venustum has as many as thirty
flowers in an umbel.

Cc. purpurascens.—An aquatic
species from the lakes and streams
of Guinea and Fernando Po (west
Tropical Africa). The short-necked,
ovoid bulbs, about 2 ins. in diameter,
produce numerous runners or stolons,
and are furnished with very wavy
leaves 1 to 3 ft. long, about 1 in.
broad, and thin in texture. The
slender peduncle is a foot or less
high, with five to nine flowers, white
tinged with red on the outside, and
having bright red filaments. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6525.)

C. rhodanthum—A native of
Bechuanaland, with strap-shaped
leaves a foot long and 14 to 2 ins,
wide, and several red flowers on the
scape (Gard. Chron. 1900, xxviii.
142),

C.Samueli.—A species from Central
Africa, with bulbs about 3 ins. through,
leaves 4 ft. long and 23 ins. broad,
rough on the edges, and odourless
white flowers faintly flushed with
pink (Gard. Chron. 1902, xxxii. 304).

C. Sanderianum (C. ornatum,
Bury).—A native of Sierra Leone,
nearly allied to C. scalbrum. The
roundish bulbs are 2 to 3 ins. in
diameter, with necks 2 1o 3 ins. long,
and thin sword-like leaves, 14 to 2 ft.

162

CRINUM

long, 1 to 14 ins. broad, tapering to a
long point, and much crisped at the
denticulate margin. From three to
six stalkless flowers are borne on a
peduncle 1 ft, high, the white seg-
ments being keeled with bright red.

Fic. 104.—Crinum Sanderianum. (3).

C. seabrum.—This species is widely
spread in Tropical Africa from Guinea
across to Abyssinia and Kordofan.
It has large, ovoid, purple-brown,
short-necked bulbs, and bright green
strap-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ft. long, 14
to 2 ins. broad, and rough on the edges.
The stout peduncles are 1 to 2 ft.
high, and carry an umbel of four to
eight flowers, the oblong-acute seg-
ments of which are keeled with bright
red. C’. Ruppelianum seems to be a
variety. (Bot. Mag. t. 2180.)

C. Schimperi.— An Abyssinian
species with elongated bulbs, and
strap - shaped grey-green leaves
slightly roughish on the edges.
About half a dozen white stalkless

THE BULB BOOK

CRINUM

flowers are borne on the peduncle.
(Bot. Mag. t.'7417; Gartenfl. 1889, t.
1309.)

GC, Van Tubergeni—Under this
name a stately Crinum has been
described by Mr R. J. Lynch, and
figured in the Gardeners’ Chronicle
for August 12, 1899, p. 133. It is a
very distinct-looking plant about 3
ft. high, having leaves about 5 ft.
long and 5 to 6 ins. wide. The white
bell-shaped flowers are borne in a
dense truss a foot or more in diameter,
This plant has been grown for many

* years in Holland, but its history has

been lost. It is thought to be a form
of C. longifolium, but is quite distinct
from that species horticulturally

C. Vassei, from Mozambique, has
ovoid bulbs 4 ins thick, narrow strap-
shaped leaves up to 2 ft. long, and
white flowers, having a red stripe
down the centre of the narrow seg-
ments (Rev. Hort. 1908, 132, f.).

C. Winbushi.—This is closely re-
lated to C. Samuelz, but has smooth-
edged leaves and slightly fragrant but
more fleeting flowers (Gard. Chron.
1902, xxxli. 303). ©

C. yemense,—A species closely re-
lated to C. abyssinicum, from which
it is distinguished by its larger
and more numerous flowers, having
broader segments. Many plants
called yemense are only forms of
C. latifolium.

C. yucezeflorum (C. yuccwoides ; C.
Broussoneti ; Amaryllis Broussonett ;
A spectabilis ; A. ornata, Aiton).—A
native of Sierra Leone, whence it
appears to have been introduced by
Lord Petre in 1740, and was grown at
Kew in 1785. It has small, round,
purplish bulbs without any distinct
neck, and linear leaves 1 to 14 ft.
long and about an inch broad. The
slender peduncle about 1 ft. high
bears one or two white flowers, with
a greenish, curved perianth-tube,

163

CROCOSMA

the oblong-acute segments being
banded with red on the back. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2121; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.
668 ; Red. Lil. t. 62; And. Bot. Rep.
t. 390.)

C. zeylanicum (C’. Herbertianum ; C.
Wallichianum ; Amaryllis zeylanica).
—This species is widely distributed
in Tropical Africa and Tropical Asia,
and seems to have been known since
1697. It has short-necked bulbs 5 to
6 ins. in diameter, and bright green
strap-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ft. long, 3
to 4 ins. broad, and slightly scabrous
on the edges. The stout, reddish
peduncle, 2 to 3 ft. high, bears ten to
twenty large sweet-scented flowers,
the segments of which are broadly
banded with bright red outside. The
variety reductum, from Zanzibar, has
leaves only 1 to 14 ft. long, and about
2 ins. broad. (Bot. Mag. t. 1171, as
Amaryllis ornata.)

CROCOSMA (crocus, safiron ; osme,
smell ; in allusion to the odour when
the dried flowers are immersed in
warm water). Nat. Ord. Iridez.

C. aurea (Tritonia aurea).—The
only species in the genus is a beauti-
ful garden plant from 8. Africa, with
fibrous-coated corms and narrow
sword-like leaves about 1 ft. long.
The bright orange-red blossoms are
borne during the summer and autumn
months on winged stems about 2 ft.
high. The perianth has a cylindrical
incurved, slender tube, and oblong
segments. The variety ¢mperialis
has numerous beautiful fiery orange-
red blossoms almost twice as large as
those of the type, and borne on taller
stems. The variety maculata has
also large orange-red flowers, the
three inner segments of the perianth
having a red-brown blotch near the
base. (Bot. Mag. tt. 61, 4335 ; Fl. d.
Serr. t. 702; Gard. Chron, 1888, v. 4,
fig. 80.)

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

CULTURE AND Propacation.—This
plant, better known in gardens as
Tritonia aurea, is often cultivated in
greenhouses. In the more favourable
parts of the Kingdom, however, it
can be grown in the open air, and
makes a charming border flower,
useful for cutting. A light, rich
loamy soil with the addition of peat
and leaf-mould suits it very well, and
in favourable spots it spreads rapidly
by means of creeping rhizomes. The
plants may remain undisturbed for
two or three seasons, merely covering
them with a layer of leaves or litter
during hard frosts. In colder
localities, however, it is safer to lift
the corms when the leaves have
begun to wither — say about the
middle of November—and store them
in sand ; or better still, pot them up,
as they do not like being “ dried off”
too much. They may be replanted
in the spring. The young offsets
may be detached and grown by them-
selves until large enough for making
clumps in the border. Seeds may be
sown when ripe in cold frames, and
grown for a year before putting
outside.

CROocUS (a Chaldean name for
saffron, used by Theophrastus about
370 B.c.). Nat. Ord. Jridexw.—This
genus contains about 100 species of
plants having fibrous-coated, fleshy
corms, from which arise narrow,
channelled leaves and erect, funnel-
shaped flowers wrapped in one or
two semi-transparent spathes, and
remarkable for a long slender tube;
for the three stamens inserted at the
throat, and for the stigma being
divided into three branches or
stigmata.

Generally speaking, the greater
number of species of Crocuses are
unknown outside botanic gardens
or some private collections where

164 ‘

CROCUS

special attention is paid to them.
The numerous varieties of garden
Crocus have all been derived from
C. vernus, and most people are satis-
fied with the gorgeous display made
by these in the early spring. There
are, however, many other species
worth cultivating, and as they are

Fic. 105.—Crocus, showing A, flower;
B, long style and stigmas; C, stamen;
D, section of leaf; EZ, section of ovary.

mostly hardy, may be grown in
the open air in the same way as
the varieties of C’. vernus. The fact
that many of them flower in autumn
instead of in the spring, is another
reason why they should be more
generally known, as these later

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

species prolong the flowering period
of the Crocuses proper from Septem-
ber till the following March and April.
In the depth of winter the more
tender kinds may be cultivated in
pots or pans, and by placing them in
the genial warmth of a greenhouse
or conservatory, or even protected in
a cold frame, they will brighten the
dull days with their colour. To
give some idea of the wealth of the
genus Crocus, they may be con-
veniently divided into two groups,
(1) Spring-flowering and (2) Autumn-
flowering, as follows :—

_ L—Sprinc-FLOWERING CROCUSES.

C. aérius. C. hyemalis.

C. alatavicus. C’. Imperati.

C. ancyrensis. C. Korolkowt.

C. aureus. C. Maly.

C. Balanse. C. minimus.

C. banaticus. C. montenegrinus.
C. biflorus. C. nevadensis.

C. Biliotti. C. Olivieri.

C. Botssiert. C. reticulatus.

C. candidus. C. Siebert.

C. carpetanus. C. stellaris.

C. chrysanthus. — C’. suaveolens.

C: corsicus. C. Susianus.

C. Crewe. C. Suterianus.

C. cyprius. C. Taure.

C. dalmaticus. C. Tommasinianus.
C. Danfordie. —C’. veluchensis.

C. etruscus. C. vernus.

C. Fleischert. C. versicolor.

C. Gaillardoti. —C’. vitellinus.

C. gargaricus.

The species mentioned above may
be planted in the open air from
August to the end of October. The
corms should be planted from 3 to
5 ins. deep, and about the same
distance apart, and in hundreds or
thousands instead of half-dozens—
except, of course, in the case of very
rare species. These would be safer
grown in pots or pans, or in sheltered

165

CROCUS

‘and safe parts of the rock-garden
where they can be watched and
looked after easily. The commoner
species may be planted in the formal
flower-beds, in the borders and
shrubberies beneath deciduous flower-
ing trees and shrubs, in grassland,
on lawns, or in the rockery, in all
of which places they will make a
charming and brilliant display early
in the year.

IT.—AUTUMN-FLOWERING CROCUSES.

C. asturicus. C. marathonisius.
C. cancellatus. C. medius.
C. Boryt. C. nudiflorus.

C. ochroleucus.
C. pulchellus.
C. Salzmanni.
C. sativus.

C. Scharojani.
C. serotinus.
C. spectosus.

C. Tourneforte.

C. byzantinus.

C. Cambessedest.
C.. caspius.

C. Clusi.

C. hadriaticus.
C. hermoneus.

C. tridiflorus.

C. Karduchorum.

C. levigatus. C. zonatus.
C. lazicus. C. vallicola.
C. longrflorus. C. Veneris.

The Crocuses that flower in the
autumn must not be confused with
Colchicum autumnale (see p. 145),
which is popularly known as the
“Autumn Crocus”—although it has
nothing whatever to do with the
genus Crocus, and even belongs to a
quite different family—the Liliacez.

The species of true Crocus men-
tioned above are in most cases quite
hardy, and when procurable in
quantity should be planted in bold
masses in the same way as the spring-
flowering kinds. The period of
planting, however, is much earlier,
and the corms should be in the ground
not later than the end of June or
July, as some of the earlier kinds—
e.g. C. Scharojani—come into blossom
in August.

Once Crocuses of all kinds are

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

established, it is a good plan to leave
them undisturbed for some years if
possible. They will then produce
a more gorgeous effect year after year,
After the flowering period is over,
and the dead foliage is cleared away,
the ground may be covered with
fibrous-rooted plants to fill up the re-
maining portion of the year.
PropaGatTion.—Crocuses as a rule
are easily increased by separating

Fie. 106.—Crocus, corms with seed-pods. (}.)

the young corms from each other and
planting each one singly. These
young corms are the result of the
season’s growth, and are developed on
top of the original corm, which yields
up its store of nourishment for the
production of flowers and _ leaves.
This process goes on year after year,
and if the plants are not lifted the
new corms are always kept at a
proper depth beneath the surface of
the soil by means of the force exerted
by the contractile roots (see p. 8).
When it is desired to raise Crocuses
from seed, one should wait until the
capsules are thoroughly ripe, and,
with few exceptions, most Crocuses
produce seed. In the early stages
the seed-vessel is hidden beneath the
soil, and it is not until after the

166

CROCUS

flowers wither that it is pushed above
ground, to ripen in the sun and air
by the lengthening stalk. When
thoroughly ripe, the seeds should be
sown in well-drained pots or pans in
rich gritty soil. The seeds will
sprout the following spring, and
should not be disturbed for a couple
of years. At the end of this period
the young corms will be about as
large as peas, and may be planted
out in rows in an open but sheltered
and sunny part of the garden. Here
many will flower the third season,
some in the fourth year, and others
again in the fifth or even the sixth.

Lirtine Crocusss.—If it is neces-
sary to lift the plants from beds or
borders, the best time to do so is
when the leaves have withered. If
the leaves are slow in ripening, the
process may be accelerated by twist-
ing them and tying ina bunch. The
corms should then be carefully lifted
with a fork, and cleaned and stored
away in a cool, airy place until the
planting season.

The following are some of the best
Crocuses in cultivation :—

C. aérius.—A native of Asia Minor,
with bright lilac flowers having a
yellow throat, and appearing in spring
when the leaves are only slightly
developed (Bot. Mag. t. 6852, B. ;
‘Maw, Crocus, t. 58). The variety
major is a fine form.

C. alatavieus—This comes from
the mountains of Siberia, and has
grassy leaves a foot long, and in
February small white flowers with
a yellow throat, and freckled and
feathered with purple on the outside
(Gartenfl. t. 906; Maw, Crocus, t.
45).

whe variety porphyreus has the
three outer segments bright claret-
purple, and three white inner seg-
ments, Thereis alsoa white-flowered
form, coloured buff on the outside.

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

C. ancyrensis,—A_ spring-flowering
species from Asia Minor, with fine
orange-red flowers, having an orange
or purple tube, some seedling forms
being feathered and washed with
brown (Maw, Crocus, t. 38).

C. asturicus.—A pretty Spanish
autumnal Crocus with leaves about
1 ft. long, produced after the violet
or purple flowers. These appear
from September to November, and
are 4 to 5 ins. long, with a violet-
bearded throat. (Bot. Mag. sub t.
3998 ; Maw, Crocus, t. 7.) There are
several pretty forms, the best being
azureus, blue; atropurpureus, dark
purple ; /zlacinus, lilac ; pallidus, pale
mauve ; and purpureus, bright purple.

Cc. aureus (C’. lageneflorus; C.
meesiacus; etc.).—A beautiful old
Crocus, native of S.E. Europe, with
rich golden-yellow flowers, usually
produced in February (Bot. Mag.
tt. 652, 938, 1111, 1384, 2655, 2685,
2986 ; Red. Lil. t. 196; Maw, Crocus,
t. 55).

From this species the infertile
common or “Dutch Yellow” Crocus
of gardens has descended, and also
numerous varieties like Auchert, deep
orange ; lacteus and lacticolor, milky
white; sulphureus and suphureus
pallidus, sulphur or fine primrose-
yellow ; /uteus striatus, with three
distinct black stripes on the back
of the outer segments; etc. Most
of the forms of C. aureus never ripen
seeds,

Cc. Balanse.—A rare and pretty
little Crocus, native of Western Asia
Minor, and remarkable for its pear-
shaped corms about 1 in. broad and
leaves about 10 ins. long. Flowers
in March, 2 to 24% ins. long, orange-
yellow, the outer surface feathered or
tinted with brown or bronze. (Maw,
Crocus, t. 51.)

C. banaticus (C’. veluchensis).—A
native of South Hungary, with leaves

167

CROCUS

about 15 ins. long. The beautiful
flowers appear in February and
_March, the inner segments being
rich bright purple, with deeper
coloured markings near the apex and
a white throat, and are paler than
the outer ones, varying to white or
variegated with purple and white.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 24; Bot. Mag. t.
6197.) There are several good forms
of this species, such as albiflorus,
concolor, niveus, victus, and versicolor.

C. biflorus (C. anniulatus)—This
handsome species, known as the
Scotch or Cloth of Silver Crocus, is
found wild in many parts of Italy,
and extending eastwards to the
Caucasus. It has short, erect, narrow
leaves with a distinct white midrib.
The flowers appear in February and
March, and vary in colour from white
to a pale lavender, the outer segments
being distinctly feathered with purple
and yellow within. (Bot. Mag. t.
845; Red, Lil. t. 294; Maw, Crocus,
t. 59.)

There are many forms :—Argenteus,
snowy white, feathered with black,
has conspicuous bright orange
stigmas ; estreatus, rosy-lilac washed
with buff ; Adamz, from the Caucasus,
pale purple, or feathered outside with
deeper veins (Bot. Mag. t. 3868);
minor is a free-flowering form with
lilac inner segments, the outer ones
being striped-with purple ; Pestalozee
is a charming variety with small
white and yellow flowers, and is
a form of nubigenus from Asia Minor,
the flowers of which are suffused and
speckled with brown; pusillus is
excellent for edgings and masses, and
has‘ an orange throat and white
feathered outer segments; and the
Hungarian Weldent varies from pure
white to mauve stained with blue (Bog.
Mag. t. 6211). The variety Leichtlint
is recognised by its white or pale
purple sweet-scented flowers with

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

narrow lance-shaped segments. The
variety Alexandri has the outer
segments suffused or striped with
purple on the outside, the inside
being white (Bot. Mag. t. 7740).

Cc. BiliottiiA charming Crocus
from Trebizond, having dark rich
purple flowers with a deeper coloured
blotch near the throat, from January
to March (Afaw, Crocus, t. 86, B.)

C. Boissieri—A rare species from
the Cilician Mts., having pure white
flowers with ovate lance-shaped seg-
ments about 1} ins. long (Maw,
Crocus, t. 20).

C. Boryi.—A late autumn-flowering
Crocus from the Grecian Archipelago,
3 to 4 ins. high, with creamy-white
flowers about November, having an
orange-yellow throat, and pale purple
veins on the base of the petals (Bot.
Reg. 1847, t. 16). The variety mara-
thomsius has very large pure white
flowers with less-branching stigmas
level with the anthers (A/aw, Crocus,
t. 47).

C. byzantinus (C. zridiflorus).—A
fine autumnal Crocus from the Banat
and Transylvania, flowering in Sep-
tember and October. The three outer
reflexed segments are a clear rich
purple, in contrast to the three much
smaller pale Jilac inner segments.
The stamens have lilac filaments and
orange anthers, while the stigmata are
purple. (Bot. Mag.t. 6141; Bot, Reg.
1847, t. 4; Maw, Crocus, t. 1.) The
variety albus has white flowers.

C. Cambessedesi.—A native of the
Balearic Isles, Majorca and Minorca,
having pretty little whitish or wine-
purple flowers, buff or pale yellow
outside and striped with purple, and
produced from late September to
March (Maw, Crocus, t. 13 ; Bot. Reg.
1845, t. 37).

C. cancellatus.— A handsome: |

autumnal Crocus, native of Asia
Minor, with leaves about a foot

168

CROCUS

long. The flowers appear from
September to December, and are
4 to 5 ins. long, with a yellow
unbearded throat, and vary from
white to pale purple, sometimes
feathered with purple. (Bot. Mag.
sub t. 3864; Bot. Reg. 1847, t. 16;
Maw, Crocus, t. 31.)

The variety czlicicus has lilac
flowers veined with purple. A form
of it, called lzlactnus, has larger soft
lilac-striped blossoms. The variety
mazziaricus is white, with a bright
golden-orange throat. The corms of
C. cancellatus are sold for food in the
markets of Damascus.

C. candidus.—This spring-flowering
species has globular white flowers,
having the outer segments more or
less conspicuously veined with purple-
lilac (Maw, Crocus, t. 54). The
variety luteus has deep yellow flowers
veined and mottled with purple
outside.

C. carpetanus.—A distinct species
from Spain and Portugal, having
cylindrical leaves about 8 ins. long.
Flowers from February to April, with
a white unbearded throat, and seg-
ments varying from delicate vinous
lilac to white, darker on the margins,
the outer surface suffused with bluish
veins towards the base. (Maw, C'ro-
cus, t. 41.)

C. caspius.—A native of the
Caspian shores, with beautiful
flowers in the autumn, varying from
white to rosy-pink and pale rosy-
lilacin the variety zlacina. Stigmata
not lobed. Rather tender, and is best
grown in pots in frames or cool
houses. (Gard. Chron. 1903, XXxiv.
443, £.173; Maw, Crocus, t. 46.)

C. chrysanthus.—A native of S.E.
Europe, with rich orange - yellow
flowers from January to March, with
yellow or rich scarlet stigmata (Bot.
Reg. 1847, t. 4; Maw, Crocus, t. 62).
There are several forms, including

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

albidus, white with a blue base;
Canary Bird, rich canary - yellow,
sweetly-scented ; fusco-lineatus, clear
yellow, striped with crimson-brown ;
ceerulescens, bluish-tinted ; and fusco-
tinctus, clear yellow suffused with
brown. Seedling forms show great
variation in colour, and it is by no
means difficult to confuse them with
forms of C’. biflorus.

Cc. ClusiiAn autumnal Crocus,
native of Spain and _ Portugal.
Flowers from September to Decem-
ber, 3 to 4 ins. long, with a white
bearded throat, and pale purple

unfeathered segments deeper in
colour near the base. There is also a
white - flowered form. (Bot. Feg.

1845, t. 47; Maw, Crocus, t. 10.)

C. corsicus (C’. inswlaris).—A. rare
Corsican species. Flowers in April,
2 to 3 ins. long, with a white or lilac
unbearded throat, and pale purple
segments, feathered and striped with
purple outside and tinged with buff.
Stigmata bright scarlet. (Maw, Cro-
cus, t. 21; Bot. Reg. xxix. t. 21.)

C. Crewei.—A distinct species from
Asia Minor, closely related to C.
biflorus, and distinguished by its
almost black anthers and rich orange
centre. The flowers appear in Feb-
ruary, and are whitish, tinged outside
with buff and lined with purple.
(Gard. Chron. 1893, xliii. 278; Maw,
Crocus, t. 60.)

C. cyprius, from the Cyprian
Olympus (alt. 5000 ft.), produces its
bright lilac flowers with a rich purple
blotch at base, early in April (Maw,
Crocus, t. 57.)

Cc. dalmaticus.— A Dalmatian
Crocus, with pear-shaped corms and
leaves 8 to 9 ins. long. Flowers in
February and March (and often in
the month of January), with a yellow
unbearded throat and lilac segments,
the outer ones shaded fawn, with a
few purple veins at the base, or

169

CROCUS

delicately feathered with purple.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 34.) A pretty
form called violaceus has violet and
blue flowers.

C. Danfordiz.—A native of Asia
Minor, having ciliated leaves a foot
or more long, and pale sulphur-yellow
flowers in February and March, the
outer segments often being washed
with brown (Maw, Crocus, t. 63).

Cc. etruscus.—An Italian Crocus
with narrow linear leaves having a
central white band. Flowers in
March, 2 to 3 ins. long, the tube
striped with lilac and the throat
yellow. Segments bright lilac-purple
inside, the three outer ones with five
lilac or purple stripes down the back.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6362 ; Maw, Crocus, t.
22.)

C. Fleischeri.—A handsome Crocus
from Asia Minor, with a beautifully
netted yellow corm and leaves about
1 ft. long. Flowers in early spring,
with a pale yellow unbearded throat,
and white linear lance-shaped seg-
ments, the outer ones being veined
with rich purple. (Maw, Crocus, t.
66.)

C. Gaillardoti.— A little - known
spring - flowering Crocus from N.
Palestine and Syria, having pretty
little white flowers washed outside
with lilac in December and January
(Maw, Crocus, t. 40).

C. gargaricus.—A native of Bithy-
nia (Mt. Gargarus), having self-
coloured yellow-orange flowers in
early spring (Bot. Reg. 1847, t. 16, 1;
Maw, Crocus, t. 39).

C. hadriaticus.—A distinct autum-
nal Crocus from the Grecian Archi-
pelago, with leaves over 1 ft. long,
ciliated on the margins and keel.
Flowers about October, 3 to 4 ins.
long, with a white or purple bearded
throat, and ovate lance-shaped seg-
ments pure white or purple towards
the base. (Bot. Reg. 1847, t. 16, 7-

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

9; Maw, Crocus, t. 30.) The variety
chrysobelenicus has white flowers with
a yellow throat feathered at the base
with reddish lines (Maw, Crocus, t.
30, f. 3); and the variety Sauwnders-
tanus has beautiful white flowers
with a richly coloured violet base.

C. hermoneus.—This species grows
wild on Mt. Hermon, at an altitude
of 9000 ft. It has white flowers
shaded and veined with pale
lavender, a contrast to the yellow
anthers and deep orange stigmata.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 44.)

C. hyemalis.—A native of Palestine
and Syria, and remarkable for pro-
ducing its blossoms from November
to January. The perianth is white
veined with purple towards the base
and washed with yellow in the throat.

The tender variety Yoav has the.

outer segments of its fragrant flowers
streaked and suffused with purple.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 48, ff. 7, 8.)

C. Imperati.—A very fine Italian
Crocus, having sweet-scented flowers
from January to March, lilac-purple
inside, the outer segments being
marked with three more or less
feathered, deep purple lines (Bot.
Reg. t. 1993; Maw, Crocus, t. 14.)
The variety albidus has white, faintly
striped flowers, and yellow stigmata ;
roseus has flowers of a clear rose;
and purpureus, white outside, purple
inside (Garten/l. t. 1280).

Cc. Karduchorum.—An Armenian
Crocus, with slender grassy leaves 1
to 2 ins. long, those of the previous
year persisting until the flowering
period next autumn. The flowers
have a long unbearded perianth-tube
and vinous-lilac segments veined with
delicate purple, the anthers and stig-
mata being creamy white. (Maw,
Crocus, t. 5.)

C. Korolkowi.—<A native of Central
Asia, having large flattish corms, and
bright yellow flowers tinged outside

170

ace ae

CROCUS

with brown or purple, and borne in
February and March (Bot. Mag. t.
6852, a. ; Maw, Crocus, t. 56.)

C. levigatus.—The flowers of this
variable species from the Cyclades
appear from October to spring, and
vary from white to lilac, the outer
segments being fawn coloured, veined
and washed with purple (Maw,
Crocus, t. 49.)

C. lazicus.—This species from the
mountains of Laziston, in Asia Minor
(8000 ft. alt.), has very small corms,
and produces its orange-yellow flowers
in August (Maw, Crocus, t. 12).

C. longiflorus (C’. odorus).— A
beautiful autumnal Crocus from S.
Europe. The sweet-scented flowers
appear in October and November,
and are of a pale rosy-lilac, yellow
towards the base, and veined with
purple. (Bot. Reg. xxx. t. 3; Maw,
Crocus, t. 28.) The variety melitensis
_is freely feathered with purple (Bot.
Reg. 1844, t. 3, f.5); and Wilhelmz is
a less robust form, with paler flowers.

C. Malyi—A pretty species from
Mt. Vermaz, in Dalmatia. It has
white flowers in March, the tube
being yellow, and the orange throat
suffused with vinous purple outside.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 18.)

C. marathonisius, This is con-
sidered to be a variety of C. Boryt
—which see.

C. medius.—-A handsome autumnal
Crocus from the Riviera region. The
bright purple flowers appear in
October and November, and are
veined with deeper purple, the
stigmata being bright scarlet. (Bot.
Reg. 1843, t. 21; ibid. 1845, t. 37;
Maw, Crocus, t. 27.) The variety
pallidus has rosy - lilac blossoms
There is also a rare white-flowered
form.

C. minimus.—A pretty little Corsi-
can Crocus which produces its deep
rich purple flowers in March and

1

THE BULB BOOK

~T

CROCUS

April, the outer surface being suffused
with buff and veined with purple
(Red. Lnl. t. 81; Bot. Mag. t. 6716 ;
Maw, Crocus, t. 19).

C. mesiacus.—This is the name
given by Mr Baker in his Handbook
of the Iridee to the Crocus much
better known as C. awreus—which
see, ;

C. montenegrinus.— A spring-
flowering Crocus from Montenegro,
with creamy-white unstriped blos-
soms, remarkable for having a stigma-
like appendage at the tip of the
filaments — probably a monstrosity
(Maw, Crocus, t. 23).

Cc. nevadensis (C. algeriensis; C.
atlanticus).—This species from Spain
and Algeria blooms in January, the
segments being pale lilac or white,
veined and feathered with purple
(Maw, Crocus, t. 42).

C. nudiflorus (C. pyrencus).—A
handsome autumnal Crocus, native
of S.W. Europe, and at one time
naturalised in some parts of England.
The clear purple or violet flowers
appear from September to October
without the leaves,which do not appear
till spring. There is a rare white-
flowered form called albus. A pecul-
iarity of this species is that the corms
emit creeping shoots which develop
independent corms. (Maw, Crocus,
t. 6.)

C. ochroleucus.—This species from
Asia Minor produces its creamy-white
flowers tinged with orange at the base,
from October to December (Bot. Mag.
t.5297 ; Maw, Crocus, t. 11).

C. Olivierii—A native of Greece,
with bright orange flowers in March
(Bot Mag. t. 6031; Maw, Crocus, t.
53).

C. pulchellus.— This pretty Turkish
Crocus produces its large lavender-
blue flowers freely from September to
December, the petals being deeply

veined, and the throat washed or

CROCUS

spotted with orange-yellow (Bot. Reg.
xxx. t. 3).

There is a lovely white-flowered
form, with white anthers.

C. reticulatus (C’. variegatus).—A
pretty Crocus from Central and §S.E.
Europe. The flowers appear in March,
and vary from white to deep lilac, the
outer segments being feathered with
purple, while the anthers are orange
and the stigmata scarlet. (Lodd.
Bot. Cab. t. 1822; Maw, Crocus, t.
35.)

C.Salzmanni.—A vigorous autumnal
Crocus from the S. of Spain and
N. Africa, having flowers with a
bearded yellow throat, and pale lilac or
sometimes white segments, feathered
with purple outside (Bot. Mag. t.
6000; Maw, Crocus, t. 9; Bot. Reg.
1847, t. 4).

C. sativus.—This is the “Saffron
Crocus,” once grown extensively
at Saffron-Walden, in Essex.
Its many forms are found from
Italy eastwards to Kurdistan,
and may be distinguished by
the rather large, globular, de-
pressed corms, and narrow,
keeled and ciliated leaves. The
flowers appear from October to
December, and have a white
or purple bearded throat and
bright lilac segments, purple
towards the throat and suffused
throughout with purple veins.
The scarlet drooping stigmata
are occasionally fringed, and
about 2 ins. long. The cul-
tivated forms furnish the
saffron of commerce, but they
never produce seed. (Bot. Mag.
t. 274; Red. Lil. t.173; Maw,
Crocus, t. 29.) Of the many
forms, those most often seen
are Cartwrightianus, lilac, and
its white form albus; Elwesz, rosy-
lilac ; Haussknechti, white with yellow
base, very free- flowering; Pallas:,

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

lilac, delicately veined, with a white-
flowered sub-variety from Patras;
Taitia, deep lilac ; some of these seed
freely.

C. Scharojani.—A handsome Crocus
from the Western Caucasus, where it
grows wild at an elevation of 7000 ft.
Theflowers appear in July and August,
and are of a bright deep orange-yellow.
The leaves appear after the flowers,
and persist until the flowering period
the following year. (Garten/l. t.578 ;
Maw, Crocus, t. 3.)

C. serotinus.—A rare and rather
difficult Crocus to grow. It is
supposed to be a native of Spain, and
produces its bright lilac or purple
flowers about November. It requires
protection in a cold frame or under a
hand - glass. (Salisb. Parad. t. 30;
Bot. Mag. t. 1267.)

C. Sieberi (C’. nivalis ; C’. sublimis).

Fic. 107.—Crocus Siebert versicolor.

@)

—This species, from the Greek moun-
tains and Archipelago, flowers in
February and March. The roundish

172

CROCUS

perianth is bright lilac with a rich
golden base, and a beardless orange
throat, in the centre of which are the
orange stamens and orange-scarlet
stigmata. (Bot. Mag. tt. 1043, 6036 ;
Maw, Crocus, t. 33.) The variety
versicolor varies in colour from white
to purple, with white and purple veins
and feathering, and always a rich
golden-yellow base. Purpureus has
deep purple flowers; and there are
several other variations.

C. speciosus (C. multifidus).—This
handsome autumnal Crocus extends
from Central Europe eastwards
through the Crimea and Caucasus to
Persia, and is perhaps the finest of
all the autumnal species. The large
flowers appear at the end of September
and in October, and are of a beautiful
bright lilac or bluish-purple, striped
inside with deeper purple, and having
bright orange conspicuously fringed
stigmatain the centre. (Bot. Mag. t.
3861; Bot. Reg. xxv. t. 40; Maw,
Crocus, t. 64.) The variety transyl-
vanicus has flowers of a deeper purple-
lilac than the type; albus is a rare
white-flowered form; and Aztchisonz
has larger and deeper coloured flowers
than the type.

C. stellaris.—This Crocus of obscure
origin has long been in cultivation,
and has been considered a hybrid
between C’. aureus and C’. Susianus, as
it combines the characters of these
species. The orange flowers are dis-
tinctly feathered with bronze outside.
They appear in early March, and
have never been known to mature
seeds, (Maw, Crocus, t. 37.)

C. suaveolens. — This fine Italian
species flowers in March. It has a
perianth-tube 3 to 4 ins. long with a
bright orange beardless throat, and
narrow, lance-shaped, lilac segments,
the outer surface being suffused with
buff and lined with purple. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3864; Maw, Crocus, t. 15.)

THE BULB BOOK

CROCUS

C. Susianus (C. revolutus). — A
charming species known as the “Cloth
of Gold Crocus.” It comes from the
Crimea and Caucasus, and: produces
its deep orange-yellow flowers in
February, variously feathered with
deep brown, occasionally entirely
orange - yellow, or evenly suffused
with brown. It has orange anthers
and filaments, and orange - scarlet
stigmata. (Bot. Mag. t. 652; Red.
Lnl. t. 293 ; Maw, Crocus, t. 36.)

C. Suterianus.— A little - known
species from Asia Minor, with clear
orange-yellow flowers about March ;
considered to be a variety of C.
Oliviert (Bot. Reg. 1847, t. 7; Maw,
Crocus, t. 57).

C. Tauri, from Cilicia, has pale
unstriped purple flowers over an inch
long (Maw, Crocus, t. 61).

C. Tommasinianus.—A pretty and
prolific Crocus from Dalmatia and
Servia, having pale sapphire lavender
flowers in March, the segments being
sometimes darker coloured at the
tips (Maw, Crocus, t.25). The variety
atropurpureus has clear lilac flowers,
and pallidus has soft lilacones. There
are also white and amethyst forms.

C. Tourneforti (C’. Orphanidis)—A
charming autumn -flowering Crocus
from the Greek Archipelago, remark-
able for its large corms, and clear
lavender or rosy-lilac blossoms, with
spreading petals veined with purple,
and white anthers (Maw, Crocus, t.
47; Bot. Mag. t. 5776). Considered
to be a variety of C. Boryt by Mr
Baker.

C. vallicola,—A distinct Caucasian
Crocus which ‘produces its creamy-
white or pale yellow flowers, veined
with purple and blotched with yellow
in the throat, in August and Sep-
tember (Bot. Reg. xxxiii. t. 16; Maw,
Crocus, t. 2). The variety lacinus
has smaller and more heavily veined
flowers than the type.

173

CROCUS

C. veluchensis.—A rare Grecian
Crocus, near C. vernus and C. bana-
ticus, from which it differs in having
a diphyllous proper spathe and no
basal spathe (Bot. Reg. 1847, t. 4;
Maw, Crocus, t. 32).

C. Veneris.— An autumnal Crocus
from Cretan and Cyprian mountains,
closely related to C. Boryt. The
white flowers sometimes feathered
outside with purple, and having a
yellow throat, appear in November
(Maw, Crocus, t. 8).

c. vernus.—This is the well-known
spring Crocus. It grows wild in the
Pyrenees, Alps, and Carpathian
mountains, where its blossoms appear
as late as June and July. In the
British Islands, however, they peep
through the ground as early as
February and March, and are various
shades of lilac, violet, and white (but
never or very rarely yellow), variously
veined and striped with other colours.
(Red. Lil. t..266 ; Maw, Crocus, t. 26.)

Fig. 108 —Crocus vernus obovatus. (3.)

The garden forms which have arisen
from this species within the past
three hundred years or so vary in
colour from pure white to grey, lilac,
violet, and purple, many being beauti-
fully veined and streaked with other
colours. Some distinct forms are
albiflorus, white; George Maw, pure
white with a bright orange tip to the
three outer segments ; leucorhynchus
(know as Pheasant’s Feather), pale
purple or soft lavender, with purple

'THE BULB BOOK

CURCULIGO

veins and a dark purple blotch at the
base; siculus, creamy white with a
few purple veins; obovatus, with
beautifully feathered veins (Fig. 108) ;
and leucostigma, rich purple with
white stigmata. For the varieties
with fancy names, the reader is
advised to consult a current bulb
catalogue.

C. versicolor (C’. fragrans).—This
beautiful species from the Maritime
Alps flowers in February and March,
and varies from purple to white,
more or less feathered and veined
with purple on the outer surface of
the inner as well as the outer seg-
ments (Bot. Mag. t. 1110). The
variety obscwratus has deep lilac
blossoms shaded and feathered with
deep purple; reflexus is soft lilac
with deeper veins; and picturatus,
pure white, veined with rich crimson.

Cc. vitelliuus (C’. syriacus). —A
handsome Syrian Crocus, having
bright orange-yellow flowers with
orange-scarlet stigmata, which appear
from November to March (Bot. Mag.
t. 6416; Maw, Crocus, t. 50). The
variety graveolens has smaller orange-
coloured flowers, flushed or striped
with black, and remarkable for their
strong and somewhat disagreeable
odour.

C. zonatus.—A beautiful autumnal
Crocus found wild on the mountains
of §. Europe to Asia Minor. The
flowers appear in September and
October, and are rosy-lilac veined
with purple, the bearded throat being
bright yellow and the tube pale buff.
(Maw, Crocus, t. 4.)

CURCULIGO (curculio, a weevil ; in
reference to the point or beak on
the seeds). Nat. Ord. Amaryllidex.
—A genus containing about a
dozen species of stove, perennial,
herbaceous. plants having short
rhizomes, or thickish and more or less

174°

CURCULIGO

tuberous or corm-like root-stocks
from which arise lance-shaped, plaited
leaves. The flowers are borne in
spikes or racemes. The perianth is
six-lobed, with almost equal spreading
segments. Stamens six, attached to
the base of the segments by short
filaments. Ovary three-celled, often
produced into a long beak-like point.
Fruit more or less succulent, in-
dehiscent.

CuLturE. — Being natives of the
Tropics of Asia, Africa, America, and
Australia, the Curculigos or Weevil

Plants must be treated as hothouse’

subjects, requiring plenty of heat and
moisture. They are chiefly valuable
for their ornamental foliage, resem-
bling some Palms or Aspidistras, and
are not difficult to grow. The pots
should not be too large, and should
be well drained, so that the soil shall
not become sour with repeated water-
ings. A compost of turfy peat and
loam in equal proportions, with a
good sprinkling of silver sand, suits
the plants best. When established
and in vigorous growth, plenty of
water must be given, and copious
syringing will also keep the foliage
bright and clean.

The simplest way to increase the
plants is by dividing the root-stocks
or detaching the suckers and potting
them up separately.

C. recurvata.—This East Indian
plant is the best known in the genus.
It has tuberous rhizomes from which
arise masses of dark green, lance-
shaped, plaited leaves on long stalks,
and dense heads of yellow flowers on
scapes shorter than the leaf-stalks.
The variety striata has a central
white band down the leaves, while
the variety variegata is a handsome
plant with stripes of clear white
running down the recurved, plaited
leaves, which are often 23 ft. long.
(Bot. Reg. t. 770.)

THE BULB BOOK

CURCUMA

CURCUMA (Kurkum, the Arabic
form), TurMERIC, Nat. Ord. Scita-
minesz.—A genus containing thirty or
more species of hothouse herbaceous
deciduous plants, natives of the
Tropics of Asia, Africa, Australia,
and the Pacific Isles. They have
thickish rhizomes, rich in arrowroot,
from which arise annual stems 1 to
10 ft. high, furnished with two rows of
large, alternate, oval or lance-shaped
leaves, with sheathing stalks. The
flowers are borne in dense cone-like
spikes with concave bracts. The
calyx is tubular and three-toothed.
The tube of the corolla is dilated
above, five lobes being equal, the
sixth, known as the “lip,” being
larger and spreading.

Curcumas are grown in the Tropics
for the arrowroot some species
yield from the root-stocks, and for
the yellow colouring material called
turmeric yielded by others, notably
C. longa. They are easily grown in
hothouses in a compost of two-thirds
turfy peat to one-third turfy loam,
and a sprinkling of coarse silver sand.
Plenty of water must be given during
active growth, but the root-stocks
must be kept fairly dry during the
dormant season. Propagation is
easily effected by dividing the root-
stocks when growth commences in
spring.

As most of the species are similar
in appearance, differing chiefly in
height and colour of the flowers, it
is unnecegsary to describe each one
in detail, especially as the plants are
only likely to be found in botanical
collections. The following species
are best known :—

C. albiflora.—2 ft. Flowers white
and yellow. Ceylon. (Bot. Mag. t.
5909.)

Cc. Amada.—1 to 2 ft. Flowers
pale yellow. Bengal. Cultivated in
India for arrowroot.

175

CYANELLA

C. angustifolia—3 ft. Flowers
yellow. Himalayas.

C. australasica.—Flowers yellow.
N.E. Australia. (Bot. Mag. t. 5620.)

Cc. Bakeriana,—Flowers large,
orange-yellow. New Guinea.

C. cesia.—1 ft. Flowers yellow.

Bengal.

Cc. elata—3 to 6 ft. Flowers
crimson. Burmah.
Cc. ferruginea.—1 ft. Flowers

yellow. Bengal. A very fine species
with voluminous tubercules.

C. latifolia.—12 ft. Flowers white
outside, yellow within. Leaves over
a yard long and a foot broad. E.
Indies.

C. leucorhiza.—1 ft. Flowers red
and yellow. E. Indies.

C. longa.—2 ft. Flowers yellowish.
A handsome plant. The pointed
cylindrical root-stocks or tubers are
yellowish externally; they yield a deep
yellow resinous powder called tur-
meric, at one time much used in the
E. Indies in medicine, and also as a
yellow dye. Mustard is said to be
frequently adulterated with it, owing
probably to its taste and ginger-like
odour. (Bot. Mag. t. 269; Bot. Reg.
t. 886; Red. Lil. t. 473.)

C. petiolata (C. cordata).—1 to 2
ft. Flowers yellow, white. Leaves
heart-shaped at the base. Burmah.
(Bot. Mag. tt. 4435, 5821.)

Cc. Roscoéana—l1 ft. Flowers
scarlet, A fine species. E. Indies.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4667.)

C. Zedoaria (C. Zerumbet)—s ft.
Flowers red, yellow. E. Indies.
(Bot. Mag. t. 1546.)

CYANELLA (‘yanos, blue), Nat.
Ord. Hemodoracez.—A genus con-
taining four or five species of S.
African plants having small fibrous-
coated corms, radical, or rarely
cauline, lance-shaped or linear leaves.
Flowers in loose racemes or solitary.

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

Perianth with six lobes, the three
outer ones drooping. Stamens six,
attached to the base of the lobes,
Capsule ovoid, triquetrous, and three-
celled.

These are pretty little plants, rather
too tender for most parts of the
Kingdom for growing in the open
air. The little bulbs, however, may
be planted in favoured parts in
warm, sunny, and sheltered positions,
in a light, rich, and very sandy soil.
In bleaker localities a cool green-
house or cold frame will be essential.
To prevent the bulbs in the open
getting lost or destroyed, it may be
advisable to grow them in pots, to
be plunged or buried in the soil.
When offsets are produced, they may
be utilised to increase the stock.

Cc. capensis (C. corwea)—A
charming little plant about 1 ft. high,
introduced to cultivation as long ago
as 1768. The lance-shaped wavy
leaves are smooth above, but hairy
underneath on the main veins.
About July and August, the violet-
purple flowers are produced in forked
spikes on the branching stems. (Bot.
Mag. t. 568; Red. Lil. t. 373.)

C. lutea.—This species has yellow
flowers borne on stems having one or
two upright branches, and _lance-
shaped non-wavy leaves (Bot. Mag.
t. 1252).

C. odoratissima.—This is probably
only a form of C. lutea, but has
deep rosy sweet-scented blossoms
(Bot. Reg. t. 1111.)

Other species known, but rarely
seen in cultivation, are C’. alba, with
white flowers, and C. orchidiformis,
with blue flowers.

CYCLAMEN (kyclos, circular;
referring either to the spirally twisted
flower-stalk, or to the round tubers
or leaves), SowsprEaD. Nat. Ord.
Primulacee.—A genus of distinct

176

CYCLAMEN

and beautiful dwarf scapigerous
herbs with large roundish, depressed,
fleshy, corm-like tubers (Fig. 109).
Leaves long-stalked, ovate heart-
shaped or kidney-shaped, entire or
sinuate-dentate. Scapes slender, one-
flowered. Flowers nodding, white,
rose, or purple, with the scape often
spirally twisted after flowering, and
pressing the seed-capsule into the
ground, Calyx five-parted, with per-

Fic. 109.—Cyclamen, tuber.

sistent ovate or ovate lance-shaped
segments. Corolla hypogynous, with
a small roundish tube thickened at
the throat; lobes five, twisted, re-
flexed. Stamens five, attached to
the corolla at the base of the tube.
Ovary superior, ovoid. Capsule
globose or ovoid, many-seeded.

With the exception of the beautiful
C. latifolium (the culture of which is
treated separately), all species of
Cyclamen mentioned below are almost
perfectly hardy in the British Islands.
As may be seen from the synonyms,
there is a good deal of confusion with
the names, but those given in the
author’s Practical Guide to Garden
Plants are retained here as being
the most correct and accepted at
the present time.

Hardy Cyclamen are particularly
suitable for growing in rock-gardens,
and on sloping banks where they
will be sheltered from the sun by
the shade of overhanging trees in
summer, and from severe frosts in
winter, by the boughs and leaves
that have fallen from them in the

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

autumn. Positions resembling these
should be chosen if possible ; other-
wise, an aspect between the north-
east and north-west should be
selected, and if trees are absent, the
tubers should be protected during
the winter season with a covering
of dry leaves, litter, or bracken.

As the plants in a state of nature
are generally found growing on sandy
or chalky porous soil, with the tubers
well out of the ground, it is essential
in gardens to have a well-drained
loamy soil to which leaf-mould, peat,
and some limestone rubble or mortar
rubbish may be added.

Generally speaking, the best time
to plant hardy Cyclamen is from the
end of June till November, according
as to whether the plants flower in the
spring or early summer, or in the
autumn. A handful of sand may be
placed beneath the tubers when plant-
ing, to secure perfect drainage ; and
the tops of the tubers should be
slightly above the surface of the soil,
so that water shall not settle in the
crown. In early winter it is advis-
able to spread old leaves or old
manure over and around the plants,
not only as a protection against frosts,
but also as a mulching to the soil, to
replenish food for the roots,

Hardy Cyclamen ripen seed freely
in many instances. In such cases
they may be reproduced by sowing
the seeds when thoroughly ripe in rich
sandy soil in pots in a cold frame or
warm greenhouse. In some vigorous
cases seedlings appear naturally from
self-sown seed near to the parent
plants. Seedlings raised under glass
are best grown on in small pots for a
season or two until well established,
before transferring them to the open
air.

Another method of increasing
hardy Cyclamen is by cutting the old
tubers into pieces, each piece having

177 M

CYCLAMEN

at least one “eye” or bud to it. The
leaves with a small portion of the
tuber attached may also be inserted
(if worth while) in sandy loam and
leaf-soil or peat, under bell-glasses,
and kept moist and close until
rooted. ‘

Notwithstanding their acrid juices,
Cyclamen tubers are greedily de-
voured by the wild boars in Sicily
and the Mediterranean region—hence
the name of “ Sowbread.”

The following hardy Cyclamen are
most generally grown :—

C. africanum (C. autumnale; C.
robustum).—A native of the sandy
oak woods of Algeria and Tunis, and
closely related to C. neapolitanum.
Tubers 4 to 8 ins. through, blackish,
flat, and irregular in shape. Leaves
6 to 8 ins. broad, long-stalked, ovate
or sinuate, toothed on the margins,
and beautifully marbled with white
above and purple beneath. The
sweet-scented flowers appear in
October and November, and are of a
pale rose or deep rose colour (rarely
white), with a purple spot at the base
of each auricled petal. The tubers
should be planted not later than June.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5758; Ll. d. Serr. viii.
t. 841; Gard. 1886, t. 569.)

C. alpinum.—A dwarf plant closely
related to C. Coum, and native of
Mount Taurus in Asia Minor. The
leaves are faintly marbled, and the
flowers in the type are pink; but
white-flowered forms exist.

Cc. Atkinsi (C. hybridum). — A
hybrid between C. Couwm and C.
tbertcum, and closely resembling the
latter. The leaves, however, are
larger and sometimes slightly marbled
with white on the upper surface.
The flowers appear in spring, and are
of various shades, such as white, rose,
lilac, red, and purple. (Lem. Jard.
Fi. iii. t. 297 ; Gard. 1886, t. 569.)

G. eilicicum. — This pretty little

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

species, from the Cilician mountains
and the pine forests of Asia Minor,
grows about 4 ins. high. It has
roundish entire leaves, purple be-
neath, and strongly-scented pale
rose or white flowers blotched with
purple at the base, from September
to November.

Cc. Coum (C. caucasicum; OC.
elegans; C. hyemale; C. vernale ;
etc.).—A very variable species found
in the Caucasus, Asia Minor, Greece,
Turkey, etc., and cultivated for over
three hundred years. It grows only
about 3 ins. high, and has roundish and
flattened tubers 1 to 2 ins. in diameter.
The dark green leaves are never
marbled, but are purple beneath, and
are either slightly serrate or quite
entire on the margins. The small,
deep purple, rose-red, or white scent-
less flowers appear from December to
March, at the same time as the leaves.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.
108; Gartenjl. 1862, t. 370.) There
is a form called multipetalum, having
seven to eight petals instead of the
normal five.

C. cyprium (C. cyprinum).—A
native of Cyprus closely related to C.
neapolitanum, from which it differs
chiefly in having unlobed leaves, and
longer and narrower petals.
usually round. Flowers white, with
a purple spot at the base of each
auricled segment, appearing in
autumn.

C. europeum (C. cestivum; C.
cordifolium; C. odoratum; ete),
Common European Sowbread. — A
native of the mountains of Central
and §. Europe, with regular, roundish,
depressed tubers and masses of dense,
green, compact leaves, produced at
the same time as the flowers, and
ovate:roundish in shape, deeply heart-
shaped at the base, marbled with

white above, deep purple beneath. |

Flowers from June to October,

178

Tuber .

CYCLAMEN

purple-red, darker at the base,
fragrant. Thcre are several varieties,
such as album, Clust, littorale, Peaki-
anum, and colchicum ; the last from
Asia Minor has large tubers, more
regularly serrate leaves, and wider and
blunter petals. C. tauricum, having
large leaves marbled with silver grey,

is probably only another form of this.

species. (Bot. Reg. t. 1013; zbid.
1846, t. 56.)
Cc. grecum. — A native of SE.

Europe and N. Persia, with large red
tubers, often irregular in shape.
Leaves usually not developed till
after the flowers, roundish, heart-
shaped, slightly and _ irregularly
toothed, obscurely marbled above,
green, or faintly tinged with purple
beneath. Flowers in September and
October, light or deep lilac, rarely
white, with a purple blotch at the
base of each petal, variable in size,
and faintly scented. (ev. Hort.
1856, t. 24.)

C. ibericum.— A native of the
Caucasus, about 3 ins. high, with
roundish tubers. Leaves contempo-
rary with the flowers, roundish ovate,
blunt, entire, or slightly waved on
the margin, distinctly zoned with
white. Flowers in February and
March, bright red or purple in the
type, varying from white to pale and
deep rose, scentless, sometimes with
a purple blotch at the base of the
petals. (Sw. #U. Gard. t. 9.)

C. latifolium (C. persicum).—The
type of this fine species is found
growing wild in Greece and Asia
Minor, being very common in
Palestine. From the gardener’s point
of view it is by far the finest member
of the genus, and for nearly two hun-
dred years he has been “improving”
it under the name of C. persicum.
The wild natural species has a round-
‘ish flattened tuber regular in outline.
The leaves are ovate, irregularly

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

crenate or roundly toothed on the
margins, the upper surface being
distinctly marbled with white. The
scentless flowers appear in March
and April, the petals being white
with a bright purple blotch at the
base.

In cultivation innumerable varia-
tions have been evolved, and plants
with larger tubers, more fleshy and
luxuriant foliage, and very large
flowers are now quite common.
Particularly fine forms have special
names given to them for the time
being, but these are soon superseded
by others of a superior type. The
prevailing colours are pure white,
rose, carmine, pink, crimson, purple,
and salmon—all very charming.

Curture.—Although naturally a
perennial, half-hardy and herbaceous
in its nature, the Persian Cyclamen
is usually raised from seeds annually.
It is possible, however, to cultivate
the same tubers for several years in
succession, when as many as two
hundred to three hundred fine.
blossoms can be secured from the
crown of each. For the decoration of
the greenhouse or conservatory during
the winter and spring months, the
Persian Cyclamen is a favourite
plant. Not only are its blossoms,
with half-twisted reflexed petals,
charming in themselves, and last a
long time in perfection, but the
graceful tufts of beautifully-marbled
leaves are highly ornamental,

At one time from fifteen to eighteen
months elapsed from the sowing of
the seed until the plants come into
blossom. With improved strains it
is now possible to obtain plants in
flower within twelve months of sowing
the seed, and most growers prefer this
system to retaining the old tubers from
year to year. Of course, those who
grow for market have no alternative
but to raise plants each year from

179

CYCLAMEN

seed, and hundreds of thousands are
so produced annually to supply the
regular demand in all the big
markets; and at Christmas-time
especially a wonderful trade is done
in the plants.

As a rule, two distinct sowings of
seed are made —the first during
October or early in November, to
secure a display of blossom about
twelve months later; and the other
during January or February, to keep
up a supply early the following year.
Many growers, however, prefer to
sow in July and August, and keep
up a succession from the later
germinating varieties. Pots or pans
are used, care being taken to secure
perfect drainage by placing some
clean “crocks” over the base, and
covering it with a thin layer of moss
or fibre extracted from the turfy loam
that should be used. The best com-
post to use consists of about equal
proportions of rich turfy loam and
well-rotted leaf-mould, to which
sufficient coarse silver sand is added
to secure perfect ventilation and
drainage. The pots or pans are filled
to within three-quarters of an inch
of the rim, the soil being pressed
in firmly and made level on top.
The hard grain-like seeds are then
sown carefully about an inch apart
over the surface, and are covered
with a quarter of an inch of the same
gritty compost that has been passed
through a sieve. Some growers
dibble the seeds in about a quarter
of an inch deep after levelling the
surface. When sowing is completed,
the pots or pans should be gently
watered with a fine-rosed can, after
which they may be covered with a
pane of glass, a sheet of paper, or
have some sifted coco-nut fibre spread
over the surface. Either operation is
to check evaporation of moisture
from the surface, which would other-

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

wise perhaps be inclined to develop
a growth of fine moss. This,
however, often depends on the water
available for use.

TEMPERATURE.—The October and
November sowings may be placed in
a cool close frame with a minimum
temperature of about 45° F. This
will be sufficient to soften the seeds,
and start them into germination. At
the end of two or three weeks, the
seed - pots should be transferred to
the more genial warmth of a green-
house with a temperature of about
55° F.

The sowings in January and
February should be placed in a
temperature of about 60° F. at once,
covering the pots with glass, paper,
or fibre, to check the escape of
moisture,

The seeds of the Persian Cyclamen
are notoriously erratic in their
germination, some being much more
sensitive to the surrounding heat
and moisture than others, probably
owing to having somewhat thinner
coats than the others. However, if
the seeds are sound, they all ger-
minate in time, several weeks perhaps
intervening between the appearance
of the first and last seedling in the
same pot or pan. When the young
leaves push through the soil, the
glass or paper coverings are removed.
The seed-pots are then placed close
up to the glass, so that the maximum
amount of light may be secured, to
keep the seedlings sturdy and “un-
drawn.” Careful attention must be
given to the watering, never allowing
the soil to become too dry, or the
atmosphere to be lacking in some
humidity. A sprinkling or syringing
early in the afternoon, generally
keeps the aérial conditions in proper
condition, Ventilation also must be
regulated, especially on all mild
days, taking care, however, that

180

CYCLAMEN

cold and cutting draughts are to be
avoided.

Pricktwne-out.— When the young
plants are large enough to handle
easily and the young tubers are
beginning to swell, they may be
transferred to small pots, called
thimbles, an inch or two inches in
diameter; or ten or twelve little
plants may be pricked out into a
5-in. pot. The compost used should
be similar to that for seed-sowing,
namely, rich loam and leaf-mould in
equal proportions with a fair sprink-
ling of coarse silver sand. The

Fic. 110.—Cyclamen, seedlings.

seedlings must not be buried too
deeply in the soil, the base of the
leaf-stalks being flush with the
surface. With careful attention to
watering, ventilating, and shading
from strong sunshine, the little
plants grow freely, and when the
pots are fairly well filled with
the tender fleshy roots, it will be
necessary to move the plants into
3-in, or 34-in. pots, When these in
due course are filled with roots and
the plants are much larger, the last
potting may take place. Most of
the plants may be accommodated
in 5-in. pots (or 48’s), but several
of the larger and more vigorous
specimens may well be transferred
to 6-in. pots (32’s). For this final

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

potting, which will take place about
the end of June, or in July, August,
and even September, according to
the state of the plants, rich loam and
leaf-soil may be again used, with,
however, not quite so much sand as
in the earlier stages; and if a little
well-decayed dry cow-manure can be
mixed with the soil, so much the
better. A little basic slag, a mere
sprinkling over the heap of compost,
and well mixed with it, will also be
highly beneficial, owing to the lime
and phosphates contained in it,

After each potting it will be
necessary to shade the plants from
strong sunshine until they have
recovered from the effects of moving.
When thoroughly recovered, more
light and air are admissible, and
coupled with judicious syringings
and careful watering, the plants
continue to thrive during the summer
and autumn months. All this time
the plants should be near to the
glass, and the pots should stand on
stages covered with moist pebbles, or
finely powdered coke called “breeze.”
Strong sunshine is not desirable,
therefore a position facing north or
north-east or north-west is the most
desirable during the summer months.
As each plant will occupy a space of
at least a square foot or even 15 ins.
to 18 ins. square, the necessary space
must be allotted to each, as over-
crowding would tend to interfere
with assimilation by the foliage, and
prevent the free and necessary
circulation of fresh air. From six
to eight weeks before the blossoms
are expected, the plants may be
watered two or three times weekly
with weak liquid manure made from
soot, old cow-manure, and a little
guano steeped in a tank or tub. In
late autumn it may also be necessary

to place the plants on inverted pots

on the stages, thus bringing them

181

THE BULB BOOK CYCLAMEN

CYCLAMEN

Fia. 111.—Persian Cyclamen, modern forms. (3)

182

CYCLAMEN

nearer to the glass for more light,
and keeping the leaf-stalks stout
and sturdy. (Fig. 111.)

When the plants are in blossom,
during the winter season, they will
continue for weeks if the temperature
is not too high—say from 45° F, at
night to 55° during the day.

TREATMENT oF OLD Prants.—If it
is desired to grow the same plants on
for several seasons, the foliage is
gradually allowed to die away after
flowering, and the tubers are then
rested in the old soil. The pots con-
taining them are kept in a cold frame
free from frost, or under a north wall
covered up to the rims with ashes or
coco-nut fibre. During the summer
months very little growth is made,
and the soil is kept just moist enough
to prevent the plants from shrivelling.
When new growths begin to appear
on the crowns of the old tubers, it is
then time to shake the plants out of
the old soil and repot them into the
compost of loam, leaf-soil, sand and
cow-manure, as advised above. It is
scarcely necessary to repot the second
year, but in that case a top-dressing
of fresh soil should be given. Pots
a little larger may be used, and all
the old soil should be removed. The
watering, syringing, ventilating, and
liquid manuring are then attended to
in the same way as recommended
for the plants raised from seeds
annually.

Prsts.—The Persian Cyclamen, if
grown in too dry an atmosphere, not
only does not flourish, but is also
subject to attacks of red spider on
its foliage. A certain amount of
moisture in the surrounding air is
therefore the best natural antidote
to this pest. Should greenfly or
thrips attack the under-surface of
the leaves, the plants should be
“dipped” head downwards in a solu-
tion of soft-soapy water, quassia

THE BULB BOOK

CYCLAMEN

chips, and tobacco juice. One pound

of quassia chips boiled for an hour or
two will be sufficient for ten gallons
of water, to which about one pound of
soft soap and a little tobacco juice
may be added. The best insecticides,
like XL All, abol, etc., may be used
for the same purpose. The houses
or frames in which the plants are
grown may also be vaporised occasion-
ally to kill these pests if they have
become troublesome. Indeed, this is
a better method than dipping, when
the glass is in good condition.

C. libanoticum.—A species found
growing with C. latifolium and C.
ibericum near Mt. Lebanon, at an
altitude of 2000 to 3000 ft. Tubers
often rough and scaly. Leaves heart-
shaped, entire, slightly wavy on the
margin, with a silvery white zone
above, dark violet beneath. Flowers
in April, large, sweetly-scented, bright
or pale rose with deep carmine blotch
at the base of each petal.

C. maritimum, from Asia Minor,
has brownish-green leaves varying
much in form and marking. The
small pale rose flowers, with a deep
carmine blotch at the base, appear
about September. (Gartenjl. 1908,
791.)

The plant known as C’. pseudo-
maritimum differs from C. maritimum
proper in having lance-shaped and
acuminate calyx lobes instead of
ovate rounded ones,

C. neapolitanum (C’. ficaritfoliwm ;
C. hedercefolium ; etc.).—A native of
Southern Europe, with large flattened,
depressed, and irregular tubers.
Leaves heart-shaped ovate, 3 to 4 ins.
broad, beautifully marbled with
white above, purplish beneath.
Flowers from August to October,
rosy in the type, varying from red to
white, slightly fragrant, spotted with
purple at the base. There is a white-
flowered form called album. (Bot.

183

CYPELLA

Reg. tt. 24, 49; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.
992; Rev. Hort. 1855, t. 2.)

C. pseud-ibericum has obcordate
dark green leaves mottled with
silver above and deep violet beneath,
The flowers are violet-red above and
pure white with a blackish violet
blotch below.

C. pseudo-grecum,—This Cretan
species has been confused with C.
grecum, from which, however, it
differs in having longer stamen
filaments, and three-angled elongated
pointed anthers.’ The flowers are
pale rose, almost white. (Gartenji.
1906,, 629.)

Cc, punicum,—This comes near C.
latifoliwm, but the leaves have a more
opensinus. The sweet-scented flowers
are white or pale rose-red at the base,
the petals being narrow and acute.
(Rev, Hort. 1907, 328, f.)

C. repandum (C. balearicum ; C.
hedercefolium ; C. immaculatum ; C.
romanum; etc.).—A native of S.
Europe, plentiful in Central Italy
and the Corsican mountains at eleva-
tions between 4000 to 6000 ft. Tuber
small, roundish at first, depressed
when old. Leaves ovate-deltoid,
heart-shaped at the base with an open
sinus, beautifully marbled with white
above, purple beneath. Flowers from
March to May, fragrant, rosy-white,
spotted with purple at the base.

On good healthy tubers in rich soil
and ideal situations a large number
of flowers will be produced — two
hundred to three hundred has been
recorded.

CYPELLA (kypellon, a goblet; in
allusion to the form of the flowers).
Nat. Ord. Irideze.—A genus closely
related to Marica and Tigridia, con-
taining eight species of small but
pretty herbaceous plants, natives of
Tropical and subtropical 8. America,
with tunicated bulbs and few linear,

THE BULB BOOK

CYPELLA

plaited leaves.
of six free segments, the three outer
ones obovate and spreading, the
three inner ones much narrower,
erect, and recurved at the apex.
The flowers in most cases are very
fleeting, lasting only a few hours.

The Cypellas must be treated as
half-hardy plants even in the most
favoured parts of the Kingdom. If
grown in the open air, the bulbs
should be planted in warm, sunny,
and sheltered borders in a soil com-
posed of rich sandy loam and peat
Asimilar compost may be used when
the plants are grown in well-drained
pots in the greenhouse. During the
winter season the plants are at rest,
and require no water. The bulbs
must be protected in the open air
from frost by means of bracken,
litter, etc., but it is generally safer
to lift them and replant in spring.
Propagation is effected by means of
offsets.

C. Herberti (Tigridia Herbert:).—
A native of Buenos Ayres, about a
foot high, with lance-shaped, tapering
leaves, and flowers varying from
light to deep chrome-yellow or
vermilion, in July and August (Bot.

Mag. t. 2599; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 1810).
Cc. peruviana.—This handsome

species comes from the Andes of
Peru, and has thin, papery, plaited
leaves, and bright yellow flowers
spotted with reddish-brown at the
base. The two-lobed stigma is bright
yellow, and petal-like in appearance.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6213.)

C. plumbea (Phalocallis plumbea).—
A remarkable Mexican plant, 3 ft.
or more high, with sword-like, plaited
leaves, and dull blue flowers tinged
with yellow in the centre (Bot. Mag.
t. 3710; FU. d. Serr. tt. 395, 1466).

Other species are—C. gracilis, bright
yellow tinged lilac ; C. gigantea, blue

184

The perianth consists

CYPHIA

with a yellow base ; paludosa, yellow
spotted with purple-black ; linearis,
blue with a yellow spot ; and pusilla,
pale yellow.

CYPHIA (kyphos, arched ; referring
to the style and stigma). Nat. Ord.
Campanulaceew. — A little - known
genus, containing about twenty
species of annual or perennial her-
baceous plants with tuberous roots,
and alternate, entire, toothed or
pinnatifid leaves.

C. volubilis (Lobelia volubilis).—A.
native of §. Africa, with large
tuberous roots, slender climbing
stems, turning to the left, like the
Hop, and bearing entire leaves. The
pale blue, irregular, two-lipped
flowers, like those of the Lobelia,
appear in July and August.

This species may be grown in a
cool greenhouse, in a mixture of loam,
leaf-soil, and sand in equal propor-
tions. When at rest in winter,
watering is suspended ; and propaga-
tion is effected by making cuttings
of the young shoots in the same way
as from Dahlias in spring (see p. 193).

CYRTANTHUS (fyrtos, curved;
anthos, a flower). Nat. Ord.
Amaryllideze.—This genus is closely
related to Vallota, and contains
about twenty species of herbaceous
plants, natives chiefly of S. Africa,

having tunicated bulbs, narrow
strap-shaped leaves, and funnel-
shaped flowers borne on hollow

scapes or peduncles.

These pretty bulbous plants are
best grown in the cool or slightly
heated greenhouse. They flourish
in a compost of fibrous loam and
leaf-soil in about equal proportions,
with a good sprinkling of coarse
silver sand. If grown several in a
pot, they make a better display than
if grown separately. During growth,

THE BULB BOOK

CYRTANTHUS

water must be given frecly as
required ; but when the leaves are
dying down in the deciduous kinds,
less moisture is required. The ever-
green species, like C. obliquus and
C. carneus, require water all the
year round, in accordance with the
state of the soil. During the summer
months the plants may be grown
without the aid of artificial heat, but
in winter a little genial warmth will
be beneficial to the growing kinds,
Propagation is effected by detaching
the offsets from the old bulbs at
the time of repotting.

C. angustifolius (Crinum angusti-
folium ; Amaryllis cylindracea ; Mon-
ella angustifolia; Husipho anguste-
folius).—This species was introduced
from 8. Africa in 1774. It has
ovoid bulbs, 1 to 2 ins. in diameter,
bearing two to three linear leaves,
1 to 1$ ft. long. The bright red
unscented flowers appear in late
summer or autumn, from four to ten
being borne in an umbel on top of a
peduncle about1ft. high. (Bot. Mag.
t. 271; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 368 ; Red.
Lil. t. 288.)

There are several varieties, the
best known being grandiflorus, with
larger flowers (24 to 3 ins. long)
than the type; ventricosus, the
flowers of which are dilated at the
middle and contracted at the base ;
and striatus, with bright red flowers
having yellow ribs (Bot. Mag. t.
2534).

C. carneus.—An evergreen species
with ovoid bulbs, 2 to 3 ins. in

diameter, and strap-shaped, blue-grey,

twisted leaves, about 14 ft. long.
The bright red drooping flowers
appear in autumn, being borne in
umbels of eight to ten on a roundish
scape a foot or more high (Bot. Reg.
t. 1462).

C. collinus (Monella glauca; M.
collina).—Bulbs ovoid, 14 ins. in

185

CYRTANTHUS

diameter, with two or three linear
leaves, 6 to 9 ins. long. Flowers
bright red, 14 to 2 ins. long, six to
ten in an umbel on a slender scape
a foot high. (Bot. Reg. t. 162.)

C. helictus.—Closely related to C.
uniflorus, having round bulbs about
1 in. in diameter, spirally twisted
leaves about 6 ins. long, and small
umbels of white tubular flowers, 15
to 2 ins. long, having a crimson stripe
on each segment (Gard. Chron, July
1898, 69, f.).

C, Huttoni,—This species has ovoid
bulbs, and strap-shaped leaves } to 2
in. broad, and about a foot long.
From six to eight pale red, narrowly

Fic. 112.—Cyrtanthus Huttoni. (4.)

funnel-shaped flowers are borne in an
umbel, on top of a stoutish scape
about 1 ft. high. (Bot. Mag. t.
7488.)

C. hybridus.—A_ bigeneric garden
hybrid between Cyrtanthus san-
guineus and Vallota purpurea, and
most resembling the latter in general
appearance. The flowers are clear
orange-scarlet or bright carmine, the

THE BULB BOOK

CYRTANTHUS

tube being curved in front and
almost sharply dilated at the throat.
(Gard. Chron. 1885, xxiv. 391.)

C. inequalis.— This species has
narrow leaves 1 ft. or more long,
and is remarkable for the erect habit
of the coral-red flowers, which are
borne in umbels on top of scapes 1
ft. high, and for the overhanging
upper segments of the perianth (Gard.
Chron. 1905, xxxvii. f, 261).

C. lutescens (Monella ochroleuca).—
A charming species with round bulbs
1 in. in diameter, having two to four
green linear leaves about 1 ft. long.
From two to three pale yellow
flowers, about 2 ins. long, appear on
a slender scape about 1 ft. high, the
tube being slightly curved and very
slender in the lower half. The variety
Coopert (Bot. Mag. t. 5374) is a finer
plant with several flowers on a scape.

C. Mackeni—-A popular species
with ovoid bulbs 14 ins. in diameter,
and two to six linear leaves about 1
ft. long. The narrow funnel-shaped
white flowers, about 2 ins. long, are
borne in umbels of six to ten on a
slender scape a foot long, during the
winter and spring months. (Gard.
Chron. 1869, 641, fig. ; Saund. Ref.
Bot. t. 355 ; Gartenjl. 1280, 3.)

C. Macowani.—This species grows
wild at an elevation of 5000 ft. in the
eastern provinces of Cape Colony.
It has ovoid bulbs about 1 in. in
diameter, and one to three linear
leaves 6 to 12 ins. long. From six to
eight bright scarlet, narrowly funnel-
shaped flowers, about 14 ins. long, are
borne on a scape about 1 ft. high.
(Gard. Chron. 1875, 95; Garten. t.
960.)

C. obliquus (Crinum obliquum ;
Agapanthus Umbrella).—This species
has also been in cultivation since
1774, like C. angustifolius. It has
large ovoid bulbs 3 to 4 ins. in
diameter, and about a dozen strap-

186

CYRTANTHUS

shaped leaves 1$ to 2 ft. long,
arranged in two rows, and produced
after the flowers. From ten to twelve
bright red drooping flowers with a
yellowish base, and 2 to 3 ins. long,
are borne on a stoutish scape 1 to 2
ft. high, during May and June. (And.
Bot. Rep. t. 265; Bot. Reg. t. 1183 ;
Red. Lil. t. 381.)

Fic. 113.—Cyrtanthus obliquus.

(h)

Cc. O’Brieni.—A species inter-
mediate between C. angustifolius
and C. Macowani. The linear
leaves appear with the flowers, which
are bright scarlet in colour, 1} ins.
long, about eight being borne in an
umbel. (Gard. Chron. 1894, xv.
716.)

C. odorus.—A fine species with
ovoid bulbs 14 to 2 ins. in diameter,
two to three linear leaves about 1
ft. long, and somewhat cylindrical,
bright red, scented flowers, 2 ins.
long, in July and August (Bot. Reg.
t. 503).

C. pallidus,— Bulb 14 ins. in
diameter, with four to five linear

THE BULB BOOK

CYRTANTHUS

leaves, purplish scapes about 6 ins.
high, and pale red, narrowly funnel-
shaped flowers about 14 ins. long.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2471.)

C. sanguineus (Gastronema san-
guineum). — A very distinct and
attractive species, with ovoid bulbs
2 ins. in diameter, bearing three to
four bright green lance-shaped leaves
about 1 ft. long, and remarkable for
having stalks. The slender scape is
6 to 9 ins. high, and carries one to
three bright red flowers 3 to 4% ins.
long, somewhat cylindrical in shape
in the lower half and openly funnel-
shaped in the upper. (Bot. Mag. t.
5218.) The variety glaucophyllus has
grey-green leaves and orange - red
flowers.

C. spiralis.—A distinct species with
ovoid bulbs 14 ins. in diameter, two

Fic. 114,-- Cyrianthus spiralis (4.)

to three linear blue-green leaves 6 to
9 ins. long, and spirally twisted. The
blue-green slender scape, about 1 ft.
long, carries from four to six bright

187

CYRTOSPERMA

red scentless flowers 14 to 2 ins. long,
about October and November. (Bot.
Reg. t. 167.)

Cc. Tucki.—This grows wild with
C. Macowant in 8. Africa at an
altitude of 5000 ft. It has ovoid
bulbs 14 ins. through, and narrow
leaves 1 to 14 ft. long. The bright

Fic. 115.—Cyrtanthus Tuckt. (4.)

orange-scarlet flowers, ten to twelve
in an umbel, droop from the summit
of the fleshy blue-green scape, which
is 12 to 18 ins. high, during July and
August. (Gard. Chron. 1892, xii.
155, fig. 28.)

C. uniflorus (Amaryliis clavata ; A.
humilis; Gastronema clavatum ).—
This species has roundish bulbs about
1 in. in diameter, one to two linear
leaves about 6 ins. long, and a slender
scape 6 to 9 ins. high, bearing one to
three more or less erect, funnel-
shaped, white flowers 14 to 2 ins.
long, with green or reddish-brown
stripes (Bot. Reg. t. 168; Bot. Mag.
t. 2291).

CYRTOSPERMA (hyrtos, curved ;
sperma, seed). Nat. Ord. Aroidese.—

THE BULB BOOK

DAHLIA

A genus containing about twenty
species of tuberous-rooted herbs from
the Tropics of Asia, Africa, and
America. The leaves are more ot
less arrow-shaped, with long. stalks
sheathing at the base. The spathes
are ovate lance-shaped or oblong,
enclosing a shorter cylindrical or
globose spadix containing the flowers,

C; ferox.—A remarkable-looking
species from Borneo, having arrow-
shaped leaves with prickly stalks,
and greenish-white spathes, also borne
on prickly stalks (21/1. Hort. xxxix.
t. 153).

C. Johnsoni (Alocasia Johnstont).—
A native of the Solomon Islands,
having semi - erect, arrow - shaped
peltate leaves, with terminal lobes
about a foot long, the two basal
ones somewhat longer; the entire
blade being olive green, elegantly
marked with deep pink veins. The
stalks are furnished with whorls of
stiffish prickles, and the deep green
mottled stems are banded with pink.

The Cyrtospermas require the same
cultural treatment as the Alocasias
—which see.

DAHLIA (named after André Dahl,
a Swedish botanist, and student of
Linneus). Nat. Ord. Composite.—
This genus contains about a dozen
species of rather coarse-growing herb-
aceous plants, having spindle-shaped
tuberous roots, thick hollow stems,
opposite’ leaves divided once, twice,
or thrice, and large flower - heads
borne on long stalks at the ends of
the shoots and from the axils of the
leaves. The natural species are all
natives of Mexico, and are generally
regarded as being only half-hardy in
the British Islands.

The first Dahlia in Europe—appar-
ently D. variabilis—seems to have
been introduced to Spain, whence it
found its way into England in 1789

' 188

we

through the then Marchioness of Bute;

and afterwards by Lady Holland in
1804. The plants, however, were lost,

and it was not till 1815 that ‘the Dahlia
was again brought to England from
France.

Fic. 116.—Dahlia, tuberous roots. (}.)

Before referring to the Garden
Dahlias, it may be as well to give
brief descriptions of the various
species.

D.arborea (D.anemonefiora).—This
species grows 9 to 15 ft. high, and
has large long-stalked leaves divided
twice-pinnately into oblong-elliptic,
pointed leaflets, the leaf-stalks form-
ing a kind of cushion at the base
round the stem. The soft lilac
flower-heads are about 4 ins. across,
having lilac or yellow tubular florets
in the centre. (Maund. Bot. 11, 88;
Gard. Chron. 1883, xix. 80, f. 60.)

This species is too tender for the
open air, except, perhaps, in the very
mildest parts of the Kingdom. It

424105 DULD DVUUVULR

DAHL

should therefore be grown in a cc
greenhouse,

D. coccinea (D. bidentifolia ; Geor
ina Cervantesiz).—A species 3 to 4
high, with roughish, pinnately divid
leaves, and flower-heads having scar
ray-florets, and yellow disc ones (B
Mag. t. 762).

This is one of the species’ frc
which the modern Garden Dahli
have been derived.

D. excelsa.— A tree-like speci
growing 15 ft. high and upwar
having very thick stems, more or k
woody towards the base, and furnish
with twice-pinnately divided leav
about 2% ft. long and about 2
broad. The pale lilac-purple flow:
heads are only about 4 ins. acro
(Gartenfi. t. 861.)

This species is best grown in a cc
greenhouse.

D, gracilis.—This species grows 4
5 ft. high, and is graceful and distir
in habit, the smooth leaves bei
twice-pinnately divided into ov
leaflets coarsely toothed on t
margins. The flower-heads are brig
orange-scarlet, appearing in summ
and autumn, and producing see
freely in the British Islands. The
are many varieties, varying in colo
from pale chrome-yellow to de
crimson scarlet.

D. imperialis. — This remarkak
species attains a height of 10 to
ft., being furnished with large han
some leaves. The drooping be
shaped flower-heads appear about tl
end of September and October
large panicles, the ray-florets bei
white tinted with lilac and streak
with blood-red at the base. Owit
to the lateness of blossoming, tl
flowers can only come to perfection
a greenhouse, where they will oft«
ripen seeds freely. (Bot. Mag.
5183.)

D. Juarezi.—This species grows

189

DAHLIA

ft. and more high and has brilliant
scarlet flower-heads, the florets of
which overlap and vary in length.
It was introduced from Mexico in
1872, and when exhibited in London
in September 1879 attracted little or
no attention. As the parent of the
renowned “Cactus” Dahlias, it has
since that time made rapid strides in
public favour, and has given rise to
innumerable beautiful varieties.

D. Mercki (D. glabrata).—A beauti-
ful species 2 to 4 ft. high, having
pinnate or twice-pinnate leaves with
toothed margins, and rather small
white and yellow or lilac and yellow
flower-heads. The variety Decazs-
neana has purple flower-heads with
yellow centres. (Bot. Mag. t. 3878 ;
fev. Hort. 1864, p. 31.)

This species has given rise to many
garden forms.

D, variabilis (D. crocata ; D. super-
Jflua).—The typical wild species has
branching stems, pinnately divided
leaves with more or less ‘‘ winged”
leaf-stalks, and flower-heads varying
in colour; the ray-florets, however,
being generally scarlet, the disc ones
yellow.

This species is regarded as the first
one introduced from Mexico, not so
much for its beauty as a decorative
garden plant, but for its tuberous
roots, which it was thought would
rival the potato as an article of
diet.

D. viridifiora.—This is a curiosity
evolved by cultural selection. Its
peculiarity consists in having the
green bracts of the involucre increas-
ing at the expense of the coloured
ray-florets, the whole flower - head
resembling a small green pompon
rose.

D. Zimapani (Cosmos diversifolius).
—This is commonly known as the
“Black Dahlia.” It grows 12 to 18
ins. high, its deep green leaves being

THE BULB BOOK

DAHLIA

cut into five to seven entire or slightly
toothed segments. The flower-heads
are deep violet or almost blackish-
purple in colour, and appear from
July to October. The variety atro-
purpurea is even deeper in colour.

Garpen Dauttas.

During the past century wonderful
changes have been wrought in the
Dahlia. It adapted itself so readily
to our climate and displayed such an
early tendency to variation, that
gardeners were not slow to take ad-
vantage of its peculiarities. Of the
species enumerated above, only D.
coccinea, D. Mercki, D. variabilis, and
D. Juarezt appear to be involved in
the creation of the modern Dahlia.
Crossing and intercrossing has been
carried on unceasingly for many years,
with the result that there are now
innumerable varieties suitable for
garden decoration. These are divided
into several more or less distinctive
groups, amongst which may be men-
tioned :—

1, Single Dahlias. — Although at
one time greatly neglected, owing to
the development of “double” forms,
the single Dahlias now find many
admirers, owing to their graceful habit,
quantity and beauty of blossom, and
easiness of culture. Special varieties
can always be kept pure and distinct
by propagation of the shoots or
division of the tuberous roots; or
large numbers of new forms may be
raised easily from seeds each year.

Closely related to these are what
are known as “Tom Thumb” Dablias,
so called owing to their dwarf stature.
They have not gained in popularity,
and are rarely grown.

2. Pompon, Bouquet, or Bedding
Dahlias.— This is a free-flowering
class, having perfectly shaped and
symmetrical “double” flower-heads,
usually borne well above the foliage,

190

erin

the plants having a compact habit of
growth.

3, Show Dahlias.-—These include
(i.) all self-coloured ; (ii.) all shaded
flowers ; and (iii.) all Howers having
petals of a pale ground colour, edged
with deeper pink, rose, mauve, purple,
crimson, maroon, etc. The flower-
heads are usually very large and
double, and symmetrical in outline.

4. Fancy Dahlias.— These are
simply large, rounded, Show Dahlias
having two or more colours, the
colour at the tip of the petal being
much paler than the ground colour.
Striped flowers, no matter what the
ground colour may be, are always
regarded as Fancy Dahlias. Ama-
teurs frequently confuse “Fancy ”
Dahlias with “Show” Dablias.

5. Cactus Dahlias. — Springing
originally from D. Juarezt (see above),
these varieties have simply taken
plant-lovers by storm of late years,
owing to their beautiful forms, mag-
nificent colours, and the shape, varia-
tion, and regularity of their radiating
petals, which are more or less pointed
and twisted. The range of colour
is probably greater in the Cactus
Dahlias than in any other section,
almost every shade being represented
except blue. Whites, reds, scarlets,
crimsons, purples, yellows, pinks,
mauves, orange, salmon, rose, apricot,
etc., etc., are to be found almost pure,
or in conjunction with innumerable
intermediate shades.

6. Pessony-flowered Dahlias.—This
is a modern section, remarkable for the
great size of the flower-heads, these
often being as much as 9 ins. across.
They are semi-double in character,
the individual florets being broad and
wavy, the centre being composed
largely of yellow tubular florets. The
flower-stalks are long and strong, and
carry the blooms well above the
foliage. At first there was a tendency

151 DULD DUVUUN

DAHLI

amongst these Peony flowere
Dahlias to become rather “floppy
looking and drooping, but the mo
recent creations incline one to tl
opinion that this undesirable tenden
will be overcome in the course
time.

7, Giant-flowered Dahlias.—This
another modern group remarkable fi
the great size of their double flowe
heads, the florets of which are wid
flattish, or reflexed. There are n
many forms of a fixed character .
present, perhaps one of the best bei:
Souvenir de G. Douzon, which h
an immense reddish -scarlet blooi
Others are Jeanne Charmet, lilac-piu
shading to pure white in the centr
Le Colosse, huge, red; Mdlle .
Charvet, pure white; Madame u
den Dael, silvery pink; Perle de
Téte dor, large, white ; Yellow Colos
bright yellow ; etc.

As hundreds of new forms a
raised by specialists every year, ai
as many of the older favourites dr
out of cultivation owing to the inti
duction of new ones, it would be me
waste of space giving a list of variet:
in each of the sections here, as th
would soon be out-of-date. The be
and simplest plan for the Dahl
lover is to consult the lists of nurse
men every spring, and make a sek
tion from them. Another good pl
is to visit the Dahlia - growers
August and September to see t
plants growing naturally. In tl
way it will be easy to note the varieti
that throw their flowers well abo
the foliage, and thus give a mo
brilliant aspect to the garden th:
those shy-blooming varieties that hi
their blossoms amongst the leaves.

CuturE. -— Perhaps there is 1
exotic so easily grown as the Dahlia
that is, leaving out such species as .
arborea, D. excelsa, D. imperial
which can only be brought to perfe

191

DAHLIA

tion as a rule in a greenhouse ; even
then such species will never be more
than interesting relatives of the more
popular garden varieties.

The chief value of the garden Dahlia
consists in its bold appearance, and
the great showiness of its blossoms
during the late summer and autumn
months in the open air. Dahlias will
grow well in any good garden soil that
has been deeply dug and enriched
with plenty of well-decayed manure.
The best results, however, are secured
in a heavy loamy soil that has been
treated in the same way. As it is
generally unsafe to put the plants out
till the end of May or early in June,
according to the season and locality,
the soil may be prepared a few weeks
in advance for their reception. The
distance apart should be regulated by
the natural size of the different
varieties. Generally speaking, from
4 to 6 ft. should be allowed every way
between plant and plant when Dahlias
are grown in formal beds, and even
more space may be given with advan-
tage. Indeed, nothing is gained by
overcrowding—except weak, “leggy”
plants, which, owing to the lack of air
and light, are unable to produce
blossoms of average size and substance.
Almost any aspect will do for Dahlias
so long as it is open and free from the
shade of overhanging trees; but an
aspect facing between the south-east
and south-west is generally warmer,
brighter, and more sheltered, and
gives the best results.

Staking. — Prior to planting, it is
advisable to drive a stout stake into
the hole, the stake being long enough
to allow 5 or 6 ft. to stand out of the
ground. The young plants, if raised
from seeds or cuttings, or the old
tubers and shoots, are then placed in
position, the fine crumbled soil being
carefully worked in around the roots,
and trodden down firmly but gently.

THE BULB BOOK

DAHLIA

Tying. —As growth advances, the
main stem is tied to the stake from
time to time. The best branches or
side-shoots are retained, and, being
brittle, should be looped up to the
central stake when necessary, to
prevent the wind from breaking them
down. In addition to the central
stake, it is also a good plan to place
four smaller ones on the outside so
that main stems may be tied to them
to render the whole plant stead
against the wind. All other weak
shoots likely to overcrowd the centre
should be pinched out at an early
stage of their growth. In this way
the plants will have an abundance
of air and light—the two things so
essential to enable the leaves to
assimilate the carbonic acid gas from
the atmosphere.

Mulching and Feeding.—As Dahlias
are gross feeders and great evaporators
of water, they require an abundance of
moisture at the root. A soil that is
naturally heavy, but well-worked and
manured, will not require so much
watering as one that is light and
sandy in its nature. The grower
must take these points into considera-
tion if he requires to secure exception-
ally fine blossoms, It will always be
advantageous, especially in hot dry
summers, to keep the surface soil well
stirred frequently with the hoe. This
will check the evaporation of moisture
from the root region, and will con-
sequently save a good deal of watering.
Further benefit may be secured by
placing a thin layer of old manure or
even a layer of lawn-grass clippings
over the stirred soil.

Exagipition Brooms.—As almost
every amateur who takes an interest
in Dahlias likes to test his cultural
skill, he pays special attention to the
following details. In addition to
planting in good rich soil, properly pre-
pared and manured, plenty of space,

192

LIA

1ing out the superfluous shoots,
frequent use of the hoe, and
thing with manure, he also feeds
lants when coming into blossom
weak liquid manure two or
2 times a week, especially in hot
seasons. Then he does not allow
mt to develop all its buds. Only
best of these are retained, the
rs being pinched out so as not
bsorb food that will then be
lable for the others. When the
ers are opening they may possibly
oo early for a particular exhibi-
It will then be necessary to
e them in some way, to retard
opening of the florets. This is
> either by erecting a canvas
an over the plants, or individual
er-heads may be protected by
ing over them some of the
me” canvas shaders that are
able up and down a stake to
required height. They not only
le the blooms from the sun, but
also protect them from wind
heavy rains.
lowers for exhibition should never
ut at midday—but always either
- early in the morning, or, better
, about an hour before twilight
day before they are required.
> far as artificial or chemical
ures are concerned, one of the
to use is basic slag. A sprink-
of this slow-acting manure over
soil at the time of planting will
1 up its phosphates just about
time the buds begin to appear,
when a little stimulant is
reciated.
ROPAGATION.—Dahlias are easily
eased in three ways—(1) from
ls, (2) from cuttings, and (3) by
ding the rvot-stocks.
xeds should be saved, when
oughly ripe, only from the very
varieties in any particular
ion. They should be sown

THE BULB BOOK

DAHLIA

thinly about February or March, in
pots, pans, or boxes of light, sandy,
rich soil, in a greenhouse with a
temperature of 60° to 70° F. They
soon germinate, and when the seed-

Fic, 117.—Dahlia, seedlings.

lings are about 2 ins. high, each one
should be placed in a 3-in. pot in
a similar compost. If grown on
close to the glass, and with plenty
of air and light and a much lower
temperature, they will be ready for
planting in the open air about the
end of May or early in June, as
already stated. It may be as well
to mention that special varieties can-
not be expected to come true tc
character if raised from seed. Such
must be propagated by means of
cuttings or division. ;

To secure a supply of good cuttings.
the old tuberous roots with pieces of
old stems attached should be taken
from their winter quarters about
February or March, and placed in
a temperature of 60° to 70° F.
They should be slightly covered with
rich gritty soil, or placed in coco-nut
fibre or leaf- mould close to glass,
and sprinkled every day. In this
way stout, sturdy shoots soon appeal
from the base of the old stems just
about their junction with the old
tubers. When the shoots are about
3 ins. long they should be severed
with a sharp knife just beneath a

193 N

DAHLIA

joint, and inserted in a compost of
rich gritty soil, They root in a few
days, and when well established are
placed singly into 3-in. pots, and
grown on with plenty of air and
light until. planting-out time. If
necessary, cuttings of the side-shoots
may be taken from the plants in
summer and rooted in the same way.

Fic. 118.—Dahlia, cutting.

Perhaps the simplest method of
propagating Dahlias is to take the
bunch of old tuberous roots and
divide one from the other with a
sharp knife so that each shall have
a piece of the old stem attached.
This may be done in March and
April, protecting the divided portions
from frost in a cold frame, but giving
as much light and air as possible on
all mild days. Or the divided pieces
may be potted up separately, and
placed in warmth in a greenhouse.

Dahlias may be grafted under
glass in winter by inserting a shoot

THE BULB BOOK

DATURA

in a slit of a tuberous root, but it is
very rarely this method is adopted.

Lifting and Storing in Wenter—
When the first frosts appear in
autumn, the tender shoots of the
Dahlia are cut down. The tuberous
roots should then be lifted, cleaned,
and dried, and about 6 ins. of the old
stalks should be left attached, as
it is from the base of these that
shoots will sprout the following
spring. Special varieties should be
carefully labelled, and when all is
clean and tidy the roots may be stored
away in a dry, cool, airy but frost-
proof cellar, buried in dry sand, soil,
or coco-nut fibre until wanted in
spring. In a humid atmosphere the
dormant tubers are liable to rot, and
should therefore be overhauled
occasionally,

Insect Pests.—In gardens that are
not deeply cultivated or otherwise
neglected, slugs are almost sure to be
present, and do much mischief to the
young shoots of all plants, including
Dahlias. Their depredations are best
kept under by frequent use of the
hoe, and by strewing freshly slaked
lime or soot around the plants two
or three mornings in succession, -
When Dahlias are in blossom, ear-
wigs often play havoc with them.
These pests are also best kept down
and destroyed by frequently stirring
the soil, otherwise traps must be set
to catch them. Small pots with a
little hay, moss, or paper may be
placed upside down on the stakes,
and should be examined every
morning for the earwigs that will
nest in them. Hollow stems of
Elder, Broad Bean, Hemlock, o
Knot Weed (Polygonwm) may also
be used as traps hung on the shoots. °

DATURA (from its Arabic name,
Tatorali), THorn AppLe. Nat. Ord.
Solanaceze.—There are many species

194

DAUBENYA

of Thorn Apple, all more or less
remarkable for their narcotic juices.
Some are annuals and some peren-
nials in character.

D. meteloides (or D. Wrightz), the
only one we need mention in this
work, although frequently treated as
an annual from seeds, is really a
perennial plant, with blackish tuber-
culous roots, grey-green leaves, and
sweet-scented, long-tubed flowers of
a bluish-violet or whitish colour. It
is a native of California, and makes a
handsome bushy plant 2 to 3 ft. high.
When grown in a greenhouse, it is
evergreen in character. If grown in
the open air, it requires the same
treatment as the Dahlias, the roots
being taken up and stored in dry
sand and soil. A rich loamy soil,
either in pots or in the open air, is
the most suitable compost for the
plants.

DAUBENYA (named after Dr
Daubeny, late professor of botany at
Oxford University). Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—This genus is unknown
outside botanic gardens. It is closely
related to Massonia, and contains
only three species of South African
bulbous plants, bearing dense and
compressed umbels of yellow, orange,
or scarlet tubular blossoms, having
six irregular segments. The only
species that have been in cultivation,
but now appear to be lost, are D.
aurea, with yellow flowers (Bot. Reg.
t. 1813); and D. fulva, with dull
reddish-yellow flowers (Bot. Reg.
1839, t. 53). They require rich sandy
loam, and may be grown in pots or
pans in a greenhouse or frame, or
on a warm, sheltered south border
in the open air.

DELPHINIUM (delphin, a dolphin ;
supposed resemblance of the spur
to a dolphin’s head), Larkspur.
Nat. Ord. Ranunculaceee.—There ars

THE BULB BOOK

DICENTRA

about forty species of Larkspur, the
following having tuberous or Heshy
root-stocks :—

D. cardinale——This Californian
plant, 3 to 4 ft. high, has long fleshy
roots, smooth and somewhat fleshy
deeply-lobed leaves, and spikes of
bright scarlet flowers with yellow
petals produced in August (Bot. Mag.
t. 4887).

D. nudicaule.—This is also a native
of California. It has fleshy tuberous
roots, fleshy three- to five-lobed leaves
on stems 1 to 2 ft. high, and erect
spikes of orange-scarlet flowers from
May to August. (Bot. Mag. t. 5819.)

These two bright-flowered Lark-
spurs are practically hardy in most
parts of the Kingdom, although it
would be’ wise to protect the root-
stocks in severe winters. They flourish
in good garden soil in sunny situa-
tions, and are easily increased by
division and from seeds.

DICENTRA (dis, twice ; centron, a
spur; referring to the shape of the
flower). Nat. Ord, Fumariaceze.—A
genus having several species of
ornamental hardy herbaceous plants,
some with thickened or tuberous
root-stocks. They are easily distin-
guished by their more or less arching
racemes of lyre-shaped flowers, having
two scale-like sepals, four connivent
saccate or spurred petals, and six
stamens in two distinct bundles.
The plants are also well known under
the old name of DiEtytRa, and also
popularly as the “Lyre Flower,”
“Bleeding Heart,” “ Ladies’ Locket,”
“Chinaman’s Breeches,” etc.

D. spectabilis.—This is the finest
member of the genus, native of
Siberia and Japan, 1 to 2 ft, high,
with gracefully cut leaves, and droop-
ing rosy-crimson flowers arranged in
horizontal racemes, There is also a
white-flowered variety,

195

DICHOPOGON

This species is perfectly hardy, and
makes beautifully bold and gorgeous
clumps in a rich soil during the early
summer months, It is also frequently
put into pots in autumn and gently
forced into flower in February and
March in a warm greenhouse, in the
same way as Solomon’s Seal, etc.
Plants may be increased by dividing
the thickish fleshy root-stocks with a
strong knife.

Other species of Dicentra are—D.
canadensis, white (Bot. Mag. t. 3031) ;
D. chrysantha, yellow ; D. Cucullaria,
white and yellow ; D. formosa, bright
red (Bot. Mag. t. 1335); D. eximia,
reddish-purple (Bot. Reg. t. 50); D.
thalictrifolia, yellow and red.

DICHOPOGON (dicha, double;
pogon, a beard; in reference to
the two appendices of the anthers).
Nat. Ord. Liliaceee.—A genus con-
taining two species of Australian
plants having short rhizomes, often
producing tubercles on the fibrous
roots. The only species of note is
D. strictus, from E. Australia and
Tasmania, the radical, linear, grass-
like, sheathing leaves of which are
about 18 ins. long. The flowers are
purplish in colour, about 2 ins. across,
with six spreading segments, and are
borne about November in clusters,
(Bot. Mag. t. 6746.) D. undulatus,
figured in Gartenjf. ii. t. 37, is the
same as D. strictus. This plant
requires to be grown in rich gritty
soil in a cool greenhouse.

DIFRAMA (the Greek name for
Sunnel, in reference to the shape of
the flowers), Nat. Ord. Iridee.—A
genus with two or three species of
plants with fibrous - coated bulbs,
long, narrow, sword-shaped leaves,
and flowers in terminal panicles,
Perianth funnel-shaped, with six
nearly equal erect or spreading

THE BULB BOOK

DIERAMA

lobes. Stamens attached at the
base of the tube. Ovary three-
celled, becoming a membranous,
many-seeded capsule when ripe.

D. pendula is very similar to D,
pulcherrima, but produces soft rosy-
white flowers, with deeper coloured
veins (Bot. Reg. t. 1360).

D. pulcherrima (Sparaxis pulcher-
rima).—A beautiful South African
perennial 2 to 6 ft. high, with sword-

of

Fic, 119.—Dverama pulcherrima, (}.)

shaped leaves, and tough slender
flower-stems which bear numerous
funnel - shaped flowers gracefully
drooping from thread -like stalks.
The blossoms are usually blood-red
in colour, but there are forms with
white and pale red tints, some
being prettily striped. The flowering
period is usually from August to
September and October, so that the
blooms are sometimes injured by
frost. (Bot. Mag. t. 5555.)

196

DIOSCOREA

This species flourishes in warm
sandy loam, and should be planted
in sheltered positions, as it is not
hardy in the bleaker parts of the
Kingdom. When grown in bold
masses, the blood-red blossoms con-
spicuously swaying in the breeze look
particularly bright. The bulbs should
be planted about 3 ins. deep on
raised beds of well-drained soil
between November and January,
after the leaves have withered.
During severe weather, the roots
should be protected with a covering
of straw, litter, or bracken; but in
spring, when growth commences, as
much light and air as possible should
be given.

DIOSCOREA (after Dvioscorides,
whose book on medicinal herbs “ was
the foundation of almost all botanical
knowledge”), Yam. Nat. Ord. Dios-
coreaceze.—This genus consists of hot-
house plants, having large tuberous
roots, climbing or trailing stems, and
large heart-shaped or angular leaves,
which in most species are ornamental
in character. Unlike most members
of the monocotyledonous group, the
leaves also are reticulately instead of
parallelly veined. The small whitish
or yellow flowers are of no garden
beauty, the perianth consisting of six
small distinct segments. From an
economic point of view, the West
Indian Yam (D. sativa) is perhaps
the best known and the most useful.
It has alternate, heart - shaped,
roundish leaves ending in a point,
and borne on smooth, round, slender
stems, D. Batatas, the Chinese Yam,
has heart-shaped, pointed, deep glossy
green leaves on green or purplish
stems 6 to 9 ft. long. The long
club-like roots are used like potatoes,
after being boiled, roasted, or other-
wise cooked. D. Decaisneana, another
Chinese Yam, is a variety of D.

THE BULB BOOK

DIOSCOREA

Batatas, having pale green, heart-
shaped leaves, deeply lobed at the
base, and regularly narrowed to the
apex. The tuberous roots, however,
are much smaller than those of D.
Batatas, and do not penetrate so
deeply into the soil.

Amongst species of Yam with
beautiful foliage, mention may be
made of the following :—

D. Ancectochilus, from 8S. America,
has deep olive-green leaves beautifully
marbled with gold, with a central
band of the same colour.

D. argyrea, from Colombia, has
green heart-shaped leaves about 5
ins. across, with seven main veins
bordered with conspicuous irregular
patches of silvery grey.

D. bulbifera, introduced from the
East Indies in 1692, was at one time
strongly recommended asa substitute
for the potato, The leaves are large
and heart-shaped, and the small
greenish blossoms are borne in grace-
fully drooping racemes.

D. caucasica.—A graceful Caucasian
climber, having the lower leaves in
whorls of three to five, the upper
ones being almost opposite. It is
very like the Black Bryony (Zamus
communis) in appearance. (Gard.
Chron. 1894, xv. 778.)

D. crinita, {from Natal, has long-
stalked leaves, divided into five
elliptic lance -shaped leaflets, each
ending in a long thread-like point
(Bot. Mag. t. 6804).

D. discolor.—A native of Tropical
America, having large heart-shaped
leaves, elegantly marbled with two
or three shades of green on the upper
surface, the under-surface being rich
purple-crimson.

D. Fargesi, from W. China, has
edible tubers (Rev. Hort. 1896, 540).

D. hybrida.—This plant is supposed
to be a hybrid between the Chinese
Yam (D. Batatas) and the British

197

DIOSCOREA

Black Bryony (Tamus communis). It
is half-hardy and climbing in char-
acter, has large flattish roots, and
narrow heart-shaped leaves. (Rev.
Hort, 1882, p. 379.)

D. illustrata.—A Brazilian species
with satiny green leaves about 6 ins.
long, and having two bluntish lobes
at the base. The under-surface is
purple, while the upper is trans-
versely marked by distinct white
parallel lines between the nerves,
and an irregular band of silvery-grey
runs down the midrib, irregular
patches of silver-grey being also near
the main veins. (Gard. Chron. 1873,
p. 1730.)

D. multicolor.—A native of the
Rio Negro, in Brazil, with heart-
shaped leaves 3 to 5 ins. long. The
under-surface is pale lurid purple,
the upper surface being rich green,
beautifully spotted and blotched with
grey, especially near the principal
veins, (Jll. Hort. 1871, 53.) There
are several varieties of this species,
the most noteworthy being—chryso-
phylla, with olive - brown leaves
variegated with yellow; Eldorado,
leaves satiny-green, with silver-grey
band and irregular blotches ; melano-
leuca, leaves ornamental, deep
green, with a central silver band,
and silver blotches along the veins ;
metallica, leaves bronzy, with a
coppery central band.

D. nobilis.— A Brazilian species,
with velvety bronzy leaves variegated
with yellow.

D. pyrenaica.-—A smooth herbace-
ous plant from the Pyrenees, growing
only 3 or 4 ins. high, and having
tuberous roots about as large as a
nut. The leaves oval, heart-shaped,
deeply lobed at the base, and with
sharp - pointed tips, are borne on
slender, flexuose, branching stems,
This plant is probably quite hardy.

D. racemosa.—A native of Central

198

THE BULB BOOK

DIPCADI

America, about 8 ft. high, with oval
heart-shaped leaves.

D. retusa.—A native of 8. Africa,
with alternate digitate leaves divided
into five- to seven-stalked leaflets.

D. vittata is an ornamental plant
with large heart-shaped leaves flushed
with claret-purple beneath, or varie-
gated with red and white on both
sides (Bot. Mag. t. 6409).

Most of the species mentioned
above, except D. pyrenaica, flourish
in a rich loamy soil, with plenty of
well-decayed manure. The American
species require warmth and moisture,
especially during active growth in
the spring and summer months. In
autumn and winter the plants require
a cooler atmosphere, and practically
no water when dormant. Propaga-
tion is usually effected by dividing
the tuberous roots after growth has
ceased in autumn, or before it com-
mences in spring.

DIPCADI, Nat Ord. Liliacee.—A
genus containing about twenty species
of bulbous plants, closely related to

-Galtonia, having tunicated bulbs,

radical, more or less linear thickish
leaves, and loose racemes of
cylindrical, shortly - stalked flowers.
There are only a few species in
cultivation, confined for the most
part to botanical collections. They
are not hardy, except perhaps in the
very mildest parts of the Kingdom,
consequently they require the pro-
tection of a greenhouse or frame in
winter in most places. The blossoms
appear during the summer months
from July to August and September,
and are mostly greenish in colour. A
rich sandy and well-drained soil suits
them best, and propagation is effected
by detaching the offsets from the
older bulbs in spring.
The following species may be —

noted :—D. Balfouri, from Socotra, |

DIPLADENIA

has greenish-yellow flowers in Sep-
tember, on scapes 2 to 3 ft. high;
D. glaucum, from the Cape, has
greenish flowers on scapes 2 to 3 ft.
high (Bot. Reg. t. 156); D. longi-
folium, from Mozambique, has purple
and blue flowers in August, on scapes
about 2 ft. high (Bot. Reg. t. 974);
D. serotinum (formerly known as
Scita and URopreraton), from
Spain, has greenish-brown Howers in
July, on scapes 9 ins. high, and is one
of the hardiest species (Bot. Mag. t.
859) ; D. uinbonatum, from 8. Africa,
has yellowish flowers (Ref. Bot. t.
17); D. Welwitschi, from Angola
(Bot. Reg. t. 16), and D. viride, from
S. Africa, both have green flowers
(Red. Lil. t. 203).

DIPLADENIA (diploos, a double ;
aden, a gland; referring to the two
gland-like processes on the ovary).
Nat. Ord. Apocynacee.—This genus
contains several species of ornamental
stove climbing plants, those men-
tioned below being the only ones
with thickened roots.

D. illustris,—A handsome Brazilian
plant, having woody root-stocks,
annual climbing stems, leathery,
ovate leaves, and large rosy-red
flowers. There is a variety called
glabra (Bot. Mag. t.' 7156).

D, nobilis (Echites nobilis), — A
beautiful Brazilian climber, with
fleshy tuberous roots and small, oval,
opposite, leathery, deep green leaves.
The large tubular or bell-shaped
flowers, 2 to 3 ins. across, usually
appear from July to October, in
clusters at the ends of the young
shoots, and are of a beautiful rosy-
purple changing to orange - red.
(Paxt. Mag. xvi. p. 4.)

These plants require hothouse
treatment. They like a compost of
turfy peat and fibrous loam with a
good sprinkling of silver sand, and

THE BULB BOOK

DISPORUM

may be grown in well-drained pots,
or planted in a border. Plenty of
water should be given during growth,
and the foliage should be kept clean
apd fresh by syringing two or three
times a day. When the flowers are
over, the stems may be cut back, and
a lower temperature and less water
will then suit the plants better.
Indeed, very little water is required
in winter months when the tuberous
roots are at rest. In spring, about
March, the plants may be repotted.
If it is desired to increase the stock,
this is best done by taking cuttings
about 2 to 3 ins. long with a thin
piece of the tubers attached, and
inserting them in pots of sandy soil
in spring.

DISPORUM (dis, double; poros, a
pore). Nat. Ord. Liliacezee.—A genus
containing about a dozen species of
hardy or half-hardy herbaceous plants
having creeping, spreading, or erect
stems from underground rhizomes.
Leaves alternate, ovate or lance-
shaped, sessile or shortly stalked.
Flowers narrowly bell-shaped, soli-
tary, or in clusters at the ends of the
shoots.

These plants require a rich peaty
and well-drained soil with a little
loam, in warm, sheltered, and some-
what shaded positions. They may
be raised from seeds sown in spring
under glass, or by dividing the roots.
The plants are not very well-known
outside botanical collections.

The following may be noted :—

D. Hookeri.—1 to 2 ft. high, from
California, has greenish flowers about
4 in, long, and ovate or deeply heart-
shaped leaves with roughish margins
and nerves.

D. lanuginosum (Uvilaria lanugi-
nosa), from 8. Carolina, grows about
1 ft. high; has yellow-green flowers
in May and June, and ovate, lance-

199

DOLICHOS

shaped, net-veined leaves, downy on
the under-surface but smooth above
(Bot. Mag. t. 1490).

D, Leschenaultianum.—A native
of the mountains of 8. India and
Ceylon, grows 1 to 2 ft. high, and
produces white bell-shaped flowers in
spring. The leaves vary from elliptic
lance-shaped to roundish and pointed.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6935.)

This species requires greenhouse
treatment.

D. Menziesi.—A native of California,
1 to 3 ft. high, with greenish flowers
and oval lance-shaped leaves rounded
at the base, pointed at the apex, and
and more or less woolly or pubescent.

D. pullum (D, fulvum ; Uvularia
chinensis). — A singular looking
Chinese and Indian plant about 14
ft. high, with angular zigzag stems,
ovate lance-shaped pointed leaves,
and brownish flowers in September
and October (Bot. Mag. t. 916).
There is a smaller yellow-flowered
variety called parviflorum.

DOLICHOS (dolikos, long ; referring
to the long shoots). Nat. Ord.
Leguminose. — This genus contains
over twenty species of more or less
climbing plants, with three foliolate
leaves, and clusters of pea-like
flowers,

D. simplicifolius.— This species
from Tropical Africa differs from
most of its tribe in having a woody,
tuberous root-stock, from which arise
annually herbaceous, erect stems
about 1 ft. long, bearing simple lance-
shaped leaves about 6 ins, long, in
the axils of which clusters of pink
pea-shaped flowers are produced
(Bot. Mag. t. 7318).

This species is of botanical interest.
It should be grown in sandy loam in
a warm greenhouse or stove. The
same may be said of another species,
pseudopachyrrhizus, which has a large

THE BULB BOOK

DORONICUM

tuberous root-stock, climbing stems,
three-foliolate leaves, and violet-blue
flowers in racemes 6 to 18 ins, long,

DORONICUM (from doronigi, the
Arabian name), LEoparp’s Bane,
Nat. Ord. Composite.—A genus con-
taining about a dozen species of hardy
plants, some of which have swollen,
tuber-like stems produced at the
ends of creeping roots. All the
species are more or less hairy, and the
flower-heads are borne on tall erect
stalks,

Fia. 120.—Doronicum, root-stock. (4)

D. pardalianches.—A British and
European plant 1} to 3 ft. high, with
heart-shaped, toothed leaves, the
upper ones gradually becoming stalk-
less and stem-clasping. The yellow
flower-heads appear in May and
June, often several on a branching
stem.

D. plantagineum.—This is a native
of S. Europe, and has a tuberous and
creeping root-stock; grows 1} to
3 ft. high, the lower leaves being
ovate, stalked, and unevenly toothed,
the upper ones more or less lance-
shaped, entire, and stalkless. The
large solitary flower-heads are bright
golden-yellow, and appear in great
profusion in April and May. The
variety excelsum (or Harpur Crewe)
is a splendid border plant, often

200

DORSTENIA

about 5 ft. high, and with flower-
heads 3 to 4 ins. across.

The Doronicums make splendid
border plants if given plenty of space
to develop. As a rule, however, they
are planted too closely together, or
become choked with other vegetation.
As they produce creeping and tuber-
ous root-stocks freely, they spread
with great freedom and will cover a
large area in a few years if allowed
to do so. It is better to give each
plant at least a square yard or so to
itself, and then it will display its
beauty to the best advantage. Any
ordinary garden soil will suit the
plants, which are easily increased in
autumn by dividing the root-stocks.

DORSTENIA (after 7. Dorsten, a
German botanist). Nat. Ord. Urti-
cace.— A genus containing about
fifty species of hothouse plants,
remarkable for the very curious
inflorescence. The small greenish
flowers are seated on a flattish
receptacle, somewhat resembling the
fruit of a fig cut open.

The Dorstenias are chiefly of
botanical interest, and are easily
grown in a house with plenty of heat
and moisture in a rich sandy loam.
They may be increased by seeds or
division. The following species have
more or less tuberous root-stocks :—

D. Manni,—A native of W. Tropical
Africa, with elliptic or cboval leaves
lobed at the base, obscurely lobed,
and deep green above (Bot. Mag. t.
5908).

D, tubicina.— A very rare and
curious species from the Trinity
Islands, about 3 ins. high, having
spindle-shaped, aromatic root-stocks,
oblong heart - shaped leaves, veined
and toothed on the margins (Bot.
Mag. t. 2804).

D. Walleri.—A species from Nyassa-
land, closely related to D. Manni. It

THE BULB BOOK

DRACONTIUM

has a tuberous root-stock, perennial
stems about a foot high, and ovate
fleshy leaves 2 to 5 ins, long. The
green star-shaped inflorescence is
nearly 1 in. across, with five tails
about 2 ins. long. (Gard. Chron.
1893, xiv. 128.)

DRACONTIUM (dracon, a dragon ;
referring to the serpent-like spots
and streaks). Nat. Ord. Aroides.—
This genus contains about a dozen
species, all natives of Tropical
America, of large-growing, tuberous-
rooted herbs remarkable for produc-
ing large, solitary, long-stalked leaves,
the blade of which is deeply divided
into numerous lobes and segments.

The genus EcHIpNIUM (echidnion, a
young viper) is now merged in
Dracontium, the best-known species
of which is #. Regelianum, which
comes from Brazil, and grows 14 to 3
ft. high. Theleaves are three-parted,
bright green, and the spathes are
purple-brown, (Garten/i. t. 503.)

The Dracontiums are similar in
appearance to the Amorphophalli,
and require the same cultural treat-
ment, namely, plenty of heat and
moisture during growth, and a com-
post of fibrous loam, well-decayed
manure, and leaf-mould. When at
rest practically no water is given, for
fear of rotting the thick fleshy root-
stocks. These are divided in spring
if it is desired to increase the plants.
It is very rarely these curious but
interesting plants are grown outside
botanical collections. The following
species may be noted :—

D. albostipes.—This grows about 3
ft. high, the solitary leaf being
divided into three main parts, the
divisions of which are winged and
bear ‘rregularly forked leaflets of a
bright green colour. The stout leaf-
stalk is roughish at the base, and
tapers upwards, It is greyish-white

201

DRACONTIUM

distinctly marked with irregular
blotches and bands of dark brown.
D, annulatum,—This grows about

3 ft. high, the three-parted leaf

having bright green leaflets. The
stalk is of a dull brown colour,
marked with pale brown and whitish-
brown irregular rings.

D. asperum (D. elatum; Amor-
phophallus nivosus; Sauromatum
asperum).—A. Brazilian species 5 to 6
ft. high, the leaf-stalk being about an
inch thick at the base, gradually
tapering upwards, and marked with
wavy bands or blotches of purple,
mottled with white. The leaf-blade
is divided into three or five main
portions, often spreading horizontally
for3to4ft. The flowers consist of an
erect, purple-brown, boat - shaped
spathe enclosing a cylindrical spadix
about 2 ins. long. (Gard. Chron.
1870, 344; Ill. Hort. 1865, t. 424;
Ref. Bot, 282.)

D. Carderi.—A Colombian species,
about 3 ft. high, with flesh-coloured
leaf - stalks freely banded with
irregular blotchy rings of umber
brown. The leaf-blade is three-
parted, the divisions being often
twice forked, with oblong segments
and an irregularly-winged rachis.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6523.)

D. foecundum,—A native of British
Guiana, about 6 ft. high, the roundish
tubers bearing a profusion of pointed
bulbils above the surface of the soil.
The three-parted leaf appears after
the flower, and has a diameter of
about 4 ft, each division bearing
several pairs of drooping leaflets.
The erect spathes appear in spring,
and are about 5 ins. long, dull brown
outside, wine-purple within.

D. gigas (Godwinia gigas).—This
remarkable plant was introduced
from Nicaragua in 1869, and has
often attracted considerable attention
at Kew. It grows about 10 ft. high,

THE BULB BOOK

DRACUNCULUS

the roughish fleshy leaf-stalk, as thick
as a man’s wrist, being pale or creamy
yellow, elegantly and _ irregularly
barred and striped with dark purple,
The large leaf-blade is trichotomously
divided and again much subdivided

Fia. 121.—Dracontium gigas. (y4.)

into smaller, confluent, and deeply
cut leaflets. The spathe varies from
2 to 4 ft. long, and is usually of a
deep plum purple passing into pale
yellow at the base, while strong
nerves traverse the surface from base
to apex. (Bot. Mag. t. 6048.)

DRACUNCULUS (diminutive of
draco, from dracon, a dragon; the
leaf-stalks being marked like the
skin of a snake). Nat. Ord. Aroidez.
—The best-known species of this
genus is D. vulgaris, the Dragon
Plant. This is still more generally
known in gardens under the name of
Arum Dracunculus,and is so described
in this work (see p. 92).

202

DRIMIA

DRIMIA (drimys, acrid ; referring
to the inflammatory juice of the
bulbs). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A genus
containing about a score of species
of bulbous, Scilla-like plants, natives
of Southern and Tropical Africa.
The bell-shaped flowers are borne on
simple scapes in racemes well above
the narrow lance-shaped or strap-
shaped leaves.

These little plants are not well
known outside botanic gardens. They
are best grown in pots or pans in a
greenhouse, and like a mixture of
sandy loam and leaf-mould or peat.
When in growth, water must be given
when necessary ; but in winter when
the bulbs are dormant no water is
required. Propagation is effected by
detaching the offsets from the old
bulbs when repotting in spring.

The following are the best-known
species :—D. ciliaris, 14 ft. purple,
white; D. anomala (Ref. Bot. t.
178); D. elata, 2 ft., green, red (Bot.
Mag. t. 822); D. haworthioides, 6
ins., white, green ; D. longipeduncu-
lata, green, purple ; D. media, white ;
D. purpurascens, purple ; D. pusilla,
green; D. robusta, 2 ft., green; and
villosa, green (Bot. Reg. t. 1346).

DRIMIOPSIS (from Drimia, and
opsis, resemblance, owing to likeness
to that genus). Nat. Ord. Liliacez.
—A genus closely related to Scilla,
Eucomis, Hyacinth, and Chionodoxa,
containing half a dozen species,
natives of Southern and Tropical
Africa. They have rather small
tunicated bulbs, usually with two
or rarely three to four oblong leaves,
sometimes distinctly stalked and often
spotted. The small flowers are borne
in spikes or dense racemes. The
following are the only species of any
note :—

D. Kirkii—A curious-looking plant
from Zanzibar. It has white-coated,

THE BULB BOOK

EICHHORNIA

round bulbs, about 14 ins, in diameter,
and lance-shaped leaves about 1 ft.
long, the pale green upper surface
being irregularly blotched with dark
green. The white flowers, each about
+ in. long, appear in July and
August, on a scape 9 to 12 ins, high,
the upper blossoms being crowded.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6276.)

D. maculata.—Introduced from
Natal in 1851—twenty years before
D, Kirkit. This is a more ornamental
plant, with heart-shaped, ovate-acute,
fleshy leaves, the bright green upper
surface being blotched with deeper
green, The flowers, at first milky
white, but changing to greenish-
white with age, are borne on scapes
9 to12 ins. high. (Ref. Bot. iii. 191.)

These plants may be grown easily
in a warm and well-ventilated green-
house in the same way as_ the
Drimias.

Other species occasionally met with
in botanic gardens are D, botryoides
and D. perfoliata, both natives of
Zanzibar, with greenish-white flowers
on scapes about 6 ins. high; and
D. minor, a native of Natal, with
pink blossoms (Ref. Bot. t. 192).

BICHHORNIA (after J. A. SF.
Eichhorn, a learned Prussian). Nat.
Ord. Pontederiacee.—A genus of
curious -looking and interesting
aquatic herbs closely related to
PoNTEDERIA, natives of S. America
and Tropical Africa, The thickish
stems or rhizomes float on the water,
chiefly through the agency of the
short leaf-stalks, which are more or
less inflated and full of air. They
are not difficult to grow, provided
they are placed in pots or tubs of
rich soil and immersed in water with
a temperature of 75° to 85° F. They
are easily propagated by cutting the
root-stocks into pieces each contain-
ing a bud.

203

ELISENA

E. azurea.—A Brazilian aquatic,
with thickish green, smooth and
flexuose stems about an inch thick.
The leaves are from 3 to 8 ins. across,
roundish, heart-shaped, or rhomboidal,

ay
NI 2

Fic. 122.—LEichhornia azurea. (4.)

the blade being more or less twisted.
The clear, pale blue, funnel-shaped
blossoms appear during the summer
months, and are scattered or in pairs
along a stout hairy rachis or main
stem. (Bot. Mag. t. 6487.)

E. speciosa (Pontederia crassipes) is
similar, but has no thickish root-
stocks, and produces fine spikes of
blue flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 2932),

ELISENA (after Princess Elise,
sister of Napoleon the Great). Nat.
Ord. Amaryllideze.—A genus closely
related to HYMENOCALLIs, containing
three species of Peruvian plants with
tunicated bulbs, strap-shaped leaves,

THE BULB BOOK

ERANTHEMUM

and broadly funnel-shaped flowers
having long linear segments.

The species mentioned below are
all natives of the Andes of Peru and
Ecuador, and require to be grown in
a warm greenhouse. They flourish in
a compost of loam and sand in about
equal proportions, with a little well-
decayed cow-manureor leaf-soil added.
The simplest method of increase is by
offsets from the old bulbs. Seeds,
however, if obtainable, may be sown
in sandy loam and peat, or a little
leaf-soil.

E. longipetala.—This is the best-
known species, having being intro-
duced about 1837. It grows at an
altitude of 6000 to 8000 ft. on the
Andes of Peru and Ecuador, and has
long-necked bulbs 1$ to 2 ins. in
diameter, from which arise about six
strap-shaped, pale green leaves about
14 ft. long and 1$ ins. broad. About
May and June, from five to ten white
flowers, each with a funnel-shaped
staminal cup and linear segments
about 4 ins, long, are borne in a
nearly sessile umbel on top of a two-
edged scape 2 to 3 ft. high. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3873; Ref. Bot. t. 264.)
This species crossed with Hymeno-
callis (Ismene) calathina has produced
a bigeneric hybrid (Gard. Chron. 1905,
XXXVii, 344; xxxvill. 322),

E. ringens.—This species has round
bulbs about 14 ins. through, narrow
strap-shaped leaves about 14 ft. long,
and about half a dozen flowers on a
two-edged scape. The flowers are
much smaller than in F. longipetala.
(FI. Peru. iii. 58, t. 283.)

E. sublimis,—This is closely related
to H. ringens, but has a_ longer
staminal cup and longer segments.

ERANTHEMUM (eran, eras, tolove ;
anthemon, a flower ; referring to the
beautiful flowers). Nat Ord, Acan-
thacee.—There are many beautiful

204

ERANTHIS

stove and greenhouse perennials be-
longing to this genus, but the only
one having tuberculous roots is—

H. tuberculatum.—tThis species
was introduced from New Caledonia
about 1863. It is a beautiful bushy
plant with slender stems, small, oval,
opposite leaves, and pure white
flowers about 3 ins. across, The
corolla is five-lobed, with a long tube.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5405.)

This species flourishes in a stove
house in a compost of sandy loam:and
leaf-soil. It likes plenty of water
when in full growth, and frequent
syringings or sprinklings overhead
before the flowers appear in summer.
It is easily propagated by cuttings of
the young half-ripened shoots a
couple of inches long, inserted in
sandy soil in a close frame or under
a bell-glass, and kept shaded from
strong sunshine till established.

ERANTHIS (er, spring; anthos, a
flower ; referring to its early flower-
ing), Winter Aconire. Nat. Ord.
Ranunculacee.—A small genus of
dwarf - growing perennials having
tuberous roots, palmately cut leaves,
and solitary yellow flowers, composed
of five to eight petal-like sepals.
The real petals are small, each with a
claw. The stamens and carpels are
numerous.

E. hyemalis.—This is the best
known of the Winter Aconites. It

Fic. 123.—Eranthis hyemalis, tubers.

is a native of W. Europe, and grows
only a few inches high, The blackish

THE BULB BOOK

ERANTHIS

irregular tubers, about the size of a
small filbert, send up roundish leaves

Fia. 125.—Eranthis cilictca.

which are deeply and_ irregularly
lobed. The bright glistening yellow

205

EREMOSTACHYS

flowers, seated on bright green divided
involucres, appear in great profusion
early in the New Year, and continue
well into March.

E. cilicica is closely related, but
has more finely divided leaves ;
and , sibirica is distinguished by
having only five oval sepals.

CuLtuRE.—The Winter Aconites
flourish in any good and well-drained
garden soil, #. hyemalis being practi-
cally naturalised. To secure a fine
effect the tubers should be planted
thickly—about 3 or 4 ins. apart in
early autumn, and about 3 or 4 ins,
deep. The most suitable positions
are beneath early-flowering deciduous
trees and shrubs, such as Forsythias,
Almonds, Plums, Spireas, Lilacs,
Flowering Currants, etc., or on banks
or borders, where their bright colour
will be appreciated early in the year.
Indeed, the Winter Aconites might
be used with greater freedom in
shrubberies of all kinds with such
early-flowering bulbs as Snowdrops,
Scillas, Chionodoxas, Crocuses, etc.
About April and May the plants die
down, and rest during the summer
months, growth recommencing in
early autumn. The plants may then
be increased if necessary by dividing
the tuberous roots and replanting.
When the seeds in the follicles are
thoroughly ripe they may be sown
in rich sandy soil, but they usually
remain dormant until the following
spring. Even then growth only lasts
for a few weeks, the resulting
tubercle being only about the size
of a pin’s head. At the end of three
or four years it becomes large enough
to flower.

EREMOSTACHYS (eremos, deserted,
solitary ; stachys, a spike; referring
to the flowers being sparsely arranged
on the spikes). Nat. Ord. Labiatee.—

THE BULB BOOK

EREMURUS

The only species worth noting
here is—

E. laciniata (PAlomis laciniata).—
A pretty hardy perennial 4 to 6 ft.
high, with thick fleshy roots and
tufts of thick. downy leaves each
6 ins. or more long, pinnately cut into
oblong lance-shaped or linear seg-
ments, with deeply jagged margins,
The rosy- or bronzy-purple flowers
appear from June to August, the
upper lobe being yellow and hairy.
From eight to twelve whorls, each hav-
ing from ten to twenty flowers, are
borne on each spike. The variety
known as zberica or flava has less hairy
yellow flowers.

This plant flourishes in light rich
soil, but being a native of SE.
Europe, it should have a warm, sunny,
and sheltered position. It looks
well in bold masses in the border, or
in beds on the grass, planted about
3 ft. apart. Propagation is effected
by sowing seeds when ripe, or in
spring, or by cuttings of the young
shoots in spring. It takes from two
to three years for seedlings to arrive
at the flowering stage.

EREMURUS (eremos, _ solitary;
oura, a tail; referring to the long,
tail-like spike of flowers), Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—A genus of noble and
ornamental herbaceous plants having
short rhizomes and clusters of slender
or thick Heshy roots. The long linear
leaves spring from the root-stocks,
and the white, reddish, or yellow
bell-shaped or rotate flowers are
borne on tall, sometimes very high,
simple leafless scapes, each blossom
being solitary in the axil of the often
scarious bracts. The segments are
free, or very slightly united at the
base, one- to five-nerved. Stamens six,
hypogynous, often longer than the
segments, and usually protandrous.

The Eremuri are among the finest

206

EREMURUS

and most stately plants for the choice
herbaceous border. They are mostly
natives of Central and 8. Asia, being
found in the MHimalayas, Persia,
Turkestan, and parts of Siberia. It
is questionable whether they are
perfectly hardy in the bleaker parts
of the United Kingdom. In such
localities it would be wise in severe
winters to give them some protection
with a little straw, leaves, or litter,
to keep their roots free from cold,
wet, drenching rains.

They flourish in warm, sunny situa-
tions facing south, and make splendid
masses in deep rich sandy loam, well-
drained and manured. Thesoil should
be trenched to a depth of two or
three feet, and if inclined to be heavy,
some mortar rubble and grit should
be mixed with it. About September
or early in October is the best
time for planting. Great care should
be exercised in filling the soil in
among the roots, as these are very
brittle and easily injured. The plants
should have ample space to develop
fully, and once planted are best left
alone for a few years without being
disturbed. The soil should receive
annual dressings or mulchings of well-
decayed cow or stable manure, and
during active growth, especially in
hot summers, copious waterings will be
beneficial. In the early spring the
plants shoot up often through the
frosty soil, and the young and tender
tips are then apt to become injured.
A little sprinkling of clean straw, or
better still a hand-light placed over
the crowns at night, will give the
necessary protection. Asslugs devour
the young growths, they should be
kept in check by strewing slaked
lime or soot around the plants
frequently.

Tn hot summers Eremuri ripen seeds
freely. The seeds should be sown in
pots or pans under glass as soon as

THE BULB BOOK

EREMURUS

thoroughly ripe. The young seedlings
should be pricked out into nice fine
sandy loam and leaf-mould, and for
the first year or two until they have
attained a good size, they are best
grown in cold frames during the
winter months; after this they may
be planted in the open border. The
plants may also be increased by care-
fully dividing the root-stocks, but as
some kinds do not flower for two or
three seasons after planting, it is not
wise to disturb the plants too often.

The following kinds are grown :—

BE. Aitchisoni.—A fine species from
the hills of Afghanistan, where it
flourishes at an altitude of about
12,000 ft. It has rosettes of broad
leaves 2 to 3 ft. long, and produces
dense spikes of pale red flowers in
June and July, on stout stems 3 to 5
ft. high.

HB, aurantiacus.—This fine species
is closely related to &. Bunger, and
also comes from Afghanistan, where
it is found growing in rough, stony
soil at an elevation of 7000 to 9000
ft. It has narrow linear leaves about
1 ft. long and in. broad. The bright
orange-yellow blossoms with reflexed
segments are borne in April and May
on stalks 2 to 3 ft. high. (Garten/i.
t. 1168, fig. 6; Bot. Mag. t. 7113.)

BH. bucharicus.—This species from
Bokhara is not yet well known. It
has triangular grey-green leaves,
the margins of which are furnished
with downward-pointing teeth. The
flower-stem is about 3 ft. high, and
bears a long and rather loose
raceme of white flowers, each about
an inch across, the segments having
a brownish-red line down the centre.
(Gartenji, t. 1315, fig. 1.)

E. Bungei.—A beautiful Persian
species with smooth grey-green leaves
about 1 ft. long and } in. broad,
slightly ciliated on the edges. The
stoutish flower-stems appear in June

207

EREMURUS

and July, and are 1 to 6 ft, high, the
upper portion being covered with
bright yellow flowers each about 1 in.
across, the reflexed segments being
distinctly keeled with green behind.
There are several seedling variations
of this species now in cultivation.
(Gartenfl. t. 1168, fig. a.) The variety
precox, from Baluchistan, produces
its looser spikes of smaller flowers
earlier than the type; and c7trinus
has larger citron-yellow flowers (Rev.
Hort. 1907, 366).

E, chinensis.—This species, prob-
ably not yet in cultivation, is closely
related to #. Olga, but is a native of
China, having been found at W.
Szechuan and the Tibetan frontier.
It has stout, fleshy, spindle-shaped
roots and very narrow and thin flaccid
keeled leaves. The whole plant is
about 2 ft. high, and the flowers are
about the size of those of £, Olge
with narrower segments. The colour
isnot mentioned. (Gard. Chron. 30th
March 1907, 199.)

BE, himalaicus,—This is a charming
and most imposing, and at the same
time one of the hardiest species from
the Himalayas, where it grows at an
elevation of 7000 to 10,000 ft. It
has smooth, strap-shaped, acute
leaves about 1 ft. long, and produces
its erect spikes of beautiful white
flowers, each well over an inch across,
in May and June, on the upper portion
of a stout stem, which sometimes
attains a height of about 8 ft. (Gard.
Chron. 1881, xvi. p. 49; Bot. Mag.
t. 7076.)

BH, himrob.—This is a grand hybrid

between #. himalaicus and &.-

robustus, and differs from the latter
parent chiefly in its silvery rose
colouring.

E, isbellinus is a hybrid between
the yellow-flowered #, Bungei and the
pinkish- or lilac-purple #. Olga.

E. Kaufmannianus,—This species

THE BULB BOOK

EREMURUS

from Turkestan is a fine addition to
the: yellow-flowered kinds, and has
moreover the additional charm of
being fragrant.

EH. Korolkowi,—This rare and hand-
some species, from Central Asia,
grows from 3 to 4 ft. high, and has
large spikes of bright rose flowers.

E. Michelianus is the name given
to a supposed hybrid between 2.
Bunget and FE. Waret (Gard. Chron,
1906, xl. 83).

EH. Olge.—A pretty and distinct
species from Turkestan, resembling
E. Bunge in appearance, with
narrow leaves 1 to 2 ft. long, and
flower-stems about 8 ft. high, the
upper half being densely covered with
pinkish-white or pale lilac-purple
sweet-scented flowers over 1 in. across,
opening in May and June (Garten.
t. 1048).

E. robustus—A vigorous free-
growing and deep-rooting species,

Fic. 126.—Eremurus robustus, root-stock. (4)

native of Turkestan, at an elevation
of about 10,000 ft. The leaves often
measure 3 ft. long and 3 ins. broad,
while the flower-stem reaches a height
of 6 to 10 ft., the upper 3 or 4 feet
being a tapering spike of pale pink or
rosy flowers, each about 2 ins. across.
and expanding in May ard June.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6726; Gartenjl. t. 769.)
The variety Elwesianus is a much
stronger and finer plant than the
type, and bears immense spikes of

208

ERIOSPERMUM

rosy-pink flowers at the same season,
but the blossoms last longer. There
is a beautiful white-flowered form,
quite as vigorous and free-flowering
as the others.

BE. spectabilis (2. caucasicus).—This
variable species from Siberia, the
Caucasus, etc., has been in cultivation
since about the year 1800. It has
tufts of narrow, grey-green, strap-
shaped leaves, and its pale sulphur-
yellow flowers tinted with orange,
appear in May and June on stout
stalks 2 to 4 ft. high. (Bot. Jag.
t.4870.) A hybrid called vedrariensis
has been raised between LF. spectabilis
and #. robustus (Rev. Hort. 1907,
229 f.).

E. Tubergeni.—Another grand hy-
brid between the yellow &. Bungei and
the white #. himalaicus, and inter-
mediate in appearance between the
two. The flowers are pale yellow.

E. turkestanicus.—A native of
Turkestan, 2 to 4 ft. high, with broadly
linear pointed leaves and _ reddish-
brown flowers, the segments of which
are edged with white (Gartenjf.. t.
997).

E. Warei—This is probably a
natural hybrid between £. Bungei
and #. Olge. It has very tall spikes
(8 ft.), the actual inflorescence being
a yard long, and studded with
hundreds of coppery-red blossoms
tinted with bronze. It comes from
Central Asia. (Gard. Chron. 1900,
XXVli. 409.)

ERIOSPERMUM (erion, wool;
spermos, a seed; in reference to the
woolly seeds). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A
genus containing over two dozen
species of plants, natives of Tropical
and Southern Africa, and closely
related to Eremurus, and formerly con-
fused with Bulbine. They are bulb-
ous plants requiring the protection
of a warm greenhouse during the

THE BULB BOOK

ERYTHRONIUM

winter months, but would probably
flourish in the open air from June to
September. They are easily grown
in a compost of sandy loam and peat
or leaf-soil, and may be increased by
offsets.

The following species are met with
in botanic gardens :—

E. Bellendeni (Z. latifoliwm).—This
has roundish pointed leaves, cucullate
at the base, and produces its light
blue starry blossoms from June to
August, on stalks about 1 ft. high
(Bot. Mag. t. 1382).

H. brevipes, from Algoa Bay,
grows about 14 ft. high, and has
white flowers tinted with green.

H. folioliferum has green and yel-
low flowers (Bot. Rep. t. 521).

EH. Mackeni (Bulbine Mackenz),
from Natal, has rather fleshy, ovate-
oblong, bluntish leaves, and bright
golden-yellow flowers in July (Bot.
Mag. t. 5955). EH. latifolium has
light blue flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 1382 ;
Jacg. Ic. t. 420); HE. parvifolium,
dark blue flowers (Jacg. Ic. t. 422);
and E, pubescens, white and green
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 578).

ERYTHRONIUM (erythros, red;
referring to the colour of the leaves
and flower of first species), Doc’s-
tootH VIoLET. Nat. Ord. Liliacese.—
A genus of pretty plants with tuni-
cated bulbs which produce new ones
each year either at the base within
the old coats or at the end of long
offshoots, or along a rhizome, some-
times in succession for several years.
The leaves on the stems are unequal,
one being usually narrower and more
tapering than the other. The mott-
ling varies greatly even in the same
species, and may sometimes be absent
altogether. The flowers are nodding
or drooping, solitary, or two or more
in a loose raceme.

For three hundred years and more

209 o

ERYTHRONIUM

the common European and Asiatic
Dog’s-tooth Violet (#. dens-canis) has
been cultivated in British gardens, and
it still ranks as one of the best for early
spring-flowering purposes. Of late
years several other species have been
introduced from the United States,
and have proved excellent additions to
our spring-flowering bulbous plants,
being suitable either for the ordinary
flower border, for nooks in the
rockery, for grassland, or for natural-
ising amongst shrubberies, etc.

Like bulbous plants in general,
most of the Erythroniums like a gritty
soil well enriched with leaf-mould or
old manure, and detest heavy cold
ground charged with too much
moisture, although they like damp
situations. The best time for planting
is between September and the end of
November, the cylindrical or oblong
bulbs being covered with about twice
their own depth of soil. Once planted
they may be allowed to remain for
several years in the same place, where
in many cases they will increase and
multiply without trouble. An annual
mulching or top-dressing of well-
rotted manure in autumn or winter
will supply fresh food to the roots,
and keep the plants in good flowering
condition. Apart from open - air
culture, the Dog’s-tooth Violets are
charming plants for pot cultivation,
and may be grown with ease in a
cold greenhouse during the winter and
early spring months with other plants
like Crocuses, Scillas, Chionodoxas,
etc., etc.

The following species are now
grown :—

fH, albidum,—A native of damp
places in the states of New York,
Pennsylvania, etc., having oblong
lance-shaped leaves, slightly mottled
with silvery green. The white flowers,
with lance-shaped reflexed segments,
appear in April and May, one on each

THE BULB BOOK

ERYTHRONIUM

stalk. The variety bracteatum has
somewhat larger leaves, and differs,
moreover, in having yellow flowers,
It inhabits the mountain regions
instead of the pastures. The variety
coloratum has deeper coloured flowers
than the type.

HE, americanum, — This species
grows in the damp open woodland of
the Eastern United States and
Canada, It has stolon-bearing corms
like #. albidwm, and larger leaves
mottled with greenish-purple. The
solitary flowers appear in April and
May, and are of a bright golden-
yellow often tinged with purple, and
finely dotted within at the base,
(Bot. Mag. t. 1113; Red. Lil. t. 194.)

BE. californicum.—This is the name
given in Flora and Sylva, November
1905, p. 254, to the plant hitherto
known as &#. gigantewm, from which
it differs chiefly in having more than
one flower on a stalk, and in having
larger and more prominent filaments,
auricles, and seed-pods. It is found
at an elevation of 6000 to 10,000 ft. in
California, and is one of the finest
and most showy species. The leaves
are mottled with dull purple, and the
large creamy-white flowers 3 ins.
across are suffused with orange or
yellow at the base, and from one to
six are borne on a tall scape. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5714.)

B, citrinum.—A native of the Deer
Creek Mountain in S. Oregon, having
obovate lance - shaped leaves richly
mottled in brown. The stems usually
bear three lemon - yellow flowers,
but often more, the broadly lance-
shaped segments about 1 in. long
being strongly recurved, orange at the
base above the auricles, and some-
times suffused with pink at the tips.

B. dens-canis.—This is the common
Dog’s-tooth Violet, found wild chiefly
in Central and §. Europe, although
forms of it extend across Asia to

210

ERYTHRONIUM

Japan. It has ovoid-cylindrical corms
resembling a dog’s tooth, and ovate or
oblong, lance-shaped, glaucous green
leaves marbled with dull purple. The
peduncles appear in February and
March, each from 4 to 6 ins. high,
bearing a solitary flower of a beautiful
rose or violet-purple (rarely white),
with brown dots at the base of the
recurved segments. Besides the rare
white forms there are others, called
purpureum, roseum, and violaceum,
according to the shades of colour.
The Siberian form, s¢bcrica, has purple

THE BULB BOOK

ERYTHRONIUM

Columbia, growing in heavy lands
along streams and damp spots in
woods.” It has obovate lance-shaped
leaves mottled in light brown and
white. The tall stout scape rarely
carries more than one flower, which
has pure white petals tinted with
green, and with or without a reddish
band above the auricled base. The
variety precox has creamy - white
flowers and richly mottled leaves.

E, grandiflorum,—A pretty species
6 ins. or more high, native of the
mountains of Idaho, Washington, etc.,

Fia. 127.—Erythrontwm dens-canis. (4-)

flowers, and is a more vigorous plant
than the type, while the Japanese
form, japonicum, has violet - purple
flowers. (Bot. Mag. t.5; Red. Lil.
t. 194; Gard. 1896, t. 573.)

HE. giganteum.—The species hither-
to known under this name is now
called E. californicum. The true ZF.
giganteum is a native of “Oregon,
Washington, and Southern British

Fia, 128.—Erythronium grandiflorum. (4.)

with erect oblanceolate unmottled
leaves, and bright golden - yellow
flowers about 3 ins. across, with
crimson stamens, borne in March and
April, usually two on a stem (Bot.
Reg. t. 1786).

The variety albiflorum has white
flowers tinged with green. The
variety parviflorum is the same as the
plant grown as Vuttallianum, and
being more common than the type

211

ERYTHRONIUM

has usually been called grandiflorum.
It is a native of the Blue Mountains
of Oregon, and the Cascade Mountains
of Washington, besides Colorado,
Utah, etc. It first flowered in England
about 1835 or 1836. The form called
Murrayt seems to be rare, and is
said to have mottled leaves.

E. Hartwegi—A fine Californian
species with small corms and obovate
lance-shaped green leaves distinctly

Fia. 129.—Erythroniwm Hartwegi. (3.)

marbled with dull purple. The large
creamy-white or pale yellow flowers,
tinted with orange at base, are from
2} to 3 ins. across, and appear in
March and April, on stalks 4 to 8 ins.
high.

E. Hendersoni,— A handsome species
from the Oregon Mountains, having
dull green oblong lance-shaped leaves
faintly mottled with purple brown.
The light purple-rose flowers with
reflexed segments appear in March
and April, from one to three or more

THE BULB BOOK

ERYTHRONIUM

drooping on a scape 4 to 6 ins. high,
the centre being darker coloured with
a yellow ring. (Bot, Mag. t. 7017.)

Fig. 130.—Erythrontum Hendersont. (3)

E. Howelli.—A rare Oregon species
with obovate lance-shaped leaves
mottled with purple, and pale yellow
flowers having an orange - coloured
base which turns pink or rose with
age. There are no auricles at the
base of the inner petals.

HE. Johnsoni.— A sturdy - growing
species from the Columbia River,
with large, clear rosy-pink flowers,
having a rich yellow zone ai the base.
It is considered to be a geographical
form of EF. revolutum by Mr Carl
Purdy (Garden, 1896).

E. mesochoreum.—aA native of the
grassy prairies and wooded slopes
from Iowa to Kansas, It resembles
E. albidum, but has unmottled and
narrower leaves, and the segments of
the whitish flowers are not recurved.

E. montanum,—A native of the
Oregon and Washington mountains,

212

ERYTHRONIUM

having faintly mottled leaves cordate
at the base, and one to two large
creamy or pure white flowers on a
stalk, the base of the segments being
orange often fading to pink. This
flowers later than the other species,
from July to September.

Fic. 131.—Erythronium Johnsont. (3)

EB. Nuttallianum.— This is often
confused with forms of F. grandi-
forum. The true type has golden-
yellow flowers, and the stamens have
bright scarlet anthers.

B. propullans.—A native of Minne-
sota, having small ovoid corms, and
oblong lance-shaped slightly mottled
leaves 2 to 4 ins. long. The peduncle
is only 2 to 3 ins. high, bearing a
solitary rose-purple flower with a
yellow centre.

E purpurascens.— A Californian
species from an altitude of 4000 ft.,
with corms 1 to 2 ins. long, and
narrow, lance-shaped, obovate, wavy
leaves tinted with brown. This
species sometimes bears as many as

THE BULB BOOK

ERYTHRONIUM

eight flowers on a single stem. They
are pale yellow tinged with purple,
and deep orange-yellow at the base
of the segments, A variety called
multiflorum is said to bear as many
as fifteen bright lilac flowers with a
yellow centre on a single stem.

Fia. 132.—Erythrontum Smithi, corm and
section. (3.)

EB, revolutum,— A distinct and
beautiful Californian species, having

Fic. 138.—Erythroniwm robustum. (3.)

large deep green leaves mottled with
brown and white. From one to two

213

EUCHARIS

flowers, each about 2 ins. across, and
varying in colour from pink to deep
rosy-purple, are borne on stout stems
well above the leaves. The variety
Watsont (or albiflorum) has large,
somewhat bell-shaped, creamy-white
flowers with an orange centre; while
there is another form with pure white
flowers on stems about 18 ins. high.
The variety Bolandert (or Smithz)
differs from the type in seldom turning
purple. A garden form called “ Pink
Beauty” has flowers of a delicate
shade of pink.

EH. robustum,— An ornamental
species 6 to 8 ins. high, having
wavy leaves varying from lance-
shaped to ovate, and not marbled,
and having bright yellow flowers with
reflexed petals, the protruding cinna-
bar anthers being attached to white
filaments. The blossoms appear in
April. Fig. 133.

EUCHARIS (eucharis, agreeable ;
referring to the scent of the flowers).
Nat. Ord, Amaryllidee.—.A genus
containing about a dozen species of
noble - looking bulbous plants, all
natives of Colombia (New Grenada).
They are characterised by having
tunicated bulbs, oblong bright green
stalked leaves, and large pure white
flowers borne in irregular umbels on
top of a stout fleshy scape. The
perianth-tube is cylindrical, with a
dilated throat more or less curved,
while the six segments are more or
less spreading, the three inner ones
being somewhat wider than the three
outer, There are six stamens, remark-
able for having the lower half of the
filaments dilated into a flat appendage,
and united to each other to form a
kind of short corona or “trumpet,”
as in Narcissus.

Eucharises flourish in a stove or
warm greenhouse temperature, say
from 65° to 70° F. in winter to 80° or

THE BULB BOOK

EUCHARIE

more in summer. The bulbs vary
in size according to the species, from
14 ins. to 3 ins. in diameter, and may
be grown in pots or planted in borders
under glass. Several bulbs may be
placed in one pot, allowing 2 or 3 ins,
between each, or a single bulb may be
allotted to one pot having a diameter
of 2 or 8 ins, more than the bulb,
I have found a compost of heavy
loam, with a good sprinkling of leaf-
mould, old cow-manure, and silver
sand excellent, the pots in every case
being well-drained with a good layer
of crocks at the bottom. The best
time for potting is in early spring,
when the bulbs begin to send forth
fresh growths. This is also a good
time to increase the stock by separat-
ing the offsets from the older bulbs
and potting them up singly into 5-in,
or 6-in. pots according to size. In
potting, the top or crown of the bulbs
should be an inch or so beneath the
top of the soil, this being pressed
down firmly all round.

When growth commences, watering
must be given as required, larger
supplies being necessary during vigor-
ous growth than when the plants are
in blossom or going to rest. To
secure particularly good results weak
liquid manure may be given two or
three times a week when the flower-
stems are pushing up from the bulbs.
Cow-manuure, soot, and a little guano
mixed up in a bag and sunk in a tub
or tank will yield an excellent stimu-
lant. I have also used sheep drop-
pings in the same way and have been
satisfied with the results ; and doubt-
less any other natural manure would
be equally efficacious if used judici-
ously, and not too strong or too fresh.

A moist atmosphere is one of the
essentials for successful Eucharis cul-
ture, especially during rapid growth.
The syringe should be used in the
morning and afternoon, and the stages

214

EUCHARIS

and floors should be “damped down”
regularly to maintain the humidity.
Great light in summer is not essential
—indeed it is likely to give the
leaves a yellowish tint. The blinds
should therefore be pulled down
during the hottest part of the day,
unless the plants are growing where
they are naturally in a somewhat
shaded position, such as beneath
stages, or when grown beneath tall
Palms or other plants.

Of the species mentioned below,
the finest and most valuable un-
doubtedly is #. grandiflora (almost as
well known under the name of £.
amazonica). It is a great favourite
with growers for market, and its
beautiful flowers always realise good
prices for florists’ work. When grown
for market several bulbs are planted
in large pots 12 to 18 ins. in diameter,
in which they remain for several
years. They are top-dressed annually
with rich compost, and are given
liquid manure when necessary. The
fact that the blooms are cut when
properly developed for market induees
the plants to flower more frequently
than when the flowers are allowed to
fade and absorb more nourishment
from the bulbs in the effort to develop
seeds. Once the flowering period is
over less water is required, and a
lower temperature and a drier atmos-
phere will be appreciated until growth
commences again. It is a mistake to
dry the bulbs off—that is, to with-
hold water to such an extent as to
cause the leaves to wither and fall.
The plants are best kept in an ever-
green condition if possible, arrang-
ing the temperature, watering, etc.,
according to the season and activity
of growth.

The following species are known :—

BH. Bakeriana.—This species may
be described as a small edition of #.
grandiflora, It was introduced in

THE BULB BOOK

EUCHARIS

1890 from Colombia, and has broadly
oval leaves, and pure white flowers,
the corona of which is like that of
E. candida, (Bot. Mag. t. 7144;
Gard. Chron. 1890, i. fig. 61.)

EH. burfordiensis.—An interesting
hybrid between #. Stevens? or £.
Sandert and H. Masterst. The bell-
shaped flowers are pure white, tinted
with green at the base, and are about
3 ins. across. (Gard. Chron. 1899,

Fic. 134.—Eucharts burfordiensis. (3.)

xxvi, 232, 247, f. 84; Gard. Mag.
Sept. 1899.)

E, candida,— This has been in
cultivation since 1851. It has stolon-
bearing bulbs about 2 ins, in diameter,
and long-stalked, bright green, broadly
elliptic leaves. From six to ten droop-
ing pure white flowers, each about
3 ins. across, are borne on a scape 1
to 2 ft. high. (Fl. d. Serr. t. 788.)
Fig. 135.

, Gortoni,—The sketch represents
a flower and bud of a plant shown with
this name in London in August 1895,
The blossoms were pure white, and
remarkable for the large cup. The

215

EUCHARIS

plant seems to have dropped out of
cultivation. The flowers somewhat

resemble those of Pancratium tri-
anthum in shape.

E. grandiflora (LZ. amazonica).—
the

Introduced from Andes of

Pai

Fia. 1385.—Eucharis candida. (4.)

Colombia in 1854, this species has
ever since been a great favourite.
It has roundish bulbs 2 to 3 ins, in
diameter, and broadly ovate, pointed
leaves, somewhat wavy and plaited.
About half a dozen pure white flowers,
each 4 to 5 ins. across, droop from the
top of a scape 13 to 2 ft. high. The
corona or “ staminal cup” is composed
of the six squarely dilated stamens
or filaments. (/7. d. Serr. tt. 957,
1216, 1217; Bot. Mag. t. 4971;
Garden, 1888, ii. 691.)

The variety Moore: has somewhat
smaller flowers than the type, and is
recognised by the bright yellow lines
on the outside of the corona extend-
ing downwards from the filaments.

THE BULB BOOK

EUCHARIS

Under the name of Cliveucharis
pulchra, a supposed bigeneric hybrid
between this species and a Clivia is
described in the Gard. Chron. 1891,
ix. 708.

BE, Lehmanni, — A little - known
species from Popayan, Colom-
bia, having oblong elliptic leaves
and small white flowers about
1$ ins. across, and having a
corona with twelve deeply cut
teeth or divisions. It produces
seeds freely. (Gartenfl. 1889,
1300, fig. 1.)

E. Lowi.—This is supposed
to be a natural hybrid between
£, Sanderi and £. grandiflora,
and is a native of the U.S. of
Colombia. The flowers are large
pure white, with somewhat

incurved segments. (Gard.
Chron. 1893, xiii, 455, 588,
f, 78.)

EB. Mastersi.— A _ distinct
species with bulbs 14 to 2 ins.
in diameter, bright green oblong
leaves, rounded at the base, and
a couple of almost stalkless
white flowers about 2 to 3 ins.
across, on a scape about 1 ft.
high (Bot. Mag. t. 6831; Gard.
Chron. Sept. 1899, 241, f.).

HE. Sanderi—A charming species
with ovoid bulbs 14 to 2 ins. in
diameter, and bright green oblong
leaves cordate at the base. Less
than half a dozen pure white flowers,
3 ins. across, with broadly ovate
segments, are borne on scapes over
afoot high. (Bot. Mag. t. 6676.)

The variety multiflora (Bot. Mag.
t. 6831) has smaller white flowers
striped with green.

EH. Stevensi—A hybrid between
E. Sanderi and EF. candida (Gard.
Chron, Sept. 1899, 243 f.) Another
between ZL. Sandert and grandiflora
has been called Elmetana (Gard.
Chron. Nov. 1899, 344, f. 115).

216

FUCHARIS THE BULB BOOK EUCHARIS

Fia, 139.—Eucharis Sanderi. (4.)

217

EUCOMIS

HE. subedentata (Calliphruria sub-
edentata).—A distinct plant with ovoid
bulbs 13 ins. in diameter, and bright
green oblong acute leaves deltoid at
the base. Flowers white, six to eight
on a slender scape a foot or more high.
The stamen filaments are lance-
shaped and occasionally toothed at
the base. (Bot. Mag, t. 6829; Lil,
Hort. 0.8. 415.)

EUCOMIS (eucomis, beautiful -
haired, referring to the tufted crown
of flower-spike). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.
—A small genus of 8S. African plants
often with large tunicated bulbs,
oblong wavy leaves, and stoutish
erect scapes, bearing a dense raceme
of waxy-looking flowers surmounted
by a tuft or rosette of leaf-like bracts.
Segments of perianth, six, spreading,
nearly equal, each with a stamen
attached at base. Ovary sessile,
tapering into a columnar or conical
style.

Although not well-known outside
botanic gardens, these bulbs are
worthy of more general cultivation.
Except in the northern parts of
England perhaps, and most parts of
Scotland, they may be regarded as
fairly hardy, and quite so in the
southern counties. Grown several
together, they look effective in foliage
and blossom. They like a rich,
gritty, and well-drained soil of a
loamy nature, and the bulbs should
be planted deeply so as to leave about
6 ins. of soil above the tops. Warm,
sunny situations are best in the
border or rockery. The growths
appear later in spring than most
other bulbous plants, and this is an
advantage, as the spring frosts are
likely to be evaded. When doing
well, the plants should not be dis-
turbed for some years, but it will be
necessary to give a good top-dressing
of well-rotted manure each year,

THE BULB BOOK

EUCOMIS

preferably in spring, when the shoots
have appeared above the soil. The
plants are easily increased by offsets
from the old bulbs in spring.

If seeds ripen, they may be sown in
rich gritty soil in pots under glass.
The seedlings will require careful
attention for the first two or three
years, and when about five years old
the bulbs may reach flowering size.

E. amaryllidifolia,— A distinct
species, having ovoid bulbs, fleshy,
suberect, strap-like leaves, channelled
on the upper surface towards the base,
and devoid of spots on both surfaces.
The green blossoms are borne in dense
cylindrical spikes on stems about
1 ft. high.

E. bicolor.—A handsome vigorous
species from Natal, with round fleshy-
rooted bulbs, and oblong, unspotted,
deep green leaves, somewhat wavy on
the margins. The pale greenish-yellow
flowers appear in August in dense
racemes, and are rendered conspicuous
and even handsome by means of the
distinct purple edge to the oblong
segments. (Bot. Mag. t. 6816.)

HE, Jacquini—This name has been
given to the plant figured as EF. nana
in Jacquin’s Hort. Schénbrunn, i. t.
92. It differs from the true &. nana
in having shorter and broader leaves,
and in the absence of purple from the
flower - spikes (Gard. Chron. 1908,
xxxiv.),

BE, nana.—This grows about 9 ins.
high, having broadly lance -shaped
acute leaves, and rather club-shaped
scapes of brownish-green flowers (Bot.
Mag. t. 1495). The variety purpureo-
caults has purple flower-stems.

EH. punctata.—A fine species with
large oblong lance-shaped, channelled
leaves, gracefully spreading and re-
curved, of a bright shining green,
densely spotted with purple beneath.
The creamy-white or yellowish, star-
shaped, sweet-scented flowers appear

218

EUCOMIS

from July to September in dense
cylindrical trusses, on stout scapes
13 to 2 ft. high, heavily spotted with
purple, and having a tuft of red-edged
bracts on top. The yellow-anthered
stamens are opposite the segments,
and the deep violet ovary in the
centre of the flowers is very conspicu-
ous and distinctly attractive. In the
variety striata (Bot. Mag. t. 1539)
the purple blotches on the leaves and
flower-stems partake more of the
character of stripes. (Bot. Mag. t.
913; Red. Lil, t. 208.)

Fic. 140.—Eucomis punctata. (4-)

E. robusta.—This strong - growing
species has narrow pointed leaves
about 2 ft. long, and green bell-shaped
flowers, tinged with brown, borne in
dense racemes on sturdy scapes (Gard.
Chron. 1894, xvi. 562).

EH, undulata (Bot. Mag. t. 1083),
with ovate oblong wavy green
leaves and greenish-yellow flowers ;
E. regia (Red, Lil. t. 175), with

THE BULB BOOK

EURYCLES

white or rose-tinted fragrant flowers ;
E. pallidiflora, with leaves over
2 ft. long and 4 to 5 ims. broad,
and greenish - white flowers 1 in.
across ; and E. zambesiaca, from E.
Tropical Africa, requiring greenhouse
treatment, are other species not so
well known.

EUCROSIA (eu, beautiful ; Lrossos,
a fringe; in allusion to the elegant
fringe forming the stamens). Nat.
Ord. Amaryllidese.—This genus con-
tains one species—

E. bicolor.—A native of the Andes
of Ecuador, whence it was introduced
in 1817. It has ovoid brown-coated
bulbs about 1 in. through, and thin,
lance - shaped, stalked leaves, the
blades being about 6 ins. long and 1
to 2 ins. broad. The funnel-shaped
flowers, about an inch long, are
orange-yellow, the segments being
veined or keeled with green. The
stamens are much longer than the
perianth-tube, and protrude conspicu-
ously ; and the style is much longer.
(Bot. Reg. t. 207; Bot. Mag. t. 2490 ;
Hook, Exot. Fl. t. 209.)

This species may be regarded as a
curious and somewhat ornamental
greenhouse plant. It will grow
freely in a compost of rich sandy
peat, and requires fair supplies of
water during active growth. The
blossoms appear in loose umbels on
a stalk about a foot high about April
and May. ‘The plants rest in winter,
and may be increased by offsets in
spring when growth is commencing.

EURYCLES (eurys, broad ; Alas, a
branch ; referring to the broad leaves
or branch-like foot-stalks), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidez.—This genus contains
two species of pretty plants with
tunicated bulbs, broad stalked leaves
with curving veins, and white flowers
produced in ‘umbels. Perianth-tube

219

EURYCLES

cylindrical ; segments subequal,oblong
lance-shaped. Stamens six, with
filaments bordered in the lower half,
and more or less united into. a
distinct cup.

These bulbs require to be grown in
a warm greenhouse or stove with a
temperature of 65° to 75° F., or even
a few degrees more; but they will
stand a lower temperature in winter
when at rest. They are best grown
in pots or pans in a compost of sandy
loam, leaf-mould, and a little well-
rotted cow-manure. During active
growth they require plenty of water,
and may be treated generally in the
same way as the Eucharises. The
simplest method of propagation is by
offsets from the older bulbs.

Fic, 141.—Eurycles sylvestris.

(3)

HE. Cunninghami.—A native of
Queensland and New South Wales,
whence it was introduced in 1824.
The bulbs are about 13 ins. through,
and the thin leaves are oblong-acute,
the blade being from 4 to 9 ins. long.
From ten to fifteen funnel-shaped
white flowers are borne on a slender

THE BULB BOOK

EUSTEPHIA

scape about a foot high. (Bot. Reg.
t. 1506; Bot. Mag. t. 3999.)

EB. sylvestris (H. australis; LE.
amboinensis; Pancratium amboinense;
P. australasicum; P. nervifolium ;
Crinum nervosumn; Amaryllis rotundi-
folia). — This remarkable plant is
found wild in the Malayan Peninsula
and the Philippines to N. Australia,
and judging by its synonyms, appears
to have given the botanists much
trouble. The bulbs are 3 to 4 ins.
through, and the leaves with roundish
heart-shaped pointed blades are from
6 to 12 ins. broad, with twelve to
fifteen strong veins on each side of
the midrib, and furnished with a
long stalk dilated at the base. From
twenty to thirty white flowers are
borne in a dense umbel on the top of
around scape 1 to 14 ft. high. The
filaments are remarkable for their
appendages, } to 4 in. long, united
only at the very base. (Bot. Mag.
t. 1419; Red. Lil. t. 384; Bot. Reg. t.
715.)

EUSTEPHIA (ew, beautiful ; stephos,
a crown; referring to the arrange-
ment of the stamens), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidex.— The only species
known is—

E. coccinea (H#. Macleanica;
Phedranassa rubro - viridis). — A
native of the Andes of Peru with
ovoid bulbs about 1 in. through. The
bright green linear leaves, a foot or
more long, appear after the blossoms.
These appear in spring, six to eight
more or less drooping from the top of
a slender two-edged scape about a
foothigh. The perianth-tube is short
and bell-shaped, the bluntish oblan-
ceolate segments being bright red
tipped with green.

This plant is rarely seen, but it
has been in cultivation several times.
It requires to be grown in a green-
house, in a compost of rich sandy

220

FERRARIA

loam. Increased by offsets before
growth starts in spring.

FERRARIA (after Ferrara, an
Italian botanist). Nat. Ord. Irides.
—A genus containing about half a
dozen species of interesting dwarf-
growing herbs with irregular corms,
narrow sword-like leaves, and cup-
shaped flowers with six spreading seg-
ments, which have wavy edges and are
often narrowed at the base. The three
filaments of the stamens are united
into a tube, and the three petal-like,
fringed stigmas surmount the narrow
ovary.

These little plants are closely
related to the Tigridias or Tiger
Flowers, and are natives of 8. Africa.
They require greenhouse treatment
in most parts of the Kingdom, and
should be grown in pots of rich sandy
loam and peat or leaf-soil. They
generally flower about April indoors,
but later outside. In autumn the
leaves wither, a sign that the bulbs
are going to rest, and require to be
kept dry until growth starts again in
spring. In milder parts of the King-
dom Ferrarias may be grown on a
warm border, the bulbs being planted
from 4 to 6 ins. deep as a protection
against frost. The bulbs should be
protected from cold winter rains with
old lights, as they possibly rot in the
wet soil; otherwise it is safer to lift
them in autumn and store until the
weather is mild enough for planting
the following spring.

FP, antherosa (/. Ferrariola; F.
wridiflora).—This species, introduced
from the Cape in 1800, has linear,
equitant, ensiform leaves, and solitary
flowers, greenish outside, and varie-
gated with yellow and green with
lines and dots of violet (Bot. Mag.
t. 751; Bot. Rep. t. 285; Red. Lil. t.
484).

F. undulata (If. punctata ; Morea

THE BULB BOOK

FREESIA

undulata).—This is the best-known
species, and has been in cultivation
since 1775. It has equitant sword-
like leaves, and branching flower-
stems, sometimes about 1 ft. high.
The flowers are of a peculiar greenish-
brown or dull plum colour, the
spreading segments being very wavy
and crisped on the margins, while
the surface is spotted and blotched
with purple. (Bot, Mag. t. 144; Red.
Lnt, t. 28.)

Other species that have been in
cultivation at one time or another,
but now appear to be very rare, are—
F. atrata, dark purple (Bot. Cab. t.
1356); F. divaricata, purple-brown
(Sw. Brit. Fl, Gard. t. 192); F.
obtusifolia, purple-brown (Sw. Brit.
Fl. Gard. t. 148); F. Welwitschi,
bright yellow; and F. uncinata,
greenish-brown (Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard.
t. 161.)

FOCKEA. Nat. Ord. Asclepiadezx.
—A small genus of South African
perennials, having large fleshy root-
stocks, thin, twining stems, opposite
leaves, and axillary cymes of small
flowers. The root-stocks are said to
be boiled and eaten by the natives.

F, capensis has irregular, brown,
warty - skinned tubers, sometimes
weighing 50 lbs. or more. A plant
has been cultivated in the Imperial
Gardens at Schénbrunn, near Vienna,
over one hundred years. (Gard.
Chron. 1910, ii. 387, f.)

Other species are F. angustifolia,
F, undulata, and F. glabra. All the
species are mere vegetable curiosities
of exceedingly slow growth.

FPREESIA (derivation unknown ;
probably after some botanist named
Frees). Nat. Ord. Irideze.—A genus
containing one or two species of
South African plants closely related
to the Ixias and Lapeyrousias, having

221

FREESIA

bulbs or corms with fibrous coats,
flat, narrow, rigid leaves, and tubular
bell-shaped flowers borne on slender
wiry stems, often 2 ft. high in well-
cultivated specimens.

F, refracta (Gladiolus refractus ;
Tritonia refracta). — Introduced in
1815 from S. Africa, this species and
its varieties are greater favourites in

Fic. 142.—Freesia refracta. (3.)

gardens than ever. The typical
species has ovoid corms, having
thickish fibrous or netted coats, and
produce five to six narrow leaves.
The roundish, slender, flexuose stems,
1to 14 ft. high, bear several yellowish-
white, tubular, sweet-scented flowers,
sometimes striped or tinted with pale
violet, and usually spotted with
orange at the base of the segments,

THE BULB BOOK

FREESIA

(Red. Lil. t. 415; Bot. Reg. t. 135;
Jacq. Ic. t. 241.)

There are several varieties, the best
known being alba, having fine white
flowers without the yellow blotches
seen in the type; Armstrongt, intro-
duced to Kew in 1898 from Port
Elizabeth by Mr W. Armstrong, after
whom it was named by Mr W.
Watson, in the Gardeners’ Chronicle.
It has branching scapes, about 20 ins.
high, and white flowers splashed with
orange at the base and _ heavily
bordered with rich rose; Letchélins,
with large pale citron-yellow flowers
blotched with yellow ochre (Garten/i.
t. 808); odorata (formerly called
Tritonia odorata), with bright yellow
flowers (Bot. Cab. t. 1820) ; Tubergenz,
soft carmine rose, a large-flowered
hybrid between JL. refracta alba and
F. Armstrongt.

In addition to these, which may be
regarded as natural varieties, many
charming forms have been raised
from seed during recent years.
Judging by the range of colour
indicated above, it is not surprising
that some remarkably fine white,
yellow, orange, and apricot-coloured
forms have been raised. Mr F.
Herbert Chapman, of Rye, Sussex,
has done excellent work in this direc-
tion. His variety, called Chapmanmi,
is a handsome yellow hybrid blotched
with rich orange on the lower seg-
ment of the perianth, and at the back
of the tube. Another of his hybrids,
albo-cttrina, is a fine seedling from
refracta alba, quite distinct, with a
shade of green in the sweet-scented
bell-shaped blossoms.

In America also great work has
been done of late years amongst the
Freesias, and one variety in particular,
called Purity, is grown in hundreds
of thousands by uurserymen, or
“florists” as they are called in the
United States.

222

FREESIA

Cuxtivation.—Freesias, owing to
their gracefulness, beauty, and fra-
grance, are popular not only with
amateurs, but are also extensively
grown in the Channel Islands and in
America by market- gardeners for
their blossoms. In private gardens
it is easier to cultivate the plants in
pots, the 5-in. or 6-in. sizes being
chiefly used. The bulbs should be
obtained as early in August as possible,
and the pots in which they are to be
placed should be well drained with a
layer of crocks over the bottom.
Although Freesias will grow in any
light rich soil, that which appears to
- suit them best is a compost of two or
three parts fibrous loam, one part
leaf-soil, and one part peat, with a
little silver sand or grit. Some
growers add a little well-decayed cow-
manure, but sometimes the plants are
a failure when this is the case.
Others use no manure from the cow
or horse, and obtain excellent results
from loam, peat, leaf-soil, and
sand. The bulbs should be placed
about 14 to 3 ins. from each other
in the pots (three to five bulbs to a
5-in. pot), and should be covered with
about an inch ofcompost. This should
be pressed down fairly firm with the
fingers, and afterwards gently watered
to settle it. The bulbs thus potted
should be placed in a cold frame on
a moist bed of ashes or cinders, or
even out of doors in a sheltered corner,
and covered with coco-nut fibre or fine
ashes, When growth has well started
and the leaves are 3 to 4 ins. above
the soil, a few slender twigs or
sticks should be inserted round the
rims of the pots to keep the foliage
from toppling over. Suckers should
be carefully pulled out, so that all the
energy may be thrown into the main
growths. Some judgment is required
in watering, care being taken not to
give too much on the one hand, or

THE BULB BOOK

FREESIA

too little on the other. The quantity
given will depend largely upon the
activity or otherwise of the growth.
On the approach of frost, say about
the end of September or early October,
the plants must be taken from the
cold frame in which they were started
and transferred to a greenhouse with
a temperature of 50° to 60° F. All
the bulbs need not be brought in at
once, and where a succession of
blossom is required in winter and
spring, it will be necessary to have
batches in several stages of develop-
ment. As the flowers wither they
should be cut off (unless seed is re-
quired), and by gradually lessening
the supply of water to the roots the
leaves begin to fade and the bulbs
may be left resting in the pots until
the following August or September.
If placed on a shelf in bright sunshine,
giving water as required, the bulbs
ripen slowly, but will be fit for grow-
ing another season.

FREESIAS FROM SEEDS.—The Freesia
is one of the few bulbous plants that
is not only easily raised from seed
but comes into blossom well within
a year after the seeds are sown.
Seedling varieties are now becoming
popular. It must, however, be
remembered, that one cannot guaran-
tee any particular variety coming
“true” from seed, and many inferior
forms may also be anticipated.
Where any special variety is required
it can only be kept true by propagat-
ing it from offsets from the older
bulbs,

To raise Freesias from seed, a rich
sandy compost should be prepared by
passing some fibrous loam, leaf-mould
and sand in about equal proportions
throughasieve. This compost should
be placed in well-drained 5-in. or 6-in.
pots, up to within about 14 ins. of
therim. From five to six seeds should
be placed on the surface in each pot,

223.

FRITILLARIA

and afterwards covered with about
in, of gritty mould; or several seeds
may be sown in the same way, after-
wards thinning the seedlings out, to
leave only five or six plants in each
pot according to size.

The best times for sowing Freesia
seeds is from January to March and
April and again in August ; but they
may be sown at other seasons if more
convenient. It is safer to place the
seed-pots in a greenhouse, and in a
temperature of 60° to 65° or even 70°
F. germination takes place in five or
six weeks. Watering is attended to
carefully, and plenty of air and light
are given, although the tender seed-
lings must be shaded from strong
sunshine. If it becomes necessary to
repot Freesia seedlings, care should
be taken to handle the roots gently,
as they are extremely brittle and
easily injured. During the summer
months the seedlings may be stood
out of doors in an open, partially
shaded and sheltered spot. On the
approach of frost, however, they must
be transferred to the greenhouse with
a temperature of 55° to 65° F. and
placed on a shelf near the glass.

FRITILLARIA (friizlas, a chess-
board; referring to the chequered
flowers of some species), FRITILLARY.
Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A large genus
of bulbous plants having simple
leafy stems topped with nodding or
drooping tubular or bell-shaped
flowers. Perianth with six segments
nearly equal, each with a nectar-
bearing cavity at the base inside.
Stamens six, either hypogynous or
adhering slightly to base of the seg-
ments,

All the Fritillarias are natives of
the north temperate zone, and may
therefore be regarded as mostly hardy
in the British Islands, Many species
are not particularly showy or con-

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

Ispicuous in blossom, but they are all

very interesting from the botanical
standpoint. Some are rather dwarf
(not more than 6 or 9 ins. high), most
are between 1 and 2 ft. high, while
the Common Crown Imperial is the
tallest of all, often attaining a height
of 4 ft. They all flourish in ordinary
good garden soil, especially if it has
been deeply dug, enriched with well-
decayed manure, and of a sandy
nature. The commoner kinds of
Fritillary may be grown in bold
clumps in the flower-border or rock-
garden, while others are more suitable
for the rock-garden or for naturalis-
ing in the grass, like the Snake’s Head
Fritillary (Ff. Meleagris).

Fritillarias are most easily increased
by means of offsets early in autumn
when the bulbs are being disturbed
for replanting. When seeds ripen
they may be sown ina rich and gritty
compost of loam, leaf-soil, and sand ;
and after the first year they may be
moved annually to give a little more
space, and at the end of four, five, or
six years they will attain the flower-
ing size.

The following species are worthy
of note :—

F.acmopetala.—] ft, high. Flowers
bell-shaped, purple and_ greenish.
Spring. Asia Minor. (Bot. Mag. t.
6321.)

F. alba.—1 ft. high. Flowers
white. May. N. America.

F, armena.—A pretty species, 6 ins.
high. Flowers bell-shaped, softish
yellow or dull purple. Armenia.
The variety fusco-lutea has coppery
brown blossoms with a bright yellow
interior. (Bot. Mag. t. 6365.)

F, askabadensis.—A_ noble-looking
Fritillary 3 to 4 ft. high, with whorls
of glossy green, lance-shaped, pointed
leaves 6 ins. long by 2 ins. broad, and
trusses of soft greenish-yellow bell-
shaped flowers drooping from the

224

FRITILLARIA

tops of the stems in March and
April. Grows freely in ordinary soil,
and should be planted in bold groups.
Native of Central Asia. (Bot. Mag.
t. 7850 ; Flora and Sylva, July 1902.)

Fic. 143.—Fritillaria askabadensis. (4)

F, aurea,—A Cilician species with
rather glaucous stems about 6 ins.
high, and linear fleshy, somewhat
glaucous leaves 2 to 3 ins. long. The
bright yellow, solitary, drooping, bell-
shaped flowers about 1 in. deep
appear in spring, and are sometimes
spotted or chequered with brown.
(Gartenfl. t. 840; Gard. 1892, t.
867; Bot. Mag. t. 7374.)

F. Bornmiilleri.—A species related
to F. aurea, having yellow flowers
(Gard, 1896, xlix. 282).

F’, bucharica,—A native of Buchara,
1 to 14 ft. high, with flexuose stems,
oval or lance-shaped leaves, and
white flowers tinted with green or
purple at the base (Gartenfl. t.
1171; Bot. Mag. t. 7080),

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

F. camtschatensis (Lilium nig-
rum), Brack Liry.—A distinct species

225 P

FRITILLARIA

from Kamtschatca, Siberia, etc., about
9 ins. high, with lance-shaped leaves,
the lower ones being whorled, the
upper ones opposite or solitary. The
bell-shaped drooping flowers appear in
May and June, and are deep blackish-
red, becoming paler towards the
base, the segments being spotted
with deep purple.

This grows best in moist peat and
sandy loam, and requires sheltered
nooks in the rockery. The bulbs are
eaten by the natives in a wild state.
(Gartenji. t. 178.)

F. chitralensis—A rare species
from the Chitral, 6 to 18 ins, high,
with lance-shaped greyish leaves and
yellow-green bell-shaped flowers dis-
tinctly veined with a deeper green.

F. citrina,—A pretty species with
drooping bell-shaped fowers borne
in pairs in April and May ; greenish-
yellow with a glaucous bloom on the
segments.

Fic. 146.—Fritillaria citrina. (3.)

F, contorta.—A species with a bulb
like that of /. Meleagrts, and with
stalkless fleshy narrow leaves about
6 ins. long. Flowers white, drooping,
about 2 ins. long, tinged with green
at the base. The perianth is remark-
able for having the segments united
except in the upper third, in that
respect resembling the perianth of

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA
the genus Sandersonia, (Gard.
Chron. 1886, xxv. 681.)

F, dasyphylla—A native of Asia
Minor, about 6 ins. high, having
thickish fleshy leaves, and drooping
open funnel-shaped purpleflowerswith
a yellow interior (Bot. Mag. t. 6321),

F, delphinensis.—A pretty species
from the Alps of Dauphiny, 6 to 12
ins, high, having linear or oblanceolate
leaves, and solitary, vinous-purple,
yellow spotted, drooping flowers. The
variety Burnett has plum-coloured
flowers about 2 ins, deep, chequered
with greenish-yellow ; Moggridgevisa
very handsome variety from the
Maritime Alps, where it flourishes
at an elevation of 5000 to 7000 ft.
It has large cylindrical yellow flowers,
drooping like bells, and chequered
or tessellated inside with brownish-
crimson.

Fia. 147.—Fritillaria discolor. (4.)

F. discolor—This plant grows
about a foot high, and has broad lance-

226

FRITILLARIA

shaped fleshy leaves and_ several
bright yellow flowers tinted with
green on top of the stems. It-is a
native of Turkestan, and is figured in
Hlora and Sylva, Nov. 1905.

F. Elwesi.— A _ distinct-looking
species having drooping bell-shaped
flowers in April and May, green
washed with purple at the base and
margins of the inner segments. The
interior is green striped with purple.

Fic. 148.—Fritillaria Elwest. (3.)

F. greeca.—A species closely related
to F. tulipifolia, native of Greece,
about 6 ins. high, having lance-shaped
or elliptic leaves, and drooping bell-
shaped flowers of a pale brown or
fawn colour slightly chequered, and
with a green stripe down the keel of
the segments (Bot. Mag. t. 5052).

F. hericaulis.—This species from
Asia Minor is closely related to /’.
armena, and grows from 4 to 6 ins.
high. The more or less lance-shaped
leaves are sessile, and the solitary
flowers are deep purple.

F, imperialis (Crown Imperial).—
A vigorous and well-known plant
2 to 4 ft. high, native of Persia, with
broad, bright, shining green wavy
leaves, and a dense cluster of large
drooping bell-shaped flowers at the

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

top of the stem which is surmounted
by a tuft of leaves. The flowers
appear in April, and are about the
size of ordinary Tulips, and vary in
colour from bright yellow to crimson.
This variation has given rise to many
names of forms; hence we find
Aurora, bronzy orange; /utea, yellow ;
rubra and rubra maxima, red;
aureo-marginata, having the leaves
edged with yellow; Orange Crown,
orange-red; swyphurine, orange ;
Slagzwaard, large deep red flowers
on flattened or fasciated stems ;

Fic. 149.—Fritillaria imperialis. (}.)

sulphurina, large sulphur yellow.
There is also a form with double red
flowers. (Bot. Mag. tt. 194, 1215;
Red. Lil. t. 131.) ,

The Crown Imperials like a deep
rich loamy soil, and are suitable for
the margins of shrubberies, flower-
borders, etc. They look very hand-
some in bloom, but emit such a
strong odour when cut that they are
known in some parts by the appro-
priate but uncomplimentary name

227

FRITILLARIA

of “Stink Lilies.” They are easily
increased by means of offsets.

Vic. 150.—Fritillaria imperialis, seed-pods. (4.)

F, involucrata.—A species from
the Maritime Alps about 1 ft. high,
having whorls of narrow lance-shaped
leaves and wine- purple flowers
slightly tessellated.

F, Karelini (Rhinopetalum Kare-
lint).—An Asiatic species about 6 ins.
high, with broad stem - clasping
leaves, and terminal racemes of
nodding bell-shaped flowers about
1 in. deep, produced late in autumn
or in spring according to the time of
planting. The blossoms are pale
purple with deeper purple spots and
veins, and a greenish-yellow nectary-
hollow at the base of each segment.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6406.)

F, lanceolata.—A native of N.W.
America, 1 to 14 ft. high, with lance-
shaped leaves in whorls, and sombre
wine-purple coloured flowers.

F, latifolia.—A variable Caucasian
Fritillary about 1 ft. high, with
drooping flowers varying in colour
through various shades of purple,
black, lilac, and yellow. There are

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

several garden varieties with fancy
names,

Fia. 151.—Fritillaria lanceolata,

The best known is F. lutea, 6 to
12 ins. high, with alternate linear —
lance-shaped leaves, and solitary |
drooping yellow flowers more or :
less tinged with purple, produced in
April and May (Bot. Mag. tt. 1207,
1538; Belg. Hort. i. 49; Red. Lil,
1. 57).

F, macrandra.—A native of the
Island of Syra, with oblong lance-
shaped fleshy leaves, and purple
flowers covered with a glaucous
bloom outside, but yellow and
blotched with green within.

F, Meleagris (Snake’s Head).—This
distinct and pretty ‘species grows
wild in parts of England in moist
meadows. It is 12 to 18 ins, high, |
with flat linear leaves 6 to 8 ins.
long, and usually solitary drooping |
flowers 13 ins. deep in April and May,

228

FRITILLARIA

and beautifully chequered with light
or dark purple on a yellowish-white
ground. There are white, rosy, and
purplish forms, and also one with
double flowers. Nigra, major, pallida,
Jflavida, are other names relating to
colour or size.

‘Fic. 152.—Fritillaria Meleagris alba. (4.)

The Snake’s Head Fritillary is
excellent for naturalising in grass—
its natural place. In the garden it
should be planted in places that do
not require moving until the leaves
begin to fade. The plants may also
be grown in the rockery and flower-
border. In Christchurch meadows
at Oxford, which are often flooded
by the overflowing of the Cherwell,
some thousands of Snake’s Head
Fritillaries appear year after year,
and have a wonderful effect when in
blossom. (Practical Guide to Garden
Plants.)

F, meleagroides (I, minor).—From
the Altai Mountains, grows about
6 to 9 ins. high, and produces its
deep purple flowers in April (Bot.
Mag. t. 3280).

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

F, nobilis (F, Kotschyana affinis).—
This pretty dwarf species from
America resembles aurea in size and
shape, but the flowers are dark
crimson outside, and lighter with
yellow. markings inside (Bot. Mag. t.
7500).

F, obliqua.—A_ little-known
Caucasian species about 1 ft. high,
with top-shaped flowers of a purple
and brownish tint (Bot. Mag. t. 857).

F. oranensis (f. Munbyi).—A
distinct Algerian species, having

Fic. 153.—Fritillaria oranensts. (4.)

broadly bell-shaped flowers, purple-
brown or yellowish-green, drooping
in pairs, in March and April.

F.. pallidiflora.—A beautiful and
distinct Siberian species about 9 ins.
high, having large blue - green
leaves and two to three yellow Tulip-
shaped flowers nodding from the
end of the stem, and beautifully
chequered with rose or purple within
(Gartenfl. t. 209).

F. Perryi—A pretty hybrid,

229

FRITILLARIA

between J’, recurva and F. lanceolata,
with flowers more or less resembling
those of F. recurva.

F, persica.—A distinct and curious
Persian species about 3 ft. high, with
slightly scented deep violet - blue

flowers. The variety minor has
smaller flowers and _ protruding
stamens. (Bot. Mag. tt. 962, 1537.)

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

F. pyrenaica.—A Pyrenean species
about 14 ft. high, with spreading bell-
shaped flowers, green washed with
purple, and chequered with deep
purple-brown on a yellowish ground
(Bot. Mag. t. 664). LF. canaliculata,
from Kurdistan, with linear glaucous
leaves and purple flowers, is closely
related to this species,

Fic. 154.—Fritillaria persica. (%.)

F, plurifiora,—A_ distinct - looking
species 6 to 12 ins. high, having
narrow lance-shaped leaves and rosy-
lilac bell-shaped flowers washed with
purple inside.

F. pudica—_A handsome _ little
species, 4 to 6 ins, high, native of the
Rocky Mountains. It has erect
linear glaucous leaves, and produces
one or two bright yellow drooping
flowers about 1 in. deep in April and
May. In the variety lutescens, the
outer segments of the perianth are
striped with yellowish-green; and
the variety nigra has very deep
coloured flowers.

Fie. 155.—Fritillaria plurifiora. (3-)

F, recurva.—A distinct Californian
species with slender purplish stems
about 2 ft, high, remarkable for its
bright. orange-scarlet flowers with
reflexed segments, the inner surface
being yellow and blotched with
purple. The flowers appear in April
and May, sometimes as many as nine
on one stem. (Bot. Mag. t. 6264.)

This species is rather tender, and
requires protection with leaves, straw,
etc., in winter. Warm sunny spots
and rich sandy loam appear to suit
it best.

F, Sewerowi (Korothowia Sewo-
rowt).—A curious species about 8

230

FRITILLARIA THE BULB BOOK FRITILLARIA

Fic. 157.—Fritillaria pyrenatca. (4.)

ins. high, native of Turkestan. It
has round stems and oblong glaucous
leaves. The drooping Howers are
borne in March and April, and are of
a lurid or plum-purple outside, with
a glaucous hue, and greenish-yellow
within, veined with deeper veins. The
variety bicolor has pale olive-green
flowers having a brownish crescent-

Fic, 158,—Frittllarta recurva.

shaped blotch at the base of each
segment (Bot. Mag. t. 6871 ; Gartenfl.
t. 760). The variety discolor is a fine
one, figured in Flora and Sylva,
November 1905.

F. tenella (I, montana).—A. native
of the Maritime Alps, having narrow
oblong leaves and yellowish flowers
distinctly chequered with purple (Bot.
Mag. t. 952). IF. Orsiniana, figured
in the Wiener TIllustrirte Garten
Zeitung, 1901, 127, t.1, is very closely
allied to this, if not actually identical.

231

FRITILLARIA

F, Thunbergi.— A Chinese and
Japanese species closely related to
L, verticillata. It has narrow lance-
shaped leaves ending in a tendril or
curl. The drooping broadly bell-
shaped flowers are produced in the
axils of the leaves, and are creamy-
’ yellow striped with green.

Fic. 159.—Fritillaria Thunbergt. (4.)

F, tulipifolia.—An elegant little
Caucasian Fritillary with more or
less elliptic concave leaves, and violet-
blue flowers, with a glaucous bloom
on the outer surface (Bot. Mag. t.
5969).

F, Tuntasia.—A species 8 to 10 ins.
high, with grey-green leaves and
intensely dark maroon bell-shaped
flowers about 1 in. across, Native
of Greece.

F. verticillata (I, leucantha).—A
distinct-looking species from the Altai
Mountains, with pale green or slightly
glaucous leaves arranged so close on
the stem as to give the appearance

THE BULB BOOK

FRITILLARIA

of being in whorls or circles. The
flowers appear in May, and are white,
tinged with green at the base, and
spotted with purple on the inner sur-
face. (Bot. Mag. t. 3083.)

F, Walujewi.—A native of Turke-
stan, about 1 ft. high, with linear
leaves tapering into a tendril, and
large solitary silvery -grey flowers
washed with purple-brown, blood-red
within and spotted with white:
(Gartenfl. t. 993).

Fic. 160.—Fritillaria Walujewi. (4.)

F, Whittalli—This is a distinct
species, having blue-green leaves and
large tubular flowers drooping in
pairs, green in colour, and more or
less distinctly chequered with purple
(Gard. Chron, 1893, xiii. 506). _

F, zagrica.—A species from the
Kashand Mountains in Persia, closely
related to F. armena and F, tulipi-
folia. Flowers dark purple, un-
chequered, with a thick “bloom”

232

FUNKIA

outside.
568.)

(Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii.

Fic. 161.—Fritillaria Whittalli. (3.)

FUNEIA (after H. Funk, a German
botanist), PLanrarn Liny. Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—A genus of ornamental
hardy plants with a short thick
tuberous root-stock and clusters of
thickish roots. Leaves large, radical,
stalked, oblong lance-shaped, ovate
or cordate, with distinct parallel
curved veins and resembling those
of the Common Plantain. Flowers
funnel-shaped, showy, white or blue,
more or less drooping, on tall naked
scapes, each one with a large bract
at the base.

All the Plantain Lilies—as the
Funkias are called—owing to the
general resemblance of the leayes to
those of the larger common British
Plantain weed, are natives of Japan.
Apart from the blossoms, the leaves
themselves are very ornamental, and
are borne in such luxuriant tufty
masses that they never fail to attract.
The species are hardy in practically
most parts of the Kingdom, and
flourish in any good garden soil that
has been deeply dug, well-manured,
and of a somewhat gritty nature.
The plants are useful for the ordinary
flower-border, for the rock-garden,

THE BULB BOOK

FUNKIA

and for planting in bold masses by
the sides of lakes, pools, or streams.
They are excellent plants for shady
or semi-shady places, and look well
amongst hardy Ferns.

The plants are best moved in
spring, but once established should
not be disturbed for several years.
They can be kept in good flowering
condition by an annual mulching of
well-rotted manure over the crowns
in early spring or late autumn. New
stock is easily obtained by dividing

Fic. 162.—Funkia, seedling.

the root-stocks in spring, leaving a
few buds to each portion. Funkias
are also easily raised from seeds sown
in gritty soil in spring. The sketch
(Fig. 162) shows a seedling, but a
reference to p. 41 indicates a curious
case when more than one plant may
arise from one seed.

Slugs are very fond of the young
growths in spring, and a watchful eye
should be kept on them. Lime or
soot should be freely used to check
them.

F. Fortunei—A beautiful Japanese
species about 18 ins, high, with heart-
shaped ovate, pale blue-green leaves,
having ten to twelve curved veins on
each side of the midrib. The pale
lilac funnel-shaped flowers, about 14
ins. long, appear in July. There is

233

FUNKIA

a rare form in which the leaves are
ornamented with a thin yellow mid-
rib, and another called robusta, re-
markable for its greater height and
vigour.

F, grandiflora (I. japonica).—A
handsome species 12 to 18 ins. high,
with long-stalked ovate heart-shaped
leaves 8 to 9 ins. long, and trusses
of pure white sweet-scented flowers
from July to September, each one
being about 4 ins. long (FU. d. Serr.
t. 158; Gard. Chron. ns. x. 629).

F. lancifolia—A distinct plant
having tufts of green lance-shaped
wavy leaves 4 to 5 ins. long, narrowed
gradually towards each end. The
white or lilac-tinted flowers, 1 to 14
ins. long, appear in August on slender
scapes 8 to 9 ins. high, scarcely over-

topping the foliage. (Bot. Mag. t.
3663.)
The variety albo-marginata is

distinguished by the silvery-white
edges of the leaves (Bot. Mag. t.
3657) ; and undulata by its irregularly
frilled and wavy leaves; its varie-
gated form has foliage heavily streaked
and blotched with white.

F. longipes.—This is closely related
to £. lanctfolia, but has broader
leaves with the blade decurrent along
the petiole (Gard. 1903, lxiv. 297).

F. ovata (Hemerocallis ccerulea).—
A fine free-growing species with long-
stalked ovate leaves 5 to 9 ins. long,
and racemes of bluish-lilac or white
flowers, produced from May to July,
on scapes 12 to 18 ins. high, over-
topping the foliage (Bot. Rep. t. 6;
Bot. Mag. t. 894; Red. Lil. t. 106).
The variety albo-marginata has the
leaves broadly edged with creamy-
white; while awreo-marginata has
large golden-coloured leaves in spring
and summer only, changing gradually
to green in autumn

F. Sieboldiana.—An elegant Plan-
tain Lily with long-stalked, broadly

THE BULB BOOK

GAGEA

heart-shaped ovate leaves, 10 to 12
ins. long and 7 to 8 ins. broad, readily
recognised by their beautiful blue-
green tint. The white flowers 2 to
2% ins. long, more or less suffused
with pale lilac, appear in summer in
one-sided racemes well above the
foliage. (Bot. Mag. t.3663 ; Bot. Reg.
1839, t. 50; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1869.)

The variegated forms cucwlata
variegata, and medio-picta with a
white midrib, are both charming
plants, but somewhat less hardy than
the type, and therefore require more
sheltered spots or cold frames in
winter.

F. subcordata (Hemerocallis alba;
H. japonica; H. plantaginea).—
A fine species with heart-shaped
ovate pale green leaves 6 to 9 ins.
long, 3 to 5 ins. broad, on stalks 6 to
8 ins. long. The pure white flowers,
about 4 ins. long, appear in August
on scapes 14 to2ft. high. (And. Bot.
Rep. t. 194; Bot. Mag. t. 1433; Red.
Lil. t. 3.)

Other forms are—sinensis, spathu-
lata, univittata, and viridis.

GAGEA (after Ser Thos. Gage,
botanist). Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A
genus containing about twenty-five
species of small hardy bulbous plants,
having narrow leaves and yellow
flowers in racemes or clusters, the six
perianth segments more or less spread-
ing. The Gageas are of no great
garden value, the only one being
G. lutea, a native of British copses
and pastures. It is called the
“Yellow Star of Bethlehem,” owing
to its yellow flowers, which are striped,
with green behind, and are borne
from March to May onascape scarcely
6 ins. high. The bulbs are small and
round, and the leaves very narrow.

This species flourishes in any good
garden soil in semi-shady places, and
is easily increased by means of offsets. »

234

GALANTHUS

GALANTHUS (gala, milk ; anthos,
a flower), SNowprop. Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidee—aA genus containing
several species of well-known hardy
bulbous plants, with small strap-
shaped leaves and drooping flowers,
the three outer segments of which are
larger, oblong, spoon-shaped, and quite
distinct in shape from the three
smaller inner ones ; these are obovate,
notched in the centre, and usually
with a green crescent-shaped blotch.

Snowdrops are universal favourites,
but many people are astonished to
learn that there are several species
besides our common British one,
G. nivalis. Coming into blossom
from October to Christmas-time in
mild winters and continuing well into
March, Snowdrops naturally attract
attention, as they look so chaste and
charming in the midst of general
desolation. The tunicated bulbs are
comparatively small, rarely exceeding
an inch in length, and should be
planted as early in the autumn as
possible, say early in September, and
should be covered with about two or
three times their own depth of soil.
To secure fine effects it is useless
planting two or three bulbs. Hun-
dreds, or at least dozens, even in
small gardens, should be planted
either in the ordinary flower-border
or in the rock-garden, the shrubbery,
grassy banks, slopes, or lawns, either
by themselves or in conjunction with
Crocuses, Scillas, Chionodoxas, Christ-
mas Roses, or Winter Aconites (Zran-
this). Beneath deciduous trees and
shrubs they look charming, and also
when planted in thousands in well-
mown grassland.

Most Snowdrops flourish in good
and well-drained garden soil, and
once planted may be left to look
after themselves for years. Anannual
top-dressing of well-decayed manure
in autumn will be of great benefit

THE BULB BOOK

GALANTIUS

in keeping the soil in a fertile
condition.

Some kinds, however, especially
those that flower before Christmas,
in October, and November, and often
G. Elwesit and G. latifolius, are apt
to die out, being probably overcome
by the attacks of the Snowdrop
fungus (Botrytis galanthina).

The following kinds of Snowdrops
are known and cultivated :—

G. Alleni—A native of Asia
Minor, and probably a natural hybrid
between G. latifolius and G'. cauca-
stcus, which are from the same region.
The flowers, however, are about twice
as large as those of G. latifolcus, and
the broad, arching, blue-green leaves
are also larger.

G. byzantinus has rather large
bulbs and broad leaves, somewhat
like those of G. plicatus, The flowers
have green inner segments, as in G’.
Elwesi, and often appear in January.
(Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii. 226.)

G. caucasicus.—This is a Caucasian
form of our Common Snowdrop, from
which it differs in having broader
leaves, finally 8 to 9 ins. long and
$ in. broad, and flowers much later.
The form known as virescens has the
outer segments of the flower flushed
with green. This form includes
Redoutet, major, caspius, and grandis.

G. cilicieus resembles G. Yoster?,
but flowers rather earlier and has
taller flower-stems. It is a somewhat
difficult plant to keep.

G. Elwesi.—A native of Asia Minor,
from an altitude of 2000 to 5000 ft.,
with very glaucous channelled leaves
and oblong roundish flowers in Feb-
ruary ; the three inner segments are
dark green on the lower half and also
around the sinus (Bot. Mag. t. 6166).

The variety globosus has fine
roundish flowers, with very broad
outer segments, and robustus has a
large bulb and thick glaucous leaves,

235

GALANTHUS

The variety Cassaba often grows a
foot high, and is a fine form; and
Whittallc is a still finer form, with
broad blue-green leaves and large
globular flowers.

Fic, 168.—Galanthus Elwest. (2.)

G. Fosteri—Herr Max Leichtlin
has called this the “King of Snow-
drops.” The markings on the inner
segments are like those of G. Elwes,

but the leaves are broaderand blunter /
than in that species. Thereareforms CH

called “Spot” and “Leopard.”

G. greecus.—This comes very near
G. Elwesi, but the flowers are smaller,
with narrower outer segments, and the
apical lobes of the inner segments not
spreading or crisped. It blooms in
April.

G. Ikarie,—This distinct Snowdrop
from the Island of Ikaria, off the
coast of Asia Minor, has broad glossy
green recurving leaves, and snow-
white blossoms, the inner segments
of which are heavily tipped with
green,

THE BULB BOOK

GALANTHUS

G. Imperati (G. Clusz).—A distinct
Italian form of G. nivalis, but the

Fic. 164.—Galanthus Fosteri. (3.)

Pia. 165.—Galanthus Ikaria. (%-)

236

GALANTHUS

leaves are broader and the flowers
larger. The forms called Atkinsi and
Melvillei are improvements in size
and vigour. There is also a double-
flowered form worth growing.

G. latifolius.—A distinct Caucasian
Snowdrop flowering in its native home
in May, but in British gardens in
February and March. The bright
green strap-shaped leaves are ? to 1
in. broad, and the small white flowers
have a delicate beauty, the three
inner segments having a green blotch
round the sinus both inside and out.
(Gartenjl. 1863, t. 578; Gard. Chron.
1879, fig. 32; 1881, 404, fig. 80.)

G. Perryt is the name given to a
form intermediate between this
species and G'. caucasicus.

G. nivalis.—This is the well-known
Common Snowdrop found in various
parts of the British Islands and
throughout Europe. It has a small
roundish or ovoid bulb, 4 to 1 in.
thick, from which spring two linear
blue-green leaves 6 to 9 ins. long
when fully developed. The white
solitary drooping flowers appear from
January to March on a flattened
scape 3 to 12 ins. long, the three
inner segments having a green patch
round the notch or sinus.

There are many forms, among
which may be mentioned corcyrensis
(or preecox) from Corfu, which flowers
in December; jformosus, gracilis,
maculatus ; lutescens, which has a
yellowish ovary and the inner seg-
ments tipped with yellow instead of
green ; octobrensis from the Albanian
mountains, a rather delicate variety
flowering in October; G. Rachele is
similar but has slightly larger flowers
and broader leaves, and flowers later ;
grandiflorus (or maximus) is a large
form, the leaves of which are recurved.
at the edges and very glaucous be-
neath ; poculiformis is remarkable for
having the inner segments plain white

THE BULB BOOK

GALAXIA

without green blotches, snd almost
as long as the outer ones; reflexus,
with much smaller flowers than the
type, the inner segments being re-
flexed at the apex; and Scharloki,
which has two long spathe valves and
sometimes two flowers on a stalk, and
a green spot at the tip of each outer
segment. There is also a double-
flowered form of the Common Snow-
drop.

G. Olge.—A very rare Grecian
Snowdrop, having channelled glau-
cous leaves 6 to 8 ins. long and 7 in.
broad when fully developed. It
flowers in September and October,
and is therefore earlier than the
octobrensis form of G. nivalis, The
inner perianth segments are fre-
quently without the green blotches
usual in Snowdrops.

G. plicatus.—This has large bulbs
and very glaucous leaves, quite 1 ft.
long and 1 in. broad when fully
developed. They are channelled
down the face and reflexed at the
edges. The flowers appear rather
later than the other forms, and are
2% to 1 in. long, the inner segments
being green in the upper half with a
white edge. There are several forms,
including maximus, precor, and
Omega, all from the Caucasus region.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2162; Bot. Reg. t.
545.)

GALAXIA (gala, galaktos, galak-
tido, abounding in milk; referring
to the milky juice). Nat. Ord. Iridez.
—A small genus of pretty plants with
tunicated corms, natives of 8S. Africa.
The funnel-shaped flowers are small,
lilac or yellow in colour, and fleeting in
character.

The species mentioned below should
be grown in a cool greenhouse, but
may possibly be fairly hardy in the
most favoured parts of the Kingdom,
at least during the summer months.

237

GALTONIA

THE BULB BOOK

GALTONIA

Grown in pots, the bulbs should be’ Although closely related to the

planted in a mixture of sandy peat
and fibrous loam in equal proportions.
They usually flower in summer about
July and August, and during the
winter season the bulbs remain
dormant. Propagation is effected by
offsets in spring.

G. graminea.—Introduced from the
Cape in 1799. Almost a stemless
plant with oblong or linear convolute
leaves 1 to 2 ins. long, often bearing
bulblets in the axils. The flowers are
deep yellow or tinted with lilac, borne
singly on very short stems. (Bot.
Mag. t. 1292.)

G. ovata,—A somewhat similar
species, introduced in 1795, having
linear thread-like leaves, dilated at
base, distinctly channelled, and with
cartilaginous margins. Flowers
bright yellow, about 1 in. across.
The variety grandiflora has larger
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 1208; And.
Bot. Rep. tt. 94, 164); and versicolor
has purple blossoms.

GALTONIA (after Francis Galton,
author of “ A Narrative of an Explorer
in 8. Africa”). Nat. Ord. Liliacesze.—
This genus contains two species of
graceful South African herbaceous

Fic. 166.- Gatlonia cundicans. bulb aud section
ofsame. (4.)

plants with roundish tunicated bulbs,
long strap-shaped pointed leaves, and
tall leafless scapes from which droop
numerous bell-shaped flowers.

Hyacinths proper, and indeed are
often known as such, the Galtonias
are much larger-growing and more
conspicuous plants. They flourish in
good garden soil of a rich and gritty
nature, and become quite luxuriant
in a really rich mould. To secure a
bold effect several bulbs should be
planted about 12 to 18 ins. apart and
5 to 6 ins. deep; in the first case in
spring at the same time as the
Gladioli, in warm sunny borders or
beds, as the plants delight in plenty of
sunshine. Once well established the
plants are best left undisturbed for
a few years, in which case they should
receive a thin mulching of well-
decayed manure in autumn.

Propagation is effected by detach-
ing the offsets from the older bulbs
and replanting in spring. Galtonias
may also be raised from seeds sown
under glass in spring in rich gritty
soil. It takes two or three seasons
for the young bulbs to reach the
flowering stage, the young plants in
the meantime being cultivated in pots
in a cool greenhouse or cold frame.

G. candicans (Hyacinthus candt-
cans).— A splendid bulbous plant,
having large round bulbs and strap-
shaped lanceolate leaves about 2% ft.
long. It produces stout, erect, glau-
cous scapes shooting up for 4 ft. or
more from the centre of the foliage in
summer, and bearing at the top a
raceme of twenty or more large,
sweet-scented, drooping, pure white
flowers like white bells. (Ref. Bot.
t. 174; Rev. Hort. 1882, 32.)

G. clavata is similar in appear-
ance, but is not so showy. It differs
in having smaller greenish - white
flowers with shorter segments, and
lance-shaped filaments to the stamens.
It is not quite so hardy as G. candi-
cans, and requires protection in severe
winters. (Bot. Mag. t. 6885.)

238

GASTROCHILUS

G. princeps is very similar to G.
candicans, but is scarcely so attractive.
It has shorter and broader racemes of

wy
a \ \\
Fic. 167.—Galtonia candicans. (4.)

smaller greenish-white flowers with
spreading segments. (Ref. Bot. t.175.)

GASTROCHILUS (gaster, belly;
cheilos, lip; in reference to the
inflated lip). Nat. Ord. Scitamineze.—
A small genus intermediate between
Kampreria and Hepycutom, having
clusters of thickish rhizomes or tuber-
cules, broad leaves, and long-tubed
flowers borne in leafy one - sided
spikes.

Being natives of the East Indies,
Burma, etc., these plants require hot-
house treatment, and flourish in a
compost of sandy loam, peat and
leaf-soil in about equal proportions.
When growing, plenty of water and
frequent syringings are needed, as
well as a temperature of 65° to 75° F.
When at rest, however, a lower
temperature, and little or no water

THE BULB BOOK

GEISSORHIZA

are advisable. The plants may be in-
creased by division of the root-stocks
in spring as growth is commencing.

G. albo-luteus.—A native of the
Andamans, with oblong green leaves
about 9 ins. long, and spikes of
flowers having a white lip lined with
bright yellow (Gard. Chron. 1894,
xvi. 34),

G. Curtisi—A Malayan species,
having stalked, oblong, lance-shaped
leaves about 2 ft. long, with a hairy
under-surface. The white flowers
with a red-edged yellow lip, are
about an inch across, and are borne
in clusters in the sheathing bases of
the leaves. (Bot. Mag. t. 7363.)

Other species are—G. Jenkinsoni,
orange and crimson; G. longiflorus,
yellow and red ; and G. pulcherrimus,
yellow and pink—all from the East
Indies.

GEISSORHIZA (geisson, a tile; rhiza,
root ; referring to the dry coats which
cover the fleshy roots like tiles on a
roof). Nat. Ord. Iridee.—A genus
containing about thirty species of
little-known South African bulbs that
have been in cultivation for many
years. They are worth growing in
botanical collections. The flowers
are funnel-shaped, with six almost
equal perianth segments. The leaves
are narrow or sword-shaped, and the
bulbs are covered with the old imbri-
cating scale leaves at the base. The
plants should be grown in a cool
greenhouse or cold frame in most
parts of the Kingdom, but are
sufficiently hardy to be grown in
the open air in the most favoured
spots with protection in winter. A
compost of sandy peat and a little
loam suits them best. The simplest
method of propagation is by means
of offsets in spring. The following
species may be noted :—

G. excisa (Ixia excisa). — This

239

GENTIANA

species grows about 6 ins. high, and
has oval-oblong, more or less pointed
leaves distinctly spotted with black.
The white flowers appear in April
and May, in a loose spike on a
flexuose stem. (Bot. Mag. t. 584.)

G. grandis.—This species grows
about 1 ft. high, and has narrow
sword - shaped leaves, deeply chan-
nelled at the base. The pale yellow
flowers, with a blood-red vein down
the centre of the segments, appear in
May, drooping from a strong leafy
stem, (Bot. Mag. t. 5877.)

G. humilis.—This species has corms
about 4 in. in diameter, stiffish awl-
shaped leaves, and loose spikes of
bright yellow flowers. There are
several forms of it. (Bot. Mag. t.
1255.)

G. inflexa (G. vaginata).—This is
perhaps the most ornamental species,
about 18 ins. high, with curved
sword-shaped leaves and large bright
yellow flowers with a velvety heart-
shaped purple blotch at the base of
each segment (Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard.
138).

G. obtusata, — This species has
linear sword-like leaves and yellow
flowers suffused with rose on the
outer segments, borne on _ stems
about a foot high (Bot. Mag. t. 672).

G. rochensis (Ixia rochensis).—A.
handsome species with narrow
pointed leaves and indigo blue
flowers having bands of white and
purple crimson in the centre (Bot.
Mag. t. 598).

G. setacea,—This species has linear
setaceous leaves, and produces in June
and July its whitish or sulphur-
yellow flowers striped externally with
red, The plant figured under this
name in the Bot. Mag. t. 1255 is G.
humilis.

GENTIANA (after Gentius, king
of Illyria, who first experienced the

THE BULB BOOK

GERANIUM

virtue of Gentian). Nat. Ord. Gen-
tianese.—There are nearly 200 species
of Gentians, but that here mentioned
is the only one worth noting as
having a swollen root-stock. For the
fibrous -rooted species the reader is
referred to the author’s Practical
Guide to Garden Plants, pp. 652 to
657.

G. lutea.—This vigorous European
perennial has large spindle-shaped or
turnip -like roots, blackish outside,
yellowish and spongy within, from
which the true Gentian root of the
druggists is obtained. Like all the
Gentians, this species has opposite
leaves, broadly ovate or oblong, and
strongly and deeply veined, gradually
becoming smaller as they pass up the
stems, which reach a height of from 4
to 6 ft. In June and July the yellow
flowers appear in dense whorls, each
subtended by a pair of boat-shaped
leaves.

This species flourishes in rich loamy
soil in sunny or partially shaded
situations, and is effective in bold
groups. Increased by dividing the
roots in spring.

GERANIUM (geranos, a crane;
referring to the beak-like projection
beyond the seeds), CRANE’S-BILL.
Nat. Ord. Geraniaceee.—The true
Geraniums differ from the Zonal
Pelargoniums (which are popularly
known as Geraniums) in having
regular flowers without a spur, and
ten stamens, while the Pelargoniums
have mostly irregular flowers with a
spurred posterior sepal, and_ five
stamens or less, There are about a
hundred species (the most ornamental
of which are described in the author's
Practical Guide to Garden Plants,
pp. 285, 286), but the only one with
a swollen root-stock is— :

G. tuberosum. — A native of S.
Europe, with tuberous root-stock,

240

GERRARDANTHUS

knotted, forked stems, and leaves
divided into several linear lobes each
again deeply cut into serrated lobes.
The large purple flowers with deeper
coloured veins appear in summer, the
petals being deeply notched. The
variety Charles, from Afghanistan,
has several roundish superimposed
tubers, and leaves less deeply lobed
and divided than those of the type.

This species is hardy in the most
favoured parts of the Kingdom, but
requires protection in cold localities.
It likes rich gritty soil, and warm
sunny positions, and may be increased
by division of the tuberous roots, or
from seeds sown in gentle heat in
spring.

GERRARDANTHUS (after W. 7.
Gerrard, a botanical collector of
Natal). Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacesee.—A
small genus of climbing plants, the
best known being—

G. tomentosus.—A remarkable but
not particularly pretty climbing plant
from Natal. It has enormous root-
stocks, often 6 ft. in circumference
and 2 ft. in diameter. The stems,
which are about ? in. thick, are
covered with small round tubercles
near the base, and in a wild state
ascend without a leaf to the top of
trees 50 ft. high. The Cucumber-like
leaves are 3 to 4 ins. across, roundish,
five to seven-lobed, strongly nerved
and hairy. The small yellow flowers
appear about August, the males being
in clusters, the females in pairs.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6694.)

This plant might be grown as a
curiosity in a warm greenhouse, and
may be raised from seeds. As it
grows naturally in poor rocky soil,
and has very few roots, it is not
fastidious.

GESNERA (after Conrad Gesner (b.
1516, d. 1565), a celebrated botanist

THE BULB BOOK

GESNERA

of Zurich), Nat. Ord. Gesneracese.—
This genus contains about sixty
species of pretty, softly hairy, herb-
aceous plants, mostly having tuberous
root-stocks, simple opposite leaves,
and flowers in terminal cymes or
trusses. The irregular two-lipped
corolla tube is often elongated, some-
times distinctly inflated or ventricose,
and often arched and gibbous at the
base,

Most of the Gesneras are natives
of Brazil, but some species are also
found in Guiana, Colombia, and Peru,
and one species is also found as far
north as Mexico, Coming from these
parts of America, the plants naturally
require the protection of a stove or
warm greenhouse in our climate.
They are best grown in well-drained
pots of various sizes, and a compost
of turfy loam, peat, leaf-mould, and
silver sand, which should be pressed
firmly round the tubers. The best
time for potting is in spring when the
new growths begin to appear, and one
or more tubers may be placed in
a pot or pan according to individual
taste and circumstances. The tops of
the tubers should be about level or
just above the surface of the soil,
and the pots should be placed on
shelves near the glass, so that the
extra light will keep the developing
growths short and sturdy. Care,
however, must be taken to shade
from strong sunshine. Watering
must be attended to regularly,
regulating the supply according to
the rapidity of growth and the actual
condition of the soil. Until the
leaves are fully developed the syringe
may be used daily to keep the young
growths fresh-looking and clean, and
afterwards late in the afternoon when
the ventilators have been closed. As
soon as the flower-spikes appear,
however, syringing should be prac-
tised carefully, and care must be

241 Q

GESNERA

taken not to wet the expanded
blossoms. According to the warmth
of the house, the plants may be
expected to come into bloom in April,
May, or June, when a night tempera-
ture of 60° to 65° or even a few
degrees lower may be maintained.

After the flowering period is over
the plants gradually ripen off their
growth and tubers, and the amount of
water is gradually reduced until
finally in autumn the leaves have
withered and the bulbs remain dor-
mant in the soil. The pots should
now be transferred to some cooler
and more airy position with a night
temperature of 50° to 55° F., where
they will be free from heavy drip.
If placed under the stages the pots
should be turned on their sides,
otherwise there is a danger of the
dormant tubers either rotting with
excessive moisture, or starting into

‘premature growth.

Propagation of the tuberous
Gesneras is effected by means of
division of the tubers; or more
easily by cuttings of the young
shoots. To secure these, the old
tubers should be started into growth
early in the year, in a temperature of
60° F. at night and 70° F. by day,
the soil being just moistened. When
the shoots are about 2 ins. long they
should be severed with a sharp. knife
beneath a joint, and dibbled into pots
or boxes containing rich and very
gritty mould, about 2 to 3 ins. apart.
If put into a close frame or under a
hand -light and kept shaded and
moist for a few days, they soon root.
In due course each little plant may
be transferred to a 3-in. pot, in a
compost of loam, leaf-mould and
sand, again keeping shaded ina moist
atmosphere until established. A few
weeks later the plants will be large
enough for 5-in. or 6-in. pots, for
which a similar compost is prepared.

THE BULB BOOK

GESNERA’

Once plants are established they will
live for years, and the tubers increase
in size from year to year like those of
Gloxinias and Tuberous Begonias,
When massed in bold groups in the
conservatory or stove, the Gesneras
with their brilliant scarlet or orange-
scarlet blossoms are very effective,

The following are some of the best
species, with short descriptions, They
all come from Brazil, unless otherwise
stated :—

G. aggregata. — Leaves oblong-
ovate, crenate. Flowers scarlet, club-
shaped cylindrical, on stems about 2
ft. high in summer. (Bot. Mag. t.
2725 ; Bot. Reg. t. 329.)

G. Blassi.— Leaves oval heart-
shaped, pointed, crenulate, with
reddish veins on the under-surface,
Flowers cinnabar-red, in drooping

panicles.
G. bulbosa.—Leaves broadly ovate,
heart shaped, serrate. Flowers

scarlet. (Bot. Mag. t. 3041.)

G. caracasana, — Leaves elliptic,
crenulate, wrinkled. Flowers red
outside, yellowish within, the corolla
tube having five small bosses near
the base.

G. cardinalis (G. macrantha).-—A
striking species with a tuber as big
as a man’s fist. Leaves large oval
heart-shaped, toothed. Flowers large
bright red, with a long .tube, and
borne in a many-flowered terminal
cluster. (Garden, 1892, ii. t. 874.)

G. Clausseniana.—A species with
very large tubers and oval heart-
shaped wrinkled leaves with crenulate
margins. Flowers orange-red, droop-
ing, long-stalked.

G. Cooperi. — Leaves oval heart-
shaped pointed. Flowers bright
scarlet, drooping, conspicuously dot-
ted inside.

G. Donkelaari. -— Leaves almost
heart-shaped, green, tinted with
purple and red. Flowers bright

242

GESNERA
vermilion; very numerous. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5070.)

G. Douglasi (G. maculata ; G. verti-
cillata).—-Leaves in whorls of four,
ovate, toothed, the lower ones stalked,
the upper sessile. Flowers bright
red, drooping, and borne in clusters
_ in the axils of the upper leaves. (Bot.

Reg. t. 1110; Lodd. Bot. Cad. t.
1939.)
G, _ elliptica. — Leaves elliptic,

wrinkled, serrate. Flowers orange-
scarlet, but yellow in the variety
lutea. (Bot. Mag. t. 4242.)

G, exoniensis—A garden hybrid
with deep green velvety leaves
covered with reddish hairs. Flowers
deep orange-scarlet, with a yellow
throat ; very numerous.

G. Lindleyi.— Leaves broadly ovate,
crenulate, deep velvety green, tinted
with red underneath. Flowers
numerous, bright rose, pink-yellow at
the base, and spotted with red. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3602.)

G. nzegelioides.—A beautiful garden
hybrid with deep green, ovate heart-
shaped, coarsely toothed leaves.
Flowers large, tubular, bright rose-
pink, having a yellow throat dotted
with red. There are many variations
of this hybrid, differing from each
other chiefly in the colour of the
flowers, such shades as deep violet,
deep red, lilac, pure white, bright
pink, rosy-lilac, etc., being repre-
sented, the blossoms in all cases
being variegated with yellow in the
throat or speckled with a distinct
colour.

G. pendulina (G. Marcht).—This is
the only species from Mexico. It
grows about a yard high, and has
ovate crenulate leaves in whorls of
three. Flowers numerous, scarlet,
cylindrical, club-shaped, drooping,
with bosses at the base. (Bot. Mag.
t. 3744.)

G. polyantha. —A square-stemmed

THE BULB BOOK

GETHYLLIS

species having broadly ovate heart-
shaped leaves pointed at the apex
and toothed on the margins. Flowers
scarlet, with a yellow throat, arranged
in leafless panicled cymes.

G. Sceptrum.—Leaves in whorls of
three, heart-shaped, bluntly toothed.
Flowers with long tubes, white, borne
in elongated clusters, The variety
ignea has reddish-yellow flowers.

G. tuberosa (G. rupestris). — A
species with horizontal rhizomes
from the joints of which the stems
arise, Leaves broadly ovate heart-
shaped, toothed. Flowers numerous,
bright scarlet, covered with fine hairs
outside. (Bot. Mag. t. 3664.)

GETHYLLIS (gethreon, a leek ; or
getheo, to rejoice; referring to the
fragrance of the flowers). Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidee.— A small genus of
South African crocus-like plants
having tunicated bulbs, and thread-
like, narrow, or lance-shaped leaves,
usually produced after the flowers
have withered. The short flower-
stem is underground (hypogzous),
and the whitish, sweet-scented, fleet-
ing flowers have a salver-shaped
perianth with a long cylindrical tube.
Stamens six, or many in six clusters,
inserted in a single row at the throat
of the tube.

These plants are not of great
garden value, and are chiefly met
with in botanical collections. They
require the protection of a green-
house, and appear to grow best in
a mixture of sandy peat and loam.
During the winter months the bulbs
are dormant and require no waiter.
The plants are all of small stature,
rarely exceeding 6 ins. in height, and
the flowers in all cases appear about
July and August. The following
kinds are met with :—

G. afra.—Bulbs round, 14 to 2 ins.
through. Leaves linear, twisted,

243

GLADIOLUS

smooth, strongly ribbed. Flowers
white, flushed with red on the out-
side. (Bot. Reg. t. 1016.) G. Brit-
teniana, with pure white flowers, may
be an extreme form of this species.

G. ciliaris.—Bulbs 14 ins. through,
with cylindrical necks sometimes 4
to 5 ins. long. Leaves linear, spir-
ally twisted, conspicuously. ciliated.
Flowers whitish. (Jacg. Hort. Schoen.
i. 41, t. 79.)

G. lanceolata.— This has been
referred to Apodolirion lanceolatum,
by Mr J. G. Baker. It has small
round bulbs, with necks 1 to 13 ins.
long, and solitary lance-shaped leaves
borne at the same time as the whitish
flowers.

G. spiralis—The round bulbs are
1 to 1} ins, in diameter, with necks
1 to 2ins. long. Leaves more or less
oval-shaped, spirally twisted, smooth.
Flowers appear in December, white,
tinged with red outside. G. rosea is
a red-tinted form with smaller
flowers. (Bot. Mag. t. 1088.)

G. villosa.—Bulbs small, ovoid,
with necks 1 to 14 ins. long.
Leaves linear, densely covered with
stiff hairs. Flowers with hairy tube,
white, tinged with pink outside.

GLADIOLUS (gladius, a sword ;
referring to the shape of the leaves),
Corn Frac, Nat. Ord. Irideze.—A
genus containing about 140 species
of beautiful herbaceous plants having
fibrous - coated corms, sword - like
plaited leaves, and tall spikes of
incurved or obliquely funnel-shaped
flowers, all turned one way. The
three upper segments of the perianth
are usually larger than the three
lower ones, but the latter are often
beautifully spotted and blotched with
distinct colours. Stamens three,
with free filaments.

With the exception of the European
G. byzantinus and G. communis, most

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

of the species described below are
natives of 8. Africa, extending from
Cape Colony to the Transvaal, Natal,
and the Zanzibar region. In point
of beauty the natural species cannot
compare with such fine garden races
of Gladioli as brenchleyensis, Childsi,
Colviller, gandavensis, Lemoinei, Nan-
cetanus, and nanus, but it must be
remembered that their blood has
been utilised by the hybridist to
develop such fine plants. The follow-
ing are the most important natural
species and hybrid groups of Gladioli
to be met with in cultivation.

G, Adlami.—This species from the
Transvaal grows 14 to 3 ft. high, and
has greenish-yellow flowers, finely
dotted with red, about half a dozen
blossoms to each spike (Gard. Chron,
1889, i. 233).

G. alatus.—A dwarf species with
crowded linear leaves 6 to 12 ins,
long, and bright red flowers (Bot.
Mag. t. 586).

G. angustus.—This species grows
from 1 to 14 ft. high, having narrow
leaves, and bearing white narrowly
funnel-shaped flowers having a purple
blotch on the lower segments (Bot.
Mag. t. 602; Jacq. Ic. t. 252).

G. armeniacus.— A handsome
dwarf - growing Armenian species, ,
with numerous small deep purplish
flowers in July.

G. blandus.—A fine species 14 to
2 ft. high, with large white flowers
in June, having red markings and a
yellow tube. There is a white form
called albidus, and another pale
purple, campanulatus. (Bot. Mag. tt.
625, 648, 1665.) The variety Mor-
tonius has suberect white flowers
streaked with pink (Bot. Mag. t.
3680.)

G. brachyandrus,—A native of
Tropical Africa, about 2 ft. high,
which flowers in July. The blooms
are bright clear scarlet, about a

244

GLADIOLUS

dozen being borne on a spike a foot
long. (Bot. Mag. t. 6463.)

G. brenchleyensis.—This brilliant
scarlet Gladiolus was raised about
the year 1848, at Brenchley, by Mr
Hooker, and is practically a form of
G. gandavensis. It, however, retains
its character so well and is so unlike
the usual types of G. gandavensis,
which have the blood of more than
two species in them, that it may well
receive separate mention. The
flower-spikes, which appear before
those of G. gandavensis, are not
nearly so heavy, and support \them-
selves naturally very well without
stakes.

G. byzantinus.—A native of Turkey
and Asia Minor, about 2 ft. high.
The beautiful red flowers are freely
produced in June and July, and are
often shaded with a tinge of purple
or reddish-violet. It flourishes in
any well-drained garden soil. (Bot.
Mag. t. 874.)

G. cardinalis——A fine but rather
tender species, 3 to 4 ft. high, with
large scarlet blooms in July and
August, the three lower segments
having a large white blotch in the
centre (Bot. Mag. t. 185; Red. Lil.
t. 122 ; Garden, 1885, ii. 520).

‘G. carmineus.— This somewhat
tender species grows about 13 ft.
high, and has narrow tapering leaves
about 8 ins. long. The funnel-shaped
flowers are about 3 ins. across,
carmine, two of the inner perianth
lobes having a paler blotch at the
base with a darker border. (Bot.
Mag. t. 8068.) ;

G. Childsi—A vigorous - growing
hybrid, raised in 1882 by Herr Max
Leichtlin of Baden-Baden, by crossing
the best forms of another hybrid, G.
gandavensis, with G. Saunderst. A
similar hybrid was raised in Zurich
by Herr Froebel, under the name of
turicensis, which has never become

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

established. Max Leichtlin’s hybrid
(at first called Letchtline after him-
self), found its way to America, and
in due course came into the hands of
John Lewis Childs, who rechristened
it under the now accepted name
of Childsi. The plants attain a
height of 4 to 5 ft., and produce
branching flower-stems often over 2
ft. long. The individual blossoms
are 6 to 9 ins. across, the petals
being of great substance, and shaded
with various colours such as purple,
scarlet, blue-grey, salmon, crimson,
blush, rose, pink, yellow, etc., often
beautifully blotched, speckled, and
mottled in the throat. As there are
almost innumerable variations, it is
unnecessary to give a list of names,
and the reader is advised to consult
current catalogues.

G. Colvillei.—A popular hybrid
between G. cardinalis and G. tristis.

Fia. 168.—Gladiolus Colviliet. (4.)

It grows about 2 ft. ‘high, and has
showy crimson-purple flowers flaked
with white. There are two fine

245

GLADIOLUS

white forms, one called albus, having
white segments and red stamens;
the other, called The Bride, being
distinguished by having white instead
of red stamens.

Gladiolus Colvillet, and especially
its white varieties, are cultivated in
thousands to supply blossom to the
London and provincial markets, The
corms are planted in the open air, in
warm sheltered spots in light, rich,
and deeply-dug soil in the autumn,
about 4 or 5 ins. deep. A slight
covering with litter or old manure
is given as protection against frost,
and also to keep the warmth of the
soil round the roots for as long as
possible. The flowers appear usually
from May to July and look handsome
in bold masses. When grown in pots,
G. Colvillet and its varieties may be
forced into early blossom during the
earliest months of the year in the
greenhouse or conservatory.

G. communis.—This is a native of
8. Europe, and grows 14 to 2 ft. high,
having narrow, lance-shaped, ribbed
leaves, and bright rosy flowers about
June and July. There are several
forms in existence, differing chiefly
in the colour of the blossom, which
vary from white to rose and purple.
(Bot. Mag. tt. 86, 1575; Red. Ln. t.
267.)

G, cruentus.—This is a fine species
from the slopes of the Drakenburg,
Natal. It grows 2 to 8 ft. high, and
has linear leaves 12 to 18 ins. long.
The flowers appear about September,
and are borne in dense spikes about
a foot long. Each blossom is about
4 ins. across, brilliant scarlet in
colour, yellowish-white at the base,
speckled with red, the two side petals
being blotched with white. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6810.)

G. cuspidatus.— This is another
fine species, with flower-stems 2 to
3 ft. high, and whitish flowers usually

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

marked with purple and red on the
lower segments (Jacg. Ic. t. 257;
Bot. Mag. t. 582).

G. decoratus. — A native of E.
Africa, 2 to 3 ft. high, with sword-
shaped leaves about 1 ft. long. From
six to twelve bright scarlet flowers
are borne on a loose spike, the three
lower segments being blotched with
yellow.

G. dracocephalus.—A beautiful and
distinct species from Natal,'with pale
green leaves 6 to 12 ins, long, and
soft yellow flowers in July and
August, striped with dull purple, the
lower segments being greenish and
spotted with purple (Bot. Mag. t.
5884).

G. Eckloni.—This has corms 1} in.
thick, and very stiff thick-ribbed
leaves not more than a foot long.
The whitish flowers copiously spotted
with minute red dots are borne on
stems 14 to2 ft. high. (Bot. Mag. t.
6335.)

G. floribundus (G@. grandiflorus).—
This grows about 3 ft. high, and is
very free-flowering. The blossoms
appear about May and June, and vary
in colour from white, with a broad
purplish stripe, to bright flesh colour
striped with deep red. (Bot. Mag.
t. 610; And. Bot. Rep. t. 118.)

There are many forms of this
species now in cultivation, and the
fact of their blooming early makes
them popular at exhibitions, where
they are shown in great masses.
Amongst these forms mention may
be made of formosissimus, with clear
orange-red flowers blotched with
white, washed with crimson-lake and
edged with crimson, insignis, ver-
milion blotched with carmine;
magnificus, carmine-rose and ver-
milion-red blotched with white;
Queen Victoria, bright velvety red,
blotched with white and edged with
carmine; and trimacuatus, bright

246

GLADIOLUS

rose,
white.

G. gandavensis.— What is popularly
known as the Ghent Gladiolus origi-
nated in 1837 with M. Beddinghaus,
gardener to the Duc d’Aremberg, at
Enghien, by crossing G. pstttacienus and
G. cardinalis. There can, however,
be little doubt that before the ganda-
vensis type had become fairly fixed,
the services of other species were
brought into force, and the most
likely of these were G@. oppositiflorus
(which shows in the white forms), G.
blandus, and G. ramosus. Other
species may also have been used, but
in any case the gandavensis Gladiolus
as we now know it, is the result
of much crossing and intercrossing
between the best forms as they
were developed. M. Souchet of
Fontainebleau, was one of the earliest
to take to the serious business of
producing gandavensis hybrids. He
used the hybrids obtained from G.
cardinalis and G. psittacinus, and
crossed them with G. blandus and
G. ramosus, and in 1852 many of
them bloomed for the first time in
his garden, and were a vast improve-
ment on the original type. The
prevailing colours of the gandavensis
Gladioli are exquisite and delicate,
and consist of various shades and
mixtures of white, cream, violet,
crimson, lilac, purple, maroon,
salmon -red, rose, scarlet, yellow,
orange, pink, amaranth, etc., variously
striped and blotched. (See the
author’s Practical Guide to Garden
Plants, p. 950.)

G. glaucus,—A_ half-hardy Grecian
species not exceeding 1 ft. high,
having stiffish erect leaves, and
numerous bluish-red flowers striped
with red and white at the base (Rev.
Hort. 1906, 318).

G. gracilis—A distinct - looking
species 1 to 3 ft. high, having thick,

spotted with carmine and

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

stiffish, and roundish leaves 6 to 12
ins, long, and a deep squarish channel
on each surface. The flowers appear
in March and April, and are usually
white, but vary somewhat in colour,
and are similar to those of G. recurvus.
(Bot. Mag. t. 562; Red. Lil. t. 425 ;
Jacq. Ic. t. 246.)

G. grandis (G. versicolor). — This
species grows about 18 ins. high, and
has strong, roundish, deeply chan-
nelled leaves, The flowers appear in
May and June, about half a dozen in
a loose spike, and vary in colour from
reddish-brown to brown. (Bot. Mag.
t. 1042; And. Bot. Reg. 19.)

G. hastatus.—This is closely related
to G. blandus. It has roundish
deeply channelled leaves, and in April
and May appear the blush-white or
flesh-coloured flowers, tinted outside
with red. (Bot. Mag. t. 1564.)

G. Kirki,—This species from Zanzi-
bar has linear grass-like leaves 6 to 8
ins. long, and bright rose-pink flowers
in a loose flexuose spike,

G. Kotschyanus.— A native of
Afghanistan and Persia, with linear
leaves 6 to 8 ins. long. The clear
violet flowers appear about May and
June, the lower segments being some-
what paler in colour than the upper
ones, and having a darker band down
the centre. (Bot. Mag. t. 6897.)

G. Leichtlini—A Transvaal species
about 2 ft. high, having bright red
flowers, the lower segments of which
are yellow speckled with red.

G. Lemoinei—This beautiful sec-
tion was raised by M. Lemoine of
Nancy, France, by fertilising flowers
of G. purpureo-auratus with pollen
from the most beautiful forms of G.
gandavensis, As the latter has the
blood of four or five species in its
veins, it follows that the Lemoinet
hybrids contain the blood of at least
one more species. During the past
thirty years many choice varieties

247

GLADIOLUS

have been raised in England and on
the Continent. The Lemoine: hybrids
are distinguished by a large, beauti-
ful, golden-yellow blotch with borders
of purple, scarlet, maroon, etc., on the
lower segments. There are many
shades of colour, including carmine,
rosy-purple, sulphur, salmon, yellow,
creamy-white, blood-red, etc., more or
less beautifully blended.

G. Mackinderi—A species from
Mt. Kenia, British E. Africa, with
slender stems about 2 ft, high, and
very narrow leaves about 1 ft. long,
Flowers scarlet with a yellow tube,
on spikes about 6 ins. long. (Bot.
Mag. t. 7860.)

G. Nanceianus.—These hybrids
were also raised by M. Lemoine of
Nancy, and distributed in 1889,
The plants surpass in size and
beauty all other kinds except the
Childsi race. They are the result
of crossing G. Sawnderst with the
best forms of G. Lemoiner. They
are as hardy as the gandavensis
section, and much more free-
flowering. The colours are of
the most brilliant and varied hues,
and heavily spotted. Among the
shades of colour may be mentioned
purple, claret, orange, red, maroon,
orange-scarlet, violet, carmine,vari-
ously striped and blotched with
distinct and harmonising colours.

G. nanus,— Under this name
there are now in cultivation several
varieties of hybrid Gladioli that
have been evolved from successive
crossings of several species, such
as G. blandus, G. cardinalis, G.
tristis, G. trimaculatus, and no
doubt others. These hybrid off-
spring are characterised by having
slender and somewhat fexuous stems,
two or three of which often spring
from one corm, and by their rather
small flowers resembling those of C.
Colvillei and its varieties, having

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

pointed segments, the three lower
ones being usually conspicuously
blotched with a distinct colour,

The cultural treatment of these is
precisely the same as for the Colvillei
section, the plants being grown either
in the open air or under glass accord-
ing to circumstances,

G. oppositifiorus. — A native of
Kaffraria, with large corms and leaves
1to2ft.long. The flowers are white

Fic. 169.—Gladiolus oppositiflorus. (4.)

with a small red band, and from
thirty to forty are borne on a stalk
about 2 ft. high in autumn. This is
supposed to be one of the parents of
the “Gandavensis” hybrids. (Bot.
Mag. t. 7292; Gard. Chron. 1893, i.
f. 41; Garden, 1894, i. 163.)

G. Papilio.— This species grows
from 1} to 2 ft, high, and has broadly
tubular blossoms of a very pale purple
colour, splashed and variegated with .
deep purple and golden-yellow (Bot.

248

GLADIOLUS

Mag. t. 5565). The variety atratus is
distinguished by the absence of yellow
in the flowers.

G. platyphyllus.—This species from
Natal resembles G. dracocephalus in
appearance, but has broader, shorter,
opposite leaves, and a long spike of
deep yellow flowers veined with red
(Gard. Chron. 1898, xiv. 456).

G. primulinus.—A native of S.E.
Africa, having somewhat leathery
strongly ribbed leaves, 2 to 23 ft. long

Fic. 170.—Gladiolus primulinus. (}.)

and about 1 in. wide, and soft yet
clear primrose-yellow flowers, two to
four on a stem about a foot above the
leaves. This species was shown in
London for the first time on 23rd
August 1904, by Mr F. Fox, Alyn
Bank, Wimbledon, when it was stated
that the plant was a native of the
Rain Forest, Victoria Falls, River
Zambesi, and grows in the spray of
the Falls. The petals act as an
umbrella for protecting the pistils
and stamens from the spray. This

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

species has been named “ Maid of the
Mist” on this account. The sketch
was taken from the plant exhibited
in 1904. (Gard. Chron, 1890, ii, 122.)

G. princeps. — This magnificent
hybrid was raised in America by Dr
Van Fleet, who fertilised the stigmas
of G. cruentus with pollen from the
flowers of G. Childsi. As the latter
hybrid itself is a cross between G.
gandavensis (psittacinus x cardinalis)
and @. Sawnderst, it is obvious that
G. princeps has the blood of at least
four distinct species in its veins, and
possibly five if we consider that G.
oppositiflorus has probably played
a part in the origin of the ganda-
vensis breed. Dr Van Fleet’s G.
princeps has crimson-scarlet flowers
of great richness and intensity,
relieved by touches of white, or fre-
quently by a white stripe across the
centre of the lower petals, which are
very full and rounded. The flowers
appear late in August and September,
when other kinds are already fading,
and although only a few flowers are
open at one time, this defect is atoned
for by their great size and lasting
qualities.

G. psittacinus (G. natalensis).—A
beautiful species with sword-like
leaves a foot or more long, and stout
erect flower-stems about 3 ft. high,
The large bell-shaped flowers, ten to
twelve on a spike, are rich scarlet,
lined and spotted with yellow. This
is one of the original parents of the
gandavensis hybrids (Bot. Mag. t.
3032; Bot. Reg. t. 1442; Sw. Brit.
Fil. Gard. ii. t. 281; Lodd. Bot, Cab.
t. 1756.) The variety Coopert has
yellow flowers strongly lined with
reddish-purple (Bot. Mag. t. 6002).

G. pudibundus.—A pretty garden
hybrid between G. blandus and G.
cardinalis, It grows from 2 to 8 ft.
high, having broad, ribbed, pointed
leaves, and about a dozen large bright

249

GLADIOLUS

rose flowers on a stem. (Sw. Brit.
Fl. Gard. ii. 176; Paxt. Mag. Bot.
ii, 197.)

G. punctatus. — A little-known
species about 14 ft, high, with narrow
leaves and large flowers greenish-
yellow within, the three upper
segments being striped in the centre
with purple.

G. purpureo-auratus.— A fine
species from Natal, with broad grey-
green leaves about 18 ins. long. The
pale sulphur-yellow flowers have a
large purple blotch on each of the
two lower segments; and over a
dozen blossoms appear in August on
stems 3 to 4 ft, high. This species is
remarkable for its small corms, only
about 1 in. through, sending out
runners 2 to 3 ins. long, at the end of
which new corms are developed,
instead of on the summit of the old
corms as in other species. It may be
noted that this species crossed with
the pollen of G@. gandavensis produced
the first of the beautiful Lemoinei
hybrids. (Bot. Mag. t. 5944.)

G. Quartinianus. — A native of
Tropical Africa, having narrow,
stiffish, strongly-veined leaves, 1 ft.
or more long, and yellow flowers
suffused and spotted with scarlet,
borne in August on stems about 2 ft.
high (Bot. Mag. t. 6739).

G. ramosus.— A pretty hybrid
between G. cardinalus and G. flori-
bundus, with pointed leaves and
flowers varying in colour from deep
rose to red, and more or less flaked
and feathered with white, and borne
about July and August on slender
flexuose and often branched spikes
(Paxt. Mag. Bot. vi. 99).

G. recurvus (G. ringens). — This
species grows from 14 to 3 ft. high,
and has roundish, strongly-veined
leaves. The sweetly violet-scented
yellow flowers spotted with blue
appear in April and May, about half
9

a

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

a dozen in a loose raceme. (Bot.
Mag. t. 578; And. Bot, Rep. tt. 27,
927; Red, Lil. t. 123.)

G. Saundersi.—A beautiful species
with strongly nerved sword-like
leaves, 2 to 3 ft. long, and flower-
stems about the same height, bearing
in autumn spikes of six to twelve
flowers, each over 3 ins, across, and of
a beautiful crimson or pale scarlet
spotted with pink and white (Bot,
Mag. t. 5873 ; Garden, July 1877).

G. segetum.—This species extends
from the Canary Islands along the
Mediterranean region to Persia and
Turkestan. Its corms are about 1
in. thick, the leaves are 1 to 14 ft,
long, and the bright purple flowers
are borne in loose clusters. (Bot.
Mag. t. 719.)

G. trichonemifolias,—This species
has stiff, roundish leaves, and stems
6 to 18 ins. high, bearing yellow
flowers with a purple blotch on the
three lower segments (Bot. Mag. t.
1483).

G. tristis.—A native of Natal, about
1 ft. high, bearing in July funnel-
shaped flowers 2 to 3 ins. deep, with
a yellow ground colour, the three
upper segments of the perianth being
minutely spotted with reddish-brown
on both surfaces, the three lower ones
spotted only on the outer half (Bot.
Mag. tt. 272, 1098; Ref. Bot. 23;
Red. Lil. t. 35).

The plant known as sulphureus is
a pale yellow self-coloured form of
the type, with a graceful habit. The
variety concolor has pale yellow or

pure white flowers. (Bot. Mag. t.
1098.)
G. villosus.—This species has

stiffsh linear leaves, with a long
hairy sheath, and bright-red lilac
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 823.)

G. watsonioides.—A native of Kil-
manjaro, 2 to 3 ft. high, with stiffish,
erect, narrow leaves, and loose spikes

50

GLADIOLUS

of brilliant scarlet flowers about 14
ins. long (Bot. Mag. t. 6919). The
variety minor is smaller in every
way.

G, Watsonius.—This species grows
1 to 2 ft. high, and has flat linear
lance-shaped leaves and bright red
cylindrical flowers with a curved
tube, the lower segments being re-
curved (Bot. Mag. t. 450; Red. Lil.
t.369). A variety having the perianth
segments variegated with yellow from
base to centre is figured in the Bot,
Mag. t. 569.

CULTURE AND PROPAGATION oF
THE GLADIOLUS.—With the excep-
tion of a few of the more tender
species such as G. Kirki, G.
primulinus, and G. Quartinianus,
most of the Gladioli mentioned above
may be grown in the open air in
most parts of the British Islands.
The natural species, although not so
brilliant in hue or so luxurious in habit
as the more modern garden varieties
are nevertheless worthy of cultivation
where space can be afforded. And
who knows, considering the success
that has been secured in raising such
groups as the Childst, gandavensis,
Nanceianus, and Lemoine, that there
may be still a possibility of raising
other fine races of Gladioli. Indeed
evidence is not wanting that many
nurserymen and several amateurs
are paying great attention to this
problem, and we may expect in the
near future great developments in
the way of new and vigorous hybrids.

Generally speaking, all the Gladioli
like a rather stiff loamy soil which
should, however, be deeply cultivated,
and contain a certain amount of grit
to secure greater warmth, aération,
and thorough drainage. Well-rotted
stable manure within a foot or so
of the surface should always be
incorporated with the soil, as it is
particularly valuable in retaining

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

moisture round the roots during hot
and rainlesssummers. In light sandy
soils it is necessary to dig in much
larger quantities of well-decayed
manure, and perhaps cow-manure is
better than any other for a soil of
this nature.

A very heavy, cold, and wet soil
is about the worst for growing
Gladioli. If, however, such a soil is
trenched about 3 ft. deep, in
September or October, at the same
time working in layers of manure
between each layer of soil, a wonder-
ful improvement towards warmth,
fertility, and friability will take place
before the planting season for the
summer- and autumn - flowering
varieties.

Prantinc.— The summer- and
autumn-flowering Gladioli, including
all forms of Childsi, Lemoinet, Nance-
tanus, gandavensis, and brenchleyensis,
are best planted about the end of
March or early in April, taking into
consideration the state of the
weather and the locality. The
corms may be planted in drills
drawn a foot or 15 ins. apart and
4 or 5 ins. deep, or they may be
planted with a trowel in groups in
the flower-border. Nothing is lost,
however, by turning the soil up
in ridges, as it becomes still more
friable and valuable. As the corms
of the various species and sections
differ a good deal in size, it may be
stated as a general rule that they
should be planted about three times
their own depth—in other words,
they should be covered with a layer
of soil equal to twice their own
thickness.

Warm, open, sunny situations
should be chosen, and Gladioli may
be grouped in the ordinary herbaceous
flower-border where space permits,
or in special beds by themselves.
It is also an excellent plan to utilise

251

GLADIOLUS

them with such plants as dwarf-
growing Cannas, and such subjects
as Galtonia (Hyacinthus) candicans,
the Eremuri, or the Torch Lilies
(Kniphofias),

During the summer months the
hoe should be used frequently to stir
the surface of the soil to a depth of
an inch or two, thus checking
evaporation of moisture from the
root region, and keeping the plants
in a more actively growing condition.
When particularly fine results are
required the soil may receive a light
dressing of basic slag (2 ozs. to a
square yard) when the corms are
being planted, and afterwards when
the Hower-spikes are showing, an occa-
sional watering with weak liquid
manure will be highly beneficial.

Lirtinc THE Corms.—As soon as
the flowers have withered and the
leaves begin to turn yellow, the tops
may be cut down to the ground, and
the corms lifted and dried preparatory
to storing away for the winter. Any
cool, airy, but frost-proof place will
be suitable for storing purposes.
When cleansing the corms it is
advisable to grade them into sizes
and to separate the small bulblets or
“spawn” from the fully developed
corms, and keep them apart ready
for sowing in spring as if they were
seeds.

PropaGATIon.—Gladioli are easily
increased (i.) by means of offsets from
the old corms; (ii.) by the “spawn”
or small bulblets, which are often
produced freely ; and (iii.) by seeds.
The larger offsets should be separated
from the smaller ones and from the
“spawn,” each group being planted
in March or April in the case of
the summer- and autumn-flowering
varieties, or about the end of August
or early September with the early-
flowering ones. The latter require
the soil to be well drained and in a

THE BULB BOOK

GLADIOLUS

sheltered sunny situation, as they
have to pass through the winter
months, The rows may be from 6 to9
ins. apart, according to the size of
the corms—the larger ones of course
having more space.

When it is desired to raise Gladioli
from seed, it is as well to select the
seed-parents carefully in advance.
During the flowering period the finest
flowers of any particular section
should be noted, and the plants
should be marked in some way, such
as by tying a piece of coloured string
or a label to them. On hot bright
days the pollen from another choice
variety, possessing desirable char-
acteristics that are lacking probably
in the destined seed-parent, should
be taken and placed on the pistils of
the latter. It is advisable in the
early stages of the flowers that are
to bear the seed that the stamens
should be detached, and a muslin or
fine gauze bag placed over the
blossoms to prevent any but the
desired pollen from falling on the
stigmas. An hour or two before
midday is generally the best time for
fertilising purposes, and the ripe
pollen should therefore be available
for the sticky surfaces of the stigmas. —

After fertilisation, the petals .
wither, and the seed-pod begins to
swell, until eventually it becomes
fully ripe. The seed should be
carefully preserved in a dry airy
place until about the first week in
April. It may then be sown in
pots or boxes of rich gritty soil; or
even in the open in a nicely prepared
and sheltered piece of ground. The
seeds should be covered with about
$ in. of soil, and if sown in the open,
should be in drills about 6 ins. apart.
The soil should be pressed down
evenly and firmly on the seeds, and
care must afterwards be taken- to
keep it moist and free from weeds.

252

GLADIOLUS

The seedlings soon appear like blades
of grass, and about September the
young corms may be lifted and stored
until the following April, when they
may be planted in rows about
6 ins. apart every way. Many flower
the second season, but the great
majority will require another period
of growth to acquire sufficient reserve
material,

DIsEASES AND Prsts.—Where the
ground is infested with wireworm,
as it often is in the case of newly
broken pasture-land, the corms are
likely to be badly injured. Land of
this description should be trenched
about 3 ft. deep in autumn, burying
the top spit containing the wireworm
and perhaps other grubs at the
bottom of the trench. In this way
they are completely stifled and
deprived of their vegetable diet.
The subsoil brought up will be
perfectly free from the pest, and if
well manured and exposed to the
weather will be in a good fertile
condition in spring. Where the
ground is not trenched, money must
be spent in some of the strong-
smelling powders that are advertised
as cures. Mice are sometimes mis-
chievous, and must be trapped. When
deep cultivation is not practised, traps
of carrots or potatoes must be used
to catch the grubs in the soil.

During hot dry summers “red
spider” is troublesome and causes the
leaves to assume a rusty appearance.
Frequent use of the hoe, and a good
syringing every morning and late
in the afternoon are the best remedies
against this pest.

The Gladiolus fungus (Jfyriococcus
fusan) sometimes gains a footing, and
is best checked by burning the
diseased plants, and giving a heavy
dressing of flowers of sulphur to the
soil; afterwards trenching it 3 ft.
deep in autumn, and burning the

THE BULB. BOOK

GLOBBA

top spit. Dipping the corms for
about two minutes in a solution of
one part of formaldehyde to five
parts of water has proved a check
to the disease.

Other solutions recommended are :
(a) 1 oz. of sulphate of copper to 10
gallons of water; and (b) 4 ozs.
commercial formalin to 15 gallons
of water. The corms to be soaked
for about twelve minutes in either
solution before planting,

GLOBBA (native Molucca name),
Nat. Ord. Scitaminee.—A genus
containing about two dozen species
of ornamental - looking herbaceous
plants, having thickish root-stocks
or rhizomes, more or less broadly
lance-shaped leaves, and resembling
the Cannas in appearance. The
curious -looking yellow or reddish
flowers are borne on the ends of the
shoots in simple or branched clusters.
The corolla-tube is slender, with three
ovate lobes, and springs from the
three-cleft tubular calyx. The lateral
stamens are petal-like, the lower one
only being fertile.

The Globbas are not well known
outside botanical collections. They
are, however, easily grown in a stove
house with plenty of heat and
moisture, in accordance with the
conditions prevailing in Borneo,
Sumatra, Siam, etc., whence they
come—+.e., between the Equator and
the 20° north latitude. They like a
rich loamy soil, and may be increased
by dividing the rhizomes in spring.
The following species are best
known :—

G. albo-bracteata (G. alba).—A
Sumatran species, about 2 ft. high,
with brownish-purple stems, green,
oval lance-shaped leaves, and droop-
ing clusters of flowers having a white
calyx and a yellow corolla (Belg.
Hort. 1885, t. 20).

253

GLORIOSA

G. atrosanguinea (G’, coccinea).— An
elegant Bornean plant about 1 to 14
ft. high, with clusters of gracefully
arching stems and deep glossy green,
ovate lance - shaped leaves. The
flowers, with scarlet bracts, are
borne in dense racemes, and appear
at all seasons of the year. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6626.)

G. Schomburgki, — A native of
Siam, 6 to 12 ins. high, with elliptic
ovate or lance-shaped leaves pointed
at the tips. The golden - yellow
flowers with a bright orange-red base
to the lower segment, appear in
August in drooping panicles. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6298.)

G. sessiliflora.—This is the oldest
species in cultivation, having been
introduced from the East Indies
(Pegu) in 1807. It grows about 18
ins. high, and has lance - shaped
pointed leaves, and yellow flowers
produced in August in whorled
spikes. (Bot. Mag. t. 1428.)

GLORIOSA (gloriosus, glorious ; re-
ferring to the beauty of the flowers),
Nat. Ord. Liliacesze.—A genus con-
taining about half a dozen species
of tuberous-rooted herbaceous plants
having climbing or tufted stems
sparingly furnished with alternate,
opposite, or ternately verticillate,
sessile leaves, oblong lance-shaped,
and remarkable for having the tips
produced into a spirally twisted
tendril. The flowers are borne
singly in the axils of the upper
leaves. The perianth consists of six
similar narrow, oblong, lance-shaped,
wavy segments, at first spreading,
but afterwards sharply bent back,
and leaving the six hypogynous
stamens, and the green superior
ovary with its long-styled, three-cleft
stigma bent at right angles, well
exposed to view.

These remarkable-looking plants

THE BULB BOOK

GLORIOSA

are well worth growing in a warm
greenhouse or at the cool end of a
stove house. They flourish in a
compost of turfy loam and fibrous
peat to which a little well-decayed
cow-manure, or a little basic slag or
fine bone-meal has been added. The
long, fleshy, tuberous roots are best
potted up in spring, about March,
when the new growths begin to
appear, and may be covered with
about 2 ins. of soil. Well-drained
pots of course should be used, and a
few tubers may be placed in a large
pot, to secure a finer effect than when
one is grown ina small pot. During
growth water should be given copi-
ously, and the syringe should be used
in the morning and afternoon. When
the flexuous stems are about a foot
long, it will be necessary to put sticks
to them, or to fasten them to a wire
trellis over which they may be trained,
Gloriosas are also useful plants for
furnishing the sides and rafters of a
warm greenhouse or stove house, and
make an ornamental display, usually
during July and August, or perhaps
somewhat earlier. As the stems and
leaves die down naturally in the
autumn—a fact which should be
carefully noted—water is gradually —
withheld, and ultimately the tubers
alone are left mature and dormant
during the winter months. In this
state they require no water, and the
pots should be turned over on the
sides to avoid the dripping or drain-
ing from the benches ; or they should
be placed on shelves near the glass.
In spring, the old tubers after show-
ing signs of growth should be shaken
out of the old soil, and repotted into
fresh compost and treated as above
advised. The best temperature at
this period is about 55° to 65° F.
at night, and 5° or 10° more by
day.

Gloriosas are easily propagated in

254

GLORIOSA

spring by carefully dividing the
tubers with a sharp strong knife,
taking care to cut between the young
sprouts. Each portion should have
the cut surface dipped in slaked lime
or soot before potting up.

When seeds are ripened they should
be kept till March, and may then be
sown in a rich gritty compost in a
warm house having a night temper-
ature of about 70°F. The soil must
be kept fairly moist, and when the
seedlings are large enough to handle
easily, they should be transferred
singly to 3-in. pots. When these
are fairly well filled with roots, the
young plants should be moved into
4-in. or 5-in. pots, keeping them
moist and syringed to encourage
quick growth, and shading them
from very hot sunshine. No flowers
should be allowed to develop the
first year, as they would only
weaken the plants. The second
season —after the winter rest — the
plants are grown on in the ordinary
way.

G. abyssinica (Clinostylis speciosa).
—A showy dwarf-growing species
from Abyssinia, having large red and
yellow flowers.

G. Carsoni.—A native of East
Central Africa, from the shores of
Lake Tanganyika, being dwarf and
sturdy in growth. It has showy
heads of flowers, the broad petals of
which are yellow towards the centre,
shading to deep-red towards the
base. The tubers are small, and the
stems are 8 ft. or more long. The
plant is also found in abundance in
Rhodesia. (Gard. Chron. 1904, xxxvi.
127.)

G. grandiflora (Methonica grandi-
flora).—This is closely related to G.
superba, and is considered by some
to be merely a variety of it. It is a
native of Tropical Africa, and has
the more or less wavy flowers often

THE BULB BOOK

GLORIOSA

entirely yellow in colour, but assum-
ing a reddish tint with age.

Fic. 171.—Gloriosa grandiflora. (4.)

G. minor. — This peculiar little
species is unknown in gardens, It is
a native of N.E, Equatorial Africa,
having been found along the Shebeli
River, and apparently grows only 3
or 4 ins. high.

G. Rothschildiana,--A native of
Uganda and Mombosa, with climb-

Fig. 172.—Glortosa Rothschildiana.

ing stems ‘and tendril-tipped leaves.
The flowers, with broad somewhat
wavy segments are of a bright ruby-
red when fully open, but are tinted

255

GLORIOSA

with yellow at the base at first.
(Gard. Chron. 1903, xxxiii, 322, f.
125; Flora and Sylva, Aug. 1904.)
The beautiful variety citrina has
yellow flowers and leaves somewhat
narrower than the type. The centre
and tip of each petal is marked with
a claret-coloured band, which spreads
over the whole surface in time.
(Gard. Chron. 1905, xxxviii. 67,
211, f.)

G. superba (Methonica superba).—
A native of India, Malacca, and
Tropical Africa. This is the best-
known species of the genus, and was
first introduced to cultivation in 1690

Fic. 173,—Gloriosa superba.

from the East Indies. It has climb-
ing stems, 5 to 6 ft. long, tendril-
tipped leaves, and fHowers with very
wavy sharply reflexed segments, the
lower portion of which is yellow, the
upper portion being bright red mar-
gined with yellow. (And. Bot, Rep.
t. 129; Bot. Reg. t. 77; Garden,

THE BULB BOOK

GLOXINERA

1890, ii. 784.) The variety lutea,
which is abundant in Rhodesia, has
flowers of pure buff-yellow without a
trace of red.

G. virescens (G. simplex; G.
Planti)—A native of Mozambique,
with stems 3 to 4 ft. long, leaves
like those of G. superba, and greenish-
yellow flowers, bordered with yellow
and tinted with red outside (Bot.
Mag. tt. 2539, 4938). The variety
grandiflora from Natal has yellow
flowers.

GLOXINERA,—This is the name
given to a bigeneric hybrid between
a Gloxinia and Gesnera pyramidalis,
the latter being the pollen parent.

Fic. 174.—Gloxinera ‘' Brilliant.” (4.)

It was shown by Messrs Veitch,
Chelsea, in 1894, and the following
description with a tigure appeared in
the Gard. Chron. 2nd Feb, 1885, p.
144, f. 22 :—The flowers are of a fair
size, and of a brilliant scarlet colour
tinged with magenta in the shadows.
The foliage is more nearly that of a

256

GLOXINIA

Gloxinia than a Gesnera in appear-
ance, being very succulent and
covered with fine hairs,

GLOXINIA (after B. P. Gloxin, a
botanist of Colmar). Nat. Ord. Ges-
neracee. — The Gloxinia of the
botanist and the Gloxinia of the
gardener are quite distinct genera,
although they both belong to the
same section of the same family.
The garden Gloxinia would be
more correctly known under the
name of SINNINGIA, as most of
the forms in cultivation have been
evolved by plant-breeders from
Sinningia speciosa. This species
was introduced from Brazil in
1815, Waterloo year, and to show
what changes have taken place
since, these garden forms may be
compared with the following de-
scription of S. speciosa :—Plant
short-stemmed, more or less hairy,
with blunt or slightly pointed
oblong leaves, more or less con-
vex, usually narrowed towards the
base, crenulate on the margins,
velvety in texture, and sparsely
clothed with hairs. Flowers with
ovate lance-shaped, velvety, calyx
segments; corolla tubular, bell-
shaped, irregular, drooping, five-lobed,
and usually violet in colour.

It would be difficult to recognise in
this plant the parent of the garden
Gloxinia of the present day, with its
innumerable shades and spottings of
colour, and its large and more or
less erect and regular blossoms so
distinct from the drooping, irregular,
violet ones of the wild type. In the
modern florists’ Gloxinia all shades
of colour exist except yellow and
true blue, shades that may never
appear. The colours now range from
the purest white to the deepest
crimson and the brightest of fiery
reds, passing through purple, pale and

THE BULB BOOK

GLOXINIA

deep violet, rose, pink in numerous
shades. In addition to “self” or
uniformly coloured varieties there
are many exquisite forms beautifully
speckled with colours quite distinct
from the groundwork ; and the fact
that by raising seedlings, still more
charming combinations of colour are
possible, makes Gloxinia-growing at
the present day one of the most

Fic. 175.—Gloxinia, various. (4.)

interesting of cultural operations.
Although chiefly grown for decorative
effect as pot plants, the flowers of
Gloxinias are useful in a cut state,
and will last several days in water.
Indeed I have used the blossoms
from plants grown in a cold house
without any heat, for such mourning
emblems as wreaths, crosses, anchors,
etc., and was astonished to find that
they last several days longer in the
open air than the flowers of much
hardier plants.

CutturE.—The Gloxinia having a
tuberous root-stock like the tuberous
Begonia, may be grown in much the
samme way and under almost identical

257 R

GLOXINIA

conditions. The tubers vary in size
according to age, and therefore require
to be grown in pots of different size.
Broadly speaking, the pots should be
about twice the diameter of the
tubers. Each one should be well-
drained with a stopper and crocks,
with a thin layer of moss or fibre on
top. The compost most generally
suitable to Gloxinias is one-half
fibrous loam with a little peat, leaf-
mould, and silver sand, making up
the other half in equal proportions.
To secure a succession of flowers
during the summer months, the first
batch of tubers should be potted in
February, and another batch in
March. The tops of the tubers
should be about level with the sur-
face of the soil, and to secure
rapid growth the pots should be
plunged in a bed of coco-nut fibre or
leaf-mould, with a temperature of
about 80° F. It is probably better,
however, to have a lower temperature,
say 60° to 65° F. by night, and about
five to ten degrees warmer by day for
the first batch of plants. The soil
should be kept moist by gentle over-
head sprinklings, and a humid atmo-
sphere is always advisable during the
early growing period. Once growth
has fairly started the plants should
be placed on a shelf near the glass,
and the average temperature should
be about 70° F. At the end of seven
or eight weeks from the time growth
has commenced, the plants may be
moved to larger pots if necessary,
using the same compost as recom-
mended above, with the addition of
a little old cow-manure and a sprink-
ling of bone-meal or basicslag. After
repotting, the plants should be kept
close, moist, and shaded from strong
sunshine for a few days, afterwards
giving as much diffused light and
air as possible in a fairly humid
atmosphere. A little weak liquid

THE BULB BOOK

GLOXINIA

manure two or three times a week
will be beneficial, but its application
is best discontinued once the blossoms
appear. Then a somewhat cooler
part of the greenhouse should be
selected, and no watering or syringing
overhead should be given, as it would
tarnish the blooms.

In autumn the flowers wither and
the fleshy leaves begin to turn yellow,
shrivel, and decay. These conditions
mean less and less water to the tubers,
and more air and light if possible
to ripen the plants off gradually for
their winter sleep. Once the leaves
have dropped, the tubers may be
stored away in the pots on a dry
airy shelf; or they may be placed in
coco-nut fibre and dry leaf -mould
until the following spring, in a tem-
perature about 50° F,

Propacation.—Gloxinias are easily
raised from seeds, cuttings of the
leaves, or by division of the old
tubers. The latter are best divided
between the young growths in spring,
each portion being potted separately,
and treated as above advised for
established plants.

By means of seed it is now possible
to raise large numbers of Gloxinias
annually. It must, however, be re-
membered that any special variety
can only be kept pure by raising from
cuttings, or division of the tubers, as
there is no guarantee whatever that
seedlings will produce blossoms similar
to those of the plant that bore them.
And herein lies the charm of raising
new varieties each year; one never
knows what may turn up; some may
be far superior to their progenitors,
others and perhaps the majority at
least as good, while a few may be
inferior. The best results are likely
to be obtained when careful selection
and hybridisation have been practised
on scientific or Mendelian lines.

To secure a succession, Gloxinia

258

GLOXINIA

seeds may be sown in January,
February, and March, and again in
June and July if necessary. Clean,
well-drained pots or pans may be
used, They should be filled to within
half an inch of the rim with a com-
post of fibrous loam, with a little leaf-
mould, peat, and silver sand well
mixed together, and made fairly firm.
The surface must be made quite fine,
and may be either flat or slightly
arched or raised in the centre. Water
with a fine-rosed can, and afterwards
carefully and thinly sow the brownish
dust-like seeds over the moistened sur-
face. The faintest sprinkling of sifted
compost may be strewn over the seeds,
and the pots or pans may then be
placed in a temperature of about
65° to 70° in a moist position, where
they can be easily shaded from the
sun, Daily sprinklings will be
necessary to keep the soil properly
moist. When the seedlings appear
more light may be given, but not
strong sunshine, to make them sturdy.
When the young leaves are about
half an inch or so long, the little
plants should be carefully lifted with
a pointed stick and transferred either
singly to 3-in. pots, or several in a
large pot or pan in which the surface
of the soil has been made convex.
In due course the young plants will
become large enough by May, June,
or July, according to the period of
sowing, for moving into 4-in. or 5-in.
pots according to size. The compost
and general treatment onward is
then the same as described above for
old-established plants. One point to
observe when potting on is to keep
the leaves on the surface of the soil,
taking care at the same time not to
cover up the crowns of the plants.
Gloxinias from leaf-cuttings are
easily secured, Any leaves taken off
during the summer may have the
stalk inserted up to the base of the

THE BULB BOOK

GLYPHOSPERMA

blade in a gritty compost of loam and
leaf-soil, and covered with half an
inch of silver sand. If placed in
bottom heat about 70° to 75° F.,
roots soon develop from the base of
the leaf-stalk and fairly large tubers
will form by the autumn.

Leaves may also be placed flat on
the surface of the soil or in a bed of
coco-nut fibre or leaf-mould, and if
the midrib is cut through in several
places underneath, roots and tubers
will form in due course. It is neces-
sary, however, to keep the leaf-blade
in close contact with the soil, and
this may be done by placing a
pebble or piece of broken pot over
the midrib at the cut places.

Insect Prests.—Greenfly (aphides)
and thrips are sometimes troublesome,
the latter chiefly if the air is too dry.
Both pests are kept in check by
vaporising or fumigating, and by
syringing or washing’ the leaves with
nicotine and soft-soap washes.

Amongst Gloxinias proper, mention
may be made of the following :—

G. glabra (G. fimbriata).—A species
about 9 ins. high, having white
flowers with a yellow throat spotted
with purple (Bot. Mag. t. 4430).

G. maculata.—About 1 ft. high,
with purple-blue downy blossoms
(Bot. Mag. t. 1191).

G. pallidifiora.—F lowers ae blue
(Bot, Mag. t. 4213).

GLYPHOSPERMA (glyphe, carving ;
sperma, a seed; in allusion to the
markings on the seeds). Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—The only species known is
G. Palmeri, a remarkable hardy plant,
closely related to the Anthericums.
It is a native of N. Mexico, and has
clusters of fleshy and fibrous roots,
and slender soft, bright green grass-
like leaves channelled on the upper
surface, and from 12 to 18 ins, long.
The white starry flowers, each about

259

GONIOSCYPHA

1 in, across, are borne in panicled
racemes (Bot. Mag. t. 6717).

This plant flourishes in a well-
drained sandy soil in sheltered sunny
spots. During the winter months
the root-stocks should be protected
from excessive rains and severe frosts
by a heap of litter or ashes.

GONIOSCYPHA (gonoia, an angle ;
scyphos, a cup ; referring to the bracts
at the apex of the inflorescence), Nat.
Ord. Liliacce.—The only species
known is—

G. eucomoides, a native of the
Bhotan Himalayas, with broad oval-
oblong pointed leaves distinctly
veined, The pale or dull green bell-
shaped flowers with a cylindrical
tube are borne in dense terminal
spikes, the six lobes being roundish,
blunt, and crenulate (Gard. Chron.
1886, xxvi. 744), This species, which
is only of botanical interest, should
be grown in a warm greenhouse in
sandy soil.

GRIFFINIA (after W. Griffin, a
patron of botany). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidez.—This genus contains seven or
eight species of ornamental bulbous
plants, all natives of Brazil. They
are recognised by having broad and
usually stalked leaves distinctly
veined and traversed obliquely by
other veins. The flowers are funnel-
shaped, bent or horizontal, with a
very short tube, and are borne in
umbels on top of a stout scape.
Perianth segments six, acute, the
three lower narrower than the three
upper.

Being natives chiefly of Central
and Southern Brazil, the Griffinias
require to be grown in a warm green-
house in winter, and almost without
artificial heat in the height of
summer. The winter temperature
should not drop below 55° F. at night,

THE BULB BOOK

GRIFFINIA

while in summer a night temperature
of 60° to 65° F. will be sufficient.
When large specimens of Griffinias
are obtained, they form handsome
and unusual objects of decoration for
the greenhouse and conservatory.
They flourish in a compost of rich
yellow loam to which a little leaf-
mould and silver sand may be added.
The pots should be well drained,
and in no case should they be too
large for the bulbs—about twice the
diameter being sufficient. The plants
are somewhat slow - growing, and
consequently require more regular
attention in regard to watering than
other bulbous plants that growquickly
and soon finish their growth. When
growth is active, usually after flower-
ing is over, a little more heat and
moisture are necessary. It is generally
a good plan to repot after flowering,
using pots a little larger than before,
until large specimens are developed.
Annual potting is then unnecessary,
but it is well to give a top-dressing
of some special fertiliser or weak
liquid manure during active growth.
Griffinias are propagated by offsets
detached and grown on; and by
means of seeds. These should be

-thoroughly ripened, and when sown

should not be covered with soil
beyond a mere sprinkling of sand or
gritty mould. The best temperature
for raising plants from seed is about
60° to 65° F. The seedlings are best
left in the seed-pots for a whole
season before disturbing them, and
then placed singly in well-drained
pots of a rich loamy soil with a little
sand and leaf-mould. The after-
treatment is as described above. If
thrips, aphides, scale, or mealy bug
appear, they may be checked by
syringiug and sponging the leaves
with solutions of nicotine and soft
soap; and the houses should be
fumigated or vaporised occasionally.

260 ‘

GRIFFINIA

The following species are known :—

G. Blumenavia.—This species has
ovoid bulbs about 2 ins. through,
oblong-acute leaves 4 to 5 ins. long
and over 2 ins. broad, and six to eight
pale lilac-flowers on a slender stalk
about 9 ins. high, from February to
April (Bot. Mag. t. 5666).

G. dryades (Amaryllis dryades).—
This has bulbs as large as a cricket
ball, and bright green leaves over a
foot long and 5 to G ins. broad. The
pale lilac-blue flowers appear in
August and September, ten to twelve
on top of a stout stalk 14 to 2 ft.
high. (Bot. Jag. t. 5786.)

G. hyacinthina (Amaryllis hya-
cinthina).—Bulbs short-necked, 2 to 3

Fic. 176.—Grifinia hyacinthina. (4.)

ins. through. Leaves oblong-acute,
6 to 9 ins. long, 2 to 3 ins, broad,
developed after the flowers, and
rounded at the base into a channelled
stalk about as long as the blade.
About a dozen large bright lilac
flowers are borne in the autumn or
winter months on a stalk 1 to 2 ft.
high. (Bot, Reg. t. 163.)

THE BULB BOOK

GRIFFINIA

G. intermedia.—Bulb ovoid, longer
than in G. hyacinthina. Leaves
oblong-acute, narrowed into a long
stalk. Flowers pale lilac, on slender
stalks about 1 ft. high, in April.
(Bot. Reg. t. 990.)

G. Liboniana.—This has bulbs only
about 1 in. through, and stalkless
oblong-acute leaves 3 to 4 ins. long.
About six to eight pale lilac flowers
are borne in March or April on a
two-edged stalk a foot long, and are
noticeable for having the upper
stamen suppressed. (Lem. Jard.
leur. t. 290.)

G. ornata.—Bulbs 3 to 4 ins.
through, with deep green oblong
leaves over a foot long, 4 to 5 ins.

saa).

we
ay itr? 4
" Fon V6},

Fic. 177.—Grifinta ornata, (4.)

broad, narrowed to ashort channelled
stalk with a broad clasping base.
About January and Februayy nearly
a dozen pale lilac flowers are borne
on a thick stem a foot high. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6367; Gard. Chron. 1876, i.
266, figs. 47, 48.)

G. parviflora.—Bulbs ovoid, 2 to 3
ins. through, with oblong - acute

261

GYPSOPHILA

leaves about 6 ins. long and about
3 ins. broad, narrowed into a stalk
about 6 ins. long. Over a dozen
pale lilac flowers appear in February
or March on slender stems about a
foot high. (Bot. Reg. t. 511.)

GYPSOPHILA (gypsos, chalk ;
phileo, to love ; in reference to their
natural love of a chalky soil), Nat,
Ord. Caryophyllee.— This genus
contains about fifty species of annual
and perennial herbaceous plants
having swollen joints, opposite leaves,
and large panicles of small tubular
or bell-shaped flowers, having five
narrow-clawed petals, ten stamens,
and two (or rarely three) styles, The
tuberous - rooted species worthy of
note are :—

G. Mangini.—A Siberian species
with thick fleshy roots, blue-green
leaves, and small panicles of rather
light rose-coloured. flowers.

G. paniculata.—A light and graceful
S. European perennial, with thick
parsnip-like roots. It forms a dense
compact bush 2 to 3 ft. high. Stems
much branched, knotty, smooth and
glistening, very slender and fragile.
Leaves linear, lance-shaped, opposite,
without stalks. Flowers during the
summer, small, white, very numerous,
borne on stiffish thread-like stalks.

This species may be increased by
dividing the thickish roots in spring,
or seeds may be sown thinly out of
doors in April and May in a warm
and not too sunny border with finely
prepared soil. As soon as_ the
seedlings are large enough to handle
easily they may be pricked out into
another bed, afterwards keeping them
well watered and shaded until
established. By the end of Sep-
tember, or in mild weather in spring,
the young plants may be moved
to their flowering positions in the
flower-border. Once established they

‘THE BULK BOOK

HABLITZIA

produce immense clouds of blossom
annually, and are valuable for cutting

Fia. 178.—Gypsophila paniculata,
root-stock. (4.)

for bouquets, room decoration, etc.,
either in masses by themselves or
mixed with other flowers.

HABLITZIA (after C. von Hablitz,
a distinguished Prussian author and
traveller), Nat. Ord. Chenopodiacez.
—This genus contains but one species
—H. tamnoides. A Caucasian plant
with tuberous, turnip-shaped roots,
climbing, ribbed deciduous stems
several feet long, and broad, entire,
triangular heart-shaped, membranous,
pointed leaves on long stalks. The
small greenish-yellow flowers appear
from July to October in drooping
trusses.

This plant flourishes in ordinary
garden soil, and may be used in the
same way as the Hop, etc, for
covering arches, trellises, etc. It is

262

HAMANTHUS

easily increased by seeds or division
of the tuberous root-stocks,

HAMANTHUS (haima, blood ;
anthos, a flower; referring to the
colour of the spathe and stamen
filaments of some species), BLoop
Fiower. Nat. Ord. Amaryllidese.—
This genus contains about forty
species of remarkable bulbous plants
having broad, blunt, more or less
fleshy leaves, stout and often speckled
peduncles, on top of which are borne
numerous red or white Howers in
dense umbels or heads surrounded
by several erect or spreading mem-
branous bracts or spathe-valves.
Perianth erect, with a sub-cylindrical
tube; segments equal, linear, or
lance - shaped. Stamen filaments
often longer than the perianth
segments.

The “Blood Flowers” — as these
plants are often called—are easily
cultivated in the greenhouse, or even
in the open air during the summer
months in some cases. They flourish
in a compost of sandy loam to which
a little fibrous peat, leaf-mould, or
old cow-manure may be added, The
pots should be well drained and not
too large for the bulbs — although
several of the latter may be placed
in a large pot or pan when particu-
larly gorgeous effects are desired.
During active growth, which is best
secured in a temperature of about
60° F., the plants require fair supplies
of water, and a little weak liquid
manure occasionally will tend to
greater vigour and freedom of Hower-
ing. When in bloom the plants
should be moved to cooler and less
humid parts of the greenhouse, as
the flowers thus last longer. When
the plants are neither in leaf or
flower, very little water is necessary,
and the bulbs are benefited by a
period of rest and dryness. The

THE BULB BOOK

HAMANTHUS

stock may be increased by offsets
that may be taken off when repotting
just as growth is commencing, each
offset being placed in a pot by itself in
the compost mentioned above. Some
of the more showy species, such as
Katherine, Linden, mirabilis, multi-
florus, magnificus, natalensis, etc., are
worthy of more general cultivation,
although some are more of botanical
than horticultural interest.

All the species mentioned below
are natives of Cape Colony, except
where otherwise noted.

H. albifios (JJ. intermedius ; Diacles
ciliaris).—Bulbs compressed, 2 to 3
ins. thick. Leaves tongue-shaped, 6
to 8 ins.. long, about 3 ins. broad,
and fringed with hairs ; contemporary
with the flowers. These are pure
white, and borne in June in dense
roundish heads about 2 ins, across, on
peduncles 6 to9 ins. high. (Red. Lil.
t. 398; Bot. JMJag. t. 1239; Lodd.
Bot. Cat. t. 602.)

This species has several varieties
such as brachyphyllus, in which the
leaves and flower-stalks are shorter
and narrower than in the type.
Burchelli, the leaves of which are
‘hairy on the surface as well as densely
fringed with hairs; the peduncle also
is hairy instead of glabrous ; pubescens
(Bot. Reg. t. 382; Lodd, Bot. Cat,
t. 702) has the leaves covered with
soft downy hairs.

H. albo-maculatus.—A native of
Natal, with bulbs about 2 ins. thick,
bearing two strap-shaped leaves, con-
temporary with the flowers, about
a foot long, 2 to 3 ins. broad, spotted
with white on the smooth surface,
but obscurely fringed with hairs when
young. Flowers all white, appearing
in November in dense roundish um-
bels about 2 ins. across, on smooth,
stout, green scapes about 6 ins. high.
(Gard. Chron. 1878, i. 202.)

H. amarylloides.—Bulbs ovoid,

263,

HAMANTHUS

about 2 ins. thick, bearing two tongue-
shaped, bright green, fleshy, smooth
leaves after the flowers have withered.
Flowers pinkish or white, borne in
dense round umbels 2 to 8 ins. across,
on slender stems 6 to 12 ins. high in
summer. (Jacg. Hort. Schoen. iv. t.
408.)

H. angolensis.—A native of Angola,
with elongated bulbs having three
to four oblong leaves 6 to 12 ins.
long, rounded at the base to a
channelled stalk 6 to 9 ins. long.
Flowers bright crimson, in dense
umbels 4 to 5 ins. across, on stout
scapes a foot high in February.

H. Arnotti—Bulbs roundish, 3 ins.
thick. Leaves two, roundish oblong,
4 to 5 ins, long, 3 to 4 ins. broad,
hairy towards margin, which is fringed
with long soft whitish hairs. Flowers
white, in dense umbels about 2 ins.
across, borne on purple-red scapes
4 to 5 ins. high in summer or autumn.

H. Bauri.—Native of Kaffraria.
‘Bulbs oblong, compressed, 3 to 4 ins.
thick. Leaves two, roundish, thick,
green, fleshy, 6 ins. long and 7 to 8
ins. broad, with a truncate apex,
smooth on surface, but heavily fringed
with hairs. Flowers pure white, in
dense umbels 2 ins. across, on stout,
green, smooth scapes under 2 ins.
high in November. (Bot. Mag. t.
6875.)

H. callosus.—Bulbs compressed, 3
to4 ins. thick. Leaves two, roundish,
oblong, smooth, 9 to 10 ins. long, 6 to
7 ins. broad, not fringed with hairs.
Flowers pink, borne in dense umbels
about 2 ins. across, with bright red
bracts on a stout scape about 3 ins.
high.

H. candidus.—This species re-
sembles H. coccineus in appearance,
but has large heads of pure white
flowers ‘on scapes 9 ins. high.

H. carneus (77. brevifolius).—A
native of the moyntains of Kaffraria.

THE BULB BOOK

HAMANTHUS

Bulbs compressed, 2 to 3 ins. thick.
Leaves two, developed after flowers
fade, oblong or obovate, 4 to 6 ins.
long, 2 to 5 ins. broad, softly hairy,
especially on margins. Flowers pink,
rarely white, in dense round umbels
2 to 3 ins. across, on slender scapes
6 to 12 ins, high. The variety
strigosus has leaves quite hairless
when mature. (Bot, Reg. t. 509;
Bot. Mag. t. 3373.)

H. cinnabarinus.—This species is
found wild from the Gold Coast to
the Cameroon Mountains. It has
roundish bulbs about 1 in. thick,
bearing copious, fleshy, cylindrical
root fibres. Leaves direct from root-
stock, contemporary with flowers,
with an oblong acute, membranous
blade 6 to 9 ins. long, gradually
narrowed into a channelled stalk
about the same length. Flowers
bright crimson, in umbels 3 to 4 ins.
across, on a slender scape about 1 ft.
high, springing from the centre of
the leaves. (J. d. Serr. t. 1195;
Bot. Mag. t. 5314.)

H. Clarkei—This is a hybrid
between H. albiflos and H. coccineus.

H, coccineus.—Bulb 3 to 4 ins.
thick, compressed. Leaves two,
green, unspotted, smooth, tongue-
shaped, developed in winter, 14 to 2
ft. long, 6 to 8 ins. broad, narrowed
towards the base. Flowers bright
red with linear segments, in umbels
2 to 3 ins. across, with bright red
oblong imbricating spathes or bracts,
on peduncles 6 to 9 ins. high, minutely
speckled with reddish-brown. (Bot.
Mag. t. 1075; Red. Lal. t. 139;
Lodd. Bot. Cat. t. 240.)

The variety coarctatus has shorter
spathe-valves, and leaves about 1 ft.
long and 3 to 4 ins. broad (Jacq.
Hort. Schoen, i. 30, t. 57; Bot. Reg.
t. 181).

The variety carinatus has leaves
about 1 ft. long, much narrower and

264

HAMANTHUS

more channelled down the face than
in the type.

H. concolor.—Bulbs oblong, com-
pressed, with two strap-shaped leaves
about 1 ft. long and 14 to 2 ins.
broad, smooth, and not fringed with
hairs. Flower-stalk about 1 ft. high,
slender, bearing round umbels of
bright red flowers and bright red
bracts. (Herb. Amaryll. t. 31, fig. 2.)

H. Cooperi.—Bulbs
about 4 ins. thick, having two
roundish leaves 4 to 5 ins. long,
produced in October, with short hairs
on the margin. Peduncle much com-
pressed, smooth, bright red, about 6
ins. high, bearing dense round umbels
of blood-red flowers and bracts in
July.

H. crassipes.—Bulbs ovoid, 1} ins.
thick, with two strap-shaped leaves
about 6 ins. long, 14 to 2 ins. broad,
smooth above, fringed with soft
hairs, mottled with red on the back
towards the base, and produced after
the pale red flowers. These are
borne on red mottled stalks about
3 ins. high. (Jacg. Hort. Schoen.
iv. 7, t. 412.)

H. deformis.—Native of Natal.
Bulb 3 to 4 ins. thick, with spreading
roundish leaves, 3 to 4 ins. broad,
contemporary with the flowers, hairy
on the surface. Peduncle very short,
with umbels of white flowers in
March. (Bot. Mag. t. 5903.)

H. hirsutus.—Native of Natal and
the Transvaal. Bulbs 3 ins, thick,
having two roundish, oblong, deep
green leaves 5 to 6 ins. long, 3 to
4 ins. broad, contemporary with the
flowers, hairy all over especially at
the edges. Peduncle 5 to 6 ins. high,
densely hairy, with round dense
umbels, 2 to 4 ins. across, of white
or pinkish flowers surrounded by
bright red bracts in April.

H. imperialis—A native of the
Congo, having large roundish umbels

THE BULB BOOK

compressed,

HAMANTHUS

of orange- and _ salmon- coloured
flowers in which the segments are
unusually broad (Gard. Chron. 1902,
XXxi. 85, 98, f. 33).

H. incarnatus.—Bulbs 2 to 3 ins.
thick, with two smooth oblong leaves
6 to 8 ins. long, roughish on the
margins. Peduncle reddish, smooth,
3 to 4 ins. high, bearing umbels of
pale red flowers and bracts. (Herd.
Amaryll. 237, t. 31, f. 1.)

H. Katherinz.—A fine species from
Natal. Bulbs round, 2 to 3 ins.
thick, with a leafy stem about 6 ins.
high. Leaves four to five, oblong,
membranous, 9 to 12 ins. long,
narrowed into a short spotted sheath-
ing stalk, and with eight to ten veins
on each side of the distinct midrib.
Peduncle about 1 ft. high, spotted at
the base, bearing an umbel 6 to 9
ins. across of bright red flowers, each
with a stalk 1 to 2 ins. long. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6778.)

H, Laurenti—This species from
the Congo has rather dense umbels
about 7 ins. across of salmon-coloured
flowers, each with a perianth-tube
about 5 ins, long.

H, Lescrauwaeti— This species
from the Congo Free State is remark-
able for having a creeping root-stock
instead of a bulb. The leaves are
from 6 to 7 ins. long and about 2 ins.
broad, with a stalk about 2 ins,
long. The scape is 6 to 10 ins. high,
bearing a dense umbel of rosy flowers
with linear segments. (Gard, Chron.
1904, xxxv. 274; Rev, Hort. 1904,
198.)

H. Lindeni.—A fine species from
the Congo, having stalked oblong
leaves, and large globular heads of
rosy - salmon flowers tinted with
scarlet, Each blossom is nearly 2
ins. across, having narrow pointed
segments and stamens conspicuously
protruding. (lil, Hort, xxxvii. t.112;
Gard, Chron. April 1893, 474, f, 73.)

265

HAMANTHUS

H. Mackeni.—Native of Natal.
Bulbs compressed, 3 to 4 ins. thick.
Leaves two, contemporary with
flowers in November, roundish
oblong, 6 to 8 ins. long, 4 to 5 ins.
broad, smooth above, but covered
with soft whitish hairs on the edges
and under-surface. Peduncle very
short, with a few-flowered umbel of
white flowers. :

H. magnificus (/[. Roupert).—
-Native of Natal and Delagoa Bay.
Bulbs round, 3 to 4 ins. thick, with
a leafy stem 1 to 2 ft. high, not
developed till after the flower-stem,
and spotted with red-brown. Leaves
six to eight, oblong, membranous,
bright green, wavy, a foot or more
long, narrowed to a short sheathing
stalk, and having eight to ten main
veins on each side of a distinct mid-
rib, The very stout peduncle about
a foot high springs from the side of
the bulb, and bears large umbels of
bright red or pale scarlet flowers
with bright-green imbricating bracts.
(Floral Mag. 1875, t. 148.)

The variety ¢ensignis has bracts 5
to 6 ins. long, overtopping the flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 4745); the variety
Gumbletont has roundish leaves 5
to 6 ins. long and broad, with twelve
to fifteen main veins on each side
of midrib, very stout peduncles 6 to
8 ins, high, very dense umbels, and
red-brown bracts; the variety
superbus has no leafy stem, and the
leaves are narrower than in the type
and produced directly from the bulb
at the same time as the flowers in
spring.

H. Manni,—Native of W. Tropical
Africa, Bulbs small, round, with five
to six oblong, acute, membranous
leaves about 6 ins. long, at the top
of a short special stem narrowed to
a short channelled stalk, and having
about ten main veins on each side of
the midrib. Peduncle 8 to 12 ins.

THE BULB BOOK

HAMANTHUS

high, bearing umbels 3 to 4 ins, across
of bright red flowers having lance-
shaped segments, (Bot. Mag. t,
6364.)

H. mirabilis.—A fine species from
the Belgian Congo, where it grows in
the constant shade of the equatorial
forest in a soil composed of sand and
vegetable debris, and in a temperature
ranging from 60° to 70° F. The
‘leaves are large and strap-shaped,
and the salmon-coloured flowers are
borne in dense globular trusses 6 to
8ins. through. The six obovate petals
spreading, and the stamens being con-
spicuously exserted. (Gard. Chron,
25th May 1901, fig )

H. multiflorus (H. abyssinicus ; H,
arabicus ; H, delagoénsis; H, tenui-
JAlorus ; H, Kalbreyert).—A very vari-
able species found growing through-
out Tropical Africa, from Sierra
Leone to Kordofan, Abyssinia, and
Delagoa Bay. This accounts for the
numerous synonyms. Bulb 1$ to 3
ins. thick. Leaves three to four, on
a short special stem, with an oblong
blade 6 to 12 ins, long, narrowed into
short sheathing stalks. Peduncle
distinct from leafy stem, green or
spotted with red, and bearing dense
umbels 3 to 6 ins. across of blood-
red flowers with linear segments and
green reflexed bracts. (Bot. Mag.
tt. 961, 1995, 3870; Andr. Bot. Rep.
t. 318; Red, Lil. t. 204; Lodd, Bot.
Cab. tt. 912, 1948; FI, d. Serr. tt.
52, 2377; Ill. Hort. ns, t. 354.)

H. natalensis.—A native of Natal,
with round oblique bulbs 2 to 3 ins.
thick, and having a leafy stem 1 ft.
high, bearing eight to nine bright
green, membranous, oblong leaves
over 1 ft. long, narrowed to a short
sheathing stalk, the lower tipped and
spotted on the back with red-brown.
The compressed furrowed peduncle
arises from the axis of one of the
scale-leaves, and is about 1 ft. high,

266.

HAMANTHUS

bearing a very dense round umbel, 3
to 4 ins. across, of greenish flowers
with red-brown bracts and orange-
coloured stamens, (Bot. Mag. t.
5378.)

H. Nelsoni—A native of the
Transvaal, with oblong, compressed,
reddish bulbs 2 ins. through, and
stalkless oblong leaves about 1 ft.
long and 4 in, broad, downy above,
smooth beneath. Flowers red, borne
in heads about 3 ins. across, and
borne on hairy scapes about 1 ft.
high.

H. pubescens (H, guadrivalvis).—
Bulbs 2 ins, thick, with two strap-
shaped leaves, 6 to 9 ins. long, 13 to 2
ins. broad, produced after the flowers,
fringed with fine hairs, smooth or
hairy on both surfaces, and blotched
with red on the back near the base.
Peduncle dark red, 3 to 4 ins. high,
with dense umbels, 1 to 14 ins. across,
of bright red flowers having linear
segments. (Jacg. Hort. Schoen. i. 30,
t. 58; Bot. Vag. t. 1523.)

H. puniceus (H, Redouteanus).—
This species was introduced from
Cape Colony about the end of the
seventeenth century. It has roundish
bulbs, 2 to 3 ins. thick, with a short
leafy stem, and two to four bright
green, oblong, membranous leaves, 6
to 9 ins, long, with about six veins on
each side of the distinct midrib. The
peduncle, a foot or more long, springs
from the side of the bulb, and bears
a dense umbel, 3 to 4 ins. across, of
pale scarlet or rarely white flowers.
(Red, Lnl. t. 320; Bot. Mag. t. 1315.)

H, rotundifolius (H, orbicularis),—
Bulbs 3 to 4 ins. thick, with two
smooth roundish leaves, 5 to 6 ins.
long and broad, roughish on the
margin. Peduncle bright red, about
6 ins, high, bearing in May a dense
compressed umbel, 14 to 2 ins. across,
of pale red flowers with bright red
ovate bracts. (Bot, Mag. t. 1618.)

THE BULB BOOK

HAYLOCKIA

H, tigrinus.—Bulbs roundish com-
pressed, 3 to 4 ins, thick. Leaves two,
tongue-shaped, curved, produced after
the flowers, 9 to 12 ins. long, 3 to 4
ins. broad, smooth on both surfaces
but slightly fringed with hairs on the
margins, and much spotted with
reddish-brown towards the base on the
under-surface. Peduncle, 2 to 4 ft.
high, green spotted with reddish-
brown, bearing pale red flowers in
dense round umbels, 1} to 2 ins.
across, and having very bright red
spathe-valves. (Jacg. Hort. Schoen.
i, 29, t. 56; Bot. Mag. t. 1705.)

HAZSMODORUM §$(haima, blood;
doron, a gift ; probably in reference to
the roots serving as food for the
Australian natives), BLoop Root.
Nat. Ord. Heemodoracez.—A_little-
known genus, closely . related to
WACHENDORFIA, containing about
twenty species of smooth erect herbs,
having masses of thick fleshy roots,
sheathing equitant, flat, or roundish
leaves. Flowers usually small, in
clustered heads or cymes, or inter-
rupted spikes at the ends of the
shoots. Perianth-tube none. Stamens
three, attached to the base of the
inner segments of the perianth.

The species here mentioned grow
well in a mixture of peat and loam
in a greenhouse, and may be increased
by dividing the roots in spring.

H. planifolium.—This grows 2 to
3 ft. high, and has flattish grass-like
leaves at the base. The dull purple
or greenish flowers appear about
August, and are borne in short,
forked racemes collected in a compact
panicle. (Bot. J/ag. t. 1610.)

H. teretifolium is somewhat similar,
but may be distinguished by the very
long, slender, and roundish leaves.

HAYLOCKIA (after Mr Haylock,
gardener to Dr Herbert). Nat. Ord.

267

HEDYCHIUM

Amaryllidee.— This genus contains
only one species, viz.—

H. pusilla (Sternbergia americana ;
Zephyranthes pusilla).—A rare little
plant from Buenos Ayres and Monte
Video, having roundish long-necked
bulbs about 1 in. thick, and narrow
linear leaves developed in winter.
The short» hypogeous peduncle
appears about March, bearing a soli-
tary, erect, whitish flower having a
very slender perianth-tube, 1 to 2 ins.
long, tinged with green. (Gard.
Chron. 1899, xxvi. 112.)

Sandy loam, with a little peat and
leaf-mould, seems to be the best
compost for this plant, which should
be grown either in a cold frame or
planted 3 to 4 ins. deep in a sheltered
border. Increased by offsets.

HEDYCHIUM (hedys, sweet ; chion,
snow ; in allusion to the snow-white
sweet-scented flowers of some species),
Nat. Ord. Scitaminee.—A genus,
closely related to Kamprrrra and
Curcuma, having horizontal tuberous
root-stocks from which arise tall stems
furnished with large Canna-like
leaves, and bearing terminal spikes
of white, scarlet, or yellow flowers.
Calyx-tube three-toothed ; corolla-
tube elongated with narrow, equal,
spreading lobes. The staminodes re-
semble petals, being oboval-oblong,
spoon-shaped, or broadly ovate ; the
lip is also petaloid, large, notched,
or deeply cleft. Stamen one, with a
very long filament.

With the exception of JI. pere-
grinum, from Madagascar, the Hedy-
chiums, or “Garland Flowers” as
they are called, are all natives of
Tropical Asia, the species in cultiva-
tion coming chiefly from India, the
Himalayas, Silhet, Khasia, Java,
Malaya, etc. They are ornamental in
foliage and blossom, and may be
grown easily in a warm greenhouse or

THE BULB BOOK

HEDYCHIU}

stove either in pots or tubs, or plantec
in borders in a compost of rich loan
with some old cow-manure and shary
sand added. They like plenty oj
water at the root when growing, and
also a humid atmosphere. This is
secured by frequent syringings, and
by damping down the floors or stages.
Indeed, the plants may be grown in
marshy beds or borders wherever
tender aquatics are grown, or the pots
or tubs may be stood 2 or 3 ins. deep
in the water.

During the summer months such
species as H. coronartum, H. flavum,
and H. Gardnerianum may be utilised
for giving subtropical effects in the
open air if treated in the same way as
advised for Cannas (see p. 134). In
the autumn the plants should be
taken up, and the roots stored away
in cool dry places. When the flowers
have withered the stems should be
cut down, allowing the foliage to
wither gradually. During the winter
period of rest little or no water need
be given, and the plants require no
further attention until spring arrives.
They should then be repotted, and if
necessary the stock may be increased
by dividing the crowns just before the
young buds begin to sprout. A night
temperature of 60° F. will induce
good growth, and with attention to
watering and syringing very little
danger need be apprehended from
attacks of red spider or scale. Some
species bear seeds freely, and plants
can be raised by sowing in sandy
loam and peat in spring, in a
temperature of 70° F. The seedlings
when large enough to handle should
be transferred singly to small pots,
and grown on as advised for the older
plants.

H. acuminatum.—This grows 3 to
5 ft. high, and has broadly lance-
shaped leaves ending in a thread-like
point, the upper surface being smooth,

268

HEDYCHIUM

the under slightly silky. The hand-
some sweet-scented flowers appear in
autumn, being pale yellow and pure
white with red filaments. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2969.)

H. angustifolium. — This is now
considered to be a variety of HZ.
coccineum. It grows 3 to 6 ft. high,
and has smooth, narrow, lance-
shaped leaves, a foot or more long
and 1 to 2 ins. broad. The small red
or scarlet flowers appear from about
June to August (Boé. Wag. t. 2078).
This species has been crossed with ZZ.
Gardnerianum, and has produced a
good garden hybrid.

H. carneum.—A plant 3 to 4 ft.
high, with slender pointed leaves over
1 ft. long, and flesh-coloured scentless
flowers about July and August (Bot.
Mag. t. 2637).

H. chrysoleucum.—A pretty species
about 5 ft. high, having sweet-scented
pure white flowers blotched with
orange on the lip and having deep
orange filaments (Bot. Mag. t. 4516).

H. coronarium.—This was the first
species of the genus introduced from
the East Indies in 1791. It grows
about 5 ft. high, and has lance-shaped
sheathing leaves, smooth above,
downy beneath. The large pure
white sweet-scented flowers appear
from May to August, and are remark-
able for the great size of the lip.
(Bot. Mag. t. 708; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 507; Red. Lil. viii. t. 436.)

The variety flavum is a dwarfer
plant with bright orange flowers (Bot.
Mag. t. 2039).

H. ellipticum.—A Nepalese species,
3 to 5 ft. high, having broadly lance-
shaped almost elliptic leaves. The
flowers appear about August and
September, the outer segments being
yellow, the inner ones pure white
with a deeply cleft lip. (Lodd. Bot.
Cab. t. 1881; Gartenfl. t. 1201;
Roscoe, Scit. t» 55.)

THE BULB BOOK

HEDYCHIUM

H. Elwesi.—A Himalayan species
closely related to H. coronarium, but
distinguished from that species by
having larger bracts and rich golden-
yellow flowers (Gard. Chron. 1894,
Xvi. 152).

H. Gardnerianum.—This magnifi-
cent species has been in cultivation
since 1819. It grows 3 to 6 ft. high,
and has smooth, broadly lance-
shaped, stem-clasping leaves in two
rows. The large sweet-scented lemon-
yellow flowers appear during the
summer months in erect cylindrical
spikes, 12 to 18 ins. long (Bot. Reg.
t. 774; Bot. Jag. t. 6913). Garden
hybrids have been obtained by cross-
ing H. Gardnertanum with H. coron-
arium, one called HW. Wilkeanwm
being described in the Gard. Chron.
1894, xvi. 276. Another called Moores
is described in 1900, xxviii. 142.

H. gracile.—This species comes
from the Sikkim Himalayas and
Khasia mountains, and grows 2 to 3
ft. high. The sharp-pointed leaves
are 6 to 9 ins. long and 2 to 3 ins.
broad, narrowed into a stalk at the
base, and the white flowers with red
filaments appear during the summer
and autumn. (Bot. Mag. t. 6638.)
There is a variety called glaucum.

H. peregrinum.—A native of
Madagascar, 3 to 5 ft. high, with
elliptic-pointed leaves rounded at the
base, and clear yellowish-green flowers
with a white lip and pale brown bracts.

H. speciosum.—A native of Sylhet,
having oblong lance-shaped leaves,
and pale sulphur - yellow flowers
borne on spikes 6 to 12 ins, long
(Plant, As. Rar. iii. t. 285),

H. spicatum.—This species grows
about 3 ft. high, and has linear lance-
shaped leaves, smooth above, downy
beneath, and clusters of white sweet-
scented flowers washed with rose, the
broad lip being deeply cleft. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2300).

269

HELIANTILUS

HELIANTHUS (helios, the sun;
anthos, flower), SuNFLOowER. Nat.
Ord. Composite.—Of the fifty species
of Sunflower, the Jerusalem Arti-
choke (A. tuberosus) and H. rigidus
are the best known for their tuberous
roots. The tubers of the former are
too well known to need any descrip-
tion beyond saying that they are
something like elliptic-shaped ir-
regular potatoes with white or
purple skins. They are planted
largely by some market-gardeners, in
rows about 2 ft. apart, in the same
way as potatoes, and the thick
hollow stems attain a height of 8
to 12 ft., being furnished with large
coarse heart-shaped leaves. Although
grown as a vegetable the Jerusalem
Artichoke is ornamental in appear-
ance, and would be an excellent
plant ‘for growing in poor or heavy
soil, which becomes enriched by the
action and devay of the roots.

H. rigidus (formerly known as
Ilarpalium) has long thick roots
ending in a slender spindle-shaped

fi

Fic. 179.—Rhizome of Helianthus,
“Miss Mellish.” (3.)

tuber, from the end of which the new
stem arises and attains a height of
3 to 5 ft., and produces bright yellow
flowers with a purplish centre, from
July to September. The variety

THE BULB BOOK

HELONIOPSIS

known as Miss Mellish is much more
vigorous than the type, often attain-
ing a height of 8 or 9 ft., and having
flowers 4' to 5 ins. or more across.
Both the Jerusalem Artichoke and
H. rigidus are easily increased by
the underground tubers in autumn
or spring.

HELONIAS (helos, a marsh ; refer-
ring to natural soil), Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—The only species is.—

H. bullata.—A beautiful North
American perennial 1 to 14 ft. high,
with a short tuberous root-stock, and
oblong lance-shaped, radical leaves
contracted into a short stalk. The
small purple-rose flowers with six
spreading segments appear from
May to July, in dense cylindrical
racemes. The variety latifolia has

‘leaves broader than in the type.

(Bot. Mag. t. 747; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 961; And. Bot. Rep. t. 352.)

This plant may be grown in boggy
soil or wet ground near ponds or
lakes, but will also succeed in sandy
loam, peat, and leaf-soil in a moist,
shaded part of the garden. It may
be increased by seeds, or by carefully
dividing the root-stocks. It is safer,
however, not to disturb the plants
until they have made good strong
clumps.

HELONIOPSIS (from Helonias, the

\ preceding genus; and opsis, like).

Nat. Ord. Liliaceee.—There are about
four species in this genus, the best
known being—

H. japonica (H. umbellata).—A
curious little Japanese plant with
short thickish root-stocks, tufts of
lance-shaped, abruptly pointed leaves,
and a few deep rosy flowers on a
stalk about March and April, having
deep blue stamens.

This species very much resembles
Helonias bullata in appearance, and

270

HEMEROCALLIS

requires the same cultural treat-
ment.

HEMEROCALLIS (hemero, a day ;
kallos, beauty; in reference to the
flowers being fresh for only a day
or so), Day Lity. Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.
—A genus of ornamental herbaceous
plants, having a very short rhizome,
with numerous more or less thick
and fleshy roots, and tufts of long
narrow leaves. Flowers in short
irregular panicles or clustered heads.
Perianth funnel-shaped, with a
cylindrical, short, or longish tube,
with six much longer, oblong, spoon-
shaped, erect, spreading, many-nerved
lobes or segments,

The Day Lilies are easily grown
plants, and flourish in any ordinary
garden-soil, either in the sun or
shade. They are effective when
boldly massed either in borders, or
on the margins of lakes, streams,
etc. They are easily increased by
division in the autumn or spring.
Besides the kinds mentioned below
there are now several garden hybrids
in existence, such as—/. x Baroni,
H. x emensis, H. x hippeastroides,
Hx Meelleri, H.xochroleuca, H.x
vomerensis, etc.

H. aurantiaca.—A fine Japanese
plant growing 2 to 3 ft. high, having
tufts of deep green sword - shaped
leaves and orange-red flowers. The
variety major is a great improvement
on the type, having large apricot-
coloured flowers, and longer and
broader leaves. Several fine garden
forms have been raised by crossing
H. aurantiaca with H. flava and H,
Thunbergi, the flowers being rich
orange.

H, Dumortieri (H. rutidans; H.
Sieboldi). —A fine native of Japan
and Eastern Siberia, having long,
narrow, tapering leaves and large
orange-yellow flowers, tinged with

THE BULB BOOK

HEMEROCALLIS

brown outside, borne in early summer
on erect scapes about 2 ft. high.
(Ref. Bot. t. 218; Garden, 1887, t.
589.)

H. flava —This very old garden
plant is widely distributed from
Central and 8. Europe eastwards to
Siberia and Japan. It grows 2 to
3 ft. high, having .strong tufts of
narrow deep green leaves, keeled
behind, and over 2 ft. long. The
sweet-scented orange-yellow fiowers,
with flat veinless segments, are pro-
duced in June and July in large
clusters, and have a showy and
distinct appearance. (Bot. Jay. t.
19; Red. Lil. t. 15.)

H. fulva.—This species also extends
across Europe to Japan, like 1. flava,

| |
Fia. 180.—Hemerocallis fulva.

and grows 2 to 4 ft. high, having
large tufts of long, broad, keeled
leaves. The large tawny - yellow
flowers with bluntish segments, each
about 4 ins, across, appear in June

271

HERBERTIA
and July in loose clusters. (Bot.
Mag. t. 64; Red. Lil. t. 16.)

There are several forms of this
species—angustifolia (or longituba),
with narrow leaves; crocea, with
yellow flowers; disticha, once con-
sidered a distinct species, having
flower-stems branched near the top,
and bearing trusses of yellow flowers
suffused with red within (Bot. Mag.
t. 1433). Kwanso is a variety with
large, double, bronzy, orange-coloured
flowers; there is also a form of it
with handsome variegated foliage.
The variety flore pleno has double
orange and crimson flowers. Cypriant
is a distinct, dwarfer, and more
free-flowering form with coppery-red
blossoms having a golden centre, and
a golden band down the centre of the
segments. The variety hupehensis
has very bright coppery-red flowers
with a yellow throat, the petals being
very reflexed and wavy (Gard.
Chron. 1906, xl. 159).

H. Middendorfi,— This native of
Siberia and Japan resembles JZ.
Dumortieri, but has broader leaves
and paler golden - yellow funnel-
shaped flowers (Gartenjl. t. 522).

H, minor (H. graminea).—This is
a distinct - looking species from
Siberia, N. China, and Japan. It
grows from 6 to 9 ins. high, and is
easily recognised by its very narrow,
keeled, and grass-like leaves. The
sweet-scented yellow flowers tinged
with green appear in June and July,
the three inner segments being wavy.

H. Thunbergi.—A pretty Japanese
plant about 2 ft. high, with soft
yellow or orange flowers in July.

HERBERTIA (after the late Dean
Herbert, of Manchester, 1778-1847).
Nat. Ord. Irideze.-—A small genus of
half-hardy plants with small tuni-
cated bulbs, narrow linear leaves, and
short-tubed six-parted flowers, borne

THE BULB BOOK

HERMANNIA

on top of a short scape, the three
inner segments being short-clawed.

These pretty little plants are not
quite hardy, and should be grown
either in pots or pans in a cold frame
or greenhouse, or in warm borders in
the mildest parts of the Kingdom,
They like a mixture of sandy loam
and peat, and may be increased by
seeds and offsets.

H, Amatorum.— A native of
Uruguay, with brown-coated corms,
lance-shaped, tapering leaves 8 ins,
or more long, and violet flowers
about 2 ins, across (Kew Bull. 1907,
321).

H, Drummondiana (//, ceerulea),—
Also from Texas, but with broad
plaited leaves and violet flowers
spotted with white on the claws (Bot.
Mag. t. 3862, f. 3).

H. pulchella.— This is the best-
known species, native of Chili and
S. Brazil. It grows about 9 ins.
high, and has narrow plaited leaves
and blue or purple flowers, the seg-
ments of which are bearded at the
base. (Bot. Mag. t. 3862, figs. 1, 2.)
H. ameena seems to be very closely
related.

Other species of Herbertia are, H.
brasiliensis, with blue outer segments,
and yellow inner ones spotted with
violet ; H. stricta, violet; H, ungui-
eulata, lilac ; and H. Watsoni, purple.

HERMANNIA (after Paul Her-
mann, a German botanist), Nat. Ord.
Sterculiacee.—A genus containing
about eighty species, herbs or under-
shrubs, distributed over Mexico or
Texas, Tropical Africa and Arabia,
but mostly natives of S. Africa. The
leaves are toothed or deeply cut,
and the stipules often foliaceous.
The flowers have the sepals, petals,
stamens, and styles in fives, and
the sessile or slightly stalked ovary
also has five cells.

272

HERRERIA

H. cristata.—A native of the Trans-
vaal, having a short woody root-
stock with thin wiry stems, lance-
shaped toothed leaves, and orange-
red flowers, drooping from the axils
of the leaves (Bot. Vag. t. 7173).

This plant flourishes in a green-
house in a compost of sandy loam,
peat, or leaf-soil, and may be
propagated from cuttings in spring.

HERRERIA (after Gabriel A. de
Herrera, a Spanish agriculturist,
1470-1539). Nat. Ord. Liliacesze.—A
genus with two or three tuberous-
rooted plants, having climbing stems,
narrow lance-shaped leaves or clad-
odes, in whorls, and small scented
flowers in axillary racemes.

H. Sarsaparilla (7. parviflora)—A
little-known Brazilian plant, with
stems about 8 ft. long, bearing lance-
shaped leaves and green and yellow
flowers (Bot. Reg. t. 1042).

This plant should be grown in peat,
loam, and sand in equal proportions
in a warm greenhouse. Increased
by seeds or cuttings,

HESPERANTHA (hesperos, evening ;
anthos, a flower), EVENING FLOWER.
Nat. Ord. Iridee.—A genus con-
taining about thirty species of dwarf-
growing plants with tunicated corms,
narrow linear leaves, and loose spikes
of sweetly scented flowers which open
in the evening—hence the name.
Perianth with six equal narrow
spreading segments.

‘These plants being natives of
Southern or Tropical Africa are not
hardy, and require the protection of
a frame or greenhouse, or may be
grown in warm well-drained and
sheltered borders in the mildest
parts of the country. They like a
mixture of loam and peat, and may
be increased by offsets. The best-
known species are H, augusta, white ;

THE BULB BOOK

HESSEA

H. cinnamomea, whitish (Bot. Mag.
t. 1054); H. falcata, outer segments
brown, inner pure white (Bot. Mag.
t. 566, as Jvia); H. graminifolia,
greenish-white (Bot. Mag. t. 1254, as
H. pilosa nuda); HW. pilosa, inner
segments white, outer speckled with
red (Bot. A/aq. t. 1475); H. radiata,
white striped with brown outside,
leaves fistular (Bot. M/ag. t. 573, as
Ixia).

HESPEROCALLIS (hesperos, even-
ing ; kallos, beauty). Nat. Ord. Lili-
acez.—The only species of this genus
1s—

H. undulata.—A Californian plant
with large, roundish, edible bulbs,
which bury themselves in the sand in
their native place at a depth of 6 to
18 ins. The narrow wavy leaves are
bordered with white, and the sweet-
scented, whitish, tubular flowers
appear in April and May.

This plant seems to be unknown
in cultivation, but might be tried
in warm sheltered borders in well-
drained sandy loam.

HESSEA (after Paul Hesse, a
botanical traveller), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidee.— A genus containing
about eight species of South African
plants, with roundish tunicated bulbs
4 to 1 in, thick, thread-like, linear, or
strap-shaped leaves, and small flowers
borne in umbels. Perianth segments
almost equal, more or less oblong,
spreading, three-nerved down the
keel.

The Hesseas are only,from 3 to 6 or
12 ins, high, and require to be grown
in a mixture of sandy loam and leaf-
soil or peat, and are perhaps most
satisfactory in a greenhouse or cold
frame. In warm parts of the King-
dom the little bulbs might be planted
in open, sunny, and sheltered borders.
The flowers are usually produced

273 s

HEXAGLOTTIS

during the summer months, and after
fading the leaves begin to appear.
Increase is effected mainly by offsets.

H. crispa (formerly known also as
Amaryllis, Strumaria, Imhofia crispa,
and Amaryllis cinnamomea).—Closely
related to ZH. stellarts. The pinkish
flowers with wavy segments are borne
in umbels from April to August.
(Jacq. Hort. Schoen. t.72; Bot. Reg.
t. 1383.)

H,. Dregeana. — Flowers reddish-
white, twenty to thirty in an umbel.

H.. filifolia (Jmhofia and Stru-
maria filrfolia ; Leucojum strumosum ;
Crinum tenellum),— Leaves thread-
like, produced same time as the white
flowers in autumn (Bot. Reg. t. 440).

H. gemmata (Strumaria and
Imhofia gemmata; Imhofia Burchel-
liana ; I. Bergiana).—Leaves strap-
shaped, about 6 ins. long, fringed
with long fine hairs. Flowers
purplish-white with wavy segments,
on stalks 6 to 12 ins. high, ten to
twenty in an umbel. (Bot. Mag.
t. 1620.)

H. Rehmanni, — Leaves roundish.
Flowers eight to twelve in an umbel,
with much-crisped segments.

H. spiralis, closely related to Z,
filvfolia, from which it differs in
having a spirally twisted stem.

H, stellaris (Amaryllis and Stru-
marta stellaris), — Leaves strap-
shaped. Flowers pink or red, with
oblong crisped segments, on stalks
3 to 9 ins, high (Jacg. Hort. Schoen.
aya

H. Zeyheri.—Leaves linear, about
1 ft. long. Flowers purplish-white,
with slightly wavy oblanceolate
segments.

HEXAGLOTTIS (hex, six ; glotta, a
tongue; in reference to the six
spreading lobes of the style). Nat.
Ord. Iridee.— A small genus of
South African bulbous plants, closely

THE BULB BOOK

HIPPEASTRUM

related to the Homerias, The only
species of note is—

H. longifolia (Homeria and Morea
Jlexuosa).—A plant about 18 ins, high,
with narrow linear leaves and yellow
flowers in May and June (Bot. Mag.
t. 695). This species requires the
same cultural treatment as the
Ixias. H. virgata is similar but has
slender roundish leaves,

HIPPEASTRUM (hippeus, a knight :
astron, a star ; referring to the flowers
of H. equestre), EQuESTRIAN STar,
Nat. Ord. Amaryllidee.—A genus
containing about forty species of
herbaceous plants with large tunicated.
bulbs, more or less strap - shaped
leaves, and hollow fleshy peduncles,
bearing two or more large funnel-
shaped flowers.

The Hippeastrums are still much
better known under the name of
Amaryllis, especially the beautiful
hybrids that have been raised during
the past hundred years, and which
are now probably more popular than
ever. The cultural notes here given
refer more particularly to the garden
hybrids, but they will also serve for
the natural species mentioned below.

Garden Hippeastrums may be kept
in astate of growth all the year round ;
in other words, they remain ever-
green. Some of the most successful
growers, however, prefer to give the
plants a short period of rest. When
approaching this stage the supply of
water is reduced gradually, and when
the foliage has withered no water at
all is given to the bulbs, When
growth recommences the young
shoots appear from the tops of the
bulbs. Then is the proper period
for fresh potting, and it may be at
different periods of the year, accord-
ing to the time the plants went to
rest. The bulbs should have the old
soil shaken away from the roots, and

, 274

HIPPEASTRUM

all easily detached offsets should be
taken from the older bulbs. The
latter vary in size from 3 ins. to 5
ins, in diameter, consequently pots of
different sizes should be used. A 5-
in. or 6-in. pot will be quite large
enough for a 3-in. bulb, and an 8-in.
or 10-in. pot for a 5-in. bulb; the
point to bear in mind being not to
have pots too large for the bulbs,
The diameter of the pot should not
be more than twice that of the bulb.
The soil for Hippeastrums cannot be
too rich. Leaf-mould and old cow-
manure in about equal proportions,
with a good sprinkling of silver sand
makes an excellent compost, but most
growers also favour the addition of
some well-matured, fibrous, yellow
loam. The whole should be
thoroughly well mixed, by turning
over three times with the spade, and
the pots to be used should be well
drained. The bulbs should be placed
in the pots, so that when the soil has
been worked in firmly round them
with the fingers about one-half stands
above the surface. To secure good
steady growth the plants should be
plunged in a tan or coco-nut fibre
bed, or even in one of well-decayed
leaf-mould, up to the rims, and the
bottom heat should range from 75° to
80°F. The plants should have plenty
of light, but a little shading must be
given when the sun is very strong.
The syringe should be used freely
with tepid water to keep the sur-
rounding atmosphere moist and genial,
and the foliage clean and fresh. As
growth progresses water is given in
increasing abundance, as it is being
absorbed in larger quantities by the
roots. When first potted the tempera-
ture of the house should range from 55°
to 60° at night, but may be increased
two or three weeks later to 60° to 65°.
As the fat fleshy flower-stems appear
from the sides of the bulbs and leaves

THE BULB BOOK

HIPPEASTRUM

a little weak liquid manure may be
supplied two or three times a week
as a stimulant.

Under such conditions of heat and
moisture, with a good compost, Hip-
peastrums will often develop leaves
3 to 5 ft. long and 3 to 4 ins. broad,
while one, two, or three flower-stems
2 to 4 ft. high will be thrown up from
each bulb, and carry from four to
eight magnificent flowers, each 6 ins.,

Fia. 181.—Hippeastrum. (4.)

sometimes as much as 9 or 10 ins. or
more across.

The colours vary from the deepest
scarlet almost to pure white, the
broad petals being distinctly veined,
and usually with a lighter coloured
band—white tinted green—down the
centre.

Hippeastrums are easily raised from
seeds, and are just as easily cross-
fertilised. The hybrids in cultivation
owe their origin to a Lancashire
watchmaker named Johnson, who in
the year 1799 raised the first hybrid

275

HIPPEASTRUM

by crossing H. vittatum with Z.
Regine. This hybrid was called
Johnsoni, after its raiser. In 1830
Mr de Graaf of Leiden began to raise
hybrids, using such forms as JH.
Johnsont, H. crocatum, H. fulgidum,
and #H. vittatum in the process.
Later on when H. pardinum was
introduced in 1861, and A. Leopoldi in
1869, fresh blood was introduced into
the already existing hybrids, and a
more vigorous and floriferous race was
produced, chiefly owing to these two
species from the Andes of Peru.
When it is intended to cross any
two particular forms of Hippeastrum,
the versatile anthers should be re-
moved from the tips of the long,
fleshy, up-curved stamens as soon
as ever the flower is sufficiently open
to permit of the operation; two or
three days later the three - parted
stigma may have ripe pollen from
another desirable variety placed upon
it, the process being repeated two or
three days in succession to secure
perfect fertilisation. The seed-pod
at the base of the flower continues to
enlarge, and in due course the blackish
shining seeds are perfectly ripe. They
should then be sown about 4 in. apart,
either in well-drained pots or pans of
rich gritty loam, covering them with
about + in. of soil. The seed-pots
should be plunged in a hotbed, and
the night temperature of the house
should not fall below 60° F. Germi-
nation takes place in a week or s0,
and three or four weeks from the
date of sowing the little plants should
be carefully lifted and transferred
either singly in very small pots or
“thimbles,” or about a dozen into a
6-in. pot, using a compost of rich and
gritty loam. The little bulbs then
begin to swell, and all the plants
require is attention to watering,
giving plenty of light and air, but
at the same time maintaining a humid

THE BULB BOOK

HIPPEASTRUM

atmosphere. In winter, the young
plants, although evergreen, will
require less water, and a lower
temperature, about 55° F. at night.
Soon after Christmas they should be
potted up singly into small pots, or
three into a 5-in. pot. They are then
grown in the same way as advised
above for older-established bulbs for
another year, when they should be
repotted, using pots in accordance
with the size of the bulbs. In this
way fine flowering specimens will be
produced by the end of two years, or
three years at the outside.

Hippeastrums are subject to attacks
from aphides, red spider, thrips, scale,
and mealy bug, all of which can be
kept at bay by judicious syringings
with quassia and tobacco solutions,
and by vaporising the houses
occasionally, Sometimes the bulbs
rot at the base, owing to irregular
watering, too much or too little.
Consequently, to avoid this, water
should be given when necessary, and
the drainage should always be perfect.
Sometimes the bulbs are attacked
by the Eucharis mite (Rhizoglyphus
Robint), minute pests like tiny grains
of white sand, accompanied by red
patches on the roots, or other parts of
the bulbs. If the bulbs are not too
far destroyed, the injured roots and
scales should be cleared off and
burned. The bulbs should then be
washed well with either sulphur and
water, paraffin emulsion, carbolic acid,
lysol, cyllin, or liver of sulphur. When
the surface is dry the bulbs should be
firmly potted in fresh soil, and started
into growth in a warm moist atmo-
sphere.

Although fancy names are given
to pet seedlings, they are of short
duration, being replaced by newer
favourites in due course. It is better
to consult a current catalogue for a
list of the latest varieties.

276

HIPPEASTRUM

Amongst the natural species and
distinct hybrids of Hippeastrum, the
following are worthy of note :—

H. Ackermanni,—Crimson. The
variety pulcherrima is figured in
Moore, Mag. 1850, ii. 5; Chelsonz,
in Floral Mag. t. 545; and other
forms in same publication, n.s. tt. 77,
167, 347, and 359.

H. advenum.—A native of Chili,
with narrow blue-green leaves about
1 ft. long, and yellow or red flowers
(Bot. Reg. t. 849; Bot. Mag, t. 1125).
The variety pallidus has pale yellow
flowers (Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1760).

H. Alberti.—A double - flowered
form of H. equestre or H. Regine,
the blossoms being orange-red, yellow
at the base (17. Hort. 1866, t. 498).

H. Andreanum.—This is a native
of the Colombian Cordilleras, where
it was found in 1876 by Mr André.
It has large bulbs and pale red flowers
with streaks of brighter red.

H. Archavaletz. — This species,
from Monte Video is closely related
to H. vittatum, differing only in
having the margins of the floral
segments plain. The scape is about
2 ft, high, bearing an umbel of white
flowers banded with crimson,

H. aulicum.—Flowers large, with
oboval petals striped with bright
crimson within, shading to green at
the base. Introduced from Central
Brazil in 1819. (Bot. Mag. t. 3311;
Bot. Reg. tt. 444, 1038.)

H. Bagnoldi (Habranthus).—Native
of Chili. Leaves linear, about 1 ft,
long. Flowers yellow tinged with
red. (Bot. Reg. t. 1396.) The variety
punctatus has small reddish dots on
the petals.

H, bicolor—A native of Chili,
where it flowers in October. Leaves
linear, 13 to 2 ft. long. Flowers bright
red, fading into yellow-green towards
the base. (Bot. Mag. t. 2399; Bot.
Reg. tt. 809, 1943.)

THE BULB BOOK

HIPPEASTRUM

H. bifidum (Habranthus bifidus)—
Native of Buenos Ayres and Monte
Video. Introduced about 1825 by
Lord Carnarvon. Leaves linear, pro-
duced after the bright red flowers.
(Bot. Mag. t. 2599.)

H. brachyandrum.—F lowers bright
red (Bot. Mag. t. 7344).

H, breviflorum,—A native of
Buenos Ayres. First flowered at
Glasgow in 1836, but seems to have
dropped out of cultivation. Leaves
13 ft. long, about 14 ins. broad.
Flowers white keeled with red, five
to six on a roundish blue-green
peduncle 2 to 3 ft. high. (Herb.
Amaryll. 137, t. 21, fig. 4; Bot. Mag.
t. 3549.)

H, calyptratum.—Introduced from
Brazil in 1816. Flowers pale yellow,
netted on the face with green. (Bot.
Reg. t. 164; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 864.)

H. Cybister (Sprekelia Cybister),—
This species was introduced from the
Bolivian Andes, and forms the con-
necting link between Sprekelia and
Hippeastrum. It is, however, lost to
cultivation. Flowers bright crimson
tinged with green towards the tip,
(Bot. Reg. t. 33; Bot. Mag. t. 3872;
Fi. d. Serr. tt. 455-6.)

H. equestre (Barbados Lily),—This
is the oldest species, and “was first
noticed by Hermann in 1698,” It
grows in Tropical America from
Mexico and the West Indies to Chili
and Brazil. It has stoloniferous bulbs
and bright green strap-shaped leaves,
14 ft. long, about 2 ins. broad. Flowers
4 to 5 ins, deep, bright red shading to

yellowish-green at the base. (Jacg.
Hort. Schoen. t. 63; Bot. Mag. t.

305; Red. Lil. t. 32). The variety
splendens has larger flowers with
broader petals (Rev. Hort. 1895, 577).

H. iguapense, from S8. Brazil, has
small ovoid bulbs, Jance-shaped leaves
6 to 9 ins. long and over 2 ins. broad,
and white flowers, the upper segments

277

HIPPEASTRUM

of which are striped with red or lilac
(Wien. Ill. G. Z. 1903, 281, t. 3).

H. Jamesoni. — Native of the
Argentine, where it flowers in January.
Flowers red. Not in cultivation.

H. Leopoldi.—Native of the Peru-
vian Andes, whence it was introduced
in 1869, Leaves strap-shaped, 13 to
2 ft. long. Flowers regular, 5 ins.
long, greenish-white in the throat,
bright red in the centre, with a bifid
keel of white in the lower half of the
red portion. (floral Mag. tt. 475,
476 ; Gard. Chron. 1870, f. 140.)

H, Muesserianum.—This is closely
related to H. awicum, and has salmon-
coloured segments tinted with rose
(ll. Hort. 1896, t. 72).

H. pardinum. — Also native of
Peruvian Andes. Introduced 1867.
Leaves 2 ft. long, 2 ins. broad.
Flowers greenish, more or less flushed,
copiously and minutely spotted with
red. (Floral Mag. t. 344; Bot. Mag.
t. 5645.)

H. pratense

(Habranthus). — A

native of the hills and plains of Chili.’

Bulbs about 14 ins. thick. Leaves
1 to 1} ft. long, about 4 in. broad,
produced with the bright red bell-
shaped flowers in spring and early
summer. A brilliant plant for grow-
ing in masses. (Bot. Reg. 1842, t. 35.)

H. procerum (Amaryllis Rayner?).
—A distinct species from S. Brazil.
Leaves in two rows, curved, 2 to 3 ft.
long, 14 to 2 ins. broad, cartilaginous
on margin. Flowers 5 to 6 ins. long,
lilac, not starred in the throat. (JU.
Hort. xi. 408; Fl. d. Serr. tt. 2077,
2078 ; Bot. Mag. t. 5883.)

H, psittacinum.—Introduced from
S. Brazil 1814. Peduncle 2 to 8 ft.
high, stout. Flowers 4 to 5 ins,
long, with wavy segments crimson
on the edges, with a green keel from

which crimson stripes radiate. (Bot.
Reg. t. 199; Lodd, Bot. Cab. t.
1204.)

THE BULB BOOK

HIPPEASTRUM

H, Regine, — Widely distributed
from Mexico and W. Indies to Brazil
and Peru, First flowered at Hoxton
in 1728, on the birthday of Queen
Caroline. Leaves 2 ft. long, de-
veloped after the large bright red
flowers, which have a large greenish-
white star in the throat. (Jfiller, Ie,
t. 24; Bot. Mag. t. 453; Red. Lil.
t. 9.)

H, reticulatum (Coburgia reticu-
lata).—Introduced in 1777 from 8.
Brazil. Flowers about 4 ins. long,
bright mauve-red, cross-veined with
a deeper tint. (Bot. Mag. t. 657;
And, Bot. Rep, t. 179; Red. Lil.
t. 424.)

The variety. striatifolium has
broader leaves with a distinct white
keel (Bot. Mag. t. 2513; Rot. Reg. t.
352),

H, roseum (Habranthus).—A native
of Monte Video, having dark brown
ovoid bulbs 1 in. long, and dark green
leaves 9 ins. long, followed with a
scape about 6 ins, high bearing two
funnel-shaped flowers of a rich rosy-
crimson colour with a yellowish base
(Gard, Chron, 1900, xxviii. 287).

H, rutilum.—Introduced from Rio
de Janeiro about 1810. Bulbs
stoloniferous, 2 to 3 ins. thick. Leaves
about 1 ft. long, over 1 in. broad.
Flowers 3 to 4 ins. long, bright
crimson with a green cylindrical tube
(Bot. Reg. t. 28; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.
1449), There are several varieties,
such as acuminatum, with very acute
pale pink segments (Bot. Reg. tt. 534,
1188 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2278); citrinum,
flowers bright yellow; crocatum,
flowers with wavy saffron - coloured
segments ; and fulgidum, with broader
leaves than the type, and _ larger
bright scarlet flowers having a green
base and keel on the lower half of
the segments.

H. solandriflorum, — Introduced
from Tropical S. America in 1820,

278

HOMERIA

Flowers 7 to 10 ins, long, with a
greenish cylindrical tube 4 to 5 ins,
long, and greenish-white or pale
sulphur - coloured segments. (Zot.
fag. tt. 2573, 3771 ; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 1200.)

H. stylosum (Amaryillis mara-
nensis).—Introduced from Guiana and
N. Brazil in 1821. Flowers 4 ins, long,
bright flesh-red. (Bot. Afag. t. 2278 ‘
Bot. Reg. t. 719.) In the variety
nudum the filaments are remarkably
exserted and the stamens spread out
as in H. calyptratum.

H, teretifolium (Habranthus).—
This species from Monte Video is re-
markable for having roundish leaves,
The rosy-pink flowers about 2 ins,
long are bell-shaped rather than
tubular, (Gard, Chron. 1900, xxviii.
142.)

H, vittatum.—Introduced from the
Andes of Peru in 1769. A variable
species with flower-stems 2 to 3 ft.
high, bearing from two to six flowers
4 to 6 ins. long, white towards the
margin and distinctly keeled with
white, striped with bright mauve-
red between the keel and margin.
(Bot, Mag. t. 129; Red. Lil. t. 10.)
There is a white-flowered variety
called album.

As most of the species mentioned
above were at one time called
Amaryllis, that name will be fre-
quently found in the works cited
instead of Hippeastrum.

HOMERIA (homereo, to meet; in
reference to the filaments meeting in
a tube round the style). Nat. Ord.
Tridee.—A small genus of South
African bulbous plants closely related
to Ferraria and Tigridia ; recognised
by their few long narrow leaves and
numerous long-stalked, bell-shaped
flowers having six subequal erect
or spreading entire segments and
filaments uniting in a tube.

279°

THE BULB BOOK

HYACINTHUS

These little plants require the
protection of a greenhouse, but may
be tried in the open air in the mildest

Fic. 182.—Homenia, corm and section.

parts in warm sheltered spots in rich
and very gritty soil, The best-known
kinds are :—

H. collina, with bright red un-
spotted flowers (Bot. Mug. t. 1033).
The variety aurantiaca has orange-
red flowers with a yellow centre
(Bot. Mag. t. 1612), and ochroleuca
has pale yellow flowers (Bot, Mag. t.
113),

H. elegans.—F lowers bright yellow,
the outer segments having an orange-
brown or purplish spot in the centre
(Bot. Mag. t. 1983).

H. lineata.—Flowers coppery-red
with a small yellow blotch on. the
claw (Sw. Br, Fl, Gard. t. 178).

H, maculata, yellow with a greenish
blotch at base.

H. miniata.—F lowers brownish-red
with a yellow centre (Sw. Br. Fl,
Gard. t. 152; And. Bot. Rep, t.

404).
H., pallida, pale yellow, unspotted.
HYACINTHUS (ancient Greek

name applied by Homer to the Iris,
in honour of the youth Hyacinth, the
favourite of Apollo), Taz Hyactnra,
Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A genus of well-
known plants with roundish tunicated
bulbs, linear or strap-shaped leaves,
and erect spreading or drooping
flowers in loose or dense racemes on
a leafless scape. Perianth bell-shaped
or funnel - shaped, with six erect,
spreading, or recurved lobes.

HYACINTHUS

All the popular garden Hyacinths
are descended from HH. orientalis, a
native of Syria, Asia Minor, etc.,
with roundish bulbs, lance-shaped
channelled leaves, and blue flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 937; Bot. Reg. t. 995 ;
Red. Lil. t. 465).

Holland is the great centre of pro-
duction—the sandy soil well enriched
with old cow-manure being particu-
larly well-suited to the plants. About
six rows, 9 ins. apart, are grown in
narrow beds, and hurdles are placed
on the windward side to shelter the
plants in spring from the sand storms.
Hundreds of thousands of bulbs are
exported every autumn to the United
Kingdom, the United States, France,
Germany, etc.; and although many
people are under the impression that
Hyacinths could be raised as well
and as easily in parts of the British
Islands as in Holland, the fact
remains that they are not—at least
not on commercial lines.

Hyacinths are easily grown in the
open air in most parts of the British
Islands, and are to be found in the
large gardens of the rich as well as
in the backyards of the poor; while
public parks and gardens vie with
each other to secure a thrilling dis-
play of colour in spring.

To secure the best results the soil
should be of a sandy or gritty nature,
well enriched with old cow-manure
or well-rotted stable manure, or fail-
ing these plenty of leaf-mould. A
wet, heavy soil is not desirable, but
can be improved in drainage and
temperature by trenching, and the
addition of plenty of sand and
manure.

The best time for planting the
bulbs is from the end of September
till early November. They should
be placed from 4 to 6 ins, deep in the
soil, and from 6 to 8 ins. apart, and
if a handful of coarse silver sand is

THE BULB BOOK

HYACINTHUS

placed beneath each so much the
better, especially in heavy soils. As
there are many varieties, it is better
when planting formal beds—whether
round, square, rectangular, or elliptic
—to keep each variety separate;
mixing them up would lead to a
disorderly appearance at the flowering
season.

In severe winters the beds may be:
covered lightly with fine leaf-mould |
or coco-nut fibre as a protection
against frost. When the flowers
have passed their best the stems
should be cut off, and when the leaves
show signs of yellowing (some time
in June) the bulbs may be lifted,
dried and cleaned, and stored away
in cool, airy places until the following
October. Any offsets may be de-
tached and planted in a special place
by themselves, covering them with
about twice their own diameter of soil,

If seeds are desired, of course
the pods must be allowed to
thoroughly ripen. The seeds may
then be sown in fine sandy soil in
shallow boxes or pans, in which they
soon sprout. The young plants are
grown on from season to season until
the bulbs reach the flowering stage,
perhaps at the end of from four to
six or seven years.

By slitting the mature old bulbs of
Hyacinths from the base upwards
small bulb-like growths soon begin
to develop in the slits when the coagu-
lated sap has formed a callus. These
bulblets are removed and planted
in beds by themselves, and at the end
of the first year’s growth they form
small bulbs. They are cultivated in
this way in rich sandy soil for three
or four years, at the end of which time
they will have reached the flowering
size and become a marketable article.
See Figs. 20, 21, 22, p. 21. Fig. 183
shows a Hyacinth bulb giving rise to
offsets from the base.

280

HYACINTHUS

In selecting Hyacinths for plant-
ing, attention should be given to the
weight rather than the size of the
bulbs. Very often a large bulb
throws a comparatively small truss

Fic. 183.—Hyacinth, bulb and offsets. (2.)

of blossom, while a smaller but more
compact and heavier bulb will throw
quite a fine truss of flowers.
Pot-cuLTuRE. — A great revival
seems to be taking place in the
culture of Hyacinths in pots, and
large prizes are now offered at the
spring shows for the best examples.
To attain the best results, especially
if prize-winning is one of the objects
in view, the very best and soundest,
and therefore dearest bulbs must be
secured. Each one according to size
should be put into a well-drained
5-in. or 6-in. pot not later than the
middle or end of September. A good
compost consists of two parts rich
loam, one part old cow-manure, one
part leaf-mould, and one part coarse
silver or river sand. This should be
prepared three or four weeks before
required, and the various ingredients
should be thoroughly mixed together.
In the potting the crown of each bulb
should be left just above the surface
of the soil, and a little sand may be
placed under and over each. The
pots should then be placed in a cold
frame having a hard dry bottom of
ashes, and leaf-mould or coco-nut
fibre may be spread over and around

THE BULB BOOK

HYACINTHUS

the pots so that the rims of the latter
are buried about 4 ins. deep. Coal
ashes or even friable gritty soil may
be used instead of leaf-mould or
coco-nut fibre; and some growers
take the precaution to invert a 3-in.
pot over the crowns of the bulbs
before covering them over, for the
sake of cleanliness. If early blossoms
are required the plants may be
taken into the greenhouse when the
pots are fairly full of roots, but too
much light should not be given until
the etiolated leaves assume a greenish
tint. Other batches of plants may
be brought in from time to time as re-
quired, so that the flowers may be had
from Christmas to the end of March
and April, when those planted in the
open ground will be coming well into
bloom. For forcing purposes a night
temperature of 60° to 65° F, is quite
sufficient.

Fia. 184,—Florists’ Hyacinth. (4.)

Pot plants require attention to
watering and should not be given

281

HYACINTHUS

too much, just like any other plant
grown ina restricted space. A little
weak liquid manure may be given once
or twice a week when the growth
is vigorous. The flower - spikes,
if strong and sturdy, will not re-
quire staking. Sometimes, however,
the trusses are rather heavy and in-
clined to bend down, In such cases
thin neutral-tinted twigs or wires
may be used as supports that are not
too conspicuous.

Hyacintus In Guasses.—For room
decoration Hyacinths are particularly
useful when grown in ornamental
bowls or glasses containing water.
Some designs are shown in the
illustrations. The receptacles are
filled with water just to the base of
the bulb. This sits on a ledge all
round so that it shall not be im-
mersed. To secure good results the
glasses with the bulbs and water
should be placed in a dark place with
a temperature of about 50° F. until
the roots have grown well into the
water. The bulbs may be started
in advance in moist soil or coco-nut
fibre before placing them in the
glasses. Light and more warmth
may then be given to the plants and
growth will proceed steadily, the
flower-truss pushing its way up from
the crown through the leaves. The
main point is to get the roots to
grow before the leaves or flower-
spike, and this cannot be accom-
plished if the bulbs are placed in too
much heat and light at first. As the
water vanishes by root absorption
and evaporation, it must be renewed
occasionally, and a few lumps of
charcoal may be added to counteract
any tendency to an offensive odour.
Hyacinths may also be grown in
Turnips, Beets, Swedes, or Mangels
that have been scooped out and hung
up and kept moistened from time
to time.

THE BULB BOOK

HYACINTHUS

“Roman” Hyacinths.—These are
a French form of /. orientalis known
as albulus, The flowers are pure
white, and borne in graceful spikes
on slender stems. Large numbers are
forced in heat annually for the big
markets, from Christmas to February
and March, and they are often grown
for early decoration in private gar-
dens. There is a blue Roman Hya-
cinth also that flowers somewhat
later than the white form. The
White Jtalian Roman Hyacinth
Hl. romanus (Bot. Mag. t. 989) has
pure white flowers, and blooms later
than the ordinary Roman type; and
there is also a double-flowered Italian
form with rose-coloured blossoms,

The following are some standard
varieties of Hyacinths worthy of
notice :—

SINGLE PurE WHITE AND TINTED

WHITE.
Baroness van La Grandesse,
Thuyll. Leviathan.

Duke of Clarence. L’Innocence,
Grand Blanche. Madame van der

Grandeur & Mer- Hoop.
veille, Mina.
King of Whites. Mr Plimsoll.
Lady Derby. Paix de l'Europe.
La Belle Blanchis- Pavilion Blanc.
seuse. Simplicity.
La Franchise. Voltaire,

Sincre Buivug.
Those marked thus * are very dark,

*Baron van Thuyll, Electra,

*Bleu Mourant. Galatea.
Blondin, Grand Lilas.
Charles Dickens, Grand Maitre.
Claret Cup. *King Cole.
Count Andrassy. *King of the
Czar Peter, Blues.
Distinction. La Peyrouse.

*Duke of Con- Lord Balfour.
naught. *Mary.

282

HYACINTHUS

Mauve Queen. Sir William

Priestley. Mansfield.
Queen of the Blues. *William the
Regulus. First.
Schotel.

SrncLE Rep, Rose, PrInx, ETC.

Baron van Thuyll, flesh colour,

Cardinal Wiseman, light rosy pink.

Charles Dickens, rose.

Duke of Avondale, bright red, striped.

Etna, brilliant rose, carmine striped.

Fabiola, pink and carmine.

General Pelissier, deep crimson,

Gertrude, rosy pink.

Gigantea, blush red.

King of Roses, rosy red.

Lady Derby, rosy pink.

Madame Hodgson, pink, striped car-
mine.

Moreno, waxy pink.

Mr Stanley, deep red.

Norma, pale waxy pink.

Ornament Rose, pale rose.

Pink Perfection, fine rose.

Prince Albert Victor, very dark red.

Princess of Wales, delicate rose.

Robert Steiger, crimson.

Roi des Belges, deep red.

Rosea Maxima, rosy blush.

Rosy Gem, rose, striped red.

SINGLE YELLOW.

Adelaide Restori. Macmahon.
City of Haarlem. Marchioness of
Daylight. Lorne.

Ida. ‘ Primrose Per-
King of the Yellows. _ fection.

There are also many varieties hav-
ing deep violet flowers, and others
having double flowers coloured red,
white, blue, yellow, and orange. It
is better to consult a modern catalogue
for these.

H, amethystinus.—This is known
as the Spanish Hyacinth. It comes
from §.W. Europe, and has narrow
linear leaves and loose spikes of

THE BULB BOOK

HYMENOCALLIS

bright blue drooping flowers about
May and June. The variety albus
has white flowers.

H, azureus.—An_ early-flowering
Hyacinth from Asia Minor, having
whitish bulbs about 1 in. in diameter,
strap-shaped leaves 4 to 6 ins. long,
and sky-blue bell-shaped flowers pro-
duced in dense conical spikes in
February, somewhat resembling the
Grape Hyacinths (Muscari), The
variety giganteus, from N. Cilicia,

Fic, 185.—Hyacinthus azureus. (3.)

has larger flowers (Gard. Chron,
1898, xxiv. 190, f. 52); robustus is
even larger ; andamphibolis has spikes
about 8 ins, high, with about fifty
flowers paler in colour than the type.

This species flourishes in ordinary
good gritty soil, but owing to its
early flowering is often injured by
frosts in the open air. The plants
should therefore be protected if
necessary with a hand-light or canvas
screen.

HYMENOCALLIS (hymen, a mem-
brane ; Aallos, beautiful ; referring to

283

HYMENOCALLIS

the membranous cup or corona in
centre of the flower), Nat. Ord.
Amaryllides,.—A genus containing
over thirty species of tunicated
bulbous plants having strap-shaped
leaves and (in most cases) umbels
of pure white sweet-scented flowers
borne on top of a solid compressed
scape or peduncle. Perianth more or
less funnel-shaped, with a cylindrical
tube and six narrow or lance-shaped
segments. Stamens six, with long
protruding filaments bearing linear
versatile anthers. Style slender,
long, with a capitate stigma.

The Hymenocallis are closely re-
lated to the Pancratiums, and are
easily grown in a compost of rich
sandy loam and leaf-mould. Most
of the species require to be cultivated
in a warm greenhouse or even in
a stove, as they are natives of Tropi-
cal and subtropical 8. America and
Mexico. H. littoralis and H. Aman-
caes, however, are often grown out
of doors in the warmest parts of the
British Islands, but they must be
protected from the frost in winter,
and the bulbs should be covered with
about three times their own diameter
ofsoil. Propagation is effected by sow-
ing the large green-coated seeds when
fully ripe; or by means of offsets when
repotting the plants. If grown in
pots the bulbs should be buried up
to the top in the soil, and sizes too
large should be avoided. The plants
may also be grown in beds or borders
in the greenhouse or stove, and should
be well supplied with water when
growing freely.

H. Amancaes (Narcissus, Pan-
cratium, and Ismene Amancaes),—
A beautiful species from the Hill of
Amancaes, near Lima in Peru, with
bulbs 13 to 2 ins, through, having
a cylindrical neck about 6 ins. long.
Leaves bright green, about 18 ins.
long and 14 to 2 ins, broad. Flowers

THE BULB BOOK

HYMENOCALLIS

greenish-yellow with bright yellow
narrow segments, borne in summer
on a two-edged scape 1 to 2 ft. high,
The staminal cup is also bright yellow
striped with green. (Bot. Mag. t.
1224; Bot, Reg. t. 660.)

Fia. 186.—Hymenocallis Amancaes. (}.)

H. Andreana (Jsmene Andreana).—
This grows wild on the Andes of
Ecuador at an altitude of 8000 ft.
The bulbs are “as large as an apple,”
and the narrow pale green leaves are
from 12 to 15 ins, long. One flower
only is borne on the slendér scape.
It has a green perianth-tube, white
linear segments 3} to 4 ins. long, and
a white funnel-shaped cup 3 to 4 ins.
broad, striped with green. (Rev.
Hort. 1884, t. 468; Garden, May,
1884.) Cool greenhouse or half-
hardy.

H. calathina (Jsmene and Pan-
cratium calathinum; P.calathiforme).
—Introduced from the Andes of Peru
and Bolivia in 1794. Bulbs roundish,
with a cylindrical neck, Leaves al-
most in two rows, 14 to 2 ft. long.
Flowers two to five in an umbel,

284

HYMENOCALLIS

greenish with white lance-shaped seg-
ments, and funnel-shaped cup striped
with green. (Bot. Reg: t. 215; Bot.
Mag. t. 2685; Red. Lil. t. 353.)
In the variety grandiflora the corona
is larger than in the type. Cool
greenhouse or half-hardy.

Fic. 186a.—Hymenocallis calathina. (4.)

H. caribezea (Pancratium caribeum ;
P. declinatum; P. amenum; P.
angustum),—A. West Indian species
with bulbs 3 to 4 ins. through, and
leaves 2 to 3 ft. long and 3 to 4 ins.
broad. Flowers pure white, six to
twelve in an umbel, with linear seg-
ments 3 to 33 ins. long, and a regular
funnel-shaped cup. (Bot. Mag. t.
826; Fed. Lil. t. 414; Lodd. Bot.
Cab, t. 558; Bot. Reg. +. 221.)
The variety patens has a larger tube
and longer segments.

Mr Baker considers H. caymanensis
to be “doubtfully distinct specifically
from H. cartbea,” but it has a much
longer perianth-tube.

‘H. concinna, from Mexico, re-
sembles H. caribaea. It has strap-
shaped lanceolate leaves over 1 ft.
long, deeply channelled down the
face, The slender scape, 9 to 12 ins.
high, bears a couple of pure white
flowers in June, the petals being 2 to
8 ins. long and + in. broad, with a
shallow cup-shaped corona in the
centre. (Gard. Chron. 18938, xiv. 150.)

Fi, cordifolia.— A species from
Veinezuela, remarkable for its broad

THE BULB BOOK

HYMENOCALLIS

Eucharis-like leaves 23 ft. long.
Flowers white, about twenty in an
umbel, each with a tube 4 ins. or
more long. (fev. Hort. 1899, 445,
f. 191.)

H. crassifolia, from the 8. United
States, also comes very near H,
caribea, but has a greenish peri-
anth-tube and somewhat shorter
segments (Saund. Ref. Bot. t.
331).

H, eucharidifolia.—A Tropical
American species with ovoid bulbs
2 to 3 ins, through, oblong acute
leaves about 1 ft. long and 3 to 4
ins, broad, and large green-tubed
flowers with narrow segments 3
to 3$ ins. long and a narrow
funnel-shaped cup in the centre.

H, expansa (Pancratiwm expan-
sunv),—A native of the West Indies,
intermediate between HW. caribcea and
HT, littoralis, The leaves are longer
and narrower, and the perianth-tube
more slender than in ZH. caribea.
(Bot. Mag. t. 1941.)

H. glauca,— A Mexican species
with oblong, acute, blue-green leaves
13 ft. long, 3 to 4 ins. broad, narrowed
to a short deeply channelled petiole.
Flowers with a greenish perianth-
tube 2 to 3 ins. long, and a spreading
cup about 1 in. deep.

H. Harrisiana.—A Mexican species
with oblanceolate leaves about 1 ft.
long and 2 ins. broad above the
middle, Flowers in May, with peri-
anth-tube 3 to 4 ins. long, and narrow
segments 23 to 3 ins. long, with a
narrow plaited cup in the centre.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6562.)

H, lacera (/, rotata ; Pancratium
rotatum).—A native of S. United
States, with ovoid bulbs, 14 to 2 ins.
through, having a long neck, and pro-
duces numerous stolons. Leaves 12 to
18 ins. long, about 1in.broad. Flowers
with greenish perianth-tube 3 to 4
ins. long, and linear segments same

nae

HYMENOCALLIS

length. The cup in centre is very
flat and shallow, 14 to 2 ins. across.
(Bot, Mag. t. 827; Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 19; Saund. Ref. Bot. t. 357.)

H. littoralis (7. adnata; Pan-
cratium littorale ; P. americanum),—
A very old and variable species,
native of Tropical America, where it
is widely distributed. The bulbs are
3 to 4 ins. through, and bear several
bright green leaves 2 to 24 ft. long
and 14ins. broad. From four to eight
flowers are borne on top of a two-
edged scape 1} to 2 ft. high, the
perianth-tube being 6 to 7 ins. long,
tinged with green, and the long
narrow segments being recurved and
attached to the base of the broadly
funnel-shaped cup. (Zrans. Linn.
Soc. ii. 74, t. 13; Jacg. Hort. Vind.
iii, t. 750; Journ. Hort. Feb. 1909,
165.)

H. Macleana (Jsmene Macleana).—
Introduced by Maclean in 1834 from
the Andes of Peru. It has very pro-
liferous ovoid bulbs about 2 ins.
through, and bright green narrow
leaves a foot or more long. Flowers
with a greenish tube and linear sub-
erect segments surrounding a white
funnel-shaped cup striped with green.
(Bot. Mag. t. 3675.)

H, macrostephana,—This is prob-
ably a hybrid between H. calathina
and H, speciosa, as it is not recorded
as having been introduced from any
part of America. It is a strong-
growing plant with ovoid bulbs about
2 ins. through, and bright green
oblanceolate leaves 24 to 3 ft. long.
From six to ten large pure white
flowers are borne in March and April,
having a greenish tube 3 ins, long, and
linear segments surrounding a broadly
funnel-shaped cup about 2 ins. across.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6436.)

H, ovata (Pancratium ovatum; P.
Sragrans; P. amenum, Ker). — A
West Indian species closely related

THE BULB BOOK

HYMENOCALLIS

to H. speciosa. Bulbs 3 to 4 ins,
through. Leaves oblong acute, 1 ft.
or more long, 4 to 6 ins. broad:
From six to ten pure white fragrant
flowers are borne on a scape, the
linear segments surrounding a regu-
larly funnel-shaped cup about a inch
deep. (Bot. Reg. t. 48; Bot. Mag.
1467.)

H. quitoénsis (Ismene tenutfolia),—
A native of the mountains of Ecuador,
with tufts of thin narrow bright
green leaves a foot long. Flowers
solitary, with greenish slender tube,
and suberect lance-shaped segments
24 to 3 ins. long. The funnel-shaped
cup about 2 ins, long and 14 ins, across
is pure white ribbed with green.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6397.) ;

H. schizostephana.— A Brazilian
species similar to H. cartbea in
appearance, but the filaments are
very stout and winged at the base,
forming an irregular cup as if torn
(Gard. Chron, 1899, xxv. 386).

H. senegambica,—This is remark-
able as being the only Old World
species, being a native of the sandy
shores of the Congo. It comes close
to H. littoralis, and has arching strap-
shaped leaves about 2 ft. long, and
large trusses of flowers on scapes
about 2 ft, high, Perianth-tube
slender, 5 to 6 ins. long. Segments
very narrow, about 4 ins. long, round
the funnel-shaped cup over 1 in.
across,

H. speciosa (Pancratium specio-
sum).—One of the best-known species
in cultivation. Itis a native of the
West Indies, and has bulbs 3 to 4 ins.
through, and numerous oblanceolate,
oblong, bright green leaves, 14 toj2
ft. long. The sweet-scented pure
white flowers have a greenish tube
about 3 ins, long, and shorter seg-
ments and funnel-shaped cup. (Bot.
Mag. t. 1458; Red. Lil, t, 412.) The
variety angustifolia has very stiff

286

HYPOXIS

narrow leaves (Gard. Chron. 19038,
__ xxxili, 116).

H. tubiflora (H. guianensis; H.
petiolata ; Pancratium guianense ; P.
tubtflorum ; P. pettolatum).—This is
a native of Guiana, Trinidad, and the
Amazon Valley, and, according to Mr
Baker, it was “introduced into culti-
vation at Kew about 1803 from bulbs
taken in a captured French vessel from
Cayenne, and again by Lambert in
1818.” The ovoid bulbs are 3 to 4
ins. through, and have thin oblong
acute leaves 8 to 12 ins. long, 4 to 5
ins. broad in the middle. Flowers
numerous, with an erect slender tube
6 to 8 ins, long, and linear segments
4 ins. long, the narrow funnel-
shaped central cup being about 1 in.
deep. (Bot. Reg. t. 265.)

H, undulata (Pancratium undida-
tum). — A Venezuelan plant with
large ovoid bulbs and thin oblong
acute leaves about 1 ft, long and 5
to 6 ins. broad in the middle, nar-
rowed gradually into a long stalk.
About a dozen flowers are borne on
top of a scape 2 ft. high, the peri-
anth-tube being 6 to 7 ins. long, with
linear, drooping, wavy segments 3 to
33 ins. long, and a funnel-shaped cup
about 1 in. deep.

HYPOXIS (hypo, beneath; oxys,
sharp; referring to the base of the
seed-pod). Nat. Ord. Amaryllidexe.—
A genus containing over fifty species

of pretty little bulbous plants dis-,

tributed over Tropical Asia, Australia,
the Mascarene Islands, Tropical and
South Africa, and Tropical and North
America. They have narrow leaves,
often covered with soft hairs or down,
and starry’ six-parted flowers borne
either singly or in clusters. They
are practically unknown outside
botanical collections. A compost of
sandy peat and loam suits them very
well, and some of the species may be

THE BULB BOOK

ICACINA

grown in a cool greenhouse, although
most of them prefer a more genial
atmosphere. Increased by division.
The best-known species, all with
yellow flowers, unless otherwise
mentioned, are :—H. angustifolia, H.
colchicifolia, H. erecta (Bot. Mag. t.
710), H. hemerocallidea (Bot. Mag.
t. 5690), H. latifolia (Bot. Mag. t.
4817), H. longifolia (Bot. Mag. t.
6035), H. multiceps, H. obtusa (Bot.
fteg. t. 159), H. regia, H, Rooperi

Fic. 187.—Hypoxis stellata. (4.)

(Lem. Jard, Fleur. t. 303), H. serrata
(Bot. Mag. tt. 709, 917); H. stellata,
and its variety elegans (Bot. Mag. t.
1223), having white and blue flowers ;
and H, villosa (Bot. Mag. t. 711).

All the above are natives of 5S.
Africa except H. erecta, which comes
from N. America.

ICACINA (name given on account
of the resemblance of the branches

287

INCARVILLEA

to a tree called Jcaco). Nat. Ord.
Oleacew.—The only species that has
been introduced, and is still practi-
cally unknown, is I. Manni, a native
of the Gulf of Guinea, It is a hot-
house perennial with a large smooth,
roundish, tuberous root-stock 6 to 12
ins. in diameter, from which arise
slender climbing stems, bearing
opposite, elliptic, truncated leaves of
membranous texture. The small
silky yellow blossoms with protrud-
ing stamens appear about October, in
short cymes from the axils of the
leaves. (Bot. Mag. t. 6260.)

This species will grow in sandy
loam and leaf-mould, and requires
plenty of heat and moisture. In-
creased by cuttings of the young
shoots in spring, inserted in bottom
heat under a bell-glass or frame,

INCARVILLEA (in honour of Pére
@Incarville, a Chinese Jesuit mission-
ary, and correspondent of Bernard de
Jussieu). Nat. Ord. Bignoniaceze.—
There are several species of Incar-
villea, some annuals and biennials,
but the only perennials of a tuberous
character are those here mentioned.

I. Delavayi,— A charming hardy
herbaceous perennial, native of China,
with large fleshy, spindle-shaped
roots, and large leaves pinnately cut
into numerous elliptic, crenulate
segments, The large rosy-carmine
tubular flowers, spotted with yellow
and brown at the base, are borne in
loose trusses during the summer
months, on stems 14 to 2 ft, high.
(Rev. Hort. 1893, t. 544.)

This species flourishes in ordinary
good garden soil of a gritty character,
and should be grown in sunny situa-
tions to secure the depth of colour in
the flowers. It may be easily raised
from seeds. sown in spring in gentle
heat, or by means of cuttings detached
from the tubers in spring, and inserted

THE BULB BOOK

IPOMAA

in sandy soil under a bell-glass or
light.

I, grandiflora, also from China, is
like £, Deavayi, but has shorter
leaves and leaflets, also a shorter
flower-stem bearing a few rosy-red
flowers (Gard. Chron, 1898, xxiv. 8).
It is somewhat more tender than J,
Delavayt, but is on the whole a finer
flowering plant.

I, variabilis,—A native of W. China,
1 to 14 ft. high, with pinnate leaves,
and loose erect racemes of small rose-
purple tubular flowers (Bot. Mag.
t. 7651).

IPOMASA (tps, Bindweed ; omoios,
similar), Nat. Ord, Convolvulaceze.—
This genus contains some 300 to 400
species according to various authori-
ties. They are divided into annuals
and perennials, some being hardy,
others requiring the protection of a
greenhouse or hothouse, but all alike
in having climbing and twining stems
like our Common Bearbind (Convol-
vulus), and beautiful funnel-shaped
flowers, Representatives of the genus
are found in almost every part of the
subtropical and tropical world, conse-
quently cultural conditions vary.
There are comparatively few species
having tuberous root-stocks, those
mentioned here being amongst the
best known. They nearly all lose
their leaves and stems in winter, so
that they enjoy a period of repose
during that season. Very little or no
water is then required. In spring,
however, when growth recommences
plenty of moisture is necessary. A
compost of fibrous loam with a little
leaf-mould andsand suits most of them
perfectly. Propagation of the tuber-
ous species is effected by division of
the roots, or by cuttings from them in
spring, inserted*in sandy soil under a
light.

I, Batatas.—The “Sweet Potato”

288

INCARVILLEA THE BULB BOOK INCARVILLEA

Fic. 188.—Incarvillea Delavayi, tuberous
root-stock. (4.)

AN

Fic. 190.—Incarvillea Delavayi, seedling. Fic. 191.—Incarvillea grandiflora. (4.)

289 T

1POMAA

of the East Indies, with potato-like
tubers, heart-shaped angular leaves,
and flowers white within, purple out-
side. A plant of great economic
value in the Tropics,

I, bignonioides—A native of
Cayenne, with deep purple flowers
and trilobed leaves (Bot. Mag. t.
2645).

I, bonariensis (J, jicifolia).—A fine
species from Buenos Ayres, with
heart-shaped leaves cut into three to
five lobes, and more or less tubular
lilac-purple flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
3665 ; Bot. Reg. 1841, t. 13).

I, Jalapa (Convolvulus Jalapa),
Fatse Jaap.—a native of 8. United
States, with large tuberous roots,
membranous, heart-shaped, pointed
leaves, and inflated tubular flowers of
red, white, or clear bright pink
colour (Bot. Mag. t. 1572).

I, pandurata (Convolvulus pandur-
atus ; C’. candicans).—The large fleshy
roots of this United States species
often weigh from 2 to 16 lbs, The
heart-shaped pointed leaves are some-
what downy beneath, and the white
flowers are tinted with purple in the
throat. (Bot. Mag. tt. 1603, 1939.)

I, paniculata, — An East Indian
species, having leaves palmately
divided into five to seven ovate lance-
shaped or elliptic lobes, and large
purple flowers in June.

I. Purga (Lxogomum Purga).—
This species from Xalapa, Mexico,
yields the true purgative jalap of
commerce. It has blackish tuberous
roots about the size of an orange, and
the climbing stems, 10 to 20 ft. long,
are furnished with heart-shaped
pointed leaves lobed at the base.
The long-tubed, rose-purple, funnel-
shaped flowers appear in late summer
or autumn, and are only of short
duration ; others appear in quick suc-
cession. (Bot. Reg. 33, t. 49.)

The Jalap plant may be grown in a

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

cool greenhouse with ease. If the
roots are protected with a heap of
ashes in winter, it will flourish in the
open air.

I. Woodi.— A _ tuberous - rooted
species from Zululand, having woody
stems, heart-shaped, purple - tinted
leaves, and short-stalked clusters of
large bell-shaped, rosy-purple flowers.

IRIS (from iris, the eye; referring
to the variety and beauty of the
flowers), Nat. Ord. Iridee.—A genus
containing nearly 200 species of
ornamental herbaceous plants with
woody or fleshy root -stocks or
spindle-shaped bulbs, and sword-like,
linear, or angular leaves, The flowers
emerge from sheathing scales, some-
times singly, but often scattered on
an erect scape. Perianth-tube short,
with the three outer segments (or
“falls ”) reflexed and often “bearded ”

at the base ; the three inner segments~,,,..

(or “standards ”) erect, often smaller
than the falls. Stamens three,
inserted at the base of the falls, and
sheltered beneath the three winged
and overarching petal-like stigmas,

The species belonging to the genus
being so varied in character and
appearance, were at one time placed
in several distinct genera by various
authors, The introduction of new
species and a closer examination of
the plants, however, show that the
various sections are all built on much
the same lines,

For garden purposes it may be
convenient to divide Irises roughly
into four main groups, as follows :—
1. “Bearded” Irises; 2. “ Beard-
less” Irises; 3, “Oncocyclus,” or
“Cushion ” Irises, with which may be
associated those known as “ Regelia”
Trises; and 4. “Bulbous” or “Xi-
phion” and “Juno” Irises,

Of these groups, the first three
agree in the main in having rhizo-

290

IRIS

matous root-stocks of a woody or
fleshy character; the fourth group
comprises species the great majority
of which have a distinctly bulbous
root-stock, and are also much dwarfer
in habit, with narrow angular leaves,
and small flowers remarkable for
their brilliant and varied colouring.
The following classification will give
a clearer view of the principal species
belonging to the various groups :—

I.—BEaRDED AND CRESTED IRISEs.

I. Alberti. *I, kumaonensis.
I, balkana, *TI, lacustris,
I. Barton. I. lutescens.
I, benacensis, I. Meda.
I, biflora. *J, Milest.
I. Biliotte. I, neglecta,
I. Chameiris, I. pallida,
I, Ciengialti. I. plicata.
*T, cristata, I, pumila.
*I, Duthiet, I. rubro-margi-
I, Eulefeldi. nata.
T. flavescens, I, sambucina.
I, florentina, I squalens.
I. germanica, L, Swertt.

*T, tectorum.
I, variegata,

*I, gractlipes.
*I. Hookeriana.
I. hybrida.

There are two distinct sections of
the Bearded Irises, the most showy
of which has been called “ Pogoniris ”
by Mr Baker in his Handbook of the
Iridee. The other group, distin-
guished by an asterisk (*), are known
as “Evansia” and “ Pseudevansia.”

The Bearded Irises, of which the
Common Flag (J. germanica) may be
taken as the best-known type, are
recognised by having stout creeping
root-stocks, sword-like leaves, and
an erect stalk with several flowers.
They are a charming group of garden
plants, and most of them being
perfectly hardy and vigorous, and free
in blossom, are easily grown in
almost any good garden soil. Before

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

planting, this should be trenched,
and have some old or well-rotted
manure dug into it. The best time
for planting this group is in early
autumn, at which season the stock
may also be increased if necessary
by dividing the rhizomes. As a rule,
a somewhat shaded position will suit
the plants better than a very sunny
one, as the flowers, which are natur-
ally of a fleeting character, thus
last longer,

JI.—Bearpiess Irises.

I. missouriensis.
I. Monniert.
I, nepalensis,

I, aurea.
I, bracteata.
T, cretensis.

I, Douglasiana.

I. orientalis.

I. foetidissima. I, Pseudacorus.

T, fulva. I. ruthenica.

I. graminea. I. setosa.

I. Grant Dufi. I. sibirica,

I. Guldensted- ‘J. spuria.
tiana. I, tenax.

I. hexagona. I. trojana.

I, levigata. I. unguicularis,

I, longipetala. I. versicolor.

CutturE.— The chief difference
between this group and the preceding
one is the absence of hairs or “ beard ”
on the falls, and in their somewhat
more varied character. The same
cultural conditions will not suit all
alike, and while some grow quite
easily in ordinary garden soil, others
are somewhat fastidious and require
special attention. These points will
be noted under the different species
as required,

TII.—Oncocycius or “CusHIon”
AND “ReEGELIA” IRISES.

I, acutiloba. I, Hayne.

I. atrofusea. I. Helene.

L. atropurpurea, I. Heylandiana.
*I, Barnume. TL. tberica,

I. Bismarckiana.*I. Korolkowt.

I. Gatesi. *I, Lewchtline,

291

IRIS
I. Lorteti. I, Sofarana.
L. lupina. *I, Suworowt,
LI, Marie. I. Susiana,
I, paradoxa. *TI, vaga.
I, Sart.

The “Oncocyclus” or “Cushion”
Irises as they are called, are remark-
able for their large and showy
blossoms, the outer segments of which
are diffusely hairy down the claw and
the lower part of the blade or “fall.”
The “Regelia” group, distinguished
above by an asterisk (*), are some-
what similar in appearance, and form
the connecting link between the
large and showy Bearded Irises of
the Pogoniris group. As mentioned
below, the Oncocyclus and Regelia
Irises are readily intercrossed, and
several fine hybrids have been raised
between them. In the near future
we may expect other hybrids between
these and the most ornamental of the
Bearded Irises like I. florentina, I.
germanica, ete.

CuttuRE.—In regard to this group
of Irises, I cannot do better than
quote from the Practical Guide to
Garden Plants as follows :—

These are usually the largest, most
charming, and most beautifully
coloured of all the Irises; but
unfortunately they are also the most
difficult to grow thoroughly well.
According to the late Sir Michael
Foster, F.R.S8., who had devoted
many years to the cultivation and
study of these Irises, the character-
istics of the group are as follows,
In the rhizome the young bud, instead
of being attached to the stock by a
broad flattened base, and projecting
slightly, stands out in the form of a
nipple, the base of which is often
constricted. In many forms the
attachment is lengthened into a cord,
often a very narrow one, so that the
bud is at the end of a stolon.

THE BULB BOOK

their flowers

TRIS

According to the narrowness and
length (or the reverse) of the connec-
tion of the bud with the stock, the
rhizome may be spoken of as more or
less spreading or creeping, or more or
less compact.

The foliage as compared with other
Irises is scanty, and the leaves
narrow, and mostly’ sickle - shaped.
The flower-stem or scape usually
bears only a single flower, which is
conspicuous by its size, colour, and
marking. The “falls” are usually
more or less bearded at the base, and
occasionally there are also a few
hairs on the claw of the standards.
There is another group of Irises
closely allied to the Oncocyclus, but
as the flowers are somewhat different
in shape, and more than one on a
stem, they have been distinguished
by Sir Michael Foster under the
name of “Regelia.” J. Korolkowi
represents this section.

Notwithstanding the fact that
Oncocyclus Irises are somewhat
difficult to grow successfully, the
great beauty and variety of form of
will be an ample
recompense for any special trouble
taken with them. The main points
in their cultivation are (1) shallow
planting, (2) gritty, well - drained
soil, (3) non-disturbance in autumn,
and (4) absence of wet overhead and
at the root from the time the leaves
wither until growth starts again
naturally.

The Rev. Mr Ewbank, of Ryde,
LW., who, as well as Sir Michael
Foster and Herr Max Leichtlin of
Baden-Baden, has devoted much
attention to the cultivation of this
group of Irises, has placed on record
in The Garden the method by which
he has succeeded in growing them
almost to perfection. He makes a
raised bed some 6 ins. or so above
the surrounding soil, and uses road

292

seen

TRIS

scrapings pure and simple in which
to plant his Irises. This soil is light,
rich, gritty, and easily penetrated,
Moreover it cakes at the top, and
even in hot weather does not become
dead dry if no glass be put over it.
When the plants have finished
flowering in early summer a light is
placed over them, in such a way that
there is free circulation of air. This
protects the ripening plants from
rain, and they can dry off in the
soil without being disturbed. To
ensure a dry bottom, Mr Ewbank
placed about 1 ft. beneath the surface
of the soil some paving-stones, and
thus prevented the ascent of moisture
from the subsoil.

The best time to plant Oncocyclus
Irises is the first week in June, and
if the methods of Mr Ewbank are
adopted (or a modification of them,
so long as the principle remains the
same), there is every chance of
securing success, With a dry well-

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

forms of such Oncocyclus Irises as
Susiana, Marie, Lorteti, siberica,
Gatesi, etc.

The new hybrid Irises, however, to
which the name of “ Regelio-Cyclus ”
has been given, not only flower freely
but increase rapidly. They delight
in a good sandy loam, to which may
be added a liberal quantity of well-
decomposed cow-manure, The soil
must be dug to a depth of 2 or 3

drained bottom, the bedsonly require \d)

to be covered with a layer of straw
or litter from the time of planting—
say 1st November till about Ist
February — simply to keep off
excessive rains.

HyYsBrips BETWEEN THE “ ONCO-
cycLus” anp “REGELIA” IRISEs.

For some years past attempts have
been made to secure a new race of
hardy Irises by combining the best
qualities of the Oncocyclus and
Regelia groups. Such a race is now
an established fact, thanks to the
enterprise of Mr C. G. Van Tubergen,
jun., of Haarlem. During the past
eight or nine years he has been
fertilising the finest and most perfect
forms of the Regelia group—such as
Korolkowt, vaga, Leichtlini, and
Suworowi—with pollen from the best

Fia. 192.—Iris, Regelio-Cyclus forms. (4.)

ft., so as to secure perfect drainage.
This is a most important condition,
as anything like stagnant water in
the soil is likely to cause the rhizomes
to decay during the winter months,
Stiff, heavy soils must be made
lighter and more porous by the
addition of plenty of sand or grit, and
it is wise to surround the rhizomes
with a good layer of sand at the
time of planting. Besides the sand
and cow-dung, it is also an advantage
to add a little mortar rubble, as these

293

TRIS

Trises enjoy a certain amount of
chalk or lime in the soil.

The rhizomes should not be planted
too deeply, otherwise the growths
are apt to come up weakly, and the
flower-spikes may fail to develop.
In heavy soils, the rhizomes may be
covered with about 2 ins. of soil,
while another } in, or so may be added
in light or friable soils. The roots,
when present on the rhizomes, should
be carefully spread out and not
huddled together, so as to encourage
the development of thread-like fibres
before the winter sets in.

The best time to plant the rhizomes
is from the beginning to the end of
October. There is no real necessity
to plant before the middle of Sep-
tember ; but on the other hand, it is
very detrimental —if not fatal—to
keep the plants out of the ground
until November.

Although the Regelio-Cyclus Irises
are hardy, it is advisable to plant
them in the warmest and most
sheltered part of the garden if the
best results are to be secured. They
like plenty of sunshine to enable
them to come to early maturity.
The best position, therefore, for them
would be on a sheltered border
facing due south, and one in which
the soil has been dug and manured as
recommended above.

During the summer months the
leaves begin to fade. This indicates
the approach of maturity and the
gradual cessation of growth, and
brings the season to about the middle
of July. At this time the rhizomes
should be carefully lifted and allowed
to dry in a shady spot for a few days,
after which the leaves may be cut
down, the roots trimmed a little,
and the rhizomes stored away in dry
sand or earth until the time for
planting again comes round,

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

IV.—“ Burpous” on “ XIPHION” AND
“Juno” (J). IRnIszs,

I, Aitchisoni (J.). I. persica (J.),

I. alata (J.) I. reticulata.
I. Bakeriana. I, Rosenbachiana
I, Boissiert. (S.).

TI, cawcasica (J.). I. serotina.
I. Danfordie (J.). I. sindjarensis (J).

I, filifolia. I, Sisyrinchium.

I. Fosteriana(J.). I. stenophylla,

I, fumosa (J.). I. tingttana.

I, juncea. I. tuberosa.

I, Kolpakowshi- I. Vartani.
ana. I, xiphioides,

I, orchioides (J.). I. Xiphium.

CuLturE, ETc.— The “Bulbous”
Trises are a charming group, and are
gradually winning their way into
many gardens. Many, however, are
merely of botanical interest. The
best-known examples are the Spanish
Trises (7, Xiphium), and the English
Irises (2. wxiphioides), which have
been grown for many years, the
Spanish Irises being especial
favourites, not only in _ private
gardens, but in market gardens.
Most of the plants in this section
have a roundish or spindle-shaped
bulb or root-stock, from which arise
narrow, ribbed, furrowed, or grass-
like leaves, and flowers of beautiful
colour.

With some of the rarer kinds
attention must be given to cultural
details, A warm sunny position
should be chosen, and the soil should
be deeply dug and of a rich and
gritty nature. Once planted, they
are best left undisturbed for three
or four years, until they become well
established and perhaps too close
together. The best and safest time
for lifting the bulbs is when the
leaves have withered. The large and
small bulbs should be separated from
each other and replanted in different
places, When the stock of any par-

294

IRIS

ticular species or variety is limited, it
is better to grow the plants in pots or
pans. In this way they can be looked
after more easily, but must be properly
supplied with moisture during the
growing period.

When seeds are ripened, they should
be sown in rich gritty soil in well-
drained pots or pans, and kept in cold
frames. For two or three seasons the
young plants should be grown singly
in small pots, or several in a large one,
until sturdy enough for the flower-
border.

ALPHABETICAL LIsT oF SPECIES,

The following is a short descriptive
list of the best Irises met with in
gardens, and arranged in alphabetical
order. The word “fall” means the
three outer segments, and the word
“standard” means the three inner
segments of the flowers. The three
petal-like stigmas, each one usually
sheltering a single stamen in the
centre, must not be confused with the
falls and standards.

I. acutiloba.—A rare and distinct
Caucasian Oncocyclus Iris, with
slender creeping root-stocks and
narrow slender leaves curved into a
semicircle. Falls almost strap-shaped,
with a sharply reflexed lance-shaped
blade, pale lilac and dark purple with
darker distinct veins, and a ridge of
dense, short, dark purple or blackish
hairs at the base; standards pale
lilac. (Gartenjl. t. 812, f. 1.)

I, Aitchisoni—A species from the
Punjab, with purplish flowers. The
claw of the fall has radiating purple
veins on a creamy-yellow ground, the
blade being rich deep purple with an
orange crest. (Gard. 1898, t. 1182.)

This is a bulbous Iris of the Juno
group. The variety chrysantha has
bright yellow flowers.

I. alata (J. scorpioides ; I. transta-
gana; I. trialata; I. microptera ;

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

Xiphion alatum), — A handsome
bulbous Iris, native of 8. Europe and
N, Africa, with lance-shaped, pointed,
pale green, distichous leaves about 1
ft. long. Flowers from October to
December, with a bright lilac-purple
limb about 3 ins. deep; falls oblong,
with bright yellow ridge at the base ;
standards somewhat spoon-shaped, 1
in, long, spreading horizontally. (Bot.
Reg. t. 1876.)

This species varies a good deal, and
several forms have received special
names like lilacina, speciosa, cinerea,
mgrescens, cupreata, magna, Leicht-
lint, pallida, alba, etc.

I, Alberti.—A native of Turkestan,
with a stout root-stock and sword-like
slightly glaucous leaves 14 to 2 ft.
long. The large bright lilac flowers
appear in May and June, having
densely bearded falls veined with
dull brown and lilac on a white
ground. (Bot. Mag. t. 7020.)

I, albopurpurea. — A Japanese
species closely related to J. hexagona.
It has white flowers spotted with
purple, the inner segments being
erect. (Bot. Mag. t. 7511.)

I, aphylla (J. furcata).—A Central
European and Caucasian Iris, with
leaves 6 to 12 ins. long and less than
1 in. broad. The dark lilac flowers
are about 23 ins. long, having a white
beard, (Bot. Mag. t. 2861; Bot. Reg.
t. 801.)

I, Aschersoni.—This species from
Asia Minor is closely related to J.
Grant Dugi, but has much narrower
leaves, and the flowers are greenish-
yellow with purple lines (Gard. 1902,
lxi. 288, ff.).

I, asiatica.—This is closely related
to I. germanica, but has larger
flowers. It has grey-blue standards,
with falls of a rich bluish-purple, and
yellow and brown veins. Native of
Asia Minor,

I, atrofusca.—A beautiful Oncocy-

295

IRIS

clus Iris from Palestine. It has weak
pale green or slightly glaucous leaves
about a foot long. The large solitary
flowers are of a deep violet-purple
colour. The wedge-shaped falls are
about 3 ins. long, 14 ins. broad, and
of a deep almost blackish velvety-
purple, bearded at the base with
brownish black and yellow hairs,
The roundish standards are much
larger, and of a deep violet-purple
distinctly veined with radiating lines
and dots of a deeper colour.

I, atropurpurea,—aA Syrian species
related to J. iberica. Flowers with

Fia. 193.—Iris atropurpurea. (4.)

narrow ovate falls blotched and
bearded with yellow at the base and
tipped with dark purple or black ;
standards larger and roundish, deep
black-purple, with veins of a deeper
colour. Style reddish purple-brown
with smallish quadrate crest. There
js an improved Italian form called

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

“Odysseus.” (lil. Hort. +. 1889;
Gartenjl. t. 136.)

I, atroviolacea,—This is probably a
hybrid between J. Chameeiris and J,
pallida, It has sword-shaped, very
glaucous leaves about 1 ft. long and
linch broad. The large dark violet
flowers are very fragrant and gener-
ally appear about May, the falls
having a white beard tipped with
yellow.

I, aurea,—A handsome beardless
Himalayan Iris, 3 to 4 ft. high, with
stout stems and sword-like leaves
about 2 ft. long. Flowers in June,
bright golden-yellow; falls oblong,
crisped at the edges; standards ob-
lanceolate, shorter than the falls,
(Bot. Reg. t. 59; Garden, 1887, t.
579.) The variety intermedia re-
sembles the type in colour, but has
the narrow standards of J. orientalis,

I, Bakeriana,—A pretty Armenian

AN

Fia. 194.—Iris Bake tana. (4.)

Iris with ovoid bulbs and cylindrical,
eight-ribbed, horny - pointed leaves

296

TRIS

about 1 ft. long. Flowers from
January to March, very fragrant,
having narrow oblanceolate standards
of a sky-blue colour, and broader,
oblong, spoon-shaped more or less
erect “falls,” white, blotched with
deep blue or violet, and edged with
deep violet. The flowers vary a good
deal in colour, and include a beautiful
white form. (Bot. Mag. t. '7084.)

I, balkana,—A tufted species about
1 ft. high, native of the Balkan
mountains, with sharp-pointed sword-
like leaves. Flowers dark purple-
lilac, the fall having a dense white
beard tipped with lilac.

I, Barnume.—A Regelia Iris from
the hills of Kurdistan, with slender

A
AN

Fig. 195.—Iris Barnume.

root-stock and stems only a few inches
high. -It comes near J, zberica, but
has narrower and less sickle-shaped
leaves, and smaller and less attractive
dull wine-purple flowers, marked with
deeper coloured veins, and a brownish-
yellow style blotched and spotted with

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

reddish- purple. Falls smaller and
narrower than the roundish standards,
and having a beard of yellow hairs
tipped with purple. There is a
charming yellow - flowered variety.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7050.)

I, Bartoni—A handsome Afghan
species, with pale green sword-like
leaves about 18 ins. long and 14 to 2
ins. broad, strongly ribbed. Flowers
in June, strongly scented, having
creamy - white falls veined with
greenish-yellow, violet-purple on the
claw, and a white and orange beard ;
standards creamy-white veined with
purple, (Bot. Mag. t. 6869.)

I, benacensis,—A native of the
Southern Tyrol, 12 to 15 ins. high,
with sword-like leaves. The flowers
have long obovate deep violet falls,
with still deeper veins, and end in a
whitish claw veined with coppery
violet, while the beard is white at
the base and ‘yellow above. The
broad oblong standards are violet, as
are also the triangular crests of the
stigma,

I, biflora (J. fragrans; I. nudi-
caulis; I, subbiflora).—A beautiful
8. European Iris 9 to 18 ins, high,
with a stout short creeping root-stock
and blue-green sword-like leaves.
Flowers in April, bright violet-purple ;
the obovate falls having a yellow
beard. (Bot. Mag. t. 5806.)

I, Biliotti—A handsome Iris of the
germanica group, 24 to 3 ft. high.
native of Asia Minor. The flowers
are very fragrant. The wedge-shaded
falls are about 33 ins. long, reddish-
purple with dark, almost black, veins,
and a white beard tipped with yellow.
The standards are about 33 ins. long
and 2 ins. broad, bluish-purple with
fine delicate deep blue veins.

I, Bismarckiana, — A handsome
Cushion Iris from Mount Lebanon,
having creeping root-stocks and leaves
like J. Susiana, and flowers veined

297

TRIS

with dark reddish purple-brown on a
pale yellow ground, and bearded at
the base with dark purple or blackish
hairs; standards veined with blue
on a creamy-white ground.

WARM

Fia. 196.—Irts Bismarckiana. -(4.)

I, Boissieri.—A dwarf bulbous Iris
about 1 ft. high, native of the Gerez
Mountains in Spain, with linear
leaves. Flowers in June, 2 to 3 ins.
across, with fiddle-shaped spreading
falls of rich red-purple, and a distinct
golden-yellow bearded ridge; stand-
ards purple. above; reddish below ;
styles reddish-purple with darker
veins. (Bot. Mag. t. '7097.)

I. Bolleana.—A native of Asia
Minor, with tufts of limp and
strangely curled leaves, and clear
yellow flowers with or without bright
violet blotches on the tips of the
inner segments,

I, bosniaca.—A Bosnian Iris 1 to
13 ft. high, having clear yellow flowers
(Gard. 1898, 441).

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

I. bracteata.—A distinct Iris from
Oregon. It has solitary rigid leaves
1 to 2 ft. long and about $ in. broad.
The large almost pure yellow flowers
have falls veined with bluish-purple,
As a rule, the body colour changes to
white and the veins to deep rose with.
age.

I, bucharica.—A pretty Iris in the
way of J. orchiotdes, but having

Fic. 197.—Ivris bucharica.

broader leaves. The white and yellow
flowers appear in April on stems about
1 to 14 ft. high. Native of Bokhara.
(Gard. Chron. 1902, xxxi. 385, f. 135 ;
Lora and Sylva, December 1905.)

I, Caroliniana,—This is closely
related to J. versicolor, from which
it differs by its erect, glaucous, much
shorter leaves.

I, caucasica,—A_ bulbous Iris, native
of the Caucasus to Persia, about 6 ins.
high, with four to six lance-shaped
sickle-like leaves. Flowers in Febru-
ary and March, 2 to 3 ins. across, pale
yellow. The variety major is larger,

298

IRIS

the ridge of the falls being of a deeper
or orange-yellow, toothed or even
fringed with hair-like processes ; the
variety Kharput has flowers greenish-
yellow, except the central orange
ridge of the falls. J. assyriaca, with
white flowers, closely resembles J.
caucasica,

Fia. 198.—Iris eaucasica. (4.)

I, Chameiris.— A pretty S.,
European species 4 to 6 ins. high,
with tufts of pale green leaves about
in. broad. Flowers in April, bright
yellow tinged and veined with brown,
and having a bright orange-yellow
beard. (Red. Lil. t. 263.) The
variety balkana has bright lilac-
purple flowers ; oldvensis has the falls
white at the base, veined with purple,
bearded with white and tipped with
yellow. (Bot. Mag. t. 6110.)

I, chrysantha,—A bearded Iris with
narrow leaves, long peduncles, and
pale yellow flowers (Bot. Mag. t.'7784),

I, Ciengialti—A pretty Iris from
Mount Ciengialto, having yellow-green
leaves 6 to 9 ins. long and about 3 in.
broad. Flowers in May and June,
sky-blue flushed with violet, the falls
having a thick stunted white beard
tipped with orange. The variety
Loppio has blue-green leaves, and
rich deep blue flowers. (See Gard.
Chron, 1886, 554, 586.)

I. Collettii—This is the name of

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

the plant hitherto known as J.
nepalensis letha, It is a native of
Upper Burmah, and has deliciously
fragrant flowers of a delicate lavender
colour. (Bot. Mag. t. 7889.)

I, Cosnize.—A dwarf species, with
large flowers, the standards being
clear yellow with dark purple mark-

ings, the falls being similar, but

pencilled with purple (Gard. xlvii.

351).

I, cretensis.—A native of S.E.
Europe, with dense tufts of erect,
stiffish, narrow, linear, ribbed
leaves, in the centre of which the
deep lilac flowers veined with
bright yellow nestle in April and
May (Bot. Mag. t. 6343),

I. cristata.—A handsome species
4 to 6 ins, high, native of the
Eastern United States, with ro-
settes of linear leaves. Flowers
in April and May, rich amethyst-

blue, with blunt obovate falls having
a yellow beardless crest and beauti-
fully fringed edges. (Bot. Mag. t. 412 ;
Red. Inl, t. 76.)

I. Cypriana.—A native of Cyprus,
closely related to I, pallida. It has
bright lilac sweet-scented flowers 6
to 7 ins. across when open, late in
June. (Gard. Chron. 1888, ii, 182.)

I. Danfordie (J. Bornmiillert)—A
charming little bulbous Iris about 3
ins. high, with four-sided horny-
pointed leaves, Flowers in February
or earlier, bright golden - yellow
spotted with brown; falls oblong,
spoon-shaped ; standards reduced to
a mere bristle. (Bot. Mag. t. 7140;
Garden, 1890, 753.) It belongs to the
Juno group, and is a native of the
Cilician Taurus.

I, Delavayi.— A tall - growing
Chinese species nearly related to J.
stbirica. The flowers are of a
beautiful violet colour, blotched with
white. (Rev. Hort. 1895, 398, ff. 128-9.)

I, demavendica,— A _ distinct

299

TRIS

Cushion Iris about 6 ins. high,
from Mt. Demavend in Persia. The
stems bear two large rich claret-red
flowers, the standards of which are
paler, and the falls richly veined.
(Gard. Chron. 1906, xxxix. 364.)

I, Douglasiana,—A slender Cali-
fornian species 6 to 12 ins, high, with
tufts of thick, stiffish, strongly-ribbed,
linear leaves, Flowers in June, soft
yellow, 14 to 2 ins, deep ; falls hand-
somely veined with bright lilac-purple.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6083 ; Gartenft. t. 1222.)

I, Duthiei,—A native of N. India,
with knotty rhizomes and yellowish-
green leaves about 2 ft. long and 4 in,
broad. The solitary sessile flowers
appear in May. The lance - shaped

falls are reddish-lilac above, with:

darker veins and blotches, and a
white beard tipped with yellow at
the base; greenish-yellow beneath,
with the veins and blotches showing
through. The oblong ovate standards
are pale reddish-lilac with darker veins.

I, Eulefeldi.—A native of Eastern
Turkestan, about 1 ft. high, with
blue-green sickle-shaped leaves 1 ft.
or more long. Flowers in May and
June, reddish-purple; falls purple,
with a long white and bluish-purple
beard ; standards purple and reddish-
purple, with a yellowish claw. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6902.)

I, Ewbankiana,—A Persian Cushion
Tris near J, acutiloba and I, Meda,
having creamy-white flowers veined
with brown purple, and distinguished
by having its lance-shaped outer
segments spreading horizontally
(Gard. Chron. 1901, xxix. 397, f.
152; Rev, Hort. 1901, ff. 172, 178).

I, filifolia (X¢phion filofolium).—A
native of §. Spain and N, Africa,
resembling £ X¢tphium in bulb and
foliage, and having slender roundish
stems 12 to 18 ins. high, with six or
more filiform leaves over a foot long,
the outer ones mottled with purple.

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

Flowers about the end of June, bright
deep purple, spotted with black, and
having a patch of orange on the blade
of the large oblong, fiddle-shaped fall,
(Bot. Mag. t. 5928.)

I, flavescens,— A native of E,
Europe and W. Asia, 2 to 3 ft. high,
with the habit and foliage of J. ger-
manica. Flowers in May, lemon-
yellow; falls bearded with orange-
yellow and veined at the base with
purple-brown, (Bot, Reg. 1845, t. 35.)

I, flavissima.—A native of Asia
Minor, 4 to 6 ins. high, with sword-
shaped leaves, and rich lemon-yellow
flowers about 14 ins. across, The
large roundish falls have an orange-
yellow hairy ridge, while the erect
spoon-shaped standards are much
smaller. (Gard. Chron, 25th May
1901, 326, f.)

I, florentina (Jorentine Iris),—A
fine fragrant 8. European species,
with thick, fleshy, creeping root-
stocks, tufts of blue-green sword-like
leaves, and flower-stems 2 to 3 ft.

‘high. Flowers in May and June, 3

to 6 ins, deep, whitish, tinged with
pale lavender, and having a bright
yellow beard on ‘the falls. The
flowers in the variety albicans are
almost pure white. (Bot. Mag. tt.
273, 671.)

I, feetidissima (etid Gladwin ;
Roast Beef Plant).— A beautiful
British Flag, with flower-stems 2 to
3 ft. high, and deep green sword-
shaped leaves, Flowers from May to
July, usually purple or bluish-lilac,
2 to 3 ins. deep, There is a variety
with pretty variegated foliage, striped
with ivory-white lines, which looks
particularly handsome in spring..

The Gladwin flourishes in moist
and partially shaded places in
ordinary garden soil, and is rendered
conspicuous in the autumn by its
bursted pods of orange-scarlet seeds.

I, Fosteriana.—A pretty bulbous

300

IRIS

Iris, about 1 ft. high, native of
Afghanistan, with slender elongated
bulbs, having fleshy roots and linear
leaves, not unlike those of the Spanish
Iris (J. Xtphium), but much striped
on the outside. Flowers in March,
about 2 ins. across, with yellow falls
and styles, but reddish-purple stand-
ards. (Bot. Mag. t. 7215.)

This species is very difficult to
grow; according to the late Sir M.
Foster a moderately stiff soil suits it
best. It should be kept as dry as
possible in winter, and hot in summer,
It should be sheltered from winds and
kept free from the roots of trees and
shrubs.

I. fulva.—A United States beard-
less Flag, 2 to 3 ft. high, with bright
green, narrow, sword-shaped leaves.

Fic. 199.—Iris fulva. (4.)

Flowers in June, bright coppery
brown, 2 to 3 ins. deep, the oblong
clawed falls having a reddish-brown
down on the keel. (Bot. Mag. t.
1496.) Also known as J, cuprea.

I, fumosa (Xiphion Auchert).—A

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

Syrian species related to J. send-
jarensis, from which it differs in
having shorter and broader leaves,
and in the stem bearing eight to ten
greenish-yellow smoky tinted flowers
in April,

I. galatica.— A native of Asia
Minor related to J. persica. The
colour of the flowers varies from
greenish-yellow to silver-grey suffused
with purple, and with deeper purple
falls. (Gard. 1905, Ixvii. 203.)

I, Gatesii—A large and handsome
Cushion Iris from Armenia, resembling
I, Susiana, but having a more com-
pact rhizome, and shorter, narrower,
and deeper green leaves. The blooms
appear in June, and are of a soft
delicate grey—the result of very thin
clear veins and minute purple dots on
a creamy-white ground. The hairs
on the claw beneath the grey or
brownish style flecked with dark
purple are crowded into a diffuse
beard. The ripe capsule is often 5
ins. long. The plants should be
sheltered as much as possible from
wind. (Gard. Chron. 1890, ii. 18, f. ;
Garden, 1893, t. 897.)

I, germanica (Common or Ger-
man Flag).—This well-known Iris
from Central and 8. Europe has
a thick, fleshy, creeping root-stock,
tufts of glaucous sword-like leaves,
and flower-stems 2 to 3 ft. high,
bearing many large fragrant and
elegant purple and lilac blossoms in
May and June; the falls have a
conspicuous yellow beard on a whitish
ground veined with brown. (Bot.
Mag. t. 670.)

There are many forms, all beautiful
and easily grown, the best being alba,
white ; atropurpurea, deep reddish-
purple; grisea, white veined and
netted with lilac; major, large, blue
and purple ; Agnes, pale lavender and
blue; Arleguin, brown and black ;
Argus, violet; Calypso, white streaked

301

IRIS

with purple ; Canary Bird, yellow;
Laura, pale yellow and deep purple ;
Lucretia, porcelain, striped purple ;
Othello, yellow and violet ; Sappho,
golden-yellow and bright blue ; etc.

Fic. 200.—Iris germanica. (}.)

I. gracilipes.—A somewhat tender
Japanese species 6 to 12 ins, high,
with a slender branching root-stock,
narrow pointed leaves 6 to 12 ins,
long, and with purple or lilac flowers
about 2 ins, across, with yellow crests
(Bot. Mag. t. 7926).

I, graminea.—A pretty beardless
Iris from Central and Southern
Europe, with tufts of linear grassy
leaves 12 to 18 ins. long. Flowers
slightly fragrant, produced in May
and June, bright lilac- purple in
colour, 14 to 2 ins, deep, the roundish
falls being veined with bluish-purple
on a white ground. (Bot. Mag. t.
681.)

I, Grant Duffi,—A pretty species,
native of the Holy Land, recognised

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

by its bluish glaucous green leaves
and sulphur-yellow flowers veined
with lilac.

Fic, 201.—Iris Grant Duff. (4.)

I, Guldensteedtiana (J. halophila ;
I. stenogyne).—A beardless Siberian
Tris with stout flower-stems about
2 ft. high, and firm, sharp-pointed,
sword-like leaves. Flowers in June,
2 ins, deep; falls white with an
orange base; standards pure white
with a yellow keel and margin.
There is an almost pure white variety,
alba, and a blue one called caerulea,

I, Haynei,—A native of Palestine,
closely related to LZ, Sart. It has
weak linear leaves 6 to 9 ins. long
and about 4 in. broad. The huge
flowers are soft lavender-purple
beautifully veined and dotted with
deep purple. The falls are deeper
in colour than the standards, having
a blackish blotch and numerous
blackish-purple hairs on the basal

302

IRIS

portion. The plant grows 14 to 2 ft.
high, and flowers in April.

Fic. 202.—Iris Haynei. (4.)

I, Heldreichi (J, stenophylla).—
A beautiful bulbous Iris, native of the
Cilician Taurus. It grows 3 to 5 ins,
high, and has tufts of grass-like
channelled leaves which are only
2 to 3 ins. high when the flowers
appear in February and March. The
blooms are 3 to 4 ins. across, soft
mauvy purple, the falls having a
large triangular blotch of black
velvety purple in front of the raised
yellow crest, on each side of which
are purplish spots or blotches. Gard.
Chron. 1900, xxviii. 170, f. 55; Bot.
Mag. t. 7743.)

I, Helenze.—A lovely Iris, native of
Egypt and Palestine, closely related
to I, iberica and I. Marie, with large
flowers having bright lilac standards
and purple falls veined with black,
and having a velvety-black blotch at
the base.

I, hexagona.— A native of the

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

South United States, 3 to 4 ft high,
with sword-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ft.
long and over an inch wide, Flowers
in April and May, pale or deep lilac,
with spoon-shaped standards and
obovate clawed falls. Closely related
to this species is the Japanese J,
albopurpurea, which has white flowers
spotted with purple. (Bot. Mag. t.
6787.)

I. Heylandiana.—A rare Cushion
Iris from Mesopotamia. It is near
I. Sari, but the leaves are somewhat
narrower. Both falls and standards
are marked with brown- violet or
black-purple veins, on a dingy white
ground. The beard on the fall is
white, more or less tinged with
yellow.

I, Hookeri (J. étripetala).—
Canadian Iris, with narrow sword-
shaped leaves 1 to 14 ft. long, and
bright lilac flowers over 2 ins. Jong,
the falls having a roundish blade.
This species is like L. versicolor, but
has small wedge-shaped pointed
standards. (Bot. Mag. t. 2886.)

I, Hookeriana.—A Bengalese Iris
with rather fleshy rhizomes and
yellowish-green leaves about a foot
long. Falls obovate lance-shaped,
densely bearded, with white hairs
tipped with orange and bluish-purple
with darker blotches. The narrow
obovate standards are bluish-purple.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7246.)

1, hybrida (J. amoena).— Under this
name comes a large number of garden
Irises, derived probably by hybridis-
ing and cross-breeding J. germanica,
I, variegata, I. squalens, and other
species. The sword-like leaves are
a foot or more long. The large
flowers appear in June, and usually
have whitish, pale lilac, violet, yellow,
brown, and generally pale coloured
standards, and deeper coloured falls
(lilac, purple, etc.), with a bright
yellow beard on a white ground, and

303

IRIS

variously blotched and striped. (Red.
Lil. t. 336.)

I. iberica.—A strikingly handsome
Cushion Iris from the Caucasus, with
a compact rhizome, and sickle-shaped
leaves 4 to 6 ins. long. Flowers in
May, pale lilac, distinctly lined and
speckled with purple ; falls roundish,
creamy - white with black - purple

Fic. 203.—Irts therica. (4.)

blotches and a conspicuous deep
velvety blackish-purple blotch at
the base. (Bot. Mag. t. 5847.) The
variety ochracea has rich orange falls
tinged with brown, and standards
nearly pure white. Bellz has dark
lilac standards. Van Houtte: is a
natural hybrid between J. cberica and
I. Sustana,

I, juncea (J. imberbis ; I. mauri-
tanica). — A graceful bulbous Iris,
native of 8. Italy and Spain, and N.
Africa, with roundish bulbs and
slender rush-like leaves about 1 ft.
long, appearing late in autumn.

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

Flowers in June and July, very
fragrant, rich golden-yellow; the
falls are broadly fiddle-shaped, and
much larger than the oblanceolate
notched standards, The variety
pallida is a soft canary-yellow, and
numidica is lemon-coloured. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5890.)

I, Kashmiriana,— A native of
Kashmir closely related to J.
florentina, with leaves 18 ins, long
and 1 in. broad. The large pure
white flowers with yellow- tipped
beards are borne in clusters late in
May on stems about 3 ft, high,
(Gard. Chron. 1877, ii. 744.)

I, Kolpakowskiana,—A. pretty Iris
from Turkestan, with round netted
bulbs and linear leaves, Flowers in
March, fragrant; the oblong lance-
shaped falls of rich red-purple and
bright golden-yellow with broken
purple veins, the oblong standards
being pale lilac or purple. (Gard. t.
658, f. 4; Garten. t. 939.)

This is a very difficult Iris to grow,
as the imported bulbs mostly die
after the first year.

I, Korolkowi.—A native of Turke-
stan, 1 to 14 ft. high, with linear
glaucous leaves and large whitish
flowers tinged with brown and copi-
ously veined with a deeper colour ;
falls oblong, bearded; standards
rather broader, erect (Bot. Mag. t.
7025). The variety concolor has
bright lilac-purple flowers; Leicht-
lintana has creamy - white flowers
marked with a blackish-purple blotch
at the base of the falls; venosa has
greyish-lilac flowers distinctly veined
with purple; and violacea violet or
puce- coloured flowers with darker
veins,

I, kumaonensis ([. Kingiana; I.
longifolia ; I. tigrina).—-A. native of
the Western Himalayas, at an eleva-
tion of about 11,500 ft. It has
stout, short, creeping root-stocks, and

304

IRIS

narrow leaves 6 to 9 ins. long.
Flowers in May ; with dark lilac falls,
mottled with paler lilac and having
a white and yellow beard ; standards
paler in colour. (Bot. Mag. t. 6957.)
The variety caulescens has stems
about 6 ins. high and mauve-lilac
standards, and deep purple-lilac falls
with deeper coloured motilings.

Fic. 204.—Iris Korotkowt. (4.)

I. lacustris.—A free-growing North
American Iris, with creeping root-
stocks and charming sky-blue flowers
with a yellow crest produced in early
spring, and often again in autumn.

I, levigata (1, Kempferi), Jap-
anese Iris—This remarkable species,
native of Siberia and Japan, has
the largest flowers in the genus,
and is better known under the name
of I. Kempfert. It grows about 2
ft. high, and has pale green, weakish,
sword -shaped leaves, The blooms,
which appear in June and July, are
very variable in size and colour,
sometimes measuring 8 to 10 ins.

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

across, In the wild type the large
roundish falls are violet-blue, with
a bright yellow blotch at the base,
and the much smaller oblong-obovate
standards are usually of a much
paler blue. There are, however, a
great number of varieties with pure

Fic. 205.—Iris levigata. (4.)

white, lilac, magenta, purple, and
other shades of colour, all more or
less constant in the yellow blotch
at the base of the falls. There are
varieties in which the colour becomes
streaked or blotched ; and also double-
flowered forms. (Bot. Mag. t. 6132.)

I. levgata and its varieties
flourish in a moist, peaty loam, and
in warm, sunny, or not too shady
positions by the banks of streams,
lakes, ponds, etc. The plants may
be increased by careful division of
the root-stocks in autumn. Seeds
may also be saved and sown in early
spring, in pots or pans in cold frames,
Every spring a large number of root-

305 U

IRIS

stocks of this species are imported
direct from Japan.

I. Leichtlini (J. vaga).—A pretty
species from Turkestan, with creep-
ing root-stocks and erect, slender,
sharp - pointed, sword -like leaves,
Flowers yellowish, purple and brown-
ish-red, with broadly lance-shaped
standards, and obovate spoon-shaped
falls, having a bluish-white beard.
(Gartenfl. t. 1244, f. 7.)

I. longipetala.—A Californian Iris,
2 to 3 ft, high, with narrow sword-like
leaves 12 to 18 ins, long. Flowers
in June and July, 2 to 3 ins. deep,
bright.lilac, with obovate falls, having
a bright yellow keel and violet veins
on a white ground. (Bot. Mag. t.
5298.) The variety montana (figured
in Bot. Mag. t. 6579 as I. missouri-
ensis) is much dwarfer, with narrower
leaves and smaller flowers.

Fic. 206.—Iris Lorteti. (4.)

I. Lortetii.— A very attractive
Cushion Iris, native of S. Lebanon,

THE BULB BOOK

Re ae Rene ee, ee

TRIS

resembling J, Sart, I. Gatesi, and
I, Susiana, with sword-shaped leaves
and very large flowers, very variable
in colour. The standards are pale
pink or delicate rose veined with
purple, the falls being pale blue or
lavender covered with crimson spots,
and a deep crimson or blackish-
purple blotch at the base. Other
forms have creamy - yellow falls
heavily spotted with purple, and
almost pure white or pale violet
standards distinctly but very thinly
veined with violet. (Bot. Mag. t.
7291.) The variety alba has pure
white flowers.

I, lupina (Wolf's Ear Jris).—A
distinct and handsome Cushion Iris,
native of Armenia and Central Asia
Minor, and intermediate between J.
iberica and I. Susiana. It has com-
pact rhizomes and sickle-like leaves
about 9 ins. long. Flowers in May
and June, borne singly on stems 2
to 6 ins. high, with brownish-red
veins on a creamy-yellow or greenish-
yellow ground, the red of the veins
often merging into deep dark purple,
the broad lance-shaped falls having
a triangular blotch of very dark,
almost blackish purple in front of
a diffuse yellow beard at the base.
(Garden, 1893, t. 897.) The variety
robusta has silver grey standards
veined with brown.

I. lurida.—An old garden plant,
native of S. Europe, closely related
to J. variegata. It has, however,
narrower leaves and flowers earlier
in the year (April), the upper half
of the falls and standards being of
a dead purple colour with bright
yellow beards. (Bot. Mag. t. 986.)

I, lutescens.—A South European
Iris with slightly glaucous sword-,
like leaves, and large handsome
flowers in May, with pale yellow falls
tinged and veined with purple-brown,
and having a bright yellow beard;

306

TRIS

standards broader, primrose-yellow,
suddenly narrowed to a claw (Bot.
Mag. t. 2861).

The variety Statelle is a handsome
plant about 1 ft. high, with pale
yellowish flowers veined with green,
and bearded with bright yellow (Bot.
Mag. t. 6894).

I, Marie,—A pretty Cushion Iris
about 6 ins. high, from Egypt and
Palestine, having rather slender com-
pact rhizomes, and foliage like that
of J. zberica, but narrower and less
distinctly sickle-shaped. The flowers

_are of a uniform lilac colour, marked
with deeper coloured veins and
having a deep dark purple blotch

t the base of the fall, the claw of

hich is studded with deep purple
htairs.

I, Masizw.—This resembles I. Grant
Discfi, but has deep purple flowers.

I\ Meda.—A handsome Persian Iris
of {he Oncocyclus group with very
narrdow erect leaves, The flowers
have ‘ pale lilac, narrow, pointed falls
witha dense yellow beard and a deep
purple blotch at the base, while the
standards are of a paler lilac colour.
The qolour varies somewhat, some
flowerrs having a greenish - yellow
ground ., the falls having thick purple
veins, (Bot. Mag. t. 7040.)

I, nuelanosticta.—A beardless Iris
from! Syria, similar in habit and
foliage to 1. Grant Duff but differing
in the colour of the flowers, the outer
segments of which are yellow with
dark’ violet veins at the base, and
four or five large dark violet blotches
on the limb (Gartenji. 1907, 495).

I, Milesi—A Himalayan Iris about
3 ft. high, with pale green, tapering,
sword-shaped leaves 14 to 2 ft. long,
and clusters of large bright lilac
flowers in May and June, on stems
about 3 ft. high, the falls having
deeper lilac veins radiating from the
yellow base (Bot. Mag. t. 6889).

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

I, minuta.—A Japanese species,
with slender rhizomes, linear leaves
5 to 6 ins. long, and small bright
yellow flowers.

I. missouriensis (J, Tolmieana).—
An attractive Iris from the Rocky
Mountains, with tufts of linear

Fic. 207.—Iris inissouriensis. (4.)

tapering leaves about 1 ft. long.
Flowers in May, large, pale bluish-
lilac veined with purple, the falls
being faintly stained with yellow
towards the base. The plant figured
in Bot. Mag. t. 6579 is a form of
I, longipetala.

I, Monnieri.—A- large and hand-
some beardless Iris, native of Crete,
with erect lance-shaped leaves about
2 ft. long. Flowers in June and July,
on stout roundish stems 3 to 4 ft.
high, bright lemon-yellow in colour,
the roundish falls being sometimes
edged with white. (Red. Lil. t.
236.)

I, neglecta.—A handsome Iris of
the germanica group. The flowers
appear in June, and have bright lilac

307

IRIS

or deep blue falls veined with purple-
red on a whitish ground, and bearded
with bright yellow, the standards
being pale lilac. There are many fine
garden forms having various shades
of lavender, violet, blue, and white.
(Bot, Mag. t. 2435.)

I, nepalensis (J. decora).—A dis-
tinct Iris, 6 to 12 ins. high, native
of Nepaul, Rhizomes small, covered
by a net of fibres, and having white
fleshy, thong-like roots, and linear
sword - shaped, tapering, striped
leaves. Flowers of a delicate pale
lavender, the lanceolate spoon-shaped
falls having a median ridge of yellow
hairs towards the base. The flowers
are very fleeting, opening in the
morning and fading before evening.

The variety Letha, from the Chin
Hills in Upper Burmah, is a better
garden plant. It has deliciously
fragrant flowers of a delicate lavender
colour. Itis now knownas J. Collette,
and is figured in the Bot. Mag. t.
7889, (Bot. Reg. t. 878.) Itis better
to treat this Iris as recommended for
the Oncocyclus group (see p. 292).

I, obtusifolia.—A Persian species,
with short oblong, bluntish leaves,
and yellow flowers with striped falls
and a bearded crest (Bot. Mag. t.
7701).

I, ochro-aurea,—This seems to be a
hybrid between J. ochrolewca and I.
aurea. The rich yellow beardless
falls are edged with creamy-white,
and the standards are erect and
bilobed. (Gard. Chron. 1900, xxviii.
32.)

I. orchioides (Orchid Iris).—A dis-
tinct bulbous Iris found wild in
Western Turkestan and Bokhara,
remarkable for having bulbs some-
times as large as a goose’s egg. The
flowers, 2 to 3 ins, across, are borne
in March and April all along the
stems, 14 to 2 ft. high. They are
of a rich yellow, with or without a

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

greenish tint or spot, the oblong
reflexed falls being variously spotted,
blotched, and veined with violet,
(Bot. Mag. t. 7111.)

The variety cwrulea has pale blue
or lavender flowers, the ridge of the
fall being yellow with lavender
blotches, the whole blade being some-
times creamy-yellow. In ocwata the
yellow flowers have blue blotches on
the fall, and linifolia has yellow

‘flowers and extremely narrow leaves.

I. orientalis (I. ochroleuca ; I. gig-
antea).—A splendid beardless Iris of
unknown origin. It has slender sword-

Fic. 208.—Iris orientalis. (}.)

like leaves about 4 ft. long, and flower-
stems often 6 ft. high, bearing clusters
of large ivory-white flowers in June,
the roundish-obovate falls having a
large yellow blotch at the base.
(Bot. Mag. t. 61; Red. Ll, t. 350.)

There are several forms, some with
larger flowers than others.

I. palestina.—A pretty bulbous

308

Peiddrrcs

reacted

TRIS

Iris of the Juno group, from the
mountains of Palestine. It hag
sickle-shaped pointed leaves 3 to 6
ins. long, and produces its pale
yellow flowers tinged with lilac during
the winter months. The variety
cerulea has blue flowers.

I, pallida.—A splendid Iris of the
germanica type, native of the Medi-
terranean region, having tufts of
sword-shaped leaves 12 to 18 ins.
long. Flowers in June, on stems 2
to 3 ft. high, scented like orange-
blossom, and varying in colour from
bright slaty lilac to deep lilac-purple,
the falls having a bright yellow beard
towards the base, which is veined
with bright lilac on a white ground.
There are several forms of this species,
among the best being australis,
ceclestis, Cypriana, dalmatica, and
Queen of May. (Bot. Mag. t. 685;
Red, Int, t. 366.)

I, paradoxa.—A singular Cushion
Iris from Western Persia and the
Caucasus, having slender, compact
rhizomes and few narrow, short,
more or less sickle-shaped leaves.
The name paradoxa alludes to the
great disproportion between the
small strap-shaped, stout, and almost
leathery fall, half an inch or less
wide, spreading horizontally and end-
ing in a rounded apex, while the
standard is large, roundish, and erect,
and delicate and flimsy in texture.
In the typical species the standard
is veined with deep violet or bluish-
violet, the intervening spaces being
of a paler tint. Over the claw of
the standard and along a median
streak the colour is creamy-white,
densely dotted with violet. The
style is brownish-yellow with lines
of dark purple spots. Some varieties
have white or red-purple standards,
(Bot. Mag. t. 7081.) This species
and J, sambucina have produced a
hybrid called ZL. paracina or J.

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

parsamb (Flora and Sylva, March
1905).

I. persica (J. bulbosa persica ;
Aiphium persicum).—A charming
little bulbous Iris, native of Persia

and the more southern parts of

Eastern and Central Asia Minor,
sometimes with ovoid bulbs as large
as a hen’s egg, and linear lance-
shaped, tapering, sickle - shaped
leaves. Flowers in February and
March, 2 to 3 ins. across, violet-
scented, usually borne singly on the
scarcely visible stem. The wavy
falls are of a pale bluish-green or
whitish colour with a conspicuous
and beardless bright-yellow keel, in
front of which are blotches and spots
of deep almost black violet. (Bot.
Mag. t.1; Red, Lil. t. 189.)

The variety purpurea is almost
entirely of a dark reddish - purple
colour with an orange ridge on the
fall, and a deeper tint in front,
Other varieties are light purple,

309

IRIS

almost lavender, yellowish-lilac, sea-
green, etc., but all have a conspicuous
patch of deep purple-violet or even
black in front of the orange or yellow
keel. In the variety Jsaacsoni the
fall is creamy-white in front, tinged
with green and broken by thick
violet veins which, running parallel
to the median, violet-dotted, yellow
streak on the claw, form a conspicu-
ous violet zone around the ridge on
the blade. There is no patch of deep
colour in front as in the other forms.

I, plicata.—A plant of unknown
origin 2 to 3 ft. high, with sword-
like leaves 12 to 18 ins. long, and
clusters of large fragrant flowers
produced in June and July; falls
pure white in the centre, veined with
bright lilac at the edges, and having
a yellow -tipped beard; standards
pure white edged with lilac (Bot.
Mag. t. 810; Red, Lit. t. 356).

I, Pseudacorus (Yellow TIlag or
Water Flag).—A well-known British
Iris found near river banks, ditches,
etc.,, having a stout creeping root-
stock, and glaucous sword - shaped
leaves 2 to 4 ft. long. Flowers from
May to August, large, almost scent-
less, 3 to 4 ins. across, bright yellow
with a deeper spot at the base of the
falls, which are veined with brown or
purple, The variety acoroides from
N. America has small sulphur-yellow
flowers. There is a beautiful variety
in which the leaves are striped with
ivory-white, as in a form of J, foctidis-
sima, and another with golden-yellow
stripes, but these are much clearer
and finer looking in spring than in
summer and autumn.

I, pseudo-variegata.—This belongs
to the germanica section, and has
bright yellow flowers with brown-
yellow veined falls (Gard. 1899, t. 418).

I, pumila.—A charming little Iris
4 to 5 ins, high, from 8S. Europe and
Asia Minor, with sword-shaped leaves.

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

Flowers in April, bright lilac-purple
or deep violet colour, the reflexed
falls having a dense white beard at
the base, the standards being usually
paler in colour, (Bot. Mag. tt. 9,
1209, 1261; Red. Lil. t. 261.)

Fic. 210.—Iris pumila. (4.)

There are several forms, among
which may be mentioned albida—the
Crimean Iris—greyish-white ; atro-
cerulea, deep purple ; attica, yellow
veined with brownish-lilac ; cerwea,
bright blue with yellow beards;
coclestis, sky-blue ; graczlzs, pure white
with bronze falls; and Jutescens,
bright yellow.

I. Reichenbachiana is closely related
to I. lutescens, It has bright pale
yellow flowers.

I. reticulata (Netted Iris),—A
charming Caucasian Iris having ovoid
bulbs and four-sided, horny-pointed,
narrow leaves about 1 ft. long.
Flowers from January to March,
deep violet and ‘sweetly scented,

310

TRIS

the long narrow falls having a bright
golden or orange patch at the base.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5577; Gartenfl. tt.
452,779; Lodd. Bot. Cat. t. 1829.)

There are many beautiful forms,
the most distinct being :-—

(1) Cyanea, with flower - stems
scarcely raised above the surface of
the soil, and bright blue flowers,

(2) Histrio.—The flowers open from
December to March ; they are bright
blue blotched with golden-yellow and
having deep purple blotches on the
blade of the falls (Bot. Mag. t. 6033).

(3) Histrioides opens its flowers
before the leaves appear, and these
are eventually stouter and longer
than in any other form of J. reti-
culata. The flowers are 4 to 5 ins,
across, usually of a bright blue,
sometimes assuming a light violet
tint ; the ridge of the fall is golden-
yellow with a white or creamy zone
outside veined and blotched with
violet.

(4) Humilis.—Flowers of a rich
red-purple colour, the fall having a
bright orange or yellow ridge sur-
rounded by a zone of dense creamy-
white, broken up by dots and veins
of deep purple.

(5) Krelaget.—This flowers rather
earlier than the type, of a more or
less deep claret-purple colour with
golden-yellow ridges to the falls.

(6) Purpurea.—Flowers of a fine
deep reddish-purple, the blade of the
falls being particularly dark and the
ridge yellow.

(7) Sophenensis.—The flowers vary
in colour from a dark red-purple to
a blue-purple, or to a lilac or lavender,
the whole having a peculiar metallic
sheen, and the orange ridge on the
falls is continued unevenly along the
entire length.

There is also a form called major
or cerulea, having various shades of
pale blue.

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

I, Rosenbachiana,—A_ lovely little
bulbous Iris from the mountains of
Eastern Buchara and Turkestan, at
an elevation of 6000 to 9000 ft. The
bulbs have numerous fleshy and often
ovoid roots, and tufts of lance-shaped
bluntish leaves about 8 ins. long and
2 ins. broad. The sessile solitary
flowers usually appear from February
to April. The prevailing colour is
a combination of purple, yellow, and
white, but is very variable, and some
forms are of a rich crimson or purple-
blue, passing into a dull or dingy
lavender, while others are nearly
pure yellow with a few purple or
violet markings, There is also a
form with pure white flowers, with
a blotch of deep violet on the fall,
(Gartenfl. t. 1227; Gard, t. 653; Bot.
Mag. t. 7135.)

I, rubro-marginata.—A pretty Iris
about 4 ins. high, native of Scutari,
having red - edged sickle - shaped
leaves 3 to 4 ins. long, and large
yellow or lilac and purple-bearded
flowers in spring (Gard. Chron. 1875,
i, 524),

I. ruthenica—A beardless species,
native of E, Europe and Asia, with
linear ribbed leaves and fragrant
flowers in March and April, on
slender stems 1 to 4 ins. high. The
prevailing colour is lilac-purple, the
falls being veined with white. The
variety violacea has violet-coloured
blooms. (Bot. Mag. tt. 1123, 1393.)

I. sambucina.—A, native of Central
Europe, Asia Minor, etc., with tufts
of glaucous leaves 15 to 18 ins. long,
and clusters of large Elder-scented
flowers produced in May, on branch-
ing stems about 2 ft. high; falls
claret-purple with a yellow beard ;
standards dull yellow, suffused with
dull claret - purple (Bot. Mag. t.
187) ; very near J. sgualens, but not so
vigorous in growth.

I, Sari—A fine Cushion Iris from

311

TRIS

the banks of the river Sar in Cilicia.
The typical plant, which has bright
lilac flowers, does not appear to be
in cultivation, but is represented
by the variety Jurida, which has
narrow sword-shaped falcate leaves
about 6 ins. long. The flowers
appear in May, and resemble those
of ZL. Sustana, but are somewhat
smaller, and of a soft violet-purple
with deeper spots and veins, the
falls being darker in colour than the
- roundish standards, and having a
diffuse brownish-black beard. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6960.)

The variety Nazarene from Pales-
tine has the falls heavily veined with
rows of brownish-purple spots on a
pale or straw-yellow ground, and a
large maroon blotch in the centre,
while the standards are creamy-
white beautifully veined with blue.

I, serotina.—A native of the cal-
careous mountains near Jaen, in
Spain. It resembles the Spanish Iris
(I. Xiphium), but differs in its
very late flowering in August or Sep-
tember, and in being less vigorous,
with the upper leaves very thin and
awl-like, in having reddish spathe-
valves, and especially in the fall hav-
ing an oblong-lanceolate blade and
a narrow linear claw.

I. setosa (J, brachycuspis).—A hand-
some Iris, native of Eastern Siberia.
Japan, and North America, somewhat
resembling J. stberica. The thin
leaves are 1 to 1} ft. long, and the
large bright lilac flowers are produced
in May and June, on stoutish branched
stems 2 to 3 ft.high. (Bot. Reg. 1847,
t. 10; Bot. Mag. t. 2326.) The
variety atro-cerulea has darker blue
flowers than the type.

I. sibirica.—A beautiful beardless
Iris, native of Central and South
Europe to Siberia, with linear ribbed
leaves 1 to2ft.long. Flowers in May
and June, borne on hollow stems 1 to

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

2% ft. high, bright lilac-blue, the falls
being veined with deep violet on a
paler ground. (Bot. Mag. tt. 50,
1163, 1604.) There are many beauti-
ful garden forms including double-
flowered ones, the white one, alba,
being one of the most distinct, having

Fia, 211.—Iris sibirica. (4.)

white flowers mottled with purple.
Orientalis differs from the type by
the redness of its young leaves,
shorter flower-stems, and deeper
coloured but less lasting flowers.

I, Sieheana.—This is closely related
to J. persica purpurea, differing
chiefly in having the wings of the
fall more blunt, and the lip less
rounded. The flowers vary from
silver-grey to pale reddish-purple
blotched with white and yellow and

spotted with deep brown. (Gard.
Chron. 1904, xxxv. 282.)
I, sindjarensis—An interesting

bulbous Iris, native of Mesopotamia,
having very large elongated bulbs.
Leaves long and narrowing gradually

312

TRIS

to asharp point, bent into a double
channel, much striped on the out-
side, glossy green on the inside. The
vanilla-scented flowers, 2 to 4 ins,
across, appear in March and April,
and are of a somewhat slaty blue,
broken by the yellow ridge of the
fall and by greenish-blue veins and
dots. (Bot. Mag. t. '7145.) J. x send-
pers is a hybrid between this species
and JI. persica (Gard. Chron. 1901,
xxix, 105, f. 46.)

I, Sisyrinchium ([. fugazx; I.
egyptia; I, samaritana; I. junci-
folta ; etc., etc.)—This distinct little
bulbous Iris about 6 ins. high, with
shaggy-coated roundish bulbs and
arched linear pointed leaves, is the
“Spanish” or “Barbary Nut” of
Parkinson. It is widely distributed

on both sides of the Mediterranean -

shores, and is also found from Asia
Minor to Afghanistan and the Pun-
jab. The fragrant flowers appear
in May and June, but only last a few
hours. They vary in colour from
light blue to reddish-purple, with
variable spots and veins on the blade
of the fall, which bears a broad white
patch and a median yellow streak,
often spotted. (Bot. Mag. tt. 1407,
6096). There is a white-flowered
form ; monophylla has one leaf only,
and small dull-coloured flowers ; and
maricoides has much-spotted flowers.

I, Sofarana.—This species from
Lebanon comes nearest J. Sari. It
has leaves 10 ins. long and about an
inch broad. The large solitary flowers
are borne on scapes about 10 ins.
high. The elliptic falls have a creamy-
white ground, but this is almost
obscured, and they appear to be
blackish-purple owing to thick-set
blotched and netted veins of deep
purple, with a beard of scattered
dark purple hairs on the claw, in
front of which is a deep black blotch.
The roundish standards are much

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

lighter in colour than the falls. The
white groundwork is covered with
thin purple forking veins and numer-
ous purple spots, while the broad
horizontal styles are almost blackish-
purple. The variety magnzyica is a
large-flowered form with red-brown
falls shaded with purple, and having
a purple crest. (Gard. Chron. 1899,
xxvi, 389, 391, f. 125.)

I. Sprengeri.—This is the smallest
of the Cushion or Oncocyclus Irises,
being only 4 ins. high, with a stolon-
bearing root-stock. The grey-green
leaves are about 4 ins. long. The
outer segments of the flowers are
yellow with bright purple-red spots
and veins; the inner segments are
silvery-white veined with purple-red
and black, and the beard is golden-
yellow. (Gard. Chron. 1904, xxxvi.
50, f. 21.)

I. spuria.—An elegant beardless
Tris 1 to 2 ft. high, native of Europe,
Asia, Algeria, etc., with erect or
spreading sword-shaped leaves about
1 ft. long. Flowers in June and
July, large, and of a bright lilac
colour, the falls having a bright
yellow keel running down the claw
which is faintly streaked with purple
on a white ground. (Bot. Mag.
tt. 58, 1131, 1514.)

The variety Monspur is really a
hybrid between this species and J.
Monnieri, the first syllable of each
parent forming the name. The
variety Notha is larger than the type,
and is said to be found wild in the
salt marshes of Siberia.

I. squalens.—A very old garden
plant, native of Europe and Asia,
with tufts of glaucous sword-like
leaves and clusters of faintly Elder-
scented large flowers borne in May
and June, on branched stems 2 to 3
ft. high. The obovate wedge-shaped
falls are bright lilac-purple, with a
conspicuous yellow beard, while the

313

IRIS

erect and rather crisped standards
are dullish lilac and yellow or
brownish-yellow. (Bot. Mag. t. 787.)

There are many forms with a vast
range of colour among shades of
lavender, blue, violet, bronze-yellow,
mauve, primrose, golden-yellow,
crimson, etc., as in the germanica,
neglecta, and pallida sections, which
they somewhat resemble.

I, Straussi.— A dwarf bearded
Persian Iris, about 3 ins. high, with
narrow leaves and _ brown-violet
coloured flowers (Gard. 1899, lvi. 149).

I, Susiana (Mourning Iris) —A

Fig. 212.—Iris Susiana. (4.)

remarkably handsome and singular
Cushion Iris, native of the Levant
and Asia Minor. It is 12 to 18 ins,
high, with pale or yellowish-green,
stem-clasping, sword-like leaves about
lin. broad. The large flowers appear
in April, having a dark silver-grey
appearance, produced by numerous

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

veins and dots of blackish-brown or
purple with a flush of purple or lilac
on a creamy-white ground ; the falls
have a broad cushion of brownish-
black hairs near the base. (Bot.
Mag. t. 91.) Muhlendorfiana is a
dwarf form with yellow flowers.

I, Suworowi (J. /ineata).—A curious
Iris of the Regelia group, native of
Turkestan, with narrow sword-shaped
leaves, and greenish flowers veined
with bluish-green; both falls and
standards are elliptic lance-shaped
ending in a sharp point, the falls
being furnished with a blue beard
from the base to centre (Bot. Mag.
t. '7029).

I. Swerti—A handsome Iris of un-
known origin, with glaucous sword-

Fig. 213.—Iris Tawrt. (4.)

shaped leaves, and clusters of fragrant
flowers in May and June on stems
1 to 14 ft. high. Colour pure white
slightly veined with lilac, and edged
with purple, the obovate cuneate
falls being decorated with a yellow
beard, while the much-crisped pure
white standards are keeled and edged
with purple. (Red. Lil, t. 306.)

I. Tauri.—A bulbous species, native

314

IRIS

of Asia Minor, having bright green
leaves, and dark violet long-tubed
flowers streaked with white, and
having orange-yellow crests edged
with white (Bot. Jag. t. 7793).

I. tectorum (J. tomiolopha)—A
beautiful beardless Iris about 1 ft.

Fic. 214.—Irts tectorum. (#.)

high, native of Japan, with thin pale
green sword-like leaves about 1 ft.
long. Flowers in May and June, 14
to 2 ins, deep, usually bright lilac ;
the blunt crisped falls are veined
with dark lilac, the claw having a
deeply laciniated white and lilac crest.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6118.) There is a white-
flowered variety, candida, and a dark
blue one, atrocerulea.

I, tenax,—A handsome Californian
species 6 to 12 ins. high, with two
linear leaves and bright lilac-purple
flowers 2 to 3 ins, deep, borne on
slender stems in May and June (Bot.
Mag. t. 3343 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1218).

I. tenuis.—A beardless Iris, native
of Oregon, with tufts of thin and

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

narrow green leaves 12 to 15 ins.
long, and white flowers faintly veined
with yellow and lilac (Gard. 1888,
t. 1).

Fic. 215.—Iris tenaz. (}.)

I, tingitana.—A beautiful bulbous
Tris, native of Tangiers, with large
ovoid pointed bulbs and deeply
channelled leaves, which are broad
like those of LZ. xiphioides, but very
glaucous and _ striated _ outside.
Flowers in March and April, 5 to 6
ins. across, on stems about 2 ft. high.
Falls light or deep blue, or bluish-
purple, with deeper veins, and a
yellow keel spreading into a broad
patch behind. (Bot. fag. t. 6775.)

The most suitable place for J.
tingitana is at the base of a south
wall, Fig. 216.

I. trojana.—A native of Troy, about
3 ft. high, with glaucous green
sword-shaped leaves and _ sweet-
scented flowers of a bright purplish-
violet, the base being white with

315

TRIS

yellow margins veined with coppery
purple. The broadly elliptic stand-
ards are violet, and the styles are
bluish-violet with broad-toothed
crests,

Fic. 216.—Iris tingitana. (}.)

I, Tubergeniana,—This is related
to I. orchioides and I. caucasica. The
falls are bright yellow while the
standards are minute and _ three-
toothed. (Gard. Chron. 1899, xxv.
225.)

I, tuberosa (Hermodactylus tuber-
osus), Snake’s Head Iris A. distinct
and interesting species, native of the
Mediterranean shores. It has a
tuberous branched root-stock like a
small hard, deformed Potato. The
leaves are often very long, four-sided,
with a horny point. The flowers,
about 2 ins. across, appear in March
and April on slender hollow stems
about 1 ft. long, and are of a peculiar
olive-green colour, with dark almost
black velvety purple falls, occasionally

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

streaked with yellow or bright green,
(Bot. Mag. t. 531.)

Fic. 217.—Iris tuberosa. (3-)

I, unguicularis (J. stylosa)—A
lovely beardless Algerian Iris with
a rhizome as thick as a man’s finger
and tufts of distichous linear bright
green leaves equalling or overtopping
the large fragrant bright lilac or sky-
blue flowers, which are produced from
October to April (Bot. Mag. t. 5778).

There are several forms of this
species, including alba, with large
white flowers, and speciosa, with deep
rich blue flowers veined with white.
There are also forms known as
angustifolia, Elisabeth, grandiflora,
Lilacina, marginata, pavonia, and
purpurea.

They are all best grown in spots
sheltered from rain and wind.

I. urmiensis.—A Cushion Iris from
Persia, about 7 ins. high, and having
yellow flowers (Gard. Chron. 1900,
XXviii. 373, f. 116).

316

IRIS

I, vaga.—A Regelia Iris, native of
Turkestan, with stolon-bearing root-
stocks, erect curving leaves, and
yellowish, purple, and brown - red
flowers (Gartenjl. 1244, f. 7).

Fic, 218.—Iris unguicularis. (4.)

I. variegata.—A very handsome
Austrian Iris of the germanica group,
with tufts of sword-like leaves 12 to
18 ins. long, purple at the base.
Flowers in May and June; falls ob-
long, narrowed at the base, deep
claret-brown, with a bright yellow
beard and brown veins on a yellow
ground; standards erect, oblong,
bright lemon-yellow. (Bot. Mag. t.
16; Red. Lnl. t. 292.)

There are many beautiful forms
having various shades of yellow,
bronze, and purple predominating ;
although alba, with white flowers, is
an exception.

I, Vartani.—A curious little bulb-
ous Iris from the neighbourhood of
Nazareth, with ovoid netted bulbs,

THE BULB BOOK

TRIS

and four-sided horny-tipped leaves
4 to 6 ins, long at the time of flower-
ing. Flowers 3 to 4 ins. across,
appearing about October. The pre-
dominating colour is slaty blue or
dull lavender; the falls having a
yellow or white blade with black dots
on the claw. (Bot. Mag. t. 6942.)

I. verna.—A_ beardless Iris from
the S. United States, about 14 ft.
high, with narrow finely-veined
leaves and deep violet flowers, having
an orange keel to the falls, The
leaves persist during the winter.

I. versicolor.—A beautiful beard-
less Iris from N, America, with
rather glaucous sword-shaped leaves
and clusters of large claret-purple
flowers, borne in May and June, on
stems 1 to 2 ft. high. The standards
are paler in colour than the much
larger falls, which are beautifully
veined with deep purple. (Bot.
Mag. t. 21.) There is a good deal
of variation in the colour, and several
forms exist, that known as kermesina
having lilac standards and reddish-
lilac falls net-veined with white.

Iris virginica is considered to be
a form of this, having bright lilac
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 703).

I, Warleyensis.—A native of E.
Bokhara, related to JL. orchioides
coerulea, from which it differs chiefly
in the colour of the flowers, in which
shades of violet predominate. The
falls are deep violet with a bright
orange crest. (Gard. Chron. 1902,
xxxi. 386, f. 134; Flora and Sylva,
December 1905.)

I, Willmottiana.—A native of E.
Turkestan closely related to J.
caucasica, but with lavender (not
yellow) or pale purple flowers blotched
with white (Gard. Chron. 1901, xxix.
261, f. 100).

I. xiphioides (J. anglica ; I. pyren-
aica; Xiphion latifolium), English
Lris—A beautiful Pyrenean Iris hav-

317

IRIS

ing bulbs with brown more or less
shaggy coats. The leaves are stouter
and broader than those of the Spanish
Iris. Flowers in July, of a rich deep
blue in the wild type, with a con-
spicuous golden keel on the rounded
fiddle-shaped fall. (Bot. Mag. t. 687 ;
Red. Lil, t. 212.)

There are now a large number of
cultivated forms of the English Iris,
varying in colour from blue and
through various hues of purple to red
and pure white. In catalogues many
distinctive names will be found, some
of the best forms being Blanche
Fleur, La Sincérité, Oriental, and
Mont Blanc, among the whites, the
latter being a particularly fine form ;
Ama Maria, Bleu Mourant, Clio,
Conquerant, Charles Dickens, Ceres,
VObscurité and Nimrod, among the
lilac, blue, and purple and violet
shades; Masterpiece and Nimrod,
blackish-purple ; Duke of Portland,
La Triomphante, and Penelope,
among the white and rose, or
purple-spotted and striped shades.
There are many other names, all
differing according to the particular
catalogue.

I. Xiphium (J. hispanica ; Xiphion
vulgare), Spanish Iris—A charm-
ing bulbous Iris, native of S. Europe,
with smooth, brownish, ovoid bulbs,
and linear, glaucous, awl-shaped
leaves 12 to 18 ins. long. Flowers in
May and June, 3 to 4 ins. across,
variously coloured with shades of
purple, bronze, and yellow, and having
a large number of garden varieties,
including white ones. (Bot. Mag.
t. 686.)

A distinct natural form from
Portugal, known as lusttanica, has
pure yellow flowers with an orange
blotch on the fall, and is doubtless
the progenitor of the various yellow
garden varieties (Bot. Mag. t. 679).
The form known as “Thunderbolt”

THE BULB BOOK

IRIS

is a strong free-growing plant 2 ft. or
more high, having large flowers of a
peculiar bronzy or smoky hue, pro-
duced by the fusion of purple and
yellow with brown. The variety
Battandiert, from Algiers, is like the
type, but has very glaucous foliage
and dead white flowers with an
orange ridge on the fall.

As a cut flower the Spanish Iris is
excellent. Long before the flowers

Fic. 219.—Iris xiphium. (4-.)

in the British Islands open out of
doors, tons of “spears,” or unopened
blossoms, are sent to the London
markets from the south of France,
the Riviera, and the Channel Islands.
These are placed in water and stood
in the genial temperature of a hot-
house, where they open beautifully
bright and clear in a few days, and
are then fit for sale,

The following are a few of the

318

ISOLOMA

finest garden forms .of the Spanish
Iris, and all are worth growing :—

Adelina Patti, deep bronze;
Sappho, splendid bronze; Agnes,
blue, very fine; Alexander V. Hum-
boldt, deep blue; Formosa, dark
blue; Leonidas, dark violet-blue ;
Louise, lilac-blue, very large, extra
fine; Athalia, pure white; Blanche
Superbe, pure white, dwarf; British
Queen, pure white ; La Dame Blanche,
pure white, dwarf; Za Metge, pure
white, large; Jfont Blanc, pure
white, dwarf; Belle Chinoise, very
fine yellow; Chrysolora, very fine
bright yellow ; Leander, deep yellow,
very large, scented; Ovidius, clear
pale yellow; Princess May, yellow
with bluish centre; Weliam the
First, golden-yellow.

ISOLOMA (isos, equal; loma, a
border ; the corolla lobes being equal).
Nat. Ord. Gesneracee.—This genus
contains about sixty species of warm-
house herbaceous plants closely related
to the Achimenes and Gesnera, and
resembling the first-named in having
scaly jor catkin-like rhizomes. The
leaves are opposite, and usually
densely clothed with soft velvety
hairs} The flowers are tubular,
resembling the Achimenes in form
and size. The plants formerly known
under the name of Typ#a now belong
to this genus. For cultural details
ee A\CHIMENES and GESNERA.

The following species may be noted.
They are all natives of Tropical
America, ranging from Bolivia and
Peru to Mexico :—

I, amabile.—This grows about 1 ft.
high, has greenish-purple stems, and
large deep rose flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
4999).

I, bogotense (Achimenes picta).—
This grows 1 to 2 ft. high, and has
drooping yellow flowers, red above

THE BULB BOOK

IXIA

and striped and dotted with red
inside (Bot. Mag. t. 4126).

I. Deppeanum (Gesnera elongata).—
Height 2 to 3 ft. with orange-red
flowers in velvety umbels (Bot. Mag.
t. 3725).

I, erianthum,—A_ handsome erect
plant from Colombia, 2 to 4 ft. high,
with underground scaly rhizomes, and
thick stems and leaves covered with
soft brownish hairs. Leaves ovate
lance-shaped, with stalks 4 to 6 ins.
long. Flowers orange-red or cinnabar,
velvety, drooping, borne in clusters
in the axils of the upper leaves.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7907.)

I, hondense, — A free - flowering
species about 1 ft. high, with yellow
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 4217).

Other species equally beautiful and
interesting, and mostly having red or
yellow flowers, are—I. longifolium,
orange-red ; I. molle, red (Bot. Mag.
t. 3815); I, ocellatum, bright red
(Bot. Mag. t. 4359) ; I. pictum, scarlet
(Bot. Mag. tt. 4126, 4431); I. Schie-
deanum, scarlet (Bot. Mag. t. 4152) ; I.
Seemanni, bright brick-red (Bot. Mag.
t. 4504); I. triflorum, yellow (Bot.
Mag. t. 4842); and I, tubifiora,
yellow, tinted with red.

I, hypocyrtiflorum, formerly known
as Gloxinia. This species has orange-
red almost globular flowers. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5655.)

IXIA (ixia, bird-lime ; in reference
to the sticky juice). Nat. Ord. Iridez.
—A genus of South African herbs
with smooth or fibrous-coated bulbs
or corms, and erect, strongly-veined,
sword-shaped leaves. Flowers with
a funnel-shaped or salver-shaped
perianth, borne on slender spikes.

Ixias are closely related to Spar-
axis, Babiana, and Tritonia, but differ
structurally in details, They are
elegant plants of fairly easy growth,
but unfortunately are not hardy

319

IXIA

except in the very mildest parts of
the British Islands. If given protec-
tion, however, in severe winters with
a little straw, bracken, or litter, the
bulbs may be planted on warm,
sunny, and sheltered borders in many
parts, any time between October or
November and January, the bulbs
being buried about 3 ins. below the
surface of the soil. This should con-
sist of loam, peat or leaf-soil, and
coarse sand in about equal propor-
tions, and the drainage should be
perfect, as anything like wet heavy
soil is almost sure to be fatal to the
plants. During growth in spring, the
soil may be freshened up with a
hand-fork, to prevent it getting caked,
and also cause the moisture to rise to
the roots. After the flowers are over,
and the leaves have withered, the
bulbs should be kept dry and in a
resting condition until growth starts
again. In bleak localities it will be
found safer to grow the bulbs in pots
or pans, protecting them in a cold
frame, and when root action and
growth are established, the plants
may be gently forced into blossom in
a greenhouse, early in the year. Ina
cut state with long stems, there are
few spring flowers to rival the peculiar
charm and elegance of the Ixias, of
which there are now many garden
varieties.

Ixias are best increased by offsets,
which are detached at the time of re-
planting, and these will flower the
second year; or by seeds sown in
sandy soil in spring in a warm green-
house. The seedlings should be
grown on for a year or two before
planting out, or distributing too much,

There are about two dozen species
known, but the following is a good
selection. They grow 12 to 18 ins.
high :—

I, aristata.— Whitish, pink (Bot.
Mag. t. 589).

THE BULB BOOK

IXIA

I, capillaris.—Fleshy or lilac (Bot.
Mag. tt. 570, 617, 1013).

I, flexuosa.—Pink or lilac (Bot.
Mag. t. 624).

I, hybrida.—White, tinted pink
(Bot. Mag. t. 128).

I, linearis.—Lilac (Bot. Mag. t.
570). ;

I. lutea.—Bright yellow (Bot. Mag.
t. 646).

I. maculata. — Orange yellow,
blotched in the throat (Bot. Mag. t.
539; Red. Lil. t. 138). The variety
ochroleuca has creamy-yellow flowers
with a broad brown band in the
centre (Bot. Mag. t. 1285) ; and nigro-
albida has pure white flowers with a
blackish centre.

Fic. 220.—Inia viridiflora. (4.)

I, monadelpha.—A variable species,
having lilac flowers with a blue or
greenish centre, and having the fila-
ments of the stamens united into a
tube (Bot. Mag. t. 607).

I, odorata.—Yellow, sweet-scented
(Bot. Mag. t. 1178).

320

IXIOLIRION

I. paniculata (J. longiflora; Tri-
tonia longiflora). — Creamy - white,

often tinted with pink and with a.

blackish centre (Bot. Mag. tt. 256,
1502 ; Red. Lil. t. 34).

I. patens (I. filiformis).—Pale pink,
bell-shaped (Bot. Mag. t. 522; Red.
Lil. tt. 30, 140).

I. polystachya ([. erecta).—White
(Bot. Mag. t. 623).

I. speciosa (J. crateroides).—Deep
red or crimson ; one of the best (Bot.
Mag. t. 594).

I. viridifiora.—Soft sea-green, with
a blackish shining blotch in the
centre; very attractive and curious
(Bot. Mag. tt. 549, 579; Red. Lil. t.
476).

IXIOLIRION (from izxia, and lecrion,
a lily ; ze, an Ixia-like Lily). Nat.
Ord. Amaryllideze.—A small genus of
bulbous plants with linear leaves and
umbels of funnel-shaped flowers on
top of a slender erect stem. Peri-
anth segments six, more or less erect,
oblanceolate, acute.

The two species here mentioned
are the only ones in the genus. They
should be grown in warm, sunny, and
sheltered positions in the open air in
rich and well-drained sandy soil.
When the bulbs are dormant from
autumn onwards, they should be kept
dry, and if left in the open border,
the winter rains should be warded off
with a sloping covering of straw or
litter, or with an old light. Propaga-
tion is effected by offsets in spring ;
and also by sowing any ripened seeds
in gentle warmth at the same period.

I, Kolpakowskianum.—This grows
wild in Turkestan, at an elevation of
3000 to 6000 ft. It has tufts of grass-
like leaves, and produces its whitish
or bluish flowers about April and
May (Gartenji. t. 953).

I, montanum.—A beautiful species
from W. Asia, having long-necked

THE BULB BOOK

KAMPFERIA

ovoid bulbs about 1 in. through, and
grassy leaves. The bright lilac
flowers in graceful umbels appear in
early summer (June), and have the
segments distinctly three to five
ribbed. (Bot. Reg. 1844, t. 66.)

Fic. 221.—Iwiolirion tataricwm. (}.)

The variety tataricum or Lede-
bourt has narrower leaves and smaller
flowers; macranthum has much
larger flowers than the type, deep
blue shaded with purple ; and brachy-
antherum (or Pallast) has beautiful
violet-blue flowers tinged with rose,
and with a darker coloured band down
the centre of each segment,

KAiMPFERIA (after Kempfer, a
German naturalist). Nat. Ord. Scita-
minez.—A genus containing about
twenty species of hothouse plants
closely related to Roscoéa, Hedy-
chium, and Curcuma. They have
thickened, tuberous-like root-stocks,
and leafy spikes of flowers. The

321 x

KAMPFERIA

corolla has an elongated tube and
spreading or reflexed lobes, the lip
being bilobed. The side staminodes
are broad and petal-like.

These plants flourish in sandy peat
and loam and leaf-mould, and require
a temperature of 65° to 75° F. when
in full growth, but 15° or 20° less
when dormant. They are best pro-
pagated by dividing the roots as
growth is commencing, and are,
perhaps, more valuable for the decora-
tive character of their leaves than
anything else. The best-known kinds
are :—

K. angustifolia. — From Bengal.
About 1 ft. high, with lance-shaped
wavy leaves, and pure white and
purple flowers. (Red. Lit, t. 389.)

K. atrovirens.—A Bornean species
about 9 ins. high, with sharp-pointed,
elliptic, oblong leaves, deep-green
above, purplish beneath, and violet-
purple flowers (Zid. Hort, 1886, 610).

K. Ethele.—A native of Natal,
about 1 to 2 ft. high, having oblong
lance-shaped leaves a foot long, and
solitary rose-purple flowers with a
yellow blotch on the lower lip-like
segments (Gard. Chron, 1898, xxiii.
94, f. 34).

K. Galanga.—This is ‘a well-known
economic plant in the East Indies,
being cultivated for its clusters of
ovoid tubercules, which are employed
medicinally and fer perfumes. It
grows about a foot high, and has oval
roundish leaves, green and smooth
above, grey-green and downy beneath.

The flowers are pure white and
appear in summer. (Bot. Mag. t.
850.)

K, Gilberti—One of the most orna-
mental species from Moulmein. It
has tufts of recurving oblong, lance-
shaped, wavy, deep green leaves con-
spicuously but irregularly bordered
with white. The flowers are white
and purple,

THE BULB BOOK

KAMPFERIA

K, Kirki—A beautiful stove her-
baceous plant, having green plantain-
like leaves, and stout erect flower-
stalks 1 ft. or more high, bearing
numerous large flowers which expand
in pairs from the bottom upwards,
lasting for several weeks, Each
flower is about 3 ins. across, flattish,
and of a soft rosy-mauve with a
yellow blotch in the centre, having
radiating lines of white. (Gard,
November 1881, 504.)

The variety elatior differs from the
type in being taller, and the large
rose-coloured flowers having a golden-
yellow blotch at the base of the lip,
the sides being marked with purple
(Bot. Mag. t. 8188).

K. lutea,—A stemless plant, native
of Penang, having leaves about 9 ins,
long, 4 ins. broad, smooth above,
hairy beneath. The yellow flowers
with orange lip are borne on scapes
3 to 4 ins, high, (Kew Bull. 1907,
60.)

K. macrosiphon.— A native of
German E, Africa, with tufts of green
lance-shaped leaves a foot long, and
numerous blue flowers (Gard. Chron.
1898, xxiv. 195).

K. ornata,—A fine foliage plant
from Borneo, having long-stalked,
sharply-pointed, lance-shaped leaves,
glossy green above with a broad
white central band, and _ purple
beneath, The yellow flowers with an
orange lip appear in summer. (JU,
Hort, 1884, 159.)

K, pandurata,—A Sumatran species
with spindle-shaped root-stocks, short
reddish stems, smooth, oval lance-
shaped leaves, and red and purple
flowers (Lodd. Bot. Cat. t. 587; Bot.
Reg. t. 173).

K. Parishi.—An ornamental species
from Moulmein. It grows about 1 ft.
high, and has pale green, erect, lance-
shaped leaves, and white and bright
violet flowers. (Bot. Mag. t. 5763.)

322

LACHENALIA

K. Roscoeana.—A Burmese stem-
less species about 6 ins. high, with
roundish pointed leaves variegated on
the upper surface. The white flowers
appear about October. (Bot. Mag.
t. 5600.)

K. rosea.—A native of British
Central Africa, having a short fleshy
root-stock and thickish string-like
roots. The leaves, including the
stalk, are about 18 ins. long and 4
ins. broad, with a bright green plaited
blade. The bright rose-red flowers,
with a blotch of orange in the throat,
are over 2 ins. across, and are borne
on scapes 18 ins. high. (Gard. Chron.
1904, xxxv. 20.)

K, rotunda (KX. longa).— A very old
East Indian species about a foot high,
having numerous irregularly shaped
aromatic root-stocks; long - stalked,
oblong, lance-shaped leaves, smooth
and green above, downy and purple
beneath. The sweet-scented white
flowers, striped with red on the
Margins, appear in summer. (Bot.
Mag. tt. 920, 6054; Garden, 1888,
t. 662.)

K. secunda.— A native of the
Khasia Hills, Assam, etc., with leaves
3 to 4 ins, long, membranous, obliquely
lance-shaped, pointed. Flowers in
August and September, reddish with
a white centre. (Bot. Mag. t. 6999.)

LACHENALIA (after Mons. de la
Chenal (b. 1736, d. 1800), a Swiss
botanical author). Nat. Ord. Liliacee.
—A genus containing about forty
species of South African bulbous
plants closely related to the Hyacinths
and Scillas, having tunicated egg-
shaped bulbs, fleshy strap - shaped
leaves sometimes mottled or spotted,
and erect scapes bearing numerous
drooping tubular flowers, in which
the three inner segments are often
longer than the three outer ones.

Comparatively few species are

THE BULB BOOK

LACHENALIA

cultivated, and these chiefly in
botanical collections. A few hybrids
have been raised, and are an improve-
ment on the natural species from a
garden point of view. Grown in pots
or pans and massed close together,
Lachenalias are elegant plants when
in blossom during the winter and
early spring months (from January to

Fic. 222.—Lachenalia. (4.)

April and May). The best time to
pot the bulbs is about the end of July
or early in August, using a compost
of two parts fibrous loam, one part’
leaf-mould, and one part well-rotted
cow-manure ; to this may be added a
good sprinkling of coarse silver sand,
the whole being thoroughly mixed.
From six to ten bulbs, according to
size, may be placed in a 5-in. pot,
covering them with about } in: of
soil. The bulbs may also be planted
in flattish pans or in wire hanging-
baskets. In the latter case the baskets
must be lined with moss to prevent

323

LACHENALIA

the soil dropping out. After potting
or basketing, the soil may receive a
good watering to settle it, and the
plants should be placed in a cold
frame or in the greenhouse. Until
growth has fairly started the soil
should be kept just moist, the supply
of water increasing or decreasing
afterwards, ‘according to growth and
the state of the weather. As the
plants are tender they must be
sheltered in a greenhouse in winter,
and should have a minimum tempera-
ture of about 45° F. When the
flower-stems are showing, a little weak
liquid manure two or three times a
week will be beneficial When
flowering is quite over and the leaves
begin to wither, the plants may be
transferred to the frame again, and
kept dry until the period for repotting
comes round. Then the stock may be
increased by separating the offsets,
and growing them on separately from
the mother bulbs. The blackish
shining seeds may also be sown, when
thoroughly ripe in rich gritty soil in
pots or pans, and in a temperature of
60° to 65° F. When large enough to
handle easily, the seedlings should be
pricked out into other pots, pans, or
boxes, and grown on in a sunny place
near the glass when established. In
about three years flowering bulbs are
produced from seeds. The following
are a few of the best Lachenalias :—

L, aurea. — Leaves broad, fleshy,
channelled, spotted with dark purple.
Flowers golden - yellow fading to
purple, borne on purple spotted scapes
a foot or more high. The variety
gigantea is a much finer plant than
the type. (Bot. Mag. t. 5992.)

L, aureo-reflexa, — As the name
indicates, this is a hybrid between LZ.
aurea and L. refleca. It has bright
yellow flowers, the outer segments
being tipped with green, and fading
to reddish-brown. The fleshy lance-

THE BULB BOOK

LACHENALIA

shaped recurved leaves are not
spotted.

L, Cami,— A fine seedling form,
having shining green leaves about 9
ins. long mottled with dull brown.
From twelve to twenty flowers are
borne on a heavily blotched scape
about 1 ft. high, the colour being
orange-yellow tinted with green,
with bright red buds.

L. contaminata.— Leaves roundish
spotted. Flowers white, often tinted
with pink. (Bot. Mag. t. 1401.)

L, convallaricides.—This species
has solitary tapering leaves 6 to 12
ins. long and 1 in. broad, and bell-
shaped flowers purple-pink in bud,
but afterwards white with a heather-
like scent. The colour and shape
remind one of Lily of the Valley.
(Gard. 1904, lxv. 213, 264.)

L. fistulosa,— This species is
distinct in growth, the two fleshy
leaves being nearly as broad as long.
The sweet-scented flowers are tinged
with pale blue at the base and tipped
with purple.

L. glaucina,—Leaves, usually two,
lance-shaped, spotted, about 1 ft. long.
Flowers white, more or less tinted
with yellow and red. (Bot. Mag. t.
3552.)

L, isopetala.—A rare species 4 to
8 ins, high, with two long pointed
leaves, and pale flowers tinged with
pale rose or red.

L. lilacina,—A rare species, having
short and very narrow leaves, and
pretty flowers of bright lilac shaded
blue, borne on stems densely mottled
with reddish-brown.

L. Nelsoni.—A fine hybrid between
L. aurea and L. tricolor, and named
after the Rev. John Nelson, who raised
the first hybrid Lachenalia, It is a
free grower, and has stout scapes over
a foot high of rich yellow flowers. A
fine plant for growing in bold masses.

L. orchioides. — Closely related to

324

LACHENALIA

LI. glaucina, and very variable in
colour. Leaves deep green spotted,
and spikes of yellowish or whitish
flowers more or less tinted with red
or blue.

L. pallida.—A rare species with
long fleshy erect leaves, purple on
the under-surface. The small erect
flowers are borne in dense spikes and
are pure white tipped with green.

L. pendula.—A fine species, remark-
able for its large bulbs, deep green
lance-shaped leaves sometimes faintly
mottled with brown. Flowers 1} to
2 ins. long, orange-red tipped with
emerald green and purple, and borne
on scapes 12 to 18 ins. high. (Bot.
Mag. t. 590.) The variety Aureliana
has finer flowers, and somewhat
glaucous leaves. It is said to be
naturalised in Provence. (Rev. Hort.
1890, t. 396.)

L. pustulata.—Leaves fleshy, lance-
shaped, 6 to 9 ins. long, wrinkled.
Flowers whitish. (Bot. Mag. t. 817.)

L. racemosa.— Leaves lance-shaped,
much wrinkled. Flowers whitish
tinted with red. (Bot. Mag. t.
1517.)

L. reflexa.—A species with pairs of
dark green, deeply-channelled and
recurved leaves thickened into a
horny tip. The long yellow flowers
are swollen in the middle and almost
closed at the mouth.

L, Regeliana.—A hybrid between
L. reflexa and L. tricolor aurea,
having unspotted leaves and pure
yellow flowers.

L. rosea,—A very rare species
distinguished by its unspotted leaves,
6 to 9 ins. long, and bright red
flowers.

L, rubida.— Leaves slightly mottled
with brown. Flowers ruby-red, borne
on heavily spotted scapes. (Bot.
Mag. t.993.) In the varieties tigrina
and punctata the flowers are heavily
spotted with deep red.

THE BULB BOOK

LAPEYROUSIA

L. tricolor.—A well-known species
with broad fleshy green leaves about
12 ins. long, mottled with dull purple.
From twelve to twenty tubular
flowers, red, yellow, and green, are
borne on scapes about 1 ft. high.
(Bot. Mag. t. 82.) There are many
varieties, the best-known being /uteola,
with quite yellowish flowers; aurea,
bright yellow; quwadricolor, with
several shades; superba, a fine form
with large flowers ; and Waret, bright
yellow tipped with green.

L. unifolia is remarkable for having
only one narrow leaf with blood-red
blotches, and dense trusses of white
flowers,

L. versicolor.—A variable species,
having blister-like blotches on the
leaves, and bearing small bell-shaped
flowers varying from green and yellow
to pink and purple.

L. violacea.— A strong-growing
species with spotted leaves and white
inflated flowers tinged with violet
and green.

LAPEYROUSIA (after P. Picot de
la Peyrouse, a Toulouse botanist,
1744-1818). Nat. Ord. Iridex,—This
genus contains over thirty species of
plants having corms with matted
tunics, roundish, linear, or narrow
sword-shaped leaves arranged dis-
tichously, and starry six-petalled
flowers. The best-known member
of the genus is still called Anomatheca
cruenta—a name that has been re-
tained for the present in this work
(see p. 82). The plants which are
all natives of South and Tropical
Africa are generally confined to
botanical collections, and are of little
garden value. The following species
may be noted :—. anceps, bluish-
purple; L. corymbosa, bright blue
with a white band at base (Bot. Mag.
t. 595); L. fissifolia, white or rose,
sweet-scented (Bot. Mag. t. 1246);

325

LATHYRUS

and L. grandiflora, bright scarlet
(Bot. Mag. t. 6924).

LATHYRUS (Lathuros, ancient
Greek name of the Pea). Nat. Ord.
Leguminose. — This genus contains
about a hundred and seventy species
of hardy annuals and perennials, and
includes the Sweet Pea and the Ever-
lasting Pea. Most of the species
have fibrous roots, remarkable, like all
the Leguminosz, for the numerous
warty nodules containing bacteria
that are borne on the roots. The
most noted tuberous-rooted kind
is—

L, tuberosus, — A species widely
distributed throughout Europe,
Western Asia, and Northern Africa,
and naturalised even in parts of the
British Islands. It has tuberous
root-stocks, from which arise four-
angled climbing stems 2 to 3 ft long.
The leaves are composed of two
oblong elliptic more or less pointed
leaflets, at the base of which are
narrow semi-sagittate stipules. The
large sweet-scented bright pink or
rose flowers appear from May to
July, three to six on a long stalk.

This species will grow luxuriantly
in any good garden soil, and may be
increased by division of the root-
stocks or by seeds sown in the open
air when ripe or in spring.

LEONTICE (leon, a lion; in refer-
ence to the supposed resemblance of
the leaf to the point of a lion’s foot).
Nat. Ord. Berberidese, — A small
genus of tuberous-rooted herbs having
leaves twice- or thrice-pinnately cut,
and yellow flowers in racemes or
panicles. Sepals six to nine, petal-
like; petals six; much shorter than
the sepals. Stamens six.

These plants flourish in light sandy
soil in warm positions in the rockery
or border, but the tuberous root-

THE BULB BOOK

LEUCOCORYNE

stocks should be protected with
litter or bracken, etc, in severe
winters. The plants may be increased
by seeds sown in cold frames when
ripe, or by division of the root-stocks
in spring.

L. Alberti, from Turkestan, grows
about 1 ft. high, and has five-parted
digitate leaves with bluntly elliptic
lobes. The golden-yellow flowers,
striped outside with red, appear in
April in conical clusters.

L, altaica (Bongardia Rauwolfi).—
From the Altai Mountains, has three-
parted leaves divided into five elliptic
blue-green leaflets, and produces its
terminal clusters of yellow flowers
in April (Bot. Mag. t. 3245).

L, darwasica, from Bokhara, is
somewhat similar, as is also

L, Leontopetalum, from the Levant,
which has large tuberous roots,
known as Lion Turnips, much-divided
leaves, and yellow flowers.

L, triphylla, from N. America,
grows from 2 to 8 ft, high, and pro-
duces its white flowers in May. The
leaves when dried are very fragrant-
smelling.

LEUCOCORYNE (leukos, white;
koryne, a club; referring to the
sterile anthers). Nat. Ord. Liliacee.,
—A small genus of Chilian plants hav-
ing tunicated bulbs or corms, narrow
leaves, and few-flowered umbels of
salver - shaped flowers with a cylin-_
drical tube. There are three per-
fect stamens, and three staminodes.

These plants can only be regarded
as half-hardy except in the more
favoured parts of the Kingdom, and
are not very well-known. They
require the same cultural treatment
as the Ixias—which see (p. 319).

The species best known are
L. alliacea, white; L. purpurea,
lavender and crimson maroon (Gard.
Chron, 1894, xlvi. 144).

326

LEUCOJUM

LEUCOJUM (leukos, white; ton, a
violet; referring to the colour and
fragrance of the flowers), SNOWFLAKE.
Nat. Ord. Amaryllidee. — A genus
containing nine species of ornamental
herbs having tunicated bulbs, narrow
strap-shaped leaves, and large broadly
bell-shaped, snowdrop-like blossoms.

The SnowHakes flourish in ordinary
garden soil of a rich and sandy nature,
and once planted may be left to look
after themselves. To be effective they
should be massed in bold clumps in
the rockery, or border, or between
deciduous shrubs. They are readily
increased by offsets, which should be
detached after the leaves have
withered. The following species are
good garden plants :—

L, estivum.—This free - growing
species, popularly known as _ the
“Summer Snowflake,” is widely dis-

Fic. 223.—Leucojum estivum, bulb. (4.)

tributed over Central and 8S. Europe
from Britain and France to the
Crimea, being found in wet meadows
and osier beds in the south-eastern
parts of England. The egg-shaped
bulbs are 1 to 14 ins. through, and
give rise to bluntly strap-shaped
leaves 12 to 18 ins. long. The droop-
ing pure white flowers, about 1 in.
long, are tipped with green, and
appear from the end of April to the

THE BULB BOOK

LEUCOJUM

end of May. (Bot. Mag. t. 1210;
Red. Lil. t. 135.)

L. autumnale (Acis autwmnalis).—
This species is found wild from
Portugal and Morocco to the Ionian
Islands. The roundish bulbs are
only about $ in. thick, and the slender
thread-like leaves are usually pro-
duced after the flowers have withered
in August and September. The
blossoms are white tinted with pink,
the segments being five- to seven-
veined. (Bot. Mag. t. 960.) The
variety cephalonica has a two-valved
spathe instead of a single linear one;
and the variety pulchellum produces
its white pendulous flowers at the
same time as the leaves. Tender.

L. hyemale (Acis hiemalis).— A :
native of 8. France, with small round
bulbs and narrow leaves about 1 ft.
long at the same time as the flowers,
These are white tinged with green
outside, and appear in April, and not
in winter as the name hyemale would
indicate, (Bot. Mag. t. 6711.)

L, longifolium (Acis longifolia).—
This grows wild at an altitude of
4500 to 6000 ft., on the Corsican
Mountains. It has small brown-
coated bulbs, very slender, flaccid
thread-like leaves 6 to 12 ins. long,
and small white flowers ¢ to 4 in.
long in April and May.

L. pulehellum (LZ, Hernandezt).—
A native of Sardinia and the Balearic
Isles, closely related to LZ. cestivum,
from which it differs chiefly in having
narrower leaves and smaller flowers
somewhat later in the season. Fig,
224,

L, roseum (Acis rosea).— A small-
bulbed Corsican plant with thread-
like leaves after the flowers, and rosy-
red blossoms } in. long, in September
and October (Sw. Brit. Il. Gard.
t. 297).

L. trichophyllum (Acis_ tricho-
phylla).—A pretty little plant from

327

LEUCOJUM THE BULB BOOK LEWISIA

8S. Europe and W. Africa, with
thread-like leaves, and white flowers
in April (Bot. Reg. t. 544), The
variety grandifiorum has somewhat
larger flowers (Red, Lvl. t. 217).

L, vernum,—The best of the genus,
native of Central and Southern
Europe, and now naturalised in parts
of Dorset. It has round green-
skinned bulbs about 1 in, through,
and strap-shaped leaves 6 to 9 ins,
long and about 4 in. broad, The
sweet-scented flowers, pure white
tipped with green, appear in March
and April. (Bot. Mag. t. 46.) The
variety biforum or Vagnert, has
more than one flower on a scape, and
often produces its blossoms as early
as January and February. (Gard,
Chron. 1908, xliii, 131.) In the
variety carpaticum the white seg-
ments are tipped with yellow instead
of green. (Bot. Mag. t. 1993.)

LEWISIA (after Capt. Lewis, the
traveller). Nat. Ord. Portulacez.
L. rediviva (Spatlum).—A pretty

\ WS
AK \ if
KY Wo Mh
LOE \ lh Gis i

Fia. 226.—Lewisia rediviva.

North American plant 1 to 3 ins.
Fic. 225.—Leucojum vernum carpaticum. (}.) high, with edible, tapering, fleshy,
328

LIATRIS

red-skinned roots, white within.
Leaves densely tufted, linear, fleshy,
withering on the appearance of the
flowers. The latter, 3 to 4 ins. across,
appear in summer on one-flowered
scapes, jointed above the middle,
pink, with a nearly white centre.
Sepals six to eight, broadly ovate,
contorted, imbricate, finely veined
with red, persistent.

L. Tweediei.—A pretty little plant
forming tufts of bright green fleshy
spoon-shaped leaves with rather long
stoutish stalks, The individual
flowers are about an inch across, and
of a pale salmon-pink colour with
yellow anthers varying to pale yellow
when fully expanded. They appear
in June and July, one to each stem.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7633.)

The Lewisias should be planted in
a sunny nook or crevice in the
rockery, where the fleshy roots will
obtain plenty of moisture, and
because the flowers will not readily
develop in shady spots. After bloom-
ing, LZ. rediviva shrivels up into a
withered, string-like mass. In very
hot seasons the plants should be
watered every day. Propagation is
effected by seeds, or by dividing the
roots in spring.

LIATRIS (derivation unknown),
SnakeERoot. Nat. Ord. Composite.—
A genus containing about twenty
species of North American perennials
having tuberous root-stocks and
erect slender stems furnished with
narrow leaves and purplish or white
heads of flowers in spikes, racemes,
or panicles,

The plants are nearly all perfectly
hardy, and when grown in bold masses
are effective in the flower-border,
owing to the dense masses of blossom
which are usually produced in August
and September and open from the
top downwards. Any ordinary good

THE BULB BOOK

LIATRIS

garden soil will suit the Liatrises, and
the stock may be increased in autumn
or spring by division of the tuberous
root-stocks, or by seeds sown in
autumn or spring.

L. Chapmanni grows ‘about 3 ft.
high, and produces violet - purple
spikes of bloom. Being a native of
Florida, it is safer to protect the
tubers in winter with bracken, litter,
etc., or to have them taken up and
stored in a frost-proof place until
spring, in the same way as Dablias.

L. elegans.—This purple-flowered
species grows from 2 to 4 ft. high,
the lower leaves being spoon-shaped,
the upper ones narrow and sometimes
spiny-tipped (Bot. Reg. t. 267).

L, graminifolia—This species has
narrow grass-like leaves on stems
about 3 ft. high, and loose spikes of
violet-purple flowers. The variety
pilosa has narrow hair-like bracts
to the flower-heads. (Bot. Mag.
t. 3829.) The variety dubia grows
about 6 ft. high, 23 ft. of which are
bright deep shining lilac flowers.
(Gard. 1899, lvi. 212.)

L. odoratissima (Trilisa odora-
tissima).—A pretty species 2 to 4 ft.
high, with bright purple flower-heads,
and leaves which emit a vanilla-like
odour when dried, or cut, or bruised.

L, punctata.—This species has large
tuberous root - stocks, and __leaf-
stems dotted with brown, the violet-
purple flowers being borne on the
tops of stems 2 to 3 ft, high.

L. pyenostachya grows from 3 to
5 ft. high, and is known by its stiffish
leaves and pale purple flower-heads,
borne in dense spikes 12 to 18 ins.
long.

This species is often treated as a
biennial, the seeds being sown one
year in cold frames in autumn, to
produce flowering plants the next.

L. scariosa grows about 3 ft. high,
and has very long and narrow leaves

329

LIBERTIA

and purple flower-heads, each about
2 ins. across (Lot. Jag. t. 1709; Bot.
Reg. t. 1654).

L. spicata.—A handsome and well-
known species 2 to 3 ft. high, having
lance-shaped pointed leaves fringed
at the base, and bright purple flower-
heads in spikes 6 to 15 ins. long (Bot,
Mag. t. 1411).

L. squarrosa,—A fine species 2 to 3
ft. high, with stiffish leaves and
bright purple tower - heads, the
involucre of which is composed of
elongated leafy bracts.

LIBERTIA (after Marie & Libert,
a Belgian lady botanist). Nat. Ord.
Trideze.—There are several species in
the genus, but the best is—

L. formosa.—A beautiful Chilian
perennial with a creeping root-stock,
from whlch arise deep green, narrow,
sword-shaped and more or less
recurving leaves about 1 ft. long.
The pure white flowers appear in
May and June, and open from. the
bottom upwards on the spikes about
2ft. high. (Bot. Reg. t. 1630; Bot.
Mag. t. 3294.)

Other species of Libertia, all with
white flowers, are L. grandiflora, L.
ixioides, L. paniculata (Lot. Mag.
t, 6263), and L. pulchella.

Libertias are fairly hardy in the
milder parts of the Kingdom, and
should be planted in bold masses in
the border or rock-garden in warm,
sheltered nooks. They prefer a
compost of rich sandy peat, and
might therefore be associated with
such Ericaceous plants as Rhodo-
dendrons, Azaleas, Kalmias, and
Heaths. The plants are most easily
propagated by severing the root-
stocks with a sharp knife in spring
just as growth is about to commence.

LILIUM (from leirion, the Greek
name of Lily ; or from the Celtic dz,

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

white), Linry. Nat, Ord. Liliaces.—
A large genus of ornamental Howering
plants, usually having large * scaly
bulbs and erect stems bearing lance-
shaped leaves, and one or more showy,
more or less drooping or horizontal
flowers. The funnel-shaped or bell-
shaped perianth has six distinct,
erect, spreading or recurving seg-
ments or petals, the three inner ones
being usually larger and broader than
the three outer ones. Stamens six,
with large brown, red, or orange
versatile anthers at the end of long
slender filaments.

The Liliums are natives of the
northern hemisphere, and are found.
in a wild state in the New World in
Canada, California, and other parts
of the United States, and in the Old
World in Central and Southern
Europe, Siberia, the Caucasus, Asia
Minor, extending eastwards to Nepal,
the Himalayas, Burma, China, the
Philippine Islands, and Japan. With
such a wide range of distribution, it
is natural that Liliums should be
found growing under different condi-
tions as to soil, climate, temperature,
and elevation. To show at a glance
various habitats of the species,
Liliums may be classed into Old-
World species and New-World species
as follows : —

(i.) OLp-Wortp Liuiums.

* LT. Alexandre. Japan.
+ L. auratum. Japan.

L Bakerianum. Burma.
* LT, Batemannie. Japan.
t+ Z. Brownt. Japan.

. bulbiferum. Europe.

. callosum. Japan.
.candidum. Europe.
.carniolicum, Carniola.
. chalcedonicum. Europe.
. concolor. China.
.cordefolium, Japan.
.croceum, Europe.

330

LILIUM

Oxp-Wortp Lintums—continued.

* LT. davuricum. Siberia.
+L. Delavayt. China.

+ Z Duchartret. Tibet.
+ L. elegans. Japan.

+ L. Fargesit. China.

+ L. formosum. China.

+ L. giganteum. Himalayas,
+ L. Hanson. Japan.

* L. Heldreicht. Greece.
*L. Henry. Japan.

* L. Janke. Europe.

+ L. japonicum, Japan.
+ LZ, Kramert. Japan.

+ L.lankongense. China.
+ L. Leichtlint. Japan.
t L.lewcanthum. China.
+ LZ. longiflorum, Japan,

L, Lowi. Burma.

+ LZ, Martagon. Europe.

+ L. Maximowicz. Japan.

+ L. mirabile. China.

+ L. monadelphum. Caucasus.
+ ZL. myriophyllum. China.

L. neilgherense. India.

L. nepalense. Nepal.
+t L. ochraceum. China.

+ L. oxypetalum. Himalayas.
t L. papilliferum, China.

L. philippinense.
+t L. polyphyllum, Himalayas.
* L. pomponium. Europe.

L. primulinum. Burma.

* L. pyrenaicum. Europe.
t L. roseum. Himalayas.
+ L. Rosthernt. China.

* LT. rubellum, Japan.

+ L. speciosum, Japan.

L. sulphureum. Himalayas.

+ L. sutchuenense. China.

t L. taliense. China.

+ L. tenusfolium. Siberia.

* ZL. testaceum, Europe. :
* L. tigrinum. Japan, China.
* TL. umbellatum. Europe.

+ L. Wallacer. Japan.

+ L. Yoshidat. Japan.

+ DL. yunnanense. China.

THE BULB BOOK

Philippines.

LILIUM

(ii.) NEw-Wortp Liuiums.

mM L. Bakeri. N. America.
+ L. Bolanderi. Oregon.
Mm L. canadense. Canada.
M L. Catesbei. N.W. America,
+ LZ. Columbianum, Oregon, ete.
ML. Grayi. N. Carolina.

+ L. Humboldti. California.

+t L. Kelloggt. California.

M L. lucidum. Oregon.

ML. maritimum. California.

+ L. nitidum. California.

+ L. occidentule. California.

+t LZ. pardalinum. California.
ML. Parryt. California.

+ L. parvum. California.

+ L. purpureum. Oregon.

+ L. philadelphicum. U.S.A.

+ DL. Roealt, California.
* TL rubescens. U.S.A.
mM L. superbum. U.S.A.
* LZ. Washingtonianum.

U.S.A.

From the cultivator’s point of view
all the Liliums mentioned above may
be divided into three main groups so
far as the soil is concerned, Those
marked with an asterisk (*) may be
looked upon as perfectly hardy in
most parts of the United Kingdom,
and as plants that will flourish in
any good garden soil so long as it
has been deeply dug or trenched, and
enriched with a fair amount of well-
rotted manure. If the soil should be
naturally of rich loamy character
with a certain amount of grit in it,
so much the better.

The kinds marked with a dagger
(+) are somewhat more fastidious, and
yet they are excellent plants for the
open air. The soil in which they are
most likely to grow well should
consist of sandy loam, peat, and
leaf-soil in about equal proportions,
and should be of course well drained.

The Liliums marked m are also
fine garden plants but require special
situations, either prepared or natural,

331

LILIUM

if they are to yield good results,
The soil should be of sandy loam,
peat, and leaf-soil in about equal
proportions, as for the second group ;
but in addition there must be an
abundance of moisture, but nothing
in the way of stagnant water.

The border of a running stream, or
brook, or on the edge of a lake or
pond where the water is constantly
being freshened, would therefore suit
this particular group of American
Liliums admirably.

With the exception of such kinds
as DL. Lowi, L. nepalense, L.
neilgherense, L. Wallichianum, L.
Bakerianum, L. primulinum, and
L. philippinense — which are too
tender for most parts of the United
Kingdom, all the other kinds may be
grown in the open air. Special
cultural hints are given below in
certain cases.

TimE To Prant.—Lilies may be
planted in the open air in early
autumn or in spring. Autumn,
however, is the better season, as the
roots from the base of bulbs become
established in their action before the
winter, and thus keep the bulbs well
supplied with nourishment. When
planted in spring—and bulbs imported
then must necessarily be planted at
that period—the bulb itself is already
anxious to send up its leafy stem
before basal roots have formed, and
more or less at the expense of the
reserve material in the fleshy scale-
leaves. At this period, however, the
autumn-planted bulbs are already
well established, and in addition to
basal roots from the bulbs a fresh
supply of roots is being developed
from the joints of the stems in
many cases. This action is so well
known to growers of Liliums in pots,
that the bulbs are not at first covered
with soil, but left exposed. In
due course roots emerge from the

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

aérial stems, and handfuls of soil
are added from time to time for
them to work in, The two sets of
roots thus absorb large quantities of
food from the soil, and enable the
plants to flower well in due course.
Some kinds develop stem roots more
readily than others.

DeprH to Pranr.—The bulbs of
Liliums are not all of the same size—
some being larger than others. In
the case of autumn planting, a good
rule to follow is to plant the bulbs in
holes about three times deeper than
their own diameter. This means that
some bulbs will be from 6 ins. to 10
ins. deep, having from 4 ins. to 6 ins.
of soil over the crowns. This deep
planting is necessary, mainly as a
protection against winter frosts,
depredations of mice, etc., and also
because the soil is several degrees
warmer a few inches down than it is
on the surface.

When planting bulbs in spring, the
same methods may be adopted, if the
bulbs are to remain in the soil during
the winter, but it is not essential to
bury the bulbs so deeply, if it is
intended to lift them in autumn, as
the weather gradually becomes more
genial.

Position. — As a rule, Liliums
should be planted in spots sheltered
from cold biting winds, and where
they may receive a little shade, cast
from trees, during the hottest portion
of the day. It is useless to plant
them beneath trees with branches
almost sweeping the ground; but

between deciduous or evergreen
shrubs, not too close together,
Liliums often flourish and are

protected at the base by the stems
and leaves of their neighbours.
Pot-cuLTURE.—Many Liliums are
cultivated in pots for the decoration
of the greenhouse or conservatory,
and also in thousands by market-

332

LILIUM

growers, the latter being particularly
partial to such kinds as LZ. longi-
forum, L. speciosum (or lancifolium),
L. tigrinum, and L. candidum. The
bulbs are placed in pots about twice
their own diameter, the compost used
being chiefly good turfy loam with a
little peat or leaf-mould, and sand.
Root action is established before
much heat is applied, but afterwards
the temperature is raised to hasten
growth. When the plants have ceased
to flower, they should be plunged
outside in ashes or soil, and kept
dryish, and when quite withered
should be stored in a cool airy place
till spring. The bulbs should then
be shaken out of the old soil, and
repotted in fresh compost. At the
same time all offsets should be placed
apart for increasing the stock if
necessary.

There is now a very large trade
done in imported bulbs by market-
growers, and they never worry about
propagation. The bulbs, however,
are not all grown at one time. Some-
times they are forced into early
growth by heat, if wanted during the
winter months. At other times they
are kept in check or “retarded” in
refrigerators, and taken out in
batches as required; while still
another section may be grown on
under what may be called natural
conditions.

Propagation. — Liliums may be
propagated by (i.) offsets from the
older bulbs ; (ii.) by bulb scales ; (iii.)
by bulbils or vegetative seed-like
bodies in the axils of the leaves of
some species, eg., L. bulbiferum and
L. tigrinum ; and (iv.) by seeds. The
first three methods are easy enough.
The offsets, scales, or bulbils should
be placed in beds of rich sandy and
well-drained soil, or in pots or pans
if there are only small quantities.
It will take the scales and bulbils

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

from two to three years to reach the
flowering stage, but good offsets may
develop more quickly.

As many species of Lilium deterior-
ate in our climate and are apt to die
out altogether in time, it is a good
practice to save seeds when possible,
and raise plantsfrom them. In this
way a new and acclimatised race
may be produced that would be
likely to last longer than their
progenitors, The seeds, when
thoroughly ripe should be sown in
pots or pans of rich gritty loam and
leaf-soil,and covered with about 4 in.
of mould. They should be placed in
a cold frame or greenhouse, and in
due course, when the seedlings are
large enough to handle easily, they
may be carefully pricked out into
similar pots or pans, or even into
gritty soil in a cold frame. The soil
must always be kept moist when the
seedlings are growing, otherwise the
newly forming bulblets may suffer
beyond recall. It will take from five
to ten or eleven years to obtain
flowering bulbs from seed.

There are a few hybrid Liliums
(noted below), but not so many as
there might be. No doubt as time
goes on, greater attention will be
devoted to developing a new race.

Imported bulbs often arrive in a
more or less injured or diseased
condition. These should be over-
hauled immediately, separating the
sound bulbs from the diseased or
injured ones. All good bulbs may
be planted immediately; shrivelled
ones are best stored in dampish coco-
nut fibre for some time, until they
“plump up” ; butall diseased portions
should be burned.

The following is a list of Liliums in
cultivation at present :— ,

L, Alexandre (L. Uke-Urt).—Sup-
posed to be a natural hybrid between
L. longiflorum or L. japonicum and

333

LILIUM

L. auratum. Flowers 6 to 8 ins.
across, pure white, in June and July.
Japan.

Fic. 227.—Liliwm Alexandre. (4.)

L. auratum.—This is the “Golden
Lily of Japan.” It grows 2 to 6 ft.
high, and has ivory-white: flowers 9
to 12 ins. across, each petal having a
broad bright yellow band down the
centre, and numerous deep purple
blotches on the inner surface, the
basal portion being covered with
stiffish purple hairs or papilla. (Bot.
Mag. t. 53838; Fl. d. Serr. 1528, 31;
Elwes, Lil. t. 15.)

There are many forms of L. aura-
tum, the best known being platy-
phyllum, with richly-spotted broad-
petalled flowers about 1 ft. across ;
virginale, very similar but spotless ;
rubro-vittatum, with a red band down
the centre of the petals; Wetter, pure
white, without spots, but banded with
yellow, and sometimes tipped with
reddish-brown ; pictwm, finely spotted
crimson-tipped petals; Parkmann,
something like rwubro-vittatum, but

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

being more or less spotted with
crimson ; trecolor, very robust habit
and large flowers without any brown
dots, but with copious spots and

, \ tai, tig
3 \\ < ty
ty 7

\\

Fic. 228.—Lilium auwratum. (4.)

L. Bakeri.—A native of the sandy
woods of Washington Territory and
8. British Columbia. It has ovoid
bulbs exactly like those of Z. cana-
dense, about 5 ins. in circumference.
The rather stout roundish stems are
2 to 6 ft. high, and the bright green
lanceolate leaves are mostly in whorls.
The orange-red flowers, about 14 ins.
long, are thickly spotted with maroon
in the lower half.

L. Bakerianum.—This species is
found at an elevation of 4000 ft. on
the Shan Hills in Upper Burma, and
at 6000 ft. in Yunnan, China. It
grows 2 to 4 ft, high, and has narrow
stalkless leaves, densely pubescent
beneath. The broadly funnel-shaped
flowers about 4 ins, long, are creamy-
white, copiously spotted with brown
inside towards the base. Best grown
in a greenhouse.

L, Batemannie.— This is now

334

LILiumM

classed as a variety of ZL. elegans.
It grows 3 to 5 ft. high, and has
unspotted flowers 4 to 5 ins. across,
of a glowing reddish-apricot tint.

Fic. 229,—Lilium Bakerianum. (}.)

L. Bolanderi.— A Californian
species, 14 to 3 ft. high, with ob-
lanceolate leaves mainly in four
whorls of twelve to fifteen, and
bearing deep crimson, dark spotted,
funnel-shaped flowers, something like
L. Grayt (Garden, Oct. 1890).

L. Browni.—A magnificent Japanese
Lilium, 2 to 4 ft. high, with purple-
spotted stems, and horizontal, tubular
bell-shaped flowers 6 to 9 ins. long,

Fic. 230.—Lilium Browni, (4.)

pure white with a purple line down
the centre of the three inner petals,
the whole being suffused with purple
outside (Zl. d. Serr. t. 47). There

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

are a few forms such as chloraster,
odorum, platyphyllum, and viridu-
lum.

L. bulbiferum.— A well - known
species 2 to 4 ft. high, with erect
crimson flowers spotted with brown,
and shading off to orange-red. Shiny
black bulbils are borne freely in the
axils of the leaves. Europe. (Bot.
Mag. tt. 36, 1018 ; Elwes, Lil. t. 23.)

L. Burbanki—A hybrid between
L. pardalinum and L. Washingtoni-
anum, with orange-yellow flowers
spotted with purple.

L. callosum.—A native of China
and Japan. Flowers drooping, orange-
scarlet, 14 ins. long, borne in clustered
racemes on stems 2 to 3 ft. high.
(£1. d. Serr. t, 230; Elwes, Lil, t. 41.)

L. canadense (L. penduliflorum).—
Flowers, drooping, funnel - shaped,
varying in colour from bright orange-
yellow to pale bright red, the upper
half being heavily spotted with purple
brown (Bot. Mag. t. 800). There are
varieties known as rubrum, parvum,
and flavum. Canada. (Bot. Mag.
tt. 800, 6146; Hlwes, Lil. t. 27.) L.
canadense is often confused with
LL. superbum, but is quite distinct
from it.

L. candidum.—This is the well-
known pure white Madonna Lily of
S. Europe, Asia Minor, etc. There are
a few varieties not of much conse-
quence. (Bot. Mag. t. 278.) This is
best grown in soil not too rich, and it
is also better to leave it undisturbed
when well established. Otherwise
the Lily disease may play havoc with
the plants in a short time. (Bot.
Mag. t. 278; Elwes, Lil. t. 9.) A
good Lily for forcing. Fig. 231.

L, carniolicum,—F lowers drooping,
recurved, 14 to 2 ins, deep, varying
from bright orange-yellow to scarlet.
S. Europe. (lwes, Lil. t. 45.)

L, Catesbeei.—Flowers of a bright
orange-red, heavily spotted with

335

LILIUM

purple, petals slightly recurved. An
elegant species, N.W. America.
(Bot. Mag. t. 259.)

Sk a

ae Oe J

a WN) aN
=f NX
my,

Fic. 231.—Liliwm candidum. (4.)

L. chalcedonicum.—A_ well-known
“Turk’s Cap” Lily, 2 to 3 ft. high,

with bright scarlet flowers having the .

petals rolled back (Bot. Mag. t. 30;
Elwes, Lil. t. 43).

This species has been crossed with
L. excelsum, and produced a hybrid
called Beerenst (Gard. 1895, 11).

L. columbianum (L. nitidum).—
This resembles a small Z. Humboldt.
Flowers drooping, reddish-orange or
yellow, with reflexed petals spotted
with red purple. Oregon and British
Columbia. (Zlwes, Lil. t. 31.)

L. concolor (ZL. sintcum),—F lowers
bright scarlet spotted with deep
brown purple at the base. China
and Japan. (Bot. Mag. t. 1165;
Elwes, Lit. t. 185.)

There are several varieties, such as
Buschianum, bright scarlet spotted
with black; Coridion, bright yellow
spotted with brown; Partheneion,

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

orange-yellow with faint spots; pul-
chellum, scarlet crimson, spotted
black ; Zutewm, yellow spotted purple-
red,

L, cordifolium,—Flowers tubular,
white spotted with purple brown at
the base, and borne on stems 3 to 4
ft. high. Leaves broadly heart-shaped,
ovate, with long stalks. This Japanese
species is like a dwarf form of the
Himalayan L. giganteum. (Bot, Mag.
t. 6637; Hlwes, Lil. t.1.) L. Glehni,
from the Island of Sachalin, is similar
to L. cordifoliwm, but has more
numerous and smaller flowers.

L. croceum,—This is the well-
known orange or Saffron Lily of the

Fic. 232.—Liliwm crocewm.

European Alps. It has cobwebby
stems 3 to 6 ft. high, golden orange
funnel-shaped flowers, sometimes
tinted with scarlet and spotted with
purple at the base. (Bot. Mag. t.
36, as L. bulbiferum.)

L, Dalhansoni—A hybrid between
the European LZ. dalmaticum and the

336

LILIUM

Japanese LZ, Hansont. Flowers dark
brownish-purple, on stems 5 ft. high.
(Garden, 1893, ii. 927.)

L. dauricum or davuricum (JL,
pennsylvanicum).—This is often con-
fused with Z. wmbellatum. It has
orange-scarlet flowers flushed with
red and spotted with black. Siberia.
(Bot. Mag. tt. 872, 1210; Elwes,
Lil. t. 21.)

L. Delavayi.—A native of Yunnan,
Western China, distinguished by its
long slender rhizomes, slender downy
stems 1 to 2 ft. high, rather narrow
leaves 1} to 3 ins. long, and wine-red
openly funnel-shaped flowers heavily
dotted with brown inside.

L. Duchartrei.—A native of Eastern
Tibet and the mountains of W.
China. It has small bulbs borne at
the end of a long slender root-
stock. The very slender stems are
2 to 3 ft. high, sparsely furnished
with thin lance-shaped leaves 2 to 23
ins. long. The flowers, 14 to 2 ins.
long, are white, spotted inside with
reddish-brown, especially near the
edges of the segments. (Bot. Mag. t.
8072.)

L. elegans (L. aurantiacum; L.
Thunbergianum).—Stems 1 to 2 ft.
high, with scarlet-orange cup-shaped
flowers 4 to 6 ins. across, slightly
spotted with purple near the base.
(Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 38.)

There are many fine varieties of
L. elegans, all excellent for planting
amongst low-growing shrubs or for
pot-culture. Amongst the best are
—Alice Wilson, clear lemon-yellow ;
alutaceum, bright apricot, spotted
black; atrosanguineum, deep red,
spotted black ; awrantiacum, orange-
yellow; Batemannie, clear apricot-
red, unspotted; Horsmanni, rich
crimson; Wallacez, rosy - apricot,
heavily spotted; and many others,
including fore pleno, a double-flowered
form with deep red blossoms.

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

L. Fazxgesi.—This species was
collected with many others in W.
China by Father Farges, after whom
it isnamed. It hassmall ovoid bulbs,
slender stems about 1 ft. high, having
linear leaves 6 to 7 ins. long, and
yellow purple-spotted flowers with
much-reflexed segments,

L. formosum.—A native of the
mountains of Western China, It
grows about 3 ft. high, and has lance-
shaped leaves about 6 ins. long. The
white flowers are broadly funnel-
shaped, 6 to 7 ins, long, and the seg-
ments spreading only towards the
tips.

L. giganteum.—A magnificent Lily
from the high mountain forests of
Hupeh and Yunnan, China, It has

Fic. 233.—Liliwm gigantewm, seed-pod.

large bulbs, and stems from 6 to 14 ft.
high, with heart-shaped ovate leaves,
gradually becoming smaller as they
ascend the stems. Flowers 5 to 6
ins. long, tubular, white, washed with
violet-purple in the throat, and
sweetly scented. (Dot. Mag. t. 4673 ;
Elwes, Lil, t. 21.) The variety yun-
nanense is very hardy, and has larger

337 Y

LILIUM

and better-coloured flowers than the
type (Gard. 1904, lxv. 406).

The best time to plant the bulbs
of L. giganteum is about the end of
April or early in May, leaving the
upper half uncovered with soil. It
is safer to lift the bulbs in autumn
and store them in frost-proof places
during the winter, as they are not
hardy except in the very mildest
parts of the Kingdom, where the large
seed-pods are also freely produced.

L. Grayi—A native of the Alle-
ghanies of Virginia and North
Carolina, related to Z. canadense, It
has small roundish bulbs arising
annually from a creeping root-stock.
Stems 2 to 3 ft. high. Flowers
drooping, rich crimson, funnel-shaped,
heavily blotched with purple at the
yellowish base of the reflexed petals.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7234.)

L. Hansoni.—A fine Japanese Lily
3 to 4 ft, high, having bright orange-
yellow flowers with reflexed petals,
heavily spotted with blackish or
brownish purple (Elwes, Lil. t. 34).
A good Lily for forcing.

L, Heldreichi.—This species in-
habits the mountains of Greece at
an altitude of 6000 to 8000 ft. and is
intermediate between L. carniolicum
and L. chalcedonicum. It has ovoid
bulbs, stoutish green stems spotted
with purple, and 2 to 3 ft, high, each
bearing a solitary bright reddish-
yellow flower about 2 ins. long.

L. Henryi.—A strong and free-
flowering species from the limestone
_gorges of Central China, Stems 3 to
6 ft. high, furnished with lance-
shaped leaves 6 to 8 ins. long, and
having rich orange-red flowers 3 to 4
ins. across, spotted with black, and
having numerous raised papille
near the base. (Bot. Mag. t. 7177;
Garden, 1891, 830; Gard. Chron.
1890, viii. 380, fig. 75.)

L, Humboldti,—A graceful Cali-

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

fornian Lily 4 to 8 ft. high, with
oval lance-shaped leaves in whorls of
ten to twenty. Flowers drooping,
rich orange yellow, heavily spotted
with purple on the lower half of the
reflexed petals, (Hlwes, Lit. t. 32.)

Fic. 234.—Lilium Henryi.

The variety Bloomertanum has
golden-yellow flowers tipped with
purple, and having large spots (/.
d, Serr, tt.1973-4) ; ocellatum, yellow,
heavily blotched with purple; also
magnificum, orange, spotted maroon,
each spot oculated with crimson.

L, Janke.—A native of the
Transylvanian mountains, with bulbs
about 2 ins, in diameter, and stout
closely leafy stems 2 to 3 ft. high,
bearing pale yellow unspotted flowers —
about 2 ins. long, the segments
reflexing from below the middle.

L, japonicum (LZ. odorum).—A fine
Japanese species 1 to 3 ft. high, with
broadly funnel-shaped, sweet-scented
flowers of a pure ivory-white, some-

338

LILIUM

times tinged with purple outside, 6 to
9 ins. across when fully open (Bot.
Mag. t. 1591 ; Elwes, Lil, t. 14).

Fic. 235.—Lilium japonicum. (4.)

A somewhat delicate species requir-
ing protection in winter in unfavour-
able localities. Itisa good greenhouse
Lily.

L, Kelloggi—-A pretty Californian
Lily, 3 to 5 ft. high, resembling LZ.
Columbianum. Flowers delicate,
pinkish purple, becoming deeper with
age, banded with yellow and finely
dotted with maroon on the reflexed
petals. From eight to twenty flowers
are borne in a truss. (Gard. Chron.
1903, xxxili. 422; Garden, 1901, i. f.
330.)

L. Kewense.—This is a hybrid
between L. Henry: and L. Browns
chloraster (Gard. 1900, lviii. 99, f.).

L. Krameri (L. Elisabethe).—A
distinct and free-flowering Japanese
Lilium 3 to 4 ft. high, bearing sweet-
scented pink flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
6058 ; Elwes, Lil, t. 14).

L, lankongense.—A species from
Yunnan, West China (altitude 8000 to
9000 ft.), closely related to L. poly-
phyllum, The slender downy stems
are 1 to 2 ft. high, with narrow
leaves about 24 ins. long, and droop-
ing long-stalked flowers white or

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

purple, spotted with black, the seg-
ments being reflexed from low down.

L, Leichtlini—A fine Japanese
species 3 to 4 ft. high, with drooping
citron-yellow flowers heavily spotted

- with purple, the petals being rolled

back, as in the Turk’s Cap forms
(Bot. Mag. t. 5673 ; Elwes, Lil. t. 39).

There are a few forms, such as
majus, like the type but larger;
platypetalum, with broad petals ; and
tigrinum, heavily spotted.

L, leucanthum,—A fine West
Chinese Lilium (altitude 4000 to 5000
ft.), closely related to ZL. Brownt,
and at one time considered to be
a variety of it (see Bot. Mag. t.
6722). It has large roundish bulbs
and sturdy stems 3 to 4 ft. high,
clothed with numerous lance-shaped
leaves about 3 ins. long. The funnel-
shaped perianth about 6 ins, long, is
milky-white, slightly tinged with
green near the base outside, unspotted,
and tinged with pale yellow towards
the base inside,

Fic. 236.—Liliwm longiflorum. (3.)

L. longiflorum,— A charming
Japanese Lilium, 1 to 3 ft. high,

339

LILIUM

with pure white tubular sweetly

scented flowers (Bot. Reg. t. 560).
This fine species is cultivated by

hundreds of thousands in a forced,

retarded, and natural state by
market growers, and is always
popular. There are several forms of

it, some much better than others.
Some of the best are Harrist, eximium
or Wilsont, Takesima grandiflorum.

L. Lowi—A native of Burma,
2 to 4 ft. high, with white bell-shaped
flowers more or less heavily spotted
with violet or crimson-purple (Bot,
Mag. t. 7232 ; Garden, 1894, 953).

Dr A. Henry says this species is
also very common on the bare grassy
mountains near Mengtse, China, at
elevations of 5000 to 7000 ft., and has
pink or purple-pink flowers.

This is too tender for most parts of
the Kingdom, and is best grown in
pots in the greenhouse.

L, Marhan,—A hybrid between the
white LZ. Martagon album and the
golden-yellow Z. Hanson. It has
stems 5 to 7 ft. high, and thick
petalled orange-yellow flowersstreaked
with brownish-red.

L. maritimum,—A native of Cali-
fornia, seldom growing more than
three miles from the ocean. It has
rhizomatous bulbs and stems 3 to 5
ft. high, wiih deep red bell-shaped
flowers spotted with dark purple.
It flourishes in a well-drained, cool,
moist soil. (Alwes, Lil, t. 12.)

L. Martagon.—The well-known
Turk’s Cap Lily of South Europe.
It grows 2 to 3 ft. high, and has
drooping flowers in chandelier-like
tiers, and with gracefully recurved
petals of a dull purple-red or violet-
rose, heavily spotted with carmine at
the base. (Bot. Mag. tt. 893, 1634;
Red. Lit. t. 146; Elwes, Lil, t. 33.)

There are several varieties, the
best known being album, pure waxy
white; dalmaticum, pale to deep

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

purple ; and Cutanz, with very deep
velvety crimson flowers,

L. Maximowiczi.— A Japanese
Lilium closely related to LZ. Lezcht-
lint, but resembling LZ. tegrinum in
its small bulbs and flowers. The
latter are drooping, orange-red fading
to yellow at the tips, and heavily
blotched with deep purple. The
variety Bakeri has narrower leaves
with ciliated margins, and smaller
but more highly coloured flowers.
Regelt is similar to Bakert, but has
large blotches on the flowers, and the
leaves are not ciliated on the margins,
(Elwes, Ll, t. 40.)

L. mirabile.—A fine Lily, native
of Western China, growing about 4
ft. high, the thin slender stems being
furnished with papery, heart-shaped
ovate leaves. The funnel-shaped
flowers, each 5 to 7 ins. long, are in
clusters of seven to fifteen, spreading

Fic. 237.—Lilium myriophyllum. (4.)

horizontally, and are white, tinted
with violet towards the margin.

L, monadelphum (L. Loddigesi-
anum).—A_ vigorous Caucasian Lily,
3 to 5 ft. high, with drooping, clear
pale yellow flowers borne in pyra-
midal clusters. The variety Szovitsi-
anum (also well-known as colchicum)
has beautiful citron-yellow flowers

340

LILIUM

spotted with blackish-purple, as many
as thirty often hanging like bells
from the tops of the stems. (Bot.
Mag. t. 1405 ; Elwes, Lil. t. 36.)

L. myriophyllum,—A fine Western
Chinese Lily, 2} to 5 ft. high, with
numerous narrow, lance - shaped,
closely-arranged leaves, and trumpet-
shaped blossoms of great substance,
with petals reflexed at the tips. The
colour is white washed with brown or
chocolate. (Bot. Jag. t. 8102; Flora
and Sylva, December 1905.)

L. neilgherense (Z. tubiflorum).—
A fine Indian species too tender for
open-air culture in the British
Islands. It grows from 2 to 3 ft.
high, and has sweet-scented, pale
sulphur - yellow, tubular flowers.
(Garden, 1885, ii. 488; Elwes, Lil. t.
65; Bot. Mag. t. 6332.)

L. nepalense.—A native of India,
Burma, and China, being common at
elevations of 5000 to 9000 ft. in the
latter country. Stems 1 to 3 ft. high
with nodding bell-shaped flowers of a
beautiful soft yellow, the lower half

Fic. 238.—Lilium netlgherense.

(h-)

of the recurved petals being washed
and blotched with rich purple-brown
(Elwes, Lil. t.5; Bot. Mag. t. 7043).
It is safer to grow this species in a
greenhouse.

L. nitidum,—A Californian Lily
with oblong bulbs, and green and
purplish stems about 14 ft. high,

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

bearing lance-shaped leaves in whorls
of twenty, more or less, and bright

Fic. 239.—Liliwm nepalense.

4)

yellow flowers copiously spotted with
reddish-brown on the upper half of
the segments,

L. occidentale. — A Californian
Lilium with a short rhizomatous
root-stock and stems 2 to 6 ft. high,
having leaves in whorls of five to
twelve or more. Flowers 14 to 23 ins.
long, crimson towards the tips, orange-
red with copious black spots lower
down the segments.

L, ochraceum.—This Lily is closely
allied to ZL. monadelphum (Szovitst-
anum), and comes from the mountains
of Western China, at an altitude of
9000 to 10,000 ft. The smooth shin-
ing stems are 8 to 4 ft. high, furnished
with scattered lance - shaped leaves
about 2 ins. long, and bearing droop-
ing, yellow, unspotted flowers with
reflexed segments,

L. oxypetalum,—A pretty little
species from the Himalayas (altitude

341

LILIUM

8000 to 12,500 ft.), having narrow elon-
gated bulbs, slender stems 1 to 14 ft.
high, linear lance-shaped leaves, and
one to three flowers about 2 ins. across
in June, soft mauve-purple in colour,
spotted at the base of the segments
with deep purple. (Bot. Mag. t. 4731 ;
Elwes, Lil, t. 5.)

L. papilliferum (LZ. PBiondi),—An-
other Yunnan Lilium (altitude 5000
to 6000 ft.), related to ZL. Maximowiezt.
It has small roundish bulbs, and
slender stems about 1 ft. high, bear-
ing linear leaves. The drooping bell-
shaped flowers, with reflexed segments,
are bright red.

L. pardalinum.—This is the Cali-
fornian “Leopard Lily.” It has hori-
zontal creeping root-stocks, on which
the bulbs are developed. The stems
are 3 to 8 ft. high, and the drooping
flowers are bright orange-red heavily

Fira. 240.—Litium pardalinum, bulb and
rhizome. (3.)

spotted with dark purple at the
base. There are many varieties, such
as Bourgaet, with crimson - orange
heavily-blotched flowers; cal¢forni-
cum, deep orange-yellow spotted with
maroon and tipped with bright
scarlet ; Zutewm, soft yellow suffused
with orange and brown; Johnsont, a
highly coloured variety; Michauzi,
like the type, but later; minor, an
early-flowering form with rather small
orange black-spotted flowers ; pallidi-
forum, pale in colour, but large;
Robinsoni, a strong grower, with bright
vermilion flowers fading to yellow,
and densely spotted with purple-

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM
brown; and Warei, with sweet-
scented, clear yellow, unspotted
flowers,

A fine Lily for massing and group-
ing in moist beds amongst shrubs,
etc. Mr Carl Purdy says :—“ There
seems to be a misconception gener-
ally as to the habitat of LZ. parda-
linum, the idea being that it is a bog
Lily. This is by no means the case,
Moisture it loves, and it sometimes
grows in very wet places, but in bogs
never, and the finest developed plants
are not in wet places.

“Go with me in the Coast Range
Mountains to where high in their
bosom some living stream has formed
a little vale deep with sandy loam
and wash from the surrounding
slopes, and there overtopping the tall
grasses and weeds, which are stimu-
lated to a luxurious growth, I will
show you this beautiful Lily higher
than a man, and glorious in its orange
and red bloom, its bulb in a sharp
well-drained soil, its roots ruxsning
down to abundant moisture. In such
spots it grew by acres before civilisa-
tion with its plough and hog came.
[ have often seen masses containing
200 to 300 bulbs solidly matted to-
gether. If it is on the bank of the
stream in deep sandy loam, where the
roots can run down to the water, it is
still happier. It glories in air and
sunshine, and where the stream banks
are shaded never equals its stature in
more exposed places. In cultivation,
land that will grow good potatoes
will suit it.”

A noble Lily from the mountains of
S. California and Arizona (altitude
6000 to 10,000 ft.).

L. Parryi.—Stems 2 to 6 ft. high,
bearing sweet-scented citron-yellow
flowers, usually spotted with pale
chocolate or purple-brown (ill, Hort.
1886, 595; Elwes, Lil. t. 12). It likes
sharp, cool, moist, peaty soil,

342

LILIUM

L, parvum.—A pretty Lily from
the subalpine regions of the Sierra
Nevadas of California (altitude 5000
ft.), where it grows “in a soil of
granitic sand and leaf-mould, on the
margins of lakes and on the banks of
cold streams.” It varies from 1 to 6
ft. high, has ovate lance - shaped
leaves, some in whorls, and broadly
funnel-shaped flowers with recurving
tips, rich orange in the centre, the red
tops being finely dotted.

L. philadelphicum. — A North
American species, 1 to 3 ft. high, with
cup-shaped flowers having the base
of the petals yellow spotted with
maroon and the tips bright scarlet
(Bot, Mag, t. 519; Red. Int. +. 104;
Bot. Reg. t. 594; Hlwes, Lil. t. 17).
The variety andinum has narrower
and fewer leaves,

L. philippinense.—A native of the
Philippine Islands, 15 to 2 ft. high,
with large pure white, sweet-scented,
tubular flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 6250;
Elwes, Lil, t. 3). This species should
be grown in a greenhouse.

L. polyphyllum.—A delicate but
charming Himalayan species, 2 to 3
ft. high, with waxy-white drooping
flowers 5 to 6 ins. long, heavily spotted
and lined with purple (ill. Hort.
1885, t. 565; Elwes, Lil. t. 48).
Should be grown in a greenhouse.
The bulbs are long and narrow.

L. pomponium,—A fine “Turk’s
Cap” Lily from Siberia. Stems 2 to
3 ft. high, bearing drooping bright
red fiowers tinted with orange, earlier
in the season than L,. chalcedonicum
and LZ. pyrenaicum, There is much
variation in the colour and odour of
the blossoms. (Bot. Mag. t. 971;
Elwes, Lil, t. 46.)

L. primulinum (LZ. claptoniense).—
A species from Upper Burmah closely
related to ZL, neilgherense. It has
large roundish bulbs, and smooth
erect stems 3 to 4 ft. high, clothed

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

with glossy green, narrow, stalkless
leaves 4 to 5 ins. long. The funnel-
shaped flowers, 5 to 6 ins. long, are
pale yellow and unspotted, the seg-
ments beginning to reflex nearly half
way. (Bot. Mag. t 7227.)

L. purpureum.—This has hitherto
been regarded as a form of LZ. Wash-
ingtontanum. Mr Carl Purdy, how-
ever, is of opinion that it deserves
specificrank. Itis widely distributed
in California and Oregon, and grows
not only at high altitudes but also as
low as 600 ft. above sea-level, and at
various places in the open valleys and
half-wooded uplands. It has large
bulbs, and the stems are furnished
with broadly obovate leaves 3 to 4
ins, long, mostly in whorls of ten to
fourteen. The flowers are in terminal
umbels or racemes, and resemble
those of the Madonna Lily (Z. candt-
dum) in outline, being broadly funnel-
shaped, white dotted with purple.

L. pyrenaicum, — A Pyrenean
species closely related to L. pom-
pontum, and often confused with it,
It grows from 2 to 4 ft. high, and has
drooping bright yellow flowers, the
interior of the fez-like base of the
perianth-tube being spotted with red
or deep purple. (Elwes, Lil. t. 47.)

L, Roezli.—The true species is a
native of S. Oregon, California, etc.,
and has rhizomatous root-stocks, It
grows 2 to 3 ft. high, has lance-
shaped linear leaves partly scattered
and in whorls, and drooping deep
orange-red flowers 2 to 3 ins, across,
more or less densely blotched with
black towards the base. (Gartenft.
t. 667.) Fig. 241.

L. roseum (L. Thomsonianum ;
Fritillaria’ macrophylla), — A rare
Himalayan species, 14 to 2 ft. high,
with tufts of narrow lance-shaped
leaves, the lower ones being 12 to 18
ins. long. Flowers bell-shaped, rosy-
lilac or flesh colour, often as many as

343

LILIUM

forty on a stem, and appearing in
April and May. (Bot. Mag. t. 4725 ;
Bot. Reg. 1845.) Should be grown
in warm sheltered spots outside, or
in the greenhouse.

Fia, 241.—Liliwum Roezli. (4.)

L. Rostherni,—-A’‘ native of W.
China, 1 to 14 ft, high, with linear
oblong leaves 3 to 4 ins, long, and
yellowish, heavily spotted flowers
about 2 ins. long, the segments being
reflexed and crisped.

L. rubellum,— A distinct and
attractive Japanese Lily, 1 to 2 ft.
high. Flowers rosy-pink, tubular
bell-shaped, quite unspotted, and
sweet scented. (Sot, Mag. t. 7634.)
A good Lily for forcing.

L, rubescens.—This has hitherto
been regarded as a form of LZ, Wash-
ingtonianum, but Mr Carl Purdy
considers it to be quite distinct. It
has smaller, more compact, and more
ovate bulbs than JZ. Washing-
tonianum. The leaves are narrowly

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

lance-shaped, and nearly all in
distinct whorls on slender stems 6 to

Fia. 242.—Lilium rubellum.

8 ft. high. In good specimens from
twenty-five to thirty-five flowers are
borne in umbels or racemes, and are
deliciously fragrant.

L, speciosum,—One of the most

Fia, 243.—Liliwm speciosum album, (}.)

popular Japanese Liliums in cultiva-
tion (often known as LZ, lancifoliwm,

344

LILIUM

which is really synonymous with Z.
elegans). Stems 1 to 3 ft. high, bear-
ing large open white flowers suffused
with rose, the lower portion being
blotched with rose or carmine-purple,
and covered with irregular out-
growths. (Bot. dfag. t. 3785; Bot,
Reg. t. 2000 ; Elwes, Lil, t. 12.)

There are many fine varieties, the
best known being—album, pure white,
with red outside; gloriosoides has
much narrower leaves, much-reflexed
crisped perianth segments, and
scarlet rather than crimson spots and
papille ; Xreetzert has pure white
flowers with a water-green centre ;
macranthum, deep rose ; Melnomene,
crimson-purple heavily spotted and
edged with white ; cruentum, a dwarf
form of Melpomene, with highly
coloured flowers ; punctatum, white,
spotted and shaded pink; rosewm,
white washed with rose; and several
others not so well known.

L, sulphureum (LZ, Wallichianum
superbum).—A fine Burmese Lily, 4 to
7 ft. high, with narrow leaves 6 to 9
ins, long, and large white funnel-
shaped flowers 6 to 7 ins. long, tinted
with yellow inside and rose outside.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7275).

This species grows well in a green-
house. It produces offsets at the
base, and bulbils in the axils of the
upper leaves freely.

L, superbum,—This is the “Swamp
Lily” of N. America. It has creep-
ing root-stocks, from which the older
bulbs disappear after the develop-
ment of the new ones. The stems
are from 4 to 10 ft, high, with whorls
of lance-shaped pointed leaves.
From twenty to forty drooping
orange-red flowers heavily spotted
with purple are borne, the petals
being reflexed as in the Turk’s Cap
Lilies, (Bot. Mag. t. 396; Elwes,
Lil, t. 26.)

The variety carolintanum (also

THE BULB BOOK

LILIUM

known as ZL. autumnale and LL.

AMichaurianum) is a dwarf form,

Fic. 244.—Liliwm superbum. (4.)

L., sutchuenense, — A Chinese
species, 2 to 3 ft. high, having flexible
speckled stems and bright scarlet or
orange-red flowers dotted inside with
brown, JL. papilliferum (or Biondi)
and ZL. chinense, both with scarlet
flowers, are closely related. (Bot.
Mag. t. 7715; Flora and Sylva,
December 1905.)

This species is still very rare, but
may be easily raised from seeds. It
is perhaps safer to grow it in a green-
house, but would probably prove more
vigorous in the open air in the mildest
parts.

L, taliense.—This is intermediate
between LZ. Martagon and L. poly-
phyllum, and comes from the moun-
tains of Yunnan, W. China. The
slender roughish stems are about 6 ft.
high, and are furnished with lance-
shaped leaves about 2 ins, long, the
upper ones being more or less in
circles, The flowers are whitish,
about 2 ins, long, and are sometimes
spotted.

L, tenuifolium,—A Siberian Lily,

345

LILIUM THE BULB BOOK LILIUM

1 to 1$ ft, high, with narrow grass-
like leaves about 2 ins. long, and
brilliant scarlet drooping flowers
(Elwes, Lil, t. 42). A good Lily for
early forcing.

L, testaceum (JZ, excelsum).—A fine
Lily, supposed to be a hybrid between
L, chalcedonicum and L.candidum.

iat
ko

Fic, 245.—Liliwm testaceum. (}.)

has stems 5 to 6 ft. high, and beauti-
ful nankeen-yellow or apricot-coloured
flowers, the reflexed segments of which
are dotted with orange-red. (Bot.
Reg. 1848, t.11; Llwes, Lil. t.44.) A
good Lily for forcing in early spring.

L. tigrinum.—This is the well-
known “ Tiger Lily,” a native of China
and Japan. It grows 2 to 4 ft. high,
and has deep orange - red flowers
heavily blotched with blackish-
purple. (Bot, Mag. t. 1237; Elwes,
Lit, t. 38.)

The variety splendens often grows 7
ft. high, and bears numerous more
highly coloured and heavier blotched
flowers ; Yortunet is somewhat simi-
lar ; while fore pleno has from four to
six circles of petals coloured and

Fia. 247.—Lilium umbellatum, bulb and
spotted. offgets,

346

LILIUM

L, umbellatum,—A Siberian species
with large heads of erect orange-red
flowers. Many lilies of garden origin
are grouped under this, being prob-
ably hybrids between ZL. croceum, L.
elegans, and LZ. davuricum. The
colours vary from orange to orange-
red, apricot and almost scarlet, special
names being given to some forms,
such as aurantiacum, grandiflorum,
punctatum, Cloth of Gold, ete.

L, Wallacei—A Japanese Lily in-
termediate between LZ. elegans and L.
Mazximowiczt, It has roundish bulbs,
14 to 2 ins. in diameter; densely
leafy green stems about 13 ft. high,
mottled with brown ; and clear pale
scarlet flowers about 3 ins. long,
spotted with brown inside towards
the base. (Garden, 1897, f. 1103.)

L. Washingtonianum,— A fine
Californian Lily, 3 to 6 feet high, with
long and narrow bulbs composed of
loose scales, often measuring 7 to 15
ins. in circumference, but in a native
state sometimes as much as 28 ins.
The drooping funnel-shaped flowers
are 3 to 4 ins. long, pure white, tinged
with purple or lilac, and sweetly
scented, (27. d. Serr. tt. 1975-6;
Gartenjl. t. 170; Elwes, Lil. t. 10.)

Mr Carl Purdy mentions a variety
called minor, from the base of Shasta
Mountain. It has ovate compact
bulbs, slender stems, rather narrow
lance-shaped wavy leaves five to eight
in a whorl.

L. Yoshidai.—This is said to be a
new species, with sweet-scented
flowers like those of LZ. Browns (Gard.
1905, Ixviii. 238, f.).

L, yunnanense.—A native of the
mountains of Yunnan, W. China, at
an elevation of 6000 ft. It has
roundish bulbs about 14 ins, in
diameter, smooth stems 1' to 2 ft.
high, and narrow leaves 13 to 2 ins.
long. The drooping pink and un-
spotted flowers are widely expanding,

THE BULB BOOK

LIMNOCHARIS

and from 13 to 2 ins. long. It is a
very distinct and pretty little species.

Lit1um Diszaszs, — Sometimes a
fungus known as Botrytis cinerea
attacks the plants, forming orange-
brown specks on the stems and leaves,
etc., ultimately becoming covered with
a delicate grey mould. Other fungoid
diseases also attack the plants. In-
fected portions should be burned, the
plants then being sprayed with a
solution of liver of sulphur (2 oz, to 3
gals, of water), or heavily dusted over
with flowers of sulphur after syring-
ing or a heavy rain. When grown in
greenhouses, the worst pest probably
is the green-fly, which attacks and
cripples the tips of the flowering
shoots. By syringing the plants regu-
larly with nicotine and quassia solu-
tions, or by vaporising the houses
from time to time, these pests can be
kept in check,

LIMNOCHARIS (limne, a marsh ;
chairo, to delight in; in reference to
its habitat), Nat. Ord. Alismacez,—-
The best-known members of the
genus are described below :—

L, Humboldti (Hydrocleis Commer-
sont)—A charming aquatic from
Buenos Ayres, having whitish cylin-
drical root-stocks, broadly oval or
roundish leaves which float on the
surface of the water, and bright
yellow flowers from July to Septem-
ber. Each bloom is over 2 ins,
across, and consists of three roundish
inner segments, three smaller green
outer ones, and numerous orange-
yellow stamens in the centre, (Bot,
Reg. t. 1640.)
~ To keep this plant alive during the
winter months outside, the rhizomes
should be planted at least a foot
below the water-level. They may,
however, be grown in pots or tubs,
and sunk in the water in June, and
taken up again in October or Novem-

347

LITTONIA

ber and placed in a greenhouse. The
root-stocks may be divided in spring,
when it is desired to increase the
number of plants.

L, Plumieri, from Brazil, has oblong
bluntish leaves with three - sided
stalks, and from June to October
the yellow flowers are borne in
umbels on stems about 18 ins, high
(Bot. Mag. t. 2525).

This species is more tender than
L, Humboldti, and should therefore
be grown in a greenhouse to secure
the best results,

LITTONIA (after Dr S, Litton,a pro-
fessor of Botany in Dublin), Nat. Ord.
Liliacez.—A genus containing only
two species, the best known being—

L, modesta.— A South African

Fia, 248.—Littonia modesta. (4.)

tuberous-rooted plant with climbing
stems 2 to 4 ft. long, furnished with
lanceolate bright green stalkless
leaves, ending in a tendril like
Gloriosa, Flowers tulip-shaped, of

THE BULB BOOK

LYCORIS

a clear orange-yellow. (Bot. Mag. t.
4723.) The variety Ae¢tht is more
vigorous and free-flowering than the
type (Gartenfl. t. 1237).

This plant may be grown in the same
way as Gloriosa, in a greenhouse in a
compost of rich and well-drained
sandy soil.

LLOYDIA (after Mr Lloyd, a
botanist). Nat. Ord. Liliaceae.—A
genus with one species closely related
to Calochortus.

L. alpina (L. serotina).—A pretty
little native bulbous plant from the
Snowdon range, and also found on
the Alps. It has scaly bulbs and
half-roundish leaves 6 to 10 ins. long,
and about June produces its white
or yellowish flowers, the segments of
which are veined outside with green
or purple. It flourishes in nooks in
the rockery in cool and partially
shaded spots in ordinary garden soil,
and may be increased by offsets in
autumn.

LOWIA. Nat. Ord. Scitamineze.—
The only species known is —

L. maxillarioides.--A ginger-like
plant from the Malay Peninsula,
having tufts of two-ranked lance-
shaped leaves about 9 ins. long, and
loose short panicles of flowers in
which the three large purple sepals
and the odd green lip-like petal are
suggestive of an orchid (Aaaillaria).

This plant may be grown in the
same way as the Keempferias—which
see,

LYCORIS (the name of a woman in
Roman history), Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidew,—A. genus with about half a
dozen species of tunicated bulbous
plants having linear or strap-shaped
leaves, and numerous funnel-shaped
flowers with wavy segments, borne on
top of a stout scape.

348

LYCORIS

The species mentioned below are
not quite hardy, except in the very
mildest parts of the Kingdom. JL.
squamigera is the hardiest, and will
flourish in the open air south of the
Thames in warm, sheltered borders in

well-drained gritty soil. The other
“species may be tried in similar
situations, but they are on the whole
safer grown in pots in the greenhouse.
They like a sandy loam and a fair
supply of moisture during the growth
of the leaves; these, in most cases,
wither before the appearance of the
flower-stalks, The plants may be
divided after flowering if necessary,
the offsets being useful for increasing
the stock. When established in the
open air, it is better to leave the
plants alone for a few years, so as
to allow them to grow into bold and
effective masses,

L. aurea (Amaryllis and Nerine
aurea).—A pretty Chinese species
with bright yellow scentless flowers
about 3 ins. across, borne on scapes
1 to 2 ft, high in August (Bot. Mag.
t. 409; Bot. Reg. t. 611; Red, Ll.
t. 61).

L. incarnata.—A native of Central
China, about 2 ft. high, the scape
bearing six to twelve large open, pale
flesh-coloured or rosy flowers, sweetly
scented. The segments are only
slightly wavy and not so reflexed
as in L. sguamigera.

L, radiata (Amaryllis radiata ;
Nerine japonica),—A native of China
and Japan, whence it was introduced
to English gardens in 1750, The
bright red scentless flowers appear in
summer or autumn on stems 1 to 14
ft. high, and the leaves are developed
during the winter months, (And. Bot.
Rep. t. 25; Bot. Reg. t. 596.)

There is a form called variegata or
Terraciant, with large crimson flowers
the segments of which become
margined with white when fading.

THE BULB BOOK

LYSICHITUM

The variety pumila is much dwarfer
than the type.

L. sanguinea.—A Japanese species
with bright red flowers, having seg-
ments that are neither crisped nor
reflexed,

L. Sprengeri—A_ distinct species,
presumably from Japan, having short
ovate spathe valves, and long-stalked
rose-pink or purple-rose flowers with-
out any distinct tube above the ovary
(Gard. Chron. 1902, xxxii. 469).

L, squamigera,—-A striking Japan-
ese species with large sweet-scented
rosy-lilac flowers on scapes 2 to 3 ft.
high in August, after the narrow
strap-shaped leaves have withered
and vanished. This species may be
grown outside in the same way as the
Belladonna Lily (Amaryllis Bellu-
donna).

L, straminea,—This Chinese plant
is closely related to LZ. aurea, but has
pale yellow or straw-coloured flowers,
with a pink keel and a few scattered
red dots,

LYSICHITUM (lysis, loosing ; chiton,
a coat). Nat. Ord. Aroidese.—This
genus contains only one _ species,
viz.—

L. camtschatense.—A remarkable
and noble-looking Aroid, widely-
distributed over North-eastern Asia
and North-western America. It is
a stemless plant with a thick root-
stock, and tufts of large oblong lance-
shaped acute leaves 12 to 30 ins. long,
and from 5 to 10 ins. wide, the surface
being more or less conspicuously
spotted or mottled. The stout
cylindrical flower-stalk is from 6 to
12 ins. high, and bears a pointed boat-
shaped bright yellow spathe 4 to 6
ins. long and 3 to 5 ins. across,
sheltering a dark green spadix 3 to 6
ins. long, bearing numerous flowers
which emit a very disagreeable odour
when mature about April or May.

349

MAIANTHEMUM

This rare plant is only likely to
assume its proper proportions out of
doors in the most genial parts of the
Kingdom. For a few years it was
grown in the rock-garden at Kew in
boggy soil, but failed to thrive.
When transferred to the Himalayan
House, however, and planted in

Fic. 249.—Lysichitwm camtschatense. (4.)

swampy soil, it soon began to
flourish. The best way to increase
the plant is by division of the root-
stocks; but it may be also raised
from seeds.

MAIANTHEMUM (maios, May ;
anthemon, a flower). Nat. Ord. Lili-
acee.—A genus with one species,
viz.—

M, Convallaria (A. bifoliwm ; Con-
vallaria bifolia ; Smilacina brfolia ;
S. canadensis). —A charming little
plant, native of the North temperate
regions, including Britain. It has
slender creeping root - stocks and
flexuous stems furnished with two

THE BULB BOOK

MARANTA

broadly ovate heart-shaped leaves, 2
to 3 ins. long, deeply lobed at the
base. The small white sweet-scented
flowers appear in May and June on
dense erect racemes. They are re-
markable for having only four seg-
ments and four stamens. (Bot. Mag.
t. 510.)

This isa good plant for the rock-
garden. It flourishes in ordinary
garden soil in semi-shaded places,
and may be increased by division in
early autumn.

MARANTA (after B. Marantt, an
Italian botanist) Nat. Ord. Scita-
minee.—A genus containing about
a dozen species of ornamental herba-
ceous plants, having more or less
tuberous or creeping root-stocks and
broad ornamental leaves on zigzag
stems. The flowers are small and of
no great beauty.

Being mostly natives of Tropical
America, the Marantas like plenty of
heat and moisture, and should there-
fore be grown in a stove in which the
night temperature in winter does not
sink below 65° or 60° F. During the
summer months the plants should be
placed in shaded spots. They flourish
in rich sandy soil (loam and peat), and
may be grown either in pots or
planted in borders or stove rockeries.
Plenty of water is required during
growth, and the plants should be
frequently syringed to keep the
foliage clean and bright. The best
time to divide the plants is in
spring.

M. argentea has large oblong,
pointed, silvery grey leaves marked
with narrow curved lines of deep
green, Brazil.

M. arundinacea.—This is the plant
that supplies the Indian Arrowroot.
It grows 5 to 6 ft. high, and has large
oval, lance-shaped leaves, slightly
hairy beneath. (Lot. Mag. t. 2307.)

390

MARICA

The variegated form (variegata) is
probably better known in gardens as
Phrynium variegatum. It is an
ornamental plani, with leaves
elegantly variegated with oblique
bands of green and yellow.

M, bicolor.—A pretty species, with
roundish leaves of a pale blue-green
with irregular blotches of deep and
shining green about half-way between
the midrib and edges, the under-
surface being rose-purple. (Bot. Reg.
t. 786 ; Lodd, Bot. Cat. t. 921.)

There are several varieties of this,
the best being Devosiana, Kerchov-
eana, Makoyana, and Alossangeana.

M. musaica,— A very distinct
species, with obliquely heart-shaped
leaves of a deep and shining green,
decorated with numerous whitish
transverse lines, which give a mosaic
appearance.

M. Sagoreana has very pale green
oblong leaves marked on each side of
the midrib with deep green, oblong,
oblique stripes.

M. speciosa, — Leaves obliquely
elliptic, oblong, pointed, bright green
decorated with greenish-white bands.

M. striata——A dwarf kind about
6 ins. high, having pale green leaves
conspicuously striped and marked
with white and pale yellow.

Severalother plants called Marantas
are really Calatheas. M. major now
belongs to the genus IscHNosIPHoN.
It has pretty, erect, green leaves.

MARICA (maraino, to flag or wilt ;
referring to the fleeting nature of the
flowers), Nat, Ord. Irideze.—A genus
with about a dozen species of herba-
ceous plants having short thickish
root-stocks, sword - shaped leathery
leaves arising fan-like in two rows,
and fleeting flowers of white, blue, or
yellow, somewhat resembling those of
some species of Iris in appearance.

The Maricas (which now include

THE BULB BOOK

MARICA

the plants formerly known as
CYPELLA) are best grown in a green-
house, and flourish in a compost of
sandy loam, peat, and leaf-mould in
equal proportions. They are easily
increased by division of the root-
stocks, but seeds may ‘also be sown
in gentle heat in spring.

M, brachypus.—A_ beautiful West
Indian species having yellow flowers
transversely striped with reddish-
brown at the base. (Bot. Mag. t.
6380.)

M. cceerulea.— A Brazilian plant
about 3 ft. high, having blue or lilac
flowers striped with brown, yellow,
and white at the base, and produced
in May and June. (Bot. Mag. t. 5612.)

M,. gracilis, — This species from
Central America grows about 2 ft.
high, and has white flowers striped
with yellow and brown at the base,
the inner segments being reflexed
and blue in colour. (Bot. Mag. t.
3713.)

M. Helene.—A Brazilian species
near M. ceerulea, with blue and white
flowers nearly 5 ins. across.

M, humilis, — A Brazilian plant,
1 to 2 ft. high, with whitish flowers
having four reddish-brown stripes on
the claw. (Lodd. Bot, Cab. t. 1801.)

M, longifolia.—A native of Rio de
Janeiro, with yellow flowers striped
with brown.

M. lutea.—A native of Brazil,
resembling df, humilis, but with
bright yellow flowers having five
deep red stripes on the claw. (Bot.
Mag, t. 3809.)

M. Northiana (Morwa Northiana).
—A fine Brazilian plant over a yard
high, with large pure white flowers
variegated with yellow and brown on
the claw. (Bot. Mag. t. 654; Flora
and Sylva, February 1905.)

M. occidentalis, — A Peruvian
species, having fan-shaped tufts of
leaves, and white flowers, the inner

351

MASSONIA

segments of which are mottled with
brown and tipped with violet.

Fic. 250.—Martca Northiana.

M, paludosa (Cipura paludosa).—A
native of Tropical America, having
roundish corms, narrow plaited leaves
1 to 14 ft. long, and lilac flowers, the
inner segments of which have one or
two yellow blotches near the base.
(Bot. Mag. t. 646.)

MASSONIA (after F, Masson (1741-
1805), a botanical traveller in 8S.
Africa). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—This
genus contains about twenty-five
species of small bulbous plants all
natives of 8. Africa, The numerous
white or greenish and almost stalk-
less flowers are borne in umbel-like
clusters between the two almost
opposite leaves, the flower-stem being
either very short or altogether absent.

Like most of the Cape bulbous
plants the Massonias flourish in a
gritty compost of loam with a little

THE BULB BOOK

MEDEOLA

peat and leaf-soil, and may be grown
in a greenhouse, or frame, or in the
open border in sheltered situations
during the summer, They are of no
great beauty or value as garden plants,
and are confined chielly to botanical
collections. Some of the best-known
kinds are :—

M. amygdalina, with oval leaves
and almond-scented flowers.

M, angustifolia, with lance-shaped
pointed leaves, (Bot, Mag. t. 736.)

M,. candida, with round smooth
fleshy leaves. (Lot. Reg. t. 694.)

M, jasminifiora, — Leaves two,
spreading on the ground, and umbels
of white green-tipped flowers, (Bot.
Mag. t. '7465.)

M. muricata, with roundish heart-
shaped, fleshy leaves. (Bot. Mug. t.
559.)

M. pustulata, having smooth, oval,
rounded, fleshy leaves, sometimes three
instead of the usual two, heavily
covered with whitish pustules. (Bot.
Mag. t. 642.)

M, sanguinea, with roundish, heart-
shaped, pointed leaves, and flowers
having reddish filaments to the ‘
stamens. (Bot. dag. t. 848.)

MEDEOLA (named after the
sorceress Medea). Nat. Ord. Liliacee.
—The only species in this genus is-—

M. virginica,— A native of N.
America with thickish white rhizomes
having a cucumber-like smell, and
whorls of stalkless obovate lance-
shaped leaves on the erect stems,
which grow about 9 ins, high. The
small ‘yellowish flowers appear in
June in sessile umbels, (Bot. Mag.
t. 1316.)

This plant is quite hardy, and
flourishes in ordinary light garden
soil. Itis easily increased by division
of the root-stocks.

The plant known either as Jedeola
asparagovdes or Myrsiphyllum aspara-

352

MEGARHIZA

gotdes is described in this work as
Asparagus medeoloides.

MEGARHIZA (megas, large ; rhiza,
a root ; referring to the large tuberous
root-stock), Nat. Ord. Cucurbi-
taceze.

M, californica.—This is a curious
Californian plant with large tuberous
roots often weighing 20 to 40 lbs.,
and annual trailing stems 18 to 20 ft.
long, bearing shining silvery, palmately
lobed leaves. The staminate (male)
and pistillate (female) flowers are
borne separately, the latter being
solitary at the base of the male
clusters, and in due course giving
rise to a roundish or oblong spiny
fruit resembling a sweet chestnut.

This curiosity will grow in warm
sunny spots in good garden soil, and
may be increased from seed sown in
gentle heat in spring.

MELANTHIUM (melas, black;
anthos, a flower; referring to the
dark blossoms). Nat. Ord. Liliacez.,
—A small genus of North American
herbs with very short thickened or
bulbous root-stocks, from which arise
smooth and membranous, narrow or
lance-shaped leaves, and panicles of
yellowish or greenish-white poly-
gamous flowers.

M. virginicum (Helonias virginica).
—The “Bunch Flower” of Virginia,
It grows from 3 to 5 ft. high, having
narrow grass-like leaves larger at the
base, and creamy-yellow flowers in
July, fading to dark brown. (Bot.
Mag. t. 985.)

This plant grows well in ordinary
garden soil or in a mixture of loam
and peat, in somewhat shaded posi-
tions, and may be increased in
autumn or spring by division.

MELASPHZERULA (melas, black ;
spheerula, a little ball or sphere ; in

THE BULB BOOK

MERENDERA

allusion to the form and colour of the
small blackish bulbs), Nat. Ord.
Trideze.—The only species is—

M. graminea (J. parviflora;
Gladiolus gramineus).—A pretty little
bulbous plant from 8. Africa, having
bright green grass-like leaves 6 to 12
ins. long, and whitish flowers in April
striped with purple, and borne in a
large branching and flexuose panicle.
(Bot. Mag. t. 615.)

This species is only hardy in the
very mildest parts of the Kingdom,
and is generally grown in green-
houses or frames ; or in well-sheltered
borders facing south, in rich and
gritty soil, much in the same way as
recommended for the Ixias. Increased
by offsets or seeds.

MERENDERA (the Spanish name
for Colchicum). Nat. Ord. Liliacese,—
A small genus of bulbous plants
closely related to Bulbocodium and
Colchicum, having tunicated bulbs or
corms, narrow leaves, and funnel-
shaped flowers.

The species mentioned flourish in
a light rich sandy soil in rather
moist situations, and are rather hand-
some grown in large batches. They
may be increased by offsets and
seeds.

M. Bulbocodium (Bulbocodium au-
tumnale).—A pretty Pyrenean plant
resembling Bulbocodiwm vernum in
appearance, but produces its rosy-
lilac flowers in autumn on stems 3 to
4ins. high, The narrow sickle-shaped
leaves appear after the flowers have
faded, and remain fresh and green
throughout the winter.

M, caucasica (Dulbocodium trigy-
num).—A native of the Caucasus, 3 to
4 ins, high, with delicate rosy flowers
in April and May (Bot. Mag. t.
3690).

M. persica (Bulbocodium Attchi-
sont),—From Persia and India ; has

353 vA

MILLA

pale lilac sweet-scented flowers keeled
with red, in October and November
(Bot, Mag. t. 6012).

M. sobolifera (Coichicum pro-
currens) is a curious little plant from
Smyrna, with irregular bulbs mottled
with purple and yellow, and bearing
white flowers tinted with pale pink
in autumn,

MILLA (after J. Milla, a gardener
at the Court of Madrid), Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze,—The only species at present
in the genus is-—

M, biflora,—A pretty little Mexican
plant with small bulbs, narrow blue-
green grassy leaves, and pure white
salver-shaped flowers borne on stems
about 6 ins, high about August (Bot.
Reg. t. 1555).

This plant may be considered as
only half-hardy in most parts of the
Kingdom, but hardy in favoured
spots. It likes rich sandy loam, and
should be grown in quantity either
in the open air or greenhouse for
effect. It is chiefly increased by
offsets detached when the bulbs are
dormant, or just before starting into
growth Many other plants formerly
called Milla are now known under
the name of Brop1#a—which see,

MIRABILIS (mirabilis, wonderful ;
as everything was so considered when
first introduced from America). Nat.
Ord. Nyctaginee, — This genus con-
tains about ten species of tuberous-
rooted herbs, having two to three-
forked branches bearing opposite
leaves and long tubular flowers with
salver-shaped lobes.

The best-known species are men-
tioned below. If grown in the open
air, the simplest way to treat them is
as if they were Dahlias, They flour-
ish in any good well-drained garden
soil, and make fine bushy plants if
given plenty of space. They may be

THE BULB BOOK

MONOCHILUS

raised in the first place from a packet
of seeds sown in gentle heat about
February or March, the young plants
being pricked out and grown on till
about the end of May under glass, If
given plenty of air and light and not
too much heat, they will be well
hardened off for the open air by that
time. In autumn the tuberous roots
may be lifted, cleaned, and stored
away in a frost-proof cellar until the
following year.

M, Jalapa.—This is the “ Marvel of
Peru,” a beautiful Peruvian bushy
plant 2 to 4 ft. high, having tuberous
roots; large entire, oval, pointed
leaves, rounded at the base; and
terminal clusters of sweet - scented
funnel-shaped flowers about 2 ins,
long, and variously coloured with
red, white, or yellow, or striped and
blotched with two or more colours
(Dot. Mag. t. 371).

There are numerous seedling forms,
some being only 12 to 18 ins, high,

M, longiflora,—A clammy Mexican
species, 2 to 3 ft. high, with black
turnip - shaped roots, and_ broadly
heart-shaped tapering leaves. The
fragrant long-tubed Howers appear in
July and August, varying in colour
from white and pink to violet.

M. multifiora—A downy species
1 to 2 ft. high, found wild between
Mexico and California. The bright
purple flowers, about 2 ins. long,
appear in late summer, borne in
terminal clusters having a cup-like
involucre. ~

Hybrid forms in which the three
species mentioned above have played
a part are now in cultivation, and
will probably produce finer garden
forms as time goes on.

MONOCHILUS (monos, one ; chetlos,
a lip; in reference to the form of the
flowers), Nat. Ord. Verbenacese.—
The only species in the genus is—

354

MORIA

M. gloxinizfolius—A pretty her-
baceous plant from Brazil, having
tuberous root-stocks, slightly stalked
rather broad coarsely toothed leaves,
and white flowers in clusters at the
ends of the shoots, and singly in the
axils of the leaves or bracts lower
down the stems. The corolla has a
cylindrical tube, oblique on the upper
side, split down the centre, and with
a very oblique limb.

This little-known plant requires
the heat and moisture of a stove
house, and may be grown in sandy
loam, leaf-mould, and peat in equal
proportions, It may be propagated
by cuttings of the half-ripened non-
flowering shoots inserted in very
sandy soil under a hand-light or bell-
glass. The tubers may also be divided
just as growth is commencing.

MOREA (after &. Moore, a British
botanist). Nat. Ord. Irideze.—This
genus (which now includes Dretzs,
Hewixyra, and VIEUSSEUXIA) con-
tains about sixty species of plants
with roundish corms, narrow sword-
like leaves, and somewhat fleeting
lilac, yellow, or red flowers, having
three outer segments larger than the
three inner ones.

Most of the Moreas are natives of
S. Africa, and may be grown in the
British Islands under almost identical
conditions with the x1as—whichsee—
and other South African bulbs. They
like rich gritty soil, warm, sunny,
and sheltered spots, and protection
from cold, miserable rains in winter.
In bleak localities it is safer to grow
the plants in pots or pans in cold
frames or greenhouses. Propagation
is effected by offsets, division, or more
slowly by seeds. Amongst the many
species the following may be noted :—

M. angusta.—A plant about 9 ins.
high with lilac-coloured flowers (Bot.
Mag. t. 1276).

THE BULB BOOK

MORAA

M. bicolor.—This was formerly
known as Iris and Dietes. It has
citron-yellow blossoms, (Bot. Reg.
t. 1404.)

M. bituminosa.—Grows about 1 ft.
high, and has yellow flowers (Bot.
Mag. t. 1045),

M, catenulata, from Mauritius, has
white and blue flowers (Bot. Reg.
t. 1074.) Considered to be a form of
M. tridoides.

M, ciliata.—A very dwarf species
with ciliated leaves and yellow
flowers (Bot, Mag. t. 1061),

M, crispa.—F lowers lilac-blue with
yellow blotches (Bot. Mag. tt. 759,
1284).

M. edulis.—This grows 3 to 4 ft.
high, and has sweet-scented lilac
flowers blotched with yellow at the
base (Got. Mag. t. 613).

M, glaucopis.—Flowers white with
a blue-black blotch at the base of
the outer segments (Bot. Mag. t.
168 ; Hed. Lil. t. 42). ;

M, iridoides.— One of the best-
known species, having a short creeping
root-stock, clusters of narrow sword-
like leaves, and white flowers having
a yellow blotch at the base, and a
hairy or downy claw (Bot. Mag. tt.
693, 1407). The variety Johnsoni
differs from the type in having
longer leaves, 2} ft. long, erect, and
flowers 4 ins. across (Gard. Chron.
1907, xli. 296, f.).

M. papilionacea.—Flowers bright
lilac or red spotted with yellow (Bot.
Mag. t. 750).

M. pavonia.—-A variable species
having red, purple, or yellow flowers,
usually blotched with blue - black
(Bot. Mag. t. 1247; and vars. villosa
and lutea at tt. 571, 772). Fig. 251,

M. ramosa (J, bulbifera).—F lowers
bright golden yellow blotched with
brown (Bot, Mag. tt. 771, 5785).

M. Robinsoniana (/ris Robinsont-
ana). — Popularly known as the

355

MORIA

“Wedding Flower,” It is a native
of Australia and Lord Howe's
Island, and resembles a large German
Tris or Green New Zealand Flax
Plant (Phormium tenax) in appear-

Fic. 251.—Morea pavonia.

ance, It grows 4 to 6 ft. high, and
produces large pure white flattish
flowers, (Bot. Mag. t. 7212.)

This species is best. grown in a cool
greenhouse planted out in a border
of gritty soil, and well exposed to
the sunshine,

M. spathacea (Dietes Huttont).—
A rhizomatous species with bright
yellow sweet-scented flowers with
purple lines on the claws (Bot. Mag.
tt. 1103, 6174; Garden, 1889, t. 715).

M. sulphurea.—This species has
small round cornis, slender erect
stems, with linear leaves 4 ins. long,
and a single terminal cluster of
sulphur-yellow flowers 1 in. across,
with orange and brown markings
(Bot. Mag. t. 765).

THE BULB BOOK

MUSCARI

M. Thomsoni—A native of E.
Tropical Africa, about 1 ft. high,
with stiffish rush-like habit, -the
round leaves being furrowed, and
about 7 ins. long. The flowers, about

Fic. 252.—Morea Robinsoniana.

2 ins. across, appear in spiked clusters
and are pale lilac, yellow at the base,
and spotted with brown. (Bot. Mag.
t. 7976.) Tender.

M. tricuspis.—Flowers pale lilac
blotched with purple (Bot. Mag. t.
696).

M. tripetala.—F lowers usually lilac,
but sometimes lilac or reddish (Bot.
Mag. t. 702).

M. tristis——Flowers dull purple,
blotched with yellow at the base of
the segments (Bot. Mag. t. 577).

M. unguiculata,—Flowers white,
the outer segments spotted with red
along the claw (Bot. Mag. t. 598).

MUSCARI (moschos, musk; in
reference to the scent of the flowers).

356

MUSCARI

Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A genus of
distinct and pretty bulbous plants,
popularly known as “Grape Hya-
cinths” or “ Tassel Hyacinths,” easily
recognised by the dense racemes of
urn-shaped globular, or oblong flowers
borne on the upright scapes.

The Grape Hyacinths, which are
mostly natives of S. Europe, Asia
Minor, and N, Africa, flourish in any
good and deeply dug garden soil of
a gritty nature that is enriched with
well-decayed manure. The bulbs
being small should be planted in
September, October, or November,
about 3 ins. deep, and 3 or 4 ins,
apart, in hundreds and thousands, to
secure a bold display of blossom in
spring. Being dwarf in growth—
from 6 to 12 ims, high — they
look particularly charming beneath
deciduous early-flowering trees, and
are also useful for edgings to borders,
nooks in the rockery, or on the edges
of ponds or streams. The plants
increase naturally by offsets, which
may be detached at planting time.
Seeds are also produced freely in
most cases, and may be sown in
spring in a light gritty compost
in a cold frame. Flowering plants
are produced in three or four years

from seeds. Most of the Grape Hya-
cinths bloom between March and
May.

For early flowering in a cold green-
house, the Muscaris may be grown
in pots or pans, and are valuable for
this kind of decoration.

M, estivale—A native of Asia
Minor, 6 to 9 ins, high, with oblong
tubular yellow flowers ribbed with
green, the upper ones being tinted
with purple (Bot. Mag. t. 6269).

M, botryoides.—A charming Italian
species, with dense roundish clusters
of deep sky-blue blossoms having
six small white toothed segments.
There are forms known as album, a

THE BULB BOOK

MUSCARI

charming white variety, and pal-
lidum, pale blue.

M. comosum (Hyacinthus comosus).
—A native of 8. Europe, with narrow
strap-shaped leaves 12 to 18 ins,
long, and loose clusters of blue
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 188).

The variety monstrosum is much
better known than the species. It
is the well-known “Feather Hya-
cinth,” in which all the flowers are
sterile, and of a soft bluish-violet,
the individual blossoms having been
transformed into a mass of slender,
twisted, and wavy thread-like fila-
ments, the whole giving a “ fluffy” or
feathery appearance.

M. conicum,—A fine species from
Trebizond, having sweet - scented

Fia. 253.—Muscart contewm.

bright blue fertile and pale blue sterile
blossoms on scapes about 9 ins, high
from March to May. There are
several fine varieties.

M,. Heldreichi,—A native of

357

MYROSMA

Greece, with clusters of blue flowers
like AL, botryoides, only being much
larger, and appearing rather later in
spring (Re. Bot. t. 172; Gartenjl. t.
1199, A.).

M, Maweanum,— An Armenian
Grape Hyacinth, with dense clusters
of clear light blue flowers on stalks
less than 6 ins. high.

M, moschatum (Jf, swaveolens).—
This pretty little species from Asia
Minor is known as the “Musk Hya-
cinth.” It has large roundish clusters
of sweet-scented flowers, changing
from purple to greenish-yellow tinted
with violet. (Bot. Mag. t. 734.)

The variety favum (or M. macro-
carpum) is recognised by its larger
and looser clusters of yellowish
flowers with purple-tipped segments
(Bot, Mag. t. 1565).

M, neglectum.—A species with
rather large bulbs, native of S.
Europe, and bearing dense clusters
of deep blue sweet-scented flowers
(Garden, August 1884),

M, racemosum (Hyacinthus race-
mosus),—A native of England as well
as Europe and Asia Minor. It has
small bulbs, slender channelled leaves
6 to 9 ins. long, and short cylindrical
spikes of deep blue plum - scented
flowers. (Bot. Mag. t. 122.)

M, Szovitsianum.,—A rather large-
bulbed Caucasian species, having
dense clusters of faintly scented
bright blue fertile and pale blue
sterile blossoms (Bot. Mag. t. 6855).

MYROSMA (myron, fragrant ; osme,
smell), Nat. Ord. Scitaminese—A
small genus of tuberous-rooted hot-
house plants, natives chiefly of
Tropical America, and closely related
to the Marantas and Calatheas. and
may be treated like those plants.
M. nana is remarkable for its dwarf
habit and very hairy leaves, with a
yellowish band down the midribs.

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

The small white flowers are borne in
dense distichous spikes. (Gard.
Chron, 1894, xv. 652.)

NASGELIA (after Karl Neegeli, an
eminent German botanist). Nat.
Ord. Gesneracee.—A small genus
closely related to Achimenes and
Isoloma, and like them having
rhizomes with scaly catkin-like tubers,
softly hairy leaves, and tubular
flowers borne in large trusses.

The Negelias have been crossed
and intercrossed with the Isolomas
(including the Tydzas) and Achi-
menes, so much so that it has become
impossible to say to which genus the
garden forms belong. They are very
ornamental when in blossom, and are
useful for pot or basket culture.
The treatment is precisely the same
as described for Achimenes—which
see. Apart from the hybrid forms,
the following have been described
and figured as distinct species. They
are all natives of Central America,
Brazil, and Mexico.

N. achimenoides.—F lowers yellow-
ish-rose spotted with red.

N. cinnabarina (Gesnera).—F lowers
scarlet (Bot. Mag. t. 5036).

N. multifiora.—Flowers white or
creamy-yellow (Bot. Mag. t. 5088).

N, zebrina.—F lowers bright orange-
scarlet (Bot. Mag. t. 3940).

NARCISSUS (named by Linnezus
after a Greek youth, who was changed
into the flower) Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidez.—The plants popularly known
as “ Daffodils” belong to this genus,
but the name seems to be confined
generally to the large trumpet-
flowered varieties, while the small-
cupped forms like the Poet’s Narciss
(N. poeticus) are usually called
Narcissus.

The plants belonging to the genus
are recognised by their tunicated

358

NARCISSUS

bulbs of varying sizes, by their long
narrow strap-shaped, or pipe-like
(fistular) leaves, and by the white or
yellow flowers having six spreading
segments, with a central corona or
trumpet, varying in size from a
shallow saucer-like organ to a large
tubular bell-shaped or cylindrical
body.

From a botanical point of view
the genus Narcissus has been brought
into a state of hopeless confusion by
the hybridising operations of the
gardener. Formerly there were
fairly well-marked sections, and the
veteran botanist, Mr J. G. Baker, in
his Hundbook on the Amaryllidee,
endeavoured to bring order out of
chaos by dividing the members of
the genus into three main groups as
follows :—

1. Macnt-coronatl, in which the
corona was funnel-shaped or
cylindrical, and as long as the
perianth segments.

2. MEDIOo-coroNATI, in which the
corona was cup-shaped, and
about half as long as the
perianth segments.

3. Parvi-coronati, in which the
corona was small, obconic, or
saucer-shaped.

With the innumerable hybrids and
garden forms that have been evolved
during the past twenty years, the
above classification no longer holds
good except for the species and
varieties which gave rise toit. One
may, however, take the Mogador
Narciss (V. Broussoneti) as repre-
senting one extreme of the “Parvi-
coronati” group, and the best
varieties of the Ajax or Pseudo-
narcissus group as the extreme on
the side of the ‘“ Magni-coronati”
section. Between these two extremes
there are countless variations, not
only in the size and shape of the
corona, but also in the flowers them-

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

selves, At one time it was possible
to divide the Narcissi into two more
or less natural groups, namely—(i.)
those having only one flower on a
stem, and (ii.) those having two or
more flowers on a stem, But even
this division has been broken down
by the hybridist, and the two sec-
tions have been successfully crossed
and intercrossed. Indeed, one of the
most charming and distinct groups
raised in this way is the one to which
the name “Poetaz” has been given.
The name is most appropriate, as it
conveys information in regard to the
origin of these plants which have
arisen by crossing forms of the Poet’s
Narciss (Narcissus poeticus) with
forms of the Bunch or Polyanthus
Narciss (WV. Yazetta), More is said
of this group farther on.

Another new and charming group
is that which is now known under
the name of “‘ Englehearti” Daffodils.
This commemorates the careful work
and breeding on scientific lines that
have been carried on for quite a
quarter of a century by Mr G. H.
Engleheart. He has paid special
attention to the improvement of the
forms of WV. poeticus, and as stated
in my Practical Guide to Garden
Plants ten years ago, “his labours
have been rewarded with some of
the finest, purest, and most charming
varieties.”

The annexed diagrams of five
distinct types of Narcissus will show
at a glance the differences between
the size and shape of the corona (C),
the length and width of the perianth-
tube, and the way in which the
stamens are attached. In the Poet’s
Narcissus it will be noticed that the
corona is very small and shallow,
while the tube is long and cylindrical.
The nearest approach to this type is
to be found in the Bunch or Poly-
anthus Narcissus, V. Tazetta, of which

359

NARCISSUS

the diagram of the variety “Grand
Monarque” is given. In the other
diagrams the corona (shaded in all
diagrams) is shown to be getting
gradually larger, while the “tube”
varies from narrowly funnel-shaped
in the WV. incomparabilis Stella to
broadly obconic in WV. bicolor Hors-
fieldi—the latter being representative

Fic. 254.—Narcissus Tazetta Grand Monarque,
section.

Fic, 256.—Narcissus incomparabilis Stella,
section.

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

wise similar to JV. poeticus, In
“Stella” the filaments are present,
but are united to the tube for the
greater part of their length, the
anthers just peeping beyond the end
of the tube. In “Sir Watkin” the
filaments are also attached to the
tube for about one-third of their
length, the upper two-thirds being
free, and having the anthers further

Fic. 257.—Narecissus incomparabilis
Sir Watkin, section.

Fic. 258.—Narcissus bicolor Horsfieldi, section.

Figs. 254 to 258 show the relative sizes of five different sections of the genus Narcissus,
and the variation in the parts.

ExpLanation.—C, corona; P, perianth; An, anthers; Fil, filament; St, style; Ov, ovary;
Ped, pedicel; Sp, spathe.

of all the large trumpet forms. In
regard to the stamens, it will be
noticed that there are no filaments
in WV. poeticus, and the anthers are
therefore sessile at the mouth of the
cylindrical tube. In “Grand Mon-
arque” there is the vestige of a
filament about 1 mm. long, but other-

out from the top of the tube. In
“ Horsfieldi” and the other varieties
with large coronas, the filaments are
quite free for their entire length, and
the anthers are pushed well beyond
the mouth of the tube. The style
(St) is just the same length as the
tube in WV. poeticus, and a little longer

360

NARCISSUS

in “Grand Monarque,” but is much
longer than the tube in the other
cases, being longest of all in the large
trumpet section. The diagrams being
drawn to a similar scale will give the
reader an accurate idea as to the

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

proportions between one organ and
another in the different groups. The
following measurements (in milli-
metres) taken from actual but
ordinary specimens may also be
interesting for comparison :—

Corona. TUzE. Ovary. |PEDIcEL.| STYLE. | FILAMENTS.
: ’ 5 aN se te a 7 ob

Width across. 3 Width. 4 4 FI 4 4 a as
a | 2| sc] 2] zs | Length. s z
Mouth.} Base. | A | Top.| Base. | 3) )F | 4 | - | i

mm. mm. mm| mm, mm. mm.| mm.| mm.) mm./ mm. mm. mm, mm.
Grand Monarque 10 _ 4) 4 4 16} 8] 4] 20|2 18 _— 1
N. Poeticus 12 _— 3 | 35 35 29)10) 5| 29/38 30 — —
N. Stella a a 20 12 15 | 12 3 29 | 18 5 | 20 | 2:5 40 10 20
N. Sir Watkin . 30 14 23 | 14 5 20,10) 5| 15/8 35 20 10
N. Horsfieldi 30 20 | 40 | 20 8 1410] 8] 14/4 45 — | 85

Between these five types there are
innumerable gradations, so that any-
thing like a scientific classification
of Narcissi is practically out of the
question. Artificial groupings will,
however, be made by specialists from
time to time to meet temporary
emergencies ; but such groupings are
likely to succeed each other pretty
frequently.

Cuttivation.— Amongst bulbous
plants perhaps there are none so
popular as the Daffodils and Narcissi
for cultivation in the open air, or
for forcing into early blossom in
greenhouses during the first months
of the year. With few exceptions
they are all very hardy, and once
planted are able to look after them-
selves. Some species and varieties
of course are much scarcer, and
therefore more valuable than others.
Special attention is given to these
until the stock becomes large enough
to plant out in quantity. This
applies perhaps more especially to
the large trumpet-flowered varieties,
both’ single and double, but many
of the smaller-flowered kinds are also
delightful if grown in the same way.

The soil most suitable for Daffodils

and Narcissi should be, if possible,
a rich and rather heavy loam with
a fair amount of grit and: well-

Fic. 259,—Narcissus, 1-year seedling.

decayed manure in it. It should
be deeply dug or trenched in the
first case, to ensure perfect drainage
and increased warmth during the

361

NARCISSUS

winter months when the bulbs are
vegetating.

So far as position is concerned the
the bulbs may be planted almost
anywhere, so long as the soil, is
reasonably good—either in the open
fully exposed, or beneath deciduous
trees through which sufficient sun-
light finds its way before the leaves
appear. In the market gardens a
few kinds are planted in narrow beds
between the rows of fruit-trees, and
are left for several years to their
own devices. From an ornamental
point of view, however, Daffodils and
Narcissi may be utilised effectually
as spring flowers in the borders,
shrubberies, grassland, and also on the
banks of lakes, streams, ponds, etc. ;
or, as the poet Wordsworth has
expressed it, Daffodils may be
planted

*¢ Beside the lake, beneath the trees,
Fluttering and dancing in the breeze.”

Time To PLANT.—This is best done
at any time between the end of
August and the end of November.
The bulbs differ greatly in size
according to the variety, some being
less than an inch in diameter and
not more than an inch or inch and
a half in length, while others are two
or three times larger. For open-air
planting the safest rule to follow
is to cover each bulb with twice its
own depth of soil. The depth of
planting will therefore vary from
3 to 6 ins. or more, according to the
size of the bulbs.

When grown in pots or boxes for
the decoration of the greenhouse, or
for market purposes, the tops of the
bulbs are left about level with the
surface of the soil. When it is
intended to force certain varieties
into early blossom, they are left in
the open air for a few weeks covered
over with a few inches of soil, ashes,
or fibre, until root action has become

THE BUIB BOOK

NARCISSUS

well established. They may then
be taken indoors as required. By
this means even a greenhouse without
any heat may be embellished in the
early spring.

Lirtine tHe Butps.—In the formal
garden this is generally necessary in
early summer, to make room for the
Zonal Pelargoniums, Marguerites,
Fuchsias, Calceolarias, Lobelias,
Echeverias, Cannas, Begonias, and
numerous other plants used for
“bedding out.” This work is gener-
ally done about the end of May or
early in June. By that time most
of the Daffodils and Narcissi with
the exception perhaps of the double-
flowered WV. poeticus, will be over,
although the foliage may still be
green. By lifting the plants and
placing out in semi-shady spots, the
leaves soon shrivel and die without
injury to the bulbs. The latter
should then be cleaned and stored
away in single layers on shelves, in
a cool and well-ventilated shed or
cellar, until the planting season
again arrives.

Propacation.—In most cases this
is simplicity itself, and in many parts
of England and Ireland a great
trade has developed in raising quanti-
ties of Daffodils. Offsets are pro-
duced freely, one old bulb often pro-
ducing two others. These offsets
should always be planted by them-
selves, as most of them require the
growth of another season before they
blossom.

Hybrid Narcissi.

These of course can only be pro-
duced by fertilising the pistils in
one flower with the pollen from
another, and afterwards sowing the
seeds in rich gritty soil as soon
as perfectly ripe. As already
stated, many fine forms have been
raised in this way by specialists, and

362

NARCISSUS

some very fine prices are recorded for
varieties of exceptional merit.

The following is a selection of the
best kinds of Narcissi and Daffodils.
The principal kinds or sections are
arranged in alphabetical order, but
under them will be found some of
the best forms or sub-varieties, also
arranged alphabetically.

N. Backhousei (P. Pseudo-narcissus
x P. incomparabilis).—F lowers soli-
tary, with long lemon-yellow corona
and sulphur-yellow petals. The best
forms are Woolley Dod, deep yellow
and primrose; W. Wilks, orange-
yellow and primrose; and Joseph
Lakin, deep yellow and primrose.

N. Barri (V. incomparabilis x N.
poeticus).— A distinct hybrid with

Fia. 260.—Narcissus Barri conspicwus. (§.)

sulphur-yellow petals and an obconic
corona, lemon-yellow at the base
passing into orange-yellow.

There are many varieties of the
“Barri” Daffodils, amongst the best

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

being :—Cicely Hill, primrose, corona
flushed cinnabar - red; conspicwus,
orange-yellow cup deeply stained
with orange-scarlet; Crown Prince,
white, large cup stained scarlet ;
Dorothy EH. Weymss, petals white,
corona canary -yellow edged with
scarlet; Dr Fell, white, with orange-
scarlet corona; Flora Wilson, pure
white, with lemon cup edged orange-
scarlet ; Golden Mary, bright golden-
yellow; Maurice Vilmorin, pale
sulphur; large cup of deep orange
or orange-scarlet; Miriam Barton,
delicate primrose- yellow; Mrs C.
Bowley, white, with orange-red cup ;
Mrs Dyer, yellow, orange cup;
Orphee, primrose-coloured, cup scar-
let margined ; Sensation, pure white,
with bright yellow corona margined
with orange-scarlet; Siddington,
yellow, with open corona broadly
edged with orange-red.

N. Bernardi.—This is probably a
natural hybrid between WV. poeticus
and WV. muticus, and has been found
growing wild in the Pyrenees. It
has white petals and an orange or
lemon-yellow corona. H. #. Buxton
is a form with white petals and a
bright orange-scarlet corona.

N. bicolor.—A charming variety of
the Ajax or Common Trumpet
Daffodil or Lent Lily (¥. Pseudo-
narcissus). The broad _ spreading
segments or petals are white, while
the large trumpet or corona is of a
bright lemon-yellow. There are
numerous forms, amongst the best
being :—Ada Brooke, white, trumpet
rich orange-yellow; Cygnet, broad
white elegant petals, and canary-
yellow trumpet; Chloe (raised from
Emperor and triandrus albus), broad
creamy-white petals, and soft canary-
yellow cup ; Dean Herbert, full prim-
rose changing to sulphur, large rich
yellow trumpet; Dorothy Kingsmill
(a cross between Grandee and cala-

363

NARCISSUS THE BULB BOOK NARCISSUS

thinus), pure white, with long straight
lemon - yellow drooping trumpet;
Duke of Bedford, pure white, with
clear soft yellow trumpet, like Hors-
jieldi, but much larger and better ;

Fic. 261.—Narcissus bicolor Ellen Willmott. (4.)

Ellen Willmott, creamy-white, trum-
pet lemon-yellow; Hmpress, flowers
similar in colour to Horsfieldz, but
of greater substance; Glory of
Noordwijk, similar to Empress, but
much larger and finer; Grandee
(maximus), pure white, trumpet large,
lemon colour; Horsfieldi, white,
trumpet rich golden-yellow; James
Walker (albidus), sulphury white,
golden trumpet; John Davidson,
creamy-white, trumpet clear yellow ;
Judge Bird, a magnificent form with
pure white petals, and bright yellow
trumpet; Madame Plemp, broad
white segments, large golden-yellow
trumpet; Michael Foster (sulphures-
cens), sulphur, large yellow trumpet ;
Mrs J. B. M. Camm, pure white, Fic. 263.—Narcissus bicolor Victoria. (3.)
364

NARCISSUS

creamy-white trumpet ; Urs Morland
Crossfield, pure white, clear yellow
trumpet; Mrs Walter T. Ware,
white golden trumpet ; Portia, soft
primrose, with yellow trumpet;
Prince Colibri, creamy-white, broad
thick-set yellow trumpet; Princeps
Trish Giant), immense pale sulphur
trumpet, and sulphur or creamy-
white segments; Princess Ena,
creamy white, with sulphur perianth ;
Sentinel, pure white petals, trumpet
yellow ; 7. A. Dorrien-Smith, sulphur-
white, rich yellow trumpet ; Victoria,
pure white, trumpet clear yellow;
Weardale Perfection, large white seg-
ments, bold pale primrose trumpet.

Fic. 264.—Narcissus Bulbocodium. (4.)

N. biflorus (WV. poeticus x MV.
Tazetta).—A natural hybrid between
the two species named, often having
two, rarely one or three, flowers on
a scape. Petals pure white; corona
obconic, pale yellow, with crisped
margin, (Bot. Mag. t. 197.)

N. Broussoneti,—A distinct Moroc-

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

can species, having narrow twisted
leaves 14 to 2 ft. long, and from six
to nine pure white sweetly scented
flowers on the scapes, each bloom
being about 1 in. across, and remark-
able for having a very small or
rudimentary corona,

This species is a shy bloomer,and also
flowers at the end of the year. It is
best grown under glass in most places.

N. Bulbocodium (JV, turgidus ; Cor-
bularia Bulbocodium ; C. serotina).—
This is popularly known as the
“Hooped Petticoat” or “Medusa
Trumpet” Daffodil. It is a distinct
and pretty species from S. Europe

Fic. 265.—Narcissus Bulbocodium mono-
phyllus. (4)

and N. Africa, having bulbs about ?
in, through, from which arise three to
four roundish leaves, channelled on
the upper surface, and from 3 to 12
ins. long. The solitary bright yellow
flowers have narrow lance -shaped
segments, and.a very large broadly
funnel-shaped corona in the centre,
(Bot. Mag. t. 88.)

365

NARCISSUS

There are several varieties, amongst
the best being cztrinus, pale lemon-
yellow; conspicwus, rich golden-
yellow ; Graedisz, sulphur or primrose
yellow (Bot. Mag. t. 6473, B.); hedra-
antha, remarkable for having a
solitary leaf and small yellow flower ;
monophyllus (or Clust), usually with
a solitary leaf and snow-white flowers,
produced quite early in the year;
mivalis, from the snowy Spanish
mountains, orange-yellow ; and tenut-
folius, with long rush-like leaves and
golden-yellow flowers, having a corona
more or less six-lobed,

The Hooped Petticoat Narcissi are
charming in nooks in the rockery, or
for pot-culture.

N. Burbidgei (V. incomparabilis x
NV. poeticus). —A beautiful Star
‘Daffodil, having pure white spreading
petals and a yellow bell - shaped
corona edged with deep cinnabar-red.
The following are variations :—

Agnes Barr, creamy-white; cup
yellow, stained orange. Baroness
Heath, yellow; cup suffused with
orange -scarlet. Beatrice Heseltine,
creamy - white; cup edged. with
orange-scarlet. Constance, sulphury-
white ; cup beautifully edged orange-
scarlet. Crown Princess, pure white ;
cup yellow, margined orange. Ellen
Barr, snow-white ; citron cup stained
orange-scarlet. alstaf, pure white ;
lemon cup, margined orange. John
Bain, white; citron cup. Little
Dirk, pale yellow, with orange cup.
Mary, white; citron cup stained
orange. Mercy Foster, white ; canary-
yellow cup beautifully frilled. Model,
pure white, cup stained orange,
beautifully frilled. Ossian, white ;
cup orange-scarlet. Princess Lowse,
very large, pure white; cup much
expanded, orange-scarlet changing to
apricot. Robin Hood, creamy-white ;
cup stained orange. St John’s
Beauty, swphur - yellow, with cup

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

edged orange-scarlet. Seguin, snowy-
white, with large, broad, flattened,
golden-yellow corona,

N. cyclamineus.—A distinct and
charming little Portuguese Daffodil,
6 to 8 ins. high, with lemon-yellow,
abruptly reflexed segments, and an
orange-yellow cylindrical corona with
a serrated edge (Bot. Mag. t. 6950).

Fic. 266.—Narcissus cyclamineus.

There is a larger-Nowered variety
called major. Hybrids have been
raised between WV, Horssieldi and Ny.
cyclamineus.

N. Englehearti,—This name _
been more or less generally accepted
for the beautiful and distinct varieties
that have been raised by the Rev. G.
H. Engleheart. The flowers may be
said to show distinct traces of J.
poeticus blood, and are remarkable
for a regular circular outline, filled
in by broad rounded petals of great
substance, with a large flattish
circular and disc-like corona in the
centre. The following are some of
the choicest varieties in this group;
many of them are very costly, a

366

NARCISSUS

single bulb costing anything from
Qs. 6d. to £8.

Amyas Leigh, pure white, nearly 3
ins: across ; corona rich orange edged
with deep crimson. Armeline, creamy-
sulphur, of great substance; corona
bright yellow edged with orange.
Armorel, white, with overlapping
petals; corona crinkled, edged with
apricot. Astrardente, pure white;
corona salmon with a darker edge.
Astrophel, pure white; corona

al

Fic. 267.—Narcissus Engleheartt, ‘‘Circlet.” (3.)

crinkled, pale canary-yellow. Curclet,
a magnificent flower with. broad,
pure white, rounded petals ; corona
yellowish with orange -scarlet rim.
Concord, a beautiful and perfectly
circular white flower tinted with
buff, and having a saffron-buff or
dark coppery corona. Coreen,
creamy -white, 3 ins, across; rich
yellow corona suffused with deep
orange. Derwent, sulphur - yellow ;
corona suffused with orange. Dorothy
Pearson, creamy-white, with bright
orange corona. Harold Finn, pure
white, with flat scarlet corona, Jn-

THE BULB BOOK

_ apricot corona.

NARCISSUS

cognita, white, with distinct orange-
Inga, glistening
white, with deep orange - apricot
corona ; a kind of improved Jncognita.
Mariette, pure clear white, 2 ins.
across; deep orange corona, edged
brilliant scarlet. Pole Star, white,
with fluted corona of a soft pale
canary - yellow. Salamander, soft
sulphur - yellow, with broad ovate
petals, and a shallow bright yellow
corona 1} ins. across, banded with
brilliant orange. Semiramis, white,
with large yellow corona edged bright
scarlet.

N, gracilis.—A native of Bordeaux,
bearing from three to five pure yellow
sweet-scented flowers on a scape, the
corona being shallow and obconic.
Probably a cross between WV. junci-
folius and N. Tazetta. (Bot. Reg. t.
816.)

N. Humei (NV. poculiformis x N.
Pseudo-narcissus ). — Raised by Dr
Leeds of Manchester. Flowers
sulphur - yellow, drooping, with a
lemon - yellow corona. The best-
known forms are albidus, milk-white,
with a lemon-yellow corona ; concolor,
of a uniform yellow; and Hume’s
Giant, yellow changing to primrose.

N, incomparabilis——This is known
as the “Star” or “Chalice - cupped
Daffodil,” owing to the spreading
starry segments of the perianth, and
the cup-shaped corona, It is a native
of Central and 8.W. Europe, and is
now naturalised in parts of the
United Kingdom. The bulbs are
about 14 ins. thick, and the star-
shaped solitary flowers are 2 to 3 ins.
across, pale yellow in colour, with an
obconic lemon-yellow corona. (Bot.
Mag. t. 121.)

In the variety albus the petals are
white, and the corona lemon-yellow.
The variety known as Orange Phenix,
with double flowers, has arisen from
this. In the variety awrantius the

367

NARCISSUS

flowers are pale yellow, but the
corona is suffused with orange. The
double-flowered form known as Butter
and Eggs comes from this.

As may be seen from the chief
kinds mentioned, W. incomparabtlis
has been largely used by the hybridist
in the production of new varieties.
Thus :—

N. incomparabilis x N. Pseudo -
narcissus = P, BACKHOUSEI.

NV. incomparabilis x N. poeticus =
N. Barri,

NV. incomparabilis x N. poeticus =
N. BurBipcezt.

N. inecomparabilis x NM. pocult-
formis = N, LEEDSI.

NV. incomparabilis x N. Tazetta =
N, oRIENTALIS.

Owing to its robust habit and
freedom, WV. incomparabdilis and its
derivatives are all useful garden
plants,‘and thousands of them are
used for naturalising in the grass in
large parks and gardens. There are
many excellent forms, such as :—

Albert Victor, sulphur-white, with °

a deep .yellow cup. Annie Baden,
pale sulphur- white, with a white
orange-stained corona. Autocrat, full
self - yellow, with expanded yellow
corona, Beauty, sulphur-yellow, with
yellow bar; corona large, and mar-
gined orange-scarlet Bertie, creamy]
white; cup yellow, edged orange‘
C.J. Backhouse, yellow ; cupjlong, and
of a rich orange-red colour. Com-
mander, pale sulphur; large yellow
cup stained orange-red. C'ynosure,
primrose changing to white; cup
stained orange-scarlet. Dr Gorman,
pure white ; pale yellow cup. Hdward
Hart, perianth and cup deep yellow.
Figaro, yellow; cup edged with
soft clear

orange. Frank Miles,
yellow. George Nicholson, pure
white; cup clear yellow. Gloria

Mundi, clear rich yellow perianth ;
large cup much expanded. and very

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

heavily stained orange-scarlet. Go-
liath, large white perianth barred
yellow ; large yellow corona, Gwyther,
yellow ; cup suffused orange. Hogarth,
full yellow goffered cup, very large
and expanded; perianth twisted.
James Bateman, pure white; clear
yellow cup. King of the Netherlands,
sulphur - yellow; cup, very large,
stained orange. Jeedsz, yellow; cup
stained rich orange-scarlet. Lorenzo,
soft primrose, changing to white ; cup
yellow. Lulworth, pure white ; cup
bright orange-red. Mabel Cowan,
white ; cup broadly margined orange-
scarlet. Magog, sulphur ; large yellow
cup. Mary Anderson, pure white;
cup bright orange-scarlet. Poteau,
white; cup yellow. Prince of Wales,
sulphur-yellow ; cup stained orange-
scarlet. Prince Teck, creamy-white ;
cup yellow, large and expanded.
Princess Mary, creamy-white peri-
anth; large cup, suffused orange.
Queen Bess, pure white, with large
light yellow much-expanded cup.
Queen Sophia, sulphur-yellow ; frilled
cup, heavily stained orange-scarlet.
Red Coat, orange-yellow, with orange-
red corona frilled on the margin. Med
Star, creamy-white; corona stained
red. Semi-partitus, soft pale prim-
rose; cup primrose, deeply lobed.
Sir Watkin (probably a hybrid
between a form of Pseudo-nar-
cissus and joeticus), rich sulphur ;
cup yellow, slightly tinged with
orange. Stella, white, with yellow
crown; the form known as Stella
superba, being a great improvement
in size, Splendens, sulphur-yellow ;
corona edged orange-scarlet.

These are seyeral double-flowered
forms of WV. incomparabilis, the best
being Butter and Eggs, large yellow,
with deep orange centre; Codlins
and Cream (or Sulphur Phoenix), pure
white, with a sulphur-yellow centre ;
Eggs and Bacon (or Orange Phenix),

368

NARCISSUS

white, with a rich orange centre ;
Primrose Queen, primrose - yellow,
shading to orange in centre; and
White Queen, like Sulphur Phoenix,
but of a purer white.

Fic. 268.—Narcissus incomparabilis Sir
Watkin. (3.)

N. intermedius.—This is considered
to be a natural hybrid between J.
Tazetta and N. Jonquilla. From four
to ten flowers are borne on a scape,
the segments being bright lemon-
yellow, and the cup-shaped corona
orange-yellow. It is a native of the
Pyrenees, (Red. Lil. t, 427.)

N. Johnstoni.—A_ beautiful Portu-
guese Daffodil, considered to be a
natural hybrid between WV. bicolor
Horsfieldi and N. triandrus. The
typical form has clear, soft, sulphur-
yellow flowers. There are several
forms, amongst them the Queen of
Spain, soft clear yellow, with grace-
fully reflexed petals; King of Spain,
similar, but with shorter, broader
corona ; Mrs Geo. Cammell, soft clear

369

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

yellow ; and Snowdrop, pale sulphur-
yellow or white, two flowers usually
drooping from the stem.

Fic. 269.—Narcissus Johnstoni Queen of
Spain. (4.)

N. Jonquilla.—This is the sweet-
scented Jonquil of S. Europe and
Algeria, with roundish leaves 8 to 12
ins. long, deeply channelled down
the face. From two to six rich yellow
and highly fragrant flowers, with a
cup-shaped corona, are borne on the
scapes. (Bot. Mag. t. 15.)

Amongst the varieties are /lore
pleno, a rich golden-yellow, double-
flowered form known as “Queen
Anne’s Jonquil”; jongutlloides, a
more robust form than the type; and
minor, a dwarf form, with flowers
much smaller than in the type.

N, juncifolius,—The Rush-leaved
Jonquil, as this is called, is a native of
the Pyrenees, having small bulbs,
slender roundish leaves 4 to 6 ins.
long, and small umbels of bright
2A

NARCISSUS

yellow flowers with ovate segments
about % in. long, and a cup-shaped
corona, There are several varieties,
among them being rupicola (or N.
apodanthus), which has a corona dis-
tinctly six-lobed (Bot. Mag. t.
6473, c.). WV. scaberulus is closely re-
lated to this.

N. Leedsi (WV, poculiformis x N. in-
comparabilis),— A beautiful hybrid,
having rather drooping milk-white
flowers, with a sulphur-yellow cup-
shaped corona about 4 in. deep and
wide, the oblong acute petals being
over 1 in. long. Amongst the forms
of the Leedst Daffodils may be
noted :—Acis, large, white, with
orange-stained cup, Albion, large,
white, with sulphur cup. <Amabdilis,
white divisions, large and spreading ;
cup long and conspicuous, changing
from primrose to white. eatrice,
flowers pure white, elegantly shaped
cup. Duchess of Brabant, white ; cup
canary -yellow, changing to white.
Duchess of Connaught, large expanded
cup, pearly-white. Duchess of West-

minster, pure white; long canary- '

yellow cup tinted orange. Llegans,
drooping white perianth; corona
sometimes stained apricot. anny
Mason, white, canary - yellow cup.
Gem, white. Grand Duchess, white ;
cup stained orange. Hon. Mrs
Barton, glistening white; cup
changing from primrose to white.
Janthe, sulphur changing to white ;
cup canary-yellow. Katherine Spur-
rell, white of a beautiful lustre ; cup
bright yellow. Madame Magdalene
de Graaf, usually two - flowered,
creamy-white ; crown orange. Madge
Matthew, large white; well-formed
cup. Maggie May (Edmond’s White),
flowers very large, white; cup pale
citron-yellow, frilled. Minnie Hume,
pure white ; cup large, canary-yellow,
changing to white. Mrs Langtry,
pure white; cup margined with

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

golden-yellow. Modesty, silver-white
segments drooping over and much
longer than the white corona. Pal-
merston, sweet-scented white flowers
with a canary-yellow corona, Prin-
cess of Wales, pure white; large,
expanded, beautifully frilled cup.
Superbus, divisions large and droop-
ing, pure white; cup changing from
primrose to white. Una, large,
creamy - white; cup citron - yellow,
tinged apricot.

N, Macleayi.—A charming little
Daffodil, with scentless flowers, hav-
ing ovate oblong milk-white seg-
ments, and a bright yellow corona
about $ in. long and broad (Bot. Reg.
t. 987). NW. Sabine is similar, but a
more vigorous plant with larger
flowers (Bot. Reg. t. '762).

N, major (V. hispanicus).—This, the
great Spanish Daffodil, is a form of

Fie. 270.—Narcissus major obvallaris. (4.)

NV. Pseudo-narcissus. It has bright
lemon-yellow flowers, the corona being

370

NARCISSUS

deeply lobed and much crisped on the
margin,

Distinct forms of WV. major (often
placed under WV. Psewdo-narcissus) are
obvallaris, well known as the “Tenby
Daffodil,” a distinct early form
with uniform yellow flowers ; spurius,
with broad imbricating petals and
expanded corona, fine self-yellow;
spurtus coronatus has pale yellow
petals; Zelamonius (or Single Van
Sion), sulphur-yellow, with a deeper
yellow trumpet; Zelamonius plenus
(perhaps better known as the Double
Van Sion), a fine double golden-yellow
flower grown almost everywhere.

N, minor,—A distinct little Spanish
Daffodil, resembling MW. Pseudo-
narcissus in appearance, but very
much smaller in every way. The
leaves are only 3 to 4 ins. long and
about 7 in. broad, and the flowers are
1 to 1} in. long, with gracefully
twisted sulphur-yellow segments, and

-a deeper yellow trumpet or corona.
The variety minimus is the smallest
of the “trumpet” Daffodils, and has
flowers much smaller and of a deeper
yellow than the typical minor. The
variety manus has bright yellow
flowers, and a corona not so deeply
lobed. There is also a double form,
called plenus or Rip Van Winkle, with
deep yellow fiowers,

N. moschatus (V. candidissimus),—
A Pyrenean Daffodil with pure white
flowers when fully open, having
twisted petals 1 to Jj ins. long, and a
plaited corona about 1 in. across (Bot.
Mag. t. 1300).

The variety albicans has larger
flowers, with a more recurved rim to
the corona ; cernuus has silvery white
drooping flowers; while cernuus
puicher has a larger and more spread-
ing corona, passing from primrose-
yellow to white with age. The variety
tortuosus (also known as Leda and
Sarnian Belle) has pure white twisted

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

petals, at first sulphur-yellow but
afterwards white.

N. muticus (MV. abscissus).— A
Pyrenean Daffodil with sulphur-
yellow flowers, having a deep yellow
corona about 3 ins. across, There are
several forms. (Floral Mag. t. 224.)

N. Nelsoni.— A pretty Daffodil
closely related to WV. Macleay, having
creamy-white flowers and a lemon-
yellow corona about ? in. long.
Amongst the best forms are :—
Aurantius (Nelson’s Orange), white,
with broad, straight, bright yellow
corona, edged with orange-scarlet.
Border Maid, pure white ; clear yellow
trumpet. Major, white; bright
yellow trumpet tinged with orange.
Minor, pure white; yellow corona.
Mrs C. J. Backhouse, pure white ;
corona broad yellow, spreading. Mrs
E. @, Knights, white ; cup stiff bright
yellow. Pulchellus, drooping, white ;
cup yellow. Wm. Backhouse, broad
white petals ; corona clear yellow.

Fic. 271.—Narcissus odorus.

N. odorus (The Campernelle Jon-
quil)—A native of S. Europe, and

371

NARCISSUS

probably a hybrid between WV. Jon-
quilla and WN. Pseudo-narcissus. It
has bulbs over an inch through, and
narrow, bright green, rush-like leaves
deeply channelled down the face.
From two to four sweetly scented
bright yellow flowers with a shallow
cup-shaped corona are borne on the
scapes. (Red, Ln, t. 157.)

The variety heminalzs has smaller
golden-yellow flowers ; rugulosus has
deep yellow flowers with a crinkled
corona; plenus is a sweet-scented
double-flowered form of deep yellow,
often known as “Queen Anne’s Jon-
quil.” The variety minor has flowers
about 1 in, across, and is smaller in
every way than the type.

N. orientalis,—This is considered to
be a hybrid between WV. incompara-
bilis and WV. Tazetta, and bears three
to four sulphur-yellow flowers with a
cup-shaped orange-yellow corona on a
stem.

N. poculiformis (V. montanus)—A
native of the Pyrenees, and con-
sidered to be a natural hybrid between
the Paper-white Narcissus (WV. Tazetta
papyracea) and WV. moschatus, The
stems bear one or two fragrant pure
white flowers with spreading petals
about 1 in long, and a cup-shaped
corona, (Bot. Reg. t. 123.)

N, Poetaz.—This name—a felicitous
combination of the two parent
names—has been given and is now
generally accepted for the hybrids
obtained by crossing JV. poeticus
ornatus with the finest varieties of
NV. Tazetta. The individual blossoms
resemble the poeticus parents strongly
in appearance, but several (instead
of one) are borne on a stem, and in
addition they have inherited the
fragrance of the Tazetta parents.
They are also quite hardy, and may
be grown in the open border as well
asin pots. Some good forms are :—
Alsace, pure white, with yellow cup

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

edged with red when opening.
Aspasia, pure white, with yellow cup ;
true poeticus type, three to four
flowers on stem 2 ft. high. Hlvira,
large white flowers with yellow eye,
Ideal, white with dark orange eye ;
large truss. rene, pale primrose,
with prettily fluted orange cup ; eight
to nine flowers in truss. Jawne @
Merveille, exquisite soft yellow, with

Fic. 272.—Narcissus Poetaz. (§-)

deep golden cup. Klondyke, yellow,
with deep goldencup. Lucia, yellow,
with golden-yellow cup. Scarlet
Gem, flowers 2 ins, across, rich
apricot yellow ; cup flat and crinkled,
bright brick-red. Sunset, soft yellow,
with rich orange cup.

There are now many growers of
Daffodils and Narcissi, and the
reader would do well to consult
current catalogues for the newer
creations.

N. poeticus,—This is the well-
known Poet’s or Pheasant’s Eye Nar-
cissus. It is a native of S. Europe,

372

NARCISSUS

and has bulbs about 1 in, through,
and narrow blue-green leaves about 1
ft.long. The beautiful white solitary
flowers, 14 to 2 ins. across, have
spreading petals, and a very shallow
saucer-shaped corona distinctly edged
with red or orange, (Red, Lil.
t. 160.)

Fia. 273.—Narcissus poeticus.

There are several varieties, amongst
the best known being :—Albatross,
white; citron- yellow cup edged
orange-red. Almira (or King Edward
VIL), snow-white, with canary-
yellow cup rimmed with red. Su-
florus, creamy-white ; pale yellow cup.
Grandifiora precox, white; cup
edged crimson. Ornatus, broad pure
white petals; cup edged scarlet;
sweet-scented. A fine early variety
grown in thousands by market
gardeners. Poetarum, an improved
early form like the type. Recurvus, a
late - flowering variety with petals
somewhat reflexed.

In addition to these single-flowered

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

varieties mention must be made of
the pure double-white form, called
alba plena odorata, or the “ Gardenia-
flowered Narcissus,” as the rosettes of
pure white overlapping petals suggest
this flower. This variety is the last .
of all the poeticus to flower—often well
into June. It has been developed
from a variety called patellaris, and
when it flowers freely is one of the
best varieties for selling. Unfortun-
ately it often comes “blind,” that is
to say, the flower-stems appear, but
the blossom never emerges from the
papery spathe at the top. The
only cure for this defect seems to be
to move the bulbs every year to a
fresh place, selecting well - drained
soil of a rich loamy nature. The
ways in which WV. poeticus and varie-
ties may be used are numerous—
borders, rockeries, grassland, wood-
lands, by the sides of lakes, ponds, or
streams, and as pot plants, are a few.

N. Pseudo-narcissus.—This is the
Common Trumpet, Ajax, or Lent
Lily, a native of the copses and pas-
tures in partsof England. The bulbs
are 1 to 14 ins. through, and the
narrow blue-green leaves are about
1 ft. long. The solitary flowers
appear in March and April on stems
over a foot high, the oblong petals
being pale sulphur-yellow and over
1 in. long, while the plaited corona
or trumpet is lemon-yellow and about
1 in. across the irregularly crenated
mouth,

There are several wild varieties of
the Lent Lily, such as cambricus,
sulphur-white, with a yellow trumpet ;
lobularis, a uniform lemon-yellow,
with a six-lobed trumpet; pallidus
precox, an early Pyrenean form, with
flowers varying from pale lemon-
yellow to white ; rugilobus, primrose-
yellow, with large yellow trumpet ;
scoticus, known as the “Garland
Lily,” similar to the type, but earlier ;

373

NARCISSUS

variformis (or nobilis), a Pyrenean
form intermediate between WV. mos-
chatus and the type, white, with
canary-yellow trumpet.

There are also many choice hybrid
or garden forms, which may be
divided into two colour groups as
follows :—

GoLDEN AND SHADES oF YELLOW.

Ard Righ (Yellow King), golden-
yellow self. Countess of . Annesley,

sulphur ; trumpet rich yellow. Eliza

Fic. 274.—Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus Golden
Spur. (3.)

Turck, dwarf, beautiful lemon-yellow.
Emperor, primrose; long and wide
yellow trumpet. J’red Moore, prim-
rose; large golden trumpet. Glory
of Leiden, dark yellow trumpet;
perianth of a slightly lighter shade.
Golden Spur, yellow; trumpet rich
golden yellow, large and distinctly
lobed. Henry Irving, golden yellow.
King Alfred, a giant golden Daffodil.
Lady

deep yellow. Willes, prim-

THE BULB BOOK

4

NARCISSUS

rose - yellow; bold yellow trumpet.
M. J. Berkeley, rich yellow ; large
expanded trumpet. Maximus, rich
golden yellow; trumpet large and
spreading, P. R. Barr, primrose ;
trumpet rich yellow. Princeps, sul-
phur; trumpet yellow. Rugilobus,
trumpet yellow, segments paler.
Shirley Hibberd, light yellow ; trumpet
deep yellow. Spurtus, distinct, large
expanded trumpet; early, and forces
well. Van Waveren’s Giant, a
gigantic primrose flower, with bright

Fia. 275.—Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus King
Alfred. (4.)

yellow bell-shaped trumpet.. Willy
Barr, clear soft yellow ; trumpet rich
deep yellow. And many others.

WHITE VARIETIES.

C. W. Cowan, white; trumpet
canary colour. Corrie Plemp, white ;
trumpet light primrose passing to
white. Duchess of Connaught, peri-
anth and trum imrose and white.
Madame de Graaf, fine white trumpet.

Mrs J. B. M, Camm, white ; trumpet
King’s Norton, a very large rich {

sulphur-white. Mrs Thomson, pure
white. Princess Ida, white ; trumpet

NARCISSUS

white, edged golden. Rowena, large
trumpet, silvery white.flushed peach.
Snowflake, white; trumpet tinged
apricot.

The forms of NV. Pseudo-nercissus
are much confused, and many of
them are placed under various ‘head-
ings by different growers. The
reader will find those not mentioned

above under such headings as /”. ,

bicolor, N. major, NV. moschatus, anc
N. muticus.

To the above single-flowered forms
must be added the following double-
flowered ones :—

Capazx (or eystettensis), soft lemon-
yellow, with numerous starry petals ;
grandiplenus, deep yellow; plenissi-
mus, the old double ; scoticus plenus,
the double-flowered “Garland Lily” ;
and plenus, the Double Lent Lily, or
Gerarde’s White and Double Yellow
Daffodil. °

N. Tazetta.—This is the “Poly-
anthus” or “Bunch” Narcissus, and
is the species referred to by the
ancient Greek and Roman poets, not
NV. poeticus, as many imagine. It is
a widely distributed species, and
although largely existing in Italy and
Southern France, it is also found in the
Canary Islands and Portugal, and from
Syria to Cashmere, China, and Japan.
Its geographical distribution would
therefore account largely for its great
variation. The typical WV. Tazetta
has bulbs 14 to 2 ins. in diameter.
four to six narrow and somewhat
grey-green leaves 12 to 18 ins. long,
3 to # in, broad, and the somewhat
flattened scape bears an umbel of four_
to eight. flowers 1 to 17 ins, across.
The obovate petals_are pure white,
and the shallow cup-shaped corona
is lemon-yellow, and from } to 4 in,
across.

‘The Polyanthus Narcissus is per-
haps better grown in pots under
glass, but it may be grown quite

THE BULB BOOK

NARCISSUS

well in the open in the mildest parts
of the Kingdom; and also in less
favoured spots if protected with a
little bracken or litter in severe
winters. Enormous numbers of some
varieties such as the “Scilly White”
(ochroleucus), “Grand Soleil d’or”

Fia. 276.—Narcissus Tazetta Grand
Monarque. (%.)

(aureus), “Grand Monarque,” and
“Paper White,” are grown in
the Scilly Islands, off Cornwall, as
marketable crops, and tons of flowers
are sent to the London and provincial
markets every spring.

There are three distinct groups of
NV. Tazetta, viz. :—

1. Flowers white, with a yellow
or orange corona, represented by
Bazelman Major, Couronne Bianche,
Gloriosa, Grand Monarque, Grand
Primo, Her Majesty, Laura, Maestro, .
Mont Cenis, Queen of the Nether-
lands, Scilly White, Staaten General,
and White Perfection.

2. Flowers all white, represented

375

NARCISSUS

by Early Snowflake, Paper White
(papyraceus), White Pearl,

3. Flowers all yellow, represented
by Apollo, aureus, Bertolim, Bath-
urst, Charles Dickens, cupularis, Jaune
Supréme, Lord Canning, Soleil dor,
etc.

The variety known as Bazelman
minor is a natural hybrid between
N. Tazetta and N. poeticus, and is
something like WV. biflorus, but smaller

and with more flowers on the stem. ;

The Double Roman Narcissus
(Tazetta romanus) has white flov,ers
with a little yellow in the cup. It
fluwers freely and forces well. —

THE BULB BOOK

‘ NARCISSUS

Narcissus from the Peninsula (Spain
and Portugal) is known as “Gany-
mede’s Cup.” The bulbs are less
than 1} in. in diameter, and the very
slend¢r roundish leaves are channelled
on the upper surface. The drooping
flowers are pure white, up to nine in
a cluster, and are remarkable for the
petals being sharply bent backwards
is in WV. cyclamineus, N. Johnston,
‘Queen of Spain, There are several
varieties, such as :—

Albus, a charming white form
known as “Angel’s Tears.” Cala-
thinus, snowy white to pale sulphur-
yellow. Concolor, pale soft yellow ;

Fia. 277.—Narcissus Tazetta, variety (Chinese
Sacred Lily). (4.)

What is known as the “Chinese
Sacred Lily” or “Joss Flower” is an
Eastern form of WV. Tazetia, with
large bulbs, and five to nine sweet-
scented white flowers with a yellow
cup on a stem. Well-ripened bulbs
may be grown easily in pots, pans,
or bowls filled with pebbles and
water, in a sunny window in a
dwelling-room,

N. triandrus.—This beautiful

Fia. 278.—Narcissus triandrus.

rare. Pallidulus, primrose-yellow.
Pulchellus, primrose-yellow, with a
white cup.

NV. triandrus and its charming
forms are safer grown in pots or pans,
or in sheltered nooks in the rockery
where they will not be likely to dis-
appear. The stock may be increased

376

NARCISSUS

by offsets, and also by sowing as
‘many seeds as possible when ripe.

N. triandrus has been largely used
by the hybridist, and some very fine
forms have been raised by its means.

N. tridymus.—Under this name
several fine hybrids from the large
and single-flowered trumpet, JV.
Pseudo-narcissus, and the many-
flowered small V. Tazetta are known,
most of them having more than one
flower on a stem. Some good ones
are :—

A. Rawson, large, bold, yellow.
Duchess of Albany, sulphur-yellow,
with yellow cup. Duke of Albany,
sulphur; cuporange. 8, A. de Graaf,
large, uniform yellow. Miss White,
silvery white; three to four flowers
on stem.

N. viridiflorus—An interesting
species from Morocco and Gibraltar ;
remarkable for producing its flowers
usually in November and December
instead of in spring. The bulbs are
roundish, about 1 in. through, and the
roundish leaves are not produced
with the flowers. These are borne
two to four on a slender stalk 1 to 14
ft. high, and are of a green colour,
the lance-shaped acute segments
being reflexed. (Bot. Mag. t. 1687.)

Diszases.—It often happens that
Narcissus bulbs are attacked with
the grub of the Narcissus Fly
(Merodon equestris), an insect like a
small and slender bumble-bee. The
grub eats its way into the bulbs
during the summer and autumn
months and destroys the tissues by
the end of Noyember, when it be-
comes a chrysalis and buries itself in
the soil. They may be recognised
by their dull brown colour, egg-like
shape, and rough and wrinkled skin.
All badly injured bulbs should be
burned, and in July and August the
stock should be examined, and any
bulbs affected should be steeped in

THE BULB BOOK

NELUMBIUM

water for about a week, to drown the
maggots. The insects themselves
when on the wing in summer should
be enticed to drown themselves in
saucers of sugary solutions,

NELUMBIUM (from nelumbo, the
Indian name), WatER Brean. Nat.
Ord. Nympheacee.— This genus
contains only the two species
mentioned below. They are both
aquatic plants, having thick fleshy
root-stocks, from which arise long
stalks surmounted by a huge circular
peltate leaf depressed in the centre.
The large solitary flowers are thrown
up well above the leaves, and are
composed of numerous petals and
numerous stamens surrounding an
obconical or flat top-shaped ovary in
the centre. When ripe the ovary is
pierced with holes, and very much
resembles the coarse rose of a water-
ing can.

N. luteum.—This is the “Yellow
Lotus” of the S. United States and
Jamaica. It has blue-green leaves
1 to 14 ft. across, and pale yellow
sweet-scented flowers about a foot
across when fully expanded. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3753.)

This species may be grown in rich
loam and well-rotted manure in tanks
of water, or in tubs or pots sunk in
water. Although hardier than J.
speciosum, it nevertheless requires
some attention to flower it success-
fully in the open air, and even under
glass.

N. speciosum (the Sacred Bean
of India)—A charmingly beautiful
water plant, 6 to 8 ft. high, with
blue-green leaves often nearly 2 ft.
across, and large sweet-scented rose
and white blossoms 6 to 12 ins.
across (Bot. Mag. tt. 903, 3916, 3917 ;
Garden, 1893, i. 912).

There are several varieties of JV.
speciosum, not unnatural considering

377

NELUMBIUM

it exists in a wild state from India
and Ceylon to China and Japan.
In the last-named country several
forms have been raised, such as album
Ji. pl., with pure white double flowers ;
album striatum, flowers white, edged
and streaked with crimson ; grandi-
Slorum album, flowers pure white,
very large; Kermesinum, deep rosy
carmine; Osiris, rosy crimson;
pekinense rubrum, rich reddish-
purple ; rosewm ji. pl., pale rose, very
double; Shiroman, fine double,
creamy white to pure white.

Fic. 279.—Nelumbium spectoswm. (}.)

Although in Southern France /.
speciosum and its varieties may be
grown in the open air in lakes, etc.,
they are too tender for that purpose
in the British Islands. It is better to
grow them in warm and moist houses
the rhizomes being embedded in rich
loam and manure, A peculiarity of
the Nelumbiums is the fact that it
is impossible in the ordinary way to
wet the huge leaves. Water when
applied immediately forms large
globules which roll off the surface like
big drops of quicksilver.

THE BULB BOOK

NERINE

NEMASTYLIS (nema, a thread ;
stylos, a column ; in reference to the
slender style), Nat. Ord. Iridex,—
A small genus of bulbous plants with
narrow or roundish sword - like
sheathing leaves and small flowers.
They are natives chiefly of Mexico
and N. America, and are fairly hardy
in the milder parts of the Kingdom.
If grown in a well-drained gritty soil
enriched with well-decayed manure,
they will do well. The only species
of any note appear to beN, ceelestina,
with bright blue flowers on stems
about 2 ft. high in May and June
(Gartenfl. t. 1081, fig. 1); and N.
geminifiora (or V. acuta), which some-
what resembles a Tigridia. It has
narrow leaves, grows about 2 ft.
high, and in May and June produces
its rather fleeting purplish - blue
flowers from twin spathes (Bot.
Mag. t. 6666), N. Pringlei grows
only about 8 or 9 ins. high, and has
sky-blue flowers.

NERINE (after Merine, a water-
nymph), Nat. Ord. Amaryllidex.—
A genus of ornamental bulbous plants
with long narrow leaves often pro-
duced after the flowers have faded.
The flowers are borne in umbels on
top of erect slender scapes, and are
funnel - shaped with more or less
spreading oblong lance-shaped, more
or less wavy segments, which are
often recurved.

The Nerines are all natives of 8.
Africa, and are generally grown in
pots in cool greenhouses, They like
a compost of sandy loam with a little
peat or leaf-mould, and flower better
if not given too much space. Indeed,
several bulbs may be placed close
together, and in this way, according
to the size of the pot, a better floral
display will be produced. A pecul-
iarity about Nerines is that they
vegetate during the winter months;

378

NERINE

that is, the leaves are in a growing
and assimilating condition, and finish
their work about April or May.
During this period of activity the
plants should be kept on shelves in
the greenhouse close to the glass, to
secure as much light as possible;
and the temperature at night should
not fall below 50° F., certainly not
below 45° F. Plenty of fresh air
should be given on all favourable
occasions to avoid a “stuffy” atmo-
sphere. When the leaves have

withered, the bulbs should be given:

a period of rest. This is one of
the most important features in the
cultivation of Nerines. It will
benefit the plants during this resting
period to place them in a dry, sunny
position, and no water whatever
should be given. The flower-spikes
begin to appear in June, and from
then onwards till “October and
November, and in some cases even
till January, a supply of blossom
may be expected during the dullest
months of the year.

Propacation.—Nerines are easily
propagated by offsets from the older
bulbs, detached after the flowers
have faded. Seeds may be ripened
in most cases, and if sown in gentle
heat in spring will germinate readily
in rich gritty soil. In about three
years they will make flowering bulbs.
The ease with which Nerines may be
raised from seeds has naturally
attracted the hybridist, and some
very fine forms have been evolved.

The species most used at present
are, curvifolia, flexuosa, pudica, and
sarniensis.

The following are some of the best
Nerines grown :—

N. amabilis (VV. pudica x V. hum-
iis), bright pink on stems 12 ins.
high.

N. appendiculata.—This species is
remarkable for having a strap-shaped

THE BULB BOOK

NERINE

process with two to four long apical
teeth at the base of each filament.
Flowers pale pink. (Gard. Chron.
1894, xvi. 336.)

N. atrosanguinea (WV. Plant: x N.
flexuosa), deep salmon rose, 2 ins,
wide, wavy petals ; stem 12 to 18 ins,
high.

N. Bowdeni.—This is closely related
to WV. flexuosa. It has glossy green

thickish leaves over 1 ft. long and
% in. broad. From six to twelve
flowers are borne in an umbel on
scapes about 18 ins. high. They are
very large, and of a pale pink colour
with a darker line down the centre of
each of the recurved segments, which
are 24 to 3 ins. long. (Gard Chron.
1904, xxxvi. 365, f. 164; Mora and
Sylva, May 1905.)

N, Cami (MV. curvifolia x N. undu-
lata), rosy scarlet, stems 12 ins, high.

N, curvifolia,—aA fine species with
large umbels of glistening scarlet
flowers, each 1$ ins, across, with
broad reflexed segments, and borne
on stems 18 ins. high (Bot. Mag. t.
725; Red. Lil. t. 274).

The variety othergilli is stronger

379

NERINE

than the type and has more flowers
in the umbels (And. Bot. Rep. t.
163). It is undoubtedly one of the
finest and most free-flowering Nerines
in cultivation, and should prove to be
a valuable plant for market work if
grown in large numbers.

N. elegans (JV. flexuosa x JV. rosea).
—A fine hybrid with crimson flowers.
The variety coerulea has crimson
flowers tinted with blue, while alba
has pure white blossoms.

N, filifolia.—Flowers eight to ten in
an umbel, on scapes 1 ft. high.
Petals deflexed, bright red, 1 in. long.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6547.)

N. flexuosa.—In this species the
bright green leaves about 1 ft. long,
and sometimes roughened with
pustules on the face, appear at the
same time as the flowers, about Sep-
tember. The flexuose scape is
sometimes 2 to 3 ft. high, and bears
an umbel of ten to twenty pale pink
flowers with wavy petals 1} ins. long.
(Bot. Reg. t. 172.)

There are several varieties, such as
angustifolia, having very narrow leaves
(Ref. Bot. t. 329); pulchella, leaves
firmer in texture than in the type,
scape not flexuose,i and flowers pale
pink with a rose-red keel to the
segments (Bot. Mag. t. 2407); alba,
with white flowers; and Sandersoni,
with broader leaves and less wavy
petals. :

N. humilis.—This comes near J.
flexuosa, but is dwarfer in growth and
has narrower and more deeply
channelled leaves. About ten to
twenty pink or rose-red flowers with
deflexed petals are borne on slender
scapes 6 to 18 ins. high. (Bot. Mag.
t. 726; Fed. Lvl, t. 449.)

N. Manselli (NV. flexuosa x N.
Fothergilli)—This fine hybrid com-
memorates Mr Mansell, a hybridist
of Guernsey. It has. broader: leaves
than other kinds, produced at the same

THE BULB BOOK

NERINE

time as the bright rosy flowers, in
November and JDecember. The
scapes are about 2 ft. high, and the
umbels 6 ins, through, having from
twelve to eighteen blossoms with
recurved segments. (Gard., November
1899.)

N, Meadowbanki (JV. sarniensis x
N. Fothergilli).—This seems to be
merely a form of V, Fothergilli.

N. Moorei.—Closely related to WV.
curvifolia, but distinguished by its
bright green (not blue-green), slightly
twisted leaves, 9 to 12 ins. long and
4% to 2 in. broad. Flowers bright
scarlet with wavy segments, and
borne six to nine in an umbel on
flattened scapes about 9 ins, high,

N. pancratioides.—This species has
long narrow leaves, roundish in the
lower half. The scapes are about
2 ft. high, and bear umbels of
twelve to twenty white flowers, which
have small square bifid scales between
each of the filaments, as in Pancratium.
(Gard, Chron, 1891, x. 576.)

N. pudica,—This species has narrow
blue-green leaves 8 to 9 ins. long, and
slender scapes 1 to 14 ft. high,
bearing umbels of ivory-white flowers
sometimes keeled with pink, the
petals being very slightly wavy (Bot.
Mag. t. 5901). The variety Elwes
has broader jleaves, more compact
umbels, and pale rose flowers of a
more substantial texture, and alba
has snow-white blossoms. WV. Strick-
landi is a hybrid between WV. pudica
and JV. curvifolia.

N. sarniensis,—This is the
“Guernsey Lily” which has been
cultivated in the Channel Islands for
two hundred years. It has ovoid
bulbs 14 to 2 ins. in diameter, and
bright green narrow leaves developed
after the flowers. From ten to
twenty of these are borne in an
umbel on slender scapes 1 to 14 ft.
high in September. They are bright

380

NIPHZA

crimson in colour, about 14 ins.
across, the sickle-shaped segments
being scarcely crisped; filaments
bright red. (Bot. Mag. t. 294; Red.
Inl, t. 35.)

The variety corusca has broader
leaves and large bright scarlet flowers
(Bot. Mag. +. 1089) ; Plante has longer
scapes and flowers of a _ duller
crimson; profusa, bright scarlet
flowers produced late in August;
rosea, rose-red (Bot. Mag. t. 2124) ;
and venusta, with pale green leaves
and bright scarlet flowers with rather
wavy petals (Bot. Mag. t. 1090).
NV. Alleni is a cross between corusca
major and N. sarniensis,

N. undulata (WV. crispa)—Flowers
pale pink with very wavy segments,
eight to twelve in an umbel, on
slender scapes 1 to 14 ft. high (Bot.
Mag. t. 369; Red. Lil, t. 115).

NIPHAVA (niphos, snow ; in refer-
ence to the white flowers). Nat.
Ord. Gesneracee.—A genus contain-
ing three species of softly hairy
herbaceous hothouse plants, from
Mexico to Cuba, having creeping
root-stocks, oval, toothed leaves, and
clusters of white flowers in the axils
of the leaves. Corolla rotate, with a
very short tube and five broad lobes.
The best-known species is N. oblonga,
a native of Guatemala, about 1 ft.
high, having oblong heart-shaped,
toothed, and wrinkled leaves, and
drooping white flowers in winter.
(Bot. Reg. 1842, t. 5.)

This plant flourishes in rich sandy
loam and peat or leaf -soil, and
requires a night temperature of 60°
to 65° F, during active growth, but
45° to 50° when at rest. It may be
propagated by division of the root-
stocks in spring in the same way as
ACHIMENES,

NOTHOSCORDUM (nothes, spur-
ious; scordon, garlic; in allusion to

THE BULB BOOK

NOTHOSCORDUM

its affinity with Garlic), Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—A genus related to Alliwm,
containing about ten species of hardy
or half-hardy bulbous plants, having
flat narrow leaves, and flowers in
umbels on top of erect scapes. They
are not particularly fine garden
plants, and are only fit for botanical
collections, They grow in ordinary
good garden soil in warm sheltered
spots, or in bleak localities may be
sheltered in a frame. They are pro-
pagated by offsets or seeds,

N, fragrans is a strong-growing
and hardy North American species 1
to 2 ft. high, with umbels of white
sweet-scented flowers keeled with
lilac (Bot. Reg. t. 898; Red, Lil.
t. 68).

N. inodorum has whitish flowers
keeled with brownish - purple, and
grows about 18 ins, high (Bot. Mag.
t. 1129, as Allewm).

N. neriniflorum produces its pink
flowers in June and July (Bot. Reg.
1847, t. 5).

N, striatellum has _ greenish-
yellow flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 2419, as
Ornithogalum gramineum).

N, striatum has white flowers in

Fic. 281.—Nothoscordum striatum. (4.)

May (Bot. Mag. tt. 1085, 1524, as
Allium).

381

NUPHAR

NUPHAR (from naufar, the Arabic
for Water Lily). Nat. Ord. Nymphe-
acee.—A small genus of aquatic
plants closely related to the Water
Lilies proper (Vymphea), having
thick fleshy root-stocks, roundish
heart-shaped leaves deeply lobed at
the base, and large yellow flowers
with numerous petals and stamens
surrounding a peltate rayed stigma in
the centre. The culture is exactly
the same as described below for
NyMpPHza,

N. advenum, —A native of the
lakes, ponds, and ditches of N.
America, having large yellow flowers
with red anthers to the stamens (Bot.
Mag. t. 684, as Nymphea).

N. luteam,—This is the Yellow
Water Lily or “Brandy Bottle” of
Britain. It has roundish deeply

Fic. 282.—Nuphar luteum.

lobed leaves 8 to 12 ins. across, and
produces its sweet-scented yellow
flowers from June to August slightly
above the surface of the water.

THE BULB BOOK

NYMPHAA

N, pumilum (Vymphea Kalmiana).
—This species is found wild not only
in Britain, but also over Arctic and
Central Europe and Asia. It is like
NV. luteum, but is smaller in all parts,
and has eight to ten rays to the
stigma instead of ten to thirty. (Bot.
Mag. t. 1243.)

NYMPHZ@A (from nymphe, a water-
nymph), Water Lity. Nat. Ord.
Nympheacee.— A genus containing
between forty and fifty species of
water - plants, with thickish fleshy
roots, roundish leaves lobed at the
base, and solitary flowers on fleshy
stalks, on, or some little distance
above, the surface of the water. The
Howers have four sepals, numerous
petals gradually becoming smaller ,
from the outside inwards and passing
into stamens. Carpels numerous,
sunk in a fleshy disc forming a many-
celled ovary surmounted by radiating
stigmas, and ultimately ripening into
a spongy berry under water.

The Water Lilies must be divided
into hardy, half-hardy, and tender
kinds, but they all require water and
a rich muddy soil to flourish. Loam
and old cow-manure make a good
compost. The hardy kinds grow in
the open air in lakes, ponds, or
streams, the best-known representa-
tive being the common white-flowered
British Water Lily (W. alba), The
half-hardy ones— generally hybrids
between the hardy and tender kinds
—grow well enough in the open air
during the summer months, but they
are usually placed in tanks of water
in which arrangements have been
made to supply artificial heat if
necessary by hot-water pipes. The
root-stocks for open-air work are
usually placed in wicker baskets,
embedded in the stiffish loam and
manure, and carefully dropped into
the bottom of the lake, pond, or

382

NYMPHAA

stream, either near the margin or
from a boat or punt in deep water.
Very often, however, the rhizomes are
just tied to a big stone and sunk into
the mud at the bottom. In some
cases, as at Mr Robinson’s place at
Gravetye Manor, in Sussex, they will
flourish in water from 16 to 20 ft.
deep, and send up their leaves and
flowers from that great depth. The
tender or hothouse kinds are easily
managed in warm-water tanks, and
may be sunk in pots or baskets a foot
or two beneath the surface of the
water.

THE BULB BOOK

NYMPHAIA

known kinds of Water Lilies, the
words hardy, half-hardy, or tender
being added to give an idea as to
whether the plants are best grown
without heat in the open air, or in open
air with heated water, or under glass
altogether in heat in a temperature
of 70° to 90° when in full growth :—
N. alba. — The common white
British Water Lily. There are several
varieties, such as candidissima, one

PropaGatTion.—Water Lilies (in- “=

cluding the NupHars) are easily
increased by dividing the root-stocks
with a strong knife in spring, and re-
planting. They may either be left
in the mud during the winter, or
taken up and stored in sand in a cool
but frost- proof place during the
winter. Seeds may also be sown
either when ripe or in spring, but it
will be necessary to pay some atten-
tion to saving them, as the pods ripen
under water, and run the risk of being
lost or destroyed by waterfowl in
the open air. The seeds should be
sown in flattish pots or pans in rich,
gritty soil, and sunk in water. When
the small round seed-leaves are seen
floating on the water, each plantlet
may be given a little pot to itself in
the usual rich compost, and again
placed under water.

Apart from the decoration of lakes,
ponds, streams, water-tanks, etc., the
flowers of Water Lilies—now of all
shades of colour, embracing red, white,
blue, yellow, rose, crimson, and
salmon—are excellent when cut, and
last quite a long time in a bowl of
water in rooms, By cutting off half
an inch or two of the stalks every
third or fourth day, the period of
freshness may be prolonged.

The following are some of the best-

Fic. 288.—Nymphea alba. (})

of the best, and broad-petalled ; rosea
(also known as WV. Caspary), a beauti-

‘ful pink form; and plenissima, in
which there are an extra number of
petals filling up the centre. All quite
hardy. There are several other forms
to which distinctive names like
maxima, minor, rubra, delicata, etc.,
have been given.

N. amazonum.—Flowers yellowish-
white, sweet-scented, 3 to 4 ins.
across. Native of Jamaica. Tender.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4823.) This species
and WV. ampla appear to be the same.

N. ampla_ speciosa, — Flowers
yellowish-white. Native of Jamaica,
Tender. (Bot Mag. t. 4469.) The

variety Gerardiana has leaves 2 ft.
across, red-brown above, blue-red and
strongly veined beneath; and very
large white or cream flowers.

N. aurora,—-Pale rose, with golden
stamens. Half-hardy. See JW.
Laydekert.

N. Baumi,—This species from 8.W.
Tropical Africa is the smallest

383

NYMPHAA

known. It has roundish heart-
shaped leaves about 1 in. across, and
slightly scented white flowers scarcely
lin. wide. Tender.

N. blanda. — White.
Trinidad. Tender.

N. candida (WV. semiaptera).—A
Bohemian species like WV. alba, but
with much smaller snowy - white
flowers, Hardy.

N. Casparyi.—This is the name
now adopted for the plant grown
for many years under the name of
NV. gigantea. It differs from the
true WV. gigantea in having smaller
and paler blue flowers with less
deeply cup-shaped petals. The
thinnish leaves are blue - violet
beneath, deeply indented and toothed
on the margins. Tender.

N. Daubenyana.—This has large
sweetly -scented pale blue flowers,
remaining open all day but closing
at night. The leaves are remark-
able for producing little plants in the
basal sinus. Tender.

N. devoniensis.—A beautiful hybrid
between WV. Lotus and WN. rubra,
with bright rose or red flowers, often
over 6 ins. across, from March till

Native of

November. Tender. (Bot. Mag. t.
4665.)

N. edulis (Castalia edults),—White.
E, Indies. Tender.

N. elegans,—A native of New
Mexico, Flowers fragrant, yellowish-
white tinged with lilac or purplish-
blue. Tender. (Bot. Mag. t. 4604.)

N. fennica.—A native of E. Finland,
with small white flowers having ten
to fifteen narrow lance-shaped petals.
The stigmas are five to nine, pointed
with yellow or violet-tipped lobes.
(Gard. Chron. 1899, xxv. 139.)
Hardy.

N. flava.—A native of 8. United
States, with canary - yellow flowers.
Half-hardy. (Bot. Mag. t. 6917.)

N. Froebeli.—A hybrid with sweet-

THE BULB BOOK

‘

NYMPHAA

scented deep crimson-purple flowers,
Quite hardy.

N. gigantea.—Flowers 6 to 8 ins,
across, blue with golden stamens,
Native of Australia, Tender. (Bot.
Mag. t. 4647.)

N. Gladstoneii—An American seed-
ling with highly fragrant flowers 8
ins. across, and pure white. Hardy.

N. Henkeliana.— This is closely
related to WV. stellata, but “differs in
having the leaves sinuate on the
margin, and in the colour of the
small flowers, which are white or
pale rose.” Tender,

N. Holtzeii—An Australian species
readily recognised by its flat flowers,
which are pale blue, 4 to 5 ins,
across, and violet-scented. The thin
leaves are oval or roundish, without
teeth, and about 10 ins. long and 8
ins. broad. The variety Hleonore or
albiflora, from Melville Island, has
pure white flowers. Tender.

N, James Gurney.— Another Ameri-
can seedling, with flowers 6 ins, across,
opening pink, but becoming deeper
with age. Hardy.

N. Kewensis,—A Kew hybrid be-
tween WV. devoniensis and WV. Lotus,
with rosy-carmine flowers (Bot. Mag.
t. 6988). Tender.

N. Laydekeri,—This name is given
to a group of hybrids (probably be-
tween WV. pygmea and some other
species) raised by M. Mazrliac, of
Temple-sur-Lot, France. The flowers
are pale rose, becoming deeper tinted
with age. There are many variations
to which names have been given.
Amongst them may be noted :—
Andreana, brick-red, shaded with
yellow ochre ; stamens orange, leaf-
stalks spotted with chestnut and
streaked with red-brown on the back.
Aurora may be called the Chameleon
Water Lily, as its exquisite flowers
change in colour from day to day,
being at first rose-yellow, then orange-

384

NYMPHAEA

red; ultimately becoming deep red.
Blanda, pure white, 4 to 6 ins. across.
Carolinians nivea, flowers pure white,
very large and double, very fragrant ;
stamens rich yellow. C. perfecta has
salmon-red flowers, very double;
petals blunt and perfectly regular.
Ellisiana, brilliant carmine - purple.
Fulgens, with dark green outer sepals
and crimson-magenta petals. Fulva
has creamy-yellow flowers tinted and
lined with bright red, the stamens
being golden-yellow, and the leaves
blotched with brown above and
spotted with red beneath. Gloriosa,
a lovely scented flower 7 ins. across,
very double, bright red, rosy white at
the tips of the lower; petals ; stamens
rich red. Jlacea, has lilac - rose
flowers scented like Tea Roses.
LIncida, soft vermilion, with orange
stamens, and large chestnut-spotted
leaves, Purpurata, deep rosy crimson
and vivid orange-red stamens, ob-
insont, deep rose-coloured flowers,
deeper towards the centre, dotted
with white, and with orange-red
stamens. osea, flowers medium-
sized, tender pink to carmine;
stamens orange-red, Sanguinea, rich
carmine-amaranth or clear carmine ;
stamens orange-red. Sezgnoureti,
delicate creamy-yellow tinted with
pale rose and carmine.

N. Lotus (JV. rubra).—This is the
“Sacred Lotus” of the ancient
Egyptians. The rhizomes and fruits
used to be eaten. It is a beautiful
aquatic with large red or white
flowers, the sepals being edged with
red, (Bot, Mag. tt. 1280, 1364.)

The variety dentata, from Sierra
Leone, has white flowers 6 to 15 ins.
across (Bot, Mag. t. 4257). The
variety Krumbiegeli has large bright
red flowers with dark red stamens ;
leaves green above, red beneath.
Tender.

N. Marliacea.— This represents

385

THE BULB BOOK

NYMEHAA

another group of lovely hybrid
Water Lilies raised by M. Marliac,
and the following forms may be
noted :—alba, perhaps the largest and
best white Water Lily, the flowers
being fragrant and freely produced ;
carnea, flesh tinted, with a delicate
blush, and scented like vanilla;
chromatella, with brown mottled
leaves when young, and large fragrant
flowers of clear yellow, produced
from early spring till late autumn ;
flammea, white and reddish-purple,
the outer petals pink, deepening in
colour towards the centre ; zgnea has
flowers about 5 ins. across, of a deep
bright rosy crimson surrounding the
vivid orange-red stamens; rosea is
the choicest of the hardy pink Water
Lilies, with large cup-shaped flowers
of an exquisite soft rose tint much
deeper than the variety carnea ;
rubro-punctata has flowers 4 ins.
across, deep mauve-purple delicately
dotted with carmine.

N. micrantha—A West African
Water Lily, having roundish elliptic
leaves, purple-brown beneath, and
white or creamy flowers, smaller

than those of WV. alba. Tender.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4535.)
N. Moorianum.— An Australian

species with yellow flowers. Tender.
(Gard. 1903, Ixiv. 90.)

N, nitida,—A Siberian species with
white scentless flowers 3 to 4 ins.
across. Hardy. (Bot. Mag. t. 1359.)

N. odorata.— A beautiful North
American Water Lily like J. alba,
with white sweet-scented flowers, but
smaller, from June to September.
They are sometimes tinted with rose,
and are open in the morning, but
closed in the afternoon, Hardy.
(Bot. Mag. t. 819.)

There are several varieties, the best
being exquisita, deep rosy-carmine ;
gigantea, very large flowers ; grandt-
flora, yellow, sweet-scented, leaves
2B

NYMPHAZA

mottled with brown above and
spotted red beneath; rosea, clear
soft pink; rubra, dark rose; sul-
phurea, sulphur-yellow, 8 ins. across,
leaves marbled.

N. Parkeriana, from British Guiana,
resembles WV. odorata, and has large
pure white fragrant flowers with
yellow stamens.

N. pygmea.—This beautiful North
Asiatic species is, next to V. Baumi,
the smallest of the Water Lilies—
hardy or tender. Its heart-shaped
leaves are 3 to 4 ins, broad, and the
sweet-scented white flowers are about
2 ins, across. Quite hardy. (Lot.
Mag. t. 1525.)

N. scutifoliaa—A South African
species resembling WV. stellata, but
having broader and blunter petals
to its sweet-scented bright blue
flowers. Tender. (7. d. Serr. vi.
t. 645.)

N. stellata (V7. cw#rulea).—A_ native
of Tropical Africa, with unspotted
leaves and delicately scented sky-
blue flowers during the summer
months (Bot, Mag. t. 552).

The variety cyanca is a pale blue
Indian form (Bot. Mag. t. 2058) ;
versicolor has white flowers flushed
with red (Bot. Mag. t. 1189); and
zanzibarensis has rich purple - blue
flowers about 7 ins, across (Bot. Mag.
t. 6843).

NV. stellata and its varieties may
be grown in open sunny tanks during
the summer months; but they are
usually regarded as tender.

N. Sturtevanti is a seedling from
NV. devoniensis, with large flowers of
a clear pale rosy-red.

N. tetragona.—A native of N.
Asia and parts of N. America,
having leaves 4 to 5 ins. across,
green above, red beneath. The
flowers are pure white with yellow
stamens, and measure only 14 to 2
ins. across. This little Water Lily

THE BULB BOOK

ORNITHOGALUM

does not increase freely from root-
stocks, but may be easily raised from
seeds. The variety Helvola has pale
yellow flowers 2 ins. across, while
himalayensis has white flowers only
1 in. across.

N. thermalis,— The Hungarian
Lotus, found in Hungary in the
warm river named Pecze. It has
sharply toothed leaves, and pure
white flowers with a wine-like odour.
(Bot. Mag. t. 797, as NV. Lotus.)

N. tuberosa,—A fine free-growing
North American species remarkable
for its creeping root-stock bearing
oblong tubers. The faintly scented
white flowers appear in July and
August, and are from 4 to 7 ins.
across. Hardy. (Bot. Mag. t.
6536.)

The variety rosea has deliciously
fragrant pink flowers ; and Richard-
sont has pure white double flowers.

N. Wm. Doogue.—An American
seedling with broad-petalled flowers
of a clear shell-pink colour. Hardy.

N. Wm. Falconer, — Another
American seedling intermediate
between WV. Laydekert and WM.
Marliacea. The leaves are reddish
when young, but turn to olive-green
with red veins, and the ruby-crimson
flowers with orange-yellow anthers
are about 6 ins. across. Hardy.

N. Zenkeri.— A native of the
Cameroons, with small conical rhiz-
omes, long-stalked, deep heart-shaped,
lobed and toothed leaves, and white
flowers tinged with red, 2 to 3 ins.
across (Gartenjl. 1906, 519). Tender.

ORNITHOGALUM (ornis, a bird;
gala, milk; application mysterious),
Srar or Brtuurnem. Nat, Ord.
Liliaceze.—A large genus of plants
with tunicated bulbs, radical leaves.
and leafless scapes ending in clusters
of starry six-petalled flowers.

The hardy species flourish in any

386

ORNITHOGALUM

good and well-drained garden soil,
and should be planted in bold masses
for effect, They are easily increased
by offsets. The more tender kinds
are grown in sheltered spots or in
greenhouses ; or they may be grown
in the open air during the summer
months, after which the bulbs may
be lifted and stored in sand or soil
until the following spring.

Amongst the most useful kinds
for garden purposes mention may be
made of the following :—

O. arabicum.—A fine species from
S. Europe and N, Africa, having
large white pear-shaped bulbs,
thickish narrow leaves 12 to 18

Fic. 284.—Ornithogalum arabicum, (3.)

ins. long, and clusters of large
creamy-white flowers on stems 1 to
2 ft. high in June and July. The
bright yellow anthers and the shining
black ovary are conspicuous features
(Bot. Mag. t. 728.) As this is rather
tender, it is safer to lift the bulbs in
winter in bleak localities. It is an
effective plant when grown for con-
servatory decoration.

The species called 0. corymbosum,

THE BULB BOOK

ORNITHOGALUM

having white flowers keeled with
green, is very closely related (Bot.
Mag. t. 3179 ; Bot, Reg. t. 906). .

O, aureum, from the Cape of Good
Hope, has yellow flowers, often
orange-tinted, in summer (Bot. Mag.
t. 190; Red, Lil, t. 489), 0. flavis-
simum is very similar (Jucg. Jc. t.
436). Rather tender.

QO. capitatum,— Another South
African species with large trusses of
white flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 5388).

0. lacteum.—A very old South
African species, having from twenty
to fifty white flowers in dense clusters
(Bot, Mag, t. 1134; Bot, Reg. t. 274 ;
Red. Lil. t. 418).

The variety contcwm has narrower
leaves and petals, and the flowers
are borne in looser clusters (Lot.
Mag. t. 3538). Tender.

O. nutans,—This is a free-growing

Fic, 285.—Ornithogalum nutans. (4-)

and perfectly hardy species, which
produces its loose racemes of droop-

387

OSTROWSKIA

ing white flowers, veined outside with
green, about April and May (Bot.
Mag. t. 269). The variety Sou-
cheanwm has larger and finer flowers
than the type.

O. pyramidale.—A pretty species
from S.W. Europe, having bright
green Jance-shaped leaves, and pyra-
midal trusses of pure white flowers
striped outside with green (Jacg. Jc.
t. 425; Red, Lil. t, 422), Flourishes
almost anywhere.

O. pyrenaicum,— A Pyrenean
species now naturalised in parts of
Britain. Its flowers vary in colour
from yellowish-green to greenish-
white, and are borne on stalks 2 ft.
or more high. (Red, Lil. t, 234.)
Like O. pyramidale, this species
flourishes anywhere in shade or sun-
shine,

O, Saundersiz.—A native of the
Transvaal, related to O. arabicum.
The scapes are about 3 ft. high, bear-
ing umbels of about twenty flowers,
each an inch across, white tinged
outside with green. (Gard. Chron.
1891, x. 452.)

O. umbellatum,— This is the
common “Star of Bethlehem,” native
of S. Europe, but now naturalised in
parts of Britain, in copses and
meadows, The narrow leaves, 6 to
12 ins, long, have a white stripe down
the centre, and the umbel-like or
corymbose clusters of white ‘flowers
striped behind with green appear in
May and June. (Red. Lil, t. 143.)
Flourishes anywhere, but the flowers
are remarkable for opening an hour
or.so before midday and closing about
4 P.M.

OSTROWSKIA (after Ostrowsk?, a
Russian botanist), Nat. Ord. Cam-
panulaceze.—The only representative
of the genus at present is—-

0. magnifica.—A splendid hardy
herbaceous perennial 4 to 5 ft. high,

THE BULB BOOK

OSTROWSKIA

from the mountains of Eastern Bok-
hara, in Central Asia. It has large
tuberous roots about 2 ft. long when
fully grown, and the lance-shaped
acute leaves with toothed margins
are borne in whorls or circles on the
stems. The charming bell - shaped

Fic, 286.—Ostrowskia magnifica. (3.)

flowers, 4 to 6 ins. across, and with
five to nine rounded lobes, appear
about July, and are ivory-white in
colour, washed and veined with lilac-
purple, but some come pure white.
In the centre of the flowers the club-
like stigma is very conspicuous. The
seed-pods are remarkable in appear-
ance: they are top-shaped, with six
to eight stiffish radiating projections
(the dried calyx teeth), 1 to 14 ins.
long.

This magnificent and gigantic Bell-
flower is quite hardy, and flourishes
in any good garden soil that is well
and deeply dug and enriched with a
little manure. It is obvious that

388

OTHONNA

shallow cultivation is useless to a
plant that has such large tuberous
roots ; therefore trenching 3 ‘ft. deep
will not be too much, if the best
results are desired, Perfect drainage
—a most important item considering
our ‘cold winter rains—is also thus
assured. The simplest way to in-
crease the Ostrowskia is from seed.
These are ripened freely, and should
be sown in cold frames in autumn or
spring. The young plants when
about 6 ins, high are large enough to
place in the open air, but they will
not reach the flowering stage
for three or four seasons.

OTHONNA (othone, linen ;
in reference to the soft
downy clothing of the leaves).
Nat. Ord. Compositz, —
There are two or three
tuberous-rooted species in
this genus, the best-known
probably being—

O. tuberosa,—A tuberous-
rooted Ragwort from S.
Africa, having broadly oval
stalked leaves, gradually becoming
smaller up the stems. The yellow
flower-heads appear about August at
the ends of the shoots. (Bot. Mag.
t. 4038.)

This species requires the protection
of a greenhouse in winter, although it
may be grown in the open air during
the summer months. It may be
increased by division of the roots, or
by cuttings arising from them.

OXALIS (oxys, acid ; referring to
the taste of the leaves), Woop -
Sorret, Nat. Ord Geraniacez.—A
genus containing over twa hundred
species, mostly herbaceous plants,
many of which have fleshy, bulb-like,
or tuberous root-stocks, usually three-
lobed clover-like leaves (O. ennea-
phylla has nine to twenty leaflets),

THE BULB BOOK

OXALIS

and regular tubular or bell-shaped
flowers, which are twisted in bud,
and only open well in the sunshine,
closing in the evening. Stamens ten,
five short and five long. Stigmas
usually papillose.

The genus Oxalis is remarkable,
and interesting botanically for having
styles and stamens of three different
lengths—what have been termed
long-styled, short-styled, and mid-
styled forms existing. Darwin called
attention to this feature in his
volume on The Diferent Forms of

Fic. 287.—Oxalis flowers with petals removed, showing long-
styled, mid-styled, and short-styled forms.
lines with arrows show the stamens that should supply
pollen to the stigmas (S) to ensure legitimate fertilisation.

The dotted

Flowers on Plants of the Same Species,
from which the accompanying figure
(Fig. 287) is taken. The dotted lines
with arrows show from which stamens
the pollen should be taken to properly
fertilise the stigmas (S) of other
flowers. Styles and stamens of
different lengths may and do occur
in the various species of Oxalis, but
individual plants of the same species
may have either all long-, short-, or
mid-styled blossoms. This peculiarity
of the genus has been known for over
a century, and numerous examples
are to be found in Nicholas Joseph
Jacquin’s Monograph of the Oxalis,
a quarto volume with eighty-one
plates (mostly coloured), published
at Vienna in 1794,

Very few of the Wood - Sorrels,
tuberous or otherwise, are really

389

OXALIS

hardy, although nearly so. Most of
them, however, are easily grown in a
sunny frame or greenhouse, and when
at rest require no attention beyond
protection from frost. Some kinds,
perhaps more especially the fibrous-
rooted ones, which are not dealt with
in this volume, increase with great
freedom, and often become trouble-
some, as they encroach upon space
required by other plants. In most
cases, it is easy to propagate the
plants either by dividing the tuberous
root-stocks and detaching the offsets,
or by sowing seeds. They are
effective grown as edgings to plant
stages in the greenhouse, or, when
hardy, in nooks in the rock-garden,
or as an edging. Light rich sandy
soil is suitable in most cases, The
following are some of the best tuber-
ous-rooted kinds :—

O. adenophylla.—This species, with
bulb-like root-stocks covered with
matted fibres, resembles O. ennea-
phylla, but is larger in every way,
and the flowers are pink or rose-
purple with a darker zone at the
base (Bot. Mag. t. 8054 ; Gard. Chron.
1906, xl. 14).

This is a very rare species, and one
that seems to be difficult to grow—
possibly because it is coddled too
much. Treated like O. enneaphylla
it would probably flourish.

0. arenaria.— A Chilian species
about 4 ins. high, having scaly
rhizomes forming an ovoid tuber as
large as a hazel nut, and leaves with
three to four deeply heart - shaped
leaflets, and bright violet - purple
flowers over 1 in. across, three to ten
on a stalk, produced in March.
Almost quite hardy. (Bot. Mag. t.
6193.)

O, articulata,—A distinct Brazilian
Wood - Sorrel, with bulb-like root-
stocks, grey - green three - foliolate
leaves, and umbels of sweet-scented

THE BULB BOOK

OXALIS

pale lilac flowers in June and July
(Bot. Mag. t. 6748), Greenhouse or
frame,

O. Bowiei—-A fine bulbous-rooted
perennial from §. Africa, having the
leaves divided into three bluntly
heart-shaped leaflets, slightly downy
beneath. About a dozen rich rosy-red
flowers, each 14 ins. across, with a
yellowish base, are produced during
July and August. (Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 1782; Bot, Reg. t. 1585; Garden,
1890, i. 755.) This species is often
used for bedding-out during the
summer months,

O. brasiliensis—A fine Brazilian
species, with brilliant crimson-purple
flowers, on stems 6 to 9 ins. high in
May and June (Lodd. Bot. Cab. t.
1962), Frame or greenhouse.

0. cernua.—A South African
species with bulb-like root-stocks,
three-lobed leaves, and umbels of
yellow flowers about 1} ins. across
(Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1154), The
variety flore pleno has double flowers,

O. crenata.—A Peruvian plant
with top-like tuberous and_ scaly

Fic, 288,—Oaalis crenata, bulb.

root-stocks, three-lobed leaves, and
large yellow flowers striped with
purple, the petals being crenulate.

O. Deppeit.—A Mexican plant hav-
ing scaly tuberous root-stocks, four-
lobed leaves blotched with purple at
the base of the leaflets, and umbels
having ten to twenty coppery-red
flowers yellowish at the base (Lodd.
Bot. Cab, t. 1500), Frame, The
root-stocks of this plant are cultivated
as an article of diet abroad.

390

OXALIS

O. elegans.—A pretty Peruvian
species about 6 ins, high, with broad
three-lobed leaves, purple or violet
underneath, and large purple flowers
in summer (Lot, Mag. t. 4490).

O. enneaphylla.—A distinct Wood-
Sorrel from the Falkland Islands,
with top-shaped tuberous root-stocks
sometimes 2 ins. long, and leaves
divided into from nine to twenty
grey-green leaflets. The white or
pale rose flowers, nearly 14 ins.
across, appear in June (but often
earlier and later in the year), and
are sometimes faintly veined with
purple. (Bot. Mag. t. 6256.)

This is an excellent plant for moist
and shady nooks in the rock-garden.
It grows well in rich and well-drained
sandy loam.

0. imbricata.—A South African
species with three-lobed velvety
leaves and rosy flowers. The double-
flowered variety (flore pleno)is pretty.

O. incarnata.—A South African
plant about 6 ins. high, with spindle-
shaped root-stocks, and pale rosy
flowers. Quite hardy.

O. lasiopetala,—A native of Buenos
Ayres, with knotted tuberous root-
stocks, and many-flowered clusters
of deep rosy flowers (Bot. Mag.
t. 3932). Frame or greenhouse.

0. lobata,—A_ tuberous - rooted
species from Chili. Leaves grey-
green, and flowers yellow spotted
with red, produced at various times
(Bot. Mag. t. 2386). Hardy.

0. luteola—A Scuth African
species with bulb-like root-stocks and
yellow flowers nearly all the year
round, Hardy.

O. monophylla,—Root-stocks tuber-
ous, Leaves entire lance-shaped and
not divided into leaflets. Flowers
pale purple with a yellowish base,
borne singly on the stems.

O. tetraphylla,—_A Mexican species
with top-shaped root-stocks, Leaves

THE BULB BOOK

PASONIA

composed of four leaflets, and clear
violet or lilac-purple Howers, (Lodd.
Lot. Cab. t. 790.) Hardy. O.
Deppei is closely related, and is
probably only a variety.

O. variabilis——This South African
plant has large bulbous root-stocks,
three-lobed dark green hairy leaves,
and cup-like flowers 2 ins. across,
varying in colour from purple to rosy-
lilac, white, and yellow—hence the
specific name (Bot. Reg. t. 1505;
Bot. Mag. t. 1683, as O. grandiflora ;
td. t. 1712, var. rubra), Hardy.

©. violacea,—A North American
species about 3 ins. high, having
blackish, spindle-shaped root-stocks,
three-lobed leaves reddish beneath,
and three to nine pink or rose
flowers on a stem (Bot. Mag. t.
2215), Hardy.

PACHYRHIZUS (pachys, thick;
rhiza, a root). Nat. Ord. Legum-
inose.—The only species of note is
P, angulatus, a native of the West
Indies, with long fleshy tuberous
roots, climbing stems 3 to 6 ft. long,
furnished with three-lobed sharp-
toothed leaves, and bearing spikes
of violet pea-like flowers in July and
August. P. tuberosus, with white
flowers, appears to be a variety.

This plant may be grown in the
open air in summer, but requires the
protection of a greenhouse in winter.
It may be increased by seeds, cuttings,
or division of the root-stocks, In
the West Indies the green seed-pods
and the fleshy roots are eaten by
the natives,

PAZONIA (after Poon, a physician,
who, according to legend, was the
first to employ the plant medicinally),
Pzony, Prony, or Prony. Nat. Ord.
Ranunculacee.—A genus consisting
chiefly of herbaceous plants, having |
spindle-shaped, Dahlia-like roots,

391

PAONIA

much-divided ornamental leaves, and
large beautiful flowers, which in the
natural single varieties have five
sepals, five to ten petals, and two
to five carpels, seated on a fleshy
disc.

Fia. 229.—Pony, showing tuberous roots.
stems, and buds. (3.)

With the exception of the woody
or shrubby Tree Peony (P. Moutan),
and perhaps the yellow-flowered
P., lutea, all other kinds of Ponies
are herbaceous in character; that is
to say, the flower-stems are not woody
and persistent, but soft or herbaceous,
and die down each winter,

There are several natural species
of Ponia referred to below, but they
are quite eclipsed by the numerous
gorgeous garden varieties that have
been raised by crossing and inter-
crossing forms of P. albiflora and
P. officinalis, P. peregrina, and P.
tenuifolia, by British and continental
growers. Herbaceous Peeonies are
excellent plants for the borders, beds,

THE BULB BOOK

PAONIA

shrubberies, rockeries, and are not
only prized for their magnificent
blossoms but also for their foliage,
which early in the year assumes
brilliant coppery-crimson and purple
hues. Some of the commoner
varieties are grown extensively in
the market-gardens round London
beneath the fruit-trees, and the cut
flowers sometimes realise good prices,
Herbaceous Pzeonies are easily grown.
They like a rich and rather heavy
soil that has been deeply dug or
trenched and well enriched with
decayed manure. The ground should
be kept free from weeds’ by hoeing,
and every autumn a top-dressing of
well-rotted manure will be beneficial.

The best time to plant or trans-
plant herbaceous Pzeonies is in early
autumn—September or October. As
growth takes place early in the year,
that is a bad time to move the plants
unless they are lifted carefully and
with a ball of soil round the roots.
To secure fine clumps, 3 or 4 feet
should separate one plant from
another. Freshly moved plants are
benefited by having any flower-buds
removed the first year. Besides
dividing the roots, Pzeonies may also
be increased from seeds. These
should be sown in rich light
soil, and if grown on from year to
year will eventually produce flowers
at the end of five, six, or seven years.

So far as varieties are concerned,
the reader is recommended to consult
current catalogues for the names.
These are always changing with the
development of new forms, and it
would be therefore a needless waste
of space to give a list here, It may,
however, be mentioned that all shades
of colour are to be found amongst
the Pzeonies except blue. Yellow is
practically confined to P. lutea, P.
Wittmanniana, P. macrophylla, P.
Mlokosewitschi, and P. Delavayi, the

392

PAONIA

latter being a woody species like
Moutan and lutea. It is possible,
however, in the course of time that
these varieties will come under the
sway of ‘the ubiquitous hybridist,
and new shades of colour may be
anticipated.

Amongst natural or wild species of
Peeonia the following may be noted :—

P, albiflora (P. edulis),—A Siberian
species, 2 to 3 ft. high, with fragrant
white or pinkish flowers in May and
June,

There are numerous varieties,
amongst the best being fragrans,
sinensis, or Humei, and atarica,
uniflora, vestalis, Whitleyi, etc. (Bot.
Reg. tt. 42, 485, 630; Lot. Mag.
tt. 1768, 1756).

P, anomala (P. Fischeri).—A native
of N. Europe, Siberia, etc, 2 to
3 ft. high, the leaves being cut into
thirty to forty segments. The bright
crimson flowers are about 4 ins,
across. (Bot. Mag. t. 1754.)

P. arietina, from South Europe,
grows 2 to 3 ft. high, and has deep
red fiowers about 4 ins. across, the
leaves being downy beneath (Bot.
Reg. t. 819).

P, Bakeri.—A distinct species
about 2 ft. high, with red flexuose
stems, twice-ternate leaves, and deep
rose flowers over 4 ins, across.

P, Barri.—A species described by
Mr Lynch of Cambridge as having
leaflets about five times as long as
broad, and brilliant red flowers. It
is figured in the Bot, Mag. t. 2664,
and erroneously called P. Russ¢.

P Broteri,—A native of Spain and
Portugal, about 2 ft: high, having
reddish stems, smooth ovate leaflets,
and rosy-red or whitish flowers.

P, Browni,—A rare North American
species, having ternately divided
leaves and dull red flowers, paler on
the margins and about 1 in, across
(Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 30).

THE BULB BOOK '

PAONIA

P. Cambessedesi.—A native of the
Balearic Isles and Corsica, with
ternate leaves deeply cut into oblong
acute segments, purple beneath. The
flowers are solitary, deep rosy-pink,
and about 34 ins. across. (Bot. Mag.
t. 8061.)

P, corallina.—A native of South
Europe to Asia Minor, 2 to 8 ft.
high, with red-veined, smooth, deep-
green leaves, and crimson or rose-red
flowers, having six to eight rounded
petals 2 to 3 ins. long.

P, coriacea,—This species, with
large bright crimson flowers, comes
from 8. Spain and N, Africa, and has
somewhat leathery leaves cut into
broadly ovate segments.

P, decora,—A Servian species, with
much-divided leaves and crimson
flowers with six to eight petals. The
variety Palasst has narrow oblong
leaves and purple flowers ; elator has
broader leaves, and alba has satin
white flowers flushed with pink.

P. Emodi—A fine Himalayan
species, 2 to 3 ft. high, with white
flowers 3 to 4 ins. across (Bot. Mag.
t. 5719; Garden, 1894, i, 946). This
is best grown in warm sheltered
spots.

P, humilis.—A French and Spanish
species, 14 to 2 ft. high, with finely
divided leaves and bright red flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 1422), P. microcarpa
is closely related.

P, macrophylla,—A rare Caucasian
species of the corallina group, and
closly related to P. Wittmanniana.
It has large, biternate, shining, green
leaves and very large yellowish-white
flowers.

P. Mlokosewitschi.—A Caucasian
Peony of vigorous habit, having
biternate leaves cut into broadly
oblong segments with reddish veins
and edges. The flowers are yellow,
4 to 5 ins. across, with deeper yellow
stamens and purple stigmas. (Bot.

393

PHONTA

Mag. t. 8173; Gard. Chron. 1908,
xliv. 70, f.)

P, mollis.—This grows about 1 ft.
high, and has hairy stems and leaves
and purple red flowers (Bot. Reg.
t. 474),

P, officinalis—This is the Peony
most commonly met with in gardens.
It is a native of S. Europe, and grows
2 to 3 ft. high, the smooth deep-
green leaves being cut into numerous
lance-shaped segments. The flowers
are usually red or crimson, but in
many cases shade away to white with
age. (Bot. Mag. t. 1784.)

There are numerous varieties such
as purpurea (also known as
fulgens and splendens), incarnata,
alba, and one called anemoncefiora
plena, in which the centre petals are
‘united and elevated into a tuft.

' P, paradoxa,—A native of Central
and §. Europe, 1 to 14 ft. high,
with dense tufts of red-edged leaves
and purple-red flowers.

P. peregrina.—A well-known South
European plant, 15 to 2 ft. high,
having dull green leaves smooth
above, hairy beneath, and bright
crimson flowers with five to ten
petals (Bot. Mag. t. 1050). P. pubens
is a hairy-stemmed variety (Bot. Mag.
t. 2664).

P, Russii—A native of N. Africa,
Corsica, etc, 1 to 14 ft. high, with
thinnish leaves and bright crimson
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 3431).

P, tenuifolia—A very distinct
Peony from S.E. Europe, 1 to 13 ft.
high, with creeping root-stocks, and
leaves cut into narrow thread-like
segments, The flowers are deep
crimson, with golden stamens in the
centre. (Bot. Mag. t. 226.) There
are several handsome.double-flowered
forms.

P, triternata.—Native of S.E.
Europe and Asia Minor, 14 to 2 ft.
high, with smooth leaves pale green

THE BULB BOOK

PANCRATIUM

above, grey beneath, and rose-red
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 1441).

P, Veitchi—A Chinese species,
closely related to P. anomala, but
has branching stems with several
purplish-crimson flowers borne on
slightly drooping or arching stems,
The plant emits a peculiar odour.

P, Wittmanniana.—A distinct
species from the Caucasus and Persia,
about 2 ft. high, having twice-ternate
leaves, downy beneath, and pale
yellow flowers borne on short stalks
(Bot. May. t. 6645; Garden, 1890,

ii. 201).

PANCRATIUM (pan, all; kratys,
powerful; in reference to the
supposed medicinal virtues). Nat,
Ord. Amaryllideze.—A genus contain-

‘ing about a dozen species of bulbous

plants with tufts of ornamental
strap - like leaves, and umbels of
funnel - shaped flowers, remarkable
for having a central cup - shaped
corona something like in the Narcissi,
but formed from the dilated bases
of the stamen filaments,

The Pancratiums are very closely
related to the Hymenocallis, and
have been much confused with them.
With the exception of P. dlyricum
and P. maritimum (which are practi-
cally hardy south of the Thames),
most of the Pancratiums require
stove or at least warm greenhouse
treatment. They flourish in a
compost of sandy loam, fibrous peat,
or leaf-mould, and well-rotted cow-
manure in about equal proportions,
and may be grown in pots, pans, or
tubs, or planted in borders in the
stove or greenhouse. During growth
plenty of moisture is necessary, and
the night temperature should not
fall below 60° to 65° F. Propagation
is chiefly managed by detaching the
offsets and growing them on,

Except where otherwise noted, the

394

PANCRATIUM THE BULB BOOK PANCRATIUM

flowers of the species mentioned
below are all white.

P, canariense.— Bulbs round, 2 ins.
through, leaves 14 to 2 ft. long, 1 to
1} ins. broad, grey-green. Flower-
stalk 14 to 2 ft. high, with six to ten
flowers in an umbel. (Bot. Reg. t. \:
174.) AS

P. guianense.— This plant is now
referred to Hymenocallis tubéflora—
which see,

Fic. 290.—Pancratiwm guianense, (3.)

P, illyricum.—A native of §S.
Europe, with large pear - shaped
tapering bulbs, grey-green leaves, and
six to twelve sweet-scented flowers in
an umbel in June, on a stem 1 to 2 ft.
high (Red. Lil. t. 153; Bot. Mag. t.
718).

This handsome plant flourishes in
warm sheltered spots in the open
air. It should be grown in bold
masses to be effective in June.

P, maritimum,—A native of the
Mediterranean region, with round
bulbs 2 to 3 ins, through, narrow Fia.-292.—Pancratiumymaritimum. (4.)

395

PHADRANASSA

grey-green leaves 2 to 23 ft. long, and
four to eight sweet-scented flowers
from July to September, on stalks
about 1 ft. high (Red. Int. t.8; Bot.
Reg. t. 161). May be grown like
P, illyricum,

P, trianthum,— A species from
Tropical Africa, having a roundish
bulb 1 to 2 ins. through, and a long
neck with six to eight straight narrow
leaves about a foot long. From one
to three white flowers are borne on
a short slender scape.

P, verecundum, — A warm-house
species from N. India, with bulbs
about 2 ins, through, and a long
cylindrical neck, Leaves 1 to 1%
ft. long, and from two to six flowers
on a scape about 1 ft. high. (Lot,
Reg. t. 413; Wight, Ic. t. 2023.)

P, zeylanicum,—A native of
Tropical Asia, with round bulbs 14
to 2 ins, in diameter, and thin lance-
shaped glossy green leaves less than
1 ft. long. A single white flower is
borne on the slender scapes about
1 ft. high. (Bot. Reg. t. 479; Bot.
Mag, t. 2548.)

PHAIDRANASSA (phaidros, gay ;
anassa, & queen). Nat, Ord, Amaryl-
lidee. — A genus containing five
species of bulbous plants with stalked,
oblong, or lance -shaped leaves
produced after the blossoms, The
more or less cylindrical flowers are
usually bright red or scarlet, the
segments being often tipped with
green.

Being natives of the Andes of
Ecuador and Columbia, and one from
Costa Rica, the Phedranassas are
almost hardy enough for growing in
the open air in the warmest parts of
the Kingdom. They are, however,
generally treated as cool greenhouse
plants, and grown in pots in a
compost of rich yellow loam to
which a little coarse sand and leaf-

THE BULB BOOK

PHADRANASSA

soil may be added, The bulbs go
to rest in winter, during which
period of course practically no water
is required.

P. Carmiolii—A native of Costa
Rica, with round brown-coated bulbs
2 to 3 ins. through, and _ bright
green oblong lance-shaped leaves
about 3 ins. broad in the middle, and
a foot, in length without the stalk.
Flowers bright red, edged with pale
green, about a dozen being borne on
a round scape about 2 ft.high. (Ref.
Bot. t. 46.)

This species is more tender than
the others, and should be grown in
the stove or warm greenhouse,

P. chloracea.—This grows wild at
an altitude of 12,000 ft. on the Andes
of Ecuador. It has bulbs 2 to 3 ins,
thick, oblong lance - shaped leaves
8 to 12 ins. long without the stalk,
and six to twelve drooping scarlet
flowers tipped with green, borne on
top of a scape 2 to 3 ft. high during
the summer months. (Bot. Reg.
1845, t. 17.)

P, Lehmanni,—This comes from
the western slopes of the Columbian
Andes, at an altitude of 7000 ft.
The ovoid bulbs are about 2 ins,
thick, and the bright green oblong
lance-shaped leaves are 6 to 6 ins.
long without the stalk. Flowers
bell-shaped, with a green tube, and
bright segments not tipped with
green. (Gartenfi. t. 1188.)

P, schizantha.—A native of the
Andes of Ecuador, at an altitude of
10,000 ft. Bulbs ovoid, 1 in, thick.
Leaves bright green, 6 to 8 ins. long,
appearing at same time (October) as
the bright red bell-shaped flowers,
which are tipped with salmon colour.

P. viridifiora.—According to Mr
Baker this may be only a colour
variety of P. chloracea. It has,
however, smaller bulbs, narrower
leaves, shorter flower scapes, and

396

PHLOMIS

fewer flowers in an umbel. The
blooms are greenish-yellow, becoming
a deeper green towards the tips, but
without any trace of red.

PHLOMIS (phlomos, woolly). Nat.
Ord. Labiatee.— There are several
more or less ornamental plants
belonging to this genus, all remark-
able for their woolly or hairy appear-
ance and somewhat wrinkled foliage.
The only tuberous:- rooted species
worth notice is—

P, tuberosa, a native of Eastern
Europe, 3 to 5 ft. high, having
purplish stems, broadly oval coarsely
toothed leaves deeply lobed at the
base, and bearing erect spikes, having
woolly whorls of rose-purple flowers
in June (Bot. Mag. t. 1556).

This species will flourish in any
good garden soil, and may be grown
in borders or shrubberies where
there is plenty of space for develop-
ment, Easily increased by division
in autumn or spring; by seeds, or
by cuttings of the young non-flowering
shoots about July.

PHYTOLACCA (phyton, a plant;
lacca, lac ; in allusion to the crimson
juice of the fruits). Nat. Ord.
Phytolaccacee.—There are about a
dozen species in this genus, but the
only one with large, thick, fleshy,
turnip-like roots is—

P, decandra,—This is variously
known as the “ Red Ink Plant,” the
“Virginian Poke Weed,” the “ Pigeon
Berry,” etc. It is a beautiful-looking
but rather unpleasant smelling North
American perennial, 3 to 10 ft. high,
with fleshy poisonous roots, erect
purplish stems, and ovate leaves
about 6 ins. long, at first green, but
changing to beautiful purple tints in
autumn, The white flowers, each
with ten stamens, appear in erect
spikes in summer, and are succeeded

THE BULB BOOK

PLACEA

in autumn with spikes of deep purple
berries filled with crimson juice,
which has been likened to red ink.
(Bot. Mag. t. 931.)

There is a beautiful variegated
form having the leaves striped with
white; and another called luteol,
in which the leaves are heavily striped
and mottled with yellow, almost
obliterating the green.

Flourishes in any good garden soil,
and may be increased by division of
the root-stocks or from seeds.

PLACEA (said to be the native
Chilian name). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lideze.—A genus containing about half
a dozen species of tunicated bulbous
plants, having few narrow leaves, ‘and
somewhat irregular funnel - shaped
flowers, having a funnel - shaped
membranous cup or corona seated at
the base of the oblong segments.

The Placeas are too tender for the
open air, except perhaps in the very
mildest parts, and even then they
would require protection in winter.
They do not like being confined in
pots, and should therefore be planted
in cool greenhouse borders, or in
frames from which frost can be
excluded. They generally go to
rest about August, and commence
to grow again in December, and
flower about May. The most suitable
compost appears to be very sandy
loam with plenty of old cow-manure.
The plants may be increased by
offsets from the old bulbs. They are
all natives of Chili.

P, Arze.—-This has bulbs about
24 ins, through, and two narrow
grey-green leaves under a foot long.
The pale yellow flowers tinged and
conspicuously striped with claret-
purple are borne on scapes about
14 ft. high.

P. grandiflora.—A fine species with
bulbs 1 in. thick, three very pointed

397

PLAGIOLIRION

linear leaves 13 ft. long, and white
flowers striped with bright red (ZU,
Hort. t. 574).

P, ornata.—This has ovoid bulbs
about 1 in. thick, two narrow leaves,
and peduncles about 6 to 9 ins. high,
bearing four to six white flowers
conspicuously striped with reddish-
purple, the segments being distinctly
clawed (Bot. Reg. 27, t. 50).

PLAGIOLIRION (plagios, oblique ;
leirion, a lily; the flowers being
oblique). Nat. Ord. Amaryllideze.—
A genus containing only one species—

P, Horsmanni.—A native of the
Columbian Andes whence it was
introduced by the iate F. Horsman,
of Colchester, in 1883. The brown-
coated roundish bulbs are about 14
ins. thick, and the oblong acute
leaves (which are developed after the
flowers) are 8 to 9 ins. long, and 3 to
4 ins. broad, having a stalk 6 ins.
or more long. The white oblique
flowers are borne in umbels on stalks
from 6 to 12 ins, high in the summer
months,

This is still a rare bulbous plant.
It may be grown without difficulty in
pots or borders, in the stove or warm
greenhouse, in a compost of rich
sandy loam with a little leaf-mould
or old cow-manure. Increased by
offsets.

PODOPHYLLUM (yodos, foot;
phyllon, leaf; in allusion to the
imagined resemblance of the leaves
to the feet of certain animals), Ducx’s
Foot, May Apriz. Nat. Ord. Berberi-
dee.— A small genus of hardy
perennial herbs with creeping root-
stocks and thickish roots. The
peltate leaves are palmately nerved
and lobed, one or two on a stem,
The flowers are white and drooping,
have six petal-like sepals; six to
nine larger petals, and free stamens

THE BULB BOOK

POLIANTHES

as many or twice as many as the
petals,

The species mentioned below all
flourish in moist peaty soil in warm
sheltered spots, slightly shaded from
the sun during the hottest part of
the day. They are easily increased
by dividing the root-stocks in autumn
or in spring; or seeds may be sown
when ripe in pots or pans, and
sheltered in a cold frame.

P, Emodi—A Himalayan plant
6 to 12 ins, high, with three to five-
lobed leaves 6 to 10 ins. across, the
lobes being wedge-shaped, sharply
toothed, the whole surface being
heavily spotted or washed with
purple. Flowers in May white, about
2 ins. across, succeeded in due course
by elliptic edible berries 1 to 2 ins.
long.

P, peltatum.—-Known as the N.
American Mandrake, this species
grows 6 to 12 ins. high, and has
poisonous root-stocks and leaves—
the latter being glossy green, wrinkled
and divided into five to nine sharply-
toothed lobes. The wavy white
flowers 2 ins, or more across appear
in May, and are succeeded by green
crab-like edible fruits 1 to 2 ins. long,
assuming a yellowish tint when ripe.
(Bot. Mag. t. 1819.)

P, pleianthum,—A distinct Chinese
species 1 to 2 ft. high, with roundish
peltate leaves divided into six to
eight toothed lobes. The ‘purple
flowers are drooping and are suc-
ceeded by blue-green berries which
are purple when ripe.

POLIANTHES (polis, a city ; anthos,
a flower), TupErosE. Nat, Ord.
Amaryllidee.— There is only one
species in this genus, namely :—

P, tuberosa,—A beautiful Mexican
plant, having a bulb-like tuberous
root-stock covered with the broadened
bases of the old leaves. These are

398

POLIANTHES

12 to 18 ins, long, deeply channelled
in the lower half and more or less
spotted with reddish-brown on the
back. The flowering-stems grow 2
to 38 ft. high, and bear numerous
funnel-shaped waxy-white flowers
emitting (according to many) a
delicious fragrance. (Fed. Lil. t.147 ;
Bot. Mag. t. 1817; Bot. Reg. t. 63.)

Fic. 293.—Polianthes tuberosa, bulb.

The variety gracilis has narrower
leaves, and longer tubed flowers with
narrower segments, The double-
flowered variety (flore pleno) is the
one most generally favoured by
gardeners, and hundreds of thousands
of plants are cultivated every year to
supply the white blossoms to the
florists, The double-flowered varieties
are divided into African, American,
Italian, and Pearl Tuberoses, the last
named being the favourite with
market - growers, the flowers being
very double and much larger than
the others,

THE BULB BOOK

POLIANTHES

Tuberoses flourish in rich sandy
loam, to which a little leaf-mould or
old cow-manure may be added. The
bulbs are generally grown in pots,
singly or severally, according to
circumstances, and may be placed in
a cold or warm greenhouse, or even in
a stove temperature when root action
is established, to secure the quicker

Fic. 294.—Polianthas tuberosa flore pleno. (4.)

development of the blossoms. A fair
amount of moisture at the root and
in the atmosphere is necessary during
growth, which starts in spring, and
continues during the summer months,
By keeping the bulbs cool, however,
in spring and summer, growth will be
retarded, and the flowers will not
appear till a later period of the year
as may be desired.

Tuberoses may also be grown in
the open air during the summer
months, The bulbs should be planted
out about the end of May or early in
June, leaving the upper half un-
covered with soil. In the autumn

399

POLYGONATUM

such bulbs may be taken up and
stored in sand in a frost-proof place,
until the following year, when they
may be replanted if sufficiently
sound, Although Tuberoses may be
increased by the offsets from the base
of the old bulbs, it is on the whole
better to purchase newly imported
bulbs each year, as they are riper,
and more likely to give good results
than the bulbs harvested in our fickle
climate.

POLYGONATUM (poly, many ;
gonu, a knee, a joint; in reference
to the numerous joints in the stems),
Sotomon’s Seat. Nat. Ord. Lili-
acee,— This genus contains more
than twenty species of pretty herba-
ceous plants, with creeping fleshy
root-stocks ending in a stalk which
bears the strongly - veined leaves.
The tubular or bell-shaped flowers
droop from the axils of the leaves as
a rule, The popular name of “ Solo-
mon’s Seal” is derived from the
circular sunken scar left on the root-
stock after the annual leaf -stalks
have died away.

The species mentioned below are
all easily grown in the open air.
They like rich, very moist, and yet
well-drained soil, and somewhat dark
and sombre situations, to make them
luxuriant in foliage and blossom.
When grown in hot, dry, sunny places,
the Polygonatums do not grow so tall,
or flower so profusely, and their
beauty is over much sooner than if
they were grown in cool, moist, shady
spots. Apart from open-air culture,
the plants, especially the common
Solomon’s Seal (P. multiflorum), may
be forced into early blossom in the
greenhouse or conservatory during
the first months of the year. The
root-stocks are potted up in the
autumn, and kept covered up with
soil, ashes, sand, or coco-nut fibre

THE BULB BOOK

POLYGONATUM

until about Christmas-time. Root
action will then be well established,
and the plants may be brought into
heat as required. Ina cut state the
sprays last a long time in water.

Propagation is easily effected in
early autumn, simply by dividing the
root-stocks, taking care to retain a
good terminal bud to each severed
portion, Seeds may also be sown
when ripe, but it is a tedious process
raising plants in this way.

P, biflorum.—A pretty Canadian
species 1 to 3 ft. high, having ovate
or lance-shaped leaves, and greenish-
white flowers drooping in pairs from
the leaf axils.

P, japonicum.—A Japanese species,
1 to 2 ft. high, with oblong leaves 2
to 3 ins. long, and drooping white
flowers tinged with purple in April.

P, latifolium,—aA native of Central
Europe, 2 to 4 ft. high, having broad
bright green leaves and greenish-white
flowers drooping in clusters of from
two to five in July. The variety
commutatum from N. America is said
to reach a height of 6 to 7 ft., and
produces from six to ten white flowers
in a cluster.

P, multifiorum (Convallaria multi-
jlora).—This is the Common “Solo-
mon’s Seal,” also known as “ David's
Harp” and the “Lady’s Seal.” It is
a native of temperate Europe, and
is also found wild occasionally in
British and Irish woods. The arch-
ing stems grow 2 to 3 ft. high, and
are furnished with oblong stem-clasp-
ing leaves 3 to 5 ins. long. The white
flowers appear in May and June, and
are more or less deeply edged with
green, and later on give place to
bluish-black berries.

There are several varieties, such as
flore pleno, a rare double-flowered
one; striatum, leaves striped with
white; and roseum, flowers rosy
tinted.

400

POLYGONATUM

P, officinale (P. vulgare ; Conval-
laria Polygonatum).—A pretty species
found wild sometimes on wooded
limestone cliffs in the British Islands,
It grows 6 to 12 ins. high, and has
oblong stem-clasping leaves 3 to 4 ins.
long. The greenish-white flowers
appear in May and June, and are
succeeded by bluish - black berries.
The variety macranthum from Japan
has larger flowers and grows taller.

Fic. 295.—Polygonatum multiflorum. (4.)

P. oppositifolium ( Convallaria
oppositifolia), — A fine Himalayan
plant, 2 to 4 ft. high, having opposite
oblong pointed leaves, and corymbs
of greenish-white flowers ribbed with
red, drooping from the stems in April
and May (Bot. Mag. t. 3529).

The variety alto - vittatum has
reddish stems, and leaves striped
with ivory or yellowish-white. Scarlet
berries succeed the blossom .in due
course.

This species is practically hardy,
but may require a little covering of
litter or bracken in severe winters.

401

THE BULB BOOK

POLYGONUM

P, punctatum,—This is found wild
on the Himalayas at an altitude of
7000 to 11,000 ft. It has angular,
furrowed stems 1 to 2 ft high, oblong
lance-shaped leaves 2 to 3 ins. long,
and greenish-white flowers dotted
with lilac in May and June. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5061.)

P, roseum,—A variable species from
Central Siberia, with furrowed stems
2 to 3 ft. high, narrow lance-shaped
leaves 3 to 5 ins. long, opposite or in
whorls, and pairs of rosy cylindrical
flowers in May and June (Bot. Mag.
t. 5049).

P, verticillatum (Convallaria ver-
tictllata).—A rare British plant, 2 to
3 ft. high, with whorls of narrow
lance - shaped leaves fringed with
hairs on the margins, The greenish
flowers appear in June and July, and
are followed by red berries later on.
(Lodd, Bot. Cab, t. 1108.)

POLYGONUM (poly, many; gonu,
a knee, a joint; in reference to the
numerous joints in the stems), Knor
Grass, Knot WreED. Nat. Ord. Poly-
gonacee.—A large genus of coarse-
growing but ornamental plants, some
species of which have fibrous, others
—those mentioned below—tuberous
or rhizomatous root-stocks, They
flourish in ordinary garden soil, some-
times so freely that they are apt to
invade the space desired for choicer
plants. Propagation is easily managed
by division of the root-stocks, if
necessary.

P, amplexicaule.—A fine Hima-
layan species, 2 to 3 ft. high, having
fleshy rhizomes, heart-shaped, pointed,
stem-clasping leaves, and racemes of
bright rose-red or white blossoms
during the summer months (Bot.
Reg. 1839, t. 46; Bot. Mag. t. 6500).

P. Bistorta.—This is the “Bistort”
or “Snake - root” of our British
meadows and pastures, It has
2c

POLYMNIA

creeping, twisted, and somewhat
tuberous root-stocks, and stems 1 to
2 ft. high, with oblong wavy leaves
3 to 6 ins. long, having winged stalks,
The white or pink flowers appear in
dense cylindrical spikes from June to
September, and are very attractive.
A good plant for the border or
rockery. The variety latifolia is a
finer plant in every way.

P, multiflorum.—A_ pretty Chinese
and Japanese plant, with tuberous
roots, slender, climbing, reddish
stems, and smooth, shining, thickish,
heart-shaped leaves about 4 ins, long,
with bright red stalks and a truncated
stipule or ocrea at the base. The
small whitish flowers are produced in
loose aud graceful panicles during
the summer months.

POLYMNIA (the name of one of
the Muses). Nat. Ord. Composite.—
This genus contains about a dozen
species of no particular garden value.
The only one worth mention here
is—

P, edulis.—A native of the Andes,
having thick Dahlia-like roots, which
are cultivated in that region as an
article of diet. It has heads of
yellow flowers, and is quite hardy.

PUSCHKINIA (after M. Pouschkin,
a Russian botanist). Nat. Ord. Lili-
acee.—A small genus of herbs with
tunicated bulbs, the best being—

P. scilloides (P. libanotica; P.
sicula)—A charming little bulbous
plant from the Caucasus, Asia Minor,
etc., having dark green, lance-shaped,
channelled leaves 4 to 6 ins. long, and
whitish or very pale blue flowers in
April, borne on stems 4 to 8 ins. high.
Each Hower is about 1 in. across, the
segments being distinctly striped
with deep blue down the centre.
(Bot. Mag, t. 2244.) The variety
compacta has the flowers in denser

THE BULB BOOK

RANUNCULUS

and more compact trusses, and looks
more effective when planted in bold
masses,

The “Striped Squill,” as this species
is called, likes a deep rich soil of sandy
loam and peat or leaf-soil, and should
be planted 3 to 4 ins, deep about -
September or October, in warm
sheltered spots in the rock-garden
or flower-border. After three or four
years, the plants may be lifted, and
offsets detached from the old bulbs
for purposes of increase.

RANUNCULUS (rana, a frog; in
reference to the aquatic species grow-
ing in places inhabited by frogs). Nat.
Ord. Ranunculacee.—A large genus
consisting of annuals and perennials,

Fic. 296.—Ranunculus, fanged roots.

some of which are aquatic, others
terrestrial ; others again with fibrous
roots, and a few with tuberous roots.
Amongst the latier the best-known
species is—

R. asiaticus. —A native of S.
Europe and Asia, about 9 ins. high,
with tuberous fanged roots, ternate
or biternate leaves divided into
toothed or deeply trifid segments.
The flowers are variable in colour,

being white, red, scarlet, variegated,
ete.

From this species what is known
as the “Garden Ranunculus” has
been evolved by generations of
gardeners carefully selecting, hybrid-
ising, and intercrossing the best

402

RANUNCULUS

varieties. The main types are (1)
sanguineus, from which the “Turkey
Ranunculus” has arisen. It has
double flowers of orange, yellow,
or purple, or variegations of the
same, white and blue colours being
excluded ; (2) superbus, in which the
flowers are large, single, semi-double,
or double, of brilliant shades of
colour; (3) tenwilobus, with finely
divided leaves and flowers usually
white or yellow, rarely purple; and
(4) vulgaris, from which the “ Persian
Ranunculus” has been evolved, and
in which the double and single
flowers are almost of every shade of
colour except blue.

As stated in the author's Practical
Guide to Garden Plants, the above
represent the main divisions into
which the Asiatic Ranunculus natur-
ally falls. But owing to the careful
selection, hybridisation and inter-
crossing by British and Continental
gardeners, extending over many
generations, the wild forms have
practically disappeared, and there are
now an infinite number of varieties
cultivated, being divided into groups
known as Scotch, Dutch, French,
Italian, Persian, and Turban or
Turkish, The Scotch and Dutch
varieties are usually the finest forms
of the Persian, and are dwarfer in
habit, with double flowers edged and
spotted. ‘The French and Italian
varieties are modifications of the
Turkish, and are remarkable for their
vigour and size, The Turkish forms
are less variegated in colour than the
others, and have a large proportion of
scarlet, white, yellow, and orange
self-coloured flowers somewhat resem-
bling Peonies.

CuLrurEe.—The roots of the Garden
Ranunculus are best planted about
the end of February or early in
March, but in mild parts of the King-
dom they may also be planted in

THE BULB BOOK

RANUNCULUS

October. A loamy soil deeply dug
and enriched with well decayed
manure or leaf-mould will generally
give good results. An open and
fairly sunny situation should be
chosen, and when ready for planting,
drills about 2 to 3 ins, deep, and 6 to
9 ins, apart should be drawn with a
hoe. The “claws” or fangs of the
roots should be placed downwards,
leaving from 4 to 6 ins. between one
plant and another in the rows. The
loose soil is then gently raked over
the “crowns,” prior to which some
gardeners place a handful of sand
over each plant. The soil should be
made fairly firm, either by gently
patting down with the spade or care-
fully treading with the feet. When
the leaves appear, the soil should be
carefully hoed if necessary to keep
down weeds and freshen it up; and
later on when growth is in full swing,
an occasional watering with weak
liquid manure will benefit the plants.
In dry seasons attention should be
paid to watering, but the surface soil
should not be allowed to cake owing
to lack of hoeing. Where the ground
has been trenched and well manured
in advance, and the hoe is used from
time to time, there will not be so
much necessity for artificial watering,
as such a soil usually contains
abundant supplies, which arise to the
root region by capillary attraction.
After the flowers have withered,
and the leaves begin to turn yellow,
the time for lifting the tubers is at
hand. They should be taken up care-
fully, and allowed to dry after the
soil has been shaken off. Afterwards
they may be stored away in a cool,
airy, frost-proof place until the plant-
ing season again comes round,
Propagation is effected by separat-
ing offsets from the older tubers, and
also by means of seeds, These should
be allowed to ripen thoroughly in the

403

RANUNCULUS

flower-heads, and should then be
sown in cold frames in light, rich,
sandy soil ; or in the open ground the
following April and May. Seedling
plants come into blossom when about
three or four years old,

Amongst other bulbous - rooted
Buttercups, mention may be made of
R. bulbosus flore pleno, which has
beautiful double-yellow flowers; R.
bullatus, from N. Africa, has a
knotty root-stock and sweet-scented
yellow flowers; R. cherophyllus, a
tuberous-rooted speciesfrom Portugal,
has glistening yellow flowers; R.
Ficaria, the Lesser Celandine or

ay

Fic. 297.—Ranunculus Ficaria. (%.)

Pilewort, has clusters of club-like
roots, and bright yellow flowers from
March till May. Though pretty, it is
a weed in many gardens, and is very
difficult to eradicate; R. gramineus,
6 to 12 ins. high, with clusters of
thickish roots and yellow flowers,

which are “doubled” in the variety
404

THE BULB BOOK

RICHARDIA

flore pleno; RB. pedatus, from E,
Europe, grows about 1 ft. high, and
has bright yellow flowers in May and
June (Bot. Mag. t. 2229); and a
few others not so well known.

R. carpathicus is a showy species
with creeping root-stocks. It grows
about a foot high, and has roundish
lobed leaves and golden-yellow
flowers in May. It is a native of
Hungary. (Bot. Mag, t. 7266.)

REINECKIA (after J. Reinech, a
clever German gardener). Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—-The only species known
is—

R. carnea,—A pretty perennial
from China and Japan, having creep-
ing root-stocks, tufts of narrow,
lance-shaped, pointed leaves 6 to 12
ins. long, and spikes of sweet-scented
flesh-coloured flowers in April and
May ; the perianth being tubular, with
six oblong acute segments (And. Bot
Rep. t. 361; Bot. Mag. t. 939). In
the variety variegata, the leaves are
beautifully striped with green and
yellowish-white (77. Hort. t. 323).

This species and its variety flourish
in good garden soil in warm sheltered
spots in the border or rock-garden,
and may be increased by division of
the root-stocks in early autumn.

RICHARDIA (after L. C. Richard, a
French botanist). Nat. Ord. Aroidex.
—A genus containing about a dozen
species of perennial herbaceous plants,
having thick, fleshy, and more or less
tuberous root-stocks, large sagittate
leaves, and male and female flowers
borne on an erect cylindrical or club-
like spadix enclosed by a large and
ornamental funnel - shaped spathe.
They are all natives of S. Africa.
The name ZANTEDESCHIA is being
adopted by continental botanists for
Richardia.

The Richardias or Arum Lilies are’

RICHARDIA

still popularly known amongst
gardeners as CatLas or ARUMS—
genera very closely related but differ-
ing in certain botanical characters.
Generally speaking, the Richardias
mentioned below require to be grown
in a warm greenhouse, although some
of them are almost hardy in the most
favoured parts of the Kingdom, if the
crowns of the tubers can be kept free
from frost. They all like a rich
loamy soil and plenty of moisture at
the root when in full growth, A little
well-decayed cow-manure, and a
handful of sand with the loam will
be an advantage. One great point
to keep in mind in growing Richardias
is, when once growth commences the
temperature should not be allowed
to jump up and down erratically.
Nothing checks growth quicker than
a sudden drop in the temperature at
night - time, especially when the
spathes or “flowers” are showing.
The plants then remain almost
stationary in growth, and unless care-
fully handled soon become a prey to
green-fly and other troubles. Perhaps
this applies more particularly to
plants that are being forced into
early bloom for Christmas, Easter, or
Whitsuntide, than when the plants
are grown cooler and under more
natural conditions,

Arum Lilies are most easily propa-
gated by the offsets from the old
tubers, Of late years, however, such
kinds as R, Elliottiana, R, hastata,
and R, Pentlandi have been raised
from well-ripened seeds. These
should be sown when ripe, or in early
spring in well-drained pots or pans in
rich sandy loam The temperature
at night should not fall below 50° F.,
and the air should be fairly moist.
During the daytime the temperature
may be 5° or 10° higher, but the
young plants should be shaded from
strong sunshine, Owing to the

THE BULB BOOK

RICHARDIA

brittleness of the roots it is better not
to disturb the seedlings for at least
twelve months after germination.
The seeds should therefore be sown a
couple of inches apart at first, so as to
allow sufficient space afterwards for
development.

The kinds mentioned below are all
noteworthy :—

R, Adlami,—This is rather a fine
species, having green hastate leaves,

Fic. 298.—Richardia Adlamt. (}.)

and large creamy-yellow spathes with
a deep purple blotch at the base. It
flowers during the summer months.
R. africana (R. ethiopica; Calla
cethiopica).—This is commonly known
as the Arum Lily, the Trumpet Lily,
and the Lily of the Nile. It is a
native of S. Africa, and grows from 2
to 3 ft. high, having tuberous root-
stocks, large green sagittate leaves,
and beautiful white trumpets or
spathes enclosing a cylindrical yellow

405

RICHARDIA THE BULB BOOK . RICHARDIA

Fia. 800.—Richardia africana. (?s.)

spadix in the centre. The plants
may be had in flower at almost any
period of the year according as they
are grown in warm or cool surround-
ings. (Bot. Mag. t. 832; Garden,
1888, i. 654.)

There are variations from the type,
but the most distinct form is that
known as “Little Gem,” which is
about half the size of the ordinary
variety in foliage and flowers, and
“Childsi,” another dwarf but very
free-flowering form (Gard. Chron.
1903, xxxii. 173, 188, 195). The
variety Vicolaz is a remarkably strong
grower, with scapes 44 to 5 ft. high,
and spathes 1 ft. or more across
(Gartenjl. 1908, 201).

When Arum Lilies have finished
their growth for the season, they
should be allowed to die down gradu-
ally, giving but little water. Many
growers plant them out during the
summer months, and lift and repot
them again about September. Others
leave them to dry off in the pots,
these being placed on their sides and
stacked up on each other, facing
south. When growth recommences,
the tubers are shaken out of the old
soil, and repotted into fresh rich
loam.

R, albo-maculata,—A species about
2 ft. high, having rather narrow
arrow-headed pointed leaves decor-
ated with white oblique and trans-
lucent stripes. The flowers are like
those of FR. africana, but smaller,
and tinged with green. (Bot. Mag.
t. 5140; Fl. d. Serr. t, 22958;
Gartenfl. t.462.) This species crossed
with &. Liliotttana has produced a
hybrid called R. x Lathamiana (Gard.
1903, lxiii. 419 ; lxiv. 2); and crossed
with 2. Hlliottiana Rosst has pro-
duced a hybrid known as R, x
leucoxantha,

R, aurata, with spotted leaves and
large yellow spathes, is considered to

406

RICHARDIA

be a hybrid between &. hastata and
R. albo-maculata, Crossed with R.
Elliottiana it has produced a hybrid
called R. Taylort (Gard. Chron. 1904,
Xxxv, 226).

R, cantabrigiensis—A hybrid
between fF. Rehmannt and AR.
melanoleuca, showing a deeper pink
spathe than in FR. Rehmanni—the
seed-bearing parent.

R, Elliottiana,—A splendid species
about 2 ft. high, having dark green
leaves heavily blotched with white,

’ Fic. 801.—Richardia Elliottiana, 1-year-old
seedling. (4.)

and pure yellow spathes of good
size, but not so large generally as
those of R. africana (Garden, 1894,
ii, 989). Easily raised from sceds
and by offsets. The seeds should be
sown as soon as ripe in summer in
rich sandy soil, and kept warm and
moist. They germinate freely, and
if not sown too thickly (about a
couple of inches apart) the young
plants may be left in the seed-pan

THE BULB BOOK

RICHARDIA

for about a year. They will then be
fine and sturdy, and if potted up

Fic, 803.—Richardia Elliottiana,
twin spathes. (4.)

singly into pots and grown on they
will make fine flowering-plants the
third year from seed. Like AR,

407

* we lg

RICHARDIA

africana, this species frequently
throws double spathes, as shown in
the sketch. There is a stocky variety
known as Rossi, and another called
“Mrs Roosevelt,” having pale lemon-
yellow spathes,

R. hastata.—This species grows
about 2 ft, high, and has oval
hastate pointed leaves, green and
unspotted. The spathes are of a
greenish-yellow and of good size.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5176.)

R. intermedia.—A_ strong-growing,
compact, and free-flowering plant
with broadly heart-shaped leaves dot-
ted with white, and stalks marbled
white and rose. Spathe very dark
yellow, with small black blotch at
base.

R, Lutwychei.—A_ species closely
related to &. hastata and A. Pent-
landi, having triangular, sagittate,
pointed, green unspotted leaves with
heavily spotted stalks. The spathes
are bright yellow with a large deep
purple blotch at the base. Now
considered to be identical with
R. hastata. (Rev. Hort. 1896, t.
60; Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii, 568.)

R. macrocarpa.—This is recognised
by its very large fruits and medium-
sized spathes, pale green outside,
white within.

R. melanoleuca,—This species
grows about 2 ft. high, and has
oblong or oval sagittate-hastate leaves
covered with white translucent
blotches. The spathes are yellow,
enclosing a white spadix and having
a purple blotch at the base. (ot.
Mag. t. 5765.)

R, Pentlandi.—A fine species in
the way of A. Elliottana, but with
larger, thicker, and unspotted green
leaves, and large bright golden-
yellow flowers (Lot. Mag. t. 7397;
Garden, 1896, ii. 1033).

R, Rehmanni,—A little-known but
distinct species, having lance-shaped

THE BULB BOOK

RIGIDELLA

leaves, and rather small tubular
spathes tinted with dull rose-purple
(Bot. Mag. t. 7436). The variety

speciosa is dwarfer and_stronger-
growing than the type, and the
spathe is bright red; in the variety
spathe is

coccinea the scarlet

Fig. 304.—Richardia Rehmanni. (3.)

(Gartenji. 1906, t. 1552). This species
crossed with &. melanolewa has
produced a hybrid known as R&,
cantabrigiensis,

R. Sprengeri.—This species from
the Transvaal is remarkable in having
leaves truncated (not hastate or
cordate) at the base, and the yellow
spathes are broader than in other
species (Gard. Chron. 1902, xxxii.
350).

RIGIDHLLA (rigidus, stiff; in
reference to the flower-stalk). Nat,
Ord. Iridew.—A genus containing
only a few species of half-hardy
bulbous plants, closely related to the

408

ROMULEA

Tigridias, They may be grown in
a greenhouse or in the open air in
the milder parts of the Kingdom,
but must be protected from frost.
They like a compost of rich sandy
loam and peat, and may be increased
by offsets in spring; and also by
seeds sown when ripe, or in spring
in gentle heat. The following species
are worth notice :—

R, flammea.—A Mexican plant 3
to 5 ft. high, with broad equitant
strongly plaited leaves, dilated and
sheathing at the base, and 18 to 24
ins. long. The drooping. flowers are
borne in dense umbels and appear
about May and June, and are of a
bright red, the outer segments being
distinctly striped with deep purple
at the base. (Bot. Reg. 1840, t. 16;
Paxt. Mag. Bot. vii. 247.)

The variety orthantha (once re-
garded as a distinct species) grows
about 2 ft. high, and has bright
scarlet flowers having a triangular
blotch at the base of each perianth
segment (77. d, Serr. t. 46).

R. immaculata.—This Guatemalan
species is close to &. flammea, from
which, however, it differs in being
only about 2 ft. high, having a more
slender habit, and in the scarlet
flowers being unspotted and having
a wash of yellow on the inner seg-
ments (Lot. Reg. 1841, t. 1; FU.
d. Serr, tt, 502, 2215).

ROMULEA (after Romulus, the
reputed founder of Rome). Nat.
Ord. Iridee.—This genus contains
over thirty species of plants with
tunicated corms, bristle-like leaves,
and solitary flowers having a regular
six-parted perianth.

About a dozen species are natives
of the Mediterranean region, the
others being found in Southern and
Tropical Africa. As garden plants
they are little known, and are con-

THE BULB BOOK

ROSCOKA

fined almost entirely to botanical
collections. Most of the species are
tender and require the protection of
a greenhouse or cold frame. The
cultural requirements are the same
as for their relatives the Ix1as—
which see.

The following kinds (at one time
mostly known under the generic
name of TRICHONEMA) may be
mentioned as worthy of note :—
k. bulbocodioides, flowers bright
yellow tinged with green outside
(Bot. Mag. t. 1892); R. Bulbocodium,
flowers lilac with a yellow throat
(Bot. Mag. t. 265); 2B. citrina, yellow,
unstriped; &. Columne, pale lilac
with deeper lilac veins, tinged outside
with green; &. rosea, reddish - lilac
with a yellow throat, faintly striped
purple outside (Bot. Mag. t. 1225).
The variety pudica has a white
throat (Bot. Mag. t. 1244); and
speciosa has larger flowers with outer
segments distinctly striped with black
(Bot. Mag. t. 1476).

R. Macowani, one of the finest
species, with funnel-shaped flowers,
bright yellow at the base, unstriped,
but tinged with green outside (Gard.
Chron. 1887, i. 180, f.).

ROSCOEA (after Wm. Roscoe, the
founder of the Liverpool Botanic
Gardens). Nat. Ord. Scitamineze.—
This genus contains about half a
dozen species of ornamental-leaved
herbaceous plants with thick fleshy
roots, and terminal spikes or clusters
of purple, blue, or yellow flowers,
having an elongated tubular calyx
and corolla, the latter having an
erect incurved and concave upper
segment and spreading side seg-
ments,

R, gracilis, with yellow Howers, is
now known as Cautleya lutea (Bot.
Mag. t. 6991).

R, purpurea,—This is the best-

409

SAGITTARIA

known species. It comes from the
Himalayas, and has clusters of
spindle-shaped tuberous roots, from
which arise leafy striated stems less
than a foot high, the leaves being
stalkless, lance-shaped, wavy and
pointed, and 6 to 8 ins, long, while
the flowers are pale ‘purple or lilac
(Bot. Mag. t. 4630; Bot, Reg. 1840,
t. 61), The variety sckkimensis is
a mere colour variety.

Fic. 805.—Roscoéa purpurea. (%.)

This species flourishes in a compost
of rich fibrous loam and well-decayed
manure or leaf-soil. It appears to be
perfectly hardy in the milder parts of
the Kingdom, and is easily increased
by division of the root-stocks in
spring.

SAGITTARIA (sagitia, an arrow;
in allusion to the characteristic shape
of the leaves), ARROWHEAD. Nat.
Ord, Alismacese.—-A genus of orna-
mental aquatic or marsh plants,
some of which have tuberous, or
stolon-bearing root-stocks,

THE BULB BOOK

SAGITTARIA

S. montevidensis is a beautiful
aquatic from Buenos Ayres. It has
large fleshy, tuberous root-stocks,
emitting stolons from which other
tubers arise, somewhat in the same
way as potatoes. The large sagittate
leaves have stalks 3 to 6 ft. long,
and the pure white flowers with a
crimson blotch at the base of the
three segments are borne in whorls
on stems 3 to 5 ft. high during the

eo

ya

Nt
\y

@

Fia. 306.—Sagitiaria montevidensis.

summer months. (Bot.
6755.)

This majestic plant is best grown
in a warm greenhouse in rich muddy
soil, and the leaves should be
syringed frequently to keep them
bright and clean, Easily increased
by division of the root-stocks,

S. sagitteefolia,—A beautiful
British and European aquatic, with
stolons which produce tubers about
the size of an olive. The bright
green arrow-shaped leaves have three-
sided stalks 1 to 14 ft. long, and the
white flowers with purple claws are

Mag. t.

410

SALVIA

borne from July to September in
distant whorls, on scapes 1 to 2 ft.
high.

The double-flowered variety, some-
times known as japonica flore pleno,
is a handsome plant with roundish
heads of white flowers.

This species and its variety are
quite hardy, and may be grown on the
margins of lakes, streams, ponds, etc.,
where they will be more or less
submerged. The double-flowered
variety can only be propagated by
division, The single-flowered kinds
in the same way, and also by seeds.

S. sinensis (S. gigantea ; S. lanci-
folia), from China, is a beautiful
plant about 3 to 5 ft. high, with lance-
shaped leaves and white flowers,
having the greenish outer segments
flushed with rose (Bot, Jag. t. 1631).
May be grown like S. sagzttefolia.

SALVIA (salvo, to save ; in allusion
to the medicinal virtues), SacE.
Nat. Ord. Labiatee.—A large genus
containing some 450 species, many
ornamental and easily grown. The
only tuberous-rooted species worthy
of note is—

S. patens (S, spectabilis ; S. mac-
rantha).—A. beautiful hairy Mexican
perennial, about 24 ft. high, having
ovate-triangular leaves with rounded
teeth and lobed at the base. The
deep blue flowers, over 2 ins. long, are
borne in whorls on erect spikes
during the summer and autumn
months. (Bot. Mag. t. 3808.)

This species may be grown in the
open air during the summer months,
and in the milder parts of the
Kingdom may be left in the open
ground so long as the blackish
spindle-shaped roots are protected
from frost in the same way as
Dahlias. It may be increased from
seeds sown in gentle heat in spring ;
from cuttings in the same way as

THE BULB BOOK

SANGUINARIA

Dahlias ; and also by division of the
root-stocks,

SANDERSONIA (after J. Sander-
son, a secretary of the Natal Horti-
cultural Society). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.
The only species is—

S. aurantiaca, a native of Natal,
having a tuberous root-stock from
which arise climbing herbaceous
stems 3 to 6 ft long, furnished with
alternate, stalkless, lance-shaped
leaves, The bell-shaped or inflated
flowers, with six shallow lobes, are
of a beautiful orange colour, droop-
ing from the axils of the leaves in
July and August. (Bot. Mag. t.
4716.)

This pretty plant is best grown in
a warm greenhouse in a compost of
rich sandy loam with a little leaf-
soil or well-decayed manure, and
may be trained up pillars, or on
trellises in the same way as the
Gloriosas or Littonias, to which it
is closely related. In autumn the
stems die down, after which the root-
stocks should be kept dry until the
following spring. In the milder
parts of the Kingdom this plant
may be grown in the open air, the
roots being taken up and stored for
the winter.

SANGUINARIA (sanguis, blood ;
in reference to the red juice). Nat.
Ord. Papaveracee.—The only species
is—

8. canadensis, popularly known
as the “Blood Root” or “Red
Puccoon.” It is a native of N.
America, and grows 3 to 6 ins. high,
having a thickish creeping root-
stock and solitary, rounded, palm-
ately veined leaves with dentate
margins, The beautiful white
flowers appear in April and May,
and consist of two sepals and eight
to twelve petals arranged in two or

411

SAUROMATUM

three circles. (Bot. Mag. t. 162.)
The variety grandiflora has larger
flowers,

Fic. 807.—Sanguinaria canadensis. (%.)

The Blood Root flourishes in a
moist loamy soil in somewhat shaded
places in the rock-garden or border,
and may be increased by division
of the root-stocks in early autumn
or spring. Seeds may also be sown
in pots or pans when fully ripe, or
in spring in a cold frame, and should
be left for a year before transplant-
ing, as the roots are so brittle.

SAUROMATUM (saura, a lizard ;
in allusion to the speckled interior
of the spathe). Nat. Ord. Aroideze.—
A genus containing about half a dozen
species of herbaceous perennials
having tuberous root-stocks, solitary,
deeply divided leaves with long
stalks, and somewhat evanescent
spathes in the centre of which is the
spadix bearing the male and female
flowers.

THE BULB BOOK

SAUROMATUM

The species mentioned below
flourish in a warm greenhouse in a
compost of light rich sandy loam and
peat or leaf-soil, and like plenty of
moisture when in growth. They
may be increased by offsets from the
older tubers,

S. guttatum (Arum. venosum).—
A Himalayan species about 2 ft. high

Fig. 308.—Sauromatum guttatum,
sprouting tuber. (}.)

Fic. 809.—Sauromatum guttatum. (4.)

with round flattish tubers, and leaves
deeply divided into pointed oblong
lance-shaped segments, The greenish
spathes, washed with yellow inside

412

SAXIFRAGA

and irregularly blotched with deep
purple, appear about May and June,
(Bot. Mag. t. 1017.)

This is the plant to which the
name “Monarch of the East” has
been applied. The tubers, instead of
being grown in a greenhouse as
recommended, are often placed in
fancy bowls, or even on the mantel-
shelf, without any water whatever,
If the temperature is high enough,
65° to 70° F. growth commences, and
the nourishment stored up in the
tuber is sufficient to produce the
flower spathes without further
attention,

Other species are S. brevipes, from
the Sikkim Himalayas, with purple-
tinted spathes (Gard. Chron. 1903,
xxxiv. 93; Bot. Mag. t. 7940); s.
pedatum, with dark purple and
yellowish spathes (Gartenjl. t. 495);
S. punctatum, green and purple ; and
8. nervosum, purple and yellow (Bot.
Mag. t, 4465),

SAXIFRAGA (saxum, a_ stone;
frangere, to break; in reference to
the roots entering the crevices of
rocks which are thus split). Nat. Ord.
Saxifragaceze—Out of some 160
species, perhaps the only ones to
mention in this work are—

S. granulata fi. pl. is a charming
Saxifrage 6 to 12 ins. high, with
beautiful white double flowers in
April and May. It has small white
bulb-like bodies forming at the base
of the stems. The single-flowered
species is a native of Britain, and is
popularly known as “Fair Maids of
France,” “First of May,” and the
“Meadow Saxifrage.”

8. peltata, popularly known as the
“Umbrella Plant.” It is found wild
on the borders of lakes and streams
in California, and has a large fleshy
creeping root-stock, from which arise
roundish shield - like lobed leaves

THE BULB BOOK

SCILLA

12 to 18 ins, across, and borne on
downy stalks 1 to 2 ft long, the
lobes being cut and sharply toothed.
The white or pale pink flowers appear
in April and May. (Bot, Mag. t.
6074; Fl. d. Serr. t. 2441; Gartenyi.
t. 735.)

This is by far the largest and
most noble looking of the Saxifrages,
It is quite hardy, and will flourish
in good soil near the edges of ponds
or streams, etc., and also in moist
parts of the flower-border. The
circular leaves, being deeply depressed
in the centre where the stalk beneath
joins the blade, hold a good deal of
water after rain, and in the autumn
they assume attractive tints of red
and brown. This Saxifrage may be
increased by seeds and ‘division of
the root-stocks,

SCHIZOSTYLIS (schizo, to cut;
stylos, a column or style ; in reference
to the divided thread-like styles).
Nat. Ord. Iridez.—The best-known
species is—

S. coccinea, a handsome 8. African
plant, 2 to 3 ft. high, with fleshy
and slightly swollen root - stocks,
sheathing sword - like leaves, and
spikes of crimson-scarlet flowers from
September to December, each about
2 ins. across (Bot. Mag. t. 5422).

This pretty plant flourishes in rich,
moist loam, peat, leaf-mould, and
silver sand in about equal proportions,
It is not hardy, except in the very
mildest parts of the Kingdom, and
even then it must be protected from
frost. Grown in pots or pans in the
greenhouse, it is very effective during
the later months of the year. The
stock is best increased by dividing
the leek-like tufts, and the stolons
which arise from their bases. Fig. 310.

SCILLA (skilla, squilla, a squill),
Squity, BLUEBELL. Nat.Ord. Liliacew.

413

SCILLA

—A large genus of herbaceous plants,
with tunicated bulbs, more or less
strap-shaped leaves, and six-petalled
borne on

flowers simple leafless

scapes.

ey A

ABI

Fia. 810.—Schizostylis coccinea. (4.)

Most of the Scillas are perfectly
hardy, but there are several which
require the protection of a cold frame
or greenhouse. All kinds are easily
grown in rich sandy soil, or in any
good garden mould, the hardy ones
being particularly valuable for plant-
ing in thousands in the grass, or
beneath deciduous and early-flowering
trees and shrubs, or on the margins
of borders, or nooks in the rock-
garden ; and in all these places may

THE BULB BOOK

SCILLA
be associated with their close
relatives the Chionodoxas. The best

time for planting is usually at the
end of September and during October,
and as most of the species flower
from February and March till May
and June, they may be looked upon
as excellent spring-flowering plants.
When grown in pots or pans, the
Scillas are useful for the decoration
of the cool greenhouse early in the
year, the blossoms being much
cleaner and brighter looking than
those that are tarnished by exposure .
to the weather. All Scillas are
readily increased by offsets from
the older bulbs,

The following are some of the
best species, the tender ones being
indicated, all others being hardy ;—

S. Adlami.—A native of Natal, with
small mauve-purple flowers (Gard,
Chron. 1891, ix. 521).

S. amena (Hyacinthus stellaris),—
This pretty species, known as the
“Star Hyacinth,” is a native of
Central Europe, and has roundish
violet - coated bulbs, lance - shaped
channelled leaves 6 to 9 ins, long,
and racemes of bright indigo starry
flowers, borne from March to May
on stems 4 to 6 ins. high (Bot. Mag.
t. 341).

S. autumnalis, a British and
European species, with rosy - lilac
starry flowers produced in August,
The white-flowered variety albus is
a somewhat choicer garden plant.

S. axillaris—A strong - growing
species with leaves a foot long and 24
ins. broad, spotted with brownish-
purple near the base beneath. Flowers
whitish outside, with a green keel and
bright violet edges with white inside.
(Gard. Chron. 1903, xxxiii. 386.)

S. Bertholeti.—A rare species from
Tropical Africa, with strap - shaped
leaves 6 to 12 ins. long, and bell-
shaped pale lilac flowers, from ten

414

SCILLA

to twelve in a truss (Bot. Mag. t.
5308). Greenhouse.

S. bifolia—A Central European
species, with narrow lance - shaped
leaves 4 to 8 ins, long, and deep blue
somewhat starry or bell - shaped
flowers in February and March (Bot.
Mag. t. '746).

There is a white-flowered variety
(alba); a rose-coloured one with a
tint of violet (rosea); splendens has
intense cobalt - blue flowers; and
taurica, of a rich violet colour, from
the mountains of Asia Minor. One
‘of the earliest - flowering forms is
ruberrima, the flowers of which are
much brighter in bud than those of
the type; they also open reddish
rather than blue (Gard. Chron. 1906,
xxxix. 165).

S. Buchanani,— A species from
Nyassaland, with small bulbs, lance-
shaped green leaves a foot long, anda
flexuose scape 8 ins. high, bearing a
dense raceme of green flowers with
purple filaments (Gard. Chron. 1893,
xiii, 568). Must be grown in a
greenhouse.

8. chinensis (Barnardia sctlloides).
—A pretty but little-known Chinese
Squill about 9 ins. high, with spikes
of rosy-pink flowers produced from
June to August (Bot. Reg. t. 1029;
Bot. Mag. t. 3788). This species
should be grown in a frame or
greenhouse, or in a warm sheltered
spot if in the open air.

8. cilicica,— This is like S. s¢birica,
but has longer and broader leaves,
and the flowers are more intensely
blue, but smaller (Gard. Chron. 1908,
xliv, 194, f.), S, Hohenbackeri seems
to be intermediate between this and
S, stbirica,

8. concinna,— A South African
species with narrow leaves 8 to 12
ins, long, heavily spotted with purple
behind. The flowers are oblong,
bell-shaped, rosy - purple, produced

THE BULB BOOK

SCILLA

in spring twenty to thirty on a scape.
(Bot. Reg. t. 235). Greenhouse or
frame,

S. Cooperi,— Another S, African
Squill, with leaves 9 to 12 ins. long,
striped and spotted with purple.
The drooping bell-shaped bright
purple flowers appear in spring, thirty
to fifty in a truss (Bot. Mag. t. 5580).
Greenhouse or frame,

8, Cupani,—A hardy Sicilian plant,
with strap-shaped leaves 3 to 4 ins.
long, finely ciliated on the edges.
The blue flowers are borne in loose
racemes in May and June. (Bot,
Reg. t. 1878.)

S. festalis (S. nutans; Hyacinthus
non-scriptus).—This is the Common

We

Fic. 811.—Scilla festalis. (4.)
Bluebell or Wild Hyacinth of British

woods and copses. It has whitish
pear-shaped bulbs, deep shining green
leaves:9 to 18 ins, long, and racemes

415

SCILLA

of drooping bell-shaped blossoms from
April to June, and varying in colour
from bluish-purple to white or pink.

There are several varieties of the
Common Bluebell, such as alba,
white; rosea, rose-red; rubra, deep
red; bracteata, with long bracts
at base of pedicels ; and cernua, with
broader leaves and larger bright blue
flowers,

The Bluebell is an excellent plant
for naturalising purposes, and the
bulbs should be planted from 4 to 6
ins. deep early in autumn, and in
thousands for this purpose.

S. hispanica (S. campanulata).—
This is the beautiful'Spanish Bluebell

Fic. 312.—Seilla hispanica. (4.)

from the Iberian Peninsula, having
narrow strap-shaped leaves, and
blue bell - shaped flowers, borne in
May on slender scapes 12 to 18 ins,
high (Bot. Mag. t. 127).

There are several varieties, such as
alba, with beautiful white flowers,
and one of the best; aperta, blue

THE BULB BOOK

SCILLA

striped with white ; and others such as
Blue Queen, porcelain blue ; Hacelstor,
azure blue; cwrulea major, pale
blue, late flowering ; Rosalind, pink ;
rosea major, rose pink, large;
Riverslea, pale blue, early ; Sky Blue,
tall, self-blue, late ; etc.

S. hyacinthoides.—A pretty Squill
from 8.W. Europe, with leaves 12 to
18 ins. long, minutely ciliated on the
margins, The scapes are 1 to 2 ft,
high, and in April and May bear
from fifty to one hundred bluish-lilac
or gentian-blue, bell-shaped flowers,
(Bot. Mag. t. 1140.)

S. italica. — A charming Italian
bluebell with flaccid, strap - shaped
leaves 4 to 8 ins. long, and dense
racemes of blue flowers in April and
May (Bot. Mug. t. 663).

The variety purpurea has deeper
coloured flowers.

S. lancezefolia (Lachenalia lancee-
folia).-A 8. African species, with
leaves 4 to 6 ins. long, spotted on
the upper surface. The roundish
bell-shaped flowers, purple inside and
greenish outside, are borne in dense
clusters about April and May (Bot.
Mag. t. 643). Greenhouse,

S. laxifiora.—A 8. African species
with lance-shaped leaves, and green
flowers with purple filaments (Gard.
Chron. 1891, ix. 668).

S. leucophylla.—A very distinct
species from Persia, having bright
purple flowers tipped with green
(Gard. Chron. 1893, xiii. 506).

8. lilio-hyacinthus, — This fine
Pyrenean Squill has been known for
generations, but it is still rare in
gardens. It is easily recognised by
its rather large scaly bulbs, broad
bright green leaves, and its blue
starry flowers appearing in April
and May on stems about a foot high.
There is a still scarcer white-flowered
variety, albus.

S. messeniaca, from Greece, has

416

SCILLA

leaves 4 to 9 ins. long, $ to 1 in,
broad, and dense racemes of small
blue flowers with spreading segments
(Bot. Mag. t. 8035).

S. monophylla (S. pumila). — A
pretty Spanish Bluebell, having soli-
tary leaves 6 to 9 ins. long, and blne
or violet flowers in April and May,
borne in rather loose clusters (Bot.
Mag. t. 3023),

S, natalensis,—A rare species from
Natal, having strap-shaped lanceolate
leaves 8 to 12 ins. long, and spreading
conical trusses of pale yellow or
creamy flowers in April (Bot. Mag. t.
5379; Fl, d. Serr. t. 1043), Green-
house.

S. peruviana, the Cusan Lity.—
A native of the Mediterranean region,
and not of Cuba or Peru as might be
imagined from the names. It has
large whitish pear-shaped bulbs, and
rosettes of strap-shaped leaves 6 to 12
ins. long, fringed with white hairs.
The beautiful blue starry flowers are
borne in May and June, in dense,
broadly conical clusters often 6 ins.
across. (Bot. Mag. t. 749.)

The variety glabra has lilac flowers
and leaves without hairy margins ;
and alba has white flowers.

The bulbs of this species should be
planted from 4 to 6 ins. deep in
warm and sheltered spots. In severe
winters they should be protected with
some litter or bracken.

S. pratensis.—A Dalmatian species
with narrow leaves 6 to 12 ins. long,
and clusters of blue bell-shaped
flowers in April and May (Bot. Reg.
1839, t. 63).

S. puschkinioides.—A pretty little
Squill from Turkestan, having narrow
leaves and trusses of erect starry pale
blue flowers in April and May
(Gartenfl. 1051, f. 1).

8. sibirica (S. ameena sibirica; S.
amoenula),—A well-known and popu-
lar Siberian Squill, having ovoid

417

THE BULB BOOK

SCILLA

bulbs, lance-shaped channelled leaves
4 to 6 ins, long, and loose racemes of
drooping starry bell-shaped flowers,
varying from light porcelain blue to
deep blue, with a deeper coloured
central line (Bot, Afag. tt. 1025, 2408).

Fic. 313.—Scilla sibirica.

(2)

There are a few varieties of which
alba is pure white and charming ;
amenua is dwarfer than the type,
and produces its brighter blue flowers
earlier in the year; the variety mute-
flora has more flowers than in the
type ; and /zlacina has lavender-tinted
blossoms.

The Siberian Squill flowers as early
as February, and is particularly valu-
able for planting beneath early-
flowering deciduous trees and shrubs ;
as well as for the rockery and flower-
border or greenhouse decoration,

S. socialis,— A very rare species
from Natal, flowering about Novem-
ber in a state of cultivation.

S. villosa,—A rare Moroccan species,
with leaves 3 to 6 ins. long, ciliated
2D

SINNINGIA

on the edges, and sparsely hairy on
the under-surface. The blue starry
flowers appear in corymb like
clusters in spring (Bot, Mag. t. 3211).

SINNINGIA (after Wm. Sinning,
gardener at the University of Bonn).
Nat. Ord. Gesneracez.—This genus
has already been referred to as hav-
ing been confused with the genus
Guoxinta, Although closely related,
the two genera are kept distinct
botanically. The Sinningzus proper
are all natives of Brazil, and are
herbaceous plants with tuberous root-
stocks, large opposite long-stalked,
softly hairy leaves, and flowers borne
singly or in clusters from the leaf-
axils. The corolla is tubular, bell-
shaped, inflated at the base, and
obliquely five-lobed.

There are about sixteen species
altogether, requiring precisely the
same cultural treatment as described
for the Gloxinias at p. 257. Among
the best-known kinds are :—

S. Caroline (Zapeinotes Caroline).
—With oblong lance - shaped leaves
and white flowers marked inside with
red (Bot, Mag. t. 5623).

S. concinna (Stenogastra concinna).
—A charming little species, having
small tubers and roundish oval deeply
crenulate leaves, and drooping tubular
inflated flowers purplish above, yellow
beneath, and spotted with purple
within (Bot. Mag. t. 5258).

S. Helleri (S. velutina).—A species
with oval oblong velvety leaves 4 to 6
ins. long, and white flowers having
red spots on a greenish throat (Bot.
Mag. 4212; Bot. Reg. t. 997).

S. hirsuta (Gloxima hirsuta).—
This species has broadly oval heart-
shaped leaves, deeply crenated on
the margins and purplish beneath.
Corolla bluish - lilac, spotted with
purple within. (Bot. Mag. t. 2690;
Bot, Reg, t. 1004.)

THE BULB BOOK

SISYRINCHLUM

8. speciosa.—The typical species
has already been described and com-
mented upon under GLoxINIA at
p. 257. It has been figured in the
Bot. Mag. t. 1987; Bot. Reg. iii. t.
213; xxx. t. 48; and its variety
albiflora, with white flowers, in Bot,
Mag. t. 3206; the variety caulescens,
with large leaves, in Bot. Reg. t. 1127 ;
and the large-leaved variety macro-
phylla, with white veins, in the Bot,
Mag. t. 3934; in both publications
as Gloxinia, Under this name the
innumerable garden forms are still
known, and probably will continue to
be so for several generations.

The variety Menziestcana has a
large calyx with long hairy segments,
and a large violet corolla heavily
spotted with red (Bot. May. t.
3943),

8. velutina has oval roundish
crenulate leaves with purplish veins ;
funnel- or bell-shaped corolla, and
pale greenish flowers (Lodd, Bot,
Cab, t. 1898).

S, villosa has oblong oval, pointed,
crenulate leaves, and greenish-yellow
flowers (Bot. Reg. t. 1134),

S. Youngeana, said to be a hybrid
between S. spectosa and 8. velutina,
has violet or purple flowers, yellowish-
white at the base, spotted in the
throat (Bot. Mag. t. 3954).

SISYRINCHIUM (sys, a pig;
rynchos, a snout ; in reference to pigs
grubbing out the root-stocks), Nat.
Ord. Irideze.—There are about sixty
species known, but comparatively few
are of a garden value. Many of them
are quite hardy, but a few are tender.
They all flourish in a light rich soil of
peat, loam, and sand in about equal
proportions, and may be increased by
division of the root-stocks in autumn,
Although usually classed with bulbous
plants, there are practically neither
rhizomes, tubers, or bulbs in the genus,

418

SISYRINCHIUM

although the plants have a Leek-like
base.

The following are some of the best-
known kinds :—

S. angustifolium (S. gramineum),
—This native of the United States
and Mexico is now naturalised in
boggy parts of Western Ireland and
in New Zealand. It has winged
stems, narrow leaves, and violet
flowers yellow at the base of the
oboval and distinctly mucronulate

segments. (Bot, Mag. t. 464; Fed.
Lil, t, 282.)
S. Bermudiana, — A native of

Bermuda, 6 to 12 ins. high, with
flattened broadly winged stems,
narrow leaves, and sky-blue flowers
in June and July (Bot. Mag. t. 94).
This species requires to be grown in a
greenhouse or frame.

S. californicum (Marica califor-
nica). — A half-hardy Californian
plant with uniform yellow flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 983), Greenhouse or
frame,

8, chilense.—A native of Brazil, 9
to 18 ins. high, with narrow sword-
shaped leaves, and lilac flowers,
yellow at the base of the segments
(Bot. Mag. t. 2786). Greenhouse.

S. filifolium.—A rush-like species
from the Falkland Islands, 6 to 12
ins, high, the roundish leafless stems
bearing clusters of pure white bell-
shaped flowers at the top (Bot. dag.
t. 6829), Greenhouse.

S. graminifolium, — A Chilian
species, 12 to 18 ins. high, with
winged stems, narrow grass - like
leaves and yellow flowers (/ot. Reg.
t. 1067). The variety maculatum has
the base of the floral segments
spotted with blood red (Bot. Mag. t.
3197). Greenhouse.

8. grandiflorum,—This is the best-
known species of all, and is popularly
known as the “Spring Satan Flower.”
It isa native of N. America, and is

THE BULB BOOK

SPARAXIS

a beautiful hardy perennial with a
somewhat creeping root-stock, erect
narrow pointed leaves 6 to 8 ins, long,
and drooping, dark purple, bell-
shaped flowers in May and June (Bot.
Mag. t. 3509; Bot. Reg. t. 1364).
The variety album has white flowers,

This species is quite hardy, and
should be planted in bold masses in
the border or rockery for effect.

S. iridifolium (S. laxum). — This
species grows wild from Brazil to
Chili, and is 12 to 18 ins, high,
having narrow sword-like leaves cili-
ated on the margins, and yellowish-
white flowers veined with brown (Bot.
Mag. t. 2319; Bot. Reg. t. 646,
as Marica). Greenhouse.

8S. micranthum, —- This Tropical
American plant is now naturalised in
parts of Australia. It has flexuose
stems, bract-like leaves, and small
pale yellow flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
2116). Greenhouse.

S. striatum (Marica striata),—A
Chilian species, 1 to 2 ft. high, having
narrow distichous leaves, and pale
yellow flowers striped with brown
(Bot. Mag. t. 701). Greenhouse or
frame.

S. tenuifolium.—A Mexican plant
having two-edged stems, narrow
pointed leaves with roughish margins,
and pale yellow flowers (Bot. Mag.
tt. 2117, 2318).

SPARAXIS (sparasso, to tear; in
allusion to the torn spathes). Nat.
Ord. Iridez.—This genus contains
about half a dozen species of graceful
bulbous plants, having bell-shaped
flowers cut into six more or less equal
segments,

The species are all natives of 8.
Africa, and may be regarded as fairly
hardy in the milder parts of the
Kingdom. In other localities they
are best grown in a frame or green-
house, and generally speaking may be

419

SPREKELIA

treated like the Ixras, They like
warm, sheltered spots, well-drained
sandy soil, and should be planted in
large clumps to secure an effect. The
best way to increase them is by off-
sets from the older bulbs when the
leaves have died down.

S. bulbifera (Lata bulbifera)-—A
pretty species 6 to 12 ins. high, with
two-ranked lance-shaped leaves, and
yellow bell-shaped flowers, having
the spathes striped with purple -at
the tips (Bot. Mag. t. 545; Red.
Lil. t. 128). Best grown in frame or
greenhouse,

8. grandiflora,—aA fine species 1 to
2 ft. high, with lance-shaped pointed
leaves, and deep violet-purple flowers
in April and May, the wedged-shaped
segments often having a deeper
coloured blotch at the base (Bot.
Mag. tt. 779, 541, Lata.)

There are several varieties of this
species, one called Jil/ago, having
white flowers; another /ineata, with
yellow flowers lined and washed with
rose ; and stellaris, a fine purple.

S. pulcherrima is now known as
DreramMa—which see.

S. tricolor.—This species resembles
S. grandiflora in appearance, but has
rich orange-red flowers with a yellow
centre, and a purple-brown blotch at
the base of the segments (Bot. Mag.
tt. 381 (Ixia), 1482).

There are several varieties, such as
blanda, white, suffused with red and
yellow; Griffini, yellow tipped with
violet-purple ; and versicolor, bright
purple with a yellow blotch at the
base.

SPREKELIA (after Dr Sprekel, a
German botanist). Nat. Ord.Amaryl-
lider. — The only species in this
genus is—

8. formosissima (Amaryllis formo-
sissima), JACoBHA Lity.—A distinct
and beautiful plant from Guatemala

THE BULB BOOK

STENOMESSON

and Mexico, having bulbs about 2
ins, thick, narrow strap-shaped leaves
12 to 18 ins. long, and bright crimson
irregular wavy flowers, each about
6 ins. across, borne on stems 6 to 12
ins. high. The three upper segments
of the perianth are distinctly clawed,
the middle one being broader than
the others, while the three other seg-
ments droop (Bot. Mag. t. 47).

There are varieties such as glauca,
with glaucous leaves and _ paler
flowers; Karwinskt, in which the
petals are keeled and edged with
white; and ringens, in which the
upper petal is striped at the base and
centre with yellow.

The Jacobeea Lily if planted in the
outside border about May will flower
in the open air during the summer
months, The bulbs, however, should
be taken up in the autumn and stored
till the following spring. Generally
speaking, it is too tender for open-air
treatment altogether except in the
very mildest parts of the Kingdom.
It may, however, be easily grown in
a greenhouse in a compost of rich
sandy loam, with a little peat or leaf-
soil, and some old cow-manure. The
plants are increased by offsets from
the old bulbs.

STENOMESSON (stenos, narrow;
messon, the middle ; the fiowers being
contracted in the middle). Nat. Ord.
Amaryllidese.—A genus containing
about a dozen species of pretty
bulbous planis, all natives of the
Andes of Peru and Ecuador, at an
altitude of 8000 to 13,000 ft, The
leaves are narrow, strap-shaped, or
lance-shaped, and the flowers (few or
many) are borne in an umbel on top
of a scape. The perianth is funnel-
shaped, often somewhat contracted
from the base to the middle.

These bulbous plants, if not alto-
gether hardy, except in the most

420

DLENUMESSON

favoured parts of the United
Kingdom, are easily grown in frames
or greenhouses. The bulbs should
be planted or potted up in February
or March in a well-mixed compost of
sandy loam, leaf-mould, and a little
cow-manure, any offsets from the old
bulbs being detached at the time to
increase the stock. During growth a
fair amount of water will be necessary,
and the plants when in blossom should
be shaded from the burning rays of
thesun. During the winter period the
bulbs require a rest, and may be kept
quite dry in the old soil, When
growth recommences they should be
shaken out of the old mould and
potted up afresh,

S. aurantiacum (S. Hartwegi).—
The roundish bulbs of this species
are about 1 in. through, and the
bright orange funnel-shaped flowers
appear in summer on scapes 1 to 14
ft. high, before the narrow leaves
appear (Bot. Reg. 1844, t. 42; Rev.
Hort, 1883, t. 396).

S. coccineum (Coburgia coccinea).—
The ovoid bulbs are about 13 ins. in
diameter, and the bright green leaves
about a foot long are developed after
the bright red flowers (Ref. Bot. t.
309 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3865).

The variety breviforum has paler
red flowers, and lance-shaped leaves.

S. croceum,—The bulbs and leaves
as in the other species, Flowers four
to six in an umbel, pale yellow, cylin-
drical, suddenly dilated at the middle.
(Red, Lil, t. 187, as Pancratium).

S. flavum (Chrysiphiala flava).—
This species has oblanceolate leaves a
foot long and an inch broad, and the
flowers are bright yellow 1} to 2 ins.
long (Bot. Mag. t. 2641; Bot. Reg. t.
978).

The variety latifolium (or S. vitel-
linum) has orange-yellow flowers, with
an entire tooth between each stamen
filament (Bot. Mag. t. 3803; Hot.

THE BULB BOOK

STENOMESSON

Reg. 1843, t. 2). The variety curvi-
dentatum has golden-yellow flowers
greenish at the base, with a bifid
tooth between each stamen filament
(Bot, May. +. 2640).

S. humile (Coburgia humilis),—
This species has erect orange-red
flowers 2} ins. long, borne singly on
a very short scape about March and
April (Ref. Bot. sub t. 308; Pot.
Reg, 1842, t. 46).

S. incarnatum.—The long-necked
roundish bulbs are 2 to 3 ins, in
diameter, and the strap-shaped leaves
1 to 14 ft. long and an inch broad,

Fia. 814.—Stenomesson incarnatum.

appear at the same time as the pale
or bright red flowers, which are 2 to
3 ins. long, and borne on top of a
scape 14 to 2 ft. high (Ref. Bot. sub
t. 308; Gartenfl. t. 1147; Ill. Hort.
1891, 123; Garden, 1896, i. t. 1076 ;
Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard, ser, ii, t. 17).
There are several varieties, such as
fulvum (or Coburgia fulva), brownish-
yellow (Bot, Mag. t. 3221; Bot. Reg
t. 1497); trichkromum (Coburgia),

491

STENOMESSON

scarlet with distinct green stripes on
the segments (Bot. Mag. tt. 3867,
5686 ; Rev, Hort, 1890, t. 108) ; verse-
color, varying from scarlet to pale
brown (Bot, Reg, xxviii. t. 66).

Fic. 815.—Stenomesson incarnatum trichromum.

8. luteo-viride.—This species has
round bulbs 3 ins, through, leaves a
foot long and 1 to 1} ins. broad, de-
veloped in April and May at the
same time as the flowers, the latter
being primrose-yellow tipped with
green, and 2 to 23 ins; long (ot.
Mag. t. 6508).

S. Pearcei—Bulbs ovoid, 2 ins.
through, long-necked. Leaves lance-
shaped, a foot long, developed after
the pale yellow funnel-shaped flowers,
which are borne on scapes 2 to 3 ft.
high. (Ref, Bot. t. 308.)

S. recurvatum.—The bulbs are 1
to 14 ins. in diameter, the narrow
leaves are about 1 ft. long, and the
reddish-yellow flowers, 2 to 2% ins,

THE BULB BOOK

STERNBERGIA

long, are borne on scapes 1 to 14 ft.
high (Ref, Bot, sub t. 308).

S. suspensum,—Bulbs ovoid 1 to
14 ins. through ; leaves narrow lance-
shaped about 1 ft. long. Flowers
drooping, 1 to 14 ins. long, bright
scarlet. (Ref. Bot, t, 22.)

S. viridiflorum (Callithawuma viridt-
florum). — The cylindrical - necked,
ovoid bulbs are 1} to 2 ins, in diameter,
and the leaves are about 1 in. broad.
The flowers with a curved tube 2 ins,
long, are entirely green, and are borne
on scapes 13 to 2 ft. high (Bot. Mag.
t. 3866, 2), The variety angustifolium
has narrower leaves (Bot. Mag. t.
3866, b); and the variety ZLlwest has
the staminal cup deeply six-cleft, its
lobes quadrate and emarginate.

STERNBERGIA (after Count Stern-
berg, a German botanist), Nat, Ord.
Amaryllidew.—The Sternbergias are
charming little plants with long-
necked bulbs, strap-shaped leaves,
and bright yellow, erect, funnel -
shaped flowers. They are perfectly
hardy, and will flourish in any good
garden soil that has been deeply dug,
and is of a more or less gritty nature.
When grown in bold masses in the
rock-garden, shrubbery, grassland, or
flower-border, they are wonderfully
effective, the bright golden-yellow of
the blossoms being in striking con-
trast to the foliage. They are easily
increased by offsets, but the bulbs
should never be disturbed until the
leaves have completely withered.
The bulbs vary from } to 1 in, in
diameter in S. colchiciflora, to 2 ins.
in S. lutea, and should therefore be
planted from 3 or 4 to 6 ins. deep.

S. colchiciflora,—A very old garden
plant, native of S. Europe and Asia
Minor, having narrow leaves 3 to 4
ins. long in spring, at the same
time as the seed-pods are ripening,
The pale yellow sweet-scented flowers

422

STERNBERGIA

over 1} ins, long, appear in autumn.
(Bot, Reg. t. 2008.)

8, Fischeriana,— This is a fine
Caucasian species, remarkable for
its large yellow Crocus-like flowers
being produced in spring instead of
autumn. In other respects it closely
resembles S. Jutea. (Bot. Mag. t.
7331; Garten/i. t. 576.)

S. lutea (Amaryllis lutea).—This
species extends on both sides of the
Mediterranean to Syria and Persia,
and is popularly known as _ the
“Winter Daffodil” and the “ Yellow
Star Flower.” It is also supposed to
be the “Lily of the Field” alluded to

Fic. 316.—Sternbergia macrantha. (3.)

in the Scriptures, and has been
cultivated for at least three hundred
years in Britain. The large bright
yellow flowers, over 2 ins, long, appear
in September and October, nestling
amongst the leaves, which are about
1 ft. long and 4 in. broad. (Bot,

THE BULB BOOK

STRICKLANDIA

Mag. t. 290; Red, Lil, t. 418;
Garden, 1887, i. t. 602.)

There are several varieties, such as
angustifolia, with narrower leaves
and smaller flowers; major, with
broader leaves and larger flowers ;
greca, with very short leaves and
flower-stems ; and sicula, with large
flowers, having narrower and more
pointed petals,

S, macrantha,—A fine species from
the mountains of Asia Minor, having
grey-green leaves fully developed in
June, while the bright yellow flowers,
larger than those of S. lutea, are
not produced until September and
October (Bot. May. t. 7459).

STRICKLANDIA (after Sir Chas.
Strickland, a keen amateur grower of

Fic. $17.—Stricklandia eucrosioides,

bulbous and other plants, born 1819,
died 1909).—A genus with only one
species—

S. eucrosioides (Leperiza eucro-
stoides ; Stenomesson Stricklandi).—A

423

STRUMARIA

native of the Andes of Ecuador,
having ovoid bulbs 2 ins. in diameter,
bearing two thin oblong leaves 6 to 9
ins. long, with a petiole shorter than
the blade. The pure white funnel-
shaped flowers are borne on a slender
roundish scape about 1 ft. high, The
sketch was made from a plant that
flowered in the collection of Mr A.
Worsley, an ardent bulb-grower, at
Mandeville House, Isleworth, about
ten years ago. This plant flourishes
in a greenhouse in sandy loam and
leaf-mould. (Gard. Chron. 1878, i.
170; 1882, ii, 102.)

STRUMARIA (struma, a tubercle ;
the style being enlarged at the base),
Nat. Ord, Amaryllidee.—A small
genus of South African bulbous
plants, having narrow strap-shaped
leaves, and funnel-shaped flowers
divided into oblanceolate segments,
borne in umbels.

These little-known bulbs may be
grown in cold frames or greenhouses,
or in the open air in the very mildest
parts of the Kingdom, The tunicated
bulbs vary from 4% in. to 13 ins. in
diameter, and the flowers are usually
borne in April, May, and June. The
best-known kinds are S. angustifolia,
S. rubella, S. truncata, and S, wundu-
lata, all with pinkish flowers, the
last - named species having wavy
lance-shaped segments (Jacq. Ic. ii.
t. 360). The species were formerly
mixed up with the HEsszas.

SYMPHYTUM (sumphuo, to make
unite; in reference to the healing
qualities). Nat Ord. Boraginese.—
This genus contains about sixteen
species, including the well - known
“Comfrey” (S. officinale), but the
only species with a tuberous root-
stock is—

S. tuberosum,—A British plant, 1
to 2 ft. high, also native of Central
Europe, having short, thickish, hori-

THE bULD BUUL

SYNANDROSPADLX

zontal rhizomes, hairy stems and
leaves, and yellowish, drooping,
tubular flowers in June and July,
This plant flourishes in any damp
garden soil, and may be grown in
rough places unsuitable for choicer
subjects.

SYMPLOCARPUS (symploke, re-
union ; karpos, a fruit; in reference
to the cohesion of the ovaries into
a compound fruit) Nat. Ord.
Aroideze.—The following is the only
species :—

S. fotidus (Pothos foetidus).—This
is the Meadow or Skunk Cabbage of
N. America, N.E. Asia, and Japan.
It is a vigorous - growing bog or
marsh plant with thickish root-stocks,
and grows 1 ft. or more high, having
large, thickish, oval heart-shaped
leaves 1 to 2 ft. long. The flowers
are borne on a violet spadix, which
is enclosed by an arching spathe
striped and spotted with purple and
yellowish-green. (Bot. Mag. t. 836.)

This plant is perfectly hardy in the
milder parts of the Kingdom, and
may be grown in the same way as
Lysichitum, to which it is closely
related. It is easily increased by
division of the root-stocks.

SYNANDROSPADIX (syn, together;
aner, anther; spadix, a club). Nat.
Ord. Aroidez.

S. vermitoxicus.—A rare aroid from
Tucuman, having a tuberous root-
stock with large annual leaves which
are hastate, green, and very fleshy.
The scape is about a foot high, and
bears an open ovate spathe 6 ins.
long and 4 ins. wide, grey - green
outside, flesh-coloured inside, The
spadix, about 6 ins. long, is covered
with flowers. (Bot. Mag. t. 7242.)

This plant may be grown in the
same way as recommended for Amor-
phophallus.

424

SYRINGODEA

SYRINGODEA (syringodes, fistular ;
in allusion to the slender perianth-
tube). Nat. Ord. Irideze.—Out of the
seven species in this genus the only
one worth notice is—

S, pulchella,—A pretty little South
African plant with roundish bulbs
about 3 in. thick, sickle - shaped
bristle-like leaves, 3 to 4 ins, long,
and pale purple cylindrical flowers in
autumn, with deeply lobed wedge-
shaped segments (Bot. Mag. t. 6072 ;
Fl, d. Serr. t. 2096).

This species may be grown in a
frame or cool greenhouse in a compost
of rich sandy soil, and to secure an
effect several little bulbs should be
planted together in a pot or pan.
The plants may be increased by
offsets,

TACCA (the Malayan name). Nat.
Ord. Taccacee.—This genus, known
formerly as ATaccrIA, comprises about
nine species of stove plants with
tuberous root-stocks, leaves simple
or much divided, flowers regular,
borne in umbels with several large,
more or less ornamental leafy bracts,
and numerous drooping, thread-like,
sterile blossoms.

T. artocarpifolia.— A remarkable
tuberous-rooted plant from Mada-
gascar. It bears about three leaves
with brown stalks, 2 ft. long, stout,
cylindric, the blade being 2 to 3 ft.
across, and cut into three main lobes,
which are again much divided.
Numerous flowers are borne on
thickish brown scapes 5 to 6 ft.
high, the sterile ones being drooping
and thread-like, the fertile ones being
globular, greenish with a brown base.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6124.)

T. Chantrieri.—This resembles 7.
eristata, but differs in being much
larger in every way, and in having
more numerous long-stalked flowers.

T. cristata (7. Raflesiana).—A fine

THE BULB BOOK

TACCA

species from the Malayan Archipelago,
having conical tuberous root-stocks,
oblong pointed leaves purplish at the
base, and numerous deep purple
flowers, the sterile ones being droop-
ing and cord-like, the fertile ones
with six lobes in two pairs with a
greenish centre (Bot. Mag. t. 4589),

Fia. 318.—Tuace acristata. (4.)

T, integrifolia—A native of the
East Indies, with a tuberous root-
stock, ovate, lance -shaped, entire
leaves with brown stalks, and six-
lobed greenish-purple flowers, sub-
tended by large leafy purple-veined
spathes (Bot. Mag. t. 1488).

T, oceanica (7. pinnatifida)—A
Polynesian species, having turnip-
like root-stocks, three-lobed leaves
with segments deeply divided and
cut, and clusters of green flowers with
leafy bracts on top of a stoutish
scape (Bot. Mag. tt. 7299, 7300).

These wonderful and curious look-
ing plants are easily grown in a
compost of sandy loam and leaf-soil,
and require abundance of heat and
moisture, especially during active
growth. The plants may be syringed

425

TAMUS

freely, and thus kept clean until the
flowers begin to appear. They are
increased by offsets which are
produced sparingly from the sides
of the thickish root-stock. The
offsets should be placed singly in 4-
or 5-in. pots, These should be well
drained with plenty of crocks at the
bottom, and a compost of fibrous
loam, peat, and coarse sand in about
equal proportions should be used,
The offsets should be placed in a
propagating frame, and a bottom heat
of 70° F. should be maintained. The
atmosphere should be kept fairly
moist, but not too much go, as the
offsets are liable to rot away. Ina
few weeks they will be well rooted,
and may then be exposed to more
light and air. During the summer
months, the plants, young or old,
should be shaded from very strong
sunshine, As the plants increase in
size, they may be potted on each year
into slightly larger pots than before.

TAMUS (name obscure, used by
Pliny). Nat. Ord. Dioscoreacea.—The
only species worthy of note is—

T, communis, popularly known as
“Black Bryony,” “Lady Seal,” and
“Murrain Berry.” It grows wild in
the copses and hedges in parts of
England, and has black pear-shaped
fleshy root-stocks, from which arise
slender, climbing, angular stems
several feet in length. The beautiful
ovate, heart-shaped, tapering leaves
are 3 to 6 ins. long, and are remark-
able for having netted veins —an
unusual feature amongst Monocotyle-
donous plants. The small greenish-
white flowers appear in May and
June, and are succeeded by oblong
red berries, $ in. long in autumn.

This is really an excellent plant for
trailing over arches, trellises, old
hedges, etc., and will flourish in any
garden soil in partially shaded spots.

THE BULB BOOK

TECOPHILAA

It may be increased by careful
division of the root-stocks, or from
seeds.

This plant, although known as the
“Black Bryony,” must not be confused
with the Common Bryony (Bryonia
dioica), described at p. 118.

TECOPHILAIA (after Tecophilo, a
daughter of Bertero). Nat. Ord.
Hemodoracesee. — The best - known
member of this genus is—

T, eyanocrocus. — A charming
Chilian perennial 6 to 9 ins. high,
having fibrous - coated corms, and
linear, channelled, wavy leaves, The
sweet - scented, six - parted flowers

Fic. 319.—Tecophilea cyanocrocus.

appear in March and April in loose
trusses, and are of a bright gentian-
blue colour with a white centre. The
variety Letchtlint has deeper blue
flowers without a white centre; and
the variety Regeld has narrower leaves
and petals than the type. (Gartenj.
t. 718.)

This pretty plant, unfortunately, is
only fairly hardy in the milder parts
of the Kingdom. At the base of a
south wall, the corms may be planted

426

TESTUDINARIA

from 6 to 9 ins, deep in a compost of
well-drained sandy peat and leaf-
mould. In very wet or severe
winters, the dormant corms should
be protected with a little litter or
bracken, or old lights. When grown
in pots, the plants are charming for
cool greenhouse decoration, but the
corms need not be buried more than
2 or 3 ins. in the soil. During
vigorous growth plenty of water may
be given, but the supply should be
gradually diminished as the autumn
approaches, and the plants show signs
of resting. The plants are increased
by offsets at planting time, or by
seeds sown in pots under glass when
thoroughly ripe.

TESTUDINARIA (testudo, a tor-
toise, the markings on the hard
tuber resembling those on the shell
of a tortoise). Nat. Ord. Dios-
coreacee.—The best known of the
two species in this genus is—

T, elephantipes (Jamus elephan-
tipes)—A singular-looking South
African plant popularly known as
“Elephant’s Foot,” Hottentot Bread,”
and “Tortoise Plant.” It has a large
woody tuberous root-stock, sometimes
as much as a yard in diameter,
marked very much like a tortoise’s
body, and giving rise to slender
climbing branching stems, sometimes
30 to 40 ft. long, and furnished with
broadly heart-shaped or kidney-
shaped leaves with netted veins.
The greenish-yellow flowers are
small and bell-shaped, the staminate
(male), and pistillate (female), being
borne on separate plants. (Dot.
Reg. t. 921; Bot, Mag. t. 1347.)

This extraordinary plant is more
of a vegetable curiosity than any-
thing else in greenhouses. It may
be seen growing in the Succulent
House at Kew, flourishing in a com-
post of sandy loam and mortar

THE BULB BOOK

THLADIANTHA

rubble, requiring just enough heat
in winter to keep the frost away
from it, When seeds can be pro-
cured, plants may be easily raised
from them, by sowing in sandy loam
and leaf-soil in a temperature of
60° to 65° F, When the young
plants are well established, with
stems 6 to 9 ins, high, they may be
potted up separately in small pots
in a similar compost, and grown on
from year to year,

THALICTRUM (thallo, to grow
green ; in reference to the colour of
the young shoots) Mrapow RUvE.
Nat. Ord. Ranunculacee.—Of the
fifty species in this genus, there are
a few with tuberous root-stocks.

T, anemonoides (Anemone thalic-
trotdes).—A pretty North American
hardy perennial about 6 ins. high,
with clusters of thickened tuberous
roots and twice- or thrice-ternate
leaves, having long-stalked three-
lobed leaflets. The white flowers,
with protruding yellow stamens,
appear in April and May. (Bot.
Mag. t. 866.) The variety flore pleno
has small double flowers.

T. tuberosum,—A Spanish Meadow
Rue, about 12 ins, high, with knotty
root-stocks, twice- or thrice-pinnate
leaves, and corymbs of white flowers
in June.

These two species flourish in
partial shade in a nook in the rock-
garden, and like a moist peaty soil. |
They may be increased by careful
division of the root-stocks in early
autumn, or by seeds. The latter
method is often considered best, as
the root-stocks, if divided roughly,
often take a long time to recover.

THLADIANTHA (thladias, com-
pressed ; anthos, 1 Hower—the first
description of the plant is said to
have been from a dried specimen).

427

THLADIANTHA

Nat. Ord. Cucurbitacese.—The best
known member of the genus is—

T, dubia.—A native of India and
China, having swollen tuberous
roots and climbing stems 12 to 20
ft. long, furnished with pretty heart-
shaped hairy leaves, The yellow
flowers are freely produced during
the summer months, and in the case
of the female plants are succeeded
in autumn by bright red downy
fruits about the size and shape of
a hen’s egg. (Bot. Mag. t. 5469.)
ei
(Ae!

a

Fia. 320.—Thladiantha dubia, seedlings.

This species will grow well in the
open air if planted against a south
wall in the Midlands, or in any
position in the mildest parts of the
Kingdom. To secure a good supply
of the bright red fruits, it must be
remembered that the plant is dic-
cious—that is, the male and female
flowers are borne on distinct and
separate plants. Of course both
kinds should be grown, as it is
essential to have the pollen from the
stamens of one plant to fertilise the
pistils of the other. The plants may
be increased by division of the root-
stocks in spring, and from seeds
sown under glass,

T, Oliveri.—This is a much finer
and more vigorous plant than 7’.
dubia, but has no tubers. The
stems are 30 ft. long, the leaves are
larger, and the flowers more numerous.
(Rev. Hort. 1903, 472, f. 194.)

THE BULB BOOK

TIGRIDIA
THOMSONIA (after Dr A. JT.
Thomson, 1778-1849). Nat. Ord,

Aroides.—A genus containing only
two or three species of tuberous-
rooted stove plants, closely related to
Amorphophallus and requiring the
same treatment, The species known
are T, Hookeri, and T. nepalensis,
the latter from the Himalayas, hav-
ing a large tuberous root-stock, an
annual leaf 2 ft. high, with a trisected
pinnatifid blade 2 ft. across, and an
erect scape 4 ft. high, bearing a
greenish-yellow boat-shaped spathe
nearly a foot long, and an erect
yellow spadix nearly as long as the
spathe, (Dot. Mag. t. 7342.)

TIGRIDIA (tigris, a tiger; evdos,
like; in reference to the spotted
flowers), TicER Firowrer. Nat. Ord.

Fic. 321.—Tigridia, bulb and section.

Tridee.—A genus containing about
ten species of herbaceous plants,
with ovoid bulb-like corms covered
with brown and membranous coats,
and having plaited leaves, and more
or less heavily spotted cup-like Howers,
with three broad outer petals and
three much smaller inner ones, Fila-
ments united to the top in a long
cylindrical column.

The Tiger Howers, being mostly

428

TIGRIDIA

natives of Mexico and Peru, are not
strictly hardy in the British Islands.
They may, however, be grown with
considerable success south of the
Thames, and in all favoured localities
in the open air; and the bulbs may
be even left in the ground during
the winter months if protected from
severe frosts and cold drenching
rains, They may be planted out in
April or May, 3 to 6 ins, deep, on
a south border made up of rich
sandy loam, and leaf-mould or well-
rotted manure. The plants like

Fic. 322.—Tigridia Povonia, var. (3.)

plenty of moisture during the
summer months when in full growth,
and enjoy a good mulching or top-
dressing of old cow-manure which
keeps the soil damp during hot
seasons, Occasional waterings with
liquid manure, especially when the
plants are coming into blossom, will
impart vigour to the trusses and
brilliancy to the flowers. The

THE BULB BOOK

TIGRIDIA

simplest way to increase the stock
is to detach offsets when lifting the
bulbs in autumn, or when replanting
in spring. When the bulbs are taken
up at the end of the flowering season,
they should be stored in sand, dry
soil, or coco-nut fibre, and kept in a
frost-proof place.

Notwithstanding the somewhat
fleeting character of the individual
blossoms, the Tiger flowers if planted
in bold masses make a brilliant and
rather unique display of colour, and
the quaint structure and markings
of the {lowers always attract attention.
Each day sees a fresh supply of
blossoms taking the place of those
that have already faded. Some of
the species mentioned below are
best grown in frames or greenhouses,
and these are specially noted, as well
as those species natives of Peru.

T. atrata.—A Mexican species
about 2 ft. high, with lance-shaped
plaited leaves, and purple-brown
flowers with green claws.

T, buccifera.—This species grows
about a foot high, and has yellowish-
green flowers, spotted with purple at
the base, the three outer oboval seg-
ments being also purple (Gard. and
For, 1889, f. 125). Frame or green-
house.

T, curvata.—A little-known species,
about a foot high, with yellowish
flowers spotted with purple, the
narrower inner segments being
reddish-brown, the claw being dotted
with blackish purple. Frame or
greenhouse.

T, lutea.—A Peruvian species,
under a foot high, having sweet-
scented pale yellow flowers obscurely
spotted (Bot. Mag. t. 6295).

T Meleagris (Hydrotenia Mele-
agris).—A distinct-looking species,
1 to 14 ft. high, remarkable for hav-
ing a cluster of several flowers
emerging from the spathe. These

429

TRICHOPUS

are drooping, broadly bell-shaped,
purplish edged with yellow, and
spotted with purple. (Bot. Reg.
XXviii. t. 39.)

T, Pavonia (Ferraria Pavonia; F.
Tigridia)—This is the well-known
“Peacock Tiger Flower” of Mexico.
It has forked leafy stems 1 to 2
ft, high, plaited leaves 12 to 18 ins,
long, and flowers about 6 ins. across,
the outer segments being violet at
the base, scarlet at the tips, and with
zones of yellow blotched with purple.
(Bot. Mag. t. 5382; Red. Lil. t. 6;
And, Bot, Rep, t. 178.)

There are several varieties, the
best being alba, pure white spotted
with purple; aurea, yellow ; conchi-
Jlora, yellow blotched with purple ;
grandiflora, a fine large - Howered
form; and several others differing
merely in shades of colour.

T. Pringlei.—This grows 1 to 2 ft.
high, and has winged, plaited leaves,
and shallow cup-like flowers of a
brilliant scarlet blotched with
crimson (Bot. Mag. t. 7089). Frame
or greenhouse.

T, Van Houttei.—This grows 2 to
3 ft, high, and produces bell-shaped
yellow flowers, having a large purple
blotch at the base of the outer seg-
segments (Jl, d. Serr. t. 2174).

T, violacea.—This has forked
branches about a foot high, and
narrow leaves about a foot long.
The drooping flowers are violet, the
outer petals being rosy-purple, with
a white claw spotted with purple.
(Bot. Mag. t. 7356; £1, d. Serr.
t. 998.)

TRICHOPUS (érichos, a hair; pus,
a foot ; in reference to slender stems).
Nat. Ord. Dioscoreaceze—The only
species: is—-

T, zeylanicus, a native of India
and Ceylon, being a dwarf plant with
a woody root-stock from which arise

THE BULB BUUK

TRICYRTIS

numerous short wiry three-angled
stems, each bearing a heart-shaped
lanceolate leaf 2% ins. long, and
several star-shaped purple flowers on
slender stalks, The fruits are three-
angled, winged. (/ot. Mag. t. 7350.)
This plant may be grown in rich
loamy soil in the stove house.

TRICYRTIS (trevs, three; hyrtos,
convex, gibbous; alluding to the
three outer segments of the perianth
having sac-like bases). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—A small genus of perennial '
plants with short creeping root-stocks,
and tall stems furnished with ovate or
oblong, nearly stalkless and stem-
clasping leaves. The bell-shaped
flowers have six lance-shaped seg-
ments, the three outer ones of which
are saccate at the base. The fila-
ments of the six stamens unite into
a tube around the ovary.

The members of this genus are
distinct and ornamental plants, but
not very well known in gardens

generally. They are quite hardy, but

unfortunately often flower so late in
the season that the early frosts play
havoc with the blossoms. To avoid
this, especially in northern localities,
the plants may be grown in cold
frames or greenhouses. Propagation
is effected by careful division of the
root-stocks in spring. Seeds may
also be sown when obtainable.

T, hirta.—This handsome plant is
known as the “Japanese Toad Lily.”
It has softly hairy stems 1 to 3 ft.
high, and alternate lance - shaped
stem-clasping leaves 4 to 6 ins. long,
arranged in two almost opposite
rows. The beautiful white flowers,
heavily spotted with violet or purple,
appear from August to October at
the ends of the shoots and in the
axils of the upper leaves. (Bot.
Mag. t. 5355.)

The variety migra has velvety

430

I KLLLLU ML

blackish blotches on the flowers, and
these generally appear earlier than
those of the type.

T, macropoda,—A native of China
and Japan, 2 to 8 ft. high, having
oblong, pointed leaves 4 to 5 ins.
long, smooth above, downy beneath,
and pale purple flowers in autumn
spotted with blackish - purple (Bot.
Mag. t. 6544; Gartenfl. t. 313), The
variety known as albostriata has
variegated leaves.

T. pilosa, — A hairy Himalayan
species 2 to 4 ft. high, with stem-
clasping leaves 4 to 6 ins. long. The
whitish flowers, with large deep
purple spots appear somewhat earlier
than those of the other species.
(Bot. Mag. t. 4955; Fl. d. Serr. t.
1219.)

TRILLIUM (ériliz, triple; the
leaves and parts of the flower being
in threes), Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—A
genus of herbaceous perennials,
having short thick root-stocks, and
being remarkable for having the
leaves and flowers arranged in threes,
Such popular names as “American
Wood Lily,” “Indian Shamrock,” and
“Three -leaved Nightshade” have
been applied to different species.

The Wood Lilies—as the Trilliums
are generally called in England—are
excellent plants for partially shaded
spots in the rock-garden, or in the
flower-border. They flourish in a
deep well - drained peaty soil that
holds sufficient moisture for their
roots during the summer months.
To obtain fresh plants, the root-stocks
may be carefully divided in autumn
or early spring, but it is better to
leave the plants undisturbed when
once nicely established. They are
all natives of N, America.

T, cernuum,—This species grows
about 18 ins. high, and has broadly
rhomboidal leaves 2 to 6 ins, long.

‘THE BULB BOOK

TRILLIUM

The drooping white flowers appear
in April and May. (Bot, Mag. t.
954.)

T, erectum (7’. fotidum). — This
grows about a foot high, and is
remarkable for its dark purple nasty-
smelling flowers which appear in May
(Bot, Mag. t. 470). In the variety
album, the flowers are white ; and in
ochroleucum, yellowish - white (Bot.
Mag. t. 3250, as viridiflorum). The
variety declinatum has white or
pinkish flowers, and atropurpureum
is a strong grower with deep reddish-
crimson or plum-coloured flowers.

T, erythrocarpum.—This is popu-
larly known as the “ Painted Wood
Lily,” owing to the white flowers,
which appear in April and May
being striped with purple at the
base (Bot. Mag. t. 3002). It is best
to plant this rather shy species in
damp peaty soil in semi-shaded spots.

T, grandiflorum.— The Wake
Robin. A fine free-growing species

Fic. 823.—Trillium grandiflorum. (%.)
1 to 14 ft. high, having leaves 3 to 5
ins. long, and pure white flowers about
3 ins. across in May (Bot. Mag. t. 855,
431 ;

TRILLIUM

as T. erythrocarpum ; Garden, 1891, t.
821; Gartenfl. t. 575; Fl. d. Serr.
t. 991). This is the very best species
from a garden point of view. There
are several forms, one being flushed
with rose or pink, called rosewm.

T, nivale, — This charming little
species grows 3 to 4 ins. high, and
has oblong almost stalkless leaves,

Fic. 824.—Trillium nivale.

and pure white flowers about 2 ins.
across, in April and May (Bot. May.
t. 6449).

T, obovatum.—This is apparently
a form of 7’. erectum, having white
flowers fading to pink.

T, recurvatum,—Somewhat similar
to J. sessile, having dusky purple-
brown flowers.

T, sessile.—This species grows from
6 to 12 ins. high, has stalkless,
broadly oval leaves mottled with
light and dark green, and deep purple
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 40; Fl. d. Serr.
t. 2311).

The variety californicum is more
robust and has larger flowers. 7’.
discolor with deep purple flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 3097) is considered by

THE BULB BOOK

TRILLIUM

Sereno Watson to be identical with
T. sessile Wrayr.

Fic. 325.~Trillium sessile californicum.

-)

Fic. 326.—Trillium stylosum.

T, stylosum (7. Catesbei; T.
nervosum).—Lhis species, 1 to 14 ft,

432

TRITELEIA

high, with oval or oblong pointed
leaves, produces its pink tinted
flowers in April and May, and is
remarkable for having the three
styles united from the base to the
middle,

TRITELEIA (treis, three; teleios,
complete ; in allusion to the perfect
ternary arrangement of the flowers
and seed-pods). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze.—
The species formerly known, and
still known in gardens under this
name, are now referred to the genus
Brop1r#a—which see, p. 113.

TRITONIA (triton, a weathercock ;
in allusion to the variable direction

Fic. 327.—Tritonia, showing corms and
rhizomes. (4.)

of the stamens). Nat. Ord. Irideze.—
A genus of 8, African plants, having
fibrous-coated corms, narrow sword-
like leaves, and flowers in gracefully
arching spikes. The plants so well
known in gardens under the name of
MonrsrEetia are now referred to
this genus,

433

THE BULB BOOK

TRITONIA

Being natives of S. Africa, these
plants are not considered sufficiently
hardy for open-air culture, except in
the very mildest parts of the Kingdom.
They are, however, easily grown in
cold frames and greenhouses, and in
all except the bleakest spots, they
may be grown with fair success in
open sunny borders during the
summer months. They like a com-
post of rich loam, leaf-soil, or peat in
about equal proportions, and during
growth plenty of moisture at the
roots. In the autumn the corms
should be lifted when the leaves
have turned yellow, and stored in a
frost - proof place till the end of
March or April. The best method
of increasing the stock is by offsets.
Seeds, however, may be sown when
thoroughly ripe, or in spring, by those
who have patience enough to wait
a few years for flowering-size corms
to develop.

T, Clusiana.—This is a species about
1 ft. high, which seems to form a link
between Tritonia and Antholyza, the
flowers being hooded as in those of
the last-named genus (Guard. Chron.
1905, xxviii. 269).

T. crocata (Ixia crocata).—A fine
species about 2 ft. high, having a
two-ranked spike of saffron or orange-
yellow bell-shaped flowers in June
and July. In some forms the flowers
are spotted with red, yellow, or
brown (Bot, Mag. tt. 185, 184). The
variety miniata has scarlet flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 609). T. deusta differs
only in having a purple-black blotch
on the claw of the three outer
segments (Bot. Mag. t. 622),

T, crocosmizefiora (Montbretia
aureo-Potisi)—This is a fine garden
hybrid between 7. Pottst and
Crocosma aurea (see p. 164). It
resembles a Gladiolus in growth,
being 2 to 24 ft. high, About July
it produces masses of bright orange-
2E

TRITONIA

scarlet funnel - shaped flowers on
branched leafy stems, which are very
useful for cutting. There are now

Fic. 328.—Tritonia crocosmicflora. (4.)

many splendid garden varieties all
worthy of a place in the outdoor
garden. Amongst the best are—

Cresus, large yellow; Dzadem,
rich dark orange petals zoned with
a broad maroon ring around the
clear yellow eye; Htowle de Feu, deep
orange-red ; Gerbe d'or, rich golden
yellow; Germania, rich orange
flowers ; Le Pactole, large deep yellow
flowers 3 ins. across ; Lutetva, elegant
flowers of a ruddy tint; Martagon,
deep orange reflexed flowers with
orange-red throat; Messidor, soft
yellow flowers on tall much-branched
stems ; Prometheus, large flowers 3
ins, in diameter, deep orange, touched
with orange - red around the eye;
Solfaterre, chrome yellow; Sunbeam,
clear yellow, rayed with deep orange-
red.

THE BULB BOOK

TRITONIA

T, flava,—F lowers yellow, cylindri-
cal (Bot. Reg. t. 747).

T, hyalina (7. fenestrata).—A rather
tender species with pinkish flowers
(Bot, Mag. t. 704).

T, lineata (Gladiolus lineatus).—
This species has white-edged leaves
and straw-yellow flowers veined and
washed with orange (Bot. Mag. t.
487; Fed. Lil, tt. 55, 400).

T, Pottsi (Montbretia Pottst)—A
fine species 3 to 4 ft. high, with sword-

Fia. 829.—Tritonia Potisi. (§.)

like leaves 14 to 2 ft. long, and
gracefully nodding spikes of bright
yellow funnel-shaped flowers suffused
with red (Bot. Mag. t. 6722). There
are several fine forms, amongst the
best being grandiflora, with orange-
red flowers; Goldmine, reddish-
scarlet. Indeed the forms of JZ.
Pottsi and J, crocosmicfiora are now
becoming confused, and are apparently
referred to under either name.

Other species of Tritonia, chiefly of
botanical interest only, are T. rosea,
pink (Bot. Mag. t. 7280) ; T. scillaris,
reddish, fading to white (Bot. Mag.
t. 629) ; T. securigera, brownish (Red.
Inl, t. 53; Bot, Mag. t. 888); T.

434

TROPAOLUM

squalida, brownish (Bot, Mag. t. 581) ;
and T. undulata, red, varying to white
and blue (Bot. Mag. t. 599).

TROPAZOLUM (tropaion, a trophy ;
the leaves resemble a buckler, and
the flowers a helmet). Nat. Ord.
Geraniaceze.—Out of the thirty-five
species in this genus there are several
with tuberous root-stocks, the best-
known being mentioned below. The
stems of most species are more or
less climbing or rambling, and bear
leaves more or less lobed and not so
round as in‘such well-known kinds
as the large and small Indian Cress
(7. majus and T. minus), They are
all easily recognised, not only by the
lobed or unlobed peliate leaves, but
also by the irregular flowers composed
of five petals, often hairy at the base,
by the eight free stamens, and the
three-lobed capsule. Some of the
species described below are more
tender than others, and can only be
regarded as hardy in the mildest
parts of the Kingdom. They may,
however, be grown in warm sheltered
spots, and in well-drained sandy soil
into which some leaf-mould or well-
decayed manure has been dug. In
bleak localities the tuberous roots

should be covered with a layer of.

litter or bracken in winter as a
protection against severe frosts.

T, azureum.— A beautiful but
rather tender Chilian species with
roundish tubers, slender stems 3 to
6 ft. long, small irregularly five-lobed
leaves,-and blue flowers with five
bilobed petals (Bot. Reg, xxviii. t. 65).

T, Beuthi—A native of Bolivia,
with tuberous root-stocks, roundish
leaves divided into five to six oboval
lobes, and yellow flowers in June and
July. Rather tender.

T, brachyceras,—This Chilian plant
has the leaves divided into six to
seven lobes, and yellow flowers with

THE BULB BOOK

TROPAOLUM

a short spur (Bot, Mag. t. 3851; Bot,
Reg. t. 1926; Fl. d. Serr. t. 368). A
tender plant best grown in a green-
house,

T, edule.—A Chilian species closely
related to 7. polyphyllum, having
leaves divided into six oblong, lance-
shaped lobes, and orange - yellow
flowers with a tapering spur (Maund.
Bot. t. 248; Paxt. Mag. Bot. ix. t.
127),

T. Leichtlini,—This is a fine hybrid
between 7. polyphyllum and T. edule.
It has tubers about the size of a small
potato, grey-green leaves deeply cut
into narrow lobes, and producing in
May and June numerous bright
orange-yellow {lowers spotted with:
red. (Rev, Hort. 1897, t. 400.)

T, Moritzianum.—A beautiful plant
from Caracas, having large tuberous
roots, long-stalked peltate leaves 4 to
6 ins. across, and bright yellow and
orange flowers in July, the upper
ciliated petals being veined with
deep red (Bot. Mag. t. 3844; Past,
Mag. Bot. viii. t. 199). It is safer
to grow this in a frame or greenhouse
in most places.

T, pentaphyllum,—A native of
Buenos Ayres, having roundish
brown - skinned tubers, slightly
twisted and branched purplish stems,
and leaves palmately cut into five
oblong lobes, The flowers appear in
June and July, and are bright ver-
milion, the sepals being purple. (Bot.
Mag. t. 3190.)

T, polyphyllum.—A free-growing
Chilian species, with trailing stems
3 to 4 ft. long, well furnished with
grey-green leaves cut into about eight
obovate lance-shaped lobes. The
bright yellow flowers appear in June
and July, the two broader petals
being spotted with red. The tubers
are oblong, with dark red skin, (Bot.
Mag. t. 4042; Fl. d. Serr. t. 2066 ;
Past, Mag, Bot, x, t, 175.)

435

TROPAOLUM

T, speciosum,—This fine Chilian
climber, popularly known as the
“Flame Nasturtium,” has pear-
shaped tubers, hairy stems, and six-
lobed almost peltate leaves. The
bright scarlet flowers are borne in
great profusion from June to October
in localities where the plants flourish,
the upper petals being heart- or
wedge-shaped, the lower ones rounded
and the spur long. (Bot. Mag. t.
4323 ; Il. d. Serr. t, 281.)

GD

Fia. 330.—Tropeolum speciosum.

This species does not grow equally
well in all places—chiefly perhaps
because it is coddled too much. It
likes a deep soil composed of loam,
leaf-soil, and sand, to which a little
well-rotted manure may be added.
Very hot scorching positions should
be avoided. Cool shady spots facing
between north-east and north-west,
and under walls, bushes, or hedges
are best. The tubers should be
planted in April or May, 4 to 6 ins.
deep, and left to look after them-
selves,

jT, tricolorum, — Another pretty
Chilian species with small, roundish,
brown-skinned tubers, trailing stems
with leaves cut into five to six
oblong lobes, and flowers having
small orange-yellow petals, and a
fiery scarlet calyx (Bot. Mag. t.
3169; J7. d. Serr. tt. 369, 1881).
There is a fine variety called grandt-
florum, with larger flowers and a
more vigorous habit, Greenhouse or

frame,

THE BULB BOOK

TULBAGHIA

T, tuberosum,—A Peruvian species
with yellowish tubers tinged with
carmine, from which arise stems 3 to
6 ft. long, bearing leaves divided into
five lobes. The flowers appear from
July to September, the calyx being
deep red, and the petals golden-yellow
with dark-coloured veins. (Bot. Mag.
t. 3714; Fl. d. Serr. t, 452.)

T, umbellatum,—This Peruvian
species is remarkable for its large
tubers, which in a native condition
often weigh from 2% to 5 lbs. The
zigzag climbing stems bear palmately
five-lobed leaves, and the red and
orange flowers are borne in umbels
at the ends of the shoots, (Bot.
Mag. t. 4887; Fl. d. Serr. t. 302.)
Frame or greenhouse.

T, violzflorum,—A distinct and
handsome Chilian species, having
leaves deeply cut into five more or
less bluntly lance-shaped lobes, and
flowers of sky-blue becoming paler
with age (Bot. Mag. t. 3985, as 7.
azureum), Frame or greenhouse.

TULBAGHIA (after Governor 7ul-
bagh (d. 1771) of S, Africa), Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—A_ genus containing about
a dozen species of garlic-smelling
herbaceous plants with rhizomatous
root - stocks, narrow strap - shaped
leaves, and more or less urn-shaped
flowers in umbels,

The Tulbaghias are easily grown in
a cold frame or ‘greenhouse, and if
massed in pots or pans are fairly
attractive when in flower. They
like a well-drained compost of
sandy loam and peat or leaf-soil in
equal proportions, and may be
increased by offsets or seeds,

All the species are natives of 8.
Africa, the following being best
known :—

T. alliacea.— Flowers greenish-
purple with a reddish corona, four to
five in an umbel on stems 9 to 18 ins,

436

TULIPA

high (Ref. Bot. t. 349; Bot, Mag. t.
3547).

T. capensis, — Flowers greenish -
purple, with an obscure purplish
deeply-cleft corona, borne in umbels
of six to eight on stems 14 to 2 ft.
high in June (Bot, Mag. t. 806, as 7’.
alliacea).

T, natalensis, — This is closely
related to TZ. alliacea, but has
greenish-white fragrant flowers.

T, Simmleri,—This has ovoid bulbs,
strap-shaped bluntish leaves, and
small rosy flowers.

T, violacea,—F lowers violet-purple,
with a ligulate corona, From eight
to twenty flowers are borne in an
umbel about March and April on
stems 1 to 2 ft. high (Bot. Mag. t.
3555).

TULIPA (said to be from the
Turkish word tulbend, a turban; in
reference to the shape of the flowers ;
or derived from the Persian name,
thoulyban). Nat. Ord. Liliaceze,—A
genus of beautiful herbaceous plants,
having tunicated brown - skinned
bulbs, broadish grey-green leaves,
and erect scapes usually ending in
one, but sometimes two or three to
seven bell-shaped or cup-like flowers,
having six distinct and _ highly
coloured petals.

With the possible exception of the
Daffodil, there is no bulbous plant
grown in so many hundreds of
thousands as the Tulip. It has been
cultivated for generations, and at the
present day is probably more popular
than ever. This is the case not only
in the British Islands, and on the
Continent, but also in America,
whither hundreds of thousands of
bulbs are now exported annually
from Europe. The kinds grown so
largely are all seedling generations of
the progeny of 7’. Gesneriana, which
was introduced from the Levant in

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

1577, and two years later was brought
from Constantinople to Augsburg by
Conrad Gesner. Some years previous
(in 1554) Busbecq, the Flemish
diplomatist, admired the Tulips in
the Turkish gardens, and it was no
doubt through his agency they first
became known in Western Europe.

The garden varieties are almost
innumerable, and many square miles
are devoted to their culture in
Holland. There is no reason, how-
ever, why Tulips should not be
grown commercially in parts of
England and Ireland in hundreds
of thousands, and experience has
proved that excellent bulbs can be
secured by attention to cultural
details.

The soil of Guernsey, and probably
that of Jersey also, is specially
adapted for the cultivation of Tulips,
Daffodils, Gladiolus, etc., in enormous
quantities, and many growers are
already aware of this fact.

It must be a poor soil indeed, in
which Tulips will not grow. Any
garden soil that has been deeply
dug, and contains a fair amount of
humus (well-decayed manure or leaf-
mould), will yield good results. The
great point is to avoid stagnant
moisture, and this can easily be done
by deep cultivation, On the whole
a rich sandy loam may be looked
upon as the ideal one for Tulips.

For open-air culture, the best time
to plant the bulbs is at the end of
August or September and during
October and November, each bulb
being placed about 6 ins, deep in the
soil, and about the same distance
apart. To secure a uniform ‘depth
of planting a bluntish dibber may
be used, the proper depth at which it
is to be pushed into the soil being
marked on it.

As there are early, mid-season, and
late-flowering varieties, and as each

437

TULIPA

group differs a good deal in height
and colour, better effects, as a rule,
are obtained by planting one or at
most two varieties in the same bed.
If all kinds are mixed together, the
result will be disappointing in formal
‘ beds. In the mixed flower-border,
however, there is no reason why
mixtures should not be planted in
vacant spaces, and thus avoid the
formality of geometrical beds.

As a rule, warm, open situations
sheltered from bleak winds are best
for outdoor Tulips. They do not like
being under low-growing evergreen
trees or bushes, or under walls, or in
deep shade. They are children of the
vernal sun, and will display their
brilliant colours under its rays to the
best advantage.

In conjunction with Tulips, such
spring - flowering plants as Poly-
anthuses, Forget-me-Nots, Wall-
flowers, Pansies, and Violas, Prim-
roses, Mossy Saxifrages, Silene
compacta, Double White Arabis,
Yellow Alyssum, and Aubrietias—
commonly known as Purple Rock
Cress—may be planted in autumn
over the Tulips and between the
rows. Jn this way a beautiful effect
of colour with one combination or
another may be secured in spring.
The only thing to bear in mind is not
to have two nearly similar colours in
the same bed. Thus Yellow Alyssum
would not look so well under yellow
Tulips as it would under red, white,
or purple ones, and so on with the
other plants mentioned.

In the early summer, when the
Tulip leaves have withered, the
bulbs may be lifted, cleaned, and
stored in a cool, open, airy place until
planting -time again comes round.
The best or first size bulbs should be
kept separate from the offsets of
second size ones, and the still smaller
offsets or spawn should be kept also

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

distinct from the others. It is not
essential to lift Tulips in this way,
but it is generally better to do so.

Us

Fic. 331.—Tulip, section of bulk showing (a)
flower-stem which has absorbed old bulb;
and (b) the new bulbs forming as a result
of the aérial leaf-action.

It may perhaps be well to mention
that the bulbs taken out of the
ground in spring or early summer,
are not the ones that were planted
the previous autumn, They are
quite new, and the fact that they
develop so well in British gardens,
notwithstanding our peculiar winters,
is another argument in favour of
their cultivation. The sketch (Fig.
331) shows how the flower-stem
absorbs the bulb that is planted,
while new bulbs for the following
season are developed during the
growing season.

Garden Tulips may be divided into
groups as follows :—

I.—Earty anp Beppine TULIPS.
This popular group has _ been
derived chiefly from T, suaveolens,

438

TULIPA

a sweet-scented species from S.
Russia. The varieties have been
grouped according to their predomin-
ating colour, after the system:adopted
by the author in his Practical Guide
to Garden Plants.

(a) Single - Flowering Early Tulips.
Scarlet, Rose, Crimson, and Pink
shades. — Adelaine, Artus, Bacchus,
Belle Alliance, Couleur de Cardinal,
Crimson King (Rot Cramoist), De
Keyzer, Duc van Thol (scarlet, rose, and
crimson shades), Dusart, Jules Janin,
La Riante, Le Matelas, Maas, Mir-
anda, Pottebakker (scarlet), Princess
Wilhelmina, Proserpine, Rachel
Ruisch, Rembrandt, Rosamunds Huyk-
man, Rose Aplatie, Rose Brillante,
Rose Luisante, Rose de Provence, Rose
Gris de lin, Rose Queen, Rose Tendre,
Samson, Scarlet Beauty, Stanley
(Cramoisie pourpre), Van Berghem,
Vermilion Brilliant, Vesuvius,

Orange, Brownish, and Terra Cotta
shades.—Cardinal’s Hat, Command-
ant, Duc van Thol (orange), Leonardo
da Vinci, Prince of Austria, Thomas
Moore.

Yellow shades. — Bouton dOr,
California, Canary Bird, Chrysolora,
Due POrange, Gold Finch, Golden
Crown, King of the Yellows, Mon
Trésor, Ophir dWOr, Pottebakker,
Prince de Ligny, Yellow Prince. ~

White, or Blush.—Albion (White
Hawk), Alba regalis, Comte de Mura-
beau, Grootmerster van Maltha, Jacht
van Delft, Jacoba van Beyeren (White
Swan), Jan Steen, Joost van Vondel,
La Laitiére, La Reine, L’Immaculée,
Nelly, Pax alba, Pigeon, Pottebakker,
Princess Marianne, White Swan.

Purple and Violet shades.—H/eo-
nora, Moliére, Paul Moreelse, Potter,
Purple Crown, Vander Neer, Wouver-
man, Queen of the Violets (President
Lincoln).

Shades of Red, Rose, Pink, or

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

Violet, and White.—Admiral Reinier,
Alida Maria, Belle Lisette, Bride of
Haarlem, Cerise Gris de lin, Cameleon,
Cottage Mad, Couleur ponceau,
Donna Maria, Globe de Rigaut, Joost
van Vondel, Roi Pepin, Spaandonk,
Standard Royal (silver), Wapen van
Leiden, Zomerschoon.

Red and Yellow.—Brutus, Duc de
Berlin, Duchesse de Parma, Due
Major, Keizerskroon (Grand Duc),
Standard Royal (golden),

(b) Double-Flowering Tulips,

(Those marked with an asterisk (*)
are late-flowering.)

Scarlet and Crimson shades,—
Agnes, Imperator Rubrorum, Lady
Grandisson, Le Matador, *Paony Red,
Rea Rubrorum, Rose Crown, Rubra
maxima,

Pink and Rose shades.—Arabella,
Couronne des Roses, Le Blason,
Lucretia, Murillo, Raphael, Rose
@ Amour, Salvator Rosa.

White.—* Alba maxima, Blanche
hdtive, Grand Vainqueur, La Can-
deur, Rose Blanche, Murillo.

Red and Yellow.—Duc de Bor-
deaux, Duc van Thol, Gloria Solis,
Helianthus, *Peony Gold, Regina
Rubrorum, Titian, Tournesol, Velvet
Gem, Princess Alewandra,

Orange or Yellow shades,—
Couronne @Or, Tournesol, Leonardo
du Viner, *Yellow Rose.

Various shades.— Bakker or Brown
Tournesol (brown and_ yellow ),
Cousine and Turban Violet (violet),
Duke of York (carmine and white),
Gris de lin pale (violet and white),
Purple Crown (deep purple), Queen
Victoria (purple-red), Rosine (semi-
double pink), Welhelm ILI. (orange-
scarlet), Blue Flag (violet-blue), *Za
Belle Alliance (blue and white),
* Rhinoceros (rosy-violet).

White, with Red, Crimson, etc.,

439

TULIPA

shades.—*Couronne impériale, Glori-
osa, Hercules, Mariage de ma fille.

II.—Darwin Tuuirs.

This name was first given to an
apparently new race of Tulips in the
year 1889—just eighty years after
the birth of the famous naturalist,
and no doubt in compliment to him,
as showing the mysterious powers of
the laws of evolution. These Darwin
Tulips are really self-coloured forms
of 7. Gesneriana, and may be placed
in the same category as the “ Breeder ”
or “Mother” Tulips from which the
“Florists’” Tulips eventually break or
rectify. The flowers are large and
deeply cup-shaped, and are borne on
stout and sturdy stems 1} to 2 ft. or
more high. The blossoms appear in
May and last into June, and when-
the bulbs have been planted in bold
masses, there is nothing so effective
in the garden in the early summer
than the Darwin Tulips. As cut
flowers they are also excellent, lasting
several days fresh in water. As to
colours, all shades except real blue
and yellow are represented, from
creamy-white through shades of pink,
rose, cerise, scarlet, vermilion, maroon,
mauve, apricot, to deep purple and
violet, and almost glossy purple-black.
The predominating colour is usually
toned down or up with shades of
another, the edges of the petals being
often paler incolour. There are many
varieties with names of more or less
fleeting popularity, but the older
ones are constantly dropping out,
being replaced by new ones. To
secure a collection of modern varieties,
the reader is therefore advised to
consult a current bulb catalogue.

What are now known as “Rem-
brandt” Tulips are broken or
rectified Darwin Tulips, somewhat
resembling the Bybloemens. The
petals, however, are not so feathered

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

and finely striped, but the combination
of colours is very charming. Names,
of course, have been given to some
of the best, but they are likely to
be of only fleeting interest. The
reader should therefore consult a
current bulb catalogue for the latest
developments,

Forcrne Tuiies.—During the win-
ter months several varieties of Tulip
are forced into early blossom in hot-
houses and warm greenhouses. The
bulbs are potted up in the autumn,
or placed in boxes, and covered with
a few inches of soil, About the end
of November some of the earlier
kinds, like the Scarlet Duc Van Thol,
are first brought in to the heated
houses, but after Christmas until the
end of February and March, other
varieties are also used. Besides the
Due Van Thol, other sorts for forcing
are:—Canary Bird, Chrysolora,
Duchess of Parma, Golden Prince,
Joost van Vondel, La Reine, Potte-
bakker, Rose Gris de Lin, amongst
the singles, and La Candeur, Murillo,
Rea Rubrorum, etc, amongst the
doubles.

TII.—Ftorists’ on Enciise Tuuips,

What are technically known as
“Florists’” Tulips are quite distinct
in a way from the other groups, such
as the Bedding, the Darwin, and the
Parrot Tulips, The bulbs are much
dearer, and are grown only by a small
but enthusiastic band composing the
National Tulip Society. Many years
ago the Florists’ Tulip was very
popular in England, “and almost
every village had its Tulip Society.
Now, however, there are very few
who retain the old love for producing
this particular class of Tulip, and
they are mostly confined to Lan-
cashire, Yorkshire, and Notts,”

The late Rev. F. D. Horner, a
successful and enthusiastic cultivator,

440

* TULIPA

has defined a good Florists’ Tulip as
one having a round cup-shaped flower,
with a good shoulder, and petals level
at the top, neither reflexing outwards,
nor curving inwards at their upper
edges. The base of the cup inside
must be white or yellow, according
to the class, and free from any stain ;
and the filaments, upon which six
bold black anthers stand, must be
pure as the ground colour. The
petals should be smooth on the edge
and of good substance, that their
colours may appear dense, and the
flower keep its shape. Breadth of
petal is a most valuable property,
otherwise the flower, as it expands
and grows, would show strips of
daylight through the base of the
cup, a deadly fault known technically
as “quartering.” (Practical Guide to
Garden Plants.)

These Florists’ Tulips are originally
raised from seed, and at the end of
from four to seven years the first
flowers appear. These are always of
one colour, although the seeds from
which they were raised may have
been ripened in flowers beautifully
“flamed” and “feathered,” and with
two or three distinct colours, Such
seedling Tulips are called “Breeder”
or “Mother” Tulips, and are similar
to what are now called “Darwin”
Tulips. In the course of time the
uniform colour becomes split up into
two or more colours. The flowers are
then said to “break” or “rectify.”
These “rectified” Tulips are divided
into two groups. (i.) those having a
pure white centre, base, or ground,
the purer the white the better; and
(ii.) those having a pure yellow one.
The “white grounds ” are also divided
into two sections ; (a) Roses, in which
the flowers may be of delicate pink,
rose, scarlet, cerise, crimson, and
intermediate shades ; and (b) Bybla-
mens, in which the flowers may be

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

shades of pale lilac, lavender, violet,
brown, and black, and the deeper and
blacker the colours the better.

The “yellow ground ” Tulips consist
of one class only, called Bizarres, in
which the flowers may be orange,
scarlet, crimson, black, brown, etc.

All- rectified Tulips, whether Roses,
Bybloemens, or Bizarres, have the
petals either “feathered ” or “ flamed.”

As stated in the Practical Guide to
Garden Plants, a “feathered” Tulip
is one in which the colour is beauti-
fully pencilled and feathered round
the edges only of each petal, thus
producing a light and graceful effect.
When the feathering is broken,
splashed, or confused, it is a defect,

A “flamed” Tulip is beautifully
pencilled like the feathered group,
but is distinguished from it by
having strong and brilliant streaks,
bands, or flames of a distinct colour
shooting up the centre from near the
base, and forking out towards each
feathered edge. The “flaming” and
“feathering” should be well blended,
but always leaving the ground colour
pure and clear between them.

In each group there are several
varieties, particulars of which, as to
shades of colour, may be obtained
from current catalogues.

IV.—Parrot oR Dracon TuLirs.

These curious-looking and remark-
able Tulips are believed to be derived
from J. viridiflora, a curious green
and yellow striped form of Z. Ges-
nertana. The garden forms have
brilliant shades of scarlet, and yellow
mixed with green, slashed and cut
into all kinds of curious shapes.
Unfortunately the stalks are rather
weak, and in windy seasons the
flowers are much blown about if not
supported by slender stakes,

The following are the principal
varieties: Admiraal van Constante-

441

TULIPA

nopel, glossy red, shaded and tipped
with orange; Aurantiacum, fine
orange; Café Brulée, dark brown ;
Couleur de Café (Coffee Colour ),
brown and deep yellow; Crimson
Beauty, deep crimson, with black
markings; Fire King, dark scarlet,
striped gold; Lutea Major, yellow,
fine; Perfecta, yellow and scarlet ;
Rubra et Lutea, red and yellow;
Rubra Major, scarlet, extra fine,
true,

V.—NatuRAL Species oF TULIps.

Besides the garden forms mentioned
above, some attention has been given
of late years to the cultivation of
natural species of Tulips. Some
kinds like 7. Gesneriana, T. Greigt,
T. Oculis-Solis, T. macrospeila, T.
suaveolens, etc., are fairly common,
but the others are not so well known.
The short descriptions below will
serve to identify them.

T, acuminata (7. cornuta).—A
curious species of unknown origin,
easily recognised by its long, narrow-
pointed segments, the flowers being
red, yellow, and speckled (Red. Lvl.
t. 445; Bot. Reg. t. 127).

T, Alberti.—A native of Turkestan
about 2 ft. high, with grey-green
wavy leaves, and orange - scarlet
flowers 2 ins, deep, faintly blotched
with reddish-brown (Bot. Mag. t.
6761; Gartenfi. t. 912). ;

T, altaica.—A native of the Altai
Mountains at an elevation of 1000
to 6000 ft., usually having three
lance-shaped leaves and carmine-red
flowers with a yellow centre, borne in
April on downy stalks 3 to 4 ins. high
(Gartenfl. t. 942).

T. australis (7. Breyniana; T.
Celstana).—A native of’8.W. Europe,
closely related to our Wild Tulip 7’.
sylvestris, but readily distinguished
by its dwarf habit, star-shaped yellow
flowers flushed with red, and broad

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

and somewhat rellexed leaves (Bot.
Mag. t. 717; Red. Lil, t. 38). 7.
triphylla, from Turkestan, with
greenish - yellow flowers, is closely
related, as is also 7. humilis, from
Persia, with pale yellow flowers tinged
with red outside.

T, Batalini—A dwarf species from
Buchara, 4 to 8 ins. high, with
prostrate leaves and creamy-yellow,

Fic. 382.—Tulipa Batalini. (4.)

flowers about 3 ins. deep, having a
thin line of red or crimson on the
extreme edge of the petals (Gartenft.
t. 1807; Gard. Chron. June 1896,
759, f.).

T, biflora,—A Caucasian Tulip,
chiefly remarkable for producing
clusters of two to five creamy-white
flowers with a yellow centre and
tinged with green outside, on a stalk
3 to 6 ins. long (Bot. Mag. t. 6518; .
Bot. Reg. t. 535; Gartenfl, t. 239).

T, Billietiana.—A native of the
Swiss Alps, with oval lance-shaped

442

TULIPA

wavy leaves and bright yellow
flowers tinged with orange-red (Bot.
Mag. t. 7253).

T, Borszezowi (pronounced “ Bor-
shovi”).—A native of Central Asia,
about 1 ft. high, with handsome
flowers remarkable for having the
three inner petals of a bright golden-
yellow on both sides, while the three
outer petals are yellow inside, but
bright red outside with a distinct
yellow edging (Bot. Mag. t. 6635;
Gartenjl, t. 1175). There is a yellow
form without any blotches at the
base.

T,. brachystemon.—This species
from Turkestan is close to 7’. Kessel-
ring, but has smaller yellow flowers
with more pointed petals (Gartenji.
t. 1099, f. 2).

T chrysantha.—A distinct species
from Persia and Western Asia. It
has small yellow flowers, and wavy
leaves with cartilaginous margins.

T, Clusiana.—This fine species
from §. France is known as the
“Lady” Tulip. It has rosy flowers,
white inside, with a deep purple or
violet centre. (Bot. Mag. t. 1390.)

T, Dammanniana.—A native of
Mount Lebanon, having narrow
lance-shaped leaves with hairy edges,
and scarlet or purple-red flowers
with a blackish base (Gartenjl. t.
1300, f. 1).

T, dasystemon.—A dwarf species
with shining leaves, several white
and yellow flowers being produced
in succession from a single stem
(Gard. Chron. 1905, xxxvii. 268).

T Didier, —A pretty South
European species, having crimson
flowers with a blue-black centre
and yellowish-white margins (Bot.
Mag. t. 6639). There are several
forms, including a yellow and white
flowered one.

T, Hichlerii—A beautiful species
from the Caucasus, having broad

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

leaves and large bright scarlet
flowers having a black centre, and
sometimes edged with yellow (Bot.
Mag. t. 6191 ; Garten. t. 799).

T. elegans.—This is considered a
probable hybrid between 7. acum-
inata and T. suaveolens. It has
bright red or carmine flowers with
a yellow centre, the segments being
reflexed and tapering. (Garden,
1887, ii. t. 626.)

T, Elwesi.—A Persian species 6 to
9 ins, high, having bright scarlet
flowers edged with yellow, and hav-
ing a small black blotch at the base
(Gartenfl. t. 1147).

T. Fosteriana.—This species has
flowers of a brilliant crimson blotched
at the base (Gard. Chron. 1905,
Xxxvii, 268).

TY. galatica.—A fine Tulip with
broad wavy leaves, and large lemon-

Fig. 383.—Tulipa galatica. (}.)

or straw-yellow flowers about 2 ins.

deep, and of the shape shown in

sketch. The flowers appear in May.
T Gesneriana.—This fine but

443

TULIPA

variable species is widely distributed
from Italy to Asia Minor. It has
broad ovate lance-shaped leaves, and
sweet-scented bright scarlet flowers
with a blackish centre. (Bot. Reg.
tt. 46, 380.) This is the parent of
most of the Garden Tulips. The
variety fulgens has a yellow instead
of a blackish centre ; spathulata has
brilliant red flowers with a purple-
black base ; and wolacea has reddish-
violet flowers with a blue-black base.
T. Schrenckt, from Turkestan, with
bright crimson flowers, having a
black blotch at the base is a distinct
variety,considered by some authorities
to be the parent of the Scarlet Duc
Van Thol Tulips. (See 7’. suaveolens.)

T. Greigi—A fine species from
Turkestan, easily recognised by its
pale or grey green leaves, being
heavily blotched with purple-brown.
The large fiery red _ bell-shaped
flowers have a blackish base with
a yellow zone. (Bot, Mag. t. 6177;
Gartenf. t. 773; Fl. d. Serr. t.
2261.) There are several forms, one
called aurea, having yellow flowers
with a reddish centre, and aiba, hav-
ing white margins,

T. Haageri—A native of Asia
Minor about 9 ins, high, with cherry-
red flowers often tinged with yellow
outside, and a blue-black centre
bordered with yellow within (Bot.
Mag. t. 6242; Gartenf. t. 790;
Belg. Hort, 1877, t.2). The variety
nitens 1s much finer than the type,
having flowers 3 ins. across, bright
orange-red, black at the base, and
flushed with grey and bronze outside
(Gard. Chron. 1908, xxxiii. 305;
Gard, 1903, Ixiii, 293, 325, 372, f.).

T. iliensis,—A native of Turkestan
about 6 ins. high, with narrow leaves
and citron-yellow flowers (Bot. Mag.
t. 6518, B. ; Gartenfl. tt. 975, 982).

T. ingens,—A native of Bokhara,
having bright scarlet - vermilion

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

flowers with a conspicuous black blotch
at the base, the outer segments
having a broad yellowish band outside
(Gard. Chron, 1902, xxxii, 14, f. 7).

T, Kaufmanniana,—A_ beautiful
Tulip, 8 to 12 ins, high, from Turkes-
tan, with grey-green leaves developed
after the large bright carmine flowers
edged with white are produced. The
inner surface of the perianth seg-
ments is pearly white, with a bright
yellow base bordered with crimson.
(Bot. Mag. t. 6887; Gartenfl. t. 906,
f. 6-10.) There are a few forms or
variations of this species sometimes
seen, that known as pulcherrima
being probably a hybrid between it
and 7. Greigi. The variety aurea
has yellow margins ; and coccinea has
vivid scarlet flowers with a clear
yellow base.

T, Kesselringi,—A native of Turke-
stan with narrow channelled grey-
green leaves and bright yellow
flowers about 2 ins, deep, the three
outer segments being suffused with
reddish-brown outside (Bot. Mag.
t. 6754; Gartenfl. t. 964).

T, Kolpakowskyana,—A pretty
species also from Turkestan, with
deeply channelled lance-shaped leaves
about 1 ft. long, having minutely
ciliated margins. The scapes are
1 to 2 ft, high, each bearing a large
handsome flower 2 to 3 ins, deep,
variable in colour, being sometimes
bright red with a black centre and
purple-black stamens, sometimes
yellow flushed with red outside, and
sometimes pure yellow with a
blackish centre and yellow anthers
and filaments. (Bot. Mag. t. 6710;
Gartenfl. t. 951; Garden, 1891, t.
819.)

T, Korolkowi.—This is a native of
the deserts between Khiva and Tash-
kend, and is related to 7. Hichleri,
but has smaller flowers of a dazzling
red, with a black blotch at the base.

444

TULIPA

T, lanata,—A native of Asia Minor,
about 8 to 12 ins. high, having
brilliant crimson flowers, the seg-
ments of which are furnished with
a woolly tip—hence the specific
name.

T Leichtlinii—A distinct and
pretty species from Kashmir, about
18 ins. high, the three inner segments
of the perianth being yellowish-white
and much shorter and blunter than
the outer ones, which are of a bright
purple or coral-red, edged with white
(Garden, 1891, t. 819).

T, linifolia.—A species from
Central Asia, recognised by its
narrow grey-green very wavy leaves
and glowing scarlet flowers with a
black centre, borne on scapes 6 to 8
ins, high.

T. Lownei.—A Syrian Tulip with
yellow-green leaves and bright lilac
flowers, the segments of which are
marked at the base with a broad
bright yellow stain (Gard, 1899, lvi.
155).

T, macrospeila.—A fine Tulip,
probably a hybrid between 7. Ges-
neriana, and some other species. It
is like Gesneriana in habit, and has
large fragrant crimson flowers 3 to4
ins. deep, the broad bluntish segments
each having a blackish wedge-shaped
blotch bordered with yellowish-white
at the base.

T, maculata.—Another kind of
garden origin, resembling 7. Gesnert-
ana, and having bright crimson-red
flowers with a black centre, borne
on downy stalks,

T, maleolens, from Italy, is similar,
but has unpleasant-smelling flowers.

T, Maximowiczi.—A rare species
from Bokhara, related to 7. linifolia,
and having the stems furnished with
alternate linear leaves, the margins
of which are red and minutely hairy.
The fine purple-red or bright crimson
flowers have a dark blotch bordered

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA
with white at the base. (Garten/i. t.
1307; Gard. Chron. June 1896,
757, £.)

T. Micheliana.—A Persian Tulip
with leaves like those of 7. Greigi,
and large red flowers with a black
basal blotch broadly edged with
yellow,

T, montana,—This species is distri-
buted from Armenia to Afghanistan,
and is remarkable for the dense
wool which covers the interior of the
bulb coats, It flowers as late as July,
the blooms being of a bright carmine-
red with a blackish centre. (Bot,
Reg. t. 1106.)

T. nitida—A dwarf species from
Bokhara resembling 7. Korolkowt.
Flowers about 2 ins. deep, bright
vermilion-scarlet, with a black base.
(Gard, Chron, 1902, xxxi. 350, f. 119;
Gard. 1903, Ixiv. 40.)

T. Oculis-solis—A fine Tulip from
S. France, with bright red flowers 2
to 3 ins. deep, having a large black
blotch bordered with yellow at the base
(Red. Lil, t. 219; Bot. Reg, tt. 204,
1143, 1419 (the variety precozx)).

T, Orphanidea.—A native of
Greece, with stalks 1 to 2 ft. high,
bearing bright yellow flowers with
pointed petals flushed outside with
red (Bot. Mag. t. 6310; Gartenji. t.
373).

T, Ostrowskyana,—This species
from Turkestan is closely related
to 7. Oculis-solis, It has narrow
lance-shaped leaves and bright red
flowers with a blackish base. (Bot.
Mag. t. 6895; Gartenfl. t. 1144, f.
1-2; Garden, 1894, ii. t. 965.) Fig.
334,

T, patens (7. tricolor).—A Siberian
Tulip, having oblong funnel-shaped
whitish flowers with a yellow base
(Gartenfl. t. 827; Bot, Mag. t. 3887).

T, persica,—A Persian Tulip with
deep green narrow leaves edged with
red, and scapes 6 to 9 ins, high, often

445

TULIPA

bearing more than one sweet-scented
flower, the interior of which is bright
yellow, the outside being golden
bronze.

Fic. 834.—Tulipa Ostrowskyana. (4.)

hal

T, preecox,—A native of Central
Europe, having strong stems 1 to 14
ft. high, and conical flowers of a
bright red inside, greenish yellow at
the base with a blackish-violet blotch
(Bot, Reg. t. 880, as 7’, Gesneriana).

T, prestans.— An early-flowering
Tulip from Bokhara, close to 7’.
Kaufmanniana and T. suaveolens.
The roundish bulbs have a very thick
parchment-like skin, The leaves and
flower-stems are covered with minute
white hairs. Flowers light scarlet-
vermilion with a yellow base. The
flowers are borne singly or in clusters
of six to ten on a single scape. (Bot.
Mag. t. 7920; Gard, Chron. 1903,
Xxxii, 239, 324, 364, f. 126.)

T. primulina,—A native of Eastern
Algeria, somewhat like 7. sylvestris.
It hasnarrow leaves and sweet-scented
bell-shaped primrose - yellow flowers
about an inch deep, the outer seg-
ments being tinged with red outside,
while the stamens are densely hairy
atthe base, (Bot, Mag. t. 6785.)

THE BULB BOOK

TULIPA

T, pulchella,—A pretty dwarf
Tulip from the Cilician Taurus, with
narrow channelled leaves about 3 ins,
long, and slender scapes only an inch’
or two high. The funnel-shaped
flowers are rose, mauve, or lilac, with
a yellow base, and very hairy whitish
filaments. (Bot. Mag. t. 6304.)

T, retroflexa,— This attractive
Tulip is thought to be a hybrid
between 7 acuminata and 7’. Gesneri-
ana. The stems are 14 to 2 ft. high,
bearing a bright yellow flower about
3 ins. deep. (Garden, 1887, ii. t. 626.)

T, saxatilis—A native of Crete,
having bright shining green leaves,
unlike those of most Tulips, The
scapes are 9 to 12 ins. high, with
a pale magenta flower having a deep
yellow base. (Bot. Mag. t. 6374.)

T, Sintenesi—A curious Armenian
species, having flattish leaves and
red or scarlet flowers covered with
a “bloom,” and having a black blotch
at the base (Bot. Mag. t. 7198).

T, Sprengeri.—Another Armenian
species, closely related to 7. Haageri.
It has fine glowing scarlet flowers
without a blotch at the base, borne
on scapes about 18 ins, high, from
the middle to the end of June.

T, stellata, from the N.W. Hima-
layas, is closely related to 7, Clusiana.
It has whitish or pale yellow flowers
without a blotch at the base. (Bot.
Mag. t. 2672.)

T, suaveolens,—This fine species is
a native of S. Russia, and is con-
sidered to be the parent of the early
red and orange Duc Van Thol
Tulips. It has broad leaves, and the
sweet-scented bright scarlet, yellow-
edged flowers are borne on scapes
about 6 ins. high. (Bot. Mag. t. 839;
Fl. d. Serr, t. 1223.) The variety
plurtfiora has two flowers on a stem. .

T, sylvestris.—This species is ad-
mitted as a doubtful native of
Britain, and is found in chalk-pits

446 /

.

TULLPA

and waste ground in various parts
of England. It has narrow grey-
green leavts 6 to 10 ins. long, and
bright yellow sweet-scented flowers
on stems 1 to 2 ft. high. (Bot. Mag.
t, 1202; Rev. Hort. t. 165.) T.
Bieberstemiana, T. fragrans, and
T. strangulata are considered to be
forms or geographical variations of
T. sylvestris,

T, triphylla.—A native of Central
Asia, having three to four narrow
sickle-shaped leaves, and _ bright
citron-yellow flowers tinted with
green on the outside (Bot. Mag. t.
6459 ; Gartenjl. t. 942). The variety
Hoeltzert has the three outer petals
yellow and purple. (Gartenjf. t.
1144, f. 3-4, A. B.).

T. Tubergeniana.—A native of
Bokhara, having large rich orange-
crimson flowers with a dark blotch
at the base of the very broad and
somewhat sharply-pointed segments
(Gard, Chron, 1904, xxxv. 258, f.;

' Flora and Sylva, April 1905).

T, turkestanica,—A native of
Turkestan, closely related to 7.
biflora, having lance-shaped curved
leaves and often two white flowers
about 14 ins. across, with a yellow
centre (Gartenjl. t. 1050, f. 2).

T, undulatifolia.—A handsome
Tulip from Asia Minor, having grey-
green narrow lance-shaped wavy
leaves, and scapes 6 to 9 ins, high,
with a bright crimson bell-shaped
flower washed with green outside,
and having a black centre with a
yellow ring. Some forms have
yellow centres and flatter, less wavy
leaves, (Bot, Mag. t. 6308.)

T, unifiora,—A Tulip from the
Altai Mountains, having pale yellow
flowers borne on slender scapes, about
the middle of which are a pair of
lance-shaped leaves (Gartenfl. t. 906,
f. 25; Sw. Br. Fl. Gard. Serr. ii.
t, 336),

THE BULB BOOK

TUPISTRA

T, violacea,—A Persian species
near 7’, Clusiana, but with narrower
leaves and smaller flowers of a
brilliant deep carmine with a black
base, and borne on stems about 6
ins. high. It is one of the first
Tulips to flower in the open. (Bot.
Mag. t. 7440.)

T, viridifiora.—A curious form of
T. Gesneriana, having large greenish
or greenish-yellow flowers striped
and banded with yellow. It is
supposed to be the parent of the
Parrot or Dragon Tulips.

T, vitellina.—This is considered
to be a hybrid between 7’. Gesneriana
and J. suaveolens, It has large
flowers of a delicate whitish or
butter-like yellow. (Garden, 1889,
li. t. 730.)

T. Wilsoniana,—A Persian species
with wavy red-edged leaves, very
bright red flowers without a basal
blotch or only a very small one, and
red filaments with golden anthers.
The bulbs bear a mass of protruding
woolly hairs. (Gard. Chron. 1901,
xxix, 327, f. 121.)

DisEases. — Tulips are sometimes
afflicted with a fungus (Sclerotenia
parasitica) which forms olive brown
velvety patches on the stems, leaves,
and flowers. Diseased plants should
be taken up and burned at once, and
the soil should be well dressed with
slaked lime and flowers of sulphur
to prevent the spread of the fungus.

TUPISTRA (tupis, a mallet; in
reference to the form of the stigma).
Nat. Ord. Liliacee.—A small genus’
closely related to Aspidistra, consist-
ing of hothouse herbaceous perennials,
having thickish or tuberous root-
stocks, large leaves, and stalkless
flowers in dense cylindrical spikes,
All the species grow in rich loamy
soil, and require plenty of heat, and
moisture during growth. The winter

447

TYPHONIUM

temperature should not go below 55°
to 60° F. :

T, Clarkei.—A native of Sikkim,
with thick creeping rhizomes,
oblanceolate glossy leaves 4 ft,
long and over 4 ins. broad on stiffish
erect stalks. Flowers dull reddish-
purple inside, at first green outside
with purple margins, but entirely
buff later on. (Bot, Mag. t. 7957.)

Other species are T. macrostigma,
dark purple (Bot. Mag. t. 6280); and
T, squalida, dull violet (Bot. Mag.
tt. 1655, 3054).

TYPHONIUM (after Typhon, a
monster with 100 snakes’ heads, The
plants are used to cure snake-bites
in the East). Nat. Ord. Aroidee.
—A genus containing over a dozen
species of tuberous-rooted herbs
having long-stalked Arum-like leaves
cut into three to five lobes in some
species.

T, giganteum Giraldi—A native
of the moist places in the light woods
of N. China, where it was discovered
by Fr. Giraldi. It has large roundish
tubers and broad, bright green, wavy,
thick -ribbed leaves with speckled
stalks. The peduncle, which is also
speckled, bears a large, more or less
constricted spathe 8 to 10 ins. long,
and of a deep purple colour tinged
with olive. The cylindrical blackish
spadix in the centre is very con-
spicuous. (Gard. Chron. 30th August
1902, 150, f.)

This species having been proved
hardy in Sweden, should prove an
acquisition to the hardy Aroids in
the British Islands. Other species,
however, require a warm greenhouse
or stove temperature. Father Gir-
aldi’s variety of 7. giganteum might
be grown in well-drained gritty soil,
and is apparently easily increased
from seeds, or by offsets from the
tubers.

THE BULB BOOK

URCEOLINA

URCEOCHARIS (made up from
Urceolina and Hucharis). Nat. Ord.
Amaryllides.—This title represents
an interesting bi- generic hybrid
between Urceolina pendula and
Eucharis grandiflora, known under
the name of U. Chobrani. It is
intermediate between its parents in
almost every particular, and has
white-stalked flowers in trusses on
top of the stem. (Gard. Chron. 1892,
ii. £.36 ; Journ. Hort. 1893, xxvi. f. 38).

This plant is still very rare. It
will flourish in a warm greenhouse,
in a compost of rich sandy loam and
leaf-soil, with a little well-decayed
cow-manure.

URCHOLINA (urceolus, a little urn
or pitcher ; in reference to the shape
of the flowers). Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidese.—This genus consists of the
three species mentioned below. They
are herbaceous plants with tunicated
bulbs 1 to 2 ins. in diameter, thin
stalked oblong or lance-shaped leaves,
and umbels of urn-shaped flowers
drooping from the top of a fleshy
leafless scape.

The Urceolinas are natives of the
Andes of Peru and Bolivia, one
species, U. miniata, being found at an
altitude of 10,000 ft. They are easily
grown in a cool or slightly warm
greenhouse, and may be potted in a
compost of rich sandy loam and leaf-
soil, Growth commences in spring,
and a fair amount of moisture is
necessary at the root, until the plants
show signs of going to rest in the
autumn and winter. Then the bulbs
are kept dry and cool until they
show signs of life again in spring.
They may be shaken out of the old
soil and repotted, or some of the old
soil may be removed from the top,
and replaced with fresh compost.
Offsets are the simplest method of
increase,

448

UEBULVULINA

U. latifolia (Leperiza latifolia).—
This species has leaves about 9 ins.
long, and 4 to 5 ins. broad without
the stalks, and six to eight bright
yellow flowers tipped with green
during the summer months (Bot.
Mag. t. 4592).

U. miniata (Pentlandia miniata).—
The leaves about 1 ft. long, and 1 to
13 ins, broad, are produced after the
flowers. These are bright scarlet,
not tipped with green, two to six
drooping from a scape 1 to 14 ft.
high. (Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 68.)

U. pendula (U. aurea), the
Drooping Urn Flower.—This is the
best-known species. It has oblong
pointed leaves a foot or more long

Fic. 335.—Urceolina pendula. (4.)

and 4 or 5 ins, broad, and bright
yellow flowers tipped with green,
drooping from a scape a foot or more
high (Bot. Mag. +t. 5464). The
variety fulva has shorter leaves,
more rounded at the base, and much
smaller flowers than the type.

449 :

THE BULB BOOK

URGINEA

URGINEA (from Ben Urgin, the
name of an Arab tribe). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceee—A genus containing about
twenty-five species of bulbous plants,
having strap-shaped or narrow leaves,
and starry or bell-shaped six-parted
flowers borne in erect trusses.

The species mentioned below are
all natives of 8. Africa, except when
otherwise stated, and although not
strictly hardy, may be grown during
the summer months in the open air
in the milder parts of the country.
They are, however, chiefly grown in
pots in greenhouses, and are only of
botanical or economic interest. A
sandy loam suits them, and stock is
increased by offsets.

U. altissima (Drimia altissima).—
A species having roundish bulbs 4 to 6
ins, through, broadly lance - shaped
leaves 12 to 18 ins, long, and whitish
flowers, keeled with purple in dense
trusses on stems 2 to 3 ft. high (Bot.
Mag. t. 1074).

U. exuviata.—A plant with bulbs
about 1 to 2 ins. through, roundish
flexuose leaves, 1 to 2 ins. long, and
trusses of whitish flowers veined with
purple (Bot. Mag. t. 871). _

U. filifolia (Albuca filifolia).—This
species has bulbs about 1 in. in
diameter, thread -like wavy leaves,
and whitish flowers’ keeled with
purple on slender stems 6 to 12
ins. high (Bot. Reg. t. 557).

U. maritima (UV. Scilla), S—a ONION
Squmt.—A native of the Mediter-
ranean region, having large ovoid
bulbs 4 to 6 ins. in diameter, and
grey-green lance-shaped fleshy leaves.
Flowers whitish keeled with greenish-
purple, borne in dense trusses a foot
long, on reddish stems 3 to 5 ft. high.
(Bot. Mag. t. 918 ; Red. Lt. t. 116.)

The bulbs of this species supply
the Squills of commerce. They
contain a very acrid juice which will
blister the fingers, whilst the vapour
2

UVULARIA

arising from it often irritates the eyes
and nose.

UVULARIA (uvula, from wa, a
small bunch of grapes ; in reference
to the arrangements of the fruits or
seed-pods), BreLLwort. Nat. Ord.
Liliaceze.—A small genus of hardy
herbaceous perennials with thickish
creeping root - stocks, stalkless or
perfoliate leaves, and bell - shaped
flowers drooping from the tips of
the shoots. ,

The Uvularias or Bellworts are
natives of N. America, and are
perfectly hardy. They flourish in
sandy peaty soil, and may be
increased by division of the root-
stocks in autumn, but may also be
raised from seeds. When grown in
bold masses in the rockery or garden
they look very graceful.

‘U. grandifiora. — A pretty plant
1 to 2 ft. high, having smooth
perfoliate leaves 2 to 4 ins. long, and
pale yellow flowers about May and
June (Bot. Mag. t. 1112).

U. perfoliata.—_This is similar in
appearance to U. grandiflora, but
has rather longer leaves and smaller
flowers( Bot. Mag. t. 955).

U. puberula.—This species has
oblong pointed stalkless leaves 2 to 3
ins. long, fringed with hairs on the
margins, and yellowish flowers from
the ends of the shoots and the axils
of the upper leaves (Lodd. Bot. Cab.
t. 1260).

U. sessilifolia is somewhat similar
to the others, but has oblong pointed
stalkless leaves of a membranous
texture (Bot. Mag. t. 1402).

VALLOTA (after P. Vallot, a
French botanist), Nat. Ord. Amaryl-
lidez.—The only member of the
genus is—

V. purpurea (Amaryllis purpurea ;
A, specitosa).—A charming S. African
plant well known under the popular

THE BULB BOOK

VALLOTA

name of “Scarborough Lily.” It
has large ovoid bulbs, strap-shaped
bright green leaves 18 to 24 ins. long,
and six to nine bright scarlet funnel-
shaped flowers on the top of a hollow
fleshy scape 2 to 3 ft. high. (Bot.
Mag. t. 14380).

+ MANY,
ae a

( Wy
Ny y sl (( Y y

Fic. 836.—Valotta purpurea, (4.)

There are several varieties, the best
being eximia, with white-centred
flowers 4 ins. across; and magnijica,
very similar, but more vigorous.

The Scarborough Lily may be
grown out of doors during the
summer months in the milder parts
of the Kingdom. It is, however,
generally grown in pots in the
greenhouse, and flourishes in rich
sandy loam and leaf-mould. When
the bulbs are well established, they
throw up their brilliant flowers every
year, and if the plants have not had
too much heat, they will last quite a
long time in blossom in a_ cool
drawing-room. Increased by offsets.

Hybrids are said to have been
raised by crossing Vallota with Hip-
peastrum—a very likely proceeding.

450

VELTHEIMIA

VELTHEIMIA (after Count Aug.
Ferd. Veltheim (1741 to 1801), a
patron of botany). Nat. Ord. Liliacez.
—A small genus of 8. African bulbous
plants having fleshy wavy leaves,
and erect oblong-conical trusses of
drooping, cylindrical flowers.

They are almost hardy in the
mildest parts of the Kingdom, and
may be grown in the open air at any
rate during the summer months.
They flourish in rich light sandy soil
with a little leaf-mould or well-
decayed manure, and may be easily
increased by offsets, or by well-
ripened leaves inserted in sandy soil
to produce new bulbs at the base.

V. glauca.—A pretty plant with
grey-green wavy leaves, and trusses
of red or yellow spotted flowers borne
on scapes a foot or more high (Bot.
Mag. tt. 1091, 3456).

Fic. 337.—Veltheimia viridifiora. (4.)

V. viridifiora (V. capensis).—This
is the best-known species. It has

THE BULB BOOK

VERATRUM

tufts or rosettes of strap-shaped wavy
leaves 9 to 12 ins. long, and scapes
1 to 14 ft. high, bearing from forty to
sixty reddish-yellow spotted flowers
in summer. (Bot. Mag. t.501; Red.
Lil. t. 186.)

VERATRUM (vere, truly; ater,
atrum, black; in reference to the
colour of the roots), Fase or WHITE
HELLEBORE. Nat. Ord. Liliacese.—A
genus of distinct herbaceous peren-
nials having thickish poisonous root-
stocks, strongly veined or plaited
leaves, and branched trusses of starry
six-parted flowers,

The Veratrums are bold and orna-
mental-looking plants in the border
or rockery, They like a rich and
well-manured loamy soil, and more
or less shaded positions, and may
be increased by division of the root-
stocks in autumn or spring. They
may also be raised from seeds, but
this is a slow process, several years
often elapsing before flowering plants
are obtained.

V. album (White Hellebore).—A
noble-looking perennial 3 to 5 ft.
high, from the Caucasus and Altai
Mountains, It has large stalkless,
broadly oval, plaited leaves a foot or
more long, and whitish flowers
tinged with green outside, borne in
dense trusses on stems 1 to 2 ft. high
in July. (Red. In, t. 447.) The
variety Lobelianum has wholly
greenish flowers; and the variety
viride (or Helontas viride), from
N. America, also has greenish
flowers with lance-shaped petals (Bot.
Mag. t. 1096).

V. californicum.—A Californian
species 5 to 6 ft. high, having branched
panicles of greenish- white flowers
(Gard. Chron. 1900, xxviii. 22).

V. Maacki—A Siberian species
about 2 ft. high, having lance-shaped
leaves about 6 ins. long, and dark

451

WACHENDORFIA

purple flowers with a blackish base
borne in loose panicles in July
(Gartenji. t. 1070).

V. nigram,—An ornamental plant
2to 3 ft, high, somewhat swollen at
the base, and having oblong plaited
leaves about 1 ft. long, and 6 to 8 ins.
broad. The blackish-purple flowers
are borne in June in dense racemes
1to3ft. high. (Bot. Mag. t. 963.)

V. Wiedemannianum.—A native
of Kurdistan, having flowers of indigo-
blue, fading to purple-lilac.

WACHENDORFIA (after HL. J.
Wachendorf, a Dutch botanist). Nat.
Ord. Hemodoracee.—A genus with
seven species of tuberous-rooted
perennials having sword-shaped or
rarely linear leaves, sometimes large
and more or less plaited. Flowers
yellow, in terminal and often hairy
panicles or trusses, All natives of

-§. Africa,

The Wachendorfias flourish in
sandy peat, loam, and leaf-soil, but
can be regarded as hardy only in the
mildest parts of the Kingdom. In
severe winters they should be pro-
tected from frost and cold rains by
means of hand-lights, bracken, etc.
They may be increased by division
of the tuberous roots in spring as
growth is commencing, or by seeds
sown in cold frames or gentle heat
when ripe.

W. brevifolia grows about 1 ft.
high, has lance-shaped plaited leaves,
and crimson flowers tinged with
yellow and softly hairy outside (Bot.
Mag. t. 1116).

W. hirsuta,—A downy plant about
18 ins. high, with three-nerved
narrow sword-shaped leaves, and
reddish flowers becoming golden-
yellow when fully open (Bot. Mag.
t. 614),

W. paniculata.—This grows about
18 ins, high, and has three-nerved

THE BULB BOOK

WATSONIA

sword-like leaves and golden-yellow
flowers in panicles (Bot. Mag. tt.
616, 1060 (padlida) ).

W. thyrsiflora,—A species about
2 ft. high with broad sword-shaped
plaited leaves. The yellow flowers,
with six lance-shaped acute seg-
ments, appear in early summer, in
loose erect racemes, (Bot. Mag. t.
1060.)

WATSONIA (after W. Watson, a
London apothecary), Bucte Lity.
Nat. Ord. Irideze.—A genus of beauti-
ful §. African herbaceous plants,
having fibrous-coated corms, sword-
shaped leaves, and tall spikes of
tubular bell-shaped flowers.

The Watsonias may be grown in
the open air during the summer
months from the Midlands south-
wards, and should be planted in
warm, sunny, and sheltered. spots.
In other localities it is safer to grow
them in frames or greenhouses, In-
deed this is how they are often
cultivated. They like a rich sandy

‘loam with a little leaf-soil, peat, or

well-decayed manure, whether grown
in pots or in the border. During
growth the roots should have plenty

“of moisture, but when at rest no

water should be given. In the
autumn the corms of outdoor plants
should be lifted before severe frosts
set in, and may be stored in frost-
proof places until April and May.
The plants may be increased by off-
sets and by seeds.

W. aletroides(Antholyzualetrotdes).
—A pretty species 2 to 3 ft. high,
having thickish, narrow, sword-like
leaves, and spikes of scarlet flowers
in June and July (Bot. Mag. tt. 441,
533).

Ww. angusta (W. iridifolia).—This
species has narrow lance-shaped
leaves in two rows, and from eight
to twenty-four scarlet flowers in a

452

WATSONIA

spike (Bot. Mag. t. 600; Fl. d. Serr.
t. 107).

Fic. 338.—Watsonia angusta.

W. brevifolia has narrow, pointed,
distichous leaves, those on the stems
being spathe-like. The scarlet flowers
appear about May and June in one
or two rows on the spikes. (Bot.
Mag. t. 601.)

W. coccinea,—A fine plant 1 to 2
ft. high, closely related to W. Meri-
ana, and having spikes of scarlet
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 1194).

W. densifiora,—A fine species,
with narrow stiffish leaves 14 to 2 ft.
long, and spikes of soft rosy flowers
in June (Bot. Mag. t. 6400).

W. humilis,—A pretty plant 2 to
24 ft. high, with two rows of narrow
sword-shaped leaves 1 to 14 ft. long,
and deep rose-coloured flowers in
July and August (Bot. Mag. tt. 63,
1193),

W. marginata,—This species grows
3 ft, or more high, and has somewhat
leathery lance-shaped leaves 2 to 2}

THE BULB BOOK

WATSONIA

ft. long, and bright pink drooping
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 608). There
is a smaller-flowered variety called
minor (Bot, Mag. t. 1530).

W. Meriana (Antholyza Meriana).—
This fine species, 1 to 2 ft, high, has
thickish lance-shaped, strongly-nerved

apy:
Fic, 839.—Watsonia Meriana. (4.)

leaves, and spikes of purple or scarlet
flowers in May or June (Bot. Mag.
t, 418).

The variety iridifolia grows
about 3 ft, high, and has white
flowers (Bot. Mag. t. 600); rosea-
alba has white and rose blossoms
(Bot, Mag. tt. 537, 1198); and
Ardernet or O’Brient is perhaps the
finest member of the genus, It
grows 4 ft, high, and has branched
stems bearing pure white funnel-
shaped ‘flowers 2 ins. across (Fig.
340).

‘W. punctata,—This dwarf-growing
species, with narrow, flattish, or
rounded leaves has scarlet or violet
flowers in June (And, Bot. Rep. t.
177, as Ixia).

W. rosea (Gladiolus iridifolius).—
This fine species grows 3 to 4 ft,

453

WELDENIA

high, and has leathery leaves 2 to 23
ft. long, and spikes of funnel-shaped
bright rosy flowers from July to
October (Bot. Mag. t. 1072; Jacg.
Ie, t. 235).

W. strictiflora,—A_ little-known
species with narrow leaves about 6 to
12 ins, long, and spikes of erect scent-
less cherry-red flowers: marked with
violet-purple in the throat (Bot. Mag.
t. 1416).

Fia. 840.—Watsonia Meriana
Ardernet. (3.)

WELDENIA, Nat. Ord. Commelin-
acee.—A genus containing only one
species—

W. candida.—A native of Mexico
and Guatemala, having fleshy tuberous
root-stocks, from which arise annually
six to eight strap-shaped leaves with
folding bases. The snow-white
flowers, about an inch across, are
borne on erect scapes in a cluster in
the centre of the leaves (Bot. Mag.
t. 7405).

THE BULB BOOK

XANTHOSOMA

WILBRANDIA (after Joh. Bernh,
Willbrand, a German botanist, born
1789, died 1846), Nat. Ord. Cucur-
bitaceze.—A_ little-known genus, the
only known species of which is—

W. drastica (Rhynchocarpa glom-
erata),—A. tuberous-rooted perennial
from Brazil, closely related to the
Bryony, and having digitately five-
lobed leaves and climbing stems 9 to
12 ft. long. The small whitish
flowers (males and females being
separate on each plant) are borne
in panicles, and are succeeded in
autumn by small egg-like fruits.

This plant—if worth growing at
all—may be raised from seeds sown
in heat annually, the young plants
being placed in warm sunny spots
about May or June.

WURMBBA (after F'. Van Wurmbe,
a Dutch Naturalist), Nat. Ord.
Liliacee.—§ little-known genus of
bulbous plants, having narrow leaves,
and short spikes of bell-shaped
flowers. They are natives of 8.
Africa, and may be grown in a cool
greenhouse or frame, or in the open
air in the milder parts during the
summer months in sandy loam and
leaf-soil, and may be increased by
offsets,

W. capensis (W. campanulata ;
Melanthium monopetalum).—This is
the best-known species. It grows
from 6 to 12 ins, high, and has the
upper leaves linear, the lower ones
being lance-shaped, dilated, and
sheathing at the base, The white
flowers appear in May and June, and
if several plants are grown together
they look very pretty. (Bot. Mag.
t. 1291.)

‘W. purpurea is very similar, but
has purplish flowers (Bot. Mag. t.
694).

XANTHOSOMA (zanthos, yellow ;
soma, a body; in reference to the

454

XANTHOSOMA

large yellow stigma), Nat. Ord.
Aroidee.—A genus containing about
twenty species of hothouse herbaceous
plants, closely related to the Cala-
diums, and having milky juice, tuber-
ous or thickened root-stocks, and
large hastate or sagittate leaves
with long stalks. The Howers are
moncecious, and borne on a spadix
which stands in the centre of a
convolute spathe.

These plants being natives of
Tropical America (W. Indies, Brazil,
Venezuela, Guiana, etc.), flourish in
a hot moist atmosphere, with a
minimum winter temperature of 60°
to 65° F. During growth the foliage
should be syringed two or three times
a day, generally in the morning and
late afternoon, and plenty of water
should be given to the roots, The
most suitable compost seems to be
a rich sandy loam, to which leaf-
mould and well-rotted manure may
be added. Suckers are produced
from the base of the plants, especially
if the main stem has been cut or
injured in any way, and by this
means the stock may be increased.
The suckers should be inserted in a
hot-bed in a close case or under a
bell-glass, and will soon root. The
plants are valued chiefly for the
ommamental appearance of the
foliage.

X. auriculatum,— Leaves three-
lobed, heart-shaped, suddenly taper-
ing at the tip, having reddish or
green stalks, striped with brown
(Gartenjl. 1869, t. 603).

X. Barilletii_A handsome plant
with bright green leaf-stalks a yard
long, the blades being deeply cut
into three to five large strongly-
veined lobes (Rev. Hort. 1882, p.
260).

X. cordatum.—This species has
heart-shaped leaves 1? ft. long and
over 1 ft. broad, with stems 2 ft. or

THE BULB BOOK

ZEPHYRANTHES

more long. The yellow-green spathe,
over 6 ins. long, is rose-tinted at the
base and whitish inside. (Kew Bull.
1906, 7.)

X. Hoffmanni,—A Mexican plant,
having leaves deeply cut into five to
seven lobes, dark green with a bluish
metallic sheen, the stalks being
whitish blotched with dark purple.
The spathe has a green tube, purple
within, the limb being white.

X., Lindeni.—A pretty plant, is well
known under the name of Phyllote-
nium Lindent. It has oblong-hastate
leaves about 1 ft. long, deep green,
with the midrib and side veins of
ivory white. (Jil, Hort. 1872, t. 88.)
The variety magnificum has larger
and finer leaves than the type.

X, mirabile.—This distinct species
has green leaves about 1 ft. long,
spotted with yellow and divided into
three oval, lance-shaped, pointed
segments, the leaf-stalks being about
a yard long. The flower-spathe is of
a primrose-yellow colour. (Gard.
Chron. 1874, ii. p. 258.)

X, sagittifolium,—Leaves 12 to 18
ins. long, broadly oval, sagittate,
pointed, borne on stalks a yard or
more high, Flower-spathe greenish
and white. (Bot. Mag. t. 4989.)

X, violaceum,—A very ornamental
species with sagittate, oval oblong
blades 9 to 18 ins. long, on brownish-
violet stalks 2 to 3 ft. long. Spathe
pale violet outside, yellowish-white
within, enclosing a violet and white
spadix.

ZEPHYRANTHES (zephyros, west
wind ; anthos, a flower; reference to
the New World—the West), ZEPHYR
Frower. Nat. Ord. Amaryllidez.—
A genus containing about three dozen
species of herbaceous plants with
tunicated bulbs, narrow strap-shaped
leaves, and more or less erect funnel-
shaped flowers borne on slender hollow

455

ZEPHYRANTHES

stems. The genus HaBRantHus is
now merged in this.

Only a few species of Zephyr
Flower can be regarded as hardy
enough for out-door cultivation, and
these are specially mentioned below.
In most cases, especially in the less
favoured parts of the Kingdom, it is
safer to grow the bulbs in pots or
pans in a frame, or slightly heated
greenhouse, All species like a rich
and fairly sandy loam, with a little
leaf-mould or well-decayed cow-
manure added, The bulbs vary from
% in. to 14 ins, in diameter, so that
when planted in the open border or
rockery they should. be buried about
three or four times their own
diameter. When grown in pots it
will be sufficient if the tops of the
bulbs are just beneath the surface of
the soil, To secure a display several
bulbs should be planted together, as
an odd one here and there is
practically lost to view, and gives
one a poor impression as to the real
beauty of the plants when in blossom.
The simplest way to increase the
plants is by offsets from the old
bulbs.

The following are some of the best-
known species :—

Zz, Andersoni (Habranthus Ander-
soni).—This pretty little species from
Monte Video is fairly hardy in the
milder parts of the country. It has
pale green leaves 5 to 6 ins, long, and
yellow flowers, tinged with coppery-
red outside, borne on slender scapes
3 to 6 ins. long during the summer
months. (Bot. Reg. t. 1345.)

Z, andicola,— A native of the
Chilian Andes, with grey-green linear
leaves and bright violet flowers 2 ins,
long, borne on scapes 6 ins. or more
high, in January or February.
Greenhouse or frame.

Z, Atamasco (Amuaryllis Atamasco).
—A fine species from the damp

THE BULB BOOK

ZEPHYRANTHES

woods and fields- of Virginia, with
bright green leaves, and pure white
scentless flowers, 3 ins. long, borne
from April to May on stalks 6 to

Fia. 341.—Zephyranthes Atamasco.

12 ins. high, and tinted with pink or
purple in the bud state (Bot. Mag.
t. 289; Red. Lil. t. 31; Lodd. Bot.
Cab, t. 1899).

zZ. aurea.—A Peruvian species,
having narrow acute leaves about 1
ft. long, and erect, funnel-shaped,
orange-yellow flowers nearly 3 ins,
across (Rev. Hort. 1904, 166, f. 67;
Gard. Chron, 1908, xliii. 390; Gard,
1908, 325, f.).

Z, candida (Amaryllis candida ; A.
nivea), Swamp Lily.—This pretty
Zephyr Flower is abundant on the
marshes of La Plata, and has bright
green roundish leaves about 1 ft.
long, and scentless flowers pure white,
or slightly tinged with rose outside,
borne on slender stalks 6 to 9 ins.
long, in September (Bot. Mag. t.
2607 ; Bot. Reg. t. 724). The variety

456

Fie. 842.—Zephyranthes candida,

Z carinata (Z. grandifora ;
Amaryllis carinata).—A beautiful
species, native of Central America
and the West Indies, with linear
leaves 6 to 12 ins. long. The
beautiful deep rosy-pink flowers, 2
to 3 ins. long, appear about June on
stems 6 to 9 ins. long, and last in
perfect condition a long time. There
is a certain amount of variation in
the colour, and the form called
lilacina is chiefly distinguished by
lilac-tinted blossoms. (Bot. Reg. tt.
902, 2594.)

Z. citrina.—This is supposed to be
a native of Demerara. It has
roundish stolon-bearing bulbs 14 ins.
in diameter, very narrow bright
green leaves about 1 ft. long, and
bright yellow flowers 14 to 2 ins. long,
in August and September, borne on
two-edged scapes about 6 ins. high
(Bot. Mag. t. 6605). Greenhouse.

V1de0 Witn linear leaves, thin Hower
scapes 6 ins. high, and pale re
flowers 3 ins. long, with lance-shape
spreading segments.

Z, mesochloa.—A native of Bueno
Ayres, with whitish flowers, gree!
at the base, and tinged with re
outside, borne in May or June o1
stems about 9 ins. high (Bot. Reg. |
1361). Fairly hardy in mild parts.

Z. robusta. — Also a native 9
Buenos Ayres, with narrow grey-gree!
leaves which appear after the flower:
These are rose-red 23 to 3 ins. long
and are borne on slender scapes 6 t
9 ins. high, about July and August
(Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1761.)

Z. rosea (Amaryllis rosea; A
carnea).—A pretty Zephyr Flowe
from the Cuban mountains, wit!
linear bright green leaves and brigh
rose-red flowers 1 in. long, abou
September and October (Bot. Reg. 1
821; Bot. Mag. t. 2587). Fairl
hardy.

Z. Taubertiana,— A _ Brazilia:
species, with narrow linear leaves an:
large pink-tinted flowers (Garten;
1896, t. 1427). Requires greenhous
treatment.

Z. texana.—A native of Texas, wit:
bright yellow flowers tinted wit!
coppery - yellow outside, borne o1
stalks 4 to 8 ins. high. Frame o
greenhouse. (Bot. Mag. t. 3596.)

Z. Treatie.—A handsome species
native of the damp swampy parts o
Florida, having grass- green leave
about 4 in. broad, and white flower
about 3 ins. long keeled with red, i:
early summer, borne on more or les
purplish stalks 6 to 12 ins, higt
Fairly hardy.

457

ZINGIBER

Z. tubispatha (Z. nervosa ; Amaryl-
lis tubispatha).—A native of the
West Indies and Central American
mountains, with narrow linear flaccid
leaves over 1 ft. long, and white,
slightly fragrant flowers 14 to 2 ins,
long, in early summer (Bot. Mag.
t. 1586). Fairly hardy.

Z. verecunda (Z. sessilis; Z.
striata).—A. native of the highlands
of Central Mexico, with narrow green
leaves 6 to 12 ins. long, and white
flowers 14 to 2 ins. long, keeled
with red, and borne on stems 3 to 9
ins. high, in the spring and early
summer months (Bot. Mag. tt. 2583,
2593 ; Ref. Bot. tt. 212,356). Green-
house or frame.

%, versicolor,—A South American
species, with leaves a foot long,
produced after the flowers, which
appear in January or February, and
are white, 2 to 2} ins. long, Aushed
outside with red and green (Bot.
Mag. t. 2485).

ZINGIBER (the Indian name), Nat,
Ord. Scitamineer.—This genus con-
tains about twenty species of
herbaceous perennials, having tuber-
ous rhizomes, large more or less
oblong or lance-shaped, leaves, and
flowers borne in dense spike - like
clusters,

These plants are more of botanical
and economic interest, although they
are by no means unornamental. The
root-stocks of the East Indian z.
officinale supply the Ginger roots of
commerce; Z. Cassumunar supplies
Bengal Root (Bot. Mag. t. 1426); Z.
Parishi, from Moulmein, has creeping
root - stocks about 3 ft. long, and
produces stems about 3 ft. high,
having elliptic lance-shaped leaves,
and pale yellow flowers veined with
purple (Bot. Mag. t. 6019); 2.
spectabile, from the Malay Peninsula,

THE BULB BOOK

ZYGADENUS

is about 8 ft. high, with oblong
lance-shaped tapering leaves and pale
yellow flowers with a red-brown lip
spotted with yellow (Bot. Mag. t.
7967); Z. Zerumbet, from the East
Indies and Malaya, grows 3 to 4 ft.
high, with broadly lance-shaped wavy
leaves and pale sulphur-yellow flowers
(Bot. Mag. t. 2000). There is a
variety with variegated leaves,

ZYGADENUS (zygos, a yoke ; aden,
a gland; in reference to the double
glands on the perianth). Nat. Ord.
Liliaceee.—A little-known genus of
herbaceous plants with rhizomes or
bulbous root - stocks, clusters of
narrow leaves, and branched racemes
of more or less bell-shaped flowers,

These plants are chiefly of botani-
cal interest. They like a deep, moist
peaty soil in somewhat shaded places,
and may be increased by division
of the root-stocks or offsets. The
following species are met with,
They are all natives of N. America.

Z angustifolius,—aA slender-

-stemmed plant 12 to 18 ins. high,

with reduced leaves, and racemes of
small white flowers, turning purple
with age (Bot. Mag. t. 1540).

Z, glaberrimus (Helonias bracteata).
—tThis species grows 2 to 3 ft, high,
and has narrow grassy leaves 12 to
18 ins. long, and small white flowers
in June (Bot. Mag. t. 1708).

Z. glaucus (Z. elegans).—A plant
1 to 2 ft. high, with grey-green leaves
1 to 2 ft. long, and loose racemes of
whitish - green flowers in summer
(Bot. Mag. t. 1680, as glaberri-
mus).

Z. Musezetoxicum (Helonias leeta),
Fly Poison Plant.—This grows 1 to
2 ft. high, has the leaves much
reduced, and bears greenish - white
flowers in summer (Bot. Mag. t.
803 ; Lodd, Bot. Cab. t. 998).

458

PUBLICATIONS QUOTED AND CONSULTED

In the preparation of this volume the author, in addition to his
own practical knowledge and experience, has consulted or quoted
from the following horticultural and botanical works and publica-

tions. In the text the titles of many are abbreviated on account
of space.

And, Bot, Rep.= Andrews (H. C.), Botanical Repository ; London, 1799-1811 ;
10 vols. 4to ; 664 col. plates,

Baker, J. G. Handbook of the Amaryllidece ; London, 1888.

Baker, J. G. Handbook of the Iridee ; London, 1892.

Bot. Mag.=Botanical Magazine ; London, 1787 (still published monthly) ;
col. plates,

Bot. Reg.= Botanical Register ; London, 1815-1847 ; 33 vols. 8vo; col. plates.

Dictionary of Gardening, Geo. Nicholson, A.L.S. ; London, 1885-1888.

Elwes, Iil.=Elwes (H. J.), Monograph of the Genus Lalium ; London, 1880 ;
fol. ; col. plates. ;

Fl. d. Serr.= Flore des Serres et des Jardins de l'Europe ; Ghent, 1845-1883 ;
col. plates.

Flor. Mag.= Floral Magazine ; London, 1861-1871 ; 8vo.

Gard. Chron.= The Gardeners’ Chronicle ; London, 1841 to date (weekly)

Gard =The Garden ; London, 1871 to date (weekly).

Gartenfl.—Gartenflora, founded by E. Regel, 1852 to date (monthly); col.
plates.

ll. Hort =L’ Illustration Horticole ; Ghent, 1850 to date; col plates.

Jacq. Ic, =Jacquin (N.), [cones Plantarum ; Vienna, 1781-1793 ; 3 vols.

Lem. Jard. Fleur.=Lemaire (C.), Le Jardin Fleuriste ; 4 vols. 8vo ; Ghent,
1851-1854 ; col. plates.

Lodd. Bot. Cab.=Loddiges (C.), Botanical Cabinet ; London, 1812-1833 ; col.

lates.
Maw, Cag Noe (Geo.), Monograph of the Genus Crocus ; London, 1886 ;
; 4to ; col. plates.
Paxt. Mag. Bot.=Paxton’s Magazine of Botany ; London, 1841-1849 ; 16 vols,

8vo ; col, plates,
459

PUBLICATIONS QUOTED AND CONSULTED

Red, [1l.=Redouté (P.), Les Lilacées; Paris, 1802-1816; 8 vols. fol. ; col,
plates.

Ref. Bot.=Saunders (W. W.), Refugium Botanicum ; London, 1869-1872 ; 8vo.

Rev. Hort.= Revue Horticole ; Paris, 1828 to date.

Sw. Brit. Fl. Gard.=Sweet’s (R.) British Flower Garden; London, 1823-
1838 ; 8vo.

Weathers, J. Practical Guide to Garden Plants ; London, 1901.

Reference has also been made to the pages of the Journal of Horticulture ;
The Gardeners’ Magazine ; The American Florist ; Gardening Illustrated ;
The Gardeners’ Assistant (W. Watson); Kew Bulletin ; and W. Robinson’s
English Flower Garden, etc., etc.

460

GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED
IN THIS WORK

‘

Achene, a dry, non-bursting, one-seeded
fruit.

Achlamydeous, flowers without sepals
or petals.

Actinomorphic, when regular flowers
can be cut into two equal halves in
more than one plane.

Acuminate, taper-pointed.

Adnate, one organ united to another.

Alternate, when leaves are arranged
on a stem one after another.

Amplexicaul, stem-clasping.

Andreecium, the stamens (or male
organs) of a flower.

Angiosperms, flowering-plants with
ovules enclosed in an ovary.

Anther, the sac-like part of the stamen
containing the pollen essential for
fertilisation.

Apocarpous, when several pistils or
carpels in the same flower are separate.

Auricled, with leaf-like appendages, as
in Cyclamen.

Bipartite, when leaves are divided into
two parts nearly to the base.

Bipinnate, when the pinne or divisions
of a pinnate leaf are themselves again
pinnate.

Biternate, when the divisions of a
ternate leaf are themselves ternate.

Bracteate, furnished with bracts.

Bracts, small leaves at the base of the
pedicels.

Bulb. See p. 1, and Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4,
20-22.

Calyx, the outer and usually greenish
whorl of leaf-like organs (sepals) out-
side the corolla (petals).

Carpel, another name for the pistil
—which see.

Cladodes,
Asparagus.

Connate, when two similar bodies are
slightly united at the base.

Convolute, when one part is rolled up
within another lengthwise,

Corolla, the more or less highly-
coloured whorl of floral leaves (petals)
between the calyx and stamens.

Corm. See p. 1, and Figs. 5, 6, 13, 16,
17, 18, 19, 53.

Corona, the central conspicuous growth
in Narcissi flowers.

Corymb, a raceme having flowers at
one level owing to the lower ones
having longer stalks than the upper
ones,

Crenate, when the teeth on the margins
of leaves are rounded.

Cuneate, wedge-shaped.

Cyme, an inflorescence formed of a
terminal flower beneath which are
two opposite side-shoots, each ending
in a blossom and again having side-
shoots.

Diadelphous, when stamens are in two
distinct bundles.

Dichlamydeous, flowers having both
sepals and petals.

Dichotomous, forked in pairs.

Dicotyledons, with two seed-leaves. See

. 43.

eae see having two long and two
short stamens.

Dicecious, when the stamens are on one
plant and the pistils or carpels on
another.

Distichous, arranged in two opposite
rows.

Ensiform, sword-shaped.

leaf-like bodies, as in

461

GLUaP AY

Epigynous, when the sepals, petals,
and stamens are seated apparently on
the ovary.

Epipetalous, when the stamens are
seated on the corolla.

Equitant, overlapping each other like
the leaves of many Irises.

Fasciated, applied to stems which
become fused and flattened.

Fascicle, a cyme or crowded cluster of
flowers each on short stalks or
pedicels.

Filament, the stalk of a stamen.

Fistular, hollow-stemmed or hollow-
leaved.

Flexuose, flexuous, zigzag, changing
direction at each joint; wavy.

Follicle, a swollen one-celled carpel with
several seeds, as in Pasony, Aconitum,
etc.

Gamopetalous, when the petals are
united, not free.

Gamosepalous, when the sepals are
united, not free.

Glaucous, grey- or blue-green.

Gynecium, the carpels or pistils
(female organs) of a flower.

Hastate, arrow-shaped, with the lobes
pointing outwards, not downwards, as
in sagittate—which see.

Hermaphrodite, when stamens and
pistils are in the same flower.

Hypogeous, hypogeal, remaining
underground.

Hypogynous, seated beneath the ovary.

Indehiscent, said of non-bursting seed
capsules.

Inflorescence, the flowers and the way
they are arranged on the stems.

Involucre, the circles of leafy bracts at
the base of a flower-head.

Irregular, when the parts of a flower
are unequal in size. See Figs. 37, 41.

Laciniate, cut deeply into narrow,
irregular segments.

Monadelphous, one brotherhood—said
of stamens when united into one
bundle.

Monochlamydeous, when flowers have
only sepals or petals, but not both.
Monocotyledons, with one seed-leaf.

See p. 43.

Moncecious, when the stamens and
pistils are in separate flowers but on
the same plant, as in Begonia.

Ob, inverted or reversed, as in obovate,
oblanceolate, obcordate, obovoid, etc.

Ocrea, a tubular membranous stipule
surrounding the stem.

Ovary, the unripened seed-vessel.

Ovule, the young seed before it has
been fertilised by the contents of the
pollen-tube.

Panicle, a raceme with branching
pedicels.

Pedicel, the stalklet of a single flower
on a raceme, panicle, or corymb, ete.
See Figs. 87, 40, 41, 50, 99, ete.

Peduncle, flower-stalk.

Peltate, roundish, with the stalk in the
centre.

Perfoliate, when a stem apparently
passes through a leaf.

Perianth, the name given (especially in
Monocotyledons) to the floral leaves
(petals),

Perigynous, growing above and round
the ovary.

Petals, the parts of the corolla.

Petiole, leaf-stalk.

Phanerogams, flowering-plants. See
p. 43.

Pinnate, when leaflets are arranged on
opposite sides of a common stalk.

Pistil, the ovary, style, and stigma
taken together.

Pollen, the dust-like granules from the
anthers which serve to fertilise the
ovules,

Polygamous, when male, female, and
hermaphrodite flowers are intermixed
on same plant.

Polypetalous, when the petals are
quite free and distinct from each
other.

Protandrous, when the anthers in a
flower ripen before the stigmas.

Protogynous, when the stigmas in a
flower ripen before the anthers.

Raceme, a main flower-stem with
several shortly-stalked flowers, as in
Lily of the Valley. See Fig. 99.

Rachis, the main or central stem of an
inflorescence.

462

Abobra, .55
Acanthacee, 53
Achimenes, 55
picta, 319
Acidanthera, 57
Acts, 327
Aconitum, 58
Acorus, 59
Agapanthus, 59
Umbrella, 186
Albuca, 60
filifolia, 449
Alectorurus yedoénsis, 83
Alisma, 61
Alismacez, 44
Auium, 61
eroceum, 107
Alocasia, 63,
amabilis, 65
argyroneura, 124
gigantea, 65
Johnstoni, 188
Roeztli, 1238
Alpinia, 66
Alstreemeria, 68
Banksiana, 70
Caldast, 109
perwviana, 70
psittacina, 70
Salsilla, 109
Amaryllidez, 45
Amaryllis, 70
Atamasco, 456
australasica, 158
Banksiana, 118
Broussoneti, 163
bullisperma, 159
candida, 158, 456
capensis, 159
carinata, 457
carne, 457
ciliaris, 120

INDEX

Synonyms in Italics

Amaryllis—continucd
cinnamomea, 274
clavata, 188
crispa, 274
cylindracea, 185
disticha, 120
dryades, 261
Forbest, 158
gigantea, 158
Grifiniana, 117
humilis, 188
hyacinthina, 261
Josephine, 117
latifolia, 158
longifolia, 159
lutea, 423
nivea, 456
orientalis, 117
ornata, 157, 158
ornata, Ait., 163
purpurea, 450
radiata, 349
Radula, 118
revoluta, 159
rosea, 457
rotundifolia, 220
speciosa, 456
spectabilis, 163
stellaris, 274
tubispatha, 458
vivipara, 157
zeylanica, 164

Amicia, 72

Ammocharis, 72
Slateriana, 118

Amomum, 72

Amorphophallus, 73
nivosus, 202

Ampelidez, 49

Ampelopsis, 76

Anchomanes, 76

Androcymbium, 76

Androstephium, 77

Anemone, 77
hortensis, 79

465

Anemone—continued
pavonina, 79
Peacock, 79
Poppy, 78
St Brigid, 79
stellata, 79
thalictroides, 427
wood, 80

Augiosperms, 43

Anigozanthos, 81

Anisanthus Cunonia, 84
splendens, 84

Anoiganthus, 81

Anomatheca, 82

Anthericum, $2
pomeridianwm, 140

Antholyza, 83
aletroides, 452
Meriana, 453

Antigonon, 84

Aphyllanthes, 85

Apios, 85

Apocynacee, 51

Apodolirion lanceolatum, 244

Aponogeton, 86
Arisema, 87
enneaphyllum, S7
helleborifolium, 87
Hookerianum, 88
preecon, 88
Steboldi, 88
Arisarum, 89
Aristolochia, 89
Aristolochiacee, 54
Arodendron, 90
Aroidee, 47
Arrowhead, 410
Arthropodium, 90
Arum, 90
Arisarum, 89
bicolor, 123
campanulatum, 74
corsicum, 93
Dracontiwm, 87
esculentum, 148

26

Arum—continued
indicum, 148
sanctwm, 92
sylvaticum, 76
triphyllum, 89
venosum, 412
zebrinum, 89

Asarabacca, 94
Canadian, 93 ©

Asarum, 93

Asclepiadez, 51

Asclepias, 94

Asparagus, 94

Asphodeline, 96

Asphodelus, 96

Aspidistra, 96

B
Babiana, 98
Barnardia scilloides, 415
Bean, Sacred, 377
Begonia, 99
winter-flowering, 103
Begoniacez, 50
Belamcanda, 103
Belemcanda, 103
Belladonna Lily, 70
Berberidex, 47
Beschorneria, 103
Bessera, 104
Biarum, 105
Bidens, 105
Bignonia, 105
Bignoniacez, 53
Birthwort, 89
Bistort, 401
Black Bryony, 426
Black Lily, 225
Blandfordia, 106
Bleeding Heart, 195
Blood Root, 411
Bloomeria, 107
Bluebell, 413
Common, 415
Spanish, 416
Bobartia, 107
Bocconia, 108
Bomarea, 108
conferta, 110
Bongardia, 110
Boraginex, 52
Botrytis galanthina, 235
Boussingaultia, 111
Bowiea, 112
Brachyspatha variabilis, 76
Brachystelma, 112
Brandy Bottle, 382
Bravoa, 112
Brevoortia, 113
Brodieza, 113
Brunsvigia, 117
ciliaris, 120
Massaiana, 159
toxicaria, 120

INDEX

Bryonia, 118
Bryony Black, 426
Common, 118
Bryophytes, 42
Bulbils, 21
Bulbine, 119
Mackeni, 209
Bulbinella Hookeri, $3
Bulbocodium, 119
Aitchisont, 353
autumnale, 353
trigynum, 353
Bulbs, 1
classification of, 42
forcing, 24
freaks of, 35
functions of, 6
hardy and half-hardy, 31
imbricated, 1
lifting and storing, 17
retarding, 25
scaly, 1
tender, 33
tunicated, 1
Buphane, 120
Burbidgea, 120
Bushmen’s Poison Plant, 120
Butomus, 121

Caladium, 121
esculentum, 148
odorum, 65
petiolatum, 76

Calla, 124
eethioptca, 405

Calliphruria, 124
subedentata, 218

Calliprora lutea, 115

Callipsyche, 124

Callirhoe, 125

Callithauwma viridiflorwm, 422

Calochortus, 126
Leichtlini, 129
umbellatus, 128
uniflorus, 128

Calostemma, 130

Calyciflore, 50

Camassia, 131

Campanula canariensis, 182

Campanulaces, 51

Canarina, 132

Canna, 133

Caryophyllez, 48

Castalia edulis, 384

Caulophyllum, 136

Cautleya lutea, 409

Celandine, Lesser, 404

Cephalandra, 136

Ceropegia, 137

Chamelirium, 138

Chenopodiacez, 54

466

Chinaman's Breeches, 195 '
Chionodoxa, 188 é
Chionographis, 140
Chlidanthus, 140
Chlorogalum, 140

Leichtlini, 132
Chlorospatha, 141
Christmas Bells, 106
Chrysiphiala flava, 421
Chrysobactron Hookeri, 88
Cipura paludosa, 352
Cissus, 141
Classification of bulbous )lants,

42
Claytonia, 141
Clinostylis speciosa, 255
Cliveucharis, 216
Clivia, 141
Cloves, 20
Coburgia blanda, 71

ciliaris, 120

coccinea, 421

Sulva, 421

humilis, 421

Radula, 118

trichromum, 421
Codonopsis, 143
Colchicum, 144

bulbocodioides, 146

chionense, 147

latifolium, 146

procurrens, 354
Colocasia, 147

odorata, 65
Commelina, 148
Commelinacee, 144
Composite, 51
Conanthera, 148
Conophallus Titanum, 75
Contractile roots, 8
Convallaria, 149

bifolia, 350

multifiora, 400

opposttifolia, 401

Polygonatum, 401

verticillata, 401
Convolvulacez, 52
Convolvulus candicans, 290

Jalapa, 290

pandurata, 290
Cooperia, 151
Corms, 1

functions of, 6
Corydalis, 151

bulbosa, 152

tuberosa, 152
Corynophallus Afzeli, T4
Cosmos diversifolius, 190
Costus, 152
Crane’s-bill, 240
Crinum, 158

Algoénse, 159

Angustifolium, 185

aquaticum, 156

\ Crinum—contin ued
arenariwm, 155
attenuatwm, 157
australasium, 155
australe, 161
brevifolium, 156
Broussoneti, 163
caffrum, 156
canaliculatum, 161
capense, 159
Colensot, 160
exaltatum, 161
Herbertianum, 164
Lesemanni, 162
Lindleyanum, 157
Linnei, 159
Makoyanum, 160
natalense, 160
nervosum, 220
obliguum, 186
ornatum, 162
revolutum, 157, 159
riparium, 159
Roxburght, 157
Ruppelianum, 163
speciosum, 159
superbum, 155
taitense, 161
tenellum, 274
toxicarium, 155
vanillodorum, 158
Wallichianum, 164
Weinmanni, 158
Worsleyi, 160

Crocosma, 164
Crocus, 164
algeriensis, 171
annulatus, 168
atlanticus, 171
chrysobelenicus, 170
Cloth of Silver, 168
Sragrans, 174
irvidiflorus, 168
lageneflorus, 167
mesiacus, 167
multifidus, 173
nivalis, 172
odorus, 171
Orphanidis, 173
pyreneus, 171
revolutus, 173
Saffrou, 172
Scotch, 168
sublimus, 172
syriacus, 174
voriegatus, 172
veluchensis, 167
Cross-fertilisation, 23
Crossyne ciliaris, 120
Crown Imperial, 227
Cuban Lily, 417
Cuckoo Pint, 92
Cucurbitacee, 50
Cultivation under glass, 12

INDDA

Cumingia campanilata, 148

Curculigo, 174
Cureuma, 175
cordata, 176

Cut flowers, bulbs for, 26

Cuttings, 22
Cyanella, 176
Cyclamen, 176
estivum, 178
autumnale, 178’
balearicum, 184
caucasicum, 178
cordifolium, 178
cyprinum, 178
elegans, 178
Jicaritfolium, 183
hederefoliwm, 188
hybridum, 178
hyemale, 178
immaculatum, 184
odoratum, 178
persicum, 179
robustum, 178
romanum, 184
vernale, 178
Cyclobothra alba, 126
Cypella, 184
Cyphia, 185
Cyrtanthus, 185
breviflorus, 81
Cyrtosperma, 188

D

Dahlia, 188
anemonesjlora, 189
bidentifolia, 189
erocata, 190
glabrata, 190
superflua, 190

Datura, 194

Daubenya, 195

Delphinium, 195

Diacles ciliaris, 263

Dicentra, 195

Dichopogon, 196

Dicotyledons, 43

Dielytra, 195

Dierama, 196

Dietes, 855
Huttont, 356

Dioscorea, 197

Dioscoreacez, 46

Dipcadi, 198

Dipladenia, 199

Disciflore, 49

Disporum, 199

Dolichos, 200

Doronicum, 200

Dorstenia, 201

Dracontium, 201

Dracunculus, 202
vulgaris, 92

467

Dragon's Mouth, 91
Dragon Plant, 92
Dragon Root, 87
Drimia, 203
altissima, 449
Drimiopsis, 203
Duck's Foot, 398

E

Echidnium Regelianum, 201
Echites nobilis, 199
Eichhornia, 203
Elephant's Foot, 427
Elisena, 204
Equestrian Star, 274
Eranthemum, 204
Eranthis, 205
Eremostachys, 206
Eremurus, 206
caucasicus, 209
Elwesianus, 208
vedrariensis, 209
Eriospermum, 209
Erythronium, 209
Eucharis, 214
Eucomis, 218
Eucrosia, 219
Eurycles, 219
Eusipho angustifolius, 185
Eustephia, 220
Evening Flower, 273
Exogonium Purga, 290

Fr

Ferraria, 221
Flag, Common, 301
water, 310
yellow, 310
Fockea, 221
Forcing bulbs, 24
Freaks of bulbous plants, 35
Freesia, 221°”
Fritillaria, 224
canaliculata, 230
Kotschyana affints, 229
leucantha, 232
macrophylla, 343
minor, 229
montana, 231
Orsiniana, 231
Fumaria nobilis, 152
Fumariacee, 48
Funkia, 233

Gagea, 234
Galanthus, 235
Galaxia, 237
Galtonia, 238

Gamopetale, 50
Gastrochilus, 239
Gastronema clavatum, 188

sanguinewm, 187
Geissorhiza, 239
Gentiana, 240
Gentianee, 52
Georgina Cervantesi, 189
Geraniaces, 49 —
Geranium, 240
Gerrardanthus, 241
Gesnera, 241

elongata, 819
Gesneracee, 53
Gethyllis, 243
Ginger, 458

Wild, 93
Gladiolus, 244

gramineus, 353

grandiflorus, 246

tridifolius, 453

natalensis, 249

refractus, 222

ringens, 250

versicolor, 247
Gladwin, Fetid, 300
Glass, cultivation under, 12
Globba, 253

nutans, 67
Gloriosa, 254

Planti, 256

simplex, 256
Gloxinera, 256
Gloxinia, 257

hirsuta, 418

tubiflora, 57
Glycine Apios, 85
Glyphosperma, 259
Godwinia gigas, 202
Gonioscypha, 260
Grains of Paradise, 73
Grassland, bulbs for, 29
Greenhouses, bulbs for, 27
Griffinia, 260 '
Ground Nut, 85
Guernsey Lily, 380
Guinea Pepper, 73
Gymnosperms, 43
Gypsophila, 262

H

Hablitzia, 262

Habranthus Andersoni, 456

Hemanthus, 263
abyssinicus, 266
arabicus, 266
brevifolius, 264
ciliaris, 120
delagoénsis, 266
hydrophilus, 156
intermedius, 263
Kalbreyert, 266

INDEX

Hemanthus—continued
orbicularis, 267
quadrivalvis, 267
Redouteanus, 267
Roupert, 266
tenuiflorus, 266
toxicaria, 120

Hemodoracez, 45

Hemodorum, 267

Hardy and half-hardy bulbs, 31

Haylockia, 267
Hedychium, 268
Helianthus, 270
ITelicodiceros crinitus, 91
Heliayra, 355
Hellebore, False, 451
Helonias, 270

bracteata, 458

leta, 458

virginica, 358

viride, 451
Heloniopsis, 270
Hemerocallis, 271

alba, 234

ceerulea, 234

japonica, 234

plantaginea, 234
Herbertia, 272
Hermannia, 272
Hermodactylus tuberosus, 316
Herreria, 273
Hesperantha, 273
Hesperocallis, 273
Hesperocordum, 113
Hessea, 278
Heterotropa asarotdes, 94
Hexaglottis, 274
Hippeastrum, 274

‘Homeria, 279

flewuosa, 274
Hookera coronaria, 114
Hottentot Bread, 427
Hyacinth, 279

Roman, 282
Hyacinthus, 279

candicans, 238

comosus, 357

non-seriptus, 415

racemosus, 353

stellaris, 414
Hybridisation, 23
Hydrocleis Commersoni, 847
Hydrosme Teutzi, 75
Hydrotenia Meleagris, 429
Hymenocallis, 283
Hypoxis, 287

Icacina, 287

Imantophyllum, 141

Imhofia Bergiana, 274
Burchelliana, 274

468

Imhofia—continued
erispa, 274
Siltfolia, 274
gemmata, 274

Incarvillea, 288

Ipomea, 288

Tridez, 46

Tris, 290
egyptia, 313
amend, 303
anglica, 317
Bearded, 291
Bornmiillert, 299
brachycuspis, 312
Cushion, 292
decora, 808
English, 317 4
Florentine, 300
fragrans, 297
Sugax, 313
furcata, 295
German, 301
gigantea, 308
halophila, 302
hispantea, 318
imberbis, 304
Japanese, 305
Keempferi, 305.
Kingiana, 304
lineata, 314
longifolia, 304
mauritanica, 304
microptera, 295
Mourning, 314
nudicaulis, 297
ochroleuca, 305
Oncocyclus, 292
pyrenaica, 317
Regelio-Cyclus, 293
Robinsoniana, 355
scorptoides, 295
Snake’s Head, 316
Spanish, 318
stenogyne, 302
stenophylla, 303
stylosa, 316
subbiflora, 297
tigrina, 304
Tolmieana, 807
tomiolopha, 315
transtagana, 295
trialata, 295
tripetala, 303
vagc, 306

Tscharum, 105

Ismene Amancees, 284
Andreant, 284
calathina, 284
Macleana, 286°
tenwifolia, 286

Isoloma, 319

Ixia, 319
bulbifera, 420
chinensis, 103

Ixia—continued
erocata, 483
excisa, 239
rochensis, 240

Ixiolirion, 321

J

Jalap, False, 290
True, 290

Jonquil, Queen Anne's, 309, 372
Campernelle, 371
Rush-leaved, 369

Joss Flower, 376

K

Kempferia, 321
Knotgrass, 401
Korolkowia Suworowi, 230

L

Labiate, 53

Lachenalia, 323
lanceefolia, 416

Lady Seal, 426

Lady’s Locket, 195

Lapeyrousia, 325

Larkspur, 195

Lathyrus, 326

Leguminose, 50

Lent Lily, 373

Leontice, 326

Leperiza ewerosioides, 423
latifolia, 449

Leucocoryne, 326

Leucojum, 327

Lewisia, 328

Liatris, 329

Libertia, 330

Lifting and Storing bulbs, 17

Liliacez, 44

Lilium, 330
aurantiacum, 337
autumnale, 345
Biondi, 342
Carolinianum, 345
claptoniense, 343
colchicum, 340
diseases, 347
excelsum, 346
Loddigesianum, 340
Michaucianum, 345
nigrum, 225
nitidum, 336
odorum, 388
penduliflorum, 335
pennsylvanicum, 337
sinicum, 836

zovitsianum, 340

INDEX

Lilium—continued
Thomsonianwm, 843
Thunbergianum, 837
tubiflorum, 841
Uke-Uri, 883
Wallichianum, 345

Lily, Chinese Sacred, 376
Cuban, 417
Garland, 373
Lent, 373
Scarborough, 450
Swamp, 457
Tiger, 346
Turk's Cap, 340

Lily of the Incas, 70

Limnocharis, 847

Littonia, 348

Lloydia, 348

Lobelia volubilis, 185

Lords and Ladies, 92

Lotus, Sacred, 385

Lowia, 348

Lycoris, 348

Lyre Flower, 195

Lysichitum, 349

M

Macleaya yedoénsis, 10S
Maianthemum, 330
Malvacem, 49
Maranta, 350
Marica, 351
californica, 419
Mariposa Lily, 126
Marvel of Peru, 354
Massonia, 352
May Apple, 398
Meadow Rue, 427
Meadow Saffron, 144
Medeola, 352
asparagoides, 95
Megarhiza, 353
Melanthium, 353
monopetalwm, 454
Melaspherula, 353
Merendera, 353
Methonica grandiflora, 255
superba, 256
Milla, 354
capitata, 114
Douglasi, 114
laxa, 115
peduncularis, 116
umiflora, 116
Mirabilis, 354
Monella angustifolia, 185
collina, 185
glauca, 185
ochroleuca, 186
Monkshood, 58
Monochilus, 354
Monochlamydew, £3

469

Monocotyledons, 48
Montbretia Pottsi, 434
aureo-Pottst, 483

Morea, 355
flexuosa, 274
Northiana, 851
undulata, 221
Murrain Berry, 426
Muscari, 356
Myrosma, 358
Myrsiphyllum asparagoides, 05
Myxothallophytes, 42

Negelia, 358
Naiadacee, 44
Narcissus, 355
abscissus, 371
Ajax, 373
Angel's Tears, 376
Bunch, 375
Butter and Eggs, 371
candidissimus, 871
Codlins and Cream, 368
Eggs and Bacon, 368
Gardenia-flowered, 373
hispanicus, 370
Mogador, 359
montanus, 372
Paper White, 372, 375
patellaris, 373
Pheasant’s Eye, 372
Poet's, 872
Polyanthus, 375
Van Sion, 371
Naturalising bulbs, 29
Nelumbium, 377
Nemastylis, 378
Nerine, 373
aurea, 349
japonica, 349
Nipha, 381
Nothoscordum, 381
aurewm, 107
Nuphar, 382
Nyctaginex, 54
Nymphwza, 382
cerulea, 886
Kalmiana, 382
rubra, 385
semiaptera, 384
Nympheacee, 47

Offsets, 19

Oleacee, 51

Open-air cultivation, 9

Ornithogalum, 386
divaricatum, 140
gramineum, 381
ixioides, 115

Ostrowskia, 388
Othonna, 889
Oxalis, 389

P

Pachyrhizus, 391
Peonia, 391
Pancratium, 894
Amancaes, 284
amboinense, 220
americanum, 286
amenum, 285, 286
angustum, 285
australasicum, 220
calathiforme, 284
calathinum, 284
caribeeum, 285
caymanensis, 285
declinatum, 285
expansum, 285
Sragrans, 286
guianense, 287, 395
littorale, 286
lutewm, 140
nervifoliwm, 220
ovatum, 286
petiolatum, 287
rotatwm, 285
speciosum, 286
tubiflorum, 287
undulatwm, 287
Papaveracez, 48
Pardanthus chinensis, 103
Parlour Palm, 96
Peacock Anemone, 79
Pentlandia miniata, 449
Phedranassa, 396
rubro-viridis, 220
Phalangiwm Liliago, 83
pomeridianum, 140
ramosum, 83
Phalocallis plumbea, 184
Phanerogams, 43
Phlomis, 397
laciniata, 200
Phrynium variegatum, 351
Phytolacca, 397
Phytolaccacee, 54
Pigeon Berry, 397
Pilewort, 404
Placea, 397
Plagiolirion, 398
Plantain Lily, 233
Planting bulbs, depth for, 11
Podophyllum, 398
Poison Plant, Bushmen’s, 120
Poke Weed, Virginian, 397
Polianthes, 398
Polygonacez, 54
Polygonatum, 400
Polygonum, 401
Polymnia, 402

INDEX

Polypetale, 47
Pontederia crassipes, 204
Pontederiacez, 45
Poppy Anemone, 78
Portulacez, 48

Pothos fetidus, 424
Primulacez, 51
Propagation, 19
Proteinophallus Riviert, 75
Pteridophytes, 42
Puschkinia, 402

Quamash, 131

R

Ramsons, 62
Ranunculacee, 47
Ranunculus, 402
Red Ink Plant, 397
Red Puccoon, 411
Reineckia, 404
Retarding bulbs, 24
Rhinopetalum Karelini, 228
Rhizomes, 4

functions of, 6
Rhynchocarpa glomerata, 454
Richardia, 404
Rigidella, 408
Roast Beef Plant, 300
Romulea, 409
Roots, contractile, 8
Root-stock, division of, 22
Roscoéa, 409

)

Sacred Bean, 377
Sagittaria, 410
St Bernard's Lily, 88
St Bruno’s Lily, 83
Salvia, 411
Sandersonia, 411
Sanguinaria, 411
Sauromatuim, 412
asperum, 202
Saxifraga, 418
Saxifragacess, 50
Scales, 20

' Scaly bulbs, 1

Scarborough Lily, 450
Sceptranthus Drummondi, 151
Schizostylis, 413
Scilla, 418
campanulata, 416
esculenta, 182
nutans, 415
pumila, 417
Scitaminee, 46
Sclerotinia parasitica, 447

. 470

Sea Onion Squill, 449
Seeds, 23
Shamrock, Indian, 431
Shrubberies, bulbs for, 29
Sinningia, 418
Sisyrinchium, 418
Smilacina bifolza, 350
canadensis, 350
Snake Root, 98, 329, 401
Soils and composts, 9
Solanacez, 52
Sowbread, 176
Spadiciflore, 46
Spanish Iris, 318
Sparaxis, 419
pulcherrima, 196
Spatlum, 328
Spawn, 20
Sprekelia, 420

| Squill, 413

Sea Onion, 449

Striped, 402
Star of Bethlehem, 388

yellow, 234

Star Hyacinth, 414
Star Tulip, 126
Stenogastra concinna, 418
Stenomesson, 420

Stricklandi, 421
Sterculiaces, 49
Sternbergia, 422

americana, 268
Stink Lilies, 228
Stricklandia, 423
Stropholirion californicum, 117
Strumaria, 424,

crispa, 274

Silifolia, 274

stellaris, 274
Symphytum, 424
Symplocarpus, 424
Synandrospadix, 424
Synantherias sylvatica, 76
Syringodea, 425

Tacca, 425
phallifera, 74
Taccacee, 46
Tamus, 426
elephantipes, 427
Tapeinotes Caroline, 418
Tecophilea, 426
Testudinaria, 427
Thalamiflore, 47
Thalictrum, 427
Thallophytes, 42
Thladiantha, 427
Thomsonia, 428
Tiger Flower, 428
Tigridia, 428
Herberti, 184

Trilisa odoratissime, 329

Tortoise Plant, 427
Trichonema, 409
Trichopus, 430
Tricyrtis, 430
Trillium, 431
Catesbeit, 482
nervosum, 432
fetidum, 431
Triteleia, 433
grandiflora, 114
Tritonia, 433
aurea, 164
odorata, 222
refracta, 222
Tropzolum, 435
Tuberose, 398
" Tubers, 3
Tulbaghia, 436
Tulip, Florists’, 440
Darwin, 440
Parrot, 441
Tulipa, 437
Breyniana, 442
Celsiana, 442
cornuta, 442
tricolor, 445
Tupistra, 447
Twin Flower, 112
Typhonium, 448

INDEX
U

Ureeocharis, 448
Urceolina, 448
Urginea, 449
Urticacez, 54
Uvularia, 450
chinensis, 200
lanuginosa, 199

Vallota, 450
Veltheimia, 451
Veratrum, 451
Verbenacez, 53
Vieusseunta, 355

Ww

Wachendorfia, 452
Water Bean, 377
Watsonia, 452
Liliago, 83
Wax Fountain Flowers, 137
Wedding Flower, 356

Aaeiye

crc

471

Weldenia, 454

Wilbrandia, 454
Windflower, 77

Window boxes, bulbs for, 27
Wolf's Bane, 58

Wood Lily, 431

Wurmbea, 454

x

Xanthosoma, 454
vulgare, 318
Xiphion latifolium, 317

Z

Zantedeschia, 404
Zephyranthes, 455
grandiflora, 457

nervosa, 458

sessilis, 458

striata, 458
Zephyr Flower, 455
Zingiber, 458
Zygadenus, 458

SCHOOL, COTTAGE, & ALLOTMENT

GARDENING

BY JOHN WEATHERS

Price 2/6. Post free, 2/10.

Journal of Horticulture.—
“A first-rate book, thoroughly well ‘done,’ and cheap at the price.”

Irish Gardening.—
“The book is thoroughly practical.”

Educational News.—
“All the operations are described with great minuteness and singular
clearness.”

Schoolmaster.—
“A mine of valuable information clearly and simply given.”

Spectator.—
“This book may be commended with confidence to all schoolmasters,
allotment owners, or amateur gardeners.”

School Guardian.—
“The author is ever careful to state clearly the principles on which
horticultural practice is based, and he writes simply and directly.”

Athenzum,—
“The author’s advice to cottage and allotment holders is of real value.”

Manchester Guardian.—
“ An excellent little handbook.”

Pall Mall Gazette.—
“ Handy, useful, and wisely put together.”

Gardeners’ Chronicle.—
“Tt is not too much to say that it is one of the very best of its type.
The author is clear, incisive, and practical.”

French Market Gardening

WITH PRACTICAL DETAILS OF INTENSIVE
CULTIVATION FOR ENGLISH GROWERS

By JOHN WEATHERS. With an Introduction by Wm. Ropinson

This is the only work in the English Language dealing thoroughly with the French System
of Intensive Gardening as practised in Parisian Market Gardens.

Post Free Foreign Postage

3/10 Inland. Price 3/ 6 net 4/-

Gardeners’ Chronicle—“ Mr Weathers has done his work in a thoroughly
practical manner that is both interesting and useful. He has made out
a case for French. market gardening.”

The Garden.—“The author is to be congratulated on the comprehensive,
inclusive, and thorough character of this work. Every point of import-
ance in relation to the intensive culture of choice vegetables in winter
and spring, and fruit in summer, in the Parisian market gardens, is
impartially and effectively discussed and plainly set forth; so that
anyone who may be seriously contemplating the taking up of this work
may find in the pages of this book all it is possible to learn from
reading alone.” i

Scottish Gardener.—“ We heartily commend the book and are sure that those
who follow its teaching will in ordinary circumstances reach success,”

Morning Post.—* It is a practical book.”

Birmingham Post.—“ An exbaustive account abounding in practical hints.”

Pall Mall Gazette—“The best book we have seen... is exhaustive and
comprehensive both.”

Standard.—* A more complete work on intensive cultivation than the many
cheap booklets previously issued. ... It is the work of a thoroughly
trained gardener ; sure to be helpful to all interested in the question.”

Morning Leader.—“ ‘French Market Gardening,’ by Mr John Weathers, is
the best book on the subject that has yet been published in this country,
It is well written, and what is‘more important, well arranged, and the
information given in it is just what most readers would want to know.
ee itis is to be congratulated on having written an excellent

ook, :

Westminster Gazette-—“ An excellent book on Market Gardening.”

H.W.S. (Suffolk),—“ TI have been reading your excellent book on the subject
with great interest.”

A.G.B. (Ruabon),—‘“I think it is the best work on French Gardening yet
published and should be read by everyone interested in intensive culture.”

Reynolds's Newspaper.—“ All who have a desire to embark in that form of
culture known as French Gardening will do well to first obtain and read
a book on the subject written by Mr John Weathers, F.R.H.S., and
published by Mr John Murray.”

The Field.“ We welcome this book as an authoritative treatise on a subject
about which much nonsense has been printed in daily papers and
pamphlets.”

LONDON : JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W.